Spring 2011 Syllabi

Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Rankin
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 144

Term Spring Phone 903-782-0388
Section 01 email rrankin@parisjc.edu
Course ACCT 2301
Title Principles of Accounting I- Financial
Description Accounting concepts and their application in transaction analysis and financial statement preparatin;
analysis of financial statements; and assett and equity accounting in proprietorships, partnerships,
and corporations. Introduction to cost behavior, budgeting, responsibility accounting, cost control
and product costing
Textbooks Accounting Principles, Weygandt, Kimmel, Kieso 9th Edition, ISBN: 978-0-470-31754-9
Schedule Week 1- Chapter 1- Accounting in Action

Week 2- Chapter 2- The Recoring Process
Week 3- Chapter 2- The Recording Process
Week 4- Chapter 3- Adjusting the Accounts
Week 6- Chapter 4- Completing the Accounting Cycle
Week 7- Chapter 5- Accounting for Merchanding Operations
Week 8- Chapter 6- Inventories
Week 9- Spring Break
Week 10- Chapter 8- Fraud Internal, Control and Cash
Week 12- Chapter 9- Accounting for Receivables
Week 13- Chapter 10- Plant Assets, Natural Resources, and Intangible Assets
Week 15- Chapter 11- Current Liabilities and Payroll Accounting
Week 16- Chapter 12- Partnership Accounting
Evaluation methods 3 Unit Exams 40% A 89.5%- 100%

Final 20% B 79.5%-89.4%
Quizzes 13% C 69.5%-79.4%
Homework 13% D 59.5%-69.4%
Attendance 14% F 59.4%- Below
Course ACCT 2301
d d t ti


Final 20% B 79.5%-89.4%
Quizzes 13% C 69.5%-79.4%
Homework 13% D 59.5%-69.4%
Course ACCT 2302
Title Principles of Accounting II- Managerial
and product costing
Schedule Week 1- Chapter 13- Corporations: Organizations and Capital Stock Transactions
Week 2- Chapter 13- Corporations: Organizations and Capital Stock Transactions
Week 3- Chapter 14- Corporations: Dividends, Retained Earnings and Income Reporting
Week 5- Chapter 15- Long Term Liabilities
Week 6- Chapter 16- Investments
Week 7- Chapter 17- The Statement of Cash Flows
Week 8- Chapter 18- Financial Statement Analysis
Week 10- Chapter 19- Managerial Accounting
Week 11- Chapter 20- Job Order Costing
Week 12- Chapter 21- Process Cost Accounting
Week 13- Chapter 22- Cost Volume Profit
Week 14- Chapter 23- Budgetary Planning
Week 15- Chapter 24- Budgetary Control and Responsibility Accounting
Week 16- Chapter 25- Standard Costs and Balanced Scorecard

Final 16% B 79.5%-89.4%
Quizzes 18% C 69.5%-79.4%
Homework 0 D 59.5%-69.4%
Course ACCT 2302
and product costing

Final 16% B 79.5%-89.4%
Quizzes 18% C 69.5%-79.4%
Homework 0 D 59.5%-69.4%
Course ACCT 2302
d d i

Final 16% B 79.5%-89.4%
Quizzes 18% C 69.5%-79.4%
Homework 0 D 59.5%-69.4%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Gene Anderson
Year 2010-2011 Office Sulphur Springs Center
Section 50 email ganderson@parisjc.edu
Course ACCT 2302
Title Accounting Principles II
Description A study of accounting principles as applied to vouchers, books of original entry, controlling
accounts, adjusting and closing entries, financial statements, controls, and accounting concepts.
Credit: Three semester hours. Three lecture and no lab hours per week. Prerequisite: Accounting
Principles I
Textbooks Accounting Principles Weygandt, Kimmel, Kieso
9th edition ISBN # 978-0470-31754-9
Publisher: John C. Wiley & Sons, Inc.
(Adopted 1/1/2010)
Schedule Week 1 Introduction

Week 2 Corporate dividends, retained earnings, and income reporting, & long-term liabilities
Week 3 Exam 1
Week 4 Investments & Statement of Cash Flows
Week 5 Exam 2
Week 6 Financial statement analysis & managerial accounting
Week 7 Exam 3
Week 8 Job order costing & process costing
Week 9 Spring break
Week 10 Process costing
Week 11 Exam 4
Week 12 Cost-Volume-Profit analysis & budgetary planning
Week 13 Exam 5
Week 14 Budgetary control & standard costs
Week 15 Exam 6
Week 16 Incremental analysis & capital budgeting
Week 17 Final Exam
Evaluation methods Students will be reqluired to attend classes, take seven exams, and complete homework assignments.
Grades of A, B, C, D, and F are determined by the student's achievment of a certain percentage of
possible points in the course.
Possible points: 6 exams-100 points each 600 points Grade determination: A=720
points
1 final exam-100 points 100 points B=640 points
Homework assignments 50 points C=560 points
Attendance 50 points D=480 points
Total possible points 800 points F=<480 points
Course ACNT 1411
Title Introduction to Computerized Accounting
Description Intorduciton to utilizing the computer in maintaining accountng records with primary emphasis on a
general ledger package.
Textbooks College Accounting, Heintz and Parry 20th Edition, ISBN: 978-0-538-74521-5
Schedule Week 1- Chapter 1- Introduction to Accounting

Week 2- Chapter 2- Analyzing Transactions: The Accounting Equation
Week 4- Chapter 3- The Double Entry Framework
Week 6- Chapter 4- Journalizing and Posting Transactions
Week 7- Chapter 5- Adjusting Entris and the Worksheet
Week 8- Chapter 6- Financial Statments and the Closing Process
Week 10- Chapter 7- Accounting for Cash
Week 12- Chapter 8- Payroll Accounting: Employee Earnings and Deductions
Week 14- Chapter 9- Payroll Accounting: Employer Taxes and Reports
Week 16- Chapter 10- Accounting for Sale and Cash Receipts

Final 20% B 79.5%-89.4%
Quizzes 13% C 69.5%-79.4%
Homework 13% D 59.5%-69.4%
Course ACNT 1411


Final 20% B 79.5%-89.4%
Quizzes 13% C 69.5%-79.4%
Homework 13% D 59.5%-69.4%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Tracy Dicken
Section 01 email tdicken@parisjc.edu
Course AGRI 1131
Title The Agriculture Industry
Description Overview of world agriculture, nature of the industry, resource conservation, and the American
agricultural system, including production, distribution, and marketing. Credit: One semester credit
hour. One lecture hour per week. TSI Requirement: M2; R2; W1. Prerequisite: None
Textbooks None assigned.
Schedule Week 1-• Survey of Local Agriculture

Week 2- Farm and Ranch Management
o Industry overview
Beef cattle
• Recent Trends
• New Technologies
• Career opportunities
Dairy
• Recent Trends
Week 3- Poultry
• Recent Trends
Swine
• Recent Trends
Evaluation methods Semester grades will be determined on a total point basis as illustrated below:
4 project assignments worth 100 points = 400 points
1 final exam worth 100 points
A = 450 - 500 points
B = 400 - 449 points
C = 350 - 399 points
D = 300 - 349 points

Course AGRI 1131

o Industry overview
Beef cattle
• Recent Trends
Dairy
• Recent Trends
Week 3- Poultry
• Recent Trends
Swine
• Recent Trends
A = 450 - 500 points
B = 400 - 449 points
C = 350 - 399 points
D = 300 - 349 points

Course AGRI 1407
Title Agronomy
Description Fundamentals of the development, production, and management of field crops. Topics include the
classification and distribution of field crops, botany, soils, plant breeding, pest management, and
harvesting.
Textbooks Hartmann’s Plant Science:Growth, Development and Utilization of Cultivated Plants, 4th edition.
McMahon, Kofranek, and Rubatzky. ISBN 0131140752
Schedule Week 1-• Environmental Factors that Influence Plant Growth

o Climate
o Weeds
o Insects
o Diseases
Week 2-
Week 3-• Soils
o Management
o Soil water
o Fertility
o Soil and Plant Water Relations
Week 4-
Week 5-• Plant Structure
o Plant anatomy
Evaluation methods • Weekly quizzes will be given which cannot be made up if a student is absent.
• Three Unit Tests will be given throughout the course of the semester which must be made up
within one week if student is absent.
• At the semester’s end, the student’s three lowest Quiz grades will be dropped. The remaining
seven will be averaged and will equal one Unit Test grade.
• Final Exam is optional. Student may attempt to raise their final average by taking a cumulative
final exam.
• The Combined Quizzes, three Unit Tests, and Final Exam (if student chooses to take) will all be
weighted equally in the semester average.
• Determination of letter grade is as follows:
90 and above A
80 – 89 B
Course AGRI 1407
Title Agronomy
harvesting.

o Climate
o Weeds
o Insects
o Diseases
Week 2-
Week 3-• Soils
o Management
o Soil water
o Fertility
Week 4-
o Plant anatomy
final exam.
90 and above A
80 – 89 B
Course AGRI 1415
Title Horticulture
Description Structure, growth, and development of horticultural plants from a practical and scientific approach.
Environmental effects, basic principles of propagation, greenhouse and outdoor production,
nutrition, pruning, chemical control of growth, pest control, and landscaping. Credit: Four semester
credit hours. Three lecture and three laboratory hours per week. TSI Requirement: M1; R2; W1.
Prerequisite: None
Textbooks Text: Introductory Horticulture, 8th edition. Reiley and Shry. ISBN 9781435480391.
Schedule Week 1-• Recognize the importance and scope of the horticulture industry.
o Analyze the history of the horticulture industry.
o Explain the importance of the horticulture industry.
o Asses the scope of the horticulture industry.
o Describe the future of the horticulture industry.
Week 2-
Week 3-• Identify the plant processes.
o Outline the stages of plant growth.
o Describe photosynthesis.
o Identify the factors associated with plant reproduction.
o Describe the methods of plant reproduction.
o Classify plants scientifically.
o Describe plant tropism.
Week 4-
Week 5-• Understand the properties of soil and growing media
3 lecture tests worth 100 points = 300 points
10 weekly quizzes worth 10 points = 100 points
A = 450 - 500 points
B = 400 - 449 points
C = 350 - 399 points

Course AGRI 1415
Title Horticulture
Prerequisite: None
Week 2-
Week 4-
Week 5-• Understand the properties of soil and growing media
A = 450 - 500 points
B = 400 - 449 points
C = 350 - 399 points

Course AGRI 2317
Title Introduction to Agricultural Economics
Description Fundamental economic principles and their applications to the problems of the industry of
agriculture. The field of agricultural economics and its relationship to other sciences. The
characteristics of our economic system and basic economic concepts. Survey of the farm and ranch
firm and its organization and management; structure and operation of the marketing system;
functional and institutional aspects of agricultural finance; government policies and programs
related to agriculture. Credit: Three semester credit hours. Three lecture hours per week. TSI
Requirement: M2; R2; W1. Prerequisite: None
Textbooks Text: Agricultural Economics and Agribusiness, 8th edition, Gail L. Cramer, Clarence W. Jensen,
Douglas D. Southgate Jr. ISBN 9780471388470.
Schedule Week 1-• Introduction

o Defining economics
Week 2-• The Farm and Food System
o Agriculture within the U.S. economy
o Farm business structure
o The agribusiness complex
Week 3-• Consumer Behavior and Demand

o The utility basis of demand
o Consumer choice
Week 4-• Producer Decision Making: Single-Variable Input Functions

o Physical relationships
o Value relationships
Week 5-• Producer Decision Making: Two-Variable Inputs and Enterprise Selection
o Two-variable input functions
12 weekly assignments worth 100 points = 1200 points
participation = 100 points
1 midterm assignment =100 points
A = 1350 - 1500 points
B = 1200 - 1349 points
C = 1050 - 1199 points

Course AGRI 2321
Title Livestock Evaluation
Description • Selection, Evaluation and Classification of livestock and livestock products.
Textbooks None required.
Schedule Week 1-• Identification of external body parts of livestock

o Beef cattle
o Sheep
o Swine
Week 2-
Week 3-• Identify breeds of livestock
o Beef cattle
o Sheep
o Swine
Week 4-
Week 5-• Identify desirable market traits based on visual appearance
o Beef cattle
o Sheep
o Swine
Week 6-• Identify wholesale cuts of carcasses

weekly quizzes will be averaged and will equal one Unit Test grade.
final exam.
• The Combined Quizzes, three Unit Tests, and Final Exam (if applicable) will all be weighted
equally in the semester average.
90 and above A
80 – 89 B
Course AGRI 2321

o Beef cattle
o Sheep
o Swine
Week 2-
o Beef cattle
o Sheep
o Swine
Week 4-
o Beef cattle
o Sheep
o Swine

final exam.
90 and above A
80 – 89 B
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Patricia Browning
Year 2010-2011 Office AB - Art Building
Section 01 email pbrowning@parisjc.edu
Course ARTS 1301
Title Art Appreciation
Description A general education course open to all. The subject matter is designed to give the layman an
overview of how to look at art and a basic understanding of what is involved in the analysis and
appreciation of any work of art
Textbooks Richard Lewis and Susan L. Lewis. The Power of Art, Second Edition. Belmont, CA: Thomson
Wadsworth, 2009. Student Edition: ISBN-13: 978-0-534-64103-0 ISBN-10:0-534-64103-2
Schedule Week 1- Introduction to Art Appreciation - Chapter 1 - The Power of Art

Week 2- Continuation and finish Chapter 1
Week 3- Chapter 2 - The Primary Elements
Week 4- Finish Chapter 2 and take TEST I
Week 5- Chapter 3 - The Principles of Design
Week 6- Chapter 4 - Drawing
Week 7- Chapter 5 - Painting and take TEST II
Week 8- Chapter 6 - Printmaking
Week 10- Chapter 7 - Photography
Week 11- Finish Chapter 7 and take TEST III
Week 12- Chapter 8 - New Media: Time and Digital Arts
Week 14- Chapter 9 - Sculpture and Chapter 10 - Architecture
Week 15- Chapter 11 - Decorative Arts, Crafts, and Design
Week 16- Finish Chapter 11 and Final Exam - TEST IV
Evaluation methods Course Goals: The student will be exposed to a broad overview of the visual arts. There will be
presentation and discussion of visual images, lectures, writing assignments, informative videos/CDs
pertaining to class lectures, class participation through thought provoking questions concerning the
various artists and their works of art. A museum visit will be scheduled for Dallas or Fort Worth
which requires completion of a worksheet. Course Objectives: An introduction to art through the
discussion and the practice of "The Process of Appreciation" including looking at art and learning
how to see, the power of art for the artist, and defining art. Students will gain a thorough
understanding of the primary elements and the principles of design. Personal knowledge will be
gained regarding the artist's materials and tools pertaining to drawing, painting, printmaking,
photography, new media, sculpture, architecture, the decorative arts, crafts and design. Grading will
be evaluated by active participation, writing, and tests which will include image (slide)
identification, multiple choice, matching, fill-in-the-blank, and essay questions. The four non-
comprehensive tests/research will be 80% of the grade. Attendance/Promptness/Participation will
Course ARTS 1301
i i f k f

be 20% of the grade Grading is recorded as follows: A=100 90; B=89 80; C=79 70; D=69 60;
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Susan A. Moore
Year 2011-2012 Office AB 107
Section 03 email smoore@parisjc.edu
Course ARTS 1301
Title Art Appreciation - Classroom
Description A general education course open to all: the subject matter is designed to give the layperson an
overview of how to look at art, and a basic understanding of what is involved in the analysis
and appreciation of any work of art.
Textbooks The Power of Art, Richard Lewis, Susan I. Lewis, Second Edition, Thompson/Wadsworth
Publisher,
ISBN: 13-: 978-0-534-64103-0
Schedule ART APPRECIATION, ARTS1301.04 & 1301.42
SPRING 2011 SCHEDULE
Class Meets: T/R 1-2:15

Instructor: Ms. Moore, AB 105 903-782-0438 smoore@parisjc.edu
Date - WEEK Activity

1/18-20 1 First Class: OVERVIEW: text and supplemental
material requirements, Introductions, Syllabus, Schedule et al
Thursday: Chapter 1: The Power of Art/POP QUIZ CH. 1
Bring to class: Study Guide/Vocabulary Ch. 1-3/Image List.
1/25-27 2 Chapter 1: The Power of Art cont.

Thursday: cont. AND Syllabus Quiz [100 points]
2/01-03 3 Chapter 2: Elements of Art: POP QUIZ CH. 2

[NO CLASS 2/03]
2/08-10 4 Chapter 2 cont.

Principles: POP QUIZ CH. 3

Slide Quiz and Scantron Test 1: Chapters 1, 2, & 3
2/22-24 6 Chapter 4: Drawing: POP QUIZ CH. 4

Bring to class: Study Guide/Vocabulary Ch 4 5/Image List
Evaluation methods 1 Test on Course Content 100 points 100
10 Chapter Mini-Essays 10 points each 100
10 Chapter Mini-Quizzes 10 points each 100
4 Tests 100 points each 400
2 Written Assignments 100 points each 200
Total possible mandatory points: 900

Course ARTS 1301
appreciation of any work of art

b 20% f th d G di i d d f ll A 100 90 B 89 80 C 79 70 D 69 60
Course ARTS 1301
appreciation of any work of art.

b 20% f th d G di i d d f ll A 100 90 B 89 80 C 79 70 D 69 60
Course ARTS 1301
Title Art Appreciation - Classroom
Publisher,
ISBN: 13-: 978-0-534-64103-0
Schedule ART APPRECIATION, ARTS1301.04 & 1301.42
SPRING 2011 SCHEDULE
Class Meets: T/R 1-2:15

Instructor: Ms. Moore, AB 105 903-782-0438 smoore@parisjc.edu
Date - WEEK Activity

1/18-20 1 First Class: OVERVIEW: text and supplemental
material requirements, Introductions, Syllabus, Schedule et al
Thursday: Chapter 1: The Power of Art/POP QUIZ CH. 1
Bring to class: Study Guide/Vocabulary Ch. 1-3/Image List.
1/25-27 2 Chapter 1: The Power of Art cont.

Thursday: cont. AND Syllabus Quiz [100 points]
2/01-03 3 Chapter 2: Elements of Art: POP QUIZ CH. 2

[NO CLASS 2/03]

Principles: POP QUIZ CH. 3

Slide Quiz and Scantron Test 1: Chapters 1, 2, & 3
2/22-24 6 Chapter 4: Drawing: POP QUIZ CH. 4

Bring to class: Study Guide/Vocabulary Ch 4 5/Image List
10 Chapter Mini-Essays 10 points each 100
10 Chapter Mini-Quizzes 10 points each 100

Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr. Philip Dick
Year 2011 Office SSTC
Term Spring Phone 903-885-2158 ext 208
Section 50 email philip_dick@hotmail.com
Course ARTS 1301
overview of how to look at art, and a basic understanding of what is involved in the analysis and
Credits: 3 hours
P i it ( ) N
Publisher,
ISBN: 13: 978 0 534 64103 0
Schedule · Chapter 1 – Introduction and Overview – Take Home Test/Image Test #1
· Chapter 2 – Elements of Art
· Chapter 3 – Principles of Design – Take Home Test/Image Test #2
· Chapter 4 – Drawing
· Chapter 5 – Painting
· Chapter 6 – Printmaking – Take Home Test/Image Test #3
· Chapter 7/8 – Photography/Film/New Media
· Chapter 9 – Sculpture – Take Home Test/Image Test #4
· Chapter 10 – Architecture
· Chapter 11 – Decorative Arts, Crafts and Design – Take Home
· Test/Image Test #5
Evaluation methods 1. Attendance 10%

1 class missed = 75%, 2 classes missed = 50%, 3 classes missed = 25%, 4 classes missed = 0%.
2. Tests/Research 80%
Students will complete four non-comprehensive tests covering material from lectures, chapter
contents, vocabulary, artworks, and artists. Students will also complete three research projects.
Each test consists of two parts: A Take Home Test (multiple choice, fill-in-the-blank, matching
and/or short essay) and an Image ID Test. See COURSE SCHEDULE for dates.
TAKE HOME TEST – IMAGE ID TEST #1: CHAPTER 1 12.5%
TAKE HOME TEST – IMAGE ID TEST #2: CHAPTERS 2-3 12.5%
TAKE HOME TEST - IMAGE ID TEST #4: CHAPTERS 7-11 12.5%
Research – Elements/Principles Project 10%

Research – Art Styles Project 10%
Research – Architecture Types Project 10%
Students must personally pick up a test the day it is handed out in class. Tests must be turned in at
the start of class on the due date. If a student is not present when the test is handed out OR is absent
when the test is due the test grade will be a “0 ”
Course ARTS 1301
Credits: 3 hours
Prerequisite(s): None
Publisher,
ISBN: 13: 978-0-534-64103-0
Schedule · Chapter 1 – Introduction and Overview – Take Home Test/Image Test #1

Evaluation methods
1. Attendance 10%
TAKE HOME TEST - IMAGE ID TEST #4: CHAPTERS 7-11 12.5%
Research – Elements/Principles Project 10%

Research – Art Styles Project 10%
Research – Architecture Types Project 10%
Students must personally pick up a test the day it is handed out in class. Tests must be turned in at
the start of class on the due date. If a student is not present when the test is handed out OR is absent
when the test is due the test grade will be a “0.”
Course ARTS 1301
Title Art Appreciation - Online
Publisher,
ISBN: 13-: 978-0-534-64103-0
Schedule Art Appreciation ARTS1301.65, 66, 67
SPRING 2011 - SCHEDULE
January 18 Classes begin. Students are expected to complete, on average, a Chapter and
Discussion weekly. BE SURE TO TAKE THE COURSE CONTENT QUIZ THIS WEEK
[after you have thoroughly reviewed all the pages on the website]. Review ALL due dates for
quizzes, discussions, tests, and writing assignments; these are posted on the site.
February 02 Reporting Day
March 07, 08, 09 *MID-TERM, Chapters 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 -
CLOSED BOOK, PROCTORED at your closest Testing Center
March 10 [Thursday] Essay #1 due, 5:00 PM
March 10 Discussion Essays 1 – 5 due, 5:00 PM [Discussions
locked following this time].
March 10 Quizzes 1 – 5 due, 5:00 PM [locked after this time].
March 14 SPRING BREAK WEEK
March 21 Begin work on Chapters 6 – 10.
April 28 [Thursday] Discussion Essays 6 – 10 due, 5:00 PM
April 28 Quizzes 6-10 due, 5:00 PM
May 05 [Thursday] Writing Assignment #2, due, 5:00 PM; any extra credit work is also due to
be sent in or uploaded on this deadline.
May 09, 10, 11 *FINAL, Chapters 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10 – CLOSED
BOOK, PROCTORED at Testing Center.
* Proctored tests are taken at a PJC testing center or for VCT students, at your base college.
Passwords are required and will be entered by the Proctor. You MUST call ahead to schedule
a day and time to take your proctored test. Proctored tests are CLOSED BOOK. You are also
NOT allowed: cell phones, back packs, purses, writing materials, other books or reference
material, food, or drinks. You must show a photo ID.
10 Weekly Discussion Essays 10 points each 100
[ Extra Credit opportunities will be presented throughout the semester points TBA ]

Course ARTS 1301
Publisher,
ISBN: 13-: 978-0-534-64103-0

Course ARTS 1301
Publisher,
ISBN: 13-: 978-0-534-64103-0

Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Susan A. Moore, M.F.A.
Year 2010-2011 Office Art Building#107
Term Spring 2011 Phone 903-782-0438
Course ARTS 1312
Title Design II
Description Elements and principles of art using two- and three-dimensional concepts.
Textbooks Launching the Imagination 3-D, 3rd Edition, Mary Stuart, McGraw-Hill Publishers
ISBN 978-0-07-332731-0
Schedule Week 1- Dominant & Subordinate

Week 2- Completion & Critique
Week 3- Negative & Positive
Week 4- Coompletion & Critique
Week 5- Balance
Week 7- Paper Sculpture; Completion & Critique
Week 8- Spring Break, no class
Week 9- Obsessive Compulsive
Week 10- Completion & Critique - Mid-Term Exam
Week 11- 3-D Gesture [wire]
Week 13- Walking Stick [subtractive sculpture & joints]
Week 14- Continuation
Week 16- Final Exam: Test & Student Research Presentations
Evaluation methods Grades: A = Outstanding: expansive investigation of ideas and excellent composition. All
assignments completed on time. Insightful contributions to critiques. Going substantially
beyond minimum requirements. B - Above Average: substantial investigation of concepts and
compositions;excellent craft. All assignments completed on time; insightful contributions to
critiques. C - Average: all assignments done competently and completed on time. Strong
participation in critiques. D -Marginal: two or more late projects, limited investigation of ideas,
poor craft, or incoherent compositions, or excessive absences. Limited contribution to critiques.
F - Unsatisfactory: course failure due to minimal idea development, poor craft, disjointed
compositions,lack of participation, late assignments, or excessive absences.
Course ARTS 1312
Title 3D Design
Description This course will focus on the exploration of materials and techniques used in making sculpture and
on the application of design principles as related to sculpture. This course will also deal with the
basic handling of tools and equipment. Safety will be stressed in the use of any tool and material.
Every effort will be made to create a safe work environment. Students should avoid using solvents,
oil based products, spray paint, glues with toxic fumes, and other toxic materials.
Textbooks No Text Required
Schedule 1st 3 wks – Design Project – Recycled Cloth Projects

2nd 3wks – Design Project – Assemblage Projects
3rd 3 wks – Design Project – Fused Glass Projects
4th 3 wks – Design Project – Pottery Projects
5th 3 wks – Design Project – Concrete Sculpture Projects
6th 3 wks – Design Project – Final Portfolio Projects
Evaluation methods
1. Attendance/Participation/Studio Practices…………………………. 5%
Attendance is explained above. Students are expected to participate in critiques and other class
discussions. Studio practices include being prepared for class, have materials ready for class (class
time is not for running out to obtain materials), professional courtesy and cleaning up after yourself.
2. Sketchbook/Planning……………………….………………………. 5%
Students are expected to plan out each design project with drawings and other applicable support
material in advance of the actual construction of each project. No ‘stealth’ projects will be accepted
for critique. Your instructor must see your work in progress, in the studio, in class. At the
completion of each project digital photo documentation may be required.
Course ARTS1317
Title Drawing II
Description Expansion of Drawing I with emphasis on expressive and conceptive aspects of drawing,
focusing on the human figure. Prerequisite: ARTS 1316 or consent of instructor.
Textbooks No textbook required
Schedule Week 1-
Week 2-
Week 3-
Week 4-
Week 5-
Week 6-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15-
Week 16-
Evaluation methods Attendance and participation in class and critiques 15 %

Class work & Exhibition Pieces, including studio practices 85%
Course ARTS 2317.01
Title Painting II
Description Continuation of Painting I with emphasis on personal expression.
Textbooks Painting as a Language: Material, Technique, Form, Content, Jean Robertson & Craig
McDaniel; ISBN # 0-15-505699-X.
Schedule The student and instructor will decide on the body of work to be completed for the duration of
the semester and the time frame depending on the extent of the projects.
Evaluation methods The course grade will consist of the following:
A. Class work . . . . . . . . . . . 85%
B. Note/sketchbook . . . . . . 10%
C. Studio Practices . . . . . . . 5%
Course ARTS2323
Title Life Drawing I
Description Studio course emphasizing structure and action of the human figure. Prerequisite: ARTS1316.
Schedule Week 1-
Week 2-
Week 3-
Week 4-
Week 5-
Week 6-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15-
Week 16-

Course ARTS 2348.01
Title Digital Art I
Description In this course, the student will learn media design with Adobe CS4. The Creative Suite
consists of Illustrator, Photoshop and InDesign: a drawing program, a photo editing program,
and a publishing program. The student will receive step-by-step information for each chapter,
and then proceed through a series of exercises designed to apply new techniques. This is a
very hands-on learning experience.
Textbooks Learning Media Design, Catherine Skintik, and ISBN-13: 978-0-13-507687-3. A CD Rom is
included
Schedule
Course Outline
Week
Topic Material
1 OVERVIEW • Explore the WORKSPACE
• Basics for all CS4 applications
2 Adobe Illustrator CS4: Lesson 1 • Working with Basic Graphic Tools
• Exercises 4 - 8
• Summary Exercise
• Application Exercise
• Portfolio Builder
3 Adobe Illustrator CS4: Lesson 2 • Work with Paths and Layers
• Exercises 13 -18
4 Adobe Illustrator CS4: Lesson 3 • Work with Colors, Effects & Styles
• Exercises 23 – 29
5 Adobe Illustrator CS4: Wrap-Up • Summary Quiz
• Projects Completed
6 Adobe Photoshop CS4: Lesson 4 • Working with Drawing and Selecting Tools
• Exercises 34 - 39
Evaluation methods Lessons 1 through 11 will be covered. Grading will be as follows:
Summary Exercises 5 pt. ea. 55 total
Application Exercises 5 pt. ea. 55 total
Portfolio Builder 10 pt. ea. 110 total
Summary Quizzes 3/5 pt. ea. 150 total
Three Semester Projects @ 100 points each 300 total
Course ARTS 2356
Title Photography I
Description This course is an introduction to photography with an emphasis on development of the print
through pixel based digital media. The student will become proficient with the technical
aspects of photography using a digital camera and processing the images uding digital media
whithin the perimeters of photography as an art form. Objectives include: learning the
Elements and Principles of Design as applied to fine art photography; effectively using the
Textbooks Th Photoshop Darkroom: Creative Digital Post-Processing, Harold and Phyllis Davis, Focal
Press, ISBN: 978-0-240-81259-5.
Schedule Week 1- Introduction to the textbook and Photoshop Tools [Text pgs. 6-26]
Week 2- First steps: Black Box, scanning, processing in RAW
Week 3- Landscape: multi-RAW processing
Week 4- Complete
Week 5- Animal(s) - Selective Exposure Control
Week 6- Complete
Week 7- Floral subject matter: using blending modes
Week 8- Complete
Week 9- High Dynamic Range Imaging
Week 10- Complete
Week 11- Focus on DESIGN - Culinary Still Life [study Edward Weston]: Composite
Imagery
Week 12- Complete
Week 13- Colors of the Night: motion and stacking
Week 14-Complete
Week 15-Abstraction: LAB color, blending channels, filters
Week 16- Complete
Evaluation methods Evaluation will be based on a series of projects including, but not limited to, composition,
craftsmanship, effective use of software tools, and application of design elements and
principles. A= Outstanding: expansive investigation of ideas and excellent composition,
completing assignments on time, insightful contributions to critiques and going beyond
minimum requirments. B=Above Average: substantial investigation of concepts and
compositions; excellent craft, all assignments completed on time, insightful contributions to
critiques. C=Average: all assignments completed competently and
on time; strong participation in critiques. D=Marginal: tow or more late projects, limited
investigation of ideas, poor craft or incoherent compositons, or excessive absences. Limited
contribution to critiques. F=Unsatisfactory: course failure due to
minimal idea development, poor craft, disjoiinted compositions, lack of participation, late
assignments, or, excessive absences.
Course ARTS 2357
Title Photography II
Description A continuation of Photography I with an emphasis on black and white prints and processes.
Textbooks Creative Black & White Digital Photography: Tips & Techniques, Harold Davis, Wiley
Publishers,
Schedule Week 1- Thinking in Black & White: contrast; implied color; tonal landscape; visual
implication; seeing in b&w; pre-visualization techniques.
Week 2- Project 1: Pure Design [finding monochromatic subjects
Week 3- Cont.
Week 4- Project 2: Portraits in Black and White: emphasis in the absence of color [two
completed images]
Week 5- Cont.
Week 6- Cont.
Week 7- Project 3: Landscape: following the digital b&w roadmap....
Week 8- Cont.
Week 9- Project 4: Architectural Elements: exposure gradients and adjustments
Week 10- Cont.
Week 11- Project 5: Texture, Pattern, Rhythm: blending with black, using channel mixer,
adjustment layers.
Week 12- Cont.
Week 13- Project 6: Abstractions: Creative Black & White Opportunities
Week 14- Cont.
participation in critiques. D -Marginal: two or more late projects, limited investigation of
ideas, poor craft, or incoherent compositions, or excessive absences. Limited contribution to
critiques. F - Unsatisfactory: course failure due to minimal idea development, poor craft,
disjointed compositions,lack of participation, late assignments, or excessive absences.
Course ARTS 2389
Title Academic Co-Op
Description Cotinuation of Painting II with a greater emphasis on personal expression as realized through
mainpulation of technique and content..
Textbooks Painting as a Language: Material, Technique, Form, Content, Jean Robertson & Craig
McDaniel; ISBN # 0-15-505699-X.
Schedule The student and instructor will decide on the body of work to be completed for the duration of
the semester and the time frame for each work, depending on the extent of the projects. The
student is obligated to complete the assignments agreed to as stipulated in the agreement.
Evaluation methods The course grade will consist of the following:
A. Class work . . . . . . . . . . . 85%
B. Note/sketchbook . . . . . . 10%
C. Studio Practices . . . . . . . 5%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Julie Eckhardt
Year 2010-2011 Office Office C
Section 50 email jeckhardt@parisjc.edu
Course BCIS 1405
Title Business Computer Applications
Description Study of basic hardware, software, operating systems, and current applications in various segments
of society. Current issues such as the effect of computers on society and the history and use of
computers are also studied. Labs may include but are not limited to introductions to operating
systems, the Internet, word processing, spreadsheets, databases, and programming concepts with
emphasis on critical thinking/problem solving. This course is intended for Business and non-
Computer Science majors.
Credits: 4 SCH = 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list
Textbooks Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach (Shelley
Cashman Series)
Schedule Week 1- Introduction to computers

Week 2- Introduction to computers
Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel
Week 13- MS PowerPoint
Week 16- Final Projects
Evaluation methods This course absolutely requires keyboarding skills.

Grading:
Attendance & Participation: 25%
Final Project: 25%
Quizzes & Assignments: 50%
Grade scale is based on a calculated average: A (90-100); B (80-89); C (70-79); D (60-69); F (0-
59). 25% of the final grade includes attendance and participation. Fifty points are awarded for
acceptable behavior/participation in class and fifty points are awarded for attendance, a total 100
points. A percentage will be calculated of the number of attended class periods divided by total
class periods. This percentage will then be multiplied by the possible 50 points for attendance. The
50 points for behavior/participation are subject to the instructor's decision. 25% of the possible 100
points will then be added to the final grade.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Herron, Jenny
Term Spring Phone 903 782 0359
Section 65 email jherron@parisjc.edu
Course BCIS 1405
Description Overview of computer information systems. Introduces computer hardware, software, procedures,
systems, and human resources and explores their integration and application in business and other
segments in society. The fundamentals of computer problem solving and programming in a higher
level programming language may be discussed and applied.
Textbooks 1. Discovering Computers and Microsoft® Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach, 1st
Ed., Shelly/Vermatt [ISBN: 0-538-47392-4]
2. Microsoft Windows 7 Essentials, 1st Ed. [ISBN: 1439081077]
3. SAM 2007 Assessment 6.0 Printed Access Card, 1st Ed. [ISBN: 0-8400-6774-7]
[ BUNDLE of 3 Items: ISBN: 1111485445]
Schedule Week #1 - ORIENTATION: Course, LMS, web sites

Week #2 - Windows 7 Operating System
Week #3 - Computer Concepts Chapters 1 & 2
Week #5 - EXAM 1 Review and Complete
Week #6 - MS Office Word
Week #8 - MS Office PowerPoint
Week #10 - MS Office Excel
Week #12 - EXAM 2 - Hands-On Assessment
Week #13 - MS Office Access
Week #15 - REVIEW FOR FINAL EXAM
Week #16 - Final EXAM
Evaluation methods 30% EXAMS

30% Lab Assignments
20% Assignments
20% Quizzes
Year 2010-2011 Office Office 209
Section G1 email jeckhardt@parisjc.edu
Course BCIS 1405
Cashman Series)

Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel

Grading:
Final Project: 25%
Course BCIS 1405
Cashman Series)

Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel

Grading:
Final Project: 25%
Course BCIS 1405
Cashman Series)

Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel

Grading:
Final Project: 25%
Course BCIS 1405
Cashman Series)

Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel

Grading:
Final Project: 25%
Course BCIS 1405
Cashman Series)

Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel

Grading:
Final Project: 25%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Rita J. Pringle
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC1205
Term Spring Phone 903.782.0476
Section P1 email rpringle@parisjc.edu
Course BCIS 1405
Title Microcomputer Applications
Description A study of microcomputer concepts and applications to provide the student an understanding of
computer technology, hardware, software and production of meaningful information through the use
of integrated application software.
Textbooks Discovering Comptuers and Microsoft Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach, 1st
Edition. ISBN-13: 9780538473927
Schedule Week 1- Introduction to Computers

Week 2- Introduction to Computers, continued
Week 3- Microsoft Word Project 1: Creating & Editing a Word Document
Week 4- Microsoft Word Project 2: Creating a Research Paper
Week 5- Test 1: Microsoft Word
Week 6- Microsoft Excel Project 1: Creating a Worksheet & an Embedded Chart
Week 7- Microsoft Excel Project 2: Formulas, Functions, Formatting & Web Queries
Week 8- Test 2: Microsoft Excel
Week 10- Microsoft Access Project 1: Creating and Using a Database
Week 11- Microsoft Access Project 2: Querying a Database
Week 12- Test 3: Microsoft Access
Week 13- Microsoft PowerPoint Project 1: Creating & Editing a Presentation
Week 14- Microsoft PowerPoint Project 2: Creating a Presentation with Illustrations & Shapes
Week 15- Open Class/TACE Conference
Week 16- Integrating Office 2007
Evaluation methods Grading Scale: Grade Scale is based ona calculated average: A (90-10); B (80-89); C (70-79); D
(60-69); F (0-59)
40% -- Tests; 30% -- Final Exam; 30% -- Homework
Students are required to submit their homework by Saturday at 11:55 p.m. Late assignments will be
accepted with the following penalties: Late 1 week -- 10 point penalty; Late 2 weeks -- 20 point
penalty; Later than 2 weeks -- assignment not accepted.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Kathy Bush
Year 2010-2011 Office
Section S1 email kbush@parisjc.edu
Course BCIS 1405
emphasis on critical thinking/problem solving. This course is intended for Business majors.
Cashman Series)
Schedule Week 1- Windows 7

Week 2- Windows 7
Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 8- MS Excel
Week 9- MS Excel
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Access
Week 12- MS Access
Week 13- MS Access
Week 14- MS Integrating Office and the World Wide Web
Evaluation methods Assignments in Word, Excel, Access, and PowerPoint

4 exams
Quizzes
Internet Research
e-mail
Exams:60%; Assignments, quizzes, research, and discussions 40%
A=90-100; B=80-89; C=70-79; D=60-69; Below 60=F;
Course BCIS 1405
emphasis on critical thinking/problem solving. This course is intended for Business majors.
Cashman Series)

Week 2- Windows 7
Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 8- MS Excel
Week 9- MS Excel
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Access
Week 12- MS Access
Week 13- MS Access

4 exams
Quizzes
Internet Research
e-mail
A=90-100; B=80-89; C=70-79; D=60-69; Below 60=F;
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jason Taylor
Year 2010-2011 Office NS 116b
Section 01 email jtaylor@parisjc.edu
Course BIOL 1322
Title Nutrition
Description A study of the basic principles of Human Nutrition. The major food groups, minerals, and vitamins
will be studied.
Textbooks Required reading:

Understanding Nutrition, 9th edition by E.N. Whitney and S.R. Rolfes
Schedule Week 1-Chapter 1- An Overview of Nutrition

Week 2-Chapter 2- Recommended Nutrient Intakes and Diet Planning Guides
Week 3-Chapter 3-Digestion, Absorption and Transport
Week 4-Chapter 3-(Cont.)
Week 5-Exam 1 and Chapter 4-The Carbohydrates
Week 6-Chapter 4(Cont.) and Chapter 5- The Lipids
Week 7-Chapter 5(Cont.) and Chapter 6-Protein
Week 8-Chapter 6(Cont) and Exam 2
Week 9-Chapter 7-Metabolism
Week 10-Chapter 8-Energy Balance and Body Composistion
Week 11-Chapter 9-Weight Control
Week 12-Chapter 10-The Water Soluable Vitamins
Week 13-Exam 3 and Chapter 11-The Fat Soluable Vitamins
Week 14-Chapter 12-Water and The Major Minerals
Week 15-Chapter 13-The Trace Minerals
Week 16-Final Exam(Exam 4)
Evaluation methods
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Cheryl D. Anderson
Year 2010 - 2011 Office GC 208
Term Spring Phone 903 454 9333 EXT 717
Section 40 email canderson@parisjc.edu
Course Biology 1322
Title Nutrition and Diet Therapy I
Description Study of the chemical, physical, and sensory properties of food; nutritional quality; and food use
and diet applications.
Textbooks Understanding Nutrition, 9th edition Calculator –basic function

E.N. Whitney & S.R. Rolfes (no cell phone calculators on exams)
ISBN 0-53-462226-7 Pocket folder, pencil
Schedule 1/18& 1/20 Introduction/Syllabus & Ch. 1 An Overview of Nutrition

1/25&1/27 Ch. 1 Cont. & Ch. 2 Planning a Healthy Diet
2/1&2/3 Ch. 2 Cont. & Ch. 3 Digestion, Absorption and Transport
2/8&2/10 Ch. 3 Digestion Cont.
2/15&2/17 TEST 1 (Ch. 1, 2, 3) (Diet History 1 is due!)
2/22&2/24 Ch. 4 The Carbohydrates: Starches, Sugar & Fiber
3/1&3/3 Ch. 5 The Lipids: Triglycerides,Phospholipids,and Sterols
3/8&3/10 Ch. 6 Protein: Amino Acids
3/22&3/24 TEST 2(Ch. 4,5,6) Ch. 7
3/29&3/31 Ch. 7 Metabolism
4/5&4/7 Ch. 8 Energy Balance and Body Composition
4/12&4/14 Ch. 9 Weight Control: Overweight and Underweight
4/19&4/21 TEST 3 (Ch. 7,8,9) (Diet History 2 is due!)
Ch. 10 The Water-Soluble Vitamins: B Vitamins Vitamin C
4/26&4/28 Ch. 11 The Fat-Soluble Vitamins: A,D,E, and K
5/3&5/5 Ch. 12 Water and the Major Minerals
5/10&5/12 TEST 4 (Ch. 10,11,12)
Evaluation methods Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material:
Lecture: 70% Four exams over assigned chapters from text.

20% Diet Histories
10% Quizzes on WebCT & in class over lecture notes
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr. Del Oyler
Year 2011 Office Sulphur Springs Higher Educational C
Term Spring Phone 903-439-6154 Ext. 408
Section 50 email doyler@parisjc.edu
Course NUTRITION
Title BIOLOGY 1322
Description A study of the basic principles of human nutrition. The roles of the nutrient classes and the
biochemistry of energy metabolism will be discussed. The course content will be presented in a
traditional lecture format with additional materials provided that may require internet access.
Textbooks Required Text: Understanding Nutrition 9th Edition Whitney and Rolfes: Wadsworth ISBN # 0-
534 59004 7
Schedule Week 1-Orientation and Overvew of Nutrition
Week 2-Planning a Healthy Diet
Week 3-Comparison of Food Guide Pyramids
Week 4-Anatomy of the Digestive System, Exam
Week 5-Carbhydrates
Week 6-Lipida
Week 7-Proteins, Exam
Week 8-Metabolism and Energy Production
Week 9- Energy Balance and Body Composition
Week 10-Weight Management: Overweight & Underweight, Exam
Week 11-Research & the Science of Nutrition
Week 12-Water Soluble Vitamins
Week 13-Fat Soluble Vitamins
Week 14-Water and Major Minerals
Week 15-Trace Minerals
Week 16-Final exam
Evaluation methods The course grade will be derived from the accumulation of total points.
A 90 - 100%
B 89 - 80%
C 79 - 70%
D 69 - 60%
F Below 59%
Points maybe accumulated as follows:
Four test 100 400

Written assignments 20 100
TOTAL 500
Course BIOL 1322
Title Nutrition
will be studied.


Evaluation methods
Course BIOL 1322
Title Nutrition
will be studied.


Evaluation methods
Course BIOL 1322
Title Nutrition
will be studied.


Evaluation methods
Course BIOL 1322
Title Nutrition
will be studied.


Evaluation methods
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jack Brown
Year 2011 Office NS 105
Section 01 email jbrown@parisjc.edu
Course Biol 1407
Title Majors Biology
Description Designed for the science major or minor. Emphasis will be placed on evolutionary biology. Topics
will include evolution, phylogeny and systematics, the origins of life, comprehensive studies of the
major phyla in life, studies of animal systems, ecology, and behavior
Textbooks Campbell/Reece Biology 8th ed ISBN: 0-0853-6844-2
Supplemental Text-“The Making of the Fittest: DNA and the Ultimate Forensic Record of
Evolution Sean B. Carroll” ISBN: 9780393330519
Schedule Week 1-Introduction/Evolution

Week 2-Evolution/Evolution of Populations
Week 3-Exam 1/ Origin of Species
Week 4-Phylogeny and Systematics
Week 5-Exam 2/ Origin of Life
Week 6-Prokaryotes/ Protista
Week 7-Exam 3/ Plants
Week 8-Spring Break
Week 9-Exam 4/ Fungi
Week 10-Invetebrates
Week 11-Vertebrates/ Exam 5
Week 12-Animal Form and Function
Week 13-Circulation and Gas Exchange/ Immunity
Week 14-Hormones and Endocrine/ Nervous
Week 15-Nervous/ Exam 6
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods There will be 5-6 major exams and 1 comprehensive final exam during the course of the semester.
These exams will count 80% of your lecture grade. A comprehensive review of the book “The
Making of the Fittest: DNA and the Ultimate Forensic Record of Evolution / Sean B. Carroll” will
count as 20% of your lecture grade. The test average, quizzes and homework grades will be
weighted and averaged to produce your lecture grade, which accounts for 75% of the total course
grade. Laboratory work accounts for 25% of your course grade. The lecture exams may include
both objective (multiple choice, true-false, matching) and subjective questions over notes and text
material and any additional outside reading that may be assigned. At least 50% of the points
awarded on you exams will come from subjective questioning (essay, short answer, completion
ect…)
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Beverly L. Cochran
Section .50 email bcochran@parisjc.edu
Course BIOL 1408
Title General Biology I
Description Fundamental principles of living organisms including physical and chemical properties of life,
organization, function, evolutionary adaptation, and classifications. Concepts of reproduction,
genetics, ecology, and the scientific method are included. Lab required.
Textbooks Mader, S. Inquiry into Life 13th edition, McGraw-Hill. ISBN#978-0-07-298675-4
Schedule Week 1-Introductions; Ch. 1 The Study of Life

Week 2-Ch. 27 Evolution of Life lecture & lab
Week 3-Test 1
Week 4-Ch. 28 Microbioloy lecture & lab
Week 5-Ch. 29 Plants lecture & lab; Test 2
Week 6-Ch. 30 Animals Part I lecture & lab
Week 7-Ch. 31 Animals Part II lecture & lab
Week 8-Test 3
Week 9-Ch. 32 Animal Behavior lecture & lab
Week 10-Ch. 33 Populations lecture & lab
Week 11-Test 4
Week 12-Ch. 34 Ecosystems lecture & lab
Week 13-Ch. 35 Biosphere lecture & lab
Week 14-Ch. 36 Evnironment lecture & lab
Week 15-Test 5
Week 16-Comprehensive Final Exam
Evaluation methods Attendance 10%

Exams (five @ 10% each) 50%
Final Exam 20%
Lab grade (70% lab work + 30% presentation) 20%
Final grades will be based upon the following: A=90-100%, B=80-89%, C=70-79%, D=50-69%,
F=49% and below.
Course Biol 1408
Title Biology 1 (Nonmajors)
Description An introduction to the biological sciences for students who need to fulfill the laboratory science
requirement for majors other than science. This is a not a science majors course and will not transfer
as such!. This course emphasizes the molecular basis of life, cellular organization, bioenergetics,
genetics and evolution.
Textbooks Mader, Sylvia: Inquiry into Life; 13th edition McGraw Hill With Connect
ISBN: 978-0-07-340344-1
Schedule Week 1-Blood

Week 2-Cell Chemistry
Week 3-The Cell
Week 4-Exam 1
Week 5-Cell Membrane
Week 6-Cell Division
Week 7-Exam 2
Week 8-Introduction to Metabolism
Week 9-Cell Respiration
Week 10-Photosynthesis
Week 11-Exam 3
Week 12-Inheritance
Week 13-Chromosomal Inheritance
Week 14-DNA Biology
Week 15-Exam 4
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods Methods of Evaluation:
Tests – 40% (At least 2 will be proctored)

Labs/Projects - 20%
Homework - 20%
Quiz - 20%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty MICHEL BARNETT
Year 2010-2011 Office NS 113/123
Term SPRING Phone 902 782 0481
Section 01 email mbarnett@parisjc.edu
Course BIOL1409
Title GENERAL BIOLOGY II
Description Biology 1409 is a traditional delivery laboratory science course that studies human
organization, the cardiovascular system, the lymphatic and immune systems, the respiratory
system, the urinary system and excretion, the nervous system, the senses, the musculoskeletal
system, the endocrine system, the reproductive system, development and aging.
Textbooks Inquiry Into Life, Sylvia S. Mader, McGraw - Hill, 13th, 978-0-07-340344-1
Schedule Lesson 1, Chapter 11 - Human Organization Lesson 2, Chapter 12 - Cardiovascular System

Lesson 3, Chapter 13 - Lymphatic and Immune systems Lesson 4, Chapter 15 - Respiratory
System Lesson 5, Chapter 16 - Urinary System and Excretion Lesson 6, Chapter 17 - Nervous
System Lesson 7, Chapter 18 - Senses Lesson 8, Chapter 19 - Musculoskeletal System Lesson
9, Chapter 20 - Endocrine System Lesson 10, Chapter 21 - Reproduction Lesson 11, Chapter
22 - Development and Aging
Evaluation methods Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material.
Lecture - exams, - 50%, daily grades (quizzes, discussions, etc) - 25% Laboratory – 25%
ALL POLICIES, PROCEDURES AND SCHEDULES ABOVE ARE SUBJECT TO
CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.
Year 2010-2011 Office NS 113/123
Course BIOL1409

Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jacky Leinart
Year 2010-2011 Office G.C. 201
Section 40 email jleinart@parisjc.edu
Course Biology 1409
Title General Biology II
Description Fundamental principles of living organisms including chemical and physical properties of life,
organization, function, evolutionary adaptation and classification. Concepts of reproduction,
genetics, ecology and the scientific method are included.
Textbooks Inquiry Into Life by Sylvia Mader McGraw-Hill ISBN # 978-0-07-298675-4
Schedule Week 1-Chap. 11 Human Organization

Week 2-Chap. 12 Cardiovascular System
Week 3-Chap. 13 Lymphatic and Immune System
Week 4-EXAM # 1
Week 5-Chap. 14 Digestive System and Nutrition
Week 6-Chap. 15 Respiratory System
Week 7-Chap. 16 Urinary System and Excretion
Week 8-EXAM # 2
Week 9-Chap. 17 Nervous System
Week 10-Chap. 18 Senses
Week 11-Chap. 19 Musculoskeletal System
Week 12-EXAM # 3
Week 13-Chap. 20 Endocrine System
Week 14-Chap. 21 Reproductive System
Week 15-Chap. 22 Development and Aging
Week 16-EXAM # 4
Evaluation methods
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Beth Burkhalter
Year 2010-2011 Office WR
Term Spring Phone (903) 885-1232
Section 51 email bburkhalter@parisjc.eduInquiry
Course Biology 1409
Title Non-Majors Biology
Description
This program is aligned with Paris Junior College Biology 1408.51.
It is designed for non majors of Biology .This course covers gene inheritance, genetics with
emphasis on Mendelian concepts as well as molecular genetics of DNA/ RNA structure and
function. . Students will learn about human body organs systems , microbiology, and animal
Textbooks Course Description

This program is aligned with Paris Junior College Biology 1408.51.
It is designed for non majors of Biology .This course covers animal behavior concepts, genetics
with emphasis on Mendelian concepts as well as molecular genetics of DNA/ RNA structure and
function. Processes such DNA replication , transcription, and , translation. Students will learn about
human body organs systems , microbiology, and animal diversity.
As an open door community college the mission of Paris Junior College is to provide a
comprehensive college experience with national and international involvement meeting the
education and cultural needs of all students by offering quality general education for freshman and
Schedule Inquiry Into Life by Sylvia Mader 13th Edition Publisher :McGraw Hil ISBN# 978-0-07-340344-1-
19-11 32 Syllabus/ Ch.32
1-26-11 23 Lecture Gene Inheritance
2-02-11 Exam 1 ( chap.23 and 32)
Lab Genetics and Human Traits
2-09-11 11 Human Organization Lecture

2-16-11 12 Cardiovascular System
2-23-11 Exam 2 ( Chapters 11,12 and 24)
Lab Human Cells-Microscopes
3-02-11 28 Microbiology
3-09-11 13 Lymphatic system.
YOU MUST TURN IN PACKET #1 CONSISTING OF CHAPTERS 32,23,11,12 AND 28 AT

THE START OF THE CLASS ON
3-9-11 FOR IT TO BE CONSIDERED “ON TIME”.
**************** SPRING BREAK March 14-18**********************
3-23-11 EXAM 3 ( Chapters 13 , 28)

Lab Microbiology Cells-(Kinds of bacteria)
3-30-11 15 Respiratory System-Power Poi
4-06-11 19 Musculoskeletal System4-13-11 EXAM 4
(Chapters 15,19, )
Lab Human Body Systems video and Quiz
4-20-11 34 Ecosystems-
_____________________________________________________________
4-27-11 30 Animal Diversity Part 1
Evaluation methods Evaluation
Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material.
Lecture: 50% there will be 5 lecture exams consisting of multiple and matching questions. Make
–up exams will be different from the tests taken at scheduled times.
Laboratory :25% Students will perform laboratory experiments/ activities and will be expected to
answer topic questions following each lab in the form of quizzes or worksheets. At the conclusion of
the course the students will be assessed with a” Lab Practical” of information covered during labs.
Worksheet Packets: 25% Worksheets are designed to assess students knowledge of each chapter
with topic questions . Material covered in lecture and in the reading of content of each assigned
chapter will assist student in answering the questions. It should be noted that if the packets are not
turned in at the start of the class on the days listed above then they
Year 2010-2011 Office NS 113/123
Course BIOL1409
Description Biology 1409 is a internet delivery laboratory science course that studies human organization,
the cardiovascular system, the lymphatic and immune systems, the respiratory system, the
urinary system and excretion, the nervous system, the senses, the musculoskeletal system, the
endocrine system, the reproductive system, development and aging.

Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Karl Bush
Year 2010-2011 Office PHS Sci 3
Section 84 email kbush@prairiland.net
Course BIOL 1409
Title General Biology II (Non-majors)
Description Continuation of BIOL 1408. Fundamental principles of organisms including physical and chemical
properties of life, organization, function, adaptation, and classification. Reproduction, genetics,
ecology, and scientific method are included. A survey of the major kingdoms will be conducted.
Lab required. Fee charged. Class times are 12:30-1:15 pm and 2:35-3:25 MTWThF comprising 3
hours lecture and 1 hour laboratory. TSI requirement: M3, R3,W2.
Textbooks Inquiry into Life (13th edition) by Sylvia Mader with appropriate materials for lecture notes.
Schedule Week 1-viruses, prions, viroids
Week 2- bacteria and related microbe
Week 3-protists
Week 4-protists continued
Week 5-fungi
Week 6-plants
Week 7-continued
Week 8-poriferates, cnidarians
Week 9-worms, molluscs,echinoderms
Week 10-continued
Week 11-arthropods
Week 12-vertebrates, fish
Week 13-amphibians, reptiles
Week 14-birds
Week 15-mammals
Week 16-continued
Evaluation methods There will be four major examinations given. The average of these four examinations will count for
80% of the overall grade. No make-up exams will be given unless prearranged with the instructor.
In case of extreme illness, official school activity, family tragedy, or other mitigating circumstances
beyond the student's control, a make-up exam (not identical to the original exam) will be given.
Laboratory reports and other work will count for 20% of the overall grade. The student must
complete all work in an honest manner. Cheating on a major examination or laboratory assignment
will result in a grade of "F" for the semester.
Grade scale: 100-90 = A 89-80 = B 79-70 = C 69-60 = D 59-0 = F

Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Kyle Hutchings
Year 2010-2011 Office HGHS Room 119
Term Spring 2011 Phone 903-378-2264 ext. 319
Section 87 email kwhutchings@hgisd.net
Course Biology 1409
Title Non-Major's Biology
Description This is a 4 credit hour (lecture 3, lab 1) non-major's biology course which follows Bio. 1408, for
Non-Science majors. Topics include microbiology, plants, ecology, and body systems.
Textbooks Inquiry into Life 13th edition by Sylvia S. Mader. ISBN 978-0-07-340344-1
Schedule 18 January 2011-----03 June 2011

Chapters 28 Microbiology
29 Plants
30 Animals Part I
31 Animals Part II
32 Behavioral Ecology
33 Population Ecology
34 Nature of Ecosystems
35 Major Ecosystems of the Biosphere
36 Conservation Biology
11 Human Organization
12 Cardiovascular System
13 Lymphatic and Immune System
14 Digestive System and Nutrition
15 Respiratory System
16 Urinary System and Excretion
17 Nervous System
18 Senses
19 Musculoskeletal System
20 Endocrine System
Evaluation methods Grade Scale: 100-90 = A 89-80 = B 79-70 = C 69-60 = D 59-0 = F

Exams = 80% of grade
Labs/Daily = 20% of grade
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Beth Burkhalter
Year 2010-2011 Office Room 9 in LOHS building
Term Spring Phone (903)662-0980
Section 92 email bburkhalter@parisjc.edu
Course Biology 1409
Title General Biology ( Non-Majors)
Description This program is aligned with Paris Junior College Biology 1408.51.
It is designed for non majors of Biology .This course covers animal behavior concepts, genetics
with emphasis on Mendelian concepts as well as molecular genetics of DNA/ RNA structure and
function. Processes such DNA replication , transcription, and , translation. Students will learn about
human body organs systems , microbiology, and animal diversity.
Textbooks Inquiry into Life by Sylvia Mader 13thth Edition.

Publisher :McGraw Hill ISBN# 978-0-07-340344-1
Schedule 1-04-11 32 Syllabus/ Ch.32
1-06-11 32 Power Point Lecture/worksheet
1-10-11 32 Animal Behavior-Lecture/study questions
1-12-11 23 Lecture Gene Inheritance

1-14-11 Lab
1-19-11 23 Power Point Lecture/Study

questions
1-21-11 23 Continuation of Ch.23 Lecture Gene Inheritance

Due date for rough draft of Lab 1.
1-25-11 Exam 1 ( chap.23 and 32)
1-27-11 11 Human Organization Lecture

1-31-11 11 Continue Lecture over Ch. 11 / study quest.
***You will get a grading rubric for a Power Point TEST project that will be due first week of
March. During regular scheduled class date.***
2-02-11 24 DNA Biology and Technology

2-04-11 24 Lecture and Notes
2-08-11 24 Finish Power Point / study questions
2-10-10 Sam RHINE –Genetics Seminar ,Paris-Tx
2- 14-11 12 Power Point Lecture-Cardiovascular .
2-16-11 12 Cardiovascular System-Lecture
Study questions
Evaluation methods Evaluation
Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material.
Lecture: 50% there will be 5 lecture exams consisting of multiple and matching questions. Make
–up exams will be different from the tests taken at scheduled times.
Laboratory :25% Students will perform laboratory experiments/ activities and will be expected to
answer topic questions following each lab in the form of quizzes or worksheets. At the conclusion of
the course the students will be assessed with a” Lab Practical” of information covered during labs.
Worksheet Packets: 25% Worksheets are designed to assess students knowledge of each chapter
with topic questions . Material covered in lecture and in the reading of content of each assigned
chapter will assist student in answering the questions.
Year 2010-2011 Office GC 208
Term Spring Phone 903 454-9333 EXT 717
Section G1 email canderson@parisjc.edu
Course Biology 1409
Title General Biology for Non-Majors II
organization, function, evolutionary adaptation, and classification. Concepts of reproduction,
genetics, ecology, and the scientific method are included.
Textbooks Inquiry Into Life, Sylvia S. Mader, 13th edition

ISBN 978-0-07-340344-1 McGraw-Hill
Schedule Week 1 1/18, 1/20 Ch. 11 Human Organization

Week 2 1/25,1/27 Ch. 12 Cardiovascular System
Week 3 2/1,2/3 Ch. 15 Respiratory System; Ch. 11 &12 TEST
Week 4 2/8,2/10 Ch. 15 continued
Week 5 2/15,2/17 Ch. 13 Lymphatic and Immune System
Week 6 2/22,2/24 Ch. 13 continued; Ch. 15 & 13 TEST
Week 7 3/1,3/3 Ch. 14 Digestive System and Nutrition
Week 8 3/8,3/10 Ch. 16Urinary System and Excretion
3/14 – 3/18 SPRING BREAK!!!!!
Week 9 3/22, 3/24 TEST Ch. 14 & 16; Begin Ch. 17 Nervous System
Week 10 3/29,3/31 Ch. 17 Nervous System
Week 11 4/5, 4/7 Ch. 18 Senses
Week 12 4/12, 4/14 Ch. 18 cont.; Ch. 17 & 18 TEST
Week 13 4/19,4/21 Ch. 19 Musculoskeletal System
Week 14 4/26, 4/28 Ch. 20 Endocrine System
Week 15 5/3, 5/5 Ch. 21 Reproductive System
Week 16 5/10, 5/12 Final Exam Ch. 19, 20, 21
Lecture: 60% exams over assigned chapters

10% quizzes over lecture material on WebCT, writing assignments
Laboratory: 15% lab manual assignments

15% lab quizzes taken on WebCT
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Barnett, Michael
Year 2010 - 2011 Office NS 113
Section L01 email mbarnett@parisjc.edu
Course BIOL 1409 Lab
Title Biology for Non-Science Majors - Laboratory
Description Laboratory component for BIOL 1409 - Biology for Non-Science Majors
Textbooks N/A Lab assignments and worksheets will be provided in the lab.
Schedule Week 1- Introduction

Week 2- Set 50 - Animal Tissues
Week 4- Set 57 - Skin
Week 5- Set 249 - Basic Histology
Week 6- Set 67 - Digestion & Set 95 - Human Blood
Week 7- Set 68 - Cardiovascular System & Set 204 - Body Defenses Against Disease
Week 8- Set 229 - Immunity & Set 240 - Human Disease
Week 9- Set 72 - Respiratory System & Set 52 - Excretion
Week 10- Set 69 - Central Nervous System & Set 221 - Nerve and Muscle Action
Week 11- Set 70 - Reflex Arc
Week 12- Set 99 - Senses
Week 13- Set 223 - Skeletal System
Week 14- Set 71 - Endocrine System
Week 15- Set 62 - Reproduction
Week 16- Set 94 - Veneral Disease
Evaluation methods All laboratory exercises must be completed by due date.

No late labs will be accepted.
No make-up labs.
All laboratory materials must remain in the lab.
Turn off cell phones and any other electronic devices before entering lab.


No make-up labs.


No make-up labs.
No make-up labs.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Maness, Justin
Year 2010 - 2011 Office HC 102
Section L05 email jmaness@parisjc.edu


No make-up labs.
Course Biol 2401
Title Anatomy and Physiology 1
Description This course will consist of a study of structures and functions of human organ systems and how
these organ systems interact to create a functional organism. We will also discuss how various
diseases and disorder can disrupt the proper functioning of the organ systems of the human body.
Textbooks Marieb, Elaine, Hoehn, Katja; Human Anatomy and Physiology, 8th Ed. Pearson 2010.
ISBN 978-0-8053-9569-3
Schedule Week 1-Introduction

Week 2-Chemistry of Life
Week 3-The Cell
Week 4-Exam 1
Week 5-Tissues
Week 6-Integumentary System
Week 7-Bone Tissue/Joints
Week 8-Joints/Exam 2
Week 9-Muscular
Week 10-Nervous
Week 11-Nervous
Week 12-Exam 3/ Senses
Week 13-Senses/Endocrine
Week 14-Endocrine/Exam 4
Week 15-Final Exam Review
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods The lecture exams may include both objective (multiple choice, true-false, matching) and subjective
questions over notes and text material and any additional outside reading that may be assigned.
A. Several major tests will be given 50% of grade

B. One Comprehensive Final 15%
65%
III. Final Evaluation
Lecture 50%
Daily Grade 10%
Lab 25%
Comprehensive Final 15%
100%
Section 02 email
Course Biol 2401
Title Human Anatomy and Physiology
Description A study of the structure and function of the organ systems of the human body. Particular emphasis
will be placed on physiology in lecture. Lab required.
Textbooks Required reading: Human Anatomy & Physiology, 8th edition by Marieb and Hoehn.
ISBN# 13: 978-0-8053-9569-3
Schedule Week 1-Chapter 1 Orientation and Introduction to Anatomy and Physiology

Week 2-Chapter 2-Chemistry/ Start Bone Coverage Chapter 7-In Lab
Week 3-Chapter 3-Cells/ Exam 1
Week 4-Chapter 4-Tissues
Week 5-Chapter 5-Integument
Week 6-Chapter 6-Bone Tissue
Week 7-Chapter 8-Joints
Week 8-Chapter 9-Muscles and Muscle Tissue/ Exam 2
Week 9-Chapter 11-Fundamentals of the Nervous System/ Bone Test in Lab over Chapter 7
Week 10-Chapter 12-The Central Nervous System/ Start Muscle Coverage in Lab Chapter 10
Week 11-Chapter 13-The Peripheral Nervous System and Reflex Activity
Week 12-Chapter 14-The Autonomic Nervous System/ Exam 3
Week 13-Chapter 15-The Special Senses/ Start Chapter 15 Coverage in Lab on Models
Week 14-Chapter 16-The Endocrine System
Week 15-Chapter 16-(Cont.) Muscle and Special Senses Test in the Lab
Week 16-Final Exam (Exam 4)
Evaluation methods
Course Biology 2401
Title Human Anatomy and Physiology I
will be placed on physiology. Lab required. Fee charged. Core curriculum satisfied for Natural
Lab Sciences.
Textbooks Human Anatomy and Physiology, 8th edition, Elaine N. Marieb and Katja Hoehn
McGrawHill Publishing Company
ISBN-10: 0-8053-9569-5
Schedule Jan. 19 Syllabus & Ch. 1 Introduction to A&P

Jan. 24 & 26 Ch. 1 / Ch. 4 Tissues
Jan. 31 & Feb. 2 Ch. 4/ Ch. 3 Cells
Feb. 7 & 9 Ch. 3 Cells/ Ch. 2 Chemistry
Feb. 14 & 16 Ch. 2 Chemistry/Exam 1
Feb. 21 & 23 Ch. 5 Integumentary System/Ch. 6 Bones & Skeletal Tissue
Feb. 28 & Mar. 2 Ch. 6 / Ch. 8 Joints
Mar. 7 & 9 Ch. 8 Joints/ Exam 2
Mar. 14-18 SPRING BREAK!!!!!
Mar. 21 & 23 Ch. 9 Muscular System (Article 1 Due)
Mar. 28 & 30 Ch. 9/ Ch. 11 Nervous System
April 4 & 6 Ch. 11/ Ch. 12 Central Nervous System
April 11 & 13 Ch 12/ Ch. 14 The Autonomic Nervous System
April 18 & 20 Exam 3/ Ch. 15 Special Senses (Article 2 Due)
April 25 & 27 Ch. 15/Ch. 16 The Endocrine System
May 2 & 4 Ch. 16 The Endocrine System/Exam 4
May 11 Comprehensive Final Exam
Evaluation methods Lecture: 50% Four lecture exams over assigned chapters (12.5% each)
5% Quizzes over lecture material (in class & online)
5% Two article summaries (APA format) (2.5% each)
10% Comprehensive Final Exam
Laboratory 30% Four exams (7.5% each)
Lecture: 50% Four lecture exams over assigned chapters (12.5% each)
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr Daniel Reinboldt
Year 2011 Office PJC-Greenville campus-adjunctive
Section 41 email dreinboldt@parisjc.edu
Course Biol 2401
Title Human Anatomy & Physiology I
Description Upon successful completion of the course, students will have demonstrated proficiency in the
following areas: 1) Practical and working knowledge of basic human anatomy 2) Understanding of
the inter-relations of the human body systems 3) Basic physiology of each human body system.
Textbooks Human Anatomy & Physiology Packet (book, atlas, PAL DVD and access number) 8th edition by
Elaine Marieb with Pearson Benjamin Cummings Publishing. Website: www.masteringAandP.com
SBN: 978-0-8053-9569-3. Course ID #: Spring2401Reinboldt2011
Schedule Week 1- Human Body Orientation

Week 2- Tissues
Week 3- Chemistry
Week 4- Cells
Week 5- Integumentary System
Week 6- Skeletal System
Week 7- The Skeleton
Week 8- Joints of the Skeletal System
Week 10- Muscle Tissue
Week 11- Muscular System
Week 12- Fundamentals of the Nervous System
Week 13- Central Nervous System
Week 14- Peripheral Nervous System
Week 15- Autonomic Nervous System
Week 16- Special Senses
Evaluation methods Grading: 60% of overall grade will be determined by 4 lecture tests consisting of 100 questions
each. 20% of overal grade will be determined by 4 laboratory tests consisting of 50 questions each.
10% of the overal grade will be determined by 15 weekly quizzes that will be completed online.
5% of the overal grade will be determined by 15 weekly homework assignments that will be
completed online. The remaining 5% of the grade will be determined by 15 in class review quiz
shows. Students must attend 90% of the scheduled class - excessive misses will result in
deductions from their overall grade. Extra credit opportunities are available for community service,
blood donation and successful completion of chapter review exercises
Year 2011 Office Sulphur Springs Higher Ed Center D
Course BIOL 2401
Title Human Anatomy & Physiology
will be placed on physiology in lecture. The course content will be presented in a traditional lecture
format with additional materials provided that may require internet access. A laboratory time is also
required.
Textbooks Human Anatomy & Physiology , Elaine Marieb and Katja Hoehn, Pearson, 8th Edition, 978-0-8053-
9569-3. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed CD 2.0, McGraw Hill, 2008
Workbook to Accompany Anatomy & Physiology Revealed CD 2.0, Robert Broyles Jr., McGraw
Hill, 2009, 978-0-07-337814-5
Schedule Week 1- Introduction to A & P

Week 2- Chemical Basis of Life
Week 3-Cells, Lab
Week 4-Cellular Metabolism, Lab
Week 5-Tissues, Lab
Week 6-Exam, Lab
Week 7-Skin & Integumentary System, Lab
Week 8-Skeletal System, Lab
Week 9-Joints, Lab
Week 10-Muscular System, Lab
Week 11-Exam, Lab
Week 12-Nervous System I, Bones Identification Quiz
Week 13-Nervous System II, Lab
Week 14-The Senses, Lab
Week 15-Endocrine System, Muscle Identification Quiz
Week 16-FINAL
Evaluation methods The course grade will be derived from a percentage of possible points earned through lecture exams
and laboratory assignments.
A 90 –100 %
B 80 - 89
C 70 - 79
D 60 - 69
F Below 60
Lecture exams will count 75% and the laboratory assignments and lab test will count 25% towards
the final grade.
Course BIOL 2401
will be placed on physiology of the systems in the course content. This is an on line course with
course information, content and laboratory exercises presented over the internet and CD's. 3 hrs
lecture 1 hr
Hill, 2009, 978-0-07-337814-5

Week 2- Chemical Basis of Life, Lab
Week 3-Cells, Lab
Week 5-Tissues, Lab
Week 6-Exam
Week 7-Skin & Integumentary System, Lab, A&P Revealed 1
Week 8-Skeletal System, A&P Revealed 2
Week 9-Joints, Lab
Week 10-Muscular System, A&P Revealed 3
Week 11-Exam
Week 12-Nervous System I, Lab, A&P Revealed 4
Week 14-The Senses, Lab, A&P Revealed 5
Week 15-Endocrine System, A&P Revealed 6
Week 16-FINAL
Evaluation methods The course grade will be determined by the accumulation of total points. 90-100% = A, 80-89% =
B, 79- 70% = C, 69-60% = D, 59% & Below = F.
There are 8 lab assignments using the CD you were mailed, each worth 15 points. There are 6
assignments worth 15 points each that must be completed using the A&P Revealed CD and
workbook. There are 11 quizzes that cover the course content and material in the text worth 20
points each. They are to be completed in order in the alloted time and be submitted by the due date.
There are three exams and a final. The exams are worth 200 points each and the final is worth 500
points.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Karla Clifton
Year 2011 Office
Section 66 email kclifton@parisjc.edu
Course BIOL 2401
Description A study of the structure and function of the organ system of the human body, including cell
structure, tissues, endocrinology, muscles, sleletal, joint and nervous systems. Particular emphasis
will be placed on physiology in lecture. Laboratory protion will be comprised of a virtual cadaver
dissection as well as written labs to be completed.
Textbooks Human Anatomy and Physiology, 8th Edition, Marieb and Hoehn, Pearson Publishing, ISBN: 978-0-
8053-9569-3
Human Anatomy and Physiology Revealed 2.0 CD ROM, Published by McGraw Hill ISBN: 978-0-
07-337807-7
Schedule Week 1- course orientation chat
Week 2- Chapter # 1 and Chapter #2, Review, Discussion, Lab and Quiz
Week 3- Chapter # 3 and Chapter #4 Review, Discussion, Quiz and Lab for Chapter # 3
Week 4- Chapter # 5 Review, Discussion, Quiz and Lab # 4 and 5. Review Chat, Exam 1 and
Tissue Lab Exam
Week 5-Chapter # 6 and Chapter # 7 Review, Discussion, Lab and Quiz
Week 6- Chapter # 8 and Chapter # 9 Review, Discussion, Quiz and Lab for Chapter # 8
Week 7- Chapter # 10 Review, Discussion and Quiz. Mini Lab Exams and Review Chat
Week 8- Chapter #9 and 10 Lab, Exam # 2 and Skeletal and Muscular Lab Exams
Week 9- Chapter # 11 and Chapter # 12 Review, Discussion, Quiz and Chapter #11 Lab
Week 10- Chapter # 13 Review, Discussion and Quiz
Week 11-Chapter # 14 Review, Discussion, Quiz and Chapter 12.13.14 Lab
Week 12-Review Chat, Exam # 3, Nervous System Lab Exam
Week 13- Chapter # 15 Review, Discussion, Lab and Quiz
Week 14- Chapter # 16 Review, Discussuin, Lab and Quiz
Week 15- Chat Review, Exam # 4, Endocrine Lab Exam
Week 16- Final Chat, Final Exam
Evaluation methods 4 lecture exams 100 points each 400
16 Chapter Reviews 160
16 Chapter Quizzes 160
16 Lecture Discussions 160
5 Lab Quizzes 544
4 Lab Exams 365
2 Mini Lab Exams 14
4 Chat Sessions 100
Comprehensive Final Exam 200
Completion of 90% or above of total points will equal a grade of A, 80% to 89%will equal a grade
of B, 70% to 79% will equal a grade of C, 60% to 69% will equal a grade of D, less than 60 % will
equal a grade of F.
Section P1 email jbrown@parisjc.edu
Course Biol 2401
ISBN 978-0-8053-9569-3

Week 3-The Cell
Week 4-Exam 1
Week 5-Tissues
Week 9-Muscular
Week 10-Nervous
Week 11-Nervous
Week 16- Final Exam

65%
Lecture 50%
Daily Grade 10%
Lab 25%
100%
Course Biol 2402
Description Continuation of Biology 2401. A study of the structure and function of the organ systems of the
human body. Particular emphasis will be placed on physiology in lecture. Lab required.
Textbooks Required Reading: Human Anatomy & Physiology, 8th edition by Marieb and Hoehn.
ISBN# 13: 978-0-8053-9569-3
Schedule Week 1-Orientation and Chapter 17-Blood

Week 2-Chapter 18-The Heart/Lab 1
Week 3-Chapter 19-Blood Vessels/ Exam 1/Lab 2
Week 4-Chapter 20-The Lymphatic System/Lab 3
Week 5-Chapter 21-The Immune System/Lab 4
Week 6-Chapter 22-The Respiratory System/Lab 5
Week 7-Chapter 23-The Digestive System/ Exam 2/Lab 6
Week 8-Chapter 24-Nutrition and Metabolism/Lab 7
Week 9-Chapter 24-(Cont.) Chapter 25-The Urinary System/Lab 8
Week 10-Chapter 25-The Urinary System/Lab 9
Week 11-Chapter 26-Fluid, Electrolyte and Acid Base Balance/Lab 10
Week 12-Chapter 26 (Cont) /Exam 3/Lab 11
Week 13-Chapter 27-The Reproductive System/Lab 12
Week 14-Chapter 28-Pregnancy and Human Development/Lab 13
Week 15-Chapter 29-Heredity/Lab 14
Evaluation methods
Course Biol 2402
ISBN# 13: 978-0-8053-9569-3

Evaluation methods
Course Biol 2402
ISBN 978-0-8053-9569-3

Week 2-Cardiovascular
Week 4-Exam 1/ Lymphatic and Immunity
Week 5-Digestive
Week 6-Respiratory
Week 7-Exam 2/ Nutrition and Metabolism
Week 8-Nutrition/ Metabolism
Week 9-Urinary
Week 10-Water. Electrolyte, and Acid-Base Balance
Week 11-Exam 3
Week 12-Reproductive
Week 14-Pregnancy, Growth, and Development
Week 15-Exam 4
Week 16- Final Exam

65%
Lecture 50%
Daily Grade 10%
Lab 25%
100%
Term Spring Phone 903 454 9333 EXT. 717
Course Biology 2402
Title Human Anatomy and Physiology II
Description Study of the structure and function of human anatomy, including the neuroendocrine,
integumentary, musculoskeletal, digestive, urinary, reproductive, respiratory, and circulatory
systems. Content may be either integrated or specialized.
Textbooks Human Anatomy and Physiology

Elaine N. Marieb
Katja Hoehn
8th edition
Benjamin Cummings Publishing
ISBN-10: 0-8053-9569-5
Schedule Jan. 19 Introduction/Syllabus & Blood

Jan. 24 & 26 Blood/ Cardiovascular System
Jan. 31 & Feb. 2 Cardiovascular System
Feb. 7 & 9 Cardiovascular System
Feb. 14 & 16 Respiratory System
Feb. 21 & 23 EXAM 1/Lymphatic & Immune Systems
Feb. 28 & Mar.2 Lymphatic and Immune Systems
Mar. 7 & 9 Digestive System (Article Summary 1 is Due!)
Mar. 14 – 18 SPRING BREAK!!!!!
Mar. 21 & 23 Nutrition and Metabolism
Mar. 28 & 30 EXAM 2 /Urinary System
Apr. 4 & 6 Urinary System /Water, Electrolyte & Acid/Base
Apr. 11 & 13 Water, Electrolyte & Acid/Base Balance
Apr. 18 & 20 Exam 3 / Reproduction
Apr. 25 & 27 Reproduction/ Pregnancy & Development (Article 2 is Due!)
5/2 & 5/4 Pregnancy, Growth & Development & Exam 4
Evaluation methods Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class
material:
Lecture: 50% Four lecture exams over assigned chapters from text.
5% Online & In class Quizzes
5% One Article summary (APA format)
Laboratory: 30% Four lab exams--emphasis on anatomy.

Microscopic work and written assignments.
Physiology experiments.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr Daniel Reinboldt D.C.
Course Biol 2402
Title Human Anatomy & Physiology II
Elaine Marieb with Pearson Benjamin Cummings Publishing. Website: www.masteringAandP.com
SBN: 978-0-8053-9569-3. Course ID #: Spring2402Reinboldt2011
Schedule Week 1- The Endocrine System

Week 2- Blood
Week 3- Cardiovascular System: Heart
Week 4- Cardiovascular System: Blood Vessels
Week 5- Lymphatic System: Lymph Organs & Tissues
Week 6- Immune System: Innate and adaptive Body Defenses
Week 7- Digestive System
Week 8- Nutrition, Metabolism & Body Temperature Regulation
Week 10- Respiratory System
Week 11- Urinary System
Week 13- Fluid, Electrolyte and Acid-Base Balances
Week 14- Reproductive System
Week 15- Pregnancy and Human Development
Week 16- Heredity
each. 20% of overal grade will be determined by 4 laboratory tests consisting of 50 questions each.
7% of the overal grade will be determined by 15 weekly quizzes that will be completed online. 5%
of the overal grade will be determined by 15 weekly homework assignments that will be completed
online. 5% of the grade will be determined by 15 in class review quiz shows. The remaining 3%
of the grade will come from an individual Powerpoint presentation on a selected A&P topic during
the semester. Students must attend 90% of the scheduled class - excessive misses will result in
deductions from their overall grade. Extra credit opportunities are available for community service,
blood donation and successful completion of chapter review exercises
Course Biol 2402
Description A study of the structure and function of the organ systems of the
human body. Particular emphasis will be placed on physiology in lecture. (This is a continuation of
Biology 2401.) The course content will be presented in a traditional lecture format with additional
materials provided that may require internet access. A laboratory time is also required.
Textbooks Human Anatomy & Physiology, Elaine Marieb and Katja Hoehn, Pearson, 8th, 9780805395693
Anatomy & Physiology Revealed CD 2.0, McGraw Hill, 2008
Hill, 2009, 978-0-07-337814-5
Schedule Week 1-Orientation/Introductions

Week 2-Blood
Week 3-The Cardiovascular System
Week 4-The Lymphatic System and Immunity
Week 5-Exam, Lab
Week 6-The Digestive System
Week 7-Nutrition and Metabolism
Week 8-The Respiratory System
Week 9-Exam, Lab
Week 10-The Urinary System
Week 11-Water, Electrolytes and Acid-Base Balance
Week 12-Exam, Lab
Week 13-The Reproductive System: Male
Week 14-The Reproductive System: Female
Week 15-Pregnancy, Growth & Development
Week 16-Final Exam
A 90 –100 %
B 80 - 89
C 70 - 79
D 60 - 69
F Below 60
Lecture exams will count 80% and the average of laboratory assignments and test will count 20%
towards the final grade.
Course Biol 2402
will be placed on physiology of the systems in the course content.(This is a continuation of Biology
2401.) This is a self paced on line course, with course information, content and laboratory exercises
presented over the internet and CD's.
Hill, 2009, 978-0-07-337814-5

Week 2-Blood,Lab
Week 3-The Cardiovascular System, Lab, A&P Revealed 1
Week 4-The Lymphatic System and Immunity, Lab, A&P Revealed 2
Week 5-Exam
Week 6-The Digestive System, Lab, A&P Revealed 3
Week 7-Nutrition and Metabolism, Lab
Week 8-The Respiratory System, Lab, A&P Revealed 4
Week 9-Exam
Week 10-The Urinary System, A&P Revealed 5
Week 12-Exam, Lab
Week 13-The Reproductive System: Male, A&P Revealed 6
Week 14-The Reproductive System: Female, Lab
Week 15-Pregnancy, Growth & Development, Lab
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods The final grade will be calculated as follows based on the total number of possible points including
laboratory assignments, quizzes, exams and other assignments. A - 90%, B - 80%, C - 70%, D -
60%, F - below 59%.
There are four exams and a final The exams are worth 200 points each and the final is worth 500
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Karla Clifton
Year 2011 Office
Section 66 email kclifton@parisjc.edu
Course BIOL 2402
Description This course is a continuation of Biology 2401. A study of the structure, function and
interrelationship of the organ system of the human body, as well as various pathological conditions
and clinical applications. Particular emphasis will be placed on physiology in lecture. Laboratory
protion will be comprised of a virtual cadaver dissection as well as written lab work.
Textbooks Human Anatomy and Physiology, 8th Edition, Marieb and Hoehn, Pearson Publishing, ISBN: 978-0-
8053-9569-3
Human Anatomy and Physiology Revealed 2.0 CD ROM, Published by McGraw Hill ISBN: 978-0-
07-337807-7
Schedule Week 1- course orientation chat
Week 2- Chapter # 17 and Chapter #18, Review, Discussion, Quiz and Chapter #17 Lab
Week 3- Chapter # 19 Review, Discussion, Quiz and Lab for Chapter # 18 and 19. Review Chat,
Exam # 1 and Blood Cell Lab Exam
Week 4- Chapter # 20 Review, Discussion, Quiz and Lab
Week 5-Chapter # 21 Review, Discussion, Lab and Quiz. Chapter #22 Review and Discussion,
Mini Lab Exam
Week 6- Chapter # 22 Lab and Quiz. Exam# 2, Respiratory and Lymph Lab Exam
Week 7- Cardiovascular Lab Exams, Chapter #23 Review, Discussion, Quiz and Lab
Week 11-Review Chat, Exam # 3, Digestive System Lab Exam
Week 12-Chapter # 27 Review, Discussion, Lab and Quiz
Week 13- Chapter # 28 Review, Discussuin, Lab and Quiz
Week 14- Chapter # 29 Review, Discussuin, Lab and Quiz, Review Chat
Week 15- Exam # 4, Reproductive and Urinary System Lab Exams, Final Chat
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods 4 lecture exams 100 points each 400
13 Chapter Reviews 118
13 Chapter Quizzes 130
13 Lecture Discussions 130
5 Lab Quizzes 725
4 Lab Exams 282
2 Mini Lab Exams 10
4 Chat Sessions 100
Comprehensive Final Exam 200
Completion of 90% or above of total points will equal a grade of A, 80% to 89%will equal a grade
of B, 70% to 79% will equal a grade of C, 60% to 69% will equal a grade of D, less than 60 % will
equal a grade of F.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Susan Gossett
Section 67 email sgossett@parisjc.edu
Course A&P II 2402
Title Anatomy and Physiology II
Description Biology 2402 is the second of a two-course sequence in Human Anatomy and Physiology. It is
designed to meet the requirements for allied health sciences, psychology, physical therapy, physical
education, biology, geology, ecology, anthropology, agriculture, or students requiring a basic
understanding of human structure and function that has an entry level background in biology or
nursing. Course subjects include body orientation, cell structure and function, cell chemistry, cell
Textbooks Required Textbook: Human Anatomy & Physiology Eighth Edition by Elaine N. Marieb
and Katja Hoehn
ISBN 13:978-0-8053-9591-4 The textbook integrates the most accessible, comprehensive, current,
and visually stunning anatomy and physiology components in the market. The most significant
revision to this edition is that it provides readers the ability to more easily learn key concepts. The
new edition features a new art program that is both visually dynamic and more pedagogically
effective for today’s readers. These features guide the readers through the toughest concepts in
Anatomy and Physiology. The book has been edited to make it easier to study from and navigate,
with integrated objectives, new concept check questions, and a new design program.
Laboratory Required Workbook and CD-ROM
Schedule Week Week Ending Chapter Reading Assignment
1 January 22 Chapter 17—Blood
Objectives
Describe the composition, function, and physical characteristics of whole blood. Explain why it is
classified as a connective tissue.
Discuss the composition and functions of plasma.
Describe the functions and characteristic of blood cells (erythrocytes, leukocytes, and platelets).
Describe the chemical makeup of hemoglobin.
Discuss where and how blood cells are made as well as present and future medical applications for
adult stem cells extracted from red bone marrow.
Describe blood clotting and undesirable clotting.
Describe the ABO and Rh blood groups. Explain the basis of transfusion reactions.
Explain the diagnostic importance of blood testing.
2 January 29 Chapter 18—The Cardiovascular System: The Heart

Objectives
Describe the size, shape, location, and orientation of the heart in the thorax.
Describe the structure and functions of the four heart chambers as well as the three layers of the
heart wall.
Trace the pathway of blood through the heart
Name the heart valves and describe their location, function, and mechanism of operation
Name the major branches and describe the distribution of the coronary arteries and cardiac veins.
Describe the structural and functional properties of cardiac muscle, and explain how it differs from
skeletal muscle.
Name the components of the conduction system of the heart, and trace the conduction pathway.
Name some of the abnormalities that can be detected on an ECG tracing and describe the meaning
of each wave of an ECG (P, QRS, and T).
Describe normal heart sounds, and explain how heart murmurs differ.
Describe the timing and events of the cardiac cycle
Name and explain the effects of various factors regulating stroke volume and heart rate.
Evaluation methods Course Grading
Core Textbook Material Laboratory

Exam I 10% Week 1 Assignment
Exam II 10% Week 2 Assignment
Exam III 10% Week 3 Assignment
Exam IV 10% Week 4 Assignment
Comprehensive Final 25% Week 5 Assignment
Discussions 10% Week 6 Assignment
Week 7 Assignment
Week 8 Assignment
Week 10 Assignment
Total 75% Total 25%
Grading Scale
A 90 – 100
B 80 – 89
C 70 – 79
D 60 -69
F 59 or lower
Course A&P II 2402
division and metabolism, integumentary system, skeletal system, muscle system, nervous system,
special senses, and the endocrine system. The course topics are organized to form a core suitable to
satisfy the prerequisites for student advancement
and Katja Hoehn
Objectives

Objectives
heart wall.
skeletal muscle.

Week 7 Assignment
Week 8 Assignment
Week 10 Assignment
Total 75% Total 25%
Grading Scale
A 90 – 100
B 80 – 89
C 70 – 79
D 60 -69
F 59 or lower
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Karl Bush
Year 2010-2011 Office PHS Sci 3
Section 84 email kbush@prairiland.net
Course BIOL 2402
Description Continuation of BIOL 2401. A study of the structure and functions of the organ systems of the
human body. Course topics will include homeostasis, complimentarity, microanatomy, gross
anatomy, physiology of cells and systems, with emphasis on functions, interactions, and controls
between systems. Lab required. Fee charged. Class times are 9:10-9:55am MTWThF comprising 3
hours lecture and 1 hour laboratory. TSI requirement: M2, R3,W2.
Textbooks Human Anatomy and Physiology (8th edition) by Marieb and Hoehn with appropriate materials for
lecture.
Schedule Week 1-nervous system
Week 2- continued
Week 3-special senses
Week 4-continued
Week 5-blood, lymph, cardiovascular systems
Week 6-continued
Week 7-continued
Week 8-digestive system
Week 9-continued
Week 10-continued
Week 11-respiratory system
Week 12-continued
Week 13-urinary system
Week 14-continued
Week 15-endocrine, reproductive systems
Week 16-continued
Evaluation methods There will be six major examinations given. The average of these six examinations will count for
80% of the overall grade. No make-up exams will be given unless prearranged with the instructor.
In case of extreme illness, official school activity, family tragedy, or other mitigating circumstances
beyond the student's control, a make-up exam (not identical to the original exam) will be given.
Laboratory reports and other work will count for 20% of the overall grade. The student must
complete all work in an honest manner. Cheating on a major examination or laboratory assignment
will result in a grade of "F" for the semester.
Grade scale: 100-90 = A 89-80 = B 79-70 = C 69-60 = D 59-0 = F

Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Phyllis Ballard
Year 2011 Office RHS Rm 118
Section 99 email pballard@rivercrestisd.net
Course Biol 2402
Title Anatomy and Physiology
Description A study of the structure and function of human organ systems. Lab required. Prerequisites:
Successful completion of Biology and Chemistry.
Textbooks David Shier, Jackie Butler, Ricki Lewis: Hole's Human Anatomy & Physiology, 12th Edition
ISBN: 978-0-07-352570-9
Schedule Week 1- Nervous System - Basic Structure and Function - Lab #27 Nerve Tissues
Week 2- Nervous System - Divisions of Brain - Lab #28 Spinal Cord & Meninges, Lab # 32 Brain
Dissection
Week 3- Somatic and Special Senses - Lab # 35 Eye Dissection, Lab #37 Visual Test
Week 4- Somatic and Special Senses - Lab #37 Ear and Hearing, Lab #38 Equilibrium
Week 5- Endocrine System - Lab # 39 Endocrine Slide
Week 6- Endocrine System - Reproductive Hormones
Week 7- Review - LAB PRACTICAL
Week 8- Blood - Lab #41 Blood Cells
Week 9- Blood Types & Transfusions - Lab #43 Simulated Blood Typing
Week 10- Cardiovascular System - Lab # 44 Heart Dissection
Week 11- Cardiac Conduction - Lab - Reading Blood Pressures
Week 12- Digestive System - Lab # 54 Digestive Organs
Week 13- Digestive System - Lab #63 Fetal Pig Digestive System
Week 14- Lab #63,65 & 66 Fetal Pig Reproductive, Cardiovascular & Urinary
Week 15- Urinary System - Lab # 56 Kidney structure
Week 16- Review, LAB PRACTICAL and Final
Evaluation methods Grading Formula

TEST 50 %
LABS and CLASS WORK 25 %
FINAL 25 %
Course Biology 2402

Elaine N. Marieb
Katja Hoehn
8th edition
ISBN-10: 0-8053-9569-5
Schedule Jan. 24 Blood

Jan. 31 Cardiovascular System
Feb. 7 Cardiovascular System
Feb. 14 Respiratory System
Feb. 21 Exam 1 Lymphatic & Immune Systems
Feb. 28 Immune/Digestive Systems
March 7 Digestive System
March 14 Spring Break!
March 21 Nutrition and Metabolism
March 28 Exam 2/Urinary System
April 4 Urinary System & Water, Electrolyte & Acid/Base Balance
April 11 Water, Electrolyte & Acid/Base
April 18 Exam 3/ Reproduction
April 25 Reproduction/Pregnancy & Development
May 2 Exam 4
material:

Course Biol 2402
Textbooks Marieb, Elaine, Hoehn, Katja; Human Anatomy and Physiology, 8th Ed. Pearson 2010. ISBN 978-0-
8053-9569-3
Week 5-Digestive
Week 6-Respiratory
Week 9-Urinary
Week 11-Exam 3
Week 15-Exam 4
Week 16- Final Exam

65%
Lecture 50%
Daily Grade 10%
Lab 25%
100%
Course Biol 2402
Textbooks Marieb, Elaine, Hoehn, Katja; Human Anatomy and Physiology, 8th Ed. Pearson 2010. ISBN 978-0-
8053-9569-3
Week 5-Digestive
Week 6-Respiratory
Week 9-Urinary
Week 11-Exam 3
Week 15-Exam 4
Week 16- Final Exam

65%
Lecture 50%
Daily Grade 10%
Lab 25%
100%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty McCraw, Ed
Year 2010-2011 Office NS 105
Section 01 email emccraw@parisjc.edu
Course BIOL 2420
Title Microbiology 4-3-4 26.0503.51 03
Description Study of the morphology, physiology, and taxonomy of representative groups of pathogenic and
nonpathogenic microorganisms. Pure cultures of microorganisms grown on selected media are used
in learning laboratory techniques. Includes a brief preview of food microbes, public health, and
immunology. Lab required. Prerequisite: eight hours of biology or chemistry, or consent of
instructor.
Textbooks Required reading: Kathleen Park Talaro: Foundations of Microbiology, Seventh Ed., McGraw-
Hill, 2009, ISBN 978-0-07-337522-9
Schedule Week 1- Introduction & Chapter 1 - Main Themes of Microbiology
Week 2- Chapter 3- Tools of the Laboratory, Chapter 4- Survey of Prokaryotic Cells, Lab 1
Week 3- Chapter 6- Introduction to the Viruses, Chapter 7- Elements of Microbial Nutrition, Lab
2
Week 4- Chapter 7- Elements of Microbial Nutrition, Lab 2
Week 5- Exam A, Chapter 8- Microbial Metabolism, Lab 3
Week 6- Chapter 11- Physical & Chemical Agents for Contro of Microbes, Lab 4
Week 7- Chapter 13- Microbe - Human Interaction: Infection and Disease, Lab 5
Week 8- Chapter 14- Host Defenses,
Week 9- Chapter 16- Disorders of Immunity, Exam B, Lab 6
Week 10- Chapter 18- Cocci of Medical Importance, Lab 7
Week 11- Chapter 19- Gram+ Bacilli of Medical Importance, Lab 8
Week 12- Chapter 20- Gram- Bacilli of Medical Importance, Exam C, Lab 9
Week 13- Chapter 21- Misc Bacterial Agents of Disease, Chapter 22- Fungi of Medical Importance,
Lab 10
Week 14- Chapter 23- Parasites of Medical Importance, Chapter 24- DNA Viruses of Medical
Importance, Lab 11
Week 15- Chapter 25- RNA Viruses of Medical Importance, Final Exam Review, Lab 12
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods Grading
Lecture - Major Exams (3 @ 15% each) 45%
*Final Exam 25%
Daily Grades - Class Participation/Quizzes 10%
Laboratory - Lab exercises/quizzes 20%
*The final exam must be taken at the time scheduled by the college. The final exam is
comprehensive. It is course policy that a 15 point penalty will be applied to all late and make-up
assignments as well as to all make-up exams.
Course BIOL 2420
immunology. Lab required. Prerequisite: eight hours of biology or chemistry, or consent of
instructor.
Hill, 2009, ISBN 978-0-07-337522-9
2
Week 13- Chapter 21- Misc Bacterial Agents of Disease, Chapter 22- Fungi of Medical Importance,
Lab 10
Importance, Lab 11
Week 16- Final Exam
*Final Exam 25%
Course Biol 2420
Title Microbiology
Description An introduction to the microbial world (including: bacteria, virus, fungi, protozoan and helminthes)
and their relationships to humans and disease. This is an online class, with course content presented
over the internet and CD's. Assignments will include quizzes over selected topics from the text,
internet searches, and reading of peer reviewed articles. Completion of laboratory exercises and
major exams will also be required.
Textbooks Foundations in Microbiology 7th Edition, Kathleen Park Talaro & Arthur Talaro, McGraw Hill,
978-007-337522-9
Schedule Week 1-Overview and introduction to the microbial world
Week 2-Chemistry and its relationship to microbiology
Week 3-Methods used to study microbes,Lab
Week 4-Survey of prokaryotic cells, Lab
Week 5-Survey of eukaryotic cells, Lab
Week 6-An introduction to the viruses, Lab
Week 7-Exam, Lab
Week 8-Introduction to microbial metabolism, Lab
Week 9-Microbial genetics
Week 10-Physical and chemical control of microbes, Lab
Week 11-Introduction to chemotherapy, Lab
Week 12-Exam, Survey of infectious diseases
Week 13-Microbe-Human interactions: infection & disease, Lab
Week 14-Nature of host defenses: non specific immune defenses & specific immunity
Week 15-Exam, Lab
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods Complete all quizzes, exams and assignments (including laboratory exercises) in a satisfactory
manner by the due date. Any assignment or exam NOT turned in by the due date or final submission
date will result in a zero for the assignment or exam.
There are 10 lab assignments using the CD you were mailed, each worth 15 points.
Case studies for lesson 10. Up to 20 may be completed, each worth 5 points. The specific format
MUST be followed to receive full credit.
There are 9 quizzes that cover the course content and material in the text worth 50 points each. They
are to be completed in order in the allotted time and be submitted by the due date.
points.
The final grade will be calculated as follows based on the total number of possible points including
60%, F - below 59%
Course Biol 2420
Title Microbiology
978-007-337522-9
Week 7-Exam, Lab
Week 15-Exam, Lab
Week 16-Final Exam
manner by the due date. Any assignment or exam NOT turned in by the due date or final submission
date will result in a zero for the assignment or exam.
There are 9 quizzes that cover the course content and material in the text worth 50 points each. They
are to be completed in order in the allotted time and be submitted by the due date.
points.
60%, F - below 59%
Course Biology 2420
Title Microbiology for Non-Science Majors
immunology.
Textbooks Foundations in Microbiology, 7th edition by Kathleen Park Talaro, McGrawHill Publishing
ISBN: 978-0-07-726057-6
Schedule 1/18 & 1/20 Chapter 1 The Main Themes of Microbiology

1/25 & 1/27 Ch. 1 Cont. / Ch. 3 Tools of the Laboratory
2/1 & 2/3 Chapter 3 Tools of the Laboratory
2/8 & 2/10 Chapter 4 Survey of Prokaryotic Cells
2/15 & 2/17 Chapter 4 Survey of Prokaryotic Cells / Exam 1
2/22 (1st disease report due!)
2/22 & 2/24 Chapter 5 Survey of Eukaryotic Cells
3/1 & 3/3 Ch. 5 Cont./ Chapter 6 Introduction to Viruses
3/8 & 3/10 Ch. 6 Introduction to Viruses
3/14 & 3/16 Spring Break!!!!
3/22 & 3/24 Exam 2/Ch. 7 Elements of Microbial Nutrition, Ecology & Growth
3/29 & 3/31 Ch. 7 Cont./Ch, 11 Phys. & Chem. Agents for Microbial Control
4/5 & 4/7 Ch. 11 Physical and Chemical Agents for Microbial Control
4/12 & 4/14 Chapter 12 Drug, Microbe, Host- The Elements of Chemotherapy
4/19 & 4/21 Chapter 12 cont. / Exam 3
4/26 & 4/28 Chapter 13 Microbe-Human Interactions
5/10 & 5/12 Exam 4
Evaluation methods Students will have the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material.
Lecture: 55% Four lecture exams over assigned chapters from text
10% Reports and/or presentation
5% WebCT Quizzes & in class quizzes over lecture
Laboratory: 30% Two exams over laboratory material + Avg. of lab
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Donna Anderson
Year 2010-2011 Office Greenville Center
Term 102s Phone 903-782-0379 (leave msg)
Section 65 email danderson@parisjc.edu
Course BMGT 1331
Title Production and Operations Management
Description Fundamentals of the various techniques used in the practice of production and operations
management. Includes location, design, and resource allocation.
Textbooks Operations Management – processes and supply chains, ninth edition by Krajewski, Ritzman, and
Malhotra, published by Prentice Hall. ISBN 9780138011185. Comes with www.myOMlab and
DVD cases
Schedule Week 1- Course Introduction – Getting Started
Week 2- Chapter 1 & Supplement A: Using Operations to Compete
Week 3- Chapter 2: Managing Processes
Week 4- Chapter 3: Process Strategy & Chapter 4: Process Analysis
Week 5- Exam 1 & Chapter 5: Quality and Performance
Week 6- Chapter 6: Capacity Planning
Week 7- Chapter 7: Constraint Management & Chapter 8: Lean Systems
Week 8- Exam 2
Week 10- Chapter 9: Supply Chain Design & Chapter 10: Supply Chain Integration
Week 11- Chapter 11: Location
Week 12- Chapter 12: Inventory Management
Week 13- Exam 3 & Chapter 13: Forecasting
Week 14- Chapter 14: Operations Planning and Scheduling
Week 15- Chapter 15: Resource Planning
Week 16- Exam 4
Evaluation methods www.myOMlab Homework (2% x 15) 30%

Chapter Quizzes (2% x 15) 30%
Exams* (10% x 4) 40%
*Please note: The second exam is proctored at the testing center.
Course BMGT 1368
Title Practicum (or Field Experience) - Business Administration and MGMT, General
Description Practical, general workplace training supported by an individualized learning plan developed by the
employer, college and student.
Textbooks None required
Schedule Week 1- Work and employer questionnaire

Week 2- Work and employer questionnaire
Week 4- Work and employer quetionnaire
Week 5- Work and resume
Week 9- Work and student assessment
Week 12- Work and interview practice
Week 14- Work and career assessment
Evaluation methods A 89.5%- 100%

B 79.5%-89.4%
C 69.5%-79.4%
D 59.5%-69.4%
F 59.4%- Below
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jan Jordan
Term 10S2 Phone 903-782-0378
Section 65 email jjordan@parisjc.edu
Course BMGT 1441
Title Business Ethics
Description Topics address ethical issues, the development of a moral frame of reference and the need for an
awareness of social justice in mangement practices and business activities. A review of ethical
responsibilities and relationships between organizational departments, divisions, executive
management and the public.
Textbooks Business Ethics 2E, A Real World Approach, by Andrew W. Ghillyer, published by McGraw-Hill.
ISBN 978-0-07-337710-0.
Schedule Week 1-Understanding Ethics

Week 2-Understanding Ethics
Week 3-Ethical Dilemma Case Studies, Internet Assignments
Week 4-Defining Business Ethics
Week 5-Organizational Ethics
Week 7-Corporate Social Responsibility
Week 8-Corporate Governance
Week 10-The Role of Government
Week 11-Blowing the Whistle
Week 13-Ethics and Technology
Week 14-Ethics and Globalization
Week 15-Making it Stick: Doing What's Right in a Competitive Market
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods Textbook Assignments 50% (Ethical Dilemmas, Rev. Questions, Rev. Ex., Discussion Ex.)
9 Textbook Quizzes (webct) 35%
Final Exam (Chapter 10) 15%
Course BMGT 2310
Title Financial Management
Description Development and use of accounting information to support managerial deceisionmaking processes.
Topics include managerial concepts and systems, various analysis for decision making, and
planning and control.
Textbooks Managerial Accounting, Weygandt, Kimmel, Kieso, 5th Edition, ISBN: 978-0-470-47714-4
Schedule Week 1- Chapter 1 Managerial Accounting

Week 2- Chapter 5 Cost Volume Profit
Week 4- Chatper 6 Cost Volume Profit Analysis- Additional Issues
Week 5- Chapter 6 Cost Volume Profit Analysis- Additional Issues
Week 6- Chapter 7 Incremental Analysis
Week 7- Chapter 8 Pricing
Week 8- Chapter 9 Budgetary Planning
Week 10- Chapter 10 Budgetary Control and Responsibility Accounting
Week 11- Chapter 10 Budgetary Contraol and Responsibility Accounting
Week 12- Chapter 11 Standard Costs and Balanced Scorecard
Week 13- Chapter 11 Standard Costas and Balanced Scorecard
Week 14- Chapter 12 Planning for Capital Investments
Week 15- Chapter 13 Statement of Cash Flows
Week 16- Chapter 14 Financial Statement Analysis

Final B 79.5%-89.4%
Quizzes 40% C 69.5%-79.4%
Homework D 59.5%-69.4%
Attendance F 59.4%- Below
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Stacy Young
Year 2010-2011 Office AD 154
Section 65 email syoung@parisjc.edu
Course BUSG 1301
Title Introduction to Business
Description Fundamental business principles including structure, fundtions, resources and operational resources.
The student will describe the scope of business enterprise in nation and the world today, identify
major business functions of accounting, management, marketing and economics; describe the
relationships of social responsibility, ethics and law in business, and define and apply business
terminology.
Textbooks Foundations of Business, 2nd Edition Authors: William M. Pride, Robert J. Hughes and Jack R.
Kapoor
Schedule Week 1-The Enviornment of Business

Week 2- Being Ethical and Socially Responsible
Week 3- Exploring Global Business
Week 4- Choosing a Form of Business Ownership
Week 5- Small Business, Entrepreneurship, and Franchise
Week 6- Understanding the Management Process
Week 7- Creating a Flexible Organization and Producing Quality Goods and Services
Week 8- Midterm
Week 9- Attracting and Retaining Employees / Motivating and Satisfying Employees
Week 10- Building Customer Relationships Through Effective Marketing
Week 11- Creating and Pricing Products that Satisfy Customers
Week 12- Distributing and Promoting Products
Week 13- Understanding Information and e-Business
Week 14- Using Accounting Information and Mastering Financial Management
Week 15- Review
Week 16- Final
Evaluation methods Because this is an online course, specific learning activities have been developed to help you work
through each chapter. You will be expected to complete the following: read and complete a quiz
for each chapter, complete chapter or participate in class discussions when assigned and complete 2
major exams. Your grade will be configured as follows: Chapter quizzes 20%, Chapter
assignments/discussions 20% and Exams 60%.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Cathy McManus
Section 65 email cmcmanus@parisjc.edu
Course BUSG 1304
Title Personal Finance
Description A study of the financial problems encountered by financial advisors when managing family financial
affairs. Includes methods to advise clients on topics such as estate planning, retiremement, home
ownership, savings, and investment planning.
Textbooks Personal Finance, 9th edition; ISBN 978-0-07-338232-6; Author: Kapoor, Dlabay, Hughes;
Publisher: McGraw-Hill Irwin
Homework Manager Access Code; ISBN 978-0-07-3363882
Schedule Week 1- Introduction to syllabus and course assignments

Week 2- Pages 1-24 Personal Finance Basics and the Time Value of Money
Week 3- Pages 40-59 Financial Aspects of Career Planning
Week 4- Pages 75-96 Money Management Strategy: Financial Statements and Budgeting
Week 5- Pages 103-130 Planning Your Tax Strategy
Week 6- Pages 136-160 Financial Services: Savings Plans and Payment Accounts
Week 7- Pages 167-199 Introduction to Consumer Credit
Week 8- Pages 273-302 The Housing Decision: Factors and Finances
Week 9- Pages 308-332 Property and Motor Vehicle Insurance
Week 10- Pages 338-369 Health, Disability, and Long-Term Care Insurance
Week 11- Pages 376-405 Life Insurance
Week 12- Pages 411-437 Investing Fundamentals
Week 13- Pages 445-473 Investing in Stocks
Week 14- Pages 482-504 Investing in Bonds
Week 15- Pages 512-536 Investing in Mutual Funds
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods 16 Chapter Quizzes @ 25 pts. each = 400: Average = 25% of grade total
4 Unit Exams @ 100 pts. each = 400: Average = 25% of grade total
Mid-Term/Final @ 100 pts. each = 200: Average w/ Final = 40% of grade total
Chapter Homework pts. = 80 = 10% of grade total
Extra Points = 20
Total Course Points = 1100

Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Rickey McFadden
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC 1111
Section 01 email rmcfadden@parisjc.edu
Course CETT 1403
Title DC Circuits
Description A study of the fundamentals of direct current including Ohm’s law, Kirchoff’s laws and circuit
analysis techniques. Emphasis on circuit analysis of resistive networks and DC measurements.
Textbooks Electronics Fundamentals: Circuits, Devices, and Applications 8th ed. – Floyd
Schedule Week # 1 Scientific notation, metric prefixes and electrical safety

Week # 2 Voltage, current, resistance and resistor color code
Week # 3 Ohm’s Law and Power
Week # 4 Series Circuits
Week # 5 Parallel Circuits
Week # 6 Series-Parallel Circuit Identification
Week # 7 Analyzing 3 Resistor S-P Circuits
Week # 10 Analyzing 6 + Resistor S-P Circuits
Week # 11 Voltage Dividers
Week # 12 Loading Effect of S-P Circuits
Week # 13 Wheatstone Bridge
Week # 14 Maximum Power Transfer
Week # 15 Superposition
Week # 16 Final Exam
Evaluation methods 3 Major Tests (NO Make-Up)

+ 1 Final Exam (Required) A Grade of “D” or less is failing
30%: Test Average (3 Major Tests) 90 – 100 = “A”
20%: Lab Experiments / Lab Notebook / Notes 80 – 90 = “B”
30%: Final Exam 70 – 80 = “C”
20%: Daily Tests 10% / Study Group 10%
Course CETT 1403
Title DC Circuits


30%: Final Exam 70 – 80 = “C”
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr. Charles George
Year 2010-2011 Office WD 1205
Section 03 email cgeorge@parisjc.edu
Course CETT 1405
Title AC Circuits
Description A study of the fundamentals of alternating current including series and parallel AC circuits, phasors,
capacitive and inductive networks, transformers, and resonance.
Textbooks Text: Principles of Electric Circuits, 7th ed. – Floyd ISBN # 0-13-219709-X
Lab: Handouts
Schedule Week 1- Introduction to Alternating Current and Voltage

Week 2-Phasors
Week 3-Impedence & Reactance
Week 4-Capacitors
Week 5-Inductors
Week 6-Time Constants
Week 7-Mid-Term Exam
Week 8-RC Circuit Analysis
Week 9-RL Circuit Analysis
Week 10-RLC Circuit and Resonance
Week 11-Filters
Week 12-Three Phase Power
Week 13-Single Phase Transformers
Week 14-Three Phase Transformers
Week 15-AC Motors
Week 16 Final Exam
Evaluation methods Grading: Final Exam (Required)
30% : Final Exam 90 –100 is an “A”
30% : Test Average 80 – 90 is a “B”
20% : Daily Tests 70 – 80 is a “C”
20% : Labs / Lab notebook / notes A grade of “D” or below is failing
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Don Harootunian
Section 01 email dharootunian@gmail.com
Course CETT 1429
Title Solid State Devices
Description A study of diodes and bipolar semiconductor devices, including analysis of

static and dynamic characteristics, bias techniques, and thermal considerations
of solid state devices.
Credits: 4 SHC, 3 Lecture, 4 Lab
TSI Requirement: xxx M, xxx R, xxx W.
Prerequisite(s): CETT 1405
Textbooks Science of Electronics, The: Analog Devices 1st. ed, Floyd/Buchla,

ISBN-13: 9780130875402
Schedule
Week # 1.Analog Concepts.
Week # 3. Diodes and Applications.
Week # 4.Bipolar Junction Transistors.
Week # 5.Field-Effect Transistors.
Week # 6.Multistage, RF, and Differential Amplifiers.
Week # 7.Operational Amplifiers.
Week # 8.Operational Amplifiers
Week # 9.Basic Op-Amp Circuits.
Week # 10.Active Filters.
Week # 11.Special-Purpose Amplifiers.
Week # 12. Oscillators and Timers.
Week # 13. Voltage Regulators.
Week # 15. Sensing and Control Circuits.
Evaluation methods Grading:
3 Major Tests (NO Make-Up)
40%: Final Exam
Course CETT 1445
Title Microprocessor
Description An introductory course in microprocessor software and hardware; its architecture, timing sequence,
operation, and programming; and discussion of appropriate software diagnostic language and tools.
Credits: 4 SCH = 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours per week
Textbooks Text: Digital Electronics, A Practical Approach, Kleitz ISBN#978-0-13-507295-0

Lab: Parallax Boebot programmer
Schedule Week # 1 - Introduction to Digital Computers

Week # 2 - Microcomputers and Microprocessors
Week # 3 - Use of Codes with Microcomputers
Week # 4 - Microprocessor Software
Week # 5 - Basic Instructions and Addressing Modes
Week # 6 - Microprocessor Instruction Set
Week # 7 - Microprocessor Programs
Week # 8 - Microprocessor Chip
Week # 9 - Semiconductor Memories
Week # 10 - Memory Chips and Organization
Week # 11 - Interface Devices
Week # 12 - Peripheral Interface Adaptor
Week # 13 - Relays and Solid-State Starters and Sensing Devices and Controls
Week # 14 - Asynchronous Communication Interface Adaptor
Week # 15 – Program Robot
Week # 16 - Final Exam
Evaluation methods Grading: A grade of “D” or below is failing

30% : Programming robot 90 –100 is an “A”
20% : Homework Exercises 80 – 90 is a “B”
50% : Final Exam 70 – 80 is a “C”
Course CETT 1491 01
Title Special Topics in Computer Engineering Technology/Technician
Description Topics address recently identified current events, skills, knowledge, and/or attitudes and behaviors
pertinent to the technology or occupation and relevant to the professional development of the
student. This course was designed to be repeated multiple times to improve student proficiency.
Textbooks Varies with topic
Schedule Week 1- varies with topic

Week 2-
Week 3-
Week 4-
Week 5-
Week 6-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15-
Week 16-
Evaluation methods Varies with topic

Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Kosterman, Don
Year 2010-2011 Office NS-114
Term Fpring Phone 903-784-4884
Section 01 email dkosterman@parisjc.edu
Course CHEM 1406
Title Introductory Chemistry
Description Survey course introducing chemistry. Toics may include inorganic, organic, biochemistry and
food/physiological chemistry. Designed for no-science and allied heakth students.
Textbooks General, Organic, and biological Chemistry An Integrated Approach by Kenneth W. Raymond
-- ISBN 0-471-44707-2
Schedule Topics covered:
Science and Measurements
Atoms and Elements
Compounds
Introduction to Organic Compounds
Gases, Liquids, and Solids
Reactions
Solutions, Colloids, and Suspensions
Acid-Base Chemistry
Lipids
Carbohydrates
Peptides, Proteins, and Enzymes
Since this course is taught by conference, an exact time schedule is not used.
Evaluation methods Homework Average - 25%
Major Test (3) Average - 50%
Lab Average - 25%
Section 01 email dkosterman@parisJc.edu
Course CHEM 1411
Title General Chemistry
Description Designed for students who plan to major in science, engineering, mathematics, medicine or
medical science. Fundamental laws and theories of chemistry used to systematize descriptive
chemistry. Atomic structure and bonding, formulas and equations, states of matter, acid-base
theory and equilibrium. In the laboratory analytical experiments involving quantitative
gravimetric and volumetric experiments are provided.
Textbooks General Chemistry Version 5.0 by Ketan M. Trivedi (DVD Text - ISBN 978-0-9817958-7-1)),
a scientific calculator, and appropriate writing materials for taking class notes.
Schedule Lesson 1: Units, Measurements and Uncertainty
Lesson 2: Atoms, Molecules and Ions
Lesson 3: Mass Relations In Formulas, Chemical Reactions, and Stoichiometry
Lesson 4: Solution Chemistry
Lesson 5: Oxidation-Reduction
Lesson 6: Gases
Lesson 7: Thermochemistry
Lesson 8: Atomic Structure and the Periodic Table
Lesson 9: Bonding
Lesson 10: Molecular Geometry and Hybridizsyion of Atomic Orbitals
Lesson 11: Intermolecular Forces and Liquid Properties
NOTE: Each Lesson requires two to three class meetings. If a lesson is completed in the
middle of a class meeting, the next less is started during that class meeting.
Evaluation methods 2 Major Tests (1/5 each)
Final Exam (1/5)
Lab average (1/5)
Daily Quiz Average (1/5)
Course CHEM 1411
Lesson 6: Gases
Lesson 9: Bonding
Final Exam (1/5)
Lab average (1/5)
Course CHEM 1412
Description A continuation of CHEM 1411. Reaction rates, elementary thermodynamics, solution and
solution equilibria, electro chemistry, chemistry of the representative elemets, nuclear
chemistry and elementary organic chemistry. The laboragtory is a continuation with emphasis
on thermochemistry, quantitative analysis (solution chemistry), and reaction rate factors.
a scientific calculator, and appropriate writing materials for taking class notes (mechanical
pencil is best, notebook for taking notes and a very large erasure).
Schedule Lesson 1: Solids
Lesson 2: Solution Properties
Lesson 3: Chemical Kinetics
Lesson 4: Chemical Equilibrium
Lesson 5: Acids and Bases
Lesson 6: Acid-Base Equilibria
Lesson 7: Solubility Equilibria
Lesson 8: Spontaneity and Chamical Change
Lesson 9: Electrochemistry
Lesson 10: Nuclear Chemistry
Lesson 11: Organic Chemistry
NOTE: Each Less requires 2 to 3 class meetings to complete. If a lesson is completed during
a class perion, the following lesson is begun during that period.
Comprehensive Final Exam (1/4)
Lab average (1/4)
Course CHEM 2425
Title Organic Chemistry
Description Continuation of CHEM 2423. Emphasis on reaction mechanisms, substitution and elimination
reactions, chemistry of aromatic compounds, carbohydrates, fats, amino acids, alkaloids, and
natural products.
Textbooks Organic Chemistry , by Richard Daley & Sally Daley. This is a free text book available from
www.ochem4free.info. The Organic Chem Lab Survival Manual, 6th Edition, by James W.
Zubrick, provided as a loaned text by your instructor. Paris Junior college Organic Lab
Manual, by Don Kosterman, provided in pdf-format on CD.
Schedule Lesson 1: Chirality
Lesson 2: Aliphalic Substitution Reactions
Lesson 3: Elimination Reactions
Lesson 4: Electrophilic Reactions
Lesson 5: Organic Synthisis
Lesson 6: Aromaticity and Aromatic Substitution Reactions
Lesson 7: Substitution of Carbonyl Compounds and Carbony Condensation Reactions
Lesson 8: Radical Reactions
Lesson 9: Polymer Chemistry
Lesson 10: Amino Acids, Peptides, and Proteins
Lesson 11: Carbohydrates
Lesson 12: Fats
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15-
Week 16-
Final Exam – 4th Major Test (1/5)
Lab average (1/5)
NOTE: Major tests are not given during class time. Instead they are scheduled at
approximately each one-quarter of the semester, and students have two days in which to find a
suitable time to take those tests. The final exam is given at regular class time as per the final
exam schedule.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Gary Young
Year 2010 - 2011 Office AS - 151
Section 65 email gyoung@parisjc.edu
Course CJSA 1393
Title Child Abuse and Neglect
Textbooks Crosson-Tower, Cynthia, Understanding Child Abuse and Neglect (8th ed.), Pearson 2010,
ISBN: 9780205769155.
Schedule Week 1- Maltreatment of Children

Week 2- Family Roles
Week 3- Maltreatment of the Developing Child
Week 4- Neglect of Children
Week 5- Physical Abuse
Week 6- Sexual Abuse of Children
Week 7- Familial Abuse
Week 8- Exploitation
Week 10- Psychological Issues
Week 11- Report and Investigation
Week 12- Intervention
Week 13- Legal Responsibilities
Week 14- Treatment Plans
Week 15- Social Systems
Week 16- Prevention
Evaluation methods Evaluations of Students are based on: Successful completion of Examinations (70%) and
Assignments (30%). Grade: 90 - 100 = A, 80 - 89 = B, 70 - 79 = C, 60 - 69 = D, Below 59 = F.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Douglas Shuler
Year 2010 - 2011 Office AS 151
Section 01 email dshuler@parisjc.edu
Course CJSA 2364
Title Practicum - Criminal Justice
employer, college, and student.
Textbooks None Required
Schedule Students are required to complete 320 hours of workplace training within the course of the 16 week
semester.
Evaluation methods Evaluations of students are calculated by completing the assigned 320 hours of workplace training
and employer / instructor field evaluation.
Course CJSA - 2364
semester.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Sharon Dennehy
Year 2010-2011 Office BOC 12, Paris, 201 Greenville
Term Spring Phone 9037820321 (Paris) 9034549333 (G
Section .01 email sdennehy@parisjc.edu
Course Comm 1129
Title Publications Practicum
Description Work on the staff of one of the college publications. Students are required to work on the staff
of at least one of the official college publications for prescribed periods under faculty
supervision.
Textbooks Associated Press Style Book, provided in classroom.

Schedule Week 1- Newspaper staff planning meeting
Week 2-Work on stories, photos, for issue #1
Week 4- Layout pages for student newspaper, issue #1
Week 5-Work on stories, photos, for issue#2
Week 6-Layout pages for student newspaper, issue #2
Week 9-Work on stories, photos, for issue #4, AP style practice
Week 10-Work on stories, photos, for issue #4 AP style practice
Week 13-Layout pages for student newspape, issue #4
Week 14-Work oon electronic portfolio
Week 15 Work on electronic portfolio
Week 16-Final portfolio due
Evaluation methods Story production, page layout, participation,attendance 120
Portfolio 50
Style quizzes 30
TOTAL 200 points
180-200:A 160-179:B 140-159:C 120-139: D below 138:F
Course Comm 1307
Title Introduction to Mass Communication
Description Study of the media by which entertainment and information messages are delivered. Includes
an overview of the traditional mass media: their functions, structures, supports, and
influences.For journalism majors and non-majors. Core curriculum satisfied for Humanities
Textbooks Introduction to Mass Communication: Media Literacy and Culture, UPDATED 6th Edition,
Stanley J. Baran, McGraw-Hill, ISBN # 978-0-07-728640-8
Schedule Week 1- Introduction to course
Week 2- Communication, Chapters 1-2
Week 3-Communication, Chapters 1-2
Week 4-Exam 1, Chapters 1 & 2
Week 5-Print Media Unit, Chapters 3, 4, 5
Week 8-Exam 2, Chapters 3, 4, 5
Week 9-Electronic Media Unit, Chapters 6, 7, 8, 9
Week 11- Electronic Media Unit, Chapters 6, 7, 8, 9
Week 12-Exam 3, Chapters 6, 7, 8, 9
Week 13-Public Relations/Advertising, Chapters 11,12
Week 14-Exam 4, Chapters 11,12
Week 15-Group presesntations
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods Written Assignments 4@25 pts. each=100; Unit exams 4@50 pts each=200; Student
engagement 50; Final exam 100; Total 500 pts. 500-450 A; 449-400 B; 399-350 C; 349-300
D; below 300 F
Course Comm 1307
Schedule Week 1-Log in. Take Orientation Quiz.
Read Chapters 1 & 2 in textbook
Week 2-Introduction to Communication, Chapters 1-2
Week 3-Exam 1, Chaps. 1&2; Begin Print Media Unit
Week 4- -Print Media Unit, Chapters 3, 4, 5
Week 6-Exam 2, Chapters 3, 4, 5; Begin Electronic Media Unit
Week 12-Public Relations/Advertising, Chapters 11, 12
Week 14-Exam 4, Chapters 11, 12
Week 15-Review Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods Discussions 4@25 pts. each=100; Assignments 4@ 25 pts. each=100; Unit exams 4@50 pts.
each=200; Final exam 100; Total 500. Grade Point Range: 500-450 A; 449-400 B; 399-350 C;
349-300 D; below 300 F
Course Comm 2305
Title Editing and Layout
Description Editing and layout processes, with emphasis on accuracy and fairness, including the principles
and techniques of design
Textbooks The Newspaper Designer’s Handbook, 6th edition, by Tim Harrower.

Schedule Week 1-Introduction to page layout
Week 2- planning graphics and sidebars
Week 3-fundamentals of layout
Week 5-story design
Week 6-story design
Week 7-page design
Week 8-page design
Week 9-page design
Week 10-photos and art
Week 11-additional page design elements
Week 13-web design
Week 14-web design
Week 15-web design
Week 16-final
Evaluation methods Exams (3 at 100 points each) 300 points
Assignments/quizzes/attendance/participation 100 points
Total for course grade 400 points
A: 360-400 B: 320-359 C: 280-319 D: 240-279 below 240: F
Course Comm 2315
Title News Gathering and Writing II
Description Continuation of the aims and objectives of news gathering and writing with emphasis on
advanced reporting techniques.
Textbooks Harrower, Tim. Inside Reporting: A Practical Guide to the Craft of Journalism. Second
Edition.ISBN# 0073526142.
Schedule Week 1- Covering the news; specialized reporting
Week 2-Covering beats
Week 3-Covering fires and natural disasters
Week 4-Covering meetings and speeches
Week 6-Writing obituaries
Week 8-Law and ethics
Week 10-Online reporting
Week 12- Public relations
Week 13-Public relations
Week 14-Preparing an electronic resume
Week 16-Final portolio due
Evaluation methods 5 written assignments @ 100 pts. each; Final portfolio 100 pts. Total for course, 600 points
A: 600-540 B: 539-480 C: 479-420 D: 419-360 below 360: F

Course COSC 1401
Title Introduction to Computing
Description Overview of computer systems—hardware, operating systems, and microcomputer application

software, including the Internet, word processing, spreadsheets, presentation graphics, and
databases. Current issues such as the effect of computers on society, and the history and use of
computers in business, educational, and other modern settings are also studied. This course is not
intended to count toward a student's major field of study in business or computer science.


30% Lab Assignments
20% Assignments
20% Quizzes
Course COSC 1401

Textbooks 1. Discovering Computers and Microsoft® Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach,
1st Ed., Shelly/Vermatt [ISBN: 0-538-47392-4]


30% Lab Assignments
20% Assignments
20% Quizzes
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Keith Coco
Section 03 email kcoco@parisjc.edu
Course COSC 1401
Textbooks Discovering Computers and Microsoft Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach, 1st
Edition, Shelly/Vermatt [ISBN: 0-538-47392-4]. Microsoft Windows 7 Essentials 1st Edition
[ISBN: 1439081077]. One or more USB drives. One or more pocket folders.
Schedule Week 1-Introduction to Windows and Internet Explorer 8

Week 2-Introduction to Microsoft Word
Week 3-Creating Research Papers with Microsoft Word
Week 4-Lab for students to work on assignments
Week 5-Introduction to Microsoft Powerpoint
Week 6-Introduction to Microsoft Excel
Week 7-Using formulas, functions, formatting and Web Queries in Microsoft Excel
Week 8-Spring Break
Week 10-Introduction to Microsoft Access
Week 11-Creating queries in Microsoft Access
Week 13-Integrating Office 2007 Programs
Week 16-Final class period to work on assignments
Evaluation methods There will be 25 assignments. Assignments are "In the Lab" found at the end of the chapters and
"Chapter Tutorials". Each assignment will have specific instructions for completion-either as
specified in the textbook or modified by instructor. Assignments must be submitted according to
instructor's specifications. Five points will be deducted for each error that occurs in an assignment
up to 20 errors. Projects with 20 errors or more will receive a zero. Assignments not received on or
before the due date will receive 25 points off per week. Assignments can not be accepted after the
last class May 9, 2011. Refer to the assignment schedule as well as any special instructions provided
by the instructor before submitting a project. Assignments must be turned in during class time to
instructor on USB drive in a pocket folder. Assignments that are on USB drive but no printouts have
an instant 50 points off. Likewise, assignments that are printed but not on USB drive have an instant
50 points off. Assignments that have several pages for completion have 20 points taken off for each
page missing.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Mary Holbrook Mims
Section 04 email mmims@parisjc.edu
Course COSC1401
Description A study of microcomputer concepts and applications. Topics covered include operating system,
word processing, spreadsheets, data management, and presentation graphics.
Textbooks 1. Text: Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach by
Shelly, Vermaat ISBN-13: 978-0-538-47392-7, ISBN-10: 0-538-47392-4
2. Text: Microsoft Windows 7: Essential, 1st Edition
ISBN-13: 978-1-4390-8107-5; ISBN-10: 1-4390-8107-7
3. Sam 2007 Access Card/Code, 1st Edition- ISBN: 1-4188-4325-3
4. BUNDLE of #1, #2 and #3 items above : ISBN: 1111485445
Schedule Week 1 – Introduction & Microsoft Windows 7 Essentials

Week 2 - Microsoft Windows 7 Essentials & Internet Explorer
Week 3 - Discovering Computers Chapter 1, 2 & 3
Week 4 - Discovering Computers Chapter 4 & 5
Week 5 - EXAM #1 & Microsoft Word 2007 Chapter 1
Week 6 - Microsoft Office Word 2007 Chapter 2
Week 7 - Microsoft Office Excel 2007 Chapter 1
Week 9 - EXAM #2
Week 10 - Microsoft Office Access 2007 Chapter 1
Week 12 - Microsoft Office PowerPoint 2007 Chapter 1
Week 14 - Microsoft Office Integration Office
Week 15 – Review for Exam#3
Week 16 - EXAM #3
Evaluation methods A. The final grade for the course will be assigned as follows:
1. Twelve to sixteen assignments will be averaged and will count 70% of the semester grade.
2. Three EXAMS will be averaged and will count 30% of the semester grade.
B . The Grading Scale will be as follows:

A = 90 - 100
B = 80 - 89
C = 70 - 79
D = 60 - 69
F = 0 - 59
Course COSC 1401
emphasis on critical thinking/problem solving. This course is intended for non-Business and non-
Cashman Series)

Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel

Grading:
Final Project: 25%
Course COSC 1401



30% Lab Assignments
20% Assignments
20% Quizzes
Course COSC 1401



30% Lab Assignments
20% Assignments
20% Quizzes
Section 67 email rpringle@parisjc.edu
Course COSC 1401
Edition. ISBN-13: 9780538473927

(60-69); F (0-59)
Course COSC 1401
Cashman Series)

Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel

Grading:
Final Project: 25%
Course COSC 1401
Cashman Series)

Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel

Grading:
Final Project: 25%
i t ill th b dd d t th fi l d
Course COSC 1401
Cashman Series)

Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel

Grading:
Final Project: 25%
points will then be added to the final grade
Course COSC 1401
Cashman Series)

Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel

Grading:
Final Project: 25%
Course COSC 1401
Cashman Series)

Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel

Grading:
Final Project: 25%
Course COSC 1401
Edition. ISBN-13: 9780538473927

(60-69); F (0-59)
Section P2 email mmims@parisjc.edu
Course COSC1401
Textbooks 1. Text: Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach
by Shelly, Vermaat ISBN-13: 978-0-538-47392-7, ISBN-10: 0-538-47392-4
ISBN-13: 978-1-4390-8107-5; ISBN-10: 1-4390-8107-7

Week 9 - EXAM #2
Week 16 - EXAM #3

A = 90 - 100
B = 80 - 89
C = 70 - 79
D = 60 - 69
F = 0 - 59
Course COSC 1401
emphasis on critical thinking/problem solving. This course is intended for non-Computer Science
majors
Cashman Series)

Week 2- Windows 7
Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 8- MS Excel
Week 9- MS Excel
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Access
Week 12- MS Access
Week 13- MS Access

4 exams
Quizzes
Internet Research
e-mail
A=90-100; B=80-89; C=70-79; D=60-69; Below 60=F;
Course COSC 1401
emphasis on critical thinking/problem solving. This course is intended for non-Computer Science
majors
Cashman Series)

Week 2- Windows 7
Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 8- MS Excel
Week 9- MS Excel
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Access
Week 12- MS Access
Week 13- MS Access

4 exams
Quizzes
Internet Research
e-mail
A=90-100; B=80-89; C=70-79; D=60-69; Below 60=F;
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Beverly Matthews
Section G1 email bmatthews@parisjc.edu
Course COSC 1420
Title C++ Computer Programming I
Description Introduction to computer programming in the ―C++ programming language. Emphasis on the
fundamentals of structured design, development, testing, implementation, and documentation.
Includes coverage of language syntax, data and file structures, input/output devices, and disks/files.
Textbooks Starting Out with C++ from Control Structures through Objects, Sixth Edition by Tony Gaddis.
ISBN:032154588-5. You may use the Fifth Edition or the 7th Edition of this textbook.
Schedule Week 1-Review Syllabus, Course Schedule, Course Website

Week 2-Valid identifiers, Data Types, Memory, Software
Week 3-Appropriate arithmetic/relational operators
Week 4-Cin/cout, Mathematical Expressions, Input/Output File Handling
Week 5- Designing and Writing a program; debug features
Week 6-Exam 1
Week 7-Control Structures--If & Switch Statements, Relational Operators
Week 8-String Comparison
Week 9-Looping, Increment/Decrement Operators
Week 10-Counters, Sentinels
Week 11-Functions
Week 12-Continue with Functions, Boolean Values, Scope of Variables
Week 13-Exam 2
Week 14-Creating & Processing One Dimensional Arrays
Week 15-Vectors, Character Arrays (c-strings, and the String Class
Week 16-Exam 3
Evaluation methods Activity Sheets for each major topic are to be completed by the student and some of this activity
will be completed in class/online. These sheets may be used during the examinations.
There will be three proctored exams taken with the instructor; these exams include writing short
code, multiple choice, true/false, and writing a complete program using the software.
Online quizzes serve as bonus points to the examinations.
Complete seven Program Assignments using Visual Studio Student Express Software
Course Grade is determined as follows: 100-90-100=A; 89-80=B;79-70=C; 69-60=D;below 60=F;
The three examinations count 70% of the grade, and the program assignments cout 30% of the
d
Section 65 email bmatthews@parisjc.edu
Course COSC 2420
Title C++ Computer Programming II
Description Further applications of programming techniques in the C++ programming language. Topics may
include file access methods, data structures and modular programming, program testing and
documentation, and other topics not normally covered in an introductory computer programming
course.

Week 2-Review First Course Material: Control Structures & Input/Output Files
Week 3-Review First Course Material: Functions
Week 4-Review First Course Material: One Dimensional Arrays & Vectors
Week 5-Review First Course Material: Designing and Writing a program; debug features
Week 6-Exam 1
Week 7-Two-Dimensional Arrays
Week 8-Searching & Sorting
Week 9-Pointers
Week 10-Structures
Week 11-Exam 2
Week 12-Advanced File Handling & Intro to Classes
Week 13-Classes-Constructors & Destructors
Week 14-Classes--Overloading & Inheritance
Week 15-Exception Handling
Week 16-Exam 3
Complete 10 Program Assignments using Visual Studio Student Express Software
grade
Course COSC 2420
course

Week 6-Exam 1
Week 9-Pointers
Week 10-Structures
Week 11-Exam 2
Week 16-Exam 3
grade.
Section P1 email bmatthews@parisjc.edu
Course COSC 2420
course

Week 6-Exam 1
Week 9-Pointers
Week 10-Structures
Week 11-Exam 2
Week 16-Exam 3
grade
Course CRIJ - 1306
Title Introduction to Criminal Justice
Description An overview of the basics of the Criminal Justice system. Topics include the history and philosophy
of criminal justice, the definition of crime, and its nature and impact. Upon successful completion of
this course, the student will be able to relate the basic principles of the American Criminal Justice
System; the goals of the police; the history of the system; how the system protects the rights of all
persons; and the constitutionally imposed restrictions on the system. This course will acquaint the
student with the history and philosophy of law enforcement, the various agencies that comprise the
criminal justice system, the relationship between the Constitution and the criminal justice system,
and the various processes of the system
Textbooks Criminal Justice Today – 11th Edition
Schmalleger, ©2011 | Prentice Hall
ISBN-13: 9780135074091
Schedule 1) Introduction to the course. Overview of Syllabi. Rules of the class.

2) Introduction to Police Work. Historical Development. Levels of Policing. Federal, State and
Local Agencies. Private Services.
3) Police Mission. Organizations. Police Management. Styles of Policing. Terrorism. Officer
Discretion. Professionalism and Ethics. Ethnic and Gender (Diversity) issues.
4) Review and Examination (Chapters 5 & 6)
5) Legal Issues: Abuse of Power. Individual Rights. Search and Seizure. Arrest. Functions of the
Intelligence Agencies
6) Policing as a Career: Police Culture. Corruption and Integrity. Dangers of Police Work. Use of
Force. Racial Profiling biased policing. Civil Liability.
7) Court Structure: American Court System. State Courts. Courtroom Players.
8) Review and Examination (Chapters 7, 8 & 9)
9) NO Class – Spring Break Week
10) Criminal Trials: Pretrial issues. Criminal Trial. Trial Stages. Adjudication Process.
11) Sentencing: Criminal Sentencing. Intermediate Sentencing. Structured Sentencing.
Investigations. Victims. Sentencing Options. Death Sanctions.
13) Research and Complete your Written Assignment: See Instructions: Due 04/18
14) Probation, Parole and Community Corrections / Written Assignments Due (04/18) – NO Late
Papers will be accepted
15) Prison / Jail Functions
16) Prison and Jail Life / Review for Final Examination
17) FINAL Examination in a PJC or approved Testing Center ONLY
Evaluation methods Evaluations of students are calculated by test/exam scores, assignment(s) and attendance.
Course CRIJ - 2328
Title Police Systems and Practices
Description The police profession; organization of law enforcement systems; the police role; police discretion;
ethics; police-community interaction; current and future issues. Upon successful completion of this
course the student will be able to: discuss the need for professionalism within the police profession;
discuss and give examples of the basic organizational structures used in modern police agencies;
discuss the use of discretion in police work; define the role of police in today's society; discuss
issues concerning morality and ethics within the police agency; demonstrate the need for police-
community interaction; and discuss current and future issues within law enforcement.
This course focuses on the administrative aspects of law enforcement. It will acquaint the student
with concepts of policing, basic organizational structures, police behavior, and contemporary issues
in policing. Ethics, factors that affect police performance and the role of the police are emphasized.
Textbooks Policing America: Challenges and Best Practices, PEAK, Kenneth J., (2009). Pearson: Upper
Saddle River, NJ
ISBN-13:978-0-13-159803-4
Schedule 1) Historical Development

2) Federal and State Agencies
3) Police in Society
4) From Citizen to Police Officer
5) On Patrol
6) Community Oriented Policing & Problem Solving
7) Criminal Investigation
8) Rule of Law
9) SPRING BREAK “NO CLASS”
10) Accountability
11) Civil Liability
12) Addressing Terrorism
13) Crimes Involving Illegal Immigrants
14) Police Trends and Issues
15) Technology Review
16) Focus on the Future
17) FINAL EXAMINATION (05/09 – 05/12) 8am – 5pm
Attendance is calculated only for conventional classes; online classes are excluded from per se
attendance policies.
Course CRIJ 1301
of criminal justice, the definition of crime, and its nature and impact. Upon successful completion of
this course, the student will be able to relate the basic principles of the American Criminal Justice
System; the goals of the police; the history of the system; how the system protects the rights of all
persons; and the constitutionally imposed restrictions on the system. This course will acquaint the
student with the history and philosophy of law enforcement, the various agencies that comprise the
criminal justice system, the relationship between the Constitution and the criminal justice system,
and the various processes of the system.

ISBN-13: 9780135074091

Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Lana Adams
Year 2010-2011 Office Greenville Center 207
Section 40 email ladams@parisjc.edu
Course CRIJ 1301
Description History, philiosophy, and ethical considerations of criminal justice, the nature and impact of crime,
and an overview of the criminal justice system, including law enforcement and court procedures
Textbooks Criminal Justice Today, Schmalleger, Frank, Pearson Prentice Hall, 11th Edition
Schedule Week 1- History and Philosophy of Criminal Justice

Week 2- Police
Week 3- Courts
Week 4- Corrections
Week 5- Crime Defined
Week 6- Civil Actions
Week 7- Police and the Community
Week 8- Goals of Police Organization
Week 9- Trial Process
Week 10-Pre-trial
Week 11-Prosecutors
Week 12-Sentence
Week 13-Appeal
Week 14-Corrections - Local Basis
Week 15-Corrections - Federal
Week 16-Probation and Parols
Evaluation methods GRADING SYSTEM
A= 90-100% B= 80-89% C=70-79% D=60-69% F=59 and below
Grades will be based on:

Chapter Tests – Tests count equally and will be returned in a timely manner.
Class Participation
Attendance – In the day class, if you exceed 4 absences, there will be 5 points deducted
off your overall average for the class for each absence, in a night class, after 2
absences, the same rule will apply.
Project assignment – if a project is assigned it will count as 1 test grade
Any test missed must be made up within the next two meetings if it is a day class or by the next
class if it is a night class. (Consideration will be given to special circumstances)
Course CRIJ 1306
Title Court Systems and Practices
Description The study of the judiciary in the American criminal justice system and the adjudication processes
and procedures. Which includes: the prosecution of offenders; the basic right to counsel; the
concept of pretrial release; the purpose and function of the grand jury; the procedural processes of
adjudication; types and purposes of sentencing; the rules of evidence; rules concerning trial
procedure; and the disposition of criminal cases? By focusing on court systems and the rules of
procedure, the student will better understand why particular cases are filed in certain courts, and
why certain procedures are required, while others are prohibited. Studying procedural law enables
students to have a more complete understanding of the criminal process, from arrest through appeal.
Textbooks Courts and Criminal Justice in America, 1/E

Siegel, Schmalleger & Worrall, ©2011 | Prentice Hall | ISBN-13: 9780131745766
Schedule 1) Legal Foundations

2) Who Controls the Courts
3) Federal Courts
4) State Courts
5) Juvenile Courts
6) Specialized Courts
7) Judges
8) Prosecutors
9) No Class SPRING BREAK WEEK
10) Defense Attorneys
11) Defendants and Victims: Their Roles and Rights
12) Arrest and Beyond
13) Plea Bargaining and Guilty Pleas
14) The Jury and the Trial
15) Sentencing, Appeals and Habeas Corpus / WRITTEN ASSIGNMENTS DUE – NO
EXCEPTIONS
16) Differential Treatment and Wrongful Convictions
17) Fi l E i ti YOU MUST TAKE THIS IN THE TESTING CENTER
Course CRIJ 1307
Title Crime in America
Description The study of crime problems in historical perspective, social and public policy factors affecting
crime, impact and crime trends, social characteristics of specific crimes, and crime prevention.
Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to discuss the nature of crime in
the United States; discuss theories of criminal behavior according to sociologic interpretation;
discuss the characteristics of certain major index crimes and the manner and approach necessary by
the police to solve, or alleviate the crime problem in the United States.
This course introduces the student of criminal justice to certain theories of criminal behavior, an
explanation of criminal law, the causation of crime, and the nature and extent of crime in the United
States. The nature of crime and the characteristics of those who are likely to commit it are critically
examined. Discussion will include statistical data on crime rates, methods used to alleviate the crime
bl d bl ii ith i ti i it t d ff
ISBN-13: 9780135074091
Schedule 1) What is Criminal Justice

2) The Crime Picture
3) EXAMINATION – Chapters 1 & 2
4) The Search for Causes
5) Criminal Law
7) Juvenile Justice
8) Drugs and Crime
9) SRING BREAK – NO CLASS
11) Terrorism and Multinational Criminal Justice
12) The Future of Criminal Justice
13) EXAMINATION Chapters 17 & 18
14) Assignment Choose Topic and Complete Written Research Paper (See Instructions)
15) Assignment DUE Written assignment due by 04/28/2011 by 3:00 pm
NO EXCEPTIONS
16) REVIEW Final Examination Review
17) Comprehensive FINAL – MUST TAKE FINAL AT TESTING CENTER
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Patrick Barron
Year 2010-2011 Office N/A
Term spring Phone 903-885-1232
Section 50 email pbarron@parisjc.edu
Course CRIJ 1307
Title Crime In America
Textbooks Criminal Justice Today: An Introductory Text for the 21st Century (11th Edition) (MyCrimeKit
Series) [Hardcover]
Frank Schmalleger
Schedule Week 1- What is Criminal Justice?

Week 2- Exam 1
Week 3- The Crime Picture
Week 4- Exam 2
Week 5- The Search for Causes
Week 6- Exam 3
Week 7- Criminal Law
Week 8- Exam 4
Week 10-Juvenile Justice
Week 11-Exam 5
Week 12-Drugs and Crime
Week 13- Exam 6
Week 14- Terrorism and Multinational Criminal Justice
Week 15- The Future of Criminal Justice
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods Major examinations (7 @ 100 pts each)

Additional assignments (100 total pts)
Class participation/preparation (Discretionary)
A 90 – 100%
B 80 – 89%
C 70 – 79%
D 60 – 69%
F 59% and Below
Course CRIJ 1310
Title Fundamentals of Criminal Law
Description A study of the nature of criminal law. Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be
able to: discuss the nature of criminal law, including the historical and philosophical developments
of substantive and procedural law; be able to define terms of law and concepts that accompany
them; discuss the classifications of crime; discuss and relate the elements of crimes and the penalties
attached thereto according to Texas law; and discuss the criminal responsibilities of persons. This
course will focus on criminal law, using the current Texas Penal Code as illustrative of an operating
penal code.
Textbooks Texas Criminal Law – Principles and Practices, Dowling, Jerry L (2009). Pearson: Upper Saddle
River, NJ
ISBN-13: 978-0-13-172139-5 Reference(s): State of Texas Penal Code
Schedule 1) Foundations of Criminal Law

2) Elements of a Crime
3) The Criminal Law in Daily Practice
4) Parties to Offenses
5) Criminal Homicide
6) Assault and Sexual Assault
7) Kidnapping and Related Offenses
8) Property Destruction Offenses
10) Theft, Fraud and Related Offenses
11) Robbery
12) Burglary and Criminal Trespass
13) Offenses Against Government Operations
14) Public Disorder and Safety Offenses
15) Preparatory Offenses
16) General Defenses and Justifications
17) FINAL Examination in a PJC or approved Testing Center
Course CRIJ 1313
Title Juvenile and Family Law
Description A study of the juvenile justice process to include specialized juvenile law, role of the juvenile law,
role of the juvenile courts, role of police agencies, role of correctional agencies, and theories
concerning delinquency
Textbooks The Juvenile Justice System, Champion, Dean, 6th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2010
Schedule Week 1- Nature of Delinquency

Week 2- Organization of the Juvenile Justice System
Week 3- Extent of Offenses committed by Juveniles
Week 4- Theories on Delinquency
Week 5- Juvenile Advocacy
Week 6- Juvenile Corrections
Week 7- Deferred Corrections
Week 8- Abuse/Neglected Children
Week 9- Marriage and the Family
Week 10-Schools and Delinquency
Week 11-Tour of Juvenile Detention Facility
Week 12-CASA - Court Appointed Special ADvocates
Week 13-Drug Use and Delinquency
Week 14-Family Code - Special Topics
Week 15-Truancy
Week 16-Institutions ofr Juveniles
A= 90-100% B= 80-89% C=70-79% D=60-69% F=59 and below

Class Participation
Course CRIJ 2301
Title Community Resources in Corrections
Description This course will be an overview of the current Texas Jail system in local county and municipal jails,
the rules and regulations in those facilities and the agencies that control the system. Also included in
this course will be the requirements and operations of the county probation system and the state
parole system
Textbooks Hanser: Community Corrections
SAGE Publications, Inc ISBN: 9781412959957
Schedule Week 1- Intro to class; Definitions, History, and Development of Community Corrections
Week 2- Community Corrections: Public Safety Is Job One
Week 3- Assessment and Risk Prevention
Week 4- Assessment and Risk Prevention
Week 5- Legal Liabilities and Risk Management
Week 6- Specific Aspects Related to Probation
Week 7- Specific Aspects Related to Probation
Week 8- Needs-Based Case Management and Case Planning
Week 9- The Viability of Treatment Perspectives
Week 10- Community-Based Residential Treatment Facilities
Week 11- Intermediate Sanctions
Week 12- Intermediate Sanctions
Week 13- Specialized and Problematic Offender Typologies
Week 14- Diversity Issues and Cultural Competence in a Changing Era
Week 15- Program Evaluation and Future Trends in Community Corrections
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods Grades are based on 70% for assignments & 30% for the semester final. Assignments include the
following: Exp. Unit 1 - ½ page paper on discussion questions, “What would you do” exercise at
end of chapter (to be posted on unit 1 discussion board), Outside assignment (1-2 per unit), and unit
review questions (5 each unit) to prepare you for the final (do not submit these 5 questions). The
final exam will be 30 questions from the test review questions you get in each chapter and 20 from
the outside assignments. I will give you a separate review for outside assignment questions with unit
15. I will grade the assignments and combine them into one unit grade. You should wind up with
15 unit grades and a final exam.
A 90 – 100%
B 80 – 89%
C 70 – 79%
D 60 – 69%
Course CRIJ 2314
Title Criminal Investigations
Description This course will outline investigative theory, collection and preservation of evidence, sources of
information, interview and interrogation, uses of forensic sciences, and case and trial preparation.
(This course is taught according to TCLEOSE standards and learning objectives).
Textbooks Criminal Investigation, 10th edition, Swanson, Charles, et al,

McGraw-Hill, New York, New York, 2009
Schedule Week 1- Intro to class; Report writing assignment 1

Week 2- The Evolution of Criminal Investigation and Criminalistics;
Legal Aspects of Investigation
Week 3- Investigators, the Investigative Process, and the Crime Scene; test review
Week 4- Test #1
Week 5- Physical Evidence; Interviewing and Interrogation; lift fingerprints
Week 6- Evidence Collection Assignment
Week 7- Field Notes and Reporting; Test Review
Week 8- Test #2
Week 10-Injury and Death Investigations; Sex-related Offenses
Week 11-Crimes Against Children; Crime Scene Inv.; Test review
Week 12-Test #3
Week 13- Burglary Investigation; Arson and Explosives
Week 14- Recognition, Control, and Investigation of Drug Abuse
Week 15- The Trial Process and the Investigator as a Witness
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods Major examinations (4 @ 100 pts each)

4 Assignments 25 pts each (100 total pts)
Class participation/preparation (Discretionary)
A 90 – 100%
B 80 – 89%
C 70 – 79%
D 60 – 69%
F 59% and Below
Course CRIJ 2323
Title Legal Aspects of Law Enforcement
Description Police authority; responsibilities; constitutional constraints; laws of arrest, search, and seizure;
police liability. Defines police authority and explains the responsibilities and constitutional
restraints as enumerated in the Texas Constitution, United States Constitution, and Bill of Rights.
Outlines the law of arrest and search and seizure developed through court decisions and describe the
criminal and civil liability that result from improper acts and/or the failure to act.
Textbooks : Texas Law Enforcement Handbook: Contemporary Criminal Procedure

Holtz and Spencer, ©2009 | LexisNexis / Matthew Bender & Company
ISBN-13: 978-1-4224-2722-4
Schedule 1) Arrest
2) Search Warrants
3) Exceptions
4) Privacy Expectations
5) Non-Governmental Searches
6) Regulatory, Administrative and Border Searches
7) Fire Scenes
8) Investigative Detentions
10) Inevitable Discovery / Independent Source
11) Good Faith and Exclusionary Rule
12) Interviews, Confessions and Miranda
13) Eyewitness Identification
14) Right to Counsel 6th Amendment Issues
15) Liability ** (Written Assignments Due)
16) The Constitution and Amendments / Terms in Law
17) FINAL – MUST TAKE FINAL AT TESTING CENTER
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jeff Barnett
Year 2010-2011 Office By Appointment Greenville 221
Section 40 email jbarnett@parisjc.edu
Course CRIJ 2323
Textbooks TEXT- REQUIRED: Texas Law Enforcement Handbook: Contemporary Criminal Procedure
Holtz and Spencer, 2009 | LexisNexis / Matthew Bender & Company
ISBN-13: 978-1-4224-2722-4
Schedule Week 1- Overview of Criminal Justice System

Week 2- Arrest and Search Warrants
Week 3- Exceptions
Week 4- Privacy Expectations (Exam 1)
Week 5- Non-governmental Searches
Week 6- Regulatory, Administrative and Boarder Searches
Week 7- Fire Scenes
Week 8- Investigative Detentions (Exam 2)
Week 9- Break - Spring Break
Week 10- Inevitable Discovery / Independent Source
Week 11- Good Faith and Exclusionary Rule
Week 12- Interviews; Confessions and Miranda
Week 13- Eyewitness Identification (Ecxam 3)
Week 14- Right to Council (Written Assignment Due)
Week 15- Liability
Week 16- Constitution/Legal Terms (Final Examination)
Evaluation methods Evaluations of students are calculated by test/exam scores, written assignment(s) and attendance.
Major Exams (3 @ 100 points each); Writing Assignment (1 @ 100 points) Final Comprehensive
Exam (1 @ 200 points); Total Points (500); A = 90-100; B = 80-89; C = 70-79; D = 60-69; F =
Below 60. TESTING INFORMATION: All examinations have a minimum of 25 questions and a
maximum of 50 questions. Students will have ample time to complete each examination. Students
will be allowed three (3) unexcused absences. After the three are exhausted, 3 points will be taken
ff fi l d f h d b
Course CRIJ 2323

ISBN-13: 978-1-4224-2722-4
Schedule 1) Arrest
2) Search Warrants
3) Exceptions
7) Fire Scenes
Course CRIJ 2328
ethics; police-community interaction; current and future issues.
Textbooks Policing America, Peak, Ken, 6th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2010
Schedule Week 1- Police as a Profession

Week 2- The Police Agency
Week 3- Police and Courts
Week 4- Functions of Operational Units
Week 5- Service Mission
Week 6- Crime Control
Week 9- Police Discretion
Week 10-IACP Code of Ethics
Week 11-Police and Minorities
Week 12-Ethical Dilemmas
Week 13-Human Relations
Week 14-Effective Police Communication
Week 15-Special Interest Groups
Week 16-Public Policy
A= 90-100% B= 80-89% C=70-79% D=60-69% F=59 and below

Class Participation
Course CRIJ 2328
Saddle River, NJ
ISBN-13:978-0-13-159803-4

5) On Patrol
8) Rule of Law
10) Accountability
11) Civil Liability
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Essie Moore
Year 2010-2011 Office Annex 1
Term Spring Phone 903 782-0250
Section 01 email emoore@parisjc.edu
Course CSME 1291
Title Special Topics in Cosmetology
Description Topics address recently identified current events, skills, knowledge, and attitudes and behaviors
pertinent to the workplace and relevant to the professional development of the student.
Textbooks Milady's Standard Textbook of Cosmetology, Delmar Learning, (2008).
Schedule Week 1-Theory: Review Salon Management

Week 1-Going into Business
Week 2-Operating a Successful Salon and Selling tips
Week 3-How to use time wisely, explore possibilities, seek mentors, and continue to learn.
Week 4-Review procedures and prepare for test.
Week 5-Class begins 1t 7:30 -4:30, Mon.-Tr., Cycle for this class is complete.
Evaluation methods Lab: Rubrics are used to measure student performance in each area of cosmetology.
Theory: Test are aministered online using Webct.

Course CSME 1310
Title Intro to Haircutting & Related Theory
Description Introduction to the theory and practice of haircutting. Topics include terminology, implements,
sectioning and finishing techniques.
Textbooks Milady's Standard Textbook of Cosmetology, Delmar Learning (2008).
Schedule Week 1-Theory: Chapter on Haircutting Objectives: Identify reference points on the head form
and understand their role Define angles, elevations, & guidelines List the factors involved in a
successful client consultation
Demonstrate the safe and proper use of the various tools of haircutting Demonstrate mastery of the
four basic haircuts Demonstrate mastery of the other techniques Lab: Shampooing, hairstyling,
haircutting, tool description, sanitation & disinfection, facials, and nails.
Week 2-Chapter (continues), List the factors involved in a successful consultation & Demonstrate
the use of haircutting implements.
Week 3-Demonstrate mastery and control of implements & techniques.
Week 4-Review Key terms in haircutting and Prepare for Chapter test.
W k 5 Cl b i 7 30 4 30 M T C l f hi l i l
Theory: Test are administered online using Webct.

Course CSME 1401
Title Orientation to Cosmetology
Description An overview of the skills and knowledge necessary for the field of cosmetology.
Textbooks Milady's Standard Texbook of Cosmetology, Delmar Learning (2008).
Schedule Week 1 - Theory-Review chapter on Skin Structure & Growth Objectives: Describe the structure
and composition of the skin & List the Functions of the Skin. Lab: Shampooing, hairstyling,
manicuring, chemicals, haircoloring, sanitation & disinfection procedures, facials, & nails.
Week 2-Chapter (continues) Skin Structure & Growth
Week 3-Review Key Terms in chapter.
Week 4-List the Functions of the Skin & Prepare for chapter test on Thursday.
Week 5-Class begins at 7:30 - 4:30 Mon.-Tr., Cycle for this class is complete.
Theory: Test are administered using Webct.

Course CSME 1405
Title Fundamentals of Cosmetology
Description A course in the basic fundamental of cosmetology. Topics include srvice preparation, manicure,
facial, chemical services, shampoo, wet styling, haircuts, comb-outs and salon management.
Schedule Week 1- Theory-Chapter (8), Nail Structure & Growth Objectives: Describe the structure and
composition of nails, and Discuss how nails grow. Lab: Shampooing, hairstyling, nails,
manicuring, chemicals, sanitation and disinfection, facials, and haircoloring.
Week 2-Chapter (8) continues, Describe the structure and composition of the natural nail & it's
anatomy.
Week 3-Discuss the growth of the nail & nail formation.
Week 4-Review Key Terms in Chapter (8), and Prepare for test.
k l b i l f hi l i l
Evaluation methods Labs: Rubrics are used to measure student performance in each area of cosmetology.

Course CSME 1447
Title Principles of Skin Care/Facials and Related Theory
Description In-depth coverage of the theory and practice of the skin, facials and cosmetics.
Textbooks Milady's Standard Texbook of Cosmetology, Delmar Learning, (2008).
Schedule Week 1- Theory: Objectives Skin Disorders & Diseases & Facials & Facial Makeup
Lab: Facials, shampooing, chemicals, haicolors, sanitation and disinfection, nails, and manicuring.
Week 2-Disorders of the skin & Aging
Week 3-Skin analysis and consultation & Skincare products
Week 4-Make-up theor, cosmetics, and Determing skin type
Week 5-Review Key Tems and Prepare for test
Week 6-Class begins at 7:30 -4:30, Mon.-Tr.,Cycle for this class is complete

Course CSME 1451
Title Artistry of Hair Theory & Practice
Description Instruction in the artistry of hair design. Topics include theory, tech and application of hair design.
Schedule Week 1- Theory: Chapter on Hairstyling

Objectives:Demonstrate finger waving, pin curls, rollers, and wrapping.
Demonstrate various blow-dry styling techniques
Demonstrate (3) basic techniques in hairstyling
Demonstrate use of thermal irons and proper manipulation of irons
Demonstrate the procedures involved in soft pressing and hard pressing.
Week 2-Chapter (continues), Demonstrating techniques in styling
Week 3-Use of Thermal irons and safety concerns when pressing
Week 4-Review Chapter and Key Terms, Prepare for Test.
Week 5-Class begins at 7:30 - 4:30, Mon.-Tr., Cyle for this class is complete.

Course CSME 2310
Title Advanced Haircutting & Related Theory
Description Advanced concepts and practice of haircutting. Topics include haircutting, utilizing scissors, razor,
and clippers
Schedule Week 1- Theory: Review of Chapter on haircutting

Objectives: Perform a 90 degree haircut, a 45 degree haircut, and 0 degree haircut.
Lab: Shampooing, haircutting, using clippers and guards to cut, use of razor, haircoloring,
chemicals, facials, and nails.
Week 2-Review Chapter
Week 3-Review Key Terms in Haircutting & Prepare for Chapter test.

Course CSME 2430
Title Nail Enhancement
Description A course in the general principles of the theory and application of the artificial nails and related
th
Schedule Week 1-
Theory: Review Nail wraps, tips, and no-light gels
Objectives:
Week 1-Acrylic Nails
Week 2-UV Gels and nail enhancements
Week 3-Odor acrylic and maintenance of artificaial nails

Course CSME 2439
Title Advanced Hair Design
Description Advanced concepts in the theory and practice of hair design
Schedule Week 1-
Theory: Review Hairstyling Chapter
Objectives:
Week 1-Prepare complete head of fingerwaves & style hair
Week 2-Learn how to anchor pin-curls in s-pattern (Clockwise and counter-clockwise).
Week 3-Perform Spiral curl demonstration on manniquins

Course CSME 2445
Title Instructional Theory & Clinical Operation
Description An overview of the objectives required by the Texas Department of Licensing and Regulations
Instructor Examination.
Textbooks Milady's Master Educator Student Course Course Book, 2nd ed. (2009)
Schedule Week 1-
TDLR (Candidate Bullentin) & Rules & Regulations Booklet
Objectives:
Week 1-Review Lesson Plans Written
Week 2-Review Lesson Plans Oral
Week 3-Present Lesson Plans oral & written & observe labs
Practical and Oral Evaluation.
Theory: Test are aministered using Paper test.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Chris Malone
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC - Room 1101
Section 01 email cmalone@parisjc.edu
Course DFTG 1405
Title Technical Drafting
Description Introduction to the principles of drafting to include terminology and fundamentals, including size
and shape descriptions, projection methods, geometric construction, sections, and auxiliary views.
Textbooks None
Schedule Week 1-What is drafting and how is it used in industry?

Week 2-Drafting tools
Week 3-Lettering and Scales
Week 4-Sketching
Week 5-Multi-view Projection
Week 6-Orthographic Projection
Week 7-Introduction to CAD
Week 8-Beginners Drawing Tools CAD
Week9-Beginners Modify Tools CAD
Week 10-Multi-views in CAD
Week 12-Dimensioning
Week 13-Isometric Drawing
Week 14-Sections
Week 15-Working with and reading blueprints
Week 16-Finals
Evaluation methods Grading Objectives: Assignments:25%, Projects:50%, Final Exam/Project: 25% of total grade
Course DFTG 1409
Title Basic Computer-Aided Drafting
Description An introduction to computer-aided drafting. Emphasis is placed on setup; creating and modifying
geometry; storing and retrieving predefined shapes; placing, rotating, and scaling objects, adding
text and dimensions, using layers, coordinate systems, and plot/print to scale.
Textbooks “AutoCAD And Its Applications 2010” ISBN 1-60525-163-9
Schedule Week 1-Getting Started AutoCAD Overview

Week 2-Basic Drawing Set-up
Week 3-Draw Commands
Week 4-Modify Commands
Week 5-Utilities (Zoom, Pan, Undo, Redo)
Week 6-Osnaps
Week 7-Creating & Editing Text
Week 8-Creating & working with Blocks
Week 9-Working with Grips
Week 10-Inquiry Commands (Distance, Area)
Week 12-Multi-view Drawings
Week 14-Sections
Week 15-Printing and Plotting
Week 16-Finals
Course DFTG 1409

Week 6-Osnaps
Week 14-Sections
Week 16-Finals
Course DFTG 1417
Title Architectural Drafting - Residential
Description Architectural drafting procedures, practices, terms, and symbols. Preparation of detailed working
drawings for residential structures. Emphasis on light frame construction methods.
Textbooks No Book Required
Schedule Week 1-Introduction to Architectural Drafting and Design

Week 2-Types of Architectural Drawings & Projects
Week 3-Architectural Construction Terminology & Practices
Week 4-Construction Plan Sets
Week 5-Cover Sheets
Week 6-Plot Plans
Week 7-Floor Plans
Week 8-Exterior Elevations
Week 9-Interior Elevations
Week 10-Roof Plans
Week 11-Sections and Details
Week 12-Electrical Plans
Week 13-Plumbing Plans
Week 14-HVAC Plans
Week 15-Blueprint Reading
Week 16-Finals
Evaluation methods Grading Objectives: Assignments:25%, Final Exam/Project: 75% of total grade
Course DFTG 1417

Week 5-Cover Sheets
Week 6-Plot Plans
Week 7-Floor Plans
Week 10-Roof Plans
Week 14-HVAC Plans
Week 16-Finals
Course DFTG 1458
Title Electrical/Electronics Drafting
Description Electrical and electronic drawings stressing modern representation used for block diagrams,
schematic diagrams, logic diagrams, wiring/assembly drawings, printed circuit board layouts, motor
control diagrams, power distribution diagrams, and electrical one-line diagrams.
Schedule Week 1-Introduction to Electrical/Electronic Drafting

Week 2-Electrical Symbols and Wiring Representations
Week 3-Electrical Plans in industry
Week 4-Power Sources
Week 5-Block Diagrams
Week 6-Single Line Diagrams
Week 7-Flow Diagrams
Week 8-Decision Diagrams
Week 9-Process Diagrams
Week 10-Electronic Symbols, components, and references
Week 11-Schematics
Week 12-Schematics Cont.
Week 13-Wiring Diagrams
Week 14-Enclosure Drawings
Week 15-Working with and reading electronic blueprints
Week 16-Finals
Course DFTG 1491
Title Special Topics in Drafting and Design Technology/Technician, General
Schedule Week 1-Schedule varies per class and student depending on Topic being reviewed
Week 2-
Week 3-
Week 4-
Week 5-
Week 6-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15-
Week 16-
Course DFTG 1491
Week 2-
Week 3-
Week 4-
Week 5-
Week 6-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15-
Week 16-
Course DFTG 2421
Title Topographical Drafting
Description Plotting of surveyor's field notes. Includes drawing elevations, contour lines, plan and profiles, and
laying out traverses.
Schedule Week 1-Introduction to Topographical and Civil Drafting

Week 2-Types of Topographical or Civil Drawings and Projects
Week 3-Understanding Surveying and it’s Terminology
Week 4-Plan and Profiles
Week 5-Plotting Points
Week 6-Slopes & Interpolation
Week 7-Contours
Week 8-Cuts and Fills
Week 9-Grading Plans
Week 10-Civil Planning and Design
Week 11-Survey Platting
Week 12-Civil Mapping
Week 13-Transits
Week 14-Total station
Week 15-Working with and reading Topographical prints
Week 16-Finals
Course DFTG 2421

Week 7-Contours
Week 13-Transits
Week 16-Finals
Course DFTG 2423
Title Pipe Drafting
Description A study of pipe fittings, symbols, specifications and their applications to a piping process system.
Creation of symbols and their usage in flow diagrams, plans, elevations, and isometrics.
Schedule Week 1-Introduction to Pipe Drafting

Week 2-Pipe Standards and Dimensioning
Week 3-Types of Pipe
Week 4-Pipe Fittings
Week 5-Valves
Week 6-Pipe Instrumentation
Week 7-Pumps
Week 8-Tanks & Vessels
Week 9-Pipe Equipment
Week 11-Plan Views and Elevations
Week 12-Piping Isometrics
Week 13-Piping Isometrics (Cont.)
Week 14-Piping Spools
Week 15-Working with and reading piping blueprints
Week 16-Finals
Course DFTG 2423
Title Pipe Drafting

Week 5-Valves
Week 7-Pumps
Week 16-Finals
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Alex Peevy
Year 2010-2011 Office 161AD
Term spring Phone 903 782 0327
Section 01 email apeevy@parisjc.edu
Course DRAM 1120
Title Theatre Practicum I
Description Practicum in theater with emphasis on technique and procedures with

experience gained in play productions. 1st semester of 4-semester sequence.
Textbooks None
Schedule Week 1-Introduction/Safety Practices
Week 2-Begin Set/costume Construction
Week 3-Cont' Set/costume Construction
Week 4-Props/painting
Week 5-Lighting Hang/Focus
Week 6-Performance Practices/Putting it all togather
Week 7-Striking show materials
Week 8-Prepare UIL Set/facilities
Week 9-SPRINGBREAK
Week 10-UIL
Week 12-Prepare facilities for Student Showcase
Week 13-Work on Facilities
Week 14-Instructor workshop
Week16-Finishing up
Evaluation methods Quarterly assessments will be completed by the instructor in order to ascertain student’s
development in the fore mentioned learning outcomes. Students will also be graded based on
successful completion of a work call and a “strike” both to cumulatively equal no more than 10 hrs.
Student will also be given a grade for participation on and/or offstage in a production produced by
PJC.
Quarterly shop assessments 40%

Performance assessments 30%
Work Call 15%

“Strikes” 15%
.
Course DRAM 1121
Title Theatre Practicum II

Textbooks None
Week 9-SPRINGBREAK
Week 10-UIL
Week16-Finishing up
PJC.

Work Call 15%

“Strikes” 15%
.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty William Walker
Section 01 email wwalker@parisjc.edu
Course DRAM 1310
Title Theatre Appreciation
Description This course is a survey of the main fields of theatre activity and to give the student an introductory
knowledge of all phases of theatre. This course is intended to provide the student with a background
understanding of the live theatre history, dramatic works, stage techniques, production procedure
and relation to the cooperative Fine Arts.
Textbooks “Another Opening, Another Show” by Markus & Sarver, 2nd Ed. ISBN#: 978-0072562606
Schedule Week 1- Introduction to the course and coverage of the syllabus.

Week 2- (JAN. 24 & 26) - What is Theatre?/Aristotle’s Guide to Pleasure
Week 3- (Jan. 31 & Feb. 3) – Theatre History [Chapter 15] – (pp. 250-272)
Week 4- (Feb. 7 & 9)- Theatre History continued
Week 5- (Feb. 14 & 16)- Dramatic Genres & Theatrical Styles
Week 6- (Feb. 21 & 23)- Writing about Theatre & The Playwright’s Story
Week 7- (Feb. 28 & March 2) – Actors and Characters & The Director’s Impact
Week 8- (March 7 & 9) – The Designers’ Vision & EXAM 1
Week 9- SPRING BREAK
Week 10- (March 21 & 23) – Finding Theatre & Take Your Seats, Please
Week 11- (March 28 & 30) – the Curtain Rises & Backstage Revealed
Week 12- (April 4 & 6) – Show Biz is Big Biz
Week 13- (April 11 & 13) – Musical Theatre
Week 14- (April 18 & 20) – finish Musical Theatre & EXAM 2
Week 15- (April 25 & 27) – Library Days
Week 16- (May 2 & 4) – Group Projects Due
Evaluation methods EVALUATION
Attendance 10%
Group Projects 40%
Performance Response 15%
Section Exams 15%
Final Exam 20%
Absence from class will drop you one half of a letter grade every time you miss a class. Once you
have reached six (6) unexcused absences you will have dropped below the grade to pass the course.
You are responsible for attending class and keeping up with assignments and course exams.
THERE ARE NO MAKE UPS FOR ANY EXAMS OR ASSIGNMENTS.
The classroom syllabus will provide specific details for each of the evaluation items listed above.
Course DRAM 1310

Attendance 10%
Group Projects 40%
Section Exams 15%
Final Exam 20%
Course DRAM 1310

Attendance 10%
Group Projects 40%
Section Exams 15%
Final Exam 20%
Course DRAM 1310

Attendance 10%
Group Projects 40%
Section Exams 15%
Final Exam 20%
Course DRAM 1310

Attendance 10%
Group Projects 40%
Section Exams 15%
Final Exam 20%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Donna Deverell
Year 2011 Office Room 201
Section G1 email ddeverell@parisjc.edu
Course DRAM 1310
Description This course is a survey of theatre, meant to give the student an introductory knowledge of all aspects
of theatre. This course will provide the student with an understanding of theatre history, production,
techniques, and procedures.
Textbooks Another Opening, Another Show: A Lively Introduction to the Theatre, Second Edition
ISBN-13 978-0-07-256260-6
Schedule Week 1- Chapter 1 and Chapter 2

Week 2- Chapter 11 and Chapter 12
Week 3- Chapter 5
Week 5- Test (Chapters 1-5, 11-12)
Week 6- Chapter 15
Week 7- Chapter 6
Week 8- Chapter 8
Week 9- Spring Break - No Class
Week 10-Group Presentations
Week 12- Test (Chapter 6-9, 15)
Week 15- Individual Presentations
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods Attendance/Class Participation - 10%

Performance Response - 15%
Tests - 10% (each)
Quizzes - 10%
Group Presentation - 15%
Individual Presentation - 15%
Final Exam - 15%
Course DRAM 1352
Title Acting 2
Description Acting 2 involves the development of basic skills and techniques of acting for the purpose of
character development. Emphasis is placed on character analysis and script analysis as tools for
the actor. Although this section of Acting 2 is intended for students who plan to major in theatre,
it is open to any student who wants to be challenged at a level that exceeds the typical
“introductory class for non-majors”.
Textbooks “Acting Professionally” by Robert Cohen & James Calleri ISBN#: 978-0-230-21721-9
“Play the Scene” by Michael Schulman and Eva Mekler ISBN#: 978-0-312-31879-6
Schedule Week 1-Jan. 19: Introductions: Go over syllabus & Assign Chapters
Choose Scene #1 partners
Begin to choose scene #1
Week 2-Jan. 24: “Play the Scene” : Introduction (xv-xxv)
Introduce scene analysis
Scene #1 choices due
Jan. 26: “Acting Professionally”: Chapter 1 (pp. 1-12)

Begin scene work for scene #1
Begin scene analysis work for scene #1
Week 3- Jan. 31: “Acting Professionally”: Chapter 2 (pp. 13-45)
Continue work on scene #1
Feb. 2: IMPROVISATION
Continue work on scene analysis for scene #1
Week 4-Feb. 7: “Acting Professionally”: Chapter 2 (pp. 49-66)
CLASS IMPROVISATION #1
Attendance/Participation 10%
Production Evaluation 20%
2 Scenes 30%
Final Exam / Scene 40%
ATTIRE AND PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS:

Please wear loose, comfortable clothing, which will allow for complete freedom of movement (no
high heels, mini-skirts, or clothes that restrict movement).
ATTENDANCE/PARTICIPATION:
Acting requires teamwork, collaborating with one or more partners in exercises and scenes. A key
component of teamwork is trust among the participants. Your regular attendance and good
preparation for rehearsals and performances are vital in establishing and maintaining trust with
Course DRAM 2120
Title Theatre Practicum III

Textbooks None
Week 9-SPRINGBREAK
Week 10-UIL
Week16-Finishing up
PJC.

Work Call 15%

“Strikes” 15%
.
Course DRAM 2121
Title Theatre Practicum IV

Textbooks None
Week 9-SPRINGBREAK
Week 10-UIL
Week16-Finishing up
PJC.

Work Call 15%

“Strikes” 15%
.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Anthony Sawyer
Section 01 email asawyer@parisjc.edu
Course ECON 2301
Title Principles of Macroeconomics
Description ECON 2301 Principles of Macroeconomics

ECON 2302 Principles of Microeconomics
History, development, and application of macroeconomic and microeconomic theory underlying the
production, distribution, and exchange of goods and services including the utilization of resources,
analysis of value and prices, national income analysis, fiscal policies, monetary and banking theory
and policy, distribution of income, labor problems, international economics, and economics
systems. Attention given to the application of economic principles to economic problems.
Textbooks Economics 18th Edition by McConnell, Brue, & Flynn, McGraw-Hill Publishing, 2009 (ISBN:
9780073375694).
Schedule Week 1- Course Orientation, Limits, Alternatives, and Choices

Week 2- The Market System and Circular Flow
Week 3- Demand, Supply and Market Equilibrium
Week 4- International Trade
Week 5- Exam 1
Week 6- Measuring Domestic Output and National Income
Week 7- Economic Growth
Week 8- Business Cycles, Unemployment, and Inflation
Week 9- Exam 2
Week 10- Aggregate Demand and Aggregate Supply
Week 11- Fiscal Policy, Deficits, and Debt
Week 12- Money and Banking, Money Creation, Interest Rates, and Monetary Policy
Week 13- Current Issues in Macro Theory and Policy
Week 14- Exam 3
Week 15- Catch up and study for Final
Week 16- Comprehensive Final Exam
Evaluation methods Letter grades will be assigned on the following scale:

Grade Average Letter Grade
90 - 100 = A
80 - 89 = B
70 - 79 = C
60 - 69 = D
0 - 59 = F
There will be four exams (including a comprehensive final exam). Each exam is 25% of your
semester grade. The final exam is comprehensive. Students are required to take the final exam.
Failure to take the final exam will result in an F in the course. Students are expected to take exams
at the scheduled time. There will be NO makeup exams. If you miss an exam, the final exam score
will replace it. If you miss two exams, you will receive an F in the course. All exams must be
proctored
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jeffrey C. Tarrant
Section 40 email jtarrant@parisjc.edu
Course ECON 2301
Description History, development, and application of macroeconomic and microeconomic theory underlying the
Textbooks Economics 18th Edition by McConnell, Brue, & Flynn, McGraw-Hill Publishing, 2009
Schedule Week 1-Utilization of Resources

Week 2-The Market System and the Circular Flow
Week 3-Demand, Supply and Market Equilibrium
Week 4-Mid-Term Exam 1
Week 5-National Income Analysis
Week 6-Economic Growth
Week 7-Business Cycles, Unemployment, & Inflation
Week 9-Aggregate Demand and Aggregate Supply
Week 10-Fiscal Policy, Deficits, and Debt
Week 11-Money and Banking
Week 13-Financial Economics
Week 14-Current Issues in Macro Theory and Policy
Week 15-International Trade
Week 16-Final Exam
Average of Topic Quizzes 25%
Average of Mid-Term Exams 30%
Final Exam 20%
Current Issues Report 10%
Total Point Percentage Letter Grade

90% – 100% A
80% – 89% B
70% – 79% C
60% – 69% D
0% – 59% F
Course ECON 2301


Final Exam 20%

90% – 100% A
80% – 89% B
70% – 79% C
60% – 69% D
0% 59% F
Course ECON 2301


Final Exam 20%

90% – 100% A
80% – 89% B
70% – 79% C
60% – 69% D
0% 59% F
Course ECON 2301


Final Exam 20%

90% – 100% A
80% – 89% B
70% – 79% C
60% – 69% D
0% 59% F
Course ECON 2301

9780073375694).

Week 5- Exam 1
Week 9- Exam 2
Week 14- Exam 3

90 - 100 = A
80 - 89 = B
70 - 79 = C
60 - 69 = D
0 - 59 = F
proctored.
Course ECON 2301

9780073375694).

Week 5- Exam 1
Week 9- Exam 2
Week 14- Exam 3

90 - 100 = A
80 - 89 = B
70 - 79 = C
60 - 69 = D
0 - 59 = F
t d
Course ECON 2301

9780073375694).

Week 5- Exam 1
Week 9- Exam 2
Week 14- Exam 3

90 - 100 = A
80 - 89 = B
70 - 79 = C
60 - 69 = D
0 - 59 = F
proctored.
Course ECON 2301

9780073375694).

Week 5- Exam 1
Week 9- Exam 2
Week 14- Exam 3

90 - 100 = A
80 - 89 = B
70 - 79 = C
60 - 69 = D
0 - 59 = F
proctored.
Course ECON 2302
Title Principles of Microeconomics

9780073375694).
Schedule Week 1- Course Orientation, Demand Supply and Market Equilibrium

Week 3- Elasticity, Consumer Surplus, and Producer Surplus
Week 4- Consumer Behavior
Week 5- Exam 1
Week 6- The Costs of Production
Week 7- Pure Competition
Week 8- Pure Monopoly
Week 9- Monopolistic Competition and Oligopoly
Week 10- Exam 2
Week 11- The Demand for Resources and Wage Determination
Week 12- Rent, Interest, and Profit
Week 13- Public Goods, Externalities, Information Asymmetries and Public Choice Theory
Week 14- Income Inequality
Week 15- Exam 3 and study for Final

90 - 100 = A
80 - 89 = B
70 - 79 = C
60 - 69 = D
0 - 59 = F
Course ECON 2302
Schedule Week 1-Demand, Supply and Market Equilibrium

Week 2-Elasticity, Consumer Surplus, & Producer Surplus
Week 3-Consumer Behavior
Week 5-The Costs of Production
Week 6-Pure Competition
Week 7-Pure Monopoly
Week 8-Monopolistic Competition and Oligopoly
Week 10-The Demand for Resources and Wages
Week 11-Rent, Interest, and Profit
Week 13-Income Inequality, Poverty, and Discrimination
Week 14-Public Goods, Externalities, and Information
Week 15-Public Choice
Week 16 Final Exam
Final Exam 20%

90% – 100% A
80% – 89% B
70% – 79% C
60% – 69% D
0% – 59% F
Course ECON 2302


Final Exam 20%

90% – 100% A
80% – 89% B
70% – 79% C
60% – 69% D
0% 59% F
Course ECON 2302


Final Exam 20%

90% – 100% A
80% – 89% B
70% – 79% C
60% – 69% D
0% 59% F
Course ECON 2302

9780073375694).

Week 5- Exam 1
Week 10- Exam 2

90 - 100 = A
80 - 89 = B
70 - 79 = C
60 - 69 = D
0 - 59 = F
Course ECON 2302

9780073375694).

Week 5- Exam 1
Week 10- Exam 2

90 - 100 = A
80 - 89 = B
70 - 79 = C
60 - 69 = D
0 - 59 = F
Course ECON 2302


Final Exam 20%

90% – 100% A
80% – 89% B
70% – 79% C
60% – 69% D
0% 59% F
Course ECON 2302

9780073375694).

Week 5- Exam 1
Week 10- Exam 2

90 - 100 = A
80 - 89 = B
70 - 79 = C
60 - 69 = D
0 - 59 = F
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Sean LeBeauf
Year 2010-2011 Office HC 104
Section 01 email slebeauf@parisjc.edu
Course EDUC 1100
Title Learning Frameworks
Description A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners. Students
are ultimately expected to integrate andapply the learning skills discussed across their own
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.
Textbooks Connections: An Insider's Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2010.
Schedule Week 1- Course Overview Navigating the Campus Website & Campus Connect
Week 2- Pages 14-19 Learning Styles
Week 3- Pages 20-39 Reading & Writing Skills
Week 4- Pages 54-62 Note Taking
Week 5- Pages 76-86 Test Taking
Week 6- Pages 4-13 Time Management
Week 7- Pages 106-132 Stress Management
Week 8- Pages 64-73 Critical Thinking Skills
Week 9- Pages 88-95 Planning and Goal Setting
Week 10- Navigate www.carreronestop.org, Careers & Occupations and Degree Requirements
Week 11- Core Curriculum and Degree Requirements
Week 12-Job Applications, Resumes and Interviewing
Week 13-Financial Responsibility
Week 14-Diversity and Community Service
Week 15-Wrap Up and Course Evaluation
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods RMS College Student Inventory 10 pts.
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.
Interest Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan 10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Financial Plan 10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Total Points 200 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Mona Daniel
Section 02 email mdaniel@parisjc.edu
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Sheila Reece
Section 05 email sreece@parisjc.edu
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Gayla Jeffery
Year 2010-2011 Office EOC
Section 06 email gjeffery@parisjc.edu
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Linda Slawson
Year 2010-2011 Office Alford Center Room 111A
Section 08 email lslawson@parisjc.edu
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Scott Branum
Section 10 email sbranum@parisjc.edu
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Section 1G email cmcmanus@parisjc.edu
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty John Shasteen
Year 2010-2011 Office Greenville, Office #112
Section 2G email jshasteen@parisjc.edu
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Evan Moore
Section 3g email emmoore@parisjc.edu
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Year 2010-2011 Office Greenville: Office #112
Section 40 email jshasteen@parisjc.edu
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Scott Edwards
Section 41 email scottedwards@parisjc.edu
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Section 42 email emmoore@parisjc.edu
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Donna Glass
Section 43 email dglass@parisjc.edu
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Flossie Arnold
Year 2010-2011 Office Office #113
Section 45 email farnold@parisjc.edu
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Natasha Whitaker
Year 2010-2011 Office Room 109
Section 50 email twhitaker@parisjc.edu
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Linda Miles
Year 2010-2011 Office AC 103
Section 52 email lmiles@parisjc.edu
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Marian Ellis
Year 2011 Office LRC 128
Section .65 email mellis@parisjc.edu
Course EDUC 1301
Title Introduction to
Description An enriched, integrated pre-service course and content experience that: provides active recruitment
and institutional support of students interested in a teaching career, especially in high need fields;
provides students with opportunities to participate in early field observations at all levels of P-12
schools with varied and diverse student populations; provides students with support from college
and school faculty, preferably in small cohort groups, for the purpose of introduction to and analysis
of the culture of schooling and classrooms; State Board for Educator Certification Pedagogy and
Professional Responsibilities standards; and course must include a minimum of 16 contact hours of
field experience in P-12 classrooms.
Textbooks Sadker, D. M., Zittleman, K. R., & Sadker, M. P. (2009). Teachers, schools, and society, 9th Ed.
Boston, MA: The McGraw- Hill Companies, Inc. ISBN: 978-0077377489
Schedule Week 1- Introductions, Course Syllabus

Week 2- Chapter 1Becoming a Teacher
Week 3- Chapter 2 Different Ways of Learning
Week 4- Chapter 3 Teaching Your Diverse Students
Week 5- Chapter 4 Student Life in School and at Home
Week 6- Chapter 5 Reforming America's Schools
Week 7- Chapter 6 Curriculum, Standards, and Testing
Week 8- Midterm Exam
Week 9- Chapter 7 The History of Education
Week 10- Chapter 8 Philosophy of Education
Week 11- Chapter 9 Financing Education
Week 12- Chapter 10 School Law and Ethics
Week 13- Chapter 11 Teacher Effectiveness
Week 14- Chapter 12 Q&A Guide to Teaching
Week 15- Final Exam Review
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Each assignment in EDUC 1301 will receive a numerical grade based on a 100-point scale:
Chapter Quizzes, Letter to Yourself, Field Experience, Field Experience Reflection Paper, TExES
Competenies Course Notebook, Article/Case Study Critique.
Grading
90 or better equals: A
80-89 equals: B
70-79 equals: C
60-69 equals: D
less than 60 equals: F
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr. Crystal Torti
Year 2010-2011 Office Greenville 210
Section 01 email ctorti@parisjc.edu
Course Education 2301
Title Introduction to Special Populations
Description This course is a field-based course for all education majors. It offers an overview of schooling and
classrooms from the perspectives of language, gender, socioeconomic status, ethnicity, and
academic diversity and equity with an emphasis on the factors that facilitate learning. Students will
participate in early field experiences with varied and diverse student populations designed to
analyze the learning environment and the human experiences of teachers and learners. Sixteen clock
hours of professional field experience is required. You must undergo a thorough criminal
background check in order to be placed in a field assignment. This course has a prerequisite of
EDUC 1301.
Textbooks 1. Gollnick, D. M., & Chinn, P. C. (2009). Multicultural education in a pluralistic society, 8e.
Pearson: Upper Saddle River, NJ.
Schedule Week 1 & 2 Chapter 1 Foundations of Multicultural Education

Diversity in the Classroom
Mutlicultural Education
Culture
Cultural Identity
Pluralism in Society
Equality and Social Justice in a Democracy
3 & 4 Chapter 2 Ethnicity and Race
Ethnic and Racial Diversity
Civil Rights
Ethnicity
Race
Racism
5 & 6 Chapter 3 Class and Socioeconomic Status
Class Structure
Socioeconomic Status
Class Differences
Interaction of Class with Race and Ethnicity, Gender, and Age
7 & 8 Chapter 4 Gender and Sexual Orientation
Male and Female Differences
Evaluation methods Weekly reading responses/ Assignments 150 points
Class participation 75 points
Exams 200 points
Field Experiences 100 points
Reflection Paper on FE 100 points
TExES compentencies 100 points
Article and Chapter Presentations 200 points
Attendance 75 points
_____________________
Total Points 1000 points
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Marian Ellis, M. Ed.
Section 02 email mellis@parisjc.edu
Course EDUC 2301
Description An enriched, integrated pre-service course and content experience that: provides an overview of
schooling and classrooms from the perspectives of language, gender, socioeconomic status, ethnic
and academic diversity, and equity with an emphasis on factors that facilitate learning; provides
students with opportunities to participate in early field observations of P-12 special populations;
should be aligned as applicable with State Board for Educator Certification Pedagogy and
Professional Responsibilities standards; must include a minimum of 16 contact hours of field
experience in P-12 classrooms with special populations; and pre-requisite for this course is EDUC
1301.
Textbooks • Gollnick, D. M., & Chinn, P. C. (2009). Multicultural education in a pluralistic society, 8e.
Pearson: Upper Saddle River, NJ. - ISBN-10: 0137147996 ; ISBN-13: 9780137147991
• My Education Access Code: ISBN-10: 0131598023 | ISBN-13: 9780131598027
Schedule Week 1 Introductions- Requirements

Week 2 Chapter 1 - Multicultural Education and Ethnicity and Race
Week 3 Chapter 2 - Ethnicity and Race
Week 4 Chapter 3 - Class & Socioeconomic Status
Week 5 Chapter 4 - Gender and Sexual Orientation
Week 6 Chapter 5 - Exceptionality
Week 7 Review for Midterm – Midterm Exam
Week 8 Library Database practice and “How to critique an article”
Week 9 Chapter 6 - Language
Week 10 Chapter 7 - Religion
Week 11 Chapter 8 - Geography
Week 12 National Library Week and TExES Competencies Activities
Week 13 Chapter 9 - Age
Week 14 Chapter 10 - Education That Is Multicultural
Week 15 Review for Final Exam - TExES Competencies
Week 16 Final Exam
Evaluation methods Daily reading responses/ Assignments -75 points

Philosophy of Education – Revised ed. -75 points
Exams - 200 points
Field Experiences - 100 points
Reflection Paper on FE - 75 points
Field Experience Presentation - 75 points
TExES Notebook - 100 points
Chapter Group Presentations - 100 points
Article Critique - 100 points
Attendance/Class Participation - 100 points
Total Points - 1000 points
EDUC 1301.

Culture
Cultural Identity
Civil Rights
Ethnicity
Race
Racism
Class Structure
Class Differences
Interaction of Class with Race and Ethnicity Gender and Age
Exams 200 points
_____________________
EDUC 1301.

Culture
Cultural Identity
Civil Rights
Ethnicity
Race
Racism
Class Structure
Class Differences
Exams 200 points
_____________________
EDUC 1301.

Culture
Cultural Identity
Civil Rights
Ethnicity
Race
Racism
Class Structure
Class Differences
Exams 200 points
_____________________
EDUC 1301.

Culture
Cultural Identity
Civil Rights
Ethnicity
Race
Racism
Class Structure
Class Differences
I t ti f Cl ith R d Eth i it G d dA
Exams 200 points
_____________________
EDUC 1301.

Culture
Cultural Identity
Civil Rights
Ethnicity
Race
Racism
Class Structure
Class Differences
Exams 200 points
_____________________
EDUC 1301.

Culture
Cultural Identity
Civil Rights
Ethnicity
Race
Racism
Class Structure
Class Differences
Exams 200 points
_____________________
Course EEIR 1201
Title Math for Electronics Technicians
Description An applied mathematics course with emphasis on the numbering systems, calculations and problem
solving skills needed to solve for electronic circuit parameters. Schematic diagrams and electronic
terminology are introduced.
Textbooks Text: None (Everything on computer)

Lab: None
Schedule Week # 1 – Basic Math

Week # 2 - Fractions
Week # 3 - Exponents
Week # 4 – Metric Notation
Week # 5 – Fundamentals of Algebra
Week # 6 – Linear Equations
Week # 8 - Polynomials
Week # 9 – Fundamentals of Trigonometry
Week # 10 – Trig Functions
Week # 11 – Graphing Trig Functions
Week # 12 – Trig Identities
Week # 13 – Angle Formulas
Week # 14 – Computer Math
Week # 15 – Measurements

100% : Weekly Exams 90 –100 is an “A”
80 – 90 is a “B”
70 – 80 is a “C"
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Larry Roberts
Section 01 email lroberts@parisjc.edu
Course ELMT 1480
Title Cooperative Education - Electromechanical Technology
Description Career related activities encountered in the student's area of specialization offered throught an
individualized agreement among the college, employer, and student. Under the supervision of the
college and the employer, the student combines classroom learning with work experience. Inc ludes
a lecture componennt.
Schedule Week 1- Work

Week 2- Work
Week 3- Work
Week 4- Work
Week 5- Work
Week 6- Work
Week 7- Work
Week 8- Work
Week 9- Work
Week 10- Work
Week 11- Work
Week 12- Work
Week 13- Completion of Assignments and work
Evaluation methods The student will receive an A in the course if they complete all requirements of the course and
complete all paperwork by week 13, a B by week 14, a C by week 15 and will fail the course if all
work is not completed by week 15
Course ELMT 2380
college and the employer, the student combines classroom learning with work experience. Inc ludes
a lecture componennt

Week 2- Work
Week 3- Work
Week 4- Work
Week 5- Work
Week 6- Work
Week 7- Work
Week 8- Work
Week 9- Work
Week 10- Work
Week 11- Work
Week 12- Work
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Patrick M. O'Connor
Section 02 email poconnor@parisjc.edu
Course ELMT-2441
Title Electro-Mechanical Systems
Description Application of electromechanical systems. Emphasizes programmable control devices and solid
state systems. Credits: SCH = 3 lecture and 1 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list.
CIP Code Description: 15.0403 (Electromechanical Technology/Electromechanical Engineering
Technology). Prerequisite(s): RBTC-1401 Programmable Logic Controllers.
Textbooks No text book required. Books will be provided. Handouts will be provided. A Jump Drive will be
required. A binder would be useful.
Schedule Week 1 – Introductions, Syllabus Review, Course Objectives, Grading, Class Schedule, Homework,
Tests, Programs, Communications Drivers, Final Exam, Intro to Hardware
Week 2 – Available Network Topologies, Software Overview (RSLogix 5000, RSLinx,
ControlFLASH, RSNetWorx), Communications Drivers, Homework Due (Lessons 1-3)
Week 3 – Adding Local IO, Program Structure, Program Execution, Download/Upload, Basic
Editing, Programming Exercises, Homework Due (Lessons 4-6)
Week 4 – Tags, Aliases, Arrays, Bit Instructions, Timer Instructions, Counter Instructions,
Programming Exercises, Homework Due (Lessons 7-9)
Week 5 – Test #1, Homework Due (Lessons 10-12)
Week 6 - Instructions (Math/Compute, Move/Mask, Program Control, Sequencer), Programming
Exercises, Homework Due (Lessons 13-15)
Week 7 – Remote IO, Ethernet, ControlNet, Scheduling a Network, Program Exercise, Homework
Due (Lessons 16-18)
Week 8 – Messaging, Ethernet, ControlNet, Programming Exercises
Week 9 – Test #2
Week 10 – Documenting and Searching, CTRL+F, Quick Search, Cross Reference, Search and Find
Exercises
Week 11 – Process Flow Control (PID Loops); Bit Tracing
Week 12 – Producer/Consumer Model, Ethernet, ControlNet, Programming Exercises
Week 13 – Test #3
Week 14 – Print Reading; All outstanding assignments due
Week 15 – Final Exam Review
Week 16 – Final Exam
Evaluation methods Tests and labs. Proctored demonstration by student.
Course ELMT 2433
Title Industrial Electronics
Description A study of devices, circuits, and systems primarily used in automated manufacturing and/or process
control including computer controls and interfacing between mechanical, electrical, and electronic,
and computer equipment. Presentation of programming schemes.
Prerequisite(s):
Textbooks Text: Electrical Motor Controls - Rockis/Mazur 4th edition

Lab: Experiments for... (above text) - Rockis/Mazur (NEW ONLY) \4th edition
Schedule Week # 1 - Electrical Quantities and Circuits

Week # 2 - Electrical Tools and Test Instruments and Electrical Safety
Week # 4 - Electrical Symbols and Diagrams
Week # 5 - Control Logic
Week # 6 - Solenoids, DC Generators, and DC Motors
Week # 7 - AC Generators, Transformers, and AC Motors
Week # 8 - Power Distribution Systems
Week # 9 - Contactors and Magnetic Motor Starters
Week # 10 - AC and DC Motor Drives and Control Devices
Week # 11 - Reversing Motor Circuits
Week # 12 - Solid-State Devices and System Integration
Week # 13 - Timing and Counting Functions
Week # 15- Programmable Controllers and Preventive and Predictive Maintenance Systems
Week # 16 – Final Exam

30% : Unit Tests (no-makeup’s) 90 –100 is an “A”
20% : Labs / Workbook Exercises 80 – 90 is a “B”
50% : Final Exam 70 – 80 is a “C”
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Tony Hooks
Section 02 email thooks@flowserve.com
Course ELMT 2433
Prerequisite(s):



50% : Final Exam 70 – 80 is a “C”
Course ELMT 2437
Title Electronic Troubleshooting, Service, and Repair
Description In-depth coverage of electronic systems, maintenance, troubleshooting, and repair. Topics include
symptom identification, proper repair procedures, repair checkout, preventive maintenance.
Emphasis on safety and proper use of test equipment. May be offered as a capstone course.
Prerequisite(s): 2433
Textbooks Text: Electrical Troubleshooting Electrical/Electronic Systems 3rd ed. - Mazur / Proctor ISBN #
978-0-8269-1791-1
Lab: Electrical Troubleshooting Electrical/Electronic Systems Workbook 3rd ed. (NEW ONLY) –
Mazur/Proctor 978-0-8269-1793-0


50% : Final Exam 70 – 80 is a “C”
Course ELMT 2437
978-0-8269-1791-1
Mazur/Proctor 978-0-8269-1793-0


50% : Final Exam 70 – 80 is a “C”
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Brad Bolton
Section 01 email bbolton@parisjc.edu
Course EMSP 1160
Title Clinical - Emergency Medical Technology/Technician
Description A health-related work-based learning experience that enables the student to apply specialized
occupational theory, skills, and concepts. Direct supervision is proviced by the clinical professional.
Schedule Week 1-16: Students participate weekly in the following areas:

Hospitals - 2 hours
Emergency Medical Services - 4 hours
Evaluation methods Required competencis are recorded and tracked for each student.
Course EMSP 1160

Hospitals - 2 hours
Course EMSP 1162

Hospitals - 2.5 hours
Emergency Medical Services - 3.5 hours
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Blaine Jones
Section 01 email bjones@parisjc.edu
Course EMSP 1355
Title Trauma Management
Description A detailed study of the knowledge and skills necessary to reach competence in the assessment and
management of patients with traumatic injuries.
Textbooks Mosby’s Paramedic Textbook Revised 3rd Edition and workbook, International Trauma Life
Support ACLS and EKG, ISBN: 978-0-323-04690-9
Schedule Week 1-16: *Content covered in this course is as follows:

Trauma Systems, MOI, Hemorrhage and Shock,
Soft Tissue Trauma & Musculoskeletal, Burns,
Head and Face Trauma and Spinal Trauma,
Thoracic Trauma and Abdominal Trauma
*Scheduling of Content and Exams vary throughout the Spring semester
Evaluation methods Exams - 75%

Homework and Quizzes - 25%
Course EMSP 1501
Title Emergency Medical Technician - Basic
Description Preparation for certification as an Emergency Medical Technician (EMT) - Basic. Includes all the
skills necessary to provide emergency medical care at a basic life support level with an emergency
service or other specialized services.
Textbooks Limmer/Okeefe, (2009). Brady’s Emergency Care, (11th ed.) Pearson Prentice Hall.
ISBN: 0-13-507467-3
Schedule Week 1: Orientation, Introduction to EMS, Well-Being of EMT,

Medical Legal
Week 2: The Human Body
Week 3: Lifting & Moving Patients , Airway Lecture Groups
Baseline Vital Signs
Week 4: Practical Mechanical Aids to Breathing,
Vital Signs/ Sample History
Skill practice
Week 5: Skills Evaluation, Mechanical Aids to Breathing, Vital Signs
Week 6: Patient Assessment, Practical Lab
Patient Assessment
Week 7: Documentation, Communications
Week 8: General Pharmacology, Respiratory Emergencies,
Cardiovascular Emergencies
Week 9: Diabetic Emergencies, Altered Level of Consciousness,
Allergies/Poisonings/Overdose
Week 10: Practical Lab, Medications Administration, AED
Week 11: Obstetrics, Gynecological Emergencies, Behavioral Emergencies,
Environmental Emergencies
Week 12: Bleeding & Shock, Soft Tissues Injuries, Musculoskeletal Injuries
Head & Spinal Injuries, Infants & Children
Week 13: EMS Operations, Weapons of Mass Destruction, MCI/ICS, HazMat Awareness
Week 14: Practical Lab, Bandaging, Splinting, Traction Splint, Spinal Immobilization, PASG
Week 15: Skills Evaluation, Bandaging, Splinting, Traction Splint, Spinal Immobilization, PASG

Course EMSP 1501
ISBN: 0-13-507467-3

Medical Legal
Skill practice
Patient Assessment

Course EMSP 2434
Title Medical Emergencies
management of patients with medical emergencies.

Pulmonary, Neurology, Endocrinology
Allergies and Anaphylaxis, Gastroenterology and Urology
Toxicology, Environmental, Infectious and Communicable Diseases,
Behavioral/Psychiatric and Hematology, Gynocology/Obstetrics

Course EMSP 2444
Title Cardiology
Description Assessment and management of patients with cardiac emergencies. Includes single and multi-lead
ECG interpretation.

Electrocardiograms Single Lead, Week 3-Electrocardiograms 12 Lead
Assessment of Cardiac Patient and Angina/AMI,
Left/Right Heart Failure, Cardiogenic Shock/Hypotension,
ACLS-Algorythms, ACLS SKILLS, Difibrillation/Pacing/Cardioverson
Megacode

Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Pamela Smith
Year 2011 Office AD 125/129
Section .01 email psmith@parisjc.edu
Course ENGL0101
Title Development in Writing I
Description The main purpose of ENGL 0101 is to assist students with problems of grammar, spelling, and
punctuation.
Another purpose of ENGL 0101 is to help with writing assignments for ENGL 0301.
Textbooks No textbook is required for this lab

Schedule Tentative Due Dates
Week 1: Tue., Jan 18 → Mon., Jan 24
Overview of the syllabus and get acquainted
Homonyms and commonly confused words
Parts of Speech (handout)
Week 3: Tue., Feb. 1 → Mon., Feb. 7
Unit 1 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Proper nouns vs. general nouns
Singular and plurals of nouns
Apostrophes (possession)
Punctuation
Capitalization
Finding subjects and verbs
Subject/verb agreement
Week 7: Tue., Mar. 1 → Mon., Mar. 7
Present tense verbs
Week 8: Tue., Mar. 8 → Mon., Mar. 21 (Spring Break)
Past tense verbs
Simple sentences
Week 10: Tue., Mar. 29 → Mon., Apr. 4
Compound sentences
Week 11: Tue., Apr. 5 → Mon., Apr. 11
Evaluation methods The ENGL 0101 grade is 25% of the ENGL 0301 grade; therefore, the ENGL 0301 grade is 75% of
the ENGL 0101 grade. Grades for both classes will appear on the semester grade report.
Exit Exam
The ENGL 0101 lab does not have a final exam. The Exit Exam for the ENGL 0301
class serves as the final exam for both classes. At the end of the semester a final exam, the Exit
Exam, is given. The Exit Exam will be given on Friday, April, 29, 2011, from 9:00a.m. – 11:00a.m.
The Monday night ENGL 0301/0302 Exit Exam will be given Monday, May 2, 2011, from 6:00pm-
8:00pm. You MUST have a C or better average in order to take the Exit Exam. If you do not have
a “C” or better average, you will receive a “F” for the class. If you take the Exit Exam, but do not
pass it, you will receive a D for the class, and you must take the class again or retest before
progressing to the next English class.
Course ENGL0101
punctuation.

Punctuation
Capitalization
Present tense verbs
Past tense verbs
Simple sentences
Compound sentences
Exit Exam
Course ENGL0101
punctuation.

Punctuation
Capitalization
Present tense verbs
Past tense verbs
Simple sentences
Compound sentences
Exit Exam
Course ENGL0101
punctuation.

Punctuation
Capitalization
Present tense verbs
Past tense verbs
Simple sentences
Compound sentences
Exit Exam
Course ENGL0101
punctuation.

Punctuation
Capitalization
Present tense verbs
Past tense verbs
Simple sentences
Compound sentences
Exit Exam
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Roberta Harris
Section 40 email rharris@parisjc.edu
Course ENGL 0101
Title Development in Writing Lab
Description The writing lab course is taken concurrently with Developmental English 0301. The lab focuses on
how grammar, usage, and sentence structure contribute to clarity of communication and, thus, to
writing that is clear and easy to understand. The course is designed to facilitate the students'
endeavors to acquire a level of English usage that matches standards of edited American English set
by the core curriculum and the Communications Division.
Textbooks Kirszner, Laurie G., and Stephen R. Mandell. Foundations First: Sentences and Paragraphs with
Readings. 3rd ed. Boston: Bedford, 2008. ISBN 978.0312.45989-5.
Schedule Lab work will coordinate with assignments in 0301.40
Evaluation methods All grades in lab practice work will be considered equal.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Sandie Upchurch
Year 2010-2011 Office Greenville, TX
Term Spring Phone 903-454-9333\
Section 41 email supchurch@parisjc.edu
Course ENGL301 /ENGL101
Title Basic English I
Description English I is designed for students to gain skills in writing clear, logically developed paragraphs,
using standard English. Also designed for students seeking English usage mandated by assessment.
Lab (English) 101 is required. Essay Exit Exam required. (May not be used to satisfy degree
requirements).
Textbooks Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner and Diana Holquin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays:
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th. Belmong, CA: Thompson, 2009.
Schedule 1. First week: discussing syllalbus, and what is required from the course. Write a paragraph: If
you could change one situation/decision in your life, what would it be and why? 2. Topic sentence
that states the direction of the paragraph. Topic statements that are not too broad or too narrow.
Write a pargraph stating the long-term goals you want to achieve in life. 3. Parts of a paragraph:
Topic sentence, supporting sentences, and concluding sentences. Write a paragraph about what was
different in your childhood. 4. Recognizing sentence fragments, comma splices, and run-on
sentences. Write a paragraph describing a place that gave you a feeling of warmth and security as a
child. 5. Subject/verb agreement - singular and plural verbs. Recognizing singular and plural
nouns and pronouns. Write a paragraph about the qualities of a good parent. 6. Recognizing
consistent verb tense. Write a paragraph abouat what role does honesty play in our world today. 7.
Recognize misspelled words. Write a paragraph about how communication has changed since your
grandparent's day. 8. Review sentence fragments. Write a paragraph about where you have
experienced or seen prejudice in society today. 9. Review comma splices. Write a paragraph about
which person influenced you the most as a child. 10. Review run-on sentences. Write a paragraph
about whether schools have the righat to search a student's locker. 11. Review subject/verb
agreement. Write a paragraph about a beautiful object. 12. Review recogizing consisent verb
tense. Write a paragraph about what makes body piercing appealing. Have students make a list of
items to review for test. 13. Turn in paragraph that has been redone for a better grade. Review. 14.
Final exam.
Evaluation methods Grades will be determined by the quality of work in class and in the ENGL0101. In addition, at the
end of the semester, you must pass an exit exam, which will measure your grammar and writing
skills, demonstrating those competencies you will need to enter 0302. COMPUTATION OF
GRADE: ENGL 0101 25%, Daily Work, 15%, Writing assignments, 60%. Semester grade, 100%
plus passing of exit exam.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Patti Laeding
Year 2010-2011 Office Classroom
Term Spring Phone 903--439-6154 ext 457
Section 50 email plaeding@pjc.edu
Course ENGL 0301 / ENGL 0101
Title Basic English Level I and Lab
Description English 030 will concentrate upon reading, writing, and grammar skills. Since mastery of reading
and writing skills is essential to your success in college, English 0301/0302 will help give you the
opportunity to learn these skills. Class time will include lecture, demonstration, practice, and a
quiz for each scheduled lesson. Reading selections will help generate ideas and serve as models for
your writing assignments. The accompanying lab, English 0101/0102 will provide a time for
personal assistance with individual writing assignments.
Textbooks Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, and Diana Holguin-Balough Writing Paragraphs and Essays. 6th ed.
Schedule Week 1- Topic Sentences, Paragraphs
Week 2- Grammar for Effective Writing, Subject-Verb Agreement WA pg 56
Week 3- Consistent Verb Tense, Irregular Verbs WA pg 92
Week 4- Interaction of Topic,Purpose, Audience, Voice WA pg 93
Week 5- Consistent Point ofView WA pg 119 and 131
Week 6- Thesis Sentence WA pg 153
Week 7- Fragments, Run-Ons, Comma Splices WA pg 181
Week 8-Writing with Examples WA 210-11
Week 9- Sentence Variety, Compound Sentences WA pg 242
Week 10- Introductions and Conclusions WA pg 261
Week 11- Sentence Variety, Complex Sentences WA pg 294
Week 12- Coherence WA pg 390
Week 13- Spelling, Punctuation, Practice Essays with Prompts
Week 14- FINAL EXIT EXAM
Evaluation methods
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Linda Bailey
Year 2010-2011 Office Sulphur Springs Campus
Section 51 email lbailey@parisjc.edu
Course English 0101, 0301
Title Dev in Writing
Description A basic development course designed to improve students’ skills in formulating

simple and compound sentences, basic subject-verb agreement, punctuation,
and spelling rules. Students will also gain skills in writing clear logically
developed paragraphs, using standard English. Designed for students seeking
basic English usage as mandated by assessment. Students must take ENGL
0101 concurrently. Essay Exit Exam required. May not be used to satisfy
degree requirements.
A developmental writing course which continues the instruction and
reinforcement of those skills taught in ENGL 0301. This course is designed
to provide varied writing exercises on paragraphs and short composition
with emphasis on clarity, coherence, and correction of usage and mechanics.
Students must take ENGL 0102 concurrently. Essay Exit Exam required.
May not be used to satisfy degree requirements. Prerequisite: ENGL 0301 or
placement by department.
Textbooks Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, and Diana Holguin-Balogh. Writing

Paragraphs and Essays. 6th ed. Boston: Houghton-Mifflin, 2003.
Non-fiction selection of choice that is biographical or autobiographical in nature:
Schedule Week 1 - Intro to Writing

Week 2 - Topic Sentences and Paragraphs
Week 3 - Journaling and Grammar
Week 4 - Figures of Speech and Confusing Words
Week 5 - Spelling
Week 6- Confusing words and paragraph writing
Week 7 - Grammar and essay writing
Week 8 - Writing with examples
Week 9- Introductions and Conclusions Week 9- Thesis
Week 10- Essays for Discussion and Analysis
Week 11- Writing with Coherence
Week 12- Mechanics and logical order
Week 13- Illustration, Compare/Contrast, Classification and Definition Writing
Week 14- Cause/Effect, Process Analysis, Arguemation Writing
Week 15- Review/Final
Week 16- Final
Evaluation methods Lab Participation 25%, Daily Work/Quizzes 25%, Writing Assignments 50% Students must have at
least a 70% average to be permitted to write the final exam. If you do not have a 70% , you will
receive a grade of “F” and must repeat the course. Students who do have a grade of 70% but fail the
exam, will receive a grade of “D” and must repeat the course. Your Final grade will be an average
of course grade and final essay grade.
Evaluation methods
Course ENGL0102
Title Development in Writing II
Description The main purpose of ENGL 0102 is to assist students with problems of grammar, spelling,
punctuation, and vocabulary.
Another purpose of ENGL 0102 is to reinforce skills taught in ENGL 0302.


Apostrophes (possession and contractions)



Irregular verbs
Coordinating conjunctions

Punctuation with introductory elements (prepositional phrase and complex sentences using
subordinating conjunctions)

Punctuation with introductory elements- cont.
Participle phrases
Exit Exam
Course ENGL0102





Irregular verbs


Participle phrases
Exit Exam
Course ENGL0102





Irregular verbs


Participle phrases
Exit Exam
Course ENGL0102





Irregular verbs


Participle phrases
Exit Exam
Course ENGL0102





Irregular verbs


Participle phrases
Exit Exam
Course ENGL0102





Irregular verbs


Participle phrases
Exit Exam
Course ENGL0102





Irregular verbs


Participle phrases
Exit Exam
Course ENGL0102





Irregular verbs


Participle phrases
Exit Exam
Course ENGL0102





Irregular verbs


Participle phrases
Exit Exam
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Christopher Nichols
Term SPRING Phone 903-454-9333
Section 40 email cnichols@parisjc.edu
Course ENGL 0302/0102
Title Basic English II
Description A developmental writing course which continues the instruction and reinforcement of those skills
taught in ENGL 0301. This course is designed to provide varied writing exercises on paragraphs
and short composition with emphasis on clarity, coherence, and correction of usage and mechanics.
Students must take ENGL 0102 concurrently. Essay Exit Exam required. May not be used to
satisfy degree requirements.
Textbooks Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boener, and Diana Holquin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays:
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th ed. US: Wadworth, 2009. ISBN: 978-1-
413-03346-5
Schedule Week 1- Course Review/Introduction

Week 2- Writing Topic Sentences
Week 3- Writing Paragraphs
Week 4- Topic, Purpose, Audience, Voice
Week 5- Topic, Purpose, Audience, Voice, cont.
Week 6- Thesis Sentences
Week 7- Organizing Essays
Week 8- Strengthening Arguments
Week 9- Logic/Examples
Week 10- Coherence/Flow
Week 11- Coherence/Transitions
Week 12- Traditional Essay Structures
Week 14- Generating Interest
Week 16- Culmination
Evaluation methods In-class Papers 50%
Out-of-class Papers 25%
Connection (Lab work, Quizzes, Participating, etc.) 25%
This will be based on a point system, for which the student can calculate his/her grade at any time:
8 In-class essays at 100 points each (8 x 100) = 800 points +

4 Out-of-class essays at 100 points each (4 x 100) = 400 points +
16 Connection grades, 1 per week (16 x 25) = 400 points
Total = 1600 points
1600-1440 points = A
1439-1280 points = B
1279-1120 points = C
<1120 points = Failing
In this course, a D is not considered passing. You must receive an A, B, or C as your final average
based on calculating the above to be allowed to take the EXIT exam. You must pass the exit exam
to pass the class.
In addition to work requirements, attendance in Basic English courses is compulsory.

413-03346-5


Total = 1600 points
1600-1440 points = A
1439-1280 points = B
1279-1120 points = C
to pass the class.

requirements).
Schedule 1. First week: discussing syllalbus, and what is required from the course. Write a essay: If you
could change one situation/decision in your life, what would it be and why? 2. Topic sentence that
states the direction of the paragraph. Topic statements that are not too broad or too narrow. Write a
esssay stating the long-term goals you want to achieve in life. 3. Parts of a paragraph: Topic
sentence, supporting sentences, and concluding sentences. Write an essay about what was different
in your childhood. 4. Recognizing sentence fragments, comma splices, and run-on sentences.
Write an essay describing a place that gave you a feeling of warmth and security as a child. 5.
Subject/verb agreement - singular and plural verbs. Recognizing singular and plural nouns and
pronouns. Write an essay about the qualities of a good parent. 6. Recognizing consistent verb
tense. Write a essay about what role does honesty play in our world today. 7. Recognize
misspelled words. Write an essay about how communication has changed since your grandparent's
day. 8. Review sentence fragments. Write an essay about where you have experienced or seen
prejudice in society today. 9. Review comma splices. Write an essay about which person
influenced you the most as a child. 10. Review run-on sentences. Write an essay about whether
schools have the righat to search a student's locker. 11. Review subject/verb agreement. Write an
essay about a beautiful object. 12. Review recogizing consisent verb tense. Write an essay about
what makes body piercing appealing. Have students make a list of items to review for test. 13.
Turn in essay that has been redone for a better grade. Review. 14. Final exam.
Title Basic English Level II and Lab
Evaluation methods
Title Dev in Writing II and Basic English Level II



Week 5 - Spelling
Week 16- Final
Evaluation methods
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Marsha Dennis
Year 2010-2011 Office Ad 124
Section 01 email mdennis@parisjc.edu
Course ENGL 0301
Description A developmental course designed to improve students' skills in formulating simple and compound
sentences, basic subject-verb agreement, punctutation, and spelling rules. Students will also gain
skills in writing clear, logically developed paragraphs, using standard English. Also designed for
students seeking English usage as mandated by assessment. Students must take ENGL 0101
concurrently. Essay Exam required. This course may not be used to satisfy degree requirements
Textbooks Kirszner, Laurie G. and Stephen R. Mandell. Foundations First with Readings. 3rd ed. Boston:
Bedford/St. Martin's , 2008. (ISBN-13:978-0-312-45989-5)
Schedule Week 1-1st class day; check rolls; go over syllabus
Week 2-"Getting to Know You"
Week 3-Strategies for College Success
Week 4-Reading a Painting
Week 5-"Reasons to go to College"
Week 6-In class writing
Week 7-Comparison-Contrast
Week 8-Description
Week 9-analyze photo-research
Week 10-inclass writing
Week 12-Analyze photo
Week 14-Exit Essay
Week 15-
Week 16-
Evaluation methods
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Linda Su Knox
Term Spring Phone 903-783-0310 (leave message)
Section 02 email lknox@parisjc.edu
Course ENGL 0301
Title Basic English
Description A basic developmental course designed to improve students’ skills in formulating simple and
compound sentences, basic subject-verb agreement, punctuation, and spelling rules. Students will
also gain skills in writing clear logically developed paragraphs, using standard English. Designed
for students seeking basic English usage as mandated by assessment. Students must take ENGL
0101 concurrently. Essay Exit Exam required. Will not count towards degree.
Textbooks Kirszner, Laurie G., and Stephen R. Mandell. Foundations First with Readings: Sentences and
Paragraphs. 3rd Edition. Boston, MA: Bedford/St. Martin’s, 2008 ISBN#978-0-0312-45989-5
Other materials required: paper, pens, pencil, college-level dictionary, spiral notebook for journal.
Schedule Week 1- Martin Luther King Holiday – no class
Week 2- Introduction to Course; Syllabus; Diagnostic Writing
Week 3- Topic Sentences; Reading Comprehension & Vocabulary development; Grammar
exercise; Journaling Process Review/Feedback
Week 4- Topic Sentence Review; Reading Comprehension & Vocabulary development; Grammar
exercise; Journal Feedback; Body of Paragraph; Writing Assignment
Week 5- Body of Paragraph Review; Reading Comprehension & Vocabulary development,
Grammar exercise; Journal Feedback; Organizing Details; Writing Assignment
Week 6- Organizing Details Review; Reading Comprehension & Vocabulary development;
Grammar exercise; Journal Feedback; Transitions; Writing Assignment
Week 7- Transitions Review; Reading Comprehension & Vocabulary development; Grammar
exercise; Journal Feedback; Closing Sentence; Writing Assignment
Week 8- Closing Sentence Review; Reading Comprehension & Vocabulary development; Grammar
exercise; Journal Feedback; Writing Assignment
Week 9- Spring Break – no class
Week 10- Reading Comprehension & Vocabulary development; Grammar exercise; Journal
Feedback; Writing Assignment
Feedback; Writing Assignment, Preparation for Exit Exam
Week 16- : Exit Exam
Evaluation methods Course Requirements and Evaluation
GRADES:
Explanation of Semester Grade:
A = average of 90-100 on all work
B = average of 80-89 on all work
C = average of 70-79 on all work
D = passing average of 70 or above, but failure to pass Exit Exam
F = failure to compile an average of 70
Computation of Grade:
ENGL 0101 25%
Class work 15%
Writing assignments 40%
Journal 20%
Semester Grade 100% + passing Exit Exam
***Exit Exam will be given on May 2 in Room AD#130***

Course ENGL 0301.40
Title DEVELOPMENT IN ENGLISH
Description ENGL 0301.40 is designed for students to gain skills in writing clear, logically developed
paragraphs using standard English. It is also designed for students seeking English usage mandated
by assessment. A lab (English 0101) is required. An essay Exit Exam is required. Even though the
course carries three semester hours of credit, it may not be used to satisfy degree requirements.
However, the three class hours do count toward financial aid, scholarship hours, and the Texa 6-
Drop Rule.
Readings. 3rd ed. Boston: Bedford, 2008. ISBN 978.0312.45989-5
Schedule Students will be expected to write every class period.

Week 1: Assessment of writing skills.
Weeks 2 through 4: Practice writing effective sentences.
Weeks 5 through 8: Review basic grammar.
Weeks 9 through 12: Practice punctuation, mechanics, and spelling.
Weeks 13 through 16: Demonstrate ability to write effective paragraphs.
Evaluation methods Students will earn grades for writing sentences, paragraphs, and chapter practice assignments. All
grades will be counted equally.
requirements).
experienced or seen prejudice in society today. 9. Review comma splices. Write a paragraph about
which person influenced you the most as a child. 10. Review run-on sentences. Write a paragraph
about whether schools have the righat to search a student's locker. 11. Review subject/verb
agreement. Write a paragraph about a beautiful object. 12. Review recogizing consisent verb
tense. Write a paragraph about what makes body piercing appealing. Have students make a list of
items to review for test. 13. Turn in paragraph that has been redone for a better grade. Review. 14.
Final exam.
Evaluation methods



Week 5 - Spelling
Week 16- Final
Evaluation methods
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Joan Mathis
Year 2011 Office AD 125
Section .01 email jmathis@parisjc.edu
Course English 0302
taught in English 0301. This course is designed to provide varied writing exercises on paragraphs
and short composition with emphasis on clarity, coherence, and correctness of usage and mechanics.
Lab 0102 required. Essay EXIT exam required.
Textbooks Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, and Diane Holguin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays:
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 2009.
Schedule Week 1-Introduction to the course

Week 2-Writing First and Second Drafts of the Illustration Essay
Week 3-In-class Writing and Discussion of the next essay (Comparison/contrast)
Week 4-Discussion of Topic Sentences and Paragraphs, pp. 36-53Write Essay II.
Week 5-Discussion of Essays I and II; discuss pp. 64-76.
Week 6-Preparation for Essay III: Write First and Second Drafts for Editing; see pp.76-90.
Week 7-Disscusion of the Classification Essay and the Definition Essays
Week 8-Discussion of 100-118; 119-127; 130-142 and write Essay IV.
Week 9-Review the weaknesses and strengths of Essays I, II, III and IV.
Week 10- Preparation for writing Essay V, Cause/effect analysis-
Week 11-Discussion of pp. 160-178; 182-209; 243-250; and 218-236
Week 12-Write First and Second Drafts of Essay VI, Process analysis.
Week 13-Discuss 296-303; write a practice Exit Essay for holistic scoring.
Week 14-Final Review for Exit Exam
Evaluation methods ***Your grade will be determined by the quality of your work in class and in ENGL 0102. In
addition, at the end of the semester, you must pass an EXIT exam which will measure your grammar
and writing skills, demonstrating those competencies you will need to enter English 1301. The
EXIT exam will be given on Friday, December 3rd in AD124.***
COMPUTATION OF GRADE:
ENGL 0102 25%
daily work 15%
writing assignments 60%
Semester Grade 100% + passing EXIT exam

Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Debbie N. Jones
Year 2010-2011 Office AD134
Section 03 email d_jones@parisjc.edu
Course ENGL 0302
and short composition with emphasis on clarity, coherence, and correctness of usage and mechanics.
Lab 0102 required. Essay EXIT exam required.
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 2009. ISBN
978-1-428-03346-5
Schedule Week 1-Holiday
Week 2-Review syllabus; text reading p. 2-21;writing exercise; in-class writing
Week 3-Appendix A, sets 1-26; quiz over sets;text reading p. 28-78
Week 4-Quiz over subject-verb agreement; workshop p. 92; irregular verbs p. 455 and quiz
Week 5-Appendix A, sets 27-45; text reading p. 100-142 and quiz; writing workshop
Week 6-Quiz over sets 27-45; text reading p. 153-178 and quiz; writing workshop
Week 7-text reading p. 179-185; practices p. 188-209; writing workshop
Week 8-text reading p. 207-212; writing with examples p. 218; quiz and writing workshop
Week 9-text reading p. 240-251 and quiz; writing workshop
Week 10-text reading p. 261-268; writing workshop
Week 14-practice essays using prompts; revisions/questions & answers
Week 15-EXIT essay May 2------6-9pm
Week 16-grades due
Evaluation methods ENGL 0102 25%
daily work 15%
Semester Grade 100% + passing EXIT Essay

Course ENGL 0302
Description A course which continues the instruction and reinforcement of those skills taught in English 0301,
and is designed to provide varied writing exercises on paragraphs and short composition with
emphasis on clarity, coherence, and correctness of usage and mechanics. Lab 0102 required and
EXIT essay exam required.
Textbooks Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, and Diane Holguin-Balough. Writing Paragraph's and Essays:
Intergrating Reading, Writing and Grammar Skills. 6th ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 2009. Print
ISBN 978-1-428-03346-5
Schedule Week 1-syllabus review; in-class writing; Introduction to Writing p. 2-19
Week 2-exercise p. 19; Topic Sentences p. 28-35; in-class writing
Week 3-review text reading p. 54-71; in-class writing
Week 5-review of text reading p. 76-90; in-class writing
Week 15-timed in-class writing
Week 16-grades due
Evaluation methods COMPUTATION OF GRADE:
ENGL 0102 25%
daily (in-class work) 15%
essay writing assignments 60%

Section .05 email
Course ENGL 0302
Description English 0302 is a developmental writing course which is continues reinforcement of those skills
taught in ENGL 0301. This course is designed to provide varied writing exercise on paragraphs
and short composition with emphasis on clarity, coherence, and correction of usage and
mechanics. Student s must take ENGL 0102 concurrently. Credit: 3 semester hours plus 1
semester hour with lab. Prerequisite(s): ENGL 0301 or placement by department.
Textbooks • Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, Diana Holguin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays:
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th edition. Wadsworth, 2009.
Schedule Week 1- Introduction, Syllabus, Requirements

Week 2-The Writing Process
Week 4-Topic Sentence
Week 5-Paragraphs
Week 6-Purpose
Week 7-Audience
Week 8-Point of View
Week 9-Thesis
Week 10-Introductions and Hooks
Week 11-Transitions
Week 12-Conclusions
Week 13-Review for Exit Exam
Week 14-Exit Exam
Week 15-Exit Exam
Week 16-Exit Exam
Evaluation methods An EXIT exam will be given at the end of the semester. The semester grade will be based on the
following: lab (25%), daily work (15%), and writing assignments (60%). A = 90-100, B = 80-89,
C = 70-79, F = failure to complete an average of 70 or failure to pass the EXIT exam.
413-03346-5


Total = 1600 points
1600-1440 points = A
1439-1280 points = B
1279-1120 points = C
to pass the class.

413-03346-5


Total = 1600 points
1600-1440 points = A
1439-1280 points = B
1279-1120 points = C
to pass the class.

requirements).
states the direction of the paragraph. Topic statements that are not too broad or too narrow. Write a
esssay stating the long-term goals you want to achieve in life. 3. Parts of a paragraph: Topic
Evaluation methods



Week 5 - Spelling
Week 16- Final
Evaluation methods
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Harvill, Daisy
Year 2011 Office LRC - Archives
Section 01 email dharvill@parisjc.edu
Course ENGLISH 1301
Title COMPOSITION/RHETORIC
Description Principles techniques of written, exposiory, and persuasive composition; analysis of literary,
expository, and persuasive texts; and critical thinking.
Textbooks A Writer’s Reference, 6th ed., by Diana Hacker, ISBN-10: 0-312-45025-7

Patterns for College Writing, 11th ed., by Laurie G. Kirszner, ISBN-10:0-312-48841-6
I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings, by Maya Angelou, ISBN 0-553-27937-8
Schedule Week 1- Syllabus
Week 2- The writing process
Week 3- Narration
Week 4- Description
Week 5- Argumentation
Week 7- Research writing
Week 8- Library work
Week 9- Spring week
Week 10- Cause and effect
Week 11- Process
Comparison and contrast
Week 12- I know why the Caged bird sings
Week 13- Caged Bird
Week 14- Caged Bird
Week 15- Caged Bird
Week 16- Combined writing techniques
Evaluation methods Daily class work and homework assignments 20%
Written essays 60%
Final exam 20%
A= 90-95
B= 80-89
C= 70-79
D= 60-69
F= 0- 59
Course ENGLISH 1301

Week 3- Narration
Week 4- Description
Week 9- Spring week
Week 11- Process
Week 13- Caged Bird
Week 14- Caged Bird
Week 15- Caged Bird
Written essays 60%
Final exam 20%
A= 90-95
B= 80-89
C= 70-79
D= 60-69
F= 0- 59
Course English 1301
Title Composition and Rhetoric
Description English 1301 is a study of grammar and composition through analysis of sentence structure,
paragraph organization, and theme development. The course focuses on the analysis of written
discourse with emphasis on the writing of class themes. The course may include individual
conferences and required library work.theme development. The course focuses on the analysis of
written discourse with emphasis on the writing of class themes. The course may include individual
conferences and required library work.building, and use of the library. This includes assigned
literary study, library readings, research essays, and analysis of themes.
Textbooks Required Texts:

Kirszner, Laurie G., and Stephen R. Mandell. Patterns for College
Writing: A Rhetorical Reader and Guide. 11th ed. Boston: Bedford/St. Martin’s, 2007. ISBN:
0-312-48841-6
Hacker, Diana. A Writer's Reference. 6th ed. Boston: Bedford/St. Martin’s,

2009, ISBN-13: 978-0-312-59332-2 or ISBN-10: 0-312-59332-5
Courtenay, Bryce. The Power of One. Any edition

Week 2-Discuss The Writing Process, 15-35 and Diagnostic Testing
Week 3-"Finishing School," 107-111 and "Shooting an Elephant," 126-132
Week 4-"Thirty-Eight Who Saw Murder...," 120-123' "Revising/Editing," 37-39
Week 5-Completion of Essay #1 and Introduction to descriptive writing; 167-169 and 183-188
Week 6-Writing The First Draft of Essay #2; Revising and Writing the Final Draft
Week 7-Exemplification, 199-206; "Why Marriage Is Good for You," 2227-233
Week 8-Exemplificaiton Essay Is Due; Cause and Effect, 321-333
Week 9-Comparison and Contrast, 383-391 and Complete Essay # 3
Week 10-Continue "Comparison/Contrast, 383-39: Argumentation, 547-567
Week 11-Discussion of Classification and Division, 447-454
Week 12-Discuss The Novel, The Power of One.
Week 13-Discussion of the novel and Definition, 505-512
Week 14-Completion of Essay #4, Argumentation
Week 15-Review for the Final.
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods Semester Grade Determination:
3 Essays (Narration, Description, Cause and Effect) 30%
Argumentation Essay (Required) 15%
Quizzes & Outlines 15%
Novel Exam 15%
Participation (includes in-class work) 05%
Final Exam 20%
Total: 100%
*Both the final exam and the documented argumentation essay are required; failure to complete
either one will result in failure for the course.*
Course ENGL 1301
Description ENGL 1301 is a study of grammar and composition through analysis of sentence structure,
paragraph organization, and theme development. An analysis of written discourse with emphasis on
the writing of themes. Library assignments and an introduction to reading the novel. Credit value:
three hours
Textbooks Kirszner, Laurie G. and Stephen R. Mandell. Patterns for College Writing, 10th ed.
Boston: Bedford/St. Martin’s, 2007. (ISBN-13:978-0-312-060152-2)
Hacker, Diana. A Writer’s Reference, 6th ed. Boston: Bedford/St. Martin’s, 2007. (ISBN- 13:978-
0312-45025-0)
Warren, Robert Penn. All the King’s Men. San Diego: Harcourt, 1946. (ISBN: 0-15-600480-1)
Schedule Week 1-Intro/Patterns
Week 2-Description
Week 3-brainstorming/description
Week 4-formatting the paper
Week 5-Exemplification
Week 6-Group work-Process analysis
Week 7-video-Huey Long
Week 8-Library orientation
Week 9-Comparison/contrast
Week 10-Research paper workshop
Week 12-Research papers due
Week 13-Definition
Week 14-All the King's Men
Week 15-Video/Study guide
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jennifer Collar
Year 2011 Office AD 133D
Section 06 email jcollar@parisjc.edu
Course ENGL 1301
discourse with emphasis on the writing of class themes. The course m erequisite(s): Students must
successfully complete English 0302 with a C or above or achieve placement by department (based
on admission information) before enrolling in English 1301. The course may include individual
conferences and required library work.
Textbooks The Bedford Introduction to Literature, Michael Meyer, Bedford/St. Martins, 9th edition,
2011, ISBN-10: 0-312-64361-6 or ISBN-13” 978-0-312-53921-4
2009, ISBN-13: 978-0-312-59332-2 or ISBN-10: 0-312-59332-5
Bradbury, Ray. Fahrenheit 451. Any Edition.
Schedule Week 1- Course introduction
Week 2- The Writing Process; Quiz 1; Narrative Writing; Quiz 2.
Week 3-Narrative Writing & "Revising & Editing."
Week 4- Essay #1 Due; Descriptive Writing.
Week 5- In-Class Essay (#2)
Week 6- Exemplifiction; Exemplification Outline Due
Week 7- Cause & Effect; Comparison & Contrast; Quiz 4
Week 8- Essay #3 Due; Begin Argumentation
Week 9- Comparison & Contrast Outline Due. Begin Research Documentation.
Week 10- Classification & Division; Continue Research Documentation.
Week 11- Fahrenheit 451
Week 12- Fahrenheit 451 & Process Writing; Essay #4 Due.
Week 13- Fahrenheit 451 & Definition; Quiz 5.
Week 14- Novel Exam & Video
Week 15- Novel Video & Prepare for final
Week 16- Final
Evaluation methods 3 Essays (Narration, Description, Cause and Effect) 30%
Quizzes, Outlines, & Peer Review 15%
Novel Exam 10%
Participation/Attendance (includes in-class work) 10%
Final Exam 20%
Total: 100%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Rhonda Armstrong
Year 2010-2011 Office AD133 (Paris); Office C (SS)
Term Springs Phone 903.782.0272; 903.885.1232(SSC)
Section 07 email rarmstrong@parisjc.edu
Course ENGL 1301
paragraph organization, and theme development. It includes analysis of
writtten discourse with emphasis on the writing of class themes.
This section of English 1301 is a traditional class involving writing assignments and
exercises, in-class writing or editing workshops, group work, class discussions, tests or
quizzes, lecture, and reading.
Credits: 3 (= 3 lecture hours per week)
Prerequisite(s); ENGL0302 with a grade of C or above or placement by department (based on

admission information). Note: Before entering ENGL1301, all students for whom English is a
second or additional language must successfully complete ENGL0302. Core Curriculum satisfied
for Written Communication.
Textbooks Kirszner, Laurie G., and Stephen R. Mandell. Patterns for College Writing: A Rhetorical
Reader and Guide. 11th ed. Boston: Bedford/St. Martin’s, 2010.
ISBN: 0-312-48841-6.
Hacker, Diana. A Writer’s Reference. 6th ed. Boston: Bedford/St. Martin’s, 2009.
ISBN: 0-312-59332-5.
Chevalier, Tracy. Girl with a Pearl Earring. Any edition.
Schedule Week 1: Introduction; Reading to Write
Week 2: The Writing Process; Essay Format
Week 3: Narration
Week 4: Arranging/Revising/Editing; Description
Week 5: Exemplification
Week 6: Cause and Effect; Punctuation/Sentence Structure
Week 7: Begin essay 2; Use essay 2 drafts in small group workshops
Week 8: Argumentation
Week 9: Documentation; Use documented essays in small group workshops
Week 10: Classification and Division; Definition
Week 11: Comparison and Contrast; Library Orientation
Week 12: Novel Exam
Week 13: Novel (begin discussion)
Week 14: Novel (small groups)
Week 15: Novel; prepare for final
Week 16: Final Exam
Evaluation methods Students must successfully complete the writing process for at least five essay-length prose
compositions. (Essays completed out of class will be typed per assigned guidelines.) Students will
also be required to complete reading assignments, other writing assignments, and a novel exam
(which must be taken before class discussion of the novel begins), to participate in class discussions,
and to attend any individual conferences set by the instructor. Students will write in-class essays for
the final.
Essay 1, 15%
Essay 2, 15%
Essay 3, 20% (documented essay; required)
Essay 4, 15%
Essay 5, 15% (counts as the final exam; required)
Novel Exam, 10% (must be taken when scheduled)
Participation, 10% (absences/tardies affect this grade, too)
No more than one late paper shall be allowed; a late paper must be turned in by the next class
period. The grade deduction will be 15 points.
Course ENGL 1301
Description ENGL 1301 is a study of grammar and composition through

analysis of sentence structure, paragraph organization, and theme
development. An analysis of written discourse with emphasis on
the writing of themes. Library assignments and an introduction to
reading the novel. Credit value: Three hours.
0312-45025-0)
Schedule Week 1-Week 1-Intro/Patterns
Week 2-Description
Week 13-Definition
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty DeDe Oxley
Section 40 email doxley@parisjc.edu
Course ENGL1301
Description ENGL 1301 Composition I
Principles and techniques of written, expository, and persuasive composition; analysis of literary,
Textbooks TEXTBOOK AND READINGS:
Text: Kirzner, Laurie G. and Stephen R. Mandell. Patterns for College Writing: A Rhetorical
Reader and Guide. 11th ed. Boston: Bedford, 2010. ISBN:0-312-60152-2
Handbook: Hacker, Diana. A Writer’s Reference. 6th ed. Boston: Bedford, 2003.
ISBN: 0-312-45025-7
Readings: Steinbeck, John. Of Mice and Men

Schedule Week 1- Overview of procedures and policies. Materials required. Evaluation criteria. Essay
#1 assigned. How to format a college essay. Where to get help.
Week 2- The basics of the college-level essay. Elements of effective communication.
Week 3- Introduction to collaborative learning: writing workshop: Main idea. Thesis and
support. Description, Narrative and Process. Essay #2 assigned. Workshop: MLA style.
Week 4- How to do a Works Cited page: Citing a book, a periodical, and a website.
Week 5- Essay #2 due. Comparison/contrast, Exemplification, Cause/Effect and other patterns.
Of Mice And Men Test. Essay #3 (research essay ) assigned.
Week 6- Steinbeck's Of Mice and Men and Burns' To A Mouse... Discussion groups.
Week 7- Mid Term Grade Averages given. Of Mice and Men. PJC Library and databases.
Where to get help with Essay #3.
Week 8- Of Mice and Men. Works Cited sheet, copies of research for Essay #3 due
Week 9- Essay #3 Peer Review. Essay #3 due. Elements of Persuasion
Week 10- Ethics of Argumentation: Fallacies. Workshop.
Week 11- Ethics of Argumentation: Workshop.
Week 12- Grade averages given: Persuasive project assigned.
Week 13- Persuasive project: Group collaboration. Portfolios due.
Week 14- Persuasive projects due
Week 15- Review for Final Exam. Extra help.
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods FINAL GRADE WILL BE DETERMINED BY:
Assignments and Grading

Essay #1: 5%
Essay #2: 10%
Project: Argumentation: 10%
Propaganda and Rhetoric Response, plus various presentations, workshops 5%
Essay #3: 20%
Mid Term Test 15%
Portfolio Grade (evaluated for completeness, proof of improved skills) 15%
Final Exam 10%
GBO: (Participation/Attendance, Quizzes/informal essays, Peer Reviews
Portfolio, Collaborative exercises, Improvement) 10% of total grade
TOTAL: 100%
Section 41 email sdennehy@parisjc.edu
Course 1301
Title English
Description Principles and techniques of written, expository, and persuasive composition; analysis of
literary, expository, and persuasive texts; and critical thinking.
Textbooks Kirszner, Laurie and Mandell. Stephen, Patterns for College Writing. 11th ed.
ISBN: 0-312-44586-5.
Hacker, Diana. A Writer’s Reference. 6th ed.ISBN: 0-312-45025-7
Fitzgerald, F. Scott, The Great Gatsby.
Week 3-grammar review; narration and description
Week 4-grammar review; exemplification; comparison/contrast
Week 5-Peer editing; essay due
Week 6-Definition
Week 7-Peer editing
Week 8-Introduction of research process
Week 9-Research workshops
Week 10-Novel exam and overview of novel
Week 11-novel
Week 12-novel; research essay due
Week 13-novel
Week 14-novel
Week 15-novel
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods Essays (3, at 100 points each) 300 points
Research essay 100 points
Final exam essay 100 points
Novel exam 100 points
Student Engagement 50 points
Course grade: 585-650: A

520-584: B
455-519: C
390-454: D
Below 390: F
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Polly Jane Holcomb
Section 42 email pholcomb@parisjc.edu
Course ENG 1301
Description A study of grammar and composition through analysis of sentence structure, paragraph
organization, and theme development. Analysis of written discourse with emphasis on the writing of
class themes. Individual conferences and required library work. See Prerequisite requirements in
catalouge
Textbooks Patterns for College Writing: A Rhetorical Reader and Guide 11th Edition by Kirszner & Mandell
A Writer's Reference 6th Edition by Diana Hacker
The Picutre of Dorian Gray by Oscar Wilde
Schedule Week 1 The Writing Process Read Chapters 1-5
Week 2 Description Ch 7
Week 3 Narration Chapter 6
Week 4 Exemplification chapter 8
Week 5 Cause and Effect Chapter 10
Week 6 Process Chapter 9
Week 7 Comparison Contrast Chapter 11
Week 8 Classification and Division Chapter 12
Week 9 Spring Break
Week 10 Definition Chapter 13
Week 11 Argumenation, Introduction, Deduction, and Induction Chapter 14 Week
12 Argumentation Dealing with opposition and recogninzing Logical Fallacies Ch 14 and The
Picture of Dorian Gray Ch 1-8 Week
13 Writing a Research Paper & The Picture of Dorian Gray ch 9-17 Week 14
Writing a Research Paper, Annotated Bib. & Finish The Picture of Dorian Gray
Week 15 Themes Proposal and Drafting
Week 16 Peer review, Revisions, Portfolio Work
Week 17 Final Paper and Portfolio Due
Evaluation methods Attendence/Participation 10% (as long as absence and tardy policy are followed)
Jouranl 10%
Quizzes 10%
Essays 60%
Porfolio 10%
A 90%-100%, B 80%-89%, C 70%-79%, D 60%-69%, F Below 60%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Sean Ferrier-Watson
Year 2011 Office PJC-GC 201
Section 43 email seanwatson08@yahoo.com
Course ENGL 1301
Title Composition & Rhetoric
Description This course is a study of grammar and composition through analysis of sentence structure,
paragraph organization, and theme development. You will be expected to conduct an analysis of
written discourse with emphasis on the writing of class themes, including critical observations about
your own work and material from the textbook and handouts.
Textbooks Kirszner, Laurie G., and Stephen R. Mandell. Patterns for College Writing: A Rhetorical Reader
and Guide. 10th ed. Boston: Bedford, 2007. ISBN-13:978-0-312-60152-2
Hacker, Diana. A Writer’s Reference. 6th ed. New York: Bedford, 2007. ISBN-13:978-0-312-
45025-0
Schedule Week 1-Narration & Description

Week 2-Argumentation and Persuasion
Week 3-Argumentation Cont.
Week 4-Exemplification & Process
Week 5-Compare and Contrast
Week 6-Classification and Division
Week 7-Classification & Division Cont.
Week 8-Combining the Patterns
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 10-Controversial Texts and Literary Genres
Week 11-Fiction & Poetry
Week 13-Novel: To Kill A Mockingbird
Week 15-Research and Final Discussion
Week 16-Peer Editing and Final Paper
Evaluation methods Participation 20%
Weekly Response Papers 20%
Essay #1: Persuasive/Argumentative Essay 20%
Essay #2: Informative Essay 20%
Essay #3: Critical Analysis/Research Paper 20%

Diagnostic A and B tests (not graded)
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Diann V. Mason
Year 2010-2011 Office SSC Faculty Office
Section 50 email dmason@parisjc.edu
Course ENGL 1301
Description ENGL 1301 is a reading and writing intensive course; there will be lecture, group work, in-class
activities, and research involved in producing essays during the semester according to the
specifications outlined in each assignment, as well as the independent reading of an assigned novel.
Credit value: Three hours. Prerequisites: based upon TSI placement
Textbooks • Kirszner, Laurie G. and Stephen R. Mandell. Patterns for College Writing. 11th ed. New York:
Bedford/St. Martins 2010. (ISBN: 978-0-312-53551-3).
• Hacker, Diana. A Writer’s Reference. 6th ed. New York: Bedford/St Martins
2007. (ISBN: 978-0-312-45052-0).
• Alexie, Sherman. The Absolutely True Diary of a Part-Time Indian. Any
edition.
Schedule Week One: Reading to Write
Basic Grammar
Week Two: Writing Process & Description
Basic Grammar & Word Choice
Week Three: Understanding Thesis and Support
Arrangement
Mechanics & Grammar
Week Four: Narrative
Drafting and Revising
Week Five: Editing and Proofreading
MLA Style
Week Six: Definition & Exemplification
Week Seven: Reading the Novel
Cause and Effect
Punctuation
Week Eight: Reading the Novel
Week Nine: The Rhetorical Precis
Week Ten: Researching
Week Eleven: Comparison and Contrast
Punctuation
Week Twelve: Combining the Patterns
Academic Writing
Week Thirteen: Dramatization of the novel
Week Fourteen: Compare & Contrast
Week Fifteen: Bibliography and Academic Essay
Week Sixteen: Final Examination
Evaluation methods The student must complete five essays demonstrating knowledge of the aims and modes of
discourse as well as the comprehension of composition and literary terms and critical thinking skills.
Students must read selections outside of class as assigned by the instructor, complete reading
quizzes, write and submit essays, and submit a final exam to successfully complete ENGL 1301.
The final exam is required and will be given on the date and time as scheduled by the College;
failure to complete the final exam will result in failure of the course
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Mylissa Bailey
Section 51 email mbailey@parisjc.edu
Course English 1301
organization, and theme development. Analysis of written discourse with emphasis on the writing
of class themes. Individual conferences and required library work.
Textbooks Krszner, Laurie G.< and Stephen R. Mandell Patterns for College Wrighting: A Rhetorical
Reader and Guide. 11th ed. Boston/St. Martin's, 2011. ISBN#978-0-312-60152-2
Hacker, Diana. A Writer’s Reference. 6th Ed. Boston: Bedford/St.
Martin’s, 2007. ISBN # 978-0-312-45025-0
Steinbeck, John. Of Mice and Men. Any edition.
Schedule Jan 24 Introduction
Audience (p.19), Exercise 2 (p. 21), Thesis (p. 32) Subject + Opinion + 1, 2, 3
Jan 30 Read: Narration (p. 83 - 93 )
“Only Daughter” (p. 97) “Shooting an Elephant” (p. 126) Checking for format (p. 77-79)
MLA Format Example Assign Essay #1 Page 141
Feb 7 Workshop Essay # 1 Bring 2 copies for your essay to class with you for a writer’s workshop
Feb 14 Essay #1 Due Read: Description (p. 143-160), “Ground Zero” (p. 167-170), “Words Left
Unspoken” (p. 172-174) Assign Essay #2 Descriptive Page 197
Feb 21 Workshop Essay # 2 Bring 2 copies for your essay to class with you for a writer’s
workshop
Feb 28 Essay #2 Due Read: Cause and Effect (p. 321-336), Collaborative Cause and Effect
Project
Mar 7 Bring Hacker Text, Read: Argumentation (p. 547-572), “Debate: Is Wal-Mart good for
America” (p. 629-634) Assign Essay #3 (essay with documentation)
Mar 14 SPRING BREAK
Mar 21 Read: Process (p. 263 - 279), “How to Escape a Bad Date” (291 - 296), Collaborative
Process Project
Mar 28 Essay #3 Due, Read: Definition (p. 505 - 516), “I want a wife” (p. 520), “Wife Beater” (p.
529)
Assign Essay #4 Description
Apr 4 Workshop Essay # 4 Bring 2 copies for your essay to class with you for a writer’s workshop
Apr 11 Novel Test over Of Mice and Men
*********April 14 Last Day to drop a class with a “W”*********
Apr 18 Novel discussion
May 2 Film
May 9 Final Paper Due
Evaluation methods Students will write the following essays: Narration, Description, Definition, Persuasive, Cause an
Effect, and Process
Class Participation 30%

Reading quizzes 20%
Essays 50%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Janis Thomas
Year 2010-2011 Office none
Section 52 email jthomas@northhopkins.net
Course ENGL 1301
paragraph organization, and theme development. The course comprises analysis of written discourse
with emphasis on the writing of class themes.
Textbooks Hacker, Diana. A Writer's Reference. 6th ed. Boston:Bedford/St. Martin's, 2009.
Kirszner, Laurie and Stephen Mandell. Patterns for College Writing. 11th ed. Boston: Bedford/St.
Martin's, 2010.
Walls, Jeannette. The Glass Castle. Any edition.
Schedule Week 1- "Reading to Write" Intro. And writing analysis

Week 2- The Writing Process and Narration
Week 3-Narrative essay due; Argumentation
Week 4-Lecture and research in the library
Week 5-Internal Documentation; Classification and Division
Week 6-Conferences for documented essay
Week 7-Definition essays
Week 8-Description essays
Week 9-Comparison and Contrast
Week 11-Cause and Effect
Week 12-Part 1 of The Glass Castle; Process essays
Week 13-Part 2 of The Glass Castle
Week 14-Part 3 of The Glass Castle; film: My Left Foot
Week 15-First drafts of Final
Week 16-Revision of Final essay
Evaluation methods The documented essay counts 20%; the other four essays count 12% each; the memoir tests average
counts 12%; daily participation counts 20%.
Instruction will include writing assignments and exercises. journals, revising activities, editing
conferences, group work. class discussions. tests, quizzes, lectures, and readings.
Year 2010-2011 Office AD 133 (Paris); Office C (Sulphur Sp
Term Spring Phone 903.782.0272 (P); 903.885.1232 (SSC
Course ENGL 1301
This section of English 1301 is a nontraditional class involving writing assignments, class
discussions forums, chat sessions, emails, reading assignments, quizzes/exams, instructor-provided
PowerPoints.

ISBN: 0-312-48841-6.
ISBN: 0-312-59332-5.
Bradbury, Ray. Fahrenheit 451. Any edition.
Schedule
Week 1: Sentence Types
Week 2: Sentence Structure; Essay Structure
Week 3: Narration
Week 4: Subject-verb Agreement; Description
Week 6: Comma Usage; Cause and Effect
Week 8: Documented essay
Week 9: Classification and division
Week 10: Definition
Week 11: Comparison/contrast
Weeks 12/13: Novel
Week 14: Novel
Week 15: Novel Essay
Week 16: Final Exam
compositions. Essays will be typed and will be submitted on-line. Students will also be required to
complete a novel exam (which must be taken before class discussion of the novel begins), to
complete reading and other writing assignments, to participate in class discussion forums and chat
sessions. Students will submit essays for the final.
Writing [essay 1--8%; essays 2, 4--10% each]--28%; Documented Essay [essay 3]--12%; Novel
Essay--10%; Grammar Quizzes--8%; Essay Quizzes--12%; Novel exam [on-campus exam over
novel; separate from the essay over the novel; required]--10%; Discussion--12%; Chat--8%.
The novel exam will be taken on one of our three campuses in a supervised environment and is a
required component of the course. Non-PJC students may request permission to test on their
campuses.
Students should submit work within the availability windows for each assignment and exam.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Tina Shelby
Year 2011 Office Online
Term Spring Phone N/A
Section 66 email tshelby@parisjc.edu
Course ENGL 1301
Title Comp and Rhetoric I
Description This is a composition course including grammar review, editing, theme development, and critical
reading. The course seeks to strengthen students' writing abilities and improve their proficiency in
critical reading and in writing nonfiction prose, with emphasis on narration, exposition, and
persuasion. Assignments will include writing essays, reading nonfiction essays and a novel, taking a
reading exam over the novel, and working grammar exercises.
Textbooks Patterns for College Writing: A Rhetorical Reader and Guide, 11th edition, Laurie G. Kirszner and
Stephen R. Mandell, Bedford/St. Martin's, 2010, ISBN-10: 0-312-48841-6 or ISBN-13: 978-0-312-
48841-3
A Writer's Reference, 6th edition, Diana Hacker, Bedford/St. Martin's, 2007, ISBN: 0-312-45025-7
To Kill A Mockinbird, Harper Lee, any edition
Schedule Week 1 - January 18-23 - Students will learn to recognize the different sentence types: simple,
compound, and complex. View the "Welcome" PPT. Send me an e-mail through WebCT
acknowledging you have accessed the course. Read the "Discussion Instructions" in the Discussion
Forum and respond as instructed. Post your biography under the "Post Your Biography" topic in the
Discussion Forum. In A Writer's Reference, read pages 507-508. View the "Sentence Types" PPT.
Take the quiz on Sentence Types.
Week 2 - January 25-30 - Students will learn to recognize sentence structure errors: comma splice,
run-on sentence, sentence fragment. In A Writer's Reference, read pages 3-13 and 204-215. View
the "Sentence Structure" PPT. Take the quiz on Sentence Structure.
Week 3 - January 31-February 6 - Students should understand and be able to use a five-paragraph
essay format in a variety of writing circumstances. Note: this is the format that will be required for
your essay assignments in this course. In Patterns for College Writing, read pages 37-66. View the
"Five-paragraph Format" PPT.
Week 4 - February 7-13 - Students will learn the criteria for writing a narrative essay, including
writing in an orderly, logical sequence. In Patterns for College Writing, read pages 83-96; Sandra
Cisneros' "Only Daughter" pp. 97-100; George Orwell's "Shooting an Elephant" pp. 126-32. View
the "Narration" PPT. Take the quiz on Orwell. Make a discussion posting on Cisneros in the
Discussion Forum.
ESSAY ASSIGNMENT #1: Write a narrative of 500-600 words on your first college experience.
The essay may be written in first or third person. Remember to use quotation marks if you use
dialogue. THIS ESSAY IS DUE BY 7 P.M., FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 11.
Week 5 - February 14-20 - Students will learn to be aware of subject-verb agreement in sentences.
In A Writer's Reference, read pages 163-171. View the "Subject-Verb Agreement" PPT. Take the
quiz on Subject-Verb Agreement.
Week 6 - February 21-27 - Students will learn the criteria for writing a descriptive essay, relying on
Evaluation methods STUDENT RESPONSIBILITIES: Because this is a fully online class, it is imperative that you
check the WebCT e-mail on a daily basis, as this is how I will provide you with important
information throughout the course. Failure to read the e-mails is not a legitimate excuse for failing
to follow instructions or performing a specified task.
IF A DIFFICULTY ARISES, CONTACT ME IMMEDIATELY. Do not fall behind on your
assignments, then e-mail me and tell me, for example, that you have been out-of-town or that
you—or a family member—have been seriously ill. I will work with you if you are up-front and
honest with me. Contact me by WebCT e-mail at any time.
There are four (4) essay assignments and one novel essay. Each paper will be typed, saved as a
Microsoft® Word document, and submitted as an e-mail attachment through WebCT. I will send an
acknowledgement when I have received and opened the document. I will grade the papers
electronically and return them via WebCT e-mail. IF YOU DO NOT RECEIVE AN
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FROM ME WITHIN 24 HOURS AFTER SUBMITTING YOUR
PAPER, CONTACT ME BY PHONE.
All papers have a specific due date and must be submitted on time. Late papers will only be
accepted within 24 hours of the due date, with an automatic 10 point deduction. Late submissions of
the novel essay WILL NOT be accepted.
DISCUSSION POSTINGS: Discussion postings are a required component of this course. You will
respond to each initial instructor posting with at least a paragraph (6-7 sentences). Under
"Communication" in the Course Menu, click "Discussions." Open the instructor posting, click
"Reply," and respond to the question/prompt. You will also post a response to at least one of your
classmates’ responses on each subject. Your response(s) to your classmate(s) must be more
substantive than “I agree” or “Good point” or some similar comment. DO NOT CREATE A NEW
THREAD IN THE DISCUSSION FORUM. If you do so, I will delete it.There are no specific
deadlines for the discussions; however, it would be best if you respond during the time period in
which we are studying that particular section. The purpose of these discussion forums is to take the
place of in-classroom discussions. Reading and responding to your classmates’ postings can help
you with quizzes and essays assigned in that section.
EVALUATION: Essays 1, 2, and 4 = 10% each; Documented Essay = 15%; Final Essay (novel) =
20%; Quizzes = 10%; Final Exam = 20%; Discussions = 5%.
Course ENGL 1301
Description ENGL 1301 is a study of grammar and composition through

analysis of sentence structure, paragraph organization, and theme
development. An analysis of written discourse with emphasis on
the writing of themes. Library assignments and an introduction to
reading the novel. Credit value: Three hours.
0312-45025-0)
Schedule Week 1-Week 1-Intro/Patterns
Week 2-Description
Week 13-Definition
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Course ENGL 1302
Title Composition, Rhetoric, and Reading
Description English 1302 is a continuation of English 1301. Emphasis is placed on critical reading, competent
writing, vocabulary building, and use of the library. This includes assigned literary study, library
readings, research essays, and analysis of themes.
Prerequisite(s): Students must successfully complete English 1301 before enrolling in English
1302.
2011, ISBN-10: 0-312-64361-6 or ISBN-13” 978-0-312-53921-4
2009, ISBN-13: 978-0-312-59332-2 or ISBN-10: 0-312-59332-5
Schedule Week 1- Course Introduction
Week 2- Introduction to poetry & SOAPS' Poetry Quiz 1.
Week 3- Images and Figures of Speech; Symbol, Irony, & Allegory, Poetry Quiz 2.
Week 4- Poetry Sounds & Forms. Explication 1 Due for peer review.
Week 5- Explication due. Villanelle, Ode, Elegy, & Open Form; Poetry Quiz 3 & Unit Exam.
Week 6- Oedipus the King
Week 7- Finish Oedipus the King & beging A Doll House
Week 8- A Doll House; Drama Essay Due
Week 9- Trifles; Drama Unit Exam
Week 10- "A Good Man is Hard to Find; ""Good Country People," "On Theme and Symbol," &
"On Faith;" "
Week 11- "Good Country People," "On Theme and Symbol," & "On Faith;" Library Research.
Week 12- "The Story of an Hour," "A Rose for Emily;" Research Paper Due for peer review.
Week 13- "To Build a Fire," "A Soldier's Home," "The Cask of Amontillado;" Res. Paper Due.
Week 14- "Barn Burning," "The Hand," "Miss Brill," "Love in L.A."
Week 15- Short Story Unit Exam; Review for Final
Week 16- Final Exam
Exams=35% (Poetry, Drama, Short Story, & Final)
Writing=35% (Poetry Essay, 10%; Drama Essay 10%; Research Essay 15%)
Quizzes=20% (also includes Peer Reviews)
Participation & Attendance (this includes all in-class daily work) =10%
Total: 100%
*Both the final exam and documented research paper are required; failure to complete either one
will result in failure of the course*
Year 2010-2011 Office AD 133-B
Course ENGL 1302
Description A traditional lecture course continuing the development of skills learned in ENGL 1301. Emphasis
is on critical reading, competent writing, vocabulary building, and use of library. Assigned literary
study, library readings, research essay, and essays are required. Credit value: Three hours.
Prerequisites: Successful completion of ENGL 1301
Textbooks • Meyer, Michael. The Bedford Introduction to Literature: Reading, Thinking, Writing. 9th ed.
Boston: Bedford, 2011 ISBN: 978-0-312-60099-0
• Hacker, Diana. A Writer’s Reference. 6th ed. New York: Bedford/St Martins 2007. (ISBN: 978-
0-312-45025-0).
Schedule Week One: Reading fiction
Week Two: Plot
Critical Strategies for Reading
Formalist Strategies
Week Three: MLA Style
Character
Biological and Psychological Strategies for Reading
Week Four: Setting
Point of View
Historical Strategies
Week Five: Symbolism
Theme
Gender, Mythical, Reader Response and Deconstructionist Strategies
Week Six: Style, Tone, Irony
The Rhetorical Precis
Week Seven: Reading and the Writing Process
Researching
Week Eight: The Literary Research Paper
Week Nine: MLA and Research
Week Ten: Research
Week Eleven: Reading Poetry
Word Choice, Order, Tone
Week Twelve: Poetry in Popular Forms
Figures of Speech
Week Thirteen: Symbol, Allegory, and Irony
Images
Week Fourteen: Sound and rhyme
Writing about Poetry
Week Fifteen: Drama
The Elements of Drama
Evaluation methods The student must complete four (4) documented essays demonstrating knowledge of the aims and
modes of discourse as well as the comprehension of literary terms and critical thinking skills to
successfully complete the course. Included in the total essays is the research essay, which is
required; failure to submit the research essay in the appropriate timeframe will result in failure of
the course. Students must read selections outside of class as assigned by the instructor, complete
reading quizzes, the essays, and a final exam to successfully complete ENGL 1302.
Course ENGL 1302
1302.
2011, ISBN-10: 0-312-64361-6 or ISBN-13” 978-0-312-53921-4
2009, ISBN-13: 978-0-312-59332-2 or ISBN-10: 0-312-59332-5
Week 10- Library Orientation, "A Good Man is Hard to Find"
Week 16- Final Exam
Total: 100%
Course ENGL 1302
0-312-45025-0).
Week Two: Plot
Character
Week Four: Setting
Point of View
Theme
Researching
Week Ten: Research
Figures of Speech
Images
Week Fifteen: Drama
Course ENGL 1302
Description A continuation of English 1301. Emphasis on critical reading, competent writing, vocabulary
building, and use of library. Assigned literary study, library reading, research essay, and themes.
Prerequisites: Successful completion of English 1301 or its equivalent
Textbooks Hacker, Diana. A Writer’s Reference. 6th ed. Boston: Bedford/St. Martin’s, 2007.
(ISBN-13:978-0-312-060152-2)
Meyer, Michael, ed. The Bedford Introduction to Literature, 9th ed. Boston: Bedford/St.
Martin’s, 2011.
(ISBN-13:978-0-312-53921-4)
a dictionary, pens, and white, lined notebook paper.
Schedule Week 1-Introductio to course/diagnostic essay
Week 2-Plot
Week 3-Character
Week 5-Theme
Week 6-Drama
Week 7-Oedipus the King
Week 9-Oedipus at Colonus
Week 10-Antigone
Week 11-Intro to poetry
Week 12-Poetry's appeal to the senses
Week 13-Discuss poetry projects
Week 14 Poetic forms
Week 15-Poetry Projects due
Week 16-Final exam
Evaluation methods
Course ENGL 1302
Title Composition, Rhetoric and Reading
Prerequisites: Successful completion of English 1301 or its equivalent.
Textbooks Hacker, Diana. A Writer’s Reference. 6th ed. Boston: Bedford/St. Martin’s, 2007.
(ISBN-13:978-0-312-060152-2)
Meyer, Michael, ed. The Bedford Introduction to Literature, 9th ed. Boston: Bedford/St.
Martin’s, 2011.
(ISBN-13:978-0-312-53921-4)
a dictionary, pens, and white, lined notebook paper.
Schedule
-Week 1-Introductio to course/diagnostic essay
Week 2-Plot
Week 3-Character
Week 5-Theme
Week 6-Drama
Week 7-Oedipus the King
Week 9-Oedipus at Colonus
Week 10-Antigone
Week 11-Intro to poetry
Week 12-Poetry's appeal to the senses
Week 13-Discuss poetry projects
Week 14 Poetic forms
Week 15-Poetry Projects due
Week 16-Final exam
Evaluation methods
Course ENGL 1302
1302.
2011, ISBN-10: 0-312-64361-6 or ISBN-13” 978-0-312-53921-4
2009, ISBN-13: 978-0-312-59332-2 or ISBN-10: 0-312-59332-5
Week 16- Final Exam
Total: 100%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Barbara McGill
Year 2010-2011 Office PHS Room 2411
Term Spring 2011 Phone 903 737-2500
Section 31 email bmcgill@parisisd.net
Course Eng 1302
Title English III Dual Credit
Description Englsih III Dual Credit is a blending of the requirements of the English III Honors class with the
Paris Junior College English 1301 and 1302 courses. The English III Honors curriculum includes a
survey course in American Literature and a research paper. This is integrated into/combined with
college composition and rhetoric courses including the study of plays, short stories, poetry, and
novels. Several compositions are required.
Textbooks Kirszner, Patterns for College Writing, 7th Edition, Bedford-St. Martins, 1998 Perrine's Literature,
7th Edition, Harcourt Brace, 1998 Glencoe Literature: American Literature, Glencoe_McGraw-
Hill, 2000
Schedule Week 1-Scarlet Letter, Rhetoric

Week 2-Literary responses, Age of Reason, Benjamin Franklin
Week 3-Narrative of the Life of Frederick Douglass, Rhetoric
Week 4-Age of Reason, Thomas Paine, Thomas Jefferson, Literary Response
Week 6-Age of Reason, Rhetoric, Literary Response
Week 7-Six Weeks Test
Week 8-TAKS Test, Romantic Period, Emerson, Thoreau
Week 9-Romantic Period, Irving, Literary Response, Literary Terms
Week 10-Literary Terms/Sat Vocabulary Test, House on Mango Street, The Glass Menagerie
Week 11-Romantic Period, Poe, Literary Terms, SAT Vocabulary
Week 12-Dickinson, Whitman, Responding to Literature
Week 14-Modern Period, F. Scott Fitzgerald
Week 15-Modern Period, Various Readings, Literary Response
Week 16-Modern Period, Various Readings, Literary Response, Secret Life of Bees
Evaluation methods The requirements of the dual credit course are as follows: at least six college essays, selected
novels, short stories, plays, and poetry from the Paris Junior College and Paris High School reading
list, and a formal documented research paper. There will also be several analytical papers.
My grading policy is fairly simple: daily work is 33%; tests are 67% of the grade. Six Weeks Tests
will count twice.
Course Eng 1302
Textbooks Kirszner, Patterns for College Writing, 7th Edition, Bedford-St. Martins, 1998 Perrine's Literature,
7th Edition, Harcourt Brace, 1998 Glencoe Literature: American Literature, Glencoe_McGraw-
Hill, 2000

will count twice.
Course ENGL 1302
0-312-45025-0).
Week Two: Plot
Character
Week Four: Setting
Point of View
Theme
Researching
Week Eight: Reading Poetry
Week Nine: Poetry in Popular Forms
Week Ten: Figures of Speech
Symbol, Allegory, and Irony
Week Eleven: Images
Sound and rhyme
Week Twelve: The Literary Research Paper
Week Thirteen: MLA Style and Research
Researching
Week Fourteen: Researching
Week Fifteen: Drama
Course ENGL 1302
0-312-45025-0).
Week Two: Plot
Character
Week Four: Setting
Point of View
Theme
Researching
Week Eleven: Images
Sound and rhyme
Researching
Week Fifteen: Drama
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr. Nancy Green
Year 2010-2011 Office Greenville
Section 40 email wgreen@cumbytel.com
Course English 1302
Title COMP/RHETORIC/READING
Description Students will continue the essay writing from English 1301. Students will read, study, and analyze
short stories, plays, and poems. They will analyze in essays, tests, and Power Point.
Textbooks The Bedford Introduction to Literature: Reading, Thinking, Writing 9th ed. And A Writer's
Reference 11th ed.
Schedule Week 1-Discuss critical reading and literary analysis and "The Story of An Hour."
Week 2-Study Hamlet, Shakespeare, and the Renaissance.
Week 3-Continue the study of Hamlet.
Week 4-Write an essay and take a test about Hamlet.
Week 5-Begin a short story unit. Read, study, and discuss "A Rose for Emily,""Saving Sourdi,"
"Miss Brill," and "Soldier's Home."Discuss characterization and plot techniques in stories.
Week 6-Read, study, and discuss "IND AFF," "Roselily," and the effects of setting on a story.
Week 7-Read, study, and discuss "Clothes," "A Good Man Is Hard to Finost.d," "Eveline," "The
Story of a good Little Boy," "By and By," and "To Build a Fire."
Week 8-Write an essay of literary analysis and begin a unit on poetry.
Week 9-Read, study, and discuss poems by Langston Hughes and Robert Frost.Study in the text
poems of different types.
Week 10-Explicate a poem to the class. The explication will include research and a Power Point or
poster as part of the oral report.
Week 11-Read aloud and study A Doll House.
Week 12-Continue the study of A Doll House.
Week 13-Write about A Doll House Begin a Power Point project
Evaluation methods Students will be evaluated on test, essays, journals, poem analysis, Power Point project, notebook,
and final exam.
Course English 1302
Reference 11th ed.
Week 13-Write about A Doll House Begin a Power Point project
and final exam.
Course ENGL1302
Title Composition, Rhetoric & Reading
Description
Composition II

Meyer, Michael, ed. The Bedford Introduction to Literature: Reading, Thinking, Writing 9th ed.
Boston: Bedford/St. Martin’s, 2008. ISBN: 0-312-45282-7
Hacker, Diana. A Writer’s Reference. 6th ed. Boston: Bedford, 2007. ISBN: 0-312-45025-7
Schedule Week 1- Overview of procedures and policies. Materials required. Evaluation criteria. Review
of 1301 skills. Essay #1 assigned. What lies ahead: Thinking and Writing about Fiction, Drama,
and Poetry. Where to get help.
Week 2- Introduction to vocabulary terrms and principles of critical analysis and
understanding Fiction. Quiz(zes). Intro to Peer Review. Essay #1 due.
Week 3- Introduction to collaborative learning /writing workshop: Using the vocabulary of
critical analysis. Quiz(zes). Essay #2 assigned.
Week 4- Composition & grammar review. Peer Review for Essay #2. Quiz(zes)
Week 5 Essay #2 due. Introduction to Trope and Symbol in Literature. Quiz(zes).
Week 6- Quiz(zes).Collaborative interpretation workshop.
Week 7- Graded participation workshop. Mid Term Grade Averages given. Essay #3 (research
essay) assigned. Writing/research workshop, one-on-one with instructor. Using the Library.
Where to get help.
Week 8- Writing/research workshop, one-on-one workshop with instructor. Works Cited
sheet and copies of research due for Peer Review, turn in.
Week 9- Essay #3 Peer Review. Essay #3 turned in. How does symbolism and artistic
interpretation work in theatre and in visual media?
Week 10- Introduction to Shakespearean drama, Elizabethan era, Tragedy. Hamlet.
Collaborative learning: Interpreting speeches and soliloquies. Predicting artistic interpretations
Week 11- Study of Hamlet.
Week 12- Hamlet response due. Student survey. Music reflected in poetry/poetry in music
Week 13- Poetry Workshop: Applying interpretive and critical analysis skills. Grade averages
given: What grades do I need to make on Presentation and Final Exam?
Week 14- Individual Poetry Presentations. Portfolios due. Review For Final Exam handouts
given.
Week 15- Late Poetry Presentations for reduced grade. Review for Final Exam. Extra help.
Week 16- Final Exam
Essay #1= 5%,
Essay #2= 10%,
Essay #3= 20%
5-6 Quizzes (1 dropped grade, if earned) 15%
Goup and individual exercises+ Hamlet exercise and response 10%
Mid Term Test 15%
Final Exam 10%
Portfolio (is complete & demonstrates improvement in skills) 5%
Attendance and Participation points 10%
TOTAL 100%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Rennda R.Partin
Year 2010-2011 Office GC126
Section 46 email rpartin@parisjc.edu
Course ENGL 1302
Title Composition, Rhetoric, and Reading (23.0401.51 12)
Description Principles and techniques of written, expository, and persuasive composition; analysis of literary,
expository, and persuasive texts; and critical thinking. CIP Area Letters Maximum
CPH per student 3
Textbooks Meyer, Michael, ed. The Beford Introduction to Literature, 9th ed. Boston: Bedford/St. Martin's,
2011. ISBN: 978-0-312-53921-4 (9th ed).
Hacker, Diana. The Writer's Reference, 6th ed. Boston: Bedford/St. Martin's, 2010.
ISBN: 978-0-312-45025-0 (6th ed.).
Schedule Week 1-Introduction to fiction: short stories/novels; Chs. 1-2.

Week 2-Continue short story unit; Chs. 3-4.
Week 4-Continue short story unit; Chs. 7, 8, 9.
Week 5-Test on short story unit; Read Chs. 54 and 55.
Week 6-Group presentations on Chs. 11-17.
Week 7-Begin drama unit with Chs. 45 and 47.
Week 8-Continue drama unit, Greek plays. (Mar. 14-18 Spring Break)
Week 9-Continue drama unit with Shakespeare play.
Week 10-Complete drama unit; discussion/evaluation.
Week 11-Begin poetry unit, with study guide and Ch. 21.
Week 12-Continue poetry unit, Chs. 23-26.
Week 13-Group presentations, Chs. 32-36. Discuss Chs. 27-30.
Week 14-Continue poetry unit from Chs. 73-40 and 41-44.
Week 15-Finish poetry unit, Chs. 41-44.
Week 16-Final exam.
Evaluation methods A final grade for the course will be determined according to percentage basis with emphasis upon
compositions and tests.
Class discussion, class participation, journals, quizzes, reports/presentations, grammar/composition
writing exercises will constitute 20% of the final grade. Essays,
major exams, and the final will constitute 80 % of the final grade.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Kelly Greiner
Year 2011 Office GC 201
Section 47 email kgreiner@parisjc.edu
Course English 1302
Description This course covers principles and techniques of written, expository and persuasive composition;
analysis of literary, expository and persuasive texts; and critical thinking. The student will apply
composition skills to the study and analysis of poetry, the short story, drama, essay, and/or the
novel. Analytical research papers utilizing the MLA format are required. Individual conferences are
scheduled throughout the semester. Prerequisite: ENGL 1302
Textbooks Hacker, Diana. A Writer's Reference. 6th ed. Boston: Bedford, 2003. Print.
Meyer, Michael. The Bedford Introduction to Literature. 9th ed. Boston: Bedford, 2011. Print.
Schedule Jan. 18 In Class:

Introduction to class
MLA formatting
Database presentation
Author presentation signup
Lecture – “The Elements of Fiction” part 1 – pages 11-374
plot/character
Chopin’s “The Story of an Hour” pg. 15
Homework:
Database article with abstract
MLA formatting
Faulkner’s “A Rose for Emily” pg. 91
Chai’s “Saving Sourdi” pg. 128
Jan. 25 In Class:
Discuss stories
Discuss articles
Evaluation methods A-90-100
B- 89-80
C- 79-70
F- 69 and below
WAs 35%
Quizzes 10%
Midterm 11%
Class Presentation 15%
Portfolio 10%
Final Exam 11%
Section 4D email rpartin@parisjc.edu
Course ENGL 1302
CPH per student 3
2011. ISBN: 978-0-312-53921-4 (9th ed).
ISBN: 978-0-312-45025-0 (6th ed.).

Week 16-Final exam.
Year 2010-2011 Office AD133 (Paris); Office (Sulphur Sprin
Course ENGL 1302
writing, vocabulary building, and use of the library. This section is a traditional class which includes
assigned literary study, library readings, research essay, and themes, small and large group
discussions, quizzes and exams, and lecture. Credits: 3 (= 3 lecture hours)
Prerequisite(s): ENGL 1301. Core Curriculum satisfied for Written Communication.
Textbooks Meyer, Michael. The Bedford Introduction to Literature: Reading, Thinking, Writing. 9th
ed. Boston: Bedford/St. Martin’s, 2011.
ISBN: 0-312-59332-5.
Schedule Week 1:Chopin, “The Story of an Hour” (15); Sample paper (20)
Week 2: Course introduction; Begin short story unit; Writing about fiction; Joyce, “Eveline”
Week 3: O’Connor, “Good Country People” (460), “On Faith” 489), “On the Use of Exaggeration
and Distortion” (490), “On Theme and Symbol” (491); Poe, “The Cask of Amontillado” (727);
Mansfield, “Miss Brill” (307)
Week 4: Short Story Essay; Faulkner, “Barn Burning” (503); DeMott, “Abner Snopes as a Victim
of Class” (517)
Week 5: Ellison, “Battle Royal” (227); Assign Research Paper; Finding valid sources
Week 6: Library research; Short Story: Unit Exam
Week 7: Citing sources; Research Paper—Format; Thesis
Week 8: Begin poetry unit; Hardy, “The Man He Killed”; Research Assistance
Week 9: Jarrell, “The Death of the Ball Turret Gunner” (802); Roethke, “My Papa’s Waltz” (967);
Browning, “My Last Duchess” (910)
Week 10: Shelley, “Ozymandias” (1345); Hughes, “Harlem” (1148); Plath, “Mirror” (879);
Donne, “A Valediction: Forbidding Mourning” (882)
Week 11: Poetry: Unit Exam; Begin in-class poetry essay
Week 12: Complete and submit poetry essay; Begin drama unit; Oedipus the King (1422)
Week 13: Oedipus the King
Week 14: A Doll House (1709)
Week 15: A Doll House; Drama: Unit Exam; Preparation for the final
Week 16: Final [Drama Essay]
Evaluation methods
Course ENGL 1302
Prerequisites: Successful completion of ENGL 1301.
0-312-45025-0).
Week Two: Plot
Character
Week Four: Setting
Point of View
Theme
Researching
Week Ten: Research
Figures of Speech
Images
Week Fifteen: Drama
Term Spring Phone 903-885 -1232
Course English 1302
Description A continuation of 1301. Emphasis on critical reading, competent writing, vocabulary building and
use of library. Assigned Literary study, library readings, research essay, and themes.
Credits: 3 hours
Textbooks Meyers, Michael. The Bedford Introduction to Literature 9th Edition

ISBN#978-0-312-60099-0

Martin’s, 2007. ISBN # 978-0-312-45025-0
Schedule Jan 19 Housekeeping, Intro it Literature
Jan 26 Reading Fiction p. 13-15
The Story of an Hour p. 15-16, A Sample Close Reading p. 17-1 “A Rose For Emily” p. 91- 97
Feb 9 Andres Dubus p. 103, "Killings” p. 103-115
Setting p. 184-186, Point Of View p. 218-212, 3rd Person Narrator,1st Person Narrator p.
215-216
Feb 16 Characterization p. 121, A&P p. 733-738, Symbolism p. 262-264, “The Hand” p. 274 -
276
Feb 23 “Hand” Essay Reading, Theme p. 304-307, Love in LA p. 311-313, Style Tone and
Irony p. 329-333
Mar 2 Short Story Test
Mar 9 Assign and Explain Research Essay
MLA Lesson
Mar 16 SPRING BREAK
Mar 23 Poetry
Suggestions for Approaching Poetry p. 743
Assign Poetry Assignment
“How Do I Love Thee? Let me Count the Ways.” p. 1236, “To My Dear and Loving
Husband” p. 1241
“Recuerdo” p. 1237, “Walking the Dog” p. 1250, “Before the Birth of One of Her
Children”p. 1317
“Pass/Fail p. 847
Mar 30 Poetry (Research/ Poetry Workday)
Apr 6 Drama Notes
Apr 13 Required Revision of the Research Paper Due today
Othello
**********April 14th is the Last Day to drop with a “W”**********
Apr 20 Othello
Apr 27 Othello Test
May 4 Poetry Project Presentations
Evaluation methods Students will be required to do the following major assignments: Mimic poetry styles by several
poets, write a literary based research paper, manipulate short story elements, and manipulate
elements of drama.
Reading quizzes 20%
Essays 50%
Course ENGL 1302
building, and use of library. Assigned literary study, library readings, research essay, and themes.
Textbooks Hacker, Diana. A Writer's Reference. 6th ed. Boston: Bedford, 2009
Meyer, Michael. The Bedford Introduction to Literature: Reading, Thinking, Writing. 9th ed.
Boston: Bedford/St. Martin's 2011.
Schedule Week 1-Reader-response Criticism; the Short Story

Week 2-Theories of Literary Criticism; Plot and Structure
Week 3-Theme, Symbolism, Setting, and Point of View
Week 4-Research in the library for documented essays
Week 5-Tone; Review for Short Story Exam
Week 6-Short Story Reading Exam
Week 7-Introduce Poetry; Denotation and Connotation
Week 8-TP-CASTT poetry analysis
Week 9-Medicine and Poetry Film
Week 10-Figurative Language in Poetry; Tone
Week 11-Musical Devices and Rhythm
Week 12-Poetry Reading Exam
Week 13-Real Women Have Curves Test and Discussion
Week 14-Fences Test and Discussion
Week 15-Present Drama Projects
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods Research essay will count 25%. The poetry essay and drama project count 15% each. The average
of the major reading exams counts 20% Class participation (including exercises, in-class writing and
editing, short writing assignments, group work, and class discussions) counts 25%.
Course ENGL 1302
1302.
2011, ISBN-10: 0-312-64361-6 or ISBN-13” 978-0-312-53921-4
2009, ISBN-13: 978-0-312-59332-2 or ISBN-10: 0-312-59332-5
Schedule Week 1- Course Introduction; Introduction to poetry; Quiz 1.
Week 2- Research Introduction; Quiz 2.
Week 3- Images & Figures of Speech; Quiz 3.
Week 4- Symbol, Allegory, & Irony; Quiz 4.
Week 5- Poetry Sounds & Forms; Quiz 5; Explication Due.
Week 6- Frost & Hughes; Quiz 6; Poetry Unit Exam.
Week 7- Documentation; Quiz 7.
Week 8- Oedipus the King; Quiz 8.
Week 9- "The Reprimand;" Quiz 9; Drama Unit Exam.
Week 10- Flannery O'Connor Short Stories; Continue Documentation; Quiz 10.
Week 11- "The Story of an Hour;" Continue Research; Quiz 11.
Week 12- "A Rose for Emily;" Continue Research; Quiz 12.
Week 13- "Bartleby the Scriviner;" Research Paper Due; Quiz 13.
Week 14- "A Soldier's Home;" Quiz 14.
Week 15- "The Hand," "Miss Brill," "Love in L.A." Quiz 15.
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods Exams:: Two major exams will require a campus visit.
Grade:: Exams=35% (Poetry Exam=10%, Drama Exam=10%, Final Exam=15%) Writing=35%
Quizzes=25% Discussion=5% The research paper and the final exam are both requirements for the
course. Failure to complete either will result in failure of the course.
Course ENGL 1302
Title Comp/Rhetoric/Read
Description This is an introductory literature course that also includes a research paper. Students will read
poetry, drama, and short stories in addition to writing papers.
Textbooks The Bedford Introduction to Literature, Michael Meyer, ed., Bedford/St. Martin’s, 9th edition,
2011. ISBN: 0-312-53921-5.
A Writer's Reference, Diana Hacker, Bedford/St. Martin's, 6th edition, 2007, ISBN: 0-312-45025-7
Schedule Week 1 - January 18-23 - Students will begin reading poetry to develop an appreciation for
literature. This lesson will also introduce the idea of an explication and close reading, as well as
writing about literature.
TOPICS: Poetry, explication, close reading, diction, poetic diction, formal diction, middle diction,
informal diction, denotation, connotation, persona, ambiguity, syntax, tone.
ASSIGNMENT: In The Bedford Introduction to Literature, read “Writing About Poetry” pp. 790-
98; “Word Choice, Word Order, and Tone” pp. 799-804. See "Study Links" 1.1x. Note: The “x”
indicates there are several links; i.e., 1.11, 1.12, etc. Read the assigned pages and learn the terms
under Topics; some of these terms will appear on your quizzes and exams. View CD presentations
1.11–Introduction to English, 1.12-Poetry Introduction, and 1.13-Rhyme and Meter. Take Poetry
Quiz 1.1. Make discussion posting on 1.1 - Explication.
Week 2 - January 24-30 - Students will learn the fundamental concepts of conducting research.
TOPICS: Research, database, search engine, scholarly source, abstract, PDF, primary source,
secondary source, bibliography, periodical, plagiarism, summary, paraphrase, quotation, MLA,
APA, CMS, citation.
ASSIGNMENT: In A Writer's Reference, read "Conducting Research" pp. 333-349. See "Study
Links" 1.2x. Read the assigned pages. View CD presentation 1.21-"Research." Take Introductory
Research Quiz 1.2. There is no discussion posting for this lesson.
Week 3 - January 31-February 6 - Students will learn to recognize and understand different images
and figures of speech used in poetry.
TOPICS: Image, figures of speech, simile, metaphor, extended metaphor, controlling metaphor
ASSIGNMENT: In The Bedford Guide to Literature, read "Images" pp. 837-40; "Figures of
Speech" pp. 864-69. See "Study Links" 1.3x. Read the assigned pages. View CD presentation 1.31-
Image, Simile, Metaphor. Take Poetry Quiz 1.3. Make discussion posting on 1.3 – Image, Simile,
Metaphor.
Week 4 - February 7-13 - Students will learn to identify and understand symbols, allegory, and
irony in poetry.
Evaluation methods There are four (4) essay assignments and one research paper. Each paper will be typed per the
specified essay guidelines, saved as a Microsoft® Word document, and submitted as an e-mail
attachment through WebCT. I will send an acknowledgement when I have received and opened the
document. I will grade the papers electronically and return them via WebCT e-mail. IF YOU DO
NOT RECEIVE AN ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FROM ME WITHIN 24 HOURS AFTER
SUBMITTING YOUR PAPER, CONTACT ME BY PHONE.
accepted within 24 hours of the due date, with an automatic 10 point deduction. Late submissions of
the Research Paper WILL NOT be accepted.
Discussion postings are a required part of the course. In these discussions, post at least a paragraph
(6-7 sentences) in response to the initial question/prompt. You will also post a response to at least
one of your classmates' responses on each subject. Under "Communication" in the Course Menu,
click "Discussions." Open the instructor posting, click "Reply," and respond to the question/prompt.
Your response(s) to your classmates must be more substantive than “I agree” or “Good point” or
some similar comment.
There are no specific deadlines for the discussions; however, it would be best if you respond during
the time period in which we are studying that particular section. The purpose of these discussion
forums is to take the place of in-classroom discussions. Reading and responding to your classmates’
postings can help you with quizzes and essays assigned in that section.
Two of the three major exams are required to be proctored, which means they must be taken in an
on-campus testing center. Students will contact the campus of their choice at least one week prior to
the beginning date of each of the proctored exams to make an appointment to take the exams. Paris -
(903) 782-0446; Greenville - (903) 454-9333; or Sulphur Springs - (903) 885-1232. DO NOT
WAIT UNTIL THE LAST MINUTE TO ATTEMPT TO TAKE THESE EXAMS; I HAVE NO
CONTROL OVER THE TESTING CENTER HOURS.
The other major exam can be taken like the quizzes.
Because this is a fully online class, it is imperative that you check the WebCT e-mail on a daily
basis, as this is how I will provide you with important information throughout the course. Failure to
read the e-mails is not a legitimate excuse for failing to follow instructions or performing a specified
task.
Course ENGL 1302
0-312-45025-0).
Week Two: Plot
Character
Week Four: Setting
Point of View
Theme
Researching
Week Eleven: Images
Sound and rhyme
Researching
Week Fifteen: Drama
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty David Phillips
Year 2011 Office Prairiland Media Center
Term Spring Phone 903 652 3519 ext. 225
Section 84 email dphillips@prairiland.net
Course ENGL 1302
Title English 1302 Composition 2
Textbooks Perrine: Literature: Structure, Sound and Sense. 7th ed.; Potok: The Chosen; Kirzner: Patterns for
College
Writers; Glencoe: British Literature
Schedule January
4 Intro course, Assign Essay 1 Discuss public forums for argument. Find persuasive editorial.
5 Read before class Chapter 8 Patterns: Cause and Effect
6 Read before class Chapter 12 Patterns: Argumentation
7 Check out and discuss The Chosen Immigration film
10 Present editorial: thesis, points, evaluation

11 Present editorial
12 Essay 1 first draft due for peer editing
13 Introduce multimedia presentation
14 Essay 1 Due Work on presentation
17 Chosen quiz: Chapters 1-2 Work on presentation

18 Work on presentation
19 Presentation day
20 Presentation day
21 Presentation day Assign essay 2: Analysis of editorial/ find editorial for analysis Kirzner 54-44
Evaluation methods Evaluation will be testing on readings, graded essays, and technology based projects as assigned in
syllabus. Grading standard 100 points possible on each assignment.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr. Sherry Moore
Section 85 email smoore@detroiteagles.net
Course English 1302
building, and use of library. Assigned literary study, library readings, research essay and themes
Textbooks Meyer, Michael, ed. The Bedford Introduction to Literature. 8th ed. Boston: Bedford,
2008.
Hacker, Diana. A Writer’s Reference. 6th ed. Boston: Bedford, 1999
Schedule Week 1-The writing process

Week 2-The definition essay
Week 3Peer edit essays
Week 4-The process analysis essay
Week 5-Peer edit essays
Week 6-The exposition analogy essay
Week 8-Spring Break
Week 9-The cause/effect essay
Week 11-Research and Argumentation essays
Week 12-Research time in library
Week 13-Peer edit research essays
Week 14-Literary criticism essay
Week 16-Final exams
Evaluation methods A final grade for the course will be determined on a percentage basis with emphasis on composition.
Specific details will be given to students at the beginning of the semester. School Board policies
will be followed.
The exact dates for homework assignments, in class quizzes, tests, and in-class writings are
provided in a weekly plan which will be given to students as needed. The dates and procedures are
subject to change at the discretion of the instructor.
Course ENGL1302
Textbooks Hacker, Diana. A Writer’s Reference. 6th ed. Boston: Bedford/St. Martin’s, 2007. ISBN# 978-0-
312-45025-0.
Meyer, Michael. The Bedford Introduction to Literature, 9th ed. Boston: Bedford/St. Martin’s,
2011. ISBN # 978-0-312-53921-4.
Schedule 1302 Tentative Schedule: Tuesday & Thursday
Week 1— Jan 18
Overview of Syllabus
Colette “The Hand” 274
Ch 2—Writing about Fiction 52-55
--Jan 20
Ch 1—Reading Fiction 13-46, Chopin “Story of an Hour,” Van der Zee A Secret Sorrow, Godwin
“A Sorrowful Woman”
___________________________________________________________________
Week 2—Jan 25
Ch 3 Plot 72-81
Walker “The Flowers” 81
Ch 6—Point of View 212-217
--Jan 27
Chai “Saving Sourdi” 128-141
__________________________________________________________________
Week 3—Feb. 1
Ch 5—Setting184-186
Mansfield “Miss Brill” 306
-- Feb. 3
Ch 9—Style, Tone, and Irony 329-335
Carver “Popular Mechanics”
_______________________________________________________________________Week
4—Feb 8
Dubus “Killings” 103
--Feb 10
Evaluation methods Fiction paper 25%
Poetry paper 25%
Final exam (Drama) 15%
Quizzes and in-class work 10%
research essay 25%
semester grade 100%
Failure to complete the research paper or to take the final exam will result in the grade of “F” in the
class.
I reserve the right to add from 1 to 3 points to the FINAL GRADE of students who provide
INSIGHTFUL participation in class.
Course ENGL1302
Description Dual Credit class. Videoconference.

Composition II

Where to get help.
given.
Week 16- Final Exam
Essay #1= 5%,
Essay #2= 10%,
Essay #3= 20%
Mid Term Test 15%
Final Exam 10%
TOTAL 100%
Course ENGL 1302
0-312-45025-0).
Week Two: Plot
Character
Week Four: Setting
Point of View
Theme
Researching
Week Eleven: Images
Sound and rhyme
Researching
Week Fifteen: Drama
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Stella Ray, PhD
Year 2010-2011 Office Caddo High School Room 213
Term Spring 2011 Phone 903/527-3164
Section 91 email stbrown@caddomillsisd.org
Course Eng 1302
Description English 1302 is a composition, rhetoric, and reading course. The course will concentrate on
improving student’s thinking and writing skills, and it will introduce the concept of critically
analyzing literature.
Textbooks _Perrine’s Literature: Structure, Sound, and Sense_ edited by Thomas R. Arp, 1998 (furnished by
Caddo Mills High School)
Schedule Week 1- Begin Fiction (plot)

Week 2- (characterization, symbolism, irony)
Week 3- (theme, point of view)
Week 4- Writing Assignment WA1 Due, Begin Poetry (connotation, denotation)
Week 5- (imagery, figurative language, allegory)
Week 6- (allusion, tone)
Week 7- (alliteration, consonance, assonance)
Week 8- WA2 Due, Begin Drama (soliloquy, aside)
Week 9- _The Importance of Being Earnest_
Week 10- _Two Mens'es Daughter_
Week 11- _Trifles_
Week 12- _The Tragedy of Macbeth_
Week 13- Continue _Macbeth_
Week 14- WA3 Due, Begin Research Project
Week 15- Continue Research
Week 16- Final Exams, Research Presentations
Evaluation methods • Writing Assignment (WA) 1 – Fiction 15%

• WA 2 – Drama 15%
• WA3 – Poetry 15%
• Journal Entries (15) 15%
• Participation (5% each 9 weeks) 10%
• Research Assignment with Presentation 20%
• Reading Quizzes or Note Checks (as necessary) 10%
Course ENGL1302
Description Dual Credit class.

Composition II

Where to get help.
given.
Week 16- Final Exam
Essay #1= 5%,
Essay #2= 10%,
Essay #3= 20%
Mid Term Test 15%
Final Exam 10%
TOTAL 100%
Course ENGL 1302
1302.
2011, ISBN-10: 0-312-64361-6 or ISBN-13” 978-0-312-53921-4
2009, ISBN-13: 978-0-312-59332-2 or ISBN-10: 0-312-59332-5
Week 16- Final Exam
Total: 100%
Course ENGL1302

Composition II

Schedule Week 1- Overview of procedures and policies. Materials required. Evaluation criteria. Review of
1301 skills. Essay #1 assigned. What lies ahead: Thinking and Writing about Fiction, Drama, and
Poetry. Where to get help.
Week 2- Introduction to vocabulary terrms and principles of critical analysis and understanding
Fiction. Quiz(zes). Intro to Peer Review. Essay #1 due.
Where to get help.
Week 8- Writing/research workshop, one-on-one workshop with instructor. Works Cited sheet
and copies of research due for Peer Review, turn in.
given.
Week 16- Final Exam
Essay #1= 5%,
Essay #2= 10%,
Essay #3= 20%
Mid Term Test 15%
Final Exam 10%
TOTAL 100%
Year 2011 Office M-1 Greenville Christian School
Term Spring Phone 903-454-1111 ext. 58
Section 96 email kgreiner@greenvillechristian.org; kgreiner@parisj
Course English 1302
novel. Analytical research papers utilizing the MLA format are required. Individual conferences are
scheduled throughout the semester. Prerequisite: ENGL 1302
Textbooks Hacker, Diana. A Writer's Reference. Boston: Bedford, 2007. Print.

Marlow, Christopher. Doctor Faustus. New York: Prestwick House, 2001. Print.
MLA Handbook for Writers of Research Papers. 7th ed. New York: Modern Language Ass. 2007.
Print.
Schedule WEEK OF
Jan. 3 Drama Unit, chapters 40-41

Dr. Faustus
Jan. 10 Continue with drama unit as it applies to Dr. Faustus and the tragic hero
Jan. 17 Continue with drama unit and Dr. Faustus
Jan. 24 Complete Faustus

Memory work from Faustus
WA #1- Annotated bibliography
Jan. 31 First two draft due-WA#1-3 copies

Author presentations
Lecture “The Elements of Fiction” part 1 pgs. 11-374 – PLOT/CHARACTER
Chopin’s “The Story of an Hour”
Feb. 7 Final draft WA#1

Essay presentations
Continue with lecture “The Elements of Fiction” part 2 –
SETTING/POINT OF VIEW
Hemingway’s “Soldier’s Home” pg. 187
Walker’s “Roselily” pg. 253
Divakruni’s “Clothes” pg. 265
Requirements for WA#2
B- 89-80
C-79-70
69 and below-F
WAs - 35%
Quizzes 10%
Presentations 15%
Participation 8%
Midterm 11%
Portfolio 10%
Final exam 11%
Course ENGL 1302

Week 16-Final Exam
of the major reading exams counts 20% Class participation (including exercises, in-class writing and
editing, short writing assignments, group work, and class discussions) counts 25%.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Kim Irby
Year 2010-2011 Office Miller Grove High School
Section 98 email kirby@mgisd.net
Course ENGL 1302
Title Compostition and Rhetoric: Why Literature Matters
organization, and theme development. Students will consider conventions of written discourse with
an emphasis on literature with attention given to literary genres, terms, and critical analysis.
Textbooks Meyer, Michael. The Bedford Introduction to Literature: Reading, Thinking, Writing, 9th ed.
Boston, Bedford, 2011
Schedule Week 1-Syllabus Review. Introduction to Literature. Reading Fiction, Writing about Fiction. Plot,
Character
Week 2- Setting Point of View. Symbolism
Week 3-Theme. Style, Tone, and Irony. Combining the Elements of Fiction.
Week 4-Barn Burning. Paper 2 assigned. Humor and Satire.
Week 5- Stories from around the world.
Week 6-Poetry, Reading Responsively. Words in Poetry. Poetry in Popular Culture. Popular
Forms. Writing About Poetry.
Week 7-Word Choice, Tone.
Week 8-Figures of Speech. Symbol, Allegory, and Irony. Midterm Exam.
Week 9-Spring Break!!
Week 10- Rhythm.
Week 11-Combining the Elements. Drama.
Week 12- A Doll House
Week 13-Different Critical Readings of Literature. Shakespeare. April 19. A Midsummer Night’s
Dream.
Week 14-Final Paper Assigned-Novel Project. .
Week 15-Strategies for Reading Literature.
Week 16-My thesis
Week 17-Final Exam
Evaluation methods Reading Response Papers will be written six times through the course of the semester. In addition,
students will be tested through random quizzes, a midterm and final exam, and discussion boards
periodically. A critical analysis paper will be completed for the end of the semester in which
students will demonstrate what they have learned and apply it to their own analysis of a work or
works of their choice
Course ENGL1302
312-45025-0.
2011. ISBN # 978-0-312-53921-4.
Week 1— Jan 18
--Jan 20
___________________________________________________________________
Week 2—Jan 25
Ch 3 Plot 72-81
--Jan 27
__________________________________________________________________
Week 3—Feb. 1
-- Feb. 3
_______________________________________________________________________Week
4—Feb 8
--Feb 10
Poetry paper 25%
research essay 25%
semester grade 100%
class.
Section D4 email pholcomb@parisjc.edu
Course ENG 1302
Title English Composition and Rhetoric
Description A conitnuation of English 1301. Emphasis on critical reading, competent writing, vocabulary
building, and use of library. Assigned literary studies, library readings, research essays, and themes.
Textbooks The Bedford Introduction to Literature: Reading, Thinking, Writing by Michael Meyer 9th edition.
A Writer's Reference 6th edition by Diana Hacker
Schedule Week1: Chapter 1, 2, and 3.

Week 2: Chapter 4, 5 & 6.
Week 3: Chapter 7 & 8.
Week 4: Chapter 9, 10, 15, & 54.
Week 5: Chapter 16, 21, & 56.
Week 6: Chapter 22, 23, & 24.
Week 9: Spring Break.
Week 10: Chapter 29, 30,31, 32.
Week 11: Chapter 33, 39, & 44.
Week 12: Chapter 45 &46.
Week 13 Chapter 47 & 49.
Week 15: Chapter 55.
Week 16: Peer Review, Organize Portfolio, and Prepare for the Final.
Evaluation methods Attendance/Participation 5%

Journal 5%
Quizzes 10%
Midterm 10%
Final 10%
3 Essays 60%
A 90-100% B 80%-89% C 70%-79% D 60%-69% F Below 60%
Section PH email jcollar@parisjc.edu
Course ENGL 1302
1302.
2011, ISBN-10: 0-312-64361-6 or ISBN-13” 978-0-312-53921-4
2009, ISBN-13: 978-0-312-59332-2 or ISBN-10: 0-312-59332-5
Week 16- Final Exam
Total: 100%
Year 2010-2011 Office AD133 (Paris); Office C (Sulphur Spr
Course ENGL 2322
Title The Literature of England 1
Description This course is a study of the masterworks of the literature of England from the Anglo-Saxon period
beginning with the epic tradition as illustrated by Beowulf, to the decline of Neo-Classicism.
Emphasis is on the masterworks of principal authors. The course will utilize reading assignments,
class/group discussions, oral presentations, quizzes, exams, lecture, audio/visual.
Textbooks Greenblatt, Stephen, eds. et al. The Norton Anthology of English Literature:
Major Authors, 8th ed. New York: Norton, 2006. [This is a one-volume edition and will be used for
ENGL 2322/2323.] ISBN#: 0-393-92829-2.
Shakespeare, William. King Lear. Ed. Sylvan Barnet. New York: Signet, 1998.
[Any edition will work.]
Schedule Week 1: Introduction; "The Dream of the Rood" (24-26).
Week 2: BEOWULF (31-97);the Epic.
Week 3: SIR GAWAIN AND THE GREEN KNIGHT (114-65); Romance.
Week 4: Essay and Exam 1.
Week 5: Chaucer (165-70); "The General Prologue"; "The Miller's Tale and Prologue"; "The Wife
of Bath's Tale and Prologue"; Fabliau
Week 6: Malory (299-301); MORTE DARTHUR (301-18)
Week 7: Bible (354); Spenser (365-69); THE FAERIE QUEENE (Book 2, Canto 12, pages 424-
34); 16th/17th Centuries."
Week 8: Exam 2.
Week 9: Shakespeare's KING LEAR (Acts 1, 2)
Week 10: Shakespeare's KING LEAR (Acts 3, 4, 5); Tragic Hero
Week 11: On-campus Exam 3
Week 12: Milton (pp. 693-96); PARADISE LOST (pp. 723-24; Book 1--p. 726, lines 1-26; Book 2-
-pp. 743-65; Book 9--pp. 811-35; Book 10--pp. 836-48); Epic
Week 13: Swift (971-73); GULLIVER'S TRAVELS (Part 3, Chapter 2, "The Flying Island of
Laputa"--1056-61; Part 3, Chapter 10, "The Struldbruggs"--1064-69); Satire
Week 14--On-campus Exam 4
Week 15--prepare for final; Choose topic, research, prepare and submit ppt.
Week 16--PowerPoint Final
Evaluation methods The student will be required to complete reading assignments, participate in class discussion
forums and chat sessions, write an essay over an assigned topic, submit a PowerPoint research
project, and perform satisfactorily on examinations. He/She will take four unit exams concerned
with ideas presented by literature, techniques discovered in the literature, biographical information
on authors, and historical perspective.
Discussion forums count 12%; chat, 8%; exams, 60%--15% each; the PowerPoint project, 10%;
personal response essay, 10%.
Year 2010-2011 Office AD133 (Paris): Office C (Sulphur Spr
Course ENGL 2323
class discussions forums, chat sessions, emails, research projects/PowerPoints, exams, instructor-
provided PowerPoints.
Credits: 3 (= 3 lecture hours)
Prerequisite(s): Students must have successfully completed English 1301 and

English 1302 or approved equivalents. Core curriculum satisfied for Humanities.
Major Authors. 8th ed. New York: Norton, 2006. [This is a one-volume edition and will be used for
ENGL 2322/2323.] ISBN#: 0-393-92829-2.
Shelley, Mary. Frankenstein. [Any edition will work.]
Schedule Week 1: Course introduction; Romantic Period (1785-1830); Smith: “To Night,” (1398)
Week 2: Jan. 24-27 M/T Blake: “The Lamb,” (1412); “The Little Black Boy,”
(1413); “The Chimney Sweeper,” (1414; 1419); “The Tyger,” (1420); Burns: “To a Mouse,”
(1446); “Auld Lang Syne"; Wollstonecraft: From A Vindication of the Rights of Men; From A
Vindication of the Rights of Woman (1459-84)
Week 3: Wordsworth: “TheTables Turned,” (1490); “Lines Composed a Few Miles Above Tintern
Abbey,”(1491); “She Dwelt Among the Untrodden Ways,” (1508); Coleridge: “The Rime of the
Ancient Mariner,” (1615)
Week 4: Exam 1; R Byron: From Canto 1 of Don Juan, (1691-1718)
Week 5: P. Shelley: “Mutability,” (1734); “Ozymandias,” (1741); “To a Sky-Lark,” (1769); “A
Defence of Poetry,” (1786-1798); Essay DUE; Keats: “Ode to a Nightingale,” (1845); “Ode on a
Grecian Urn,” (1847)
Week 6: M. Shelley: Frankenstein.
Week 7: M. Shelley
Week 8: Victorian Age (1830-1901) (1885); Carlyle: “Samuel Taylor Coleridge at 53"; Exam 2
Week 9: Barrett Browning: “Cry of the Children,” (1922); “Sonnet 21,” (1926); “Sonnet 32,”
(1926); “Sonnet 43,”(1927); Tennyson: “The Lady of Shalott,” (1953); “Ulysses,” (1962); “The
Charge of the Light Brigade,” (2023)
Week 10: Browning: “My Last Duchess,” (2058); “Meeting at Night"; Brontë: “Remembrance";
Arnold: “The Buried Life,” (2096); “Dover Beach,” (2105)
Week 11: Carroll: “Jabberwocky,” (handout); [Humpty Dumpty’s Explication of Jabberwocky],
(handout); Exam 3
Week 12: Wilde: The Importance of Being Earnest, (2221)
Week 13: Wilde; The Twentieth Century (1900-1999); Hardy: “Darkling Thrush,” (2320-21);
“The Convergence of the Twain,” (2323-24)
Week 14: Yeats: “Among School Children,” (2407); Woolf: “Mark on the Wall,” (2424); D.H.
Lawrence: “Odour of Chrysanthemums,” (2576)
Week 15: Presentations
Week 16: Final Exam
Evaluation methods The student will be required to complete reading assignments, participate in class and group
discussions, write an essay over an assigned topic, present an oral research project, and perform
satisfactorily on examinations and quizzes. He/She will take four unit exams concerned with ideas
presented by literature, techniques discovered in the literature, biographical information on authors,
and historical perspective. The student may also be given announced/unannounced reading quizzes.
The four exams, one essay, and oral project will count equally. The final exam (exam four) and the
oral project are required; failure to complete these will result in a failing grade for the course. If
reading quizzes are utilized, they shall be combined to create one quiz grade.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Connie Dodd
Year 2011 Office Room 2406--Paris High School
Section 31 email cdodd@parisisd.net
Course ENGL 2323
Title British Literature II
Description English IV Honors/Dual Credit (British Lit.II-2323) is a blending of the requirements of the senior
honors class, British literature and composition, with the Paris Junior College British literature
class. The curriculum includes a survey course in British literature and a research paper with
documentation and an autobiography. This in integregrated into and combined with the college
survey course emphasizing the masterworks of the literature from the Romantic Period to the
Twentieth Century.
Textbooks Greenblatt, Stephen,ed. THE NORTON ANTHOLOGOY: ENGLISH LITERATURE: THE

MAJOR AUTHORS. 8th ed. New York: Norton, 2006. (one-volume edition for the whole year)
Wilhelm, Jeffrey, et.al., ed. LITERATURE: TEXAS TREASURES: BRITISH LITERATURE.
Columbus, Ohio: Glencoe McGraw-Hill, 2011.
Shelley, Mary. FRANKENSTEIN. Columbus, Ohio: Glencoe McGraw-Hill, 2000.
Schedule Week1--Research preparation

Week 2--Research in the library
Week 3--The Pre-Romantics
Week 4--Blake, Wordsworth
Week 5--THE RIME OF THE ANCIENT MARINER
Week 6--Mary Shelley;six weeks tests
Week 7--FRANKENSTEIN
Week 8--Keats, Tennyson
Week 9--The Brownings, Arnold, Carroll
Week 10--Hardy, Houseman, Kipling
Week 11--THE IMPORTANCE OF BEING EARNEST
Week 12--FRANKENSTEIN; 6 wks.tests
Week 13--Twentieth Century, Conrad
Week 14--HEART OF DARKNESS
Week 16--Yeats, short stories
Week 17--short stories
Week 18--OTHELLO
Week 19--OTHELLO; exams
Evaluation methods Tests, oral presentations, quizzes, exams
Students and course requirements are to read assigned works and participate in class discussions.
The student will write three major essay exams and a critical analysis research paper with
documentation. The student will take notes and quizzes on reading assignments and write critical
analyses of works.
Course ENGL2323
Title Literature of England
Description Selected significant works of British literature. May include study of movements, schools, or
periods. Prerequisite: ENGL1302.

Abrams et al. The Norton Anthology of English Literature. 8th ed. The Major Authors
New York: W.W. Norton, 2006. ISBN: 0-393-29829-2 or the two-volume edition, 0-393-92831-
4 (pbk.) We will be using volume B only for this course.
Frankenstein, or The Modern Prometheus, by Mary Shelley, any unabridged edition.

#1 assigned. Quick review: the college essay and use of MLA. Where to get help.
Week 2- Introduction to the Romantics: novel
Week 3- The Romantics: Introduction to collaborative learning: journaling workshop. Novel.
Week 4- Romanticism: Journaling/ Quiz /Writing workshop. Poetry. Novel.
Week 5- Peer Review for Essay #2. Journal: Romantic attitudes and ideas
Week 6- Last call for Student's Informal Presentation #1. Informal Presentations #2 begin.
Essay #2 due.
Week 7- Gothicism. Edwardian works.
Week 8- Mid Term Grade Averages given. Intro to the Victorian Age.
Week 10- The Victorians: Heroism and Colonialism
Week 11- The Victorians: Honor, Doubt
Week 12- The Victorians: Class Values, Wit and Style
Week 13- Grade averages given: What do I need to earn on Presentation and Final Project?
Week 14- Final Presentations. Portfolios due.
Week 15- Late Presentations (for reduced grade). Review for Final Exam. Extra help.
Week 16- Final Exam week.
Essays #1 and #2 15%

2 INFORMAL Presentations 10%
1 Test, some quizzes 20%
1 FORMAL Presentation w/ essay 15%
Final Exam 10%
Portfolio (evaluated for completeness and journal insight) 20%
Attendance and participation points 10%
TOTAL: 100%
Course ENGL 2323

ENGL 2322/2323.] ISBN#: 0-393-92829-2.
Week 7: M. Shelley
(handout); Exam 3
Week 16: Final Exam
Course English 2323
Title British Literature
Description A study of the masterworks of the literature of England from the Anglo-Saxon period beginning
with the epic tradition (as illustrated by Beowulf), to the decline of Neoclassicism with an emphasis
on the masterworks of principle authors. Collateral reading, class themes, and research projects are
required.
Textbooks The Norton Anthology; English Literature. 8th ed. New York: Norton, 2006
Schedule Week 1-The Romantic Period Introduction,Barbauld,Blake
Week 2-R. Burns, W. Wordsworth, Coleridge,
Week 3-P. Shelley, Byron, The Gothic, Advances in Science; M. Shelley Introduction,
Frankenstein;
Week 4-Frankenstein; F. Hemans,; J. Keats, The Victorian Age: Belief, Skepticism, and
Melancholy
Week 5- Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, Carlyle, Dickens, Hard Times, 1842 Royal Commission on
Children’s Employment
Week 6- Browning,Tennyson, Morris, Browning
Week 7- Rosetti, Mill, JS., Wilde,
Week 8- Rosetti, Kipling, Mid-Term Exam,
9 March 14 - 18 Spring Break!!
Week 9- Twentieth Century Imperialism; Conrad, Achebe and Imperialism.
Week 10- Hardy, Yeats, Eliot,
Week 11- Eliot, Woolf,
Week 12- Joyce, Becket, Woolf,
Week 13- Woolf, Mansfield, Lessing,
Week 14- Walcott, Coetzee, Rushdie, The Prophet’s Hair; Carson,
Week 15- Austen, Pride and Prejudice;
Week 16- Final Exam
works of their choice.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Ken Haley
Year Spring 2011 Office LC 124
Term Fall Phone 903.782.0311
Section 65 email khaley@parisjc.edu
Course English 2327
Title American Literarure I
Description Selected significant works of American literature. May include movements, schools, or periods.
Textbooks The Bedford Anthology of American Literature by Belasco and Johnson, Volume I, Bedford/St.
Martin's, ISBN #0-312-48299-x. Novel: Uncle Tom's Cabin.
Schedule Lesson #1 John Smith and Early Colonies, 18 January 2011

Lesson #2 Bradford, Date: 21 January 2011
Lesson #3 Anne Bradstreet, Date: 25 January 2011
Lesson #4 Edward Taylor, Date 31 January 2011
Lesson #5 Jonathan Edwards, 4 February 2011
Lesson #6 Franklin, Date 9 February 2011
Lesson #7 Olaudah Equiano, 15 February 2011
Lesson #8 Thomas Paine, Date 21 February 2011
Lesson #9 Philip Freneau, 28 February 2011
Lesson #10 Phillis Wheatley, 4 March 2011
Lesson #11 The Novel: Uncle Tom's Cabin 11 March 2011
Lesson #12 Washington Irving 24 March 2011
Lesson #13 Ralph Waldo Emerson 28 March 2011
Lesson #14 Thoreau, Date 2 April 2011
Lesson # 15 Poe 7 April 2011
Lesson # 16 Hawthorne 12 April 2011
Lesson #17 Melville, 18 April 2011
Lesson #18 Whitman 25 April 2011
Lesson # 19 Frederick Douglass 29 April 2011
Evaluation methods Evaluation:
Exams=50% Writing=20% Quizzes=25% Discussion=5%
A = 90-100 B = 80-89 C = 70-79 D = 60-69 F = below 60
The course requires quiz submissions in essay form, discussion postings, two poetry explications,
and a paper over the novel. The explication assignments appear in lessons #3 and #20. The novel
assignment appears in lesson #11.
Grading Rubric: Letter Grade Description For Written Papers and Essay Exams:
The "A" Essay: An "A" essay is error free or nearly so in grammar. It addresses the topic directly
and in detail. It provides very good, clear examples and illustrations. It provides enough elaboration
to cover the topic and does so in an easy-to-read manner without straying from the topic.
The "B" Essay: The "B" essay response is well written and contains few grammar problems. It
addresses the topic adequately and provides some illustrations or examples. It provides a good level
of detail, but not as much as the "A" paper. It may stray a little from the topic, but is generally on
track.
The "C" Essay: The "C" essay likely contains some substantial grammar problems, and it does not
have the level of detail desired for an essay response. It may provide something in the way of
illustration or example, but not as much as needed or the examples used may not be so good. It may
stray from the topic or not address it as directly as desired.
The "D" Essay: The "D" essay likely has substantial grammar problems or it is simply inadequate in
length or detail. It lacks substance and often strays from the topic or does not address it very well. It
may contain some information that is on track, but it is marred by grammar problems or suffers from
a lack of development.
The "F" Essay: The "F" essay likely does not address the topic or is severely hampered by grammar
problems. It lacks development and simply does not provide an adequate response at the college
level.
The "0" Essay: The "0" essay is a copy and paste essay or one that is otherwise plagiarized or not
original to the student enrolled in the course. Don't even think about it. You will not only get a "0"
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Beth Shelton
Year 2011 Office AD134
Section 01 email bshelton@parisjc.edu
Course English 2328
Title The Literature of America
Description A Study of American literature master works from the Twentieth Century, with emphasis on major
writers of the periods. Core Curriculum satisfied for Humanities.
Textbooks Belasco, Susan, and Linck Johnson. The Bedford Anthology of American Literature. Volume
Two: 1865 to Present. Boston: Bedford, 2008. (ISBN 978-0-312-41208-1)
Fitzgerald. F. Scott. The Great Gatsby.
Schedule Weeks 1-5: Realism, Regionalism, and Naturalism Exam I on Feb. 16

Weeks 6-8: Modernisms in American Poetry Exam II on Mar. 10
Weeks 9-12: American Fiction Exam III on Apr. 11
Weeks13-16: Harlem Renaissance Exam IV on May 9
Evaluation Number grades will be assigned to each quiz and examination, and all grades will be computed on
methods the following basis:
Quizzes 25%
Quizzes: Short answer, objective questions on all reading. Daily quizzes will not be made up.
Four examinations 75%
Examinations: Primarily essay-type questions with approximately one-fifth of each exam devoted to
objective-type questions. Exams will be penalized up to ten points for mechanical and grammatical
errors.
Year 2011 Office Writing Center, AD 125
Course ENGL 2328
Title American Literature II
Description A study of American literature masterworks from the Colonial Period until the beginning of the
Twentieth Century, with emphasis on major writers and representative writers of the periods,
including collateral readings, class themes, projects and class reports.
Textbooks Belasco, Susan, and Linck Johnson, eds., The Bedford Anthology of American Literature Volume
Two: 1865 to Present. New York: Bedford/St. Martin’s. 2008. -ISBN-10: 0-312-41208-8
Novel: The Shipping News by Annie Proulx
Schedule Week 1- Introduction to Course,

Chapters 1-3, Quiz
Week 2- Chapters 4-6, Quiz, Exam 1
Week 3- American Lit, 1865-1914: Up From Slavery, 439
Week 4- EXAM I
Week 5- Modernisms in American Poetry; The Shipping News
Week 6- Students’ Poetry Presentations; The Shipping News, 10, 11, & 12 Quiz
Week 7- Trifles, 782 and The Shipping News: 13, 14 & 15
Week 8- At Home and Abroad: American Fiction Between the Wars
Week 9- “Almos’ a Man,” 1010 and “A Worn Path,” 1022
Week 10-“That Evening Sun,” 951 and “Barn Burning,” 963
Week 11- EXAM II
Week 12-American Literature Since 1945: From Modernism to Postmodernism
Week 13-Roethke, Bishop, Lowell, Brooks
Week 14-Plath, Albee’s The Sandbox, 1334
Week 15-Carver’s “Are These Actual Miles?” and O’Brien’s “The Things They Carried,” 1458
Week 16- EXAM III
Evaluation methods Three grades represent 20% each of the total 100% overall course grade: The three-grade
components include three exams, three essays; the 40% includes essay corrections, revisions,
objective quizzes, group presentations and the cumulative points for daily work/quizzes on reading
assignments-class preparation requirements.
Course English 2328
Title American Literarure II
Textbooks The Bedford Anthology of American Literature by Belasco and Johnson, Volume II, Bedford/St.
Martin's, ISBN #0-312-41208-8. Novel: Maggie: A Girl of the Streets.
Schedule Lesson #1 The Period after the Civil War and Mark Twain 18 January 2011
Lesson 2 Ambrose Bierce 21 January 2011
Lesson 3 Henry James 26 January 2011
Lesson #4 Charles Chesnutt 31 January 2011
Lesson #5 Charlotte Perkins Gilman 5 February 2011
Lesson #6 Edwin Arlington Robinson 9 February 2011
Lesson #7 Stephen Crane/Novel 14 February 2011
Lesson #8 Jack London 21 February 2011
Lesson #9 American Literature 1914-1945 and Robert Frost 25 February 2011
Lesson #10 Carl Sandburg 2 March 2011
Lesson 11 Claude McKay 7 March 2011
Lesson #12 E. E. Cummings 21 March 2011
Lesson #13 Langston Hughes 25 March 2011
Lesson #14 Katherine Ann Porter 30 March 2011
Lesson #15 Countee Cullen 4 April 2011
Lesson #16 Zora Neale Hurston 8 April 2011
Lesson #17 William Faulkner 13 April 2011
Lesson #18 Theodore Roethke, 18 April 2011
Lesson #19 Ralph Ellison 22 April 2011
Lesson #20 Flannery O'Connor, 25 April 2011
Lesson #21 John Updike, 29 April 2011
A = 90-100 B = 80-89 C = 70-79 D = 60-69 F = below 60
track.
may contain some information that is on track, but it is marred by grammar problems or suffers from
a lack of development.
The "F" Essay: The "F" essay likely does not address the topic or is severely hampered by grammar
problems. It lacks development and simply does not provide an adequate response at the college
level.
f thi b t f il th ll
Course ENTC 1449
Title Reliability and Maintainability
Description Equpment Reliability and maintainability. Includes development and assessment of maintenance
programs.
Textbooks Industrial Maintenance Third Edition Dennis Green and Jonathan F. Gosse
Industrial Maintenance Workbook R. T. Miller
Schedule Week 1- Ch, 1 Make assignments and get all forms signed
Week 2- Ch. 2, Plant tour
Week 5- Test Ch. 1 - 4
Week 9- Plant tour
Week 10- Test Ch. 5 -9
Week 14-Plant tour
Week 16- Final Exam
10% Workbook Grades

50% Three Major Tests
10% Final Examination
30% Participation on Plant tours (Based on Percent Attended)
The Final Exam Score can be substituted for the Lowest Test Score
Year 2010-2011 Office NS 113/123
Course GEOL1404
Title GENERAL GEOLOGY II
Description GEOLOGY 1404 IS A TRADITIONAL DELIVERY LABORATORY SCIENCE COURSE

THAT STUDIES THE TOPICS OF GEOLOGIC TIME, PLATE TECTONICS, THE
EARTH'S CRUST, THE SEA FLOOR, ICE AND CLIMATE, WINDS AND DESERTS,
WAVES, BEACHES AND COASST, STREAMS, MOUNTAIN BELTS ,
GROUNDWATER AND MINERAL AN ENERGY RESOURCES
Textbooks PHYSICAL GEOLOGY, PLUMMER, McGRAW-HILL., 13TH., ISBN 978-0-07-337671-4

Schedule Lesson 1 - Time and Geology Lesson 2 - Mass Wasting Lesson 3 - Streams and Floods Lesson
4 - Ground Water Lesson 5 - Glaciers and Glaciation Lesson 6 - Deserts and Wind Action
Lesson 7 - Waves, Beaches, and Coasts Lesson 8 - The Sea Floor Lesson 9 - Plate Tectonics
Lesson 10 - Mountain Belts and the Continental Crust. Lesson 11 - Geologic Resources.
Year 2010-2011 Office NS 113/123
Course GEOL1404
Description GEOLOGY 1404 IS A INTERNET DELIVERY LABORATORY SCIENCE COURSE

GROUNDWATER AND MINERAL AND ENERGY RESOURCES.

Year 2010-2011 Office NS 113/123
Course GEOL1404
Description GEOLOGY 1404 IS A INTERNET DELIVERY LABORATORY SCIENCE COURSE

GROUNDWATER AND MINERAL AND ENERGY RESOURCES.

Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty US
Section .01 email ralsobrook@sbcglobal.net
Course GOVT 2305
Title US Government
Description US Government is a study of the United States federal and constitutional systems: executive,
judicial, and legislative powers and institutions; the United States Constitution; foreign and military
policies; economic and financial development; formation and organization; political parties and
ideologies; federal ind interstate relations; and a close study of various current problems. Credit:
Three semester hours. Three lecture hours per week. TSI Requirement: MO, R2, W1.
Textbooks Kenneth Janda, Jeffrey M. Berry, Jerry Goldman, and Kevin W. Hula. The challenge of
Democracy: American Government in a Global World. Brief Ed, Seventh Ed. Boston:
Wadsworth Cengage Learning, 2009.
Schedule Week 1- Introduction to the Course, Foundations of Democracy
Week 2- The Making of the US Constitution
Week 3- The US Constitution and Its Amendments
Week 4- Federal-State Relations
Week 5- Public Opinion, the Media, and Political Socialization
Week 6- Voting and Citizen Participation
Week 7- Political Parties, Campaigns and Elections
Week 8- Special Interest Groups
Week 9- The US Congress
Week 10- The Presidency and the Federal Bureaucracy
Week 11- The Federal Bureaucracy
Week 12- The Judicial Branch
Week 13- Civil Liberties
Week 14- Civil Rights
Week 15- Public Policy
Week 16- Economic Policy
Evaluation methods This is a regular lecture course that is divided into four units of study that cover the entire textbook,
Chapters 1-14. Each unit will cover specific chapters. There will be a unit test at the end of each
unit that will be worth 25% of the final grade For a grade of A, the student must accumulate an
average of 90-100. For a grade of B, the student must accumulate an average of 80-89. For a grade
of C, the student must accumulate an average of 70-79. For a grade of D, the student must
accumulate an average of 60-69.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Betty Mills
Year 2010-2011 Office WCT 1012
Section 02 email bmills@parisjc.edu
Course Govt. 2305
Title United States Government
Description GOVT 2305 is a study of the United States federal and constitutional systems; executive, judicial,
and legislative powers and institutions; the United States Constitution, foreign and military policies,
economic and financial development, formation and organization; political parties and ideologies;
federal and interstate relations; close study of various current problems.
Textbooks The Challenge of Democracy by Kenneth Janda, et.al.

7th Brief Edition ISBN # 9780547216317 Wadsworth Cengage Learning
Schedule UNIT I:
Chapter 1 "Dilemmas of Democracy”
Chapter 2 "The Constitution"
Chapter 3 "Federalism"
UNIT II:
Chapter 12 "Order and Civil Liberties"
Chapter 13 "Equality and Civil Rights"
UNIT III:
Chapter 4 "Public Opinion, Political Socialization, and the Media"
Chapter 5 "Participation and Voting
Chapter 6 "Political Parties, Campaigns, and Elections"
UNIT IV:
Chapter 8 "Congress"
Chapter 9 "The Presidency"
Evaluation methods The course is divided into four units of study. The units are made up of from 2 to 3 chapters as
indicated above. Following is the distribution of tests values:
Unit I Test 25%

Unit II Test 25%
Unit III Test 25%
Unit IV Test 25%
Total 100%
Course Govt. 2305

Schedule UNIT I:
UNIT II:
UNIT III:
UNIT IV:
Unit I Test 25%

Unit II Test 25%
Unit III Test 25%
Unit IV Test 25%
Total 100%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty US
Course GOVT 2305
Title US Government
Description US Government is a study of the United States federal and constitutional systems: executive,
judicial, and legislative powers and institutions; the United States Constitution; foreign and military
policies; economic and financial development; formation and organization; political parties and
ideologies; federal ind interstate relations; and a close study of various current problems. Credit:
Three semester hours. Three lecture hours per week. TSI Requirement: MO, R2, W1.
Textbooks Kenneth Janda, Jeffrey M. Berry, Jerry Goldman, and Kevin W. Hula. The challenge of
Democracy: American Government in a Global World. Brief Ed, Seventh Ed. Boston:
Wadsworth Cengage Learning, 2009.
Schedule Week 1- Introduction to the Course, Foundations of Democracy
Week 2- The Making of the US Constitution
Week 3- The US Constitution and Its Amendments
Week 4- Federal-State Relations
Week 5- Public Opinion, the Media, and Political Socialization
Week 6- Voting and Citizen Participation
Week 7- Political Parties, Campaigns and Elections
Week 9- The US Congress
Week 10- The Presidency and the Federal Bureaucracy
Week 11- The Federal Bureaucracy
Week 12- The Judicial Branch
Week 13- Civil Liberties
Week 14- Civil Rights
Week 15- Public Policy
Week 16- Economic Policy
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty David Larkin
Year 2011 Office Greenville Center 102
Section 40 email dlarkin@parisjc.edu
Course GOVT 2305
Description A study of the United States federal and constitutional systems; executive, judicial, and legislative
powers and institutions; the United States Constitution, foreign and military policies, economic and
financial development, formation and organization; political parties and ideologies; federal and
interstate relations; close study of various current problems. Core Curriculum satisfied for Political
Science/Government
Textbooks The Challenge of Democracy: American Government in a Global World, Brief Edition by Kenneth
Janda, Jeffrey M. Berry, Jerry Goldman, and Kevin W. Hula. ISBN: 0547216319.
Any current source of articles on an aspect of the American Government for article
review/discussion in class.
Schedule Week 1- Introduction to Class

Week 2- Chapter One
Week 3- Chapter Two
Week 4- Article Discussion; Chapter Three
Week 5- Chapter Three; Exam One (Chapters 1 - 3)
Week 6- Chapter Four; Chapter Five
Week 7- Chapter Thirteen; Exam Two (Chapters 4, 5, 13)
Week 8- Chapter Six; Article Discussion
Week 9- Chapter Seven
Week 10- Chapter Eight
Week 11- Article Discussion; Exam Three (Chapters 6 - 8)
Week 12- Chapter Nine
Week 13- Chapter Ten; Exam Four (Chapters 9 - 10)
Week 14- Chapter Eleven
Week 15- Chapter Twelve
Week 16- Exam Five (Chapters 11 - 12)
Evaluation methods Five exams 100 pts. Each;

Attendance 75 pts. (2pts./class period; 5pts./exam period.)
Three Article assignments 25 pts. each
Total 650 points.
To receive an “A” you must have 585 – 650 points
To receive a “B” you must have 520 – 584 points
To receive a “C” you must have 455 – 519 points
To receive a “D” you must have 390 – 454 points
An “F” will be received if you have less than 390 points.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Frank Newhouse
Section 42 email fNewhouse@Parisjc.edu
Course Government 2305
Description Government 2305 is a study of the United States federal and constitutional systems; executive,
judicial, and legislative powers and institutions; the United States Constitution, foreign and military
policies, economic and financial development, formation and organization; political parties and
ideologies; federal and interstate relations; close study of various current problems.
Textbooks The Challenge of Democracy by Kenneth Janda, et al. 7th Brief Edition ISBN # 9780547216317
Houghton-Mifflin.
Schedule Week 1-Syllabus Review/introduction

Week 2-The Constitution
Week 3-Federalism
Week 4-Public Opinion
Week 5-Exam one
Week 6-Congress
Week 7-The Presidency
Week 8-Spring Break
Week 9-The Courts
Week 10-Exam two
Week 11-Order & Civil Liberties
Week 12-Equality
Week 13-Policymaking & the Budget
Week 14-Exam three
Week 15-Presentation (Paper two)
Week 16-Missed Exams
Evaluation methods There will three examinations, two papers, and misc assignments.
Section 4D email dlarkin@parisjc.edu
Course GOVT 2305
Science/Government

Week 2- Chapter One
Week 3- Chapter Two
Week 8- Chapter Six
Week 16- Article Discussion; Exam Five (Chapters 11 - 12)

Total 650 points.
Course Govt. 2305

Schedule UNIT I:
UNIT II:
UNIT III:
UNIT IV:
The average of all chapter tests 20%
Unit I Test 20%
Unit II Test 20%
Unit III Test 20%
Unit IV Test 20%
Total 100%
Course Govt. 2305

Schedule UNIT I:
UNIT II:
UNIT III:
UNIT IV:
Unit I Test 20%
Unit II Test 20%
Unit III Test 20%
Unit IV Test 20%
Total 100%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Corkill, John
Section 67 email jcorkill@parisjc.edu
Course GOVT 2305
Textbooks The Challenge of Democracy by Kenneth Janda, et.al. 7th Brief Edition ISBN # 9780547216317
Houghton-Mifflin
Schedule Week 1- Chapter 1 “Dilemmas of Democracy”
Week 2- Chapter 2 “The Constitution”
Week 3- Chapter 3 “Federalism”
Week 4- Section I Exam
Week 5- Chapter 8 “Congress”
Week 6- Chapter 9 “The Presidency”
Week 7- Chapter 11 “The Courts”
Week 8- Section II Exam
Week 9- Chapter 4 “Public Opinion, Political Socialization, and the Media”
Week 10- Chapter 5 “Participation and Voting”
Week 11- Chapter 6 “Political Parties, Campaigns, and Elections”
Week 12- Section III Exam
Week 13- Chapter 12 “Order and Civil Liberties”
Week 14- Chapter 13 “Equality and Civil Rights”
Week 15- Chapter 14 “Policymaking and the Budget”
Week 16- Section IV Exam
Evaluation methods The Section Exam Average (all four individual scores added together and divided by four) equals
90% of your grade. The Discussion Board Posting equals the remaining 10%.
Section Exam Average 90%

Discussion Board Posting 10%
Total 100%
Course grades will be assigned based in the following formula:

F= 59 or below
D= 60-69
C= 70-79
B= 80-89
A= 90-100
Course GOVT 2305
Houghton-Mifflin

Total 100%

F= 59 or below
D= 60-69
C= 70-79
B= 80-89
A= 90-100
Section L1 email dlarkin@parisjc.edu
Course GOVT 2305
Science/Government

Week 2- Chapter One
Week 3- Chapter Two

Total 650 points.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Ruth Ann Alsobrook
Course GOVT 2306
Title State and Local Government
Description State and Local Government is a study of the legislative, executive and judicial systems in state and
local governments in the US, with the emphasis on Texas. The course will cover the Texas socio-
political culture, current issues in Texas government, the Texas Constitution and his history, the US
Constitution as it pertains to state and local governments and their interaction with the federal
government, political parties in Texas, elections, voting, special interest groups, and fiscal and
economic policies. Credit: Three semester hours. Three lecture hours per week. TSI Requirement:
MO, R2, W1. Prerequisite: None.
Textbooks Lyle C. Brown, Joyce A. Langenegger, Sonia R. Garcia, and Ted A. Lewis. Practicing Texas
Politics: A Brief Survey by 13th Edition, Updated. Boston: Wadsworth/Cengage Learning, 2009.
Schedule Week 1- Introduction to the Course, Texas political culture
Week 2- Texas Political Culture, the US Constitution
Week 3- The Texas Constitution
Week 4- Local Governments
Week 5- Voting and citizen participation
Week 6- Political Parties in Texas
Week 7- Campaigns and Elections
Week 9- The 82nd Texas Legislature
Week 10- The Texas Legislature
Week 12- The Governor of Texas
Week 13- The Plural Executive
Week 14- The Judicial Branch in Texas
Week 15- Public Policy in Texas
Week 16- Fiscal and Budgetary Policy
Course GOVT 2306
Course GOVT 2306
Course GOVT 2306
Course GOVT 2306
Description A functional study of the individual as a citizen, person, and voter. Attention to the legislative
functions, administrative organization, and the judicial system in state government with an emphasis
on Texas. Investigation of the Texas Constitution and the position of state government in our federal
system. Consideration of the role played by local governments, counties, cities, and special districts.
Core Curriculum satisfied for Political Science/Government
Textbooks Practicing Texas Politics by Lyle Brown, Joyce A. Langenegger, Sonia R. Garcia, and Ted Lewis.
ISBN: 0618642927

Week 2- Chapter One
Week 3- Chapter Two
Week 4- Exam One (Chapters 1 - 2); Article Discussion
Week 5- Chapter Three
Week 6- Chapter Four
Week 7- Article Discussion; Exam Two (Chapters 3 - 4)
Week 8- Chapter Five
Week 9- Chapter Six
Week 10- Exam Three (Chapters 5 - 6); Chapter Seven
Week 11- Chapter Seven; Article Discussion
Week 13- Exam Four (Chapters 7 - 8); Chapter Nine
Week 14- Chapter Nine; Chapter Eleven
Week 15- Chapter Ten

Total 650 points.
Course GOVT 2306
ISBN: 0618642927

Week 2- Chapter One
Week 3- Chapter Two
Week 9- Chapter Six

Total 650 points.
Title State Government
Description Government 2306 is a functional study of the individual as a citizen, person, and voter. Attention to
the legislative function, administrative organization, and the judicial system in sate government with
an emphasis on Texas. Investigation of the Texas Constitution and the position of state government
in our federal system. Consideration of the role played by local governments, counties, cities, and
special districts.
Textbooks Practicing Texas Politics by Lyle Brown, et al. 13th edition Updated Edition ISBN #
9780547227634 Houghton-Mifflin.

Week 2-Federalism/Tx Constitution
Week 3-Local Governments
Week 4-Political Parties
Week 5-Exam one
Week 6-The Politics of Election
Week 7-The Politics of Interest Groups
Week 8-Public Policy & Administration
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 10-Presentations (Paper one)
Week 11-Exam two
Week 12-The Legislature
Week 13-The Executive
Week 14-Laws, Courts, & Justice
Week 15-Exam three
Week 16-Presentations (Paper two)
Evaluation methods There will be three examinations, two papers and misc assignments.
Course GOVT 2306
ISBN: 0618642927
Schedule Week 1- Introduction to Class; Chapter One

Week 2- Chapter One; Chapter Two
Week 3- Chapter Two; Exam One (Chapters 1 - 2)
Week 9- Article Discussion; Chapter Six
Week 10- Chapter Six; Exam Three (Chapters 5 - 6)

Total 650 points.
Course Govt. 2306
Description GOVT 2306 is a functional study of the individual as a citizen, person, and voter. Attention to the
legislative functions, administrative organization, and the judicial system in state government with
in our federal system.
Consideration of the role played by local governments, counties, cities, and special districts.
Textbooks Practicing Texas Politics by Lyle Brown, et.al.

13th Updated Edition ISBN # 9780547227634
Wadsworth/Cengage Learning
Schedule This course is divided into four units of study

TEST UNITS FOR GOVERNMENT 2306
UNIT I: Texas Environment, Politics, Federalism, and Constitutionalism
Chapter 1 "The Environment of Texas Politics”
Chapter 2 "Federalism and The Texas Constitution"
UNIT II: Texas Elections, Voting, and Political Parties
Chapter 4 "Political Parties"
Chapter 5 “The Politics of Elections”
UNIT III: Texas Government Legislative and Executive Institutions

Chapter 7 "The Legislature" and the Selected Reading 7.2
Chapter 6 "The Politics of Interest Groups"
Chapter 8 "The Executive"
UNIT IV: The Texas Judiciary and Local Government
Chapter 10 "Laws, Courts, and Justice"
Chapter 3 “Local Governments"
Evaluation methods Grading Policy
There are a total of nine chapter tests, collectively worth 20% of the student's final grade. Four Unit
Exams will be given; each unit exam is worth 20% with an accumulative value of 80% of the total
grade. All grades will be averaged and a course grade assigned based on the following formula.
FOR A GRADE OF D, YOU MUST ACCUMULATE AN AVERAGE OF 60-69

FOR A GRADE OF C, YOU MUST ACCUMULATE AN AVERAGE OF 70-79
FOR A GRADE OF B, YOU MUST ACCUMULATE AN AVERAGE OF 80-89
FOR A GRADE OF A, YOU MUST ACCUMULATE AN AVERAGE OF 90-100
Course Govt. 2306




Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Farrar, Blake
Year 2010-2011 Office Via email/phone
Section 67 email bfarrar@parisjc.edu
Course GOVT 2306
Title Texas State and Local Government
Description This course is an introduction to Texas state and local government. The course includes an
introduction to a framework for analyzing Texas government and politics, the constitutional basis
for Texas government and politics, the processes of Texas government and politics, the institutions
of Texas government and politics, and the policies of Texas government and politics.
- Develop and communicate alternative explanations or solutions for contemporary issues.
- Use and critique alternative explanatory systems or theories.
- Analyze the effects of historical, social, political, economic, cultural and global forces on politics.
- Understand the evolution and current role of the state in the federal system.
- Analyze, critically assess, and develop creative solutions to public policy issues.
- Recognize and assume one's responsibilities as a citizen in a democratic society by learning to
think for oneself, by engaging in public discourse, and by obtaining information through news
media and other appropriate information sources about politics and public policy.
- Identify and understand differences and commonalities within diverse cultures
- Comprehend the origins and evolution of US political systems, with a focus on the growth of
political institutions, the constitution of the state of Texas, federalism, civil liberties, and civil and
human rights.
Textbooks Brown, Langenegger, Garcia, Lewis and Biles, Practicing Texas Politics; Updated 13th ed.,
Houghton Miffliin, Co. (2009). ISBN: 9780547227634
Schedule Week 1- Quiz 1 Opens 1/18 - Texas Political Environment

Week 2- Quiz 2 Opens 1/24 - Federalism & Texas Constitution; Quiz 2 Closes 1/30
Week 3- Quiz 3 Opens 1/31 - Local Governments; Quiz 2 Closes 2/6
Week 4- Quiz 4 Opens 2/7 - Political Parties; Quiz 3 Closes 2/13
Week 5- Exam 1 Opens 2/14 - Chapters 1-4; Quiz 4 Closes 2/20
Week 6- Quiz 5 Opens 2/21 - Elections; Exam 1 Closes 2/25
Week 7- Quiz 6 Opens 2/28 - Interest Groups; Quiz 5 Closes 3/6
Week 8- Quiz 7 Opens 3/7 - Legislature; Quiz 6 Closes 2/13
Week 10- Quiz 8 Opens - Executive; Quiz 7 Closes 2/27
Week 12- Quiz 9 Opens 4/4 - Public Policy & Administration; Exam 2 Closes 4/8
Week 13- Quiz 10 Opens 4/11 - Laws, Courts, Justice System; Quiz 9 Closes 4/17
Week 14- Quiz 11 Opens 4/18 - Finance and Fiscal Policy; Quiz 10 Closes 4/24
Week 16- Exam 3 Closes 5/10
Evaluation methods This is an Internet Course and students to are expected to follow the course schedule to meet weekly
deadlines. Reliable computer access and the ability to self-pace are both a must. This course does
not attempt to teach basic use of a computer. All students must be able to search the net, send e-
mail, and perform other basic computer tasks. Students without these computer skills should not
enroll in the course. This course requires 3 on-campus exams. You will need to call or email the
Testing Center to make specific arrangements for these exams. Make contact at least a week in
advance.
All students must have an e-mail account and adequate access to a computer connected to the
internet. Students must also acquire their own textbooks. Assignments, exams, and expectations
will be similar to those found in a regular classroom setting. Students should complete assignments
by their due dates. The course consists of 11 Chapter Quizzes collectively worth 30% of your Final
Grade. Each Quiz is worth 3 points and one quiz will be dropped (the lowest quiz grade). This
means that if something comes up and a student misses 1 Quiz, it will not be detrimental to your
Final Grade. Also, if at the end of the semester, you are satisfied with your Quiz Grade, you will
not have to take the eleventh quiz.
The course is divided into 3 Sections with an Exam at the end of each section. Each Exam is worth
15% of your Final Grade. The First Section Exam covers Chapters 1-4, the Second Section Exam
covers Chapters 5-8, and the Final is Cumulative but focuses heavily on Chapters 9-11.
Course Govt. 2306




Course GOVT 2306
Description State and Local Government is an internet study of the legislative, executive and judicial systems in
state and local governments in the US, with the emphasis on Texas. The course will cover the
Texas socio-political culture, current issues in Texas government, the Texas Constitution and his
history, the US Constitution as it pertains to state and local governments and their interaction with
the federal government, political parties in Texas, elections, voting, special interest groups, and
Evaluation methods This is an internet course that is divided into four units of study that cover the entire textbook,
Chapters 1-11. Each unit will cover specific chapters. There will be a weekly chapter quiz, with 10
total, and the cumulative quiz score will be worth 20% of the class grade. At the end of each unit,
there will be a unit test, 4 in all, that will be worth 20% of the final grade For a grade of A, the
student must accumulate an average of 90-100. For a grade of B, the student must accumulate an
average of 80-89. For a grade of C, the student must accumulate an average of 70-79. For a grade
of D, the student must accumulate an average of 60-69.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jenna Ormsbee
Term 102S Phone 903.782.0347
Section 02 email jormsbee@parisjc.edu
Course HART 1391 02
Title Special Topics in Heating, Air Conditioning, and Refrigeration
Description Topics address recently identified current events,skills, knowledge, and/or attitudes and behaviors
Textbooks Book ISBN Number: 43047

Author: Ralph Jensen
Book Title: Control Systems
Publisher: Schoolcraft Publishing
Schedule Week 1- Terminology - Identification of Circuitry, Chiller Components

Week 2- Chapter 1 - Wiring Basic Controls, Circuit Boards
Week 3- HVAC Basics: Interactive Disk, Controlling HVAC Systems
Week 4- HVAC Basics: Interactive Disk, Wiring Circuit Boards
Week 5- Test Chapter 1, Point Types
Week 6- Terminology-Controlling HVAC Systems, Wiring Points
Week 7- Wiring Window Unit-Controlling Window Units
Week 8- Chapter 2-Wire Window Unit to 7718, Wire Ice Machines to 7718
Week 10- Controlling Wall Packs-Wire Controls to 7718 Board
Week 11- Test Chapter 2-System Points, Characteristics of Points
Week 12- Chapter 3-Setpoints, Time Schedules, Temp. Controls, Calibration
Week 13- Garphics Pages-Creating Graphics, Replacing Controllers
Week 14- Test Chapter 3-Mechanics of Controllers, Install & Repair
Week 15- Demonstrations-Board, Software, Unit Demonstrations
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods Classroom and Testing 15%

Lab 85%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Charlie Hodgkiss
Section 01 email chodgkiss@parisjc.edu
Course HART 1401
Title Electricity Principles
Description Principles of electricity including proper use of test equipment, A/C circuits, and air conditioning
and refrigeration control component theory and operation, single phase and three phase motors and
controls. Fee charged.
Textbooks Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition

Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein
Schedule Week 1-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of copper tubing. Economical planning and use of
copper and silver solder.
Week 2-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of copper tubing. Economical planning and use of
Week 3-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of steel tubing. Economical planning and use of copper
and silver solder. Process tube adapter kit and leak checking with solution.
Week 5-Use of flare and compression fittings. Use of pinch-off tool to seal system with pressure on
it.
Week 6-Practice safe use of voltmeter and ammeter to take electrical measurements with voltage
on.
Week 7-Practice safe use of ohmmeter to take resistance and continuity measurements with voltage
off.
Week 8-Practice checking single phase motors for shorts and grounds; identifying common, start,
run terminals.
Week 9-Practice wiring and running shaded-pole motors; split-phase motors with current and solid-
state relays.
Week 10-Wire series and parallel circuits on "ohms law" practice board. Practice basic
troubleshooting on practice board.
Week 11-Practice wiring capacitors and potential relays; wiring PSC motors.
Week 12-Practice checking three-phase motors; wiring three-phase motors; reversing three-phase
motors
Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%
Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 1401

it.
on.
off.
run terminals.
state relays.
motors.

Lab Projects 85%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Chris Bardrick
Year 2010-2011 Office Greenville Campus
Section 40 email cbardrick@parisjc.edu
Course HART 1401

it.
on.
off.
run terminals.
state relays.
motors.
W k 13 P i i i i f i i ii l i i bl h i i l
Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 1403
Title Control Principles
Description A basic study of electrical, pressure and temperature controls including motor
starting devices, operating relays, troubleshooting safety controls and devices.
Emphasis on use of wiring diagrams to analyze high and low voltage circuits.
A review of Ohm’s law as applied to A/C controls and circuits. Fee charged.

Schedule Week 1-Practice wire basic control board. Practice adjusting temperature and pressure switches as
assigned.
Week 2-Practice adjust electrical and electromechanical controls on lab training units as assigned.
Week 3-Practice wiring, troubleshooting and adjusting pressure switches on training units as
assigned.
Week 4-Practice wiring, troubleshooting and adjusting overloads and other electrical and
temperature safety devices on training units as assigned.
Week 5-Practice wiring, troubleshooting and adjusting oil failure control on training units as
assigned.
Week 6-Practice wiring, troubleshooting and adjusting electrical and electromechanical controls on
training units as assigned.
Week 7-Practice drawing schematic symbols and schematics of specific units assigned.
Week 8-Practice programming thermostats. Wiring of electronic and programmable controls as
assigned.
Week 9-Practice installation, troubleshooting and repair of electronic and programmable controls as
assigned.
Week 10-Practice control wiring on training units assigned.
Week 11-Practice installing and troubleshooting step-down transformers. Practice measuring volt-
amperes on assigned units.

Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 1403

assigned.
assigned.
assigned.
assigned.
assigned.
Week 10-Practice control wiring on training units assigned
Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 1403

assigned.
assigned.
assigned.
assigned.
assigned.
Week 12 Practice using schematics to wire high voltage control circuits as assigned
Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 1407
Title Refrigeration Principles
Description An introduction to the refrigeration cycle, basic thermodynamics, heat

transfer, temperature/pressure relationship, safety, refrigeration containment
and refrigeration components. Fee charged.
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list
TSI Requirement: N/A

Schedule Week 1-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of steel tubing. Economical planning and use of copper
Week 3-use of flare and compression fittings. Use of pinch-off tool to seal system with pressure on
it.
Week 4-Practice measuring low side and high side measurements in PSIG; converting to PSIA.
Week 5-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges.
Week 7-Practice using recovery machine on training units assigned.
Week 8-Practice using vacuum pumps and vacuum gauges on training units assigned.
Week 9-Practice charging by vapor method on training units assigned.
Week 10-practice charging by weight method on training units assigned.
Week 15-Review

Lab Projects 85%
Year 2010-2011 Office wtc 1052
Course HART 1407


it.
Week 15-Review

Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 1407


it.
Week 14-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges
Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 1441
Title Residential Air Conditioning and Refrigeration
Description A study of components, applications and installation of mechanical air

conditioning systems including operating conditions, troubleshooting, repair
and charging of air conditioning systems. Fee charged.

Schedule Week 1-Practice use of electrical schematic to troubleshoot domestic refrigerators.

Week 2-Practice checking, troubleshooting, and repairing domestic refrigerator defrost circuits.
Week 3-Practice sizing compressors for domestic refrigerators and freezers.
Week 4-Practice checking, troubleshooting, and repairing domestic icemakers.
Week 5-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing domestic freezers.
Week 6-Practice installation of assigned air conditioning systems. Use of psychrometrics to adjust
system performance.
Week 7-Practice use of electrical schematic to troubleshoot domestic refrigerators.
Week 10-Practice charging comfort cooling systems.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test
Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 1441



system performance.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test
Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 1441



system performance.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test
Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 1445
Title Gas and Electric Furnaces
Description A study of the procedures and principles used in servicing heating systems
including gas fired and electric furnaces. Fee charged.
Prerequisite(s): Instructor approval

Schedule Week 1-Practice checking amperage and voltage in electric furnaces. Practice wiring simple electric
furnace.
Week 2-Practice checking amperage and voltage in electric furnaces. Practice wiring simple electric
furnace.
Week 3-Practice measuring BTU output of electric furnace by converting watts on assigned units.
Week 4-Practice measuring air flow in electric furnaces using the sensible heat formula on assigned
units.
Week 5-Practice measuring gas pressure in assigned units.
Week 6-Practice adjusting combustion in gas furnaces as assigned.
Week 7-Practice troubleshooting gas furnaces assigned.
Week 8-Practice wiring gas-fired boiler as assigned.
Week 9-Practice troubleshooting gas furnaces and gas-fired boilers as assigned.
Week 13-Practice checking air flow and air quality in assigned units.
Week 14-Practice checking air flow and air quality in assigned units
Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 1445

furnace.
furnace.
units.
Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 1445

furnace.
furnace.
units.
Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 2436
Title Troubleshooting
Description An advanced course in application of troubleshooting principles and use of

test instruments to diagnose air conditioning and refrigeration components
and system problems including conducting performance tests.Fee charged.

Schedule Week 1-Practice troubleshooting electric circuits using voltage-drop method on assigned units.
Week 2-Practice troubleshooting electric circuits using schematics and the "hop-skotch" method on
assigned units.
Week 3-Practice evaluating and adjusting evaporator performance on assigned commercial
refrigeration units by measuring superheat.
Week 4-Practice troubleshooting, repairing and adjusting defrost systems on assigned commercial
units.
Week 5-Practice charging and start-up of assigned commercial refrigeration systems.
Week 6-Practice evaluating and adjusting evaporator performance on assigned commercial air
conditioning units by measuring superheat.
Week 7-Practice adjusting thermostatic expansion valves on assigned units. Practice bench testing
of thermostatic expansion valves.
Week 8-Practice mechanical troubleshooting with gauges and thermometers on assigned units.
Week 15-Review

Lab Projects 85%
Section 02 email jormbsbee@parisjc.edu
Course HART 2436


assigned units.
units.
Week 15-Review
k 16 i l
Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 2436


assigned units.
units.
Week 15-Review

Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 2438
Title Installation and Service
Description A study of air conditioning system installation, refrigerant piping, condensate

disposal and air cleaning equipment with emphasis on service, troubleshooting,
performance testing and repair techniques.Fee charged.

Schedule Week 1-Install assigned window air conditioners.

Week 2-Install assigned refrigerators and freezers.
Week 3-Install split system with gas furnace.
Week 4-Install split system with electric furnace.
Week 5-Install heat pump system with auxiliary electric heating.
Week 6-Install three-door medium-temperature refrigeration system.
Week 7-Install three-door low-temperature refrigeration system.
Week 8-Install 12-foot medium-temperature refrigeration system.
Week 9-Add cooling system to existing heating system with emphasis on phasing of low voltage
transformers.
Week 10-Install roof-top package unit.
Week 11-Install 12-foot low-temperature refrigeration system.
Week 12-Check system performance on assigned systems.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test
Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 2438



transformers.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test
Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 2438



transformers.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test
Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 2441
Title Commercial Air Conditioning and Refrigeration
Description The student will demonstrate knowledge of systems components; diagnose

and troubleshoot systems; describe system application and demonstrate system
installation procedures.Fee charged.

Schedule Week 1-Check evaporator superheat on assigned units.

Week 2-Check evaporator performance on assigned units.
Week 3-Check condenser sub-cooling on assigned units.
Week 4-Check condenser performance on assigned units.
Week 5-Adjust open compressor speed on assigned units.
Week 6-Check compression ratio on assigned units.
Week 7-Perform bench testing of thermostatic expansion valves.
Week 8-Adjust superheat on assigned high temperature systems.
Week 9-Adjust evaporator pressure regulators on assigned units.
Week 10-Adjust crankcase pressure regulators on assigned units.
Week 11-Practice adjusting low pressure switches on assigned units.
Week 12-Practice adjusting high pressure switches on assigned uni
Week 13-Practice troubleshooting filter dryers on assigned units.
Week 14-Practice system pump down on assigned units.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 2441



Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 2441



Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 2445
Title Air Conditioning System Design
Description A study of the properties of air and results of cooling, heating, humidifying or
dehumidifying; ACCA Manual J heat gain and heat loss calculations including
equipment selection, ACCA Manual D duct design and balancing the air
system.Fee charged.

Schedule Week 1-Practice with u-tube manometer.

Week 2-Practice checking air flow with velometer.
Week 3-Practice traversing duct with pitot tube.
Week 4-Practice assembling round duct.
Week 5-Practice installing flex duct.
Week 6-Practice installing duct board.
Week 7-Practice sizing duct using friction chart.
Week 8-Practice sizing duct using duct calculator.
Week 9-Practice evaluating building envelope R-values.
Week 10-Practice air balancing using electronic velometer.
Week 11-Manual J
Week 12-Manual J
Week 13-Manual D
Week 14-Manual D
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 2445
system.Fee charged.


Week 11-Manual J
Week 12-Manual J
Week 13-Manual D
Week 14-Manual D
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 2445
system.Fee charged.


Week 11-Manual J
Week 12-Manual J
Week 13-Manual D
Week 14-Manual D
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 2449
Title Heat Pumps
Description A study of heat pumps, heat pump control circuits, defrost controls, auxiliary
heat, air flow and other topics related to heat pump systems. Fee charged.

Schedule Week 1-Study heat pump piping and refrigerant flow with heat pump trainer.
Week 2-Practice using schematics to determine component operation in heat pump circuits.
Week 3-Practice wiring heat pump circuit with ICM defrost control.
Week 4-Practice wiring heat pump circuit with Ranco E-15 defrost control.
Week 5-Practice wiring heat pump circuit with G.E./Carrier mechanical defrost timer.
Week 6-Practice troubleshooting reversing valve mechanically and electrically on assigned units.
Week 7-Practice charging heat pumps in heating mode with manufacturer's charging charts on
assigned units.
Week 8-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.
Week 11-Practice calculating the balance point on assigned heat pumps.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test
Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 2449
Title Heat Pumps

assigned units.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test
Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 2449
Title Heat Pumps

assigned units.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test
Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 2480
Title Cooperative Education - Heating, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration
Description Career-related activities encountered in the student's area of specialization offered through an
college and the employer, the student combines classroom learning with work experience. Includes
a lecture component. Prerequisite: instructor approval
Textbooks N/A
Schedule Week 1-Initial Meeting with Student and Employer

Week 2-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work
Week 6-Meeting with Student and Employer
Week 16-Final Review with Student
Evaluation methods Meeting with Student and Employer 15%

Field work with employer 85%
Course HART 2481
Textbooks N/A


Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Ken Hanushek
Section 01 email khanushek@parisjc.edu
Course HIST1301
Title US History to 1877
Description HIST1301 is a survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural, and intellectual history
of the United States from the discovery of America through Reconstruction.
Textbooks Visions of America, by Jennifer D. Keene, et al, Prentiss Hall Publishers, 2010 edition. ISBN# is 0-
321-06687-1.
Schedule 1 Jan 18,19 Course Introduction
2 Jan 20,24 European roots and the Spanish Read Chpt 1
3 Jan 25,26 English Exploration and Colonization Read Chpt 2
4 Jan 31,1 “
5 Feb 2,3 Puritans and Salem Read Chpt 3
6 Feb 7,8 Ze French and Colonial Wars
7 Feb 9,10 Road to Revolution Read Chpt 4
8 Feb 14,15 “
9 Feb 16,17 The American Revolution
10 Feb 21,22 Independence
11 Feb 23,24 EXAM #1
12 Feb 28,1 Candlelight Day
13. Mar 2,3 Constitutional Convention Read Chpt 5
14 Mar 7,8 Elections and a President Read Chpt 6
15 Mar 9,10 Federalists in Charge

Evaluation methods Course requirements include three exams, including the final. The final exam will not be a
comprehensive test over the entire term; instead, it will cover the material that follows exam #2.
Grading Policy
You must complete each of the three 100-point exams during this term. The grading scale is:
270-300= A 240-269= B 210-239= C 180-209= D Below 180 = F
Testing Policy
I expect each student to be prepared for each test. That includes being on time (I will deduct one
point for each minute you are late), having a pencil and answer sheet, and being ready to do your
own work.
Each exam will have two components. First, the material presented in class will be evaluated with
multiple choice questions. You will need #2 pencils and Scantron answer sheets (Form 882-E),
which are available in the PJC Bookstore and the SSTC Library. Second, reading assignments will
be evaluated with a 30-point essay; I will provide paper for the essay.
I will permit you to bring to each exam ONE 3x5 index card, on which you may make any notes you
want, front and back. The card must be of your own making, not copies for or from someone else.
NO COMPUTERS WILL BE AVAILABLE DURING EXAMS.
If you miss an exam, it is your responsibility to contact me in person or via email within one class
day to set up a make-up test. Make-up exams are always essay tests.
I do not allow any outside extra credit work. I build extra credit opportunities into my daily classes
Course HIST1301
321-06687-1.
4 Jan 31,1 “
8 Feb 14,15 “
11 Feb 23,24 EXAM #1

Grading Policy
270-300= A 240-269= B 210-239= C 180-209= D Below 180 = F
Testing Policy
own work.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Paul E. Sturdevant
Section .41 email psturdevant@parisjc.edu
Course Hist 1301
Title American History to 1877
Description A general survey of American History from prehistoric times to the conclusion of Reconstruction
Textbooks Visions of America
Schedule Week 1-Introduction and Administration/Chapter 1

Week 2-Chapters 1-2
Week 3-Chapters 2-3
Week 4-Chapters 3-4
Week 5-Chapters 4-5
Week 6-Chapters 5-6
Week 7-Chapters 6-8
Week 8-Chapters 7-9
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 10-Chapters 9-10
Week 15-Chapter 14
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Matt White
Year 2011 Office GC 211, SS C
Term Spring Phone 903 457-8712; 903 885-1232 SS
Section 43 email mwhite@parisjc.edu
Course HIST 1301
Title U.S. History to 1877
Description HIST 1301 is a survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural, and intellectual history
Textbooks Visions of America: A History of the United States by Jennifer D. Keene, Saul Cornell, Edward T.
O’Donnell

Week 2 Chapter one
Week 3 Chapter two
Week 4 Chapter three
Week 5 Chapter four
Week 6 Chapter five
Week 7 Chapter six
Week 8 Chapter seven Mid-Term
Week 9 Chapter eight
Week 10 Chapter nine
Week 11 Chapter ten
Week 12 Chapter eleven
Week 13 Chapter twelve
Week 14 Chapter thirteen
Week 15 Chapter fourteen
Week 16 FINAL EXAM
Evaluation methods 90-100=A Evaluation rubric

80-89=B
70-79=C
60-69=D
0-59=F
There will be a mid Term evaluation (worth 40%) and a Final project (worth 40%) as well as
random in class grades or daily quizzes (together worth 20%).
Course HIST 1301
O’Donnell

Week 2 Chapter one
Week 3 Chapter two
Week 5 Chapter four
Week 6 Chapter five
Week 7 Chapter six
Week 11 Chapter ten
Week 16 FINAL EXAM

80-89=B
70-79=C
60-69=D
0-59=F
Course HIST1301
321-06687-1.
4 Jan 31,1 “
8 Feb 14,15 “
11 Feb 23,24 EXAM #1

Grading Policy
270-300= A 240-269= B 210-239= C 180-209= D Below 180 = F
Testing Policy
own work.
Course HIST 1301
Description A survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural, and intellectual history of the United
States from the discovery of America through Reconstruction. Core Curriculum satisfied for U.S.
History
Textbooks Visions of America: A History of the United States, Jennifer D. Keene, Saul Cornell, Edward T.
O'Donnell, 1st ed. ISBN: 0-321-06687-9

Week 3- Chapter Two; Chapter Three
Week 7- Chapter Six; Exam Two (Chapters 4 - 6)
Week 10- Chapter Nine; Exam Three (Chapters 7 - 9)
Week 13- Chapter Twelve; Exam Four (Chapters 10 - 12)
Week 14- Chapter Thirteen
Week 15- Chapter Fourteen

Attendance 75 pts. (2pts./class period; 5pts./exam period.
Total 575 points.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Carl P. Covert, Jr.
Year 2011 Office LRC room 104
Section 65 email ccovert@parisjc.edu
Course Hist1301
Title United States History to 1877
Description Hist 1301 is a survey of the political, economic, military, cultural, and intellecutal history of the
United States from Pre-colombian to Recontruction.
Textbooks Visions of America: a History of the United States

Schedule Week 1- The student will learn about Native Americans, African, Age of Exploration, and European
explorers.
Week 2- The student will learn about early colonization in North American from 1590-1710. This
would include the English Colonial societies, middle and southern colonies in the United States.
The Restoration era, Puritans and fonally the salem witch trials.
Week 3- The student will early about Great Britian and its Colony (United States) and how they
grew apart. Topics will include The Pontiac rebellion, Proclaimation of 1763, the Sugar act, the
stamp act, the Declaratory acts, Boston massacre, 1st Cognressional congress, the Intolerable acts
and finally the Great awakening.
Week 4- The student will learn the significant causes of the American Revolution, and Evaluate how
the colonies won the Revolution. Finally, the student will analyze the military strategies of the
Colonial and British armies.
Week 5- The student will learn the weakness of the Articles of Confederation and the shaping of the
United States Constitution and the Ratification of the Constitution, Shay's rebellion, Northwest
Ordinance.
Week 6- The student will learn how the United States was under a new form of government from
1789-1800, Topics include Washington's administration, Rise of political parties, Whiskey
rebellion, Adam's administration, XYZ affair.
Week 7- The student will learn about Jefferson's America, Jefferson's administration, Louisana
Purchase, War of 1812, Missouri Compromise and finally Era of Good feeling
Week 8- The student will learn about Democrary in American and the Jacksonian era 1820-1840.
This includes the Panic of 1827, Andrew Jackson, Indian Removal, 2nd great awakening, and the
rise of the Whig and Democrat parties.
Week 9- The student will better learn about the transformation of the American economy. This
includes Eli Whitney and the cotton gin, Industralization, Market revolution, urban lanscape,
Southern ecomony including slave life and economy.
Week 10- The student will better learn social reforms during the 1800-1850's. This would include
social reforms - prison, abolition, women's movement, industrial and transportation revolutions,
transcendentalism and social improvements.
Week 11- The student will better understand migration of the American west which topics include
Evaluation methods Each chapter has 1 quiz except for chapter 13 (2 quizzes) and one discussion posting assigned.
There are 4 major test concerning the materials covered.
Course Hist1301

explorers.
Ordinance.
Course Hist1301

explorers.
Ordinance.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Allen Williams
Section 01 email awilliams@parisjc.edu
Course History 1302
Title U.S. History 1877 to Present
of the United States from Reconstruction to the present.
Textbooks Visions of America by Jennifer Keene, et.al.

1st Edition ISBN # 0558800440
Pearson/Prentice-Hall is the publisher.
Schedule Unit I
Chapter 15 – Conflict and Conquest: The Transformation of the West, 1860-1900
Chapter 18 – Creating a Democratic Paradise: The Progressive Era, 1895-1915
Chapter 19 – Imperial America: The United States in the World, 1890-1914
Unit II
Chapter 20 – The Great War: World War I, 1914-1918
Chapter 21 – A Turbulent Decade: The Twenties
Chapter 22 – A New Deal for America: The Great Depression, 1929-1940
Unit III
Chapter 23 – World War II: Fighting the Good War, 1939-1945
Chapter 24 – A Divided World: The early Cold War, 1945-1963
Unit IV
Chapter 25 – In a Land of Plenty: Contentment and Discord, 1945-1960
Chapter 26 – A Nation Divided: The Vietnam War, 1945-1975
Chapter 27 – A Decade of Discord: The Challenge of the Sixties
Chapter 28 –Righting a Nation Adrift: America in the 1970’s and 1980’s
Evaluation methods The instructor utilizes a lecture/discussion format and complements the text with occasional films.
Students are provided the opportunity to discuss the readings in class and your participation is
expected. This course is reading-intensive and success will require you to keep current with selected
reading assignments. Occasional “bonus quizzes” may be administered. These are used as a means
of accumulating bonus points for your test grades and keeping students “on target” with class
readings.
After studying the text, lecture materials and viewing related films, the student should be able to
satisfactorily demonstrate competence in each of the areas described in the course objectives of the
class syllabus. The student will be expected to demonstrate competence in the course by achieving
at least a passing average on tests.
Four major exams will be given during the semester. The final average for the course will be
determined by adding your test scores and then dividing by four (number of tests).
To receive an “A” you must have an average from 90-100.
To receive a “B” you must have an average from 80-89.
To receive a “C” you must have an average from 70-79.
To receive a “D” you must have an average from 60-69.
An “F” will be received if your average falls below 60.
Tests will consist primarily of objective questions but may include short answer and/or essay
questions. Each major exam will count approximately 25% of the final grade. Tests are to be taken
at the time scheduled. Test dates will be announced in class and it is the responsibility of the student
to note these exam dates. Any makeup test must be taken by special arrangement and will be an
essay exam.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Lisa Johnson
Section .02 email ljohnson@parisjc.edu
Course HIST 1302
Title HIST 1302 1877 To Present
States from Reconstruction to the present.
Textbooks All students will need the text, Visions of America, Combined, 1st Edition, published by Pearson.
Paperback (ISBN 0558800440) or the loose-leaf (ISBN is 0558744265).
Schedule I. Unit 1: The Transformation of the West - America in the Gilded Age: Chapters 15,16, and 17
Assignment 1: Read Chapter 15 Conflict and Conquest: The Transformation of the West,
1860–1900
Assignment 2: Read Chapter 16 Wonder and Woe: The Rise of Industrial America, 1865–1900
Assignment 3: Read Chapter 17 Becoming a Modern Society: America in the Gilded Age,
1877–1900
II. Unit 2: The Progressive Era -- A New Deal for America: Chapters 18,20,22
Assignment 1: Read Chapter 18 Creating a Democratic Paradise:The Progressive Era, 1895–1915

Assignment 2: Read Chapter 20 The Great War: World War I, 1914–1918
Assignment 3: Read Chapter 22 A New Deal for America: The Great Depression, 1929–1940
III. Unit 3: World War II--The Early Cold War Era : Chapters 23,24, 25
Assignment 1: Read Chapter 23 World War II: Fighting the Good War, 1939–1945
Assignment 2: Read Chapter 24 A Divided World: The Early Cold War, 1945–1963
Assignment 2: Read Chapter 25 In a Land of Plenty: Contentment and Discord, 1945–1960
IV. Unit 4: Recent American History: Chapters 26, 27, 28,

Assignment 1: Read Chapter 26 A Nation Divided: The Vietnam War, 1945–1975
Assignment 2: Read Chapter 27 A Decade of Discord: The Challenge of the Sixties
Assignment 3: Read Chapter 28 Righting a Nation Adrift: America in the 1970s and 1980s
Evaluation methods Testing Policy:
Four major unit exams will be given for the semester covering assigned reading, classroom lectures,
classroom discussions, films shown or assigned, and related text web site materials. Remember that
practice quizzes for each chapter are available in a variety of formats on the MyHistoryLab web
site. Often very similar questions will be given on the major exams. Students are encouraged to
take advantage of the practice quizzes for each chapter. Tests will consist primarily of objective
questions but may include essay questions. Each major exam will be worth at least 100 points.
Tests are to be taken at the time scheduled. A number 2 pencil and an 885 scan tron test form will
be needed for each exam. Test dates will be announced in class and posted on the class web site. It
is the responsibility of the student to note exam dates. If a student should need to leave the
classroom during an exam, the student may choose to take the grade on the completed portion of the
exam or take a makeup exam. Daily quizzes MAY be given in class and count as part of your total
course grade. Daily quizzes may not be made up.
Grading Plan
Pop Quizzes
Pop quizzes may be given at any time during the term and may be counted toward exam grades or
for bonus credit.
Unit Exams (4)

Regular Unit Exams are worth a minimum of 100 points each for at least 400 points toward total
course grade. STUDENTS MAY TAKE ONLY ONE MAKEUP EXAM DURING THE
SEMESTER. MAKEUP EXAMS WILL BE GIVEN ON FRIDAY MORNINGS FEB. 18,
MARCH 25, AND APRIL 22 BY THE DIVISION.
Oral History Bonus Project Family Oral History Interview bonus assignment using Who Do You
Think You Are? materials and instructor materials. Project worth up to 30 points.
Course History 1302

Schedule Unit I
Unit II
Unit III
Unit IV
readings.
essay exam.
Course History 1302

Schedule Unit I
Unit II
Unit III
Unit IV
readings.
essay exam.
Course HIST 1302
Schedule I. Unit 1: The Transformation of the West - America in the Gilded Age: Chapters 15,16, and 17
Assignment 1: Read Chapter 15 Conflict and Conquest: The Transformation of the West,
1860–1900
Assignment 3: Read Chapter 17 Becoming a Modern Society: America in the Gilded Age,
1877–1900
II. Unit 2: The Progressive Era -- A New Deal for America: Chapters 18,20,22
Assignment 1: Read Chapter 18 Creating a Democratic Paradise:The Progressive Era, 1895–1915

Assignment 3: Read Chapter 22 A New Deal for America: The Great Depression, 1929–1940
III. Unit 3: World War II--The Early Cold War Era : Chapters 23,24, 25
Assignment 1: Read Chapter 23 World War II: Fighting the Good War, 1939–1945
Assignment 2: Read Chapter 24 A Divided World: The Early Cold War, 1945–1963
Assignment 2: Read Chapter 25 In a Land of Plenty: Contentment and Discord, 1945–1960
IV. Unit 4: Recent American History: Chapters 26, 27, 28,

Assignment 1: Read Chapter 26 A Nation Divided: The Vietnam War, 1945–1975
Assignment 2: Read Chapter 27 A Decade of Discord: The Challenge of the Sixties
Assignment 3: Read Chapter 28 Righting a Nation Adrift: America in the 1970s and 1980s
Four major unit exams will be given for the semester covering assigned reading, classroom lectures,
classroom discussions, films shown or assigned, and related text web site materials. Remember that
practice quizzes for each chapter are available in a variety of formats on the MyHistoryLab web
site. Often very similar questions will be given on the major exams. Students are encouraged to
take advantage of the practice quizzes for each chapter. Tests will consist primarily of objective
questions but may include essay questions. Each major exam will be worth at least 100 points.
Tests are to be taken at the time scheduled. A number 2 pencil and an 885 scan tron test form will
be needed for each exam. Test dates will be announced in class and posted on the class web site. It
is the responsibility of the student to note exam dates. If a student should need to leave the
classroom during an exam, the student may choose to take the grade on the completed portion of the
exam or take a makeup exam. Daily quizzes MAY be given in class and count as part of your total
course grade. Daily quizzes may not be made up.
Grading Plan
Pop Quizzes
Pop quizzes may be given at any time during the term and may be counted toward exam grades or
for bonus credit.
Unit Exams (4)

course grade. STUDENTS MAY TAKE ONLY ONE MAKEUP EXAM DURING THE
SEMESTER. MAKEUP EXAMS WILL BE GIVEN ON FRIDAY MORNINGS FEB. 18,
MARCH 25, AND APRIL 22 BY THE DIVISION.
Oral History Bonus Project Family Oral History Interview bonus assignment using Who Do You
Think You Are? materials and instructor materials. Project worth up to 30 points.
Course History 1302

Schedule Unit I
Unit II
Unit III
Unit IV
readings.
essay exam.
Course HIST1302
Title US History 1877 to the Present
321-06687-1.
Schedule 1 Jan 18 Course Introduction

Picture Time and Story Hour
2 Jan 25 Growth of Cities and Industry Read Chpt 16,17
3 Feb 1 Was It the “Gay Nineties” or Was It the “Gilded Age”?
4 Feb 8 The American West Read Chpt 15
5 Feb 15 Acquiring an Empire Read Chpt 19
6 Feb 22 EXAM #1
7 Mar 1 The Progressive Era Read Chpt 18,20

The Great War
8 Mar 8 The Roarin’ Twenties Read Chpt 21
9 Mar 22 The Great Depression Read Chpt 22
10 Mar 29 World War II Read Chpt 23
11 Apr 5 EXAM #2
12 Apr 12 The Cold War Read Chpt 24
13 Apr 19 From the Fifties to Vietnam Read Chpt 25
14 Apr 26 The Sixties Read Chpt 26

Grading Policy
270-300= A 240-269= B 210-239= C 180-209= D Below 180 = F
Testing Policy
own work.
Course HIST1302
321-06687-1.
Schedule LSN DATE TOPIC ASSIGNMENT

This is an ITV class that meets MW at 1pm.
1 Jan 18,19 Course Introduction
2 Jan 20,24 Story Hour – Rags to Riches Read Chpt 16,17
3 Jan 25,26 Growth of Cities
4 Jan 31,1 Rise of Industry
5 Feb 2,3 “
6 Feb 7,8 The American West Read Chpt 15
7 Feb 9,10 “
8 Feb 14,15 Acquiring and Empire Read Chpt 19
9 Feb 16,17 “
10 Feb 21,22 EXAM #1
11 Feb 23,24 The Progressive Era Read Chpt 18
12 Feb 28,1 The Great War Read Chpt 20
13. Mar 2,3 The Roaring Twenties Read Chpt 21
14 Mar 7,8 “
Grading Policy
270-300= A 240-269= B 210-239= C 180-209= D Below 180 = F
Testing Policy
own work.
Course HIST 1302
Description HIST 1302 is a survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural and intellectual history of
the United States from Reconstruction to the present.
O’Donnell

Week 2 Chapter one
Week 3 Chapter two
Week 5 Chapter four
Week 6 Chapter five
Week 7 Chapter six
Week 11 Chapter ten
Week 16 FINAL EXAM

80-89=B
70-79=C
60-69=D
0-59=F
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Lewis B. Smith
Year 2010-2011 Office None
Section 42 email lsmith@parisjc.edu
Course HIST 1302
Title U.S. HISTORY 1877 - PRESENT
Description Survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural, and intellectual history of the U.S. from
1877 to the present.
Textbooks VISIONS OF AMERICA: A HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. Upper Saddle River, NJ.
Prentiss Hall/Pearson, 2010 ISBN 13: 978-0-321-06687-9 ISBN-10: 0-321-06687-1
Schedule Jan. 18 - Course Intro; What is History?; The Beginnning of Reconstruction Jan.
25 - The End of Reconstruction; Industrialization of America, Robber Barons, Urban Reforms
Feb. 1 - Presidential Politics in the Gilded Age; The Closing of the West, The Farmers Revolt Feb.
8 - The Age of Imperialism, the Spanish American War, and The Progressive Movement Feb. 15 -
Origins of the Great War, Bloodbath in Europe, America Joins the Cause Feb. 22 -
Failure at Versailles, The Roaring 20's, The Great Crash, The Depression Era Mar. 1 -
Mid-Term Examination Mar. 8 -
FDR and the New Deal, Origins of World War II in Europe and the Pacific Mar. 15 -
World War II - The Great Crusade Mar 22 -
The Holocaust and Nuremberg; The Origins of the Cold War, Truman and Korea Mar. 29 -
NO CLASS, SPRING BREAK!! Apr. 5
- The 1950's - Happy Days?; The General in the White House; the 1960 Election Apr. 12 -
The Kennedy Years: Camelot - or Not?; Origins of the Vietnam War Apr. 19 -
Vietnam: America's Longest War; The Civil Rights Movement; The Sixties: Decade that Destroyed
America - or Reshaped It? Apr. 26 - Nixon
and Watergate; The Sickly Seventies, Ford, Carter, and the Reagan Revolution May 3 - The End of
the Cold War Until the Present: History Becomes Now May 10 - Final Exam
Evaluation methods This course will be evaluated as follows: TWO BOOK REVIEWS (20% each of final grade), TWO
TESTS (mid-term and final, each 20% of final grade), WEEKLY READING QUIZZES (averaged
together to form the final 20% of final grade)
Course HIST 1302
O’Donnell

Week 2 Chapter one
Week 3 Chapter two
Week 5 Chapter four
Week 6 Chapter five
Week 7 Chapter six
Week 11 Chapter ten
Week 16 FINAL EXAM

80-89=B
70-79=C
60-69=D
0-59=F
Section 4D email psturdevant@parisjc.edu
Course Hist 1302
Title American History 1877 to Present
Description A general survet of American History from the end of Reconstruction to Present
Schedule Week 1-Introduction and Administrative/ Chapter 15

Week 9-Spring Break
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Course HIST 1302
O’Donnell

Week 2 Chapter one
Week 3 Chapter two
Week 5 Chapter four
Week 6 Chapter five
Week 7 Chapter six
Week 11 Chapter ten
Week 16 FINAL EXAM

80-89=B
70-79=C
60-69=D
0-59=F
Course HIST 1302
Title US History 1877 to Present
States from Reconstruction to the present. Core Curriculum satisfied for U.S. History
Schedule Week 1- Introduction to Class; Chapter Fifteen

Week 2- Chapter Fifteen; Chapter Sixteen
Week 3- Chapter Sixteen; Chapter Seventeen
Week 4- Chapter Seventeen; Exam One (Chapters 15 - 17)
Week 5- Chapter Eighteen
Week 6- Chapter Nineteen
Week 7- Chapter Twenty; Exam Two (Chapters 18 - 20)
Week 8- Chapter Twenty One
Week 9- Chapter Twenty Two
Week 10- Chapter Twenty Three; Exam Three (Chapters 21 - 23)
Week 11- Chapter Twenty Four
Week 12- Chapter Twenty Five
Week 13- Chapter Twenty Six; Exam Four (Chapters 24 - 26)
Week 14- Chapter Twenty Seven
Week 15- Chapter Twenty Eight; Chapter Twenty Nine

Total 575 points.
Course HIST 1302
O’Donnell

Week 2 Chapter one
Week 3 Chapter two
Week 5 Chapter four
Week 6 Chapter five
Week 7 Chapter six
Week 11 Chapter ten
Week 16 FINAL EXAM

80-89=B
70-79=C
60-69=D
0-59=F
Course HIST 1302
Also, the new History Channel video series, America The Story of US, is required for this course.
These DVD videos are available through The History Channel.com website ($39.95 for the entire
12 part DVD set good for both HIST 1301 and HIST 1302 internet courses) or for download
through iTunes (under $2 per episode or under $20 for standard definition download of entire
series). This course will require episodes 6-12 of the series. The College Book Store at Paris Junior
College will stock the paperback textbook, express order on request the loose-leaf text, and sell the
DVDs as well.
Schedule 1. Unit 1: The Transformation of the West - America in the Gilded Age: Chapters 15,16, and 17
Assignment 1: View Episode 6 HEARTLAND from America The Story of US History Channel
Series
Read Chapter 15 Conflict and Conquest: The Transformation of the West, 1860–1900 in
textbook.
Take assigned practice and graded chapter tests. Chapter 15 Test due by Jan. 31 at 11:55
p.m.
Take assigned practice and graded chapter tests. Chapter 16 Test due by Feb. 7 at 11:55 p.m.
Assignment 3:View Episode 7 CITIES from America The Story of US History Channel Series
Read Chapter 17 Becoming a Modern Society: America in the Gilded Age, 1877–1900
Take assigned practice and graded chapter tests. Chapter 17 Test due by Feb. 14 at 11:55
p.m.
Take Unit 1 Exam -- This Exam is proctored and must be take by appointment. See Testing
Information icon on your course Homepage for arrangements. Unit 1 Exam is available Feb.2 until
Feb. 15 at 7:30 p.m. Bonus Orientation Quiz is also due Feb. 15 and is located within the Tests
feature on the Homepage like all exams.
II. Unit 2: The Progressive Era --The Great War: Chapters 18,19,20
Assignment 1: View Episode 8 BOOM from America The Story of US History Channel Series
Read Chapter 18 Creating a Democratic Paradise:The Progressive Era, 1895–1915
Take assigned practice graded chapter tests. Chapter 18 Test due by Feb. 21 at 11:55 p.m.
Assignment 2: Read Chapter 19 Imperial America
Take assigned practice graded chapter tests. Chapter 19 Test due by Feb. 28. at 11:55 p.m.
Four major unit exams will be given for the semester covering assigned reading, required DVD
series videos, and related text web site materials. Students are assigned quizzes for each chapter
and other related web chapter material. Tests will consist primarily of objective questions but may
include essay questions. Each unit exam will be worth at least 100 points. The first three Unit
Exams must be taken in an approved proctored setting such as a PJC campus during scheduled
testing periods indicated in the Syllabus and on the Course Calendar. See the Testing Information
icon feature on your course Homepage for details on testing. Please note PJC policy leaves
decisions on whether or not to accommodate student requests to take proctored exams on non-PJC
campuses to the discretion of the instructor. Testing on non-PJC campuses will be only be
considered under very limited special student circumstances. Such requests must be made by the
Official Reporting Day of any term. Each Unit Exam will be available for at least two weeks during
the long semester and four days during the summer terms. Remember makeup exams are worth
significantly less points than regular exams. Chapter tests will be taken by students off campus
through the WebCT system. The Chapter tests will be added together for a total of 100 plus points
toward the total course points. Chapter Tests all have deadlines shown in this Syllabus, in the
Chapter and Video Course Assignments Outline, and Course Calendar.
Grading Plan
Orientation Quiz 5 bonus points
Chapter Tests (14 Chapters Assigned)
Each regular chapter test will be worth up to 8 points each and be counted toward the total course
grade points for 100 plus cumulative points. Chapter makeup tests are worth up to 3 points and may
be taken by all students for bonus credit who take regular chapter tests by deadline.
Unit Exams (5)
course grade. Makeup Unit Exams are worth a maximum of 80 points each.
Bonus Oral History Assignment Project Family Oral History Interview bonus assignment using
Who Do You Think You Are? materials and instructor materials. Project worth up to 30 points.
Course HIST 1302
DVDs as well.
Series
textbook.
p.m.
p.m.
Grading Plan
Unit Exams (5)
Course HIST 1302
DVDs as well.
Series
textbook.
p.m.
p.m.
Grading Plan
Unit Exams (5)
Course HIST 1302
DVDs as well.
Series
textbook.
p.m.
p.m.
Grading Plan
Unit Exams (5)
Course HIST1302
321-06687-1.

This is an ITV class that meets TR at 1pm.
5 Feb 2,3 “
7 Feb 9,10 “
9 Feb 16,17 “
10 Feb 21,22 EXAM #1
14 Mar 7,8 “
Grading Policy
270-300= A 240-269= B 210-239= C 180-209= D Below 180 = F
Testing Policy
own work.
Course HIST1302
321-06687-1.

5 Feb 2,3 “
7 Feb 9,10 “
9 Feb 16,17 “
10 Feb 21,22 EXAM #1
14 Mar 7,8 “
Grading Policy
270-300= A 240-269= B 210-239= C 180-209= D Below 180 = F
Testing Policy
own work.
Course HIST1302
321-06687-1.

This is an ITV class that meets MW at 1pm
5 Feb 2,3 “
7 Feb 9,10 “
9 Feb 16,17 “
10 Feb 21,22 EXAM #1
13. Mar 2,3 The Roaring TwTenties Read Chpt 21
14 Mar 7,8 “
Grading Policy
270-300= A 240-269= B 210-239= C 180-209= D Below 180 = F
Testing Policy
own work.
Course HIST1302
321-06687-1.

This is an ITV class that meets TR 1pm
5 Feb 2,3 “
7 Feb 9,10 “
9 Feb 16,17 “
10 Feb 21,22 EXAM #1
14 Mar 7,8 “
Grading Policy
270-300= A 240-269= B 210-239= C 180-209= D Below 180 = F
Testing Policy
own work.
Course HIST 1302


Total 575 points.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Judy Falls
Year 2011 Office Cooper High School
Section 93 email jfalls@cooperisd.net
Course History 1302
Title U.S History, 1877 to Present
Description Hist 1302 is a survey of the political, social, sconomic, miliatary, sultural and intellectual history of
Textbooks Visions of America: A History of the United States by Jennifer D. Keene, Saul Cornell and Edward
T. O'Donnell: 2010 Edition by Pearson: Prentice Hall
Schedule This semester the class will cover the following topics. The Great Depression, World War II, Cold
War, Fifties, Vietnam, The Sixties, the Civil Rights Movement from the beginning to the 70s;
Nixon-Ford-Carter-Reagan Years, and the Iraq, Kuwait and other wars and events. Materials will
be provided for the Exit level Test mandated by the TEA.
Evaluation methods Scheduled examinations are to be completed in the allotted class period. Any examination not taken
at the regularly scheduled time may be a different type of examkination. Make up exams will be
scheduled between the student and the teacher. Makeup exams are administered outside of the
regular class period unless the time frame permits in class testing. There will be four to six grades
each six weeks grading period. These grades may include chapter tests, unit tests, online testing,
writing assignments, research assignments or abstracts.
FOR A GRADE OF D, YOUR AVERAGE MUST BE BETWEEN 60-69.
FOR A GRADE OF C, YOUR AVERAGE MUST BE BETWEEN 70-79.
FOR A GRADE OF B, YOUR AVERAGE MUST BE BETWEEN 80-89.
FOR A GRADE OF A, YOUR AVERAGE MUST BE BETWEEN 90-100.
As a policy of Cooper High School, a six weeks grade will be assessed for each student for
academic purposes. Therefore, a minimum of three and a maximum of eight grades may be taken for
each student during a six weeks grading period. There will be three six-week averages at the end of
the semester. These grades will be averaged for a final semester grade. Each class will be advised
about the number of grades to be taken each grading period. The average of the grading periods will
be submitted to Paris Junior College for a semester grade
Course HIST 1302


Total 575 points.
Course HIST 1302
America - or Reshaped It? Apr. 26 - Nixon
and Watergate; The Sickly Seventies, Ford, Carter, and the Reagan Revolution May 3 - The End of
the Cold War Until the Present: History Becomes Now May 10 - Final Exam
Evaluation methods This course will be evaluated as follows: TWO BOOK REVIEWS (20% each of final grade), TWO
TESTS (mid-term and final, each 20% of final grade), WEEKLY READING QUIZZES (averaged
together to form the final 20% of final grade)
Course HIST1302
321-06687-1.

5 Feb 2,3 “
7 Feb 9,10 “
9 Feb 16,17 “
10 Feb 21,22 EXAM #1
14 Mar 7,8 “
Grading Policy
270-300= A 240-269= B 210-239= C 180-209= D Below 180 = F
Testing Policy
own work.
Course HIST 2312
Title The History of Western Civilization
Description A survey of the social, economic, political, and intellectual developments in Europe from the
Renaissance to the present. Emphasis is place on the French Revolution, the Napoleonic period,
territorial expansion, World War I, World War II, and post-war developments. Core Curriculum
satisfied for Social and Behavioral Science.
Textbooks The Western Heritage, Donald Kagan, Steven Ozment, Frank M. Turner, Combined volume,
teaching and learning classroom edition, brief 6th ed. ISBN 978-0-205-72891-6.

Week 3- Chapter Fifteen
Week 4- Chapter Sixteen; Exam One (Chapters 14 - 16)
Week 5- Chapter Seventeen; Chapter Eighteen
Week 6- Chapter Eightenn; Chapter Nineteen
Week 7- Exam Two (Chapters 17 - 19); Chapter Twenty
Week 9- Chapter Twenty Two; Exam Three (Chapters 20 - 22)
Week 10- Chapter Twenty Three
Week 12- Chapter Twenty Five; Exam Four (Chapters 23 - 25)
Week 13- Chapter Twenty Six; Chapter Twenty Seven
Week 14- Chapter Twenty Seven; Chapter Twenty Eight

Total 575 points.
Course HIST 2312


Total 575 points.
Section .65 email awilliams@parisjc.edu
Course History 2312
Description HIST 2312 is a survey of the social, economic, political and intellectual developments in Europe
from the Renaissance to the present. Emphasis is placed on the French Revolution, the Napoleonic
period, territorial expansion, World War I, World War II, and post-war developments.
Textbooks
The Western Heritage by Donald Kagan, et.al.
6th Brief Edition ISBN # 9780205728916
Schedule Unit One
Chapter 13 – European State Consolidation in the 17th and 18th Centuries
Chapter 14 – New Directions in Thought and Culture in the 16th and 17th Centuries
Chapter 16 – The Transatlantic Economy, Trade Wars, and Colonial Rebellion
Unit Two
Chapter 17 – The Age of Enlightenment: 18th Century Thought
Chapter 18 – The French Revolution
Chapter 19 – The Age of Napoleon and the Triumph of Romanticism
Unit Three
Chapter 23 – Society and Politics to World War I
Chapter 25 – The Age of Western Imperialism
Chapter 26 – Alliances, War, and a Troubled Peace
Unit Four
Chapter 27 – The Interwar Years: The Challenge of Dictators and Depression
Chapter 28 – World War II
Chapter 29 – The Cold War Era, Decolonization, and the Emergence of a New Europe
Evaluation methods This is an online setting that requires no visits to the traditional classroom for meetings. It is
imperative though, that you logon regularly and keep abreast of all events and deadlines. And, it is
also very important for you to keep current with your readings. History classes are very reading
intensive and if you get behind, it can be a real struggle to catch up! Practicing self-discipline in this
regard is a must for success in online classes. Grading Policy
As previously mentioned, the course material is divided into four units. Each unit concludes with a
major exam worth 100 points, meaning this is worth a total of 400 points toward your course grade
calculation. This exam category is the most significant in calculating your grade.
Students will also take a quiz over each of the twelve chapters. These quizzes are worth 10 points
each. The quiz component will be worth a total of 120 points toward your course grade calculation.
And finally, students will be required to compose two short-length “reflection/discussion” papers,
related to topics in the readings. These papers are worth 30 points each for a maximum total of 60
points toward your course grade calculation.
I am adding two bonus quizzes that will be available toward the end of the term. These are optional,
but will provide a chance for you to improve your grade slightly. These bonus quizzes will be worth
ten points each and are merely an opportunity for you to help improve your grade, or make up for
missed quizzes during the term.
Here is a breakdown of total point values related to the letter grade received in this course:
To receive an “A” you must accumulate between 522-580 total points.

To receive a “B” you must accumulate between 464-521 total points.
To receive a “C” you must accumulate between 406-463 total points.
To receive a “D” you must accumulate between 348-405 total points.
An “F” will be received if you accumulate 347 points or less.
All due dates will be posted and it is the responsibility of the student to meet these submission
deadlines. The calendar feature in WEBCT will be used to remind of due dates, so do not forget to
check there. Again, failure to meet your deadlines will result in a “0” for that assignment. It is
extremely important to keep up to date with your submission deadlines!
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Ron Vrba
Section 01 email rvrba@parisjc.edu
Course HITT 1266

Practicum (or Field Experience) - Health Information/Medical Records
Title Technology/Technician
Textbooks Professional Review Guide for the CCA Examination by Patricia Schnering, Toni Cade, Lisa
Delhomme and Irene Mueller, 2011 Edition; Basic ICD-9-CM Coding by Lou Ann Schraffenberger,
2011
Schedule Week 1-Oreintation, Resumes & Cover Letters Project

Week 2- Coding Lab, Inpatient Chart assignment
Week 3- Inpatient Chart Assignment
Week 4- Practicum Site Visits, Outpatient Chart Assignment
Week 6- Practicum Site Visits, Inpatient Chart Assignment
Week 7- Practicum Site Vists
Week 8- Practicum Site Visits
Week 10- Practicum Site Visits, Introdution to ICD-10-CM/PCS
Week 11- Practicum Site Visits, CCA Prep
Week 14- Inpatient/Outpatient Chart Assignment
Week 15- Coding Lab
Week 16 Final Exam/Mock CCA Exam Exit Interviews
Evaluation methods Grading is based on a point scale with points awarded for each successful completion of a
Practicum objective. The Grading Scale is: 1800 to 2000 points = A; 1600 to 1799 points = B; 1400
to 1599 points = C; 1200 to 1399 points = D; Below 1199 points = F.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Anita Ferguson
Section 65 email aferguson@parisjc.edu
Course HITT 1305
Title Medical Terminology
Description Study of word origin and structure through the introduction of prefixes, suffixes, root words, plurals,
abbreviations and symbols, surgical procedures, medical specialities, and diagnostic procedures.
Textbooks Mastering Healthcare Terminology, 3rd Edition, Betsy J. Shiland
Schedule Week 1-Introduction to Healthcare Terminology

Week 2-Body Structure and Directional Terminology
Week 3-Musculoskeletal System
Week 5-Gastrointestinal System
Week 6-Urinary System
Week 7-Male Reproductive System
Week 8-Female Reproductive System
Week 9-Blood, Lymphatic, and Innune Systems
Week 10-Cardiovascular System
Week 11-Respiratory System
Week 12-Nervous System
Week 13-Mental and Behavioral Health
Week 14-Special Senses: Eye and Ear
Week 15-Endocrine System
Week 16-Oncology/Final Exam
Evaluation methods 70% chapter Module Exams

30% final Exam
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Mistie Ford
Year 2010-2011 Office By Appointment
Section 66 email mford@parisjc.edu
Course HITT 1305
Description HITT 1305 Medical Terminology 3.3.2 Instruction in the practical application of a medical
vocabulary system. Topic include structure; recognition; analysis; definition; spelling;
pronunciation; and combination of medical terms from prefixes, suffixes, roots, and combining
forms Credits: 3 SCH 3 lecture and 2 lab hours per week from approved course list
Textbooks 1. Mastering Healthcare Terminology, 3rd Edition, Betsy J. Shiland ISBN: 978-0-323-05506-2

Week 7-Male Reproductive Systems
Week 9-Blood, Lymphatic, and Immune Systems
Week 16-Oncology
Evaluation methods Complete the text-workbook, Mastering Healthcare Terminology, 3rd Edition, by Betsy J. Shiland.
Complete the modules for each chapter contained under the Course Doucument’s icon on WebCT.
Each module contains lessons, activities, quizzes and exams. The student will do this for each
chapter in the book—chapters 1 through 16. Complete the assignments for each chapter. These
may be completed in the book as well as on the computer. There is also a CD in the back of the
textbook that can be used for additional material. For each module there are section quizzes in
WebCT that will help prepare the student for the exams that are in the WebCT for each chapter.
Complete all the exams for each chapter module. Complete the final exam. GRADING POLICY is
as follows:
70 % Chapter Module Exams

30% Final Exam
100% Total Grade
TO PASS THE COURSE, YOU MUST MAINTAIN AN OVERALL “C” AVERAGE (70% or
Course HITT 1305

Week 16-Oncology
as follows:

30% Final Exam
100% Total Grade
TO PASS THE COURSE YOU MUST MAINTAIN AN OVERALL “C” AVERAGE (70% or
Section P1 email aferguson@parisjc.edu
Course HITT 1305
Description Study of word origin and structure through the introduction of prefixes, suffixes, root words, plurals,
abbreviations and symbols, surgical procedures, medical specialities, and diagnostic procedures.


30% final Exam
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Mitie Ford
Year 2010-2011 Office Internet
Course HITT 2335
Title Coding and Reimbursement Methodologies
Description Advanced coding techniques with emphasis on case studies,

health records, and federal regulations regarding perspective payment systems
and methods of reimbursement.
Textbooks Principles of Healthcare Reimbursement Third Edition

Anne B. Casto, RHIA, CCS
Elizabether Layman, PhD, RHIA, CCS, FAHIMA
ISBN: 978-1-58426-243-5
Schedule Week 1: Healthcare Reimbursement Methodologies

Week 2: Clinical Coding and Coding Compliance
Week 3: Voluntary Healthcare Insurance Plans
Week 4: Government-Sponsored Healthcare Programs
Week 5: Managed Care Plans
Week 6-7: Medicare-Medicaid Prospective Payment Systems for Inpatients
Week 8-9: Ambulatory and Other Medicare-Medicaid Reimbursement Systems
Week 10: Medicare-Medicaid Prospective Payment Systems
Week 11: Revenue Cycle Management
Week 12: Value-Based Purchasing
Week 13-14: Project
Week 15: Review
Week 16: Final Exam
Evaluation methods In order to pass HITT 2335, the student must achieve final average grade of 70 or higher. The final
grade will consist of the following: Review Quizzes/Lab assignments that are averaged for a total of
10% of your final grade, project is 10% of your final grade, five exams that are averaged for a total
of 60% of the final grade. The Final Exam will be 20% of the final grade.
Course HITT 2340
Title Advanced Medical Billing and Reimbursement
Description Study of coding skills to prepare reimbursement forms in various health care settings for submission
to payors
Textbooks Textbook: COMPUTERS IN THE MEDICAL OFFICE, Susan M. Sanderson, 7th ed.
And CASE STUDIES FOR THE MEDICAL OFFICE , 6th ed. (Capstone Billing Simulation)
Schedule Week 1-Introduction to Computers in the Medical Office

Week 2-The Use of Health Information Technology in Physician Practices
Week 3-Introduction to Medisoft
Week 4-Entering Patient Information
Week 5-Working With Cases
Week 6-Entering Charge Transactions and Patient Payments
Week 7-Creating Claims
Week 8-Posting Insurance Payments and Creating Patient Statements
Week 9-Creating Reports
Week 10-Collections in the Medical Office
Week 11Scheduling
Week 12-Applying Your Skills--Handing Patient Records and Transactions
Week 13-Setting Up Appoinjtsments
Week 14-Printing Lists and Reports
Week 15-Putting It Altogether
Evaluation methods Lesson Tests (Chapter Review questions after each lesson) 10%
Medisoft computer exercises (exercises will be averaged) 60%
Capstone Billing Simulation 30%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Sheila jones
Term 102S Phone 903.782.0743
Section 01 email sjones@parisjc.edu
Course HPRS 2300
Title Pharmacology for Health Professions
Description A study of drug classifications, actions, therapeutic uses, adverse effects, routes of administration
and calculation of dosages.
Textbooks Pharmacology Clear & Simple (Make sure that the textbook has the accompanying CD), Nina
Beaman, F.A. Davis, 1st edition, 2008 ISBN: 978-0-8036-1239-6
Schedule Week 1- Patient Safety

Week 2- Laws and Regulations Related to Medications, Drug Sources and Actions
Week 3- Drug forms and Routes, Prescriptions and Drug Labeling
Week 4- Drug Resources, Medication Administration
Week 5- Review of Basic Math, Nervous System Medications, Exam I
Week 6- Drug Measurement systems, Cardiovascular Medications
Week 7- Immunologic Medications
Week 8- Integumentary Medications
Week 9- Pulmonary Medications
Week 10-Gastrointestinal Medications, Exam 2
Week 11- (Part 1) Dosage Calculations, Musculoskeletal Medications
Week 12- Endocrine Medications
Week 13- (Part 2) Dosage Calculations, Reproductive and Urinary Medications
Week 14- Eye and Ear Medications
Week 15- Exam 3
Week 16- Optional final
Evaluation methods Credits 3 sch. TSI: None Prerequisite(s): None

The final grade in this course will consist of the following: Seven (7) Learning modules (from the
CD) that are averaged and multiplied by 0.7 and are 7 % of the grade (7 points). Attendance grades
are averaged and multiplied by 0.15 and are 15% of the grade (15 points). End of Chapter
Activities that are averaged and multiplied by 0.1 and are 10% of the grade (10points). There are
also 3 exams (17% apiece) that are 51% of the grade (51 points). Pharmacology project is 17 % of
the grade (17 points). You will have the opportunity to take an optional final. The grade is
multiplied by 0.05, which can add a maximum of 5 extra points to your final grade. This is the only
extra credit that is offered. The following is the criteria for letter grades in this course: 90 - 100
points = A, 80-89 = B, 70-79 = C, 60-69 = D, Below 60=F.
Term 102S Phone 903.782.0743
Course HPRS 2300

Week 15- Exam 3

Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Brenda Allen
Term 102S Phone 903-782-0734
Section 50 email ballen@parisjc.edu
Course HPRS 2300

Week 15- Exam 3

Term 102S Phone 903.782.0743
Course HPRS 2300

Week 15- Exam 3

CD) that are averaged and multiplied by 0.7 and are 7 % of the grade (7 points). Weekly
assignments are averaged and multiplied by 0.15 and are 15% of the grade (15 points). End of
Chapter Activities that are averaged and multiplied by 0.1 and are 10% of the grade (10 points).
There are also 3 exams (17% apiece) that are 51% of the grade (51 points). Pharmacology project
is 17 % of the grade (17 points). You will have the opportunity to take an optional final. The grade
is multiplied by 0.05, which can add a maximum of 5 extra points to your final grade. This is the
only extra credit that is offered. The following is the criteria for letter grades in this course: 90 -
100 points = A 80 89 = B 70 79 = C 60 69 = D Below 60=F
Term 102S Phone 903.782.0743
Course HPRS 2300

Week 15- Exam 3

100 points = A, 80-89 = B, 70-79 = C, 60-69 = D, Below 60=F.
Term 102S Phone 903.782.0743
Course HPRS 2300

Week 15- Exam 3

100 i t A 80 89 B 70 79 C 60 69 D B l 60 F
Term 102S Phone 903.782.0743
Course HPRS 2300

Week 15- Exam 3

100 points = A 80-89 = B 70-79 = C 60-69 = D Below 60=F
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Thoms M. Bass MSN RN
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC 1026A
Section 01 email tbass@parisjc.edu
Course HPRS 2301
Title Pathophysiology
Description A study of the pathology and general health management of diseases and injuries across the life
span. Topics include etiology, symptoms, and the physical and psychological reactions to diseases
and injuries.
Textbooks 1. An Introduction to Human Disease, 8th edition 2010, Leonard V. Crowley, Jones & Bartlett,
ISBN#13:978-0-7637-6951-0.
2. An Introduction to Human Disease Student Workbook, 8th edition, 2010, L. Crowley, Jones &
Bartlett, ISBN #978-0-7637-7467-7
Schedule Week 1-Concepts of Disease

Week 2-Cells, Tissues, Chromosomes Genes and Cell Division
Week 3-Imflammation, Imunnity, Hypersensitivity, Allergy
Week 4- Pathogens, Animal Parasites
Week 5-Communicable Diseases,Congential and Hereditary Diseases
Week 6-Neoplastic Disease, Abnormalities of Blood Coagulation
Week 7-Circulation Disturbances, Cardiovascular & Hematopoietic & Lymphatic Systems
Week 8-The Respiratory System and Diseases of the Breast
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 10-The Female Reproductive System & Prenatal Development, Pregnancy
Week 11-The Urinary System and the Male Reproductive System
Week 12-The Liver, Biliary system, Pancreas and Diabetes
Week 13-The Gastrointestinal Tract Fluid, Electrolytes, Acid Base Imbalance
Week 14-The Endocrine Glands & The Nervous System
Week 15-The Musculoskeletal System
Week 16-System Review
Evaluation methods 3 Proctored Exams 15% of the grade

6 Chapter Reviews 65% of the grade (open book)
6 Assignments 20 % of the grade (open book)
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Donna Gatlin
Term Spring 102s Phone 903 782 0734
Section 66 email dgatlin@parisjc.edu
Course HPRS 2301
and injuries.
ISBN#13:978-0-7637-6951-0.
Bartlett, ISBN #978-0-7637-7467-7
Schedule Week 1-Concepts of Disease, Cells & Tissues, Chromosomes, Genes, Inflammation
Week 2-Immunity, Hypersensitivity & Pathogens
Week 3-Animal Parasites, Communicable Diseases, and Congenital & Hereditary Diseases
Week 4-Neoplastic Disease, Abnormalities of Blood Coagulation & Circulation
Week 5-The Cardiovascular System, The Hematopoietic and Lympatic Systems
Week 6-Review week 1-5
Week 7-The Respiratory System and The Breast
Week 8-Female Reproductive and Prenatal and Diseases Associated with Pregnancy
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 10-The Urniary System and The Male Reproductive System
Week 11-Review chapters 10-18
Week 12-The Liver, Biliary system, Pancreas, and Diabetes
Week 13-The gastrointestinal Tract, Fluid,Electolytes & Acid Base imbalance
Week 14-The Endocrine System and Nervous System
Week 16-Review
Evaluation methods 6 Assignments (averaged) 20%

6 Chapter Reviews (averaged, open book) 65%
3 Exam (proctored, averaged, closed book) 15%
Course HPRS 2301
and injuries.
ISBN#13:978-0-7637-6951-0.
Bartlett, ISBN #978-0-7637-7467-7
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 16-Review

Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Serina Omori
Section 01 email somori@parisjc.edu
Course HRGY 1301
Title Jewelry Techniques I
Description An introduction to the proper use and care of hand tools along with industry terminology, skill
development in layout, sawing, filing, drilling, and hand finishing to industry standard.
Textbooks Jewelry Making by Murray Bovin, The Complete Metal-smith by Tim McCreight, The Theory &
Practice of Goldsmithing by Erhard Brephol
Schedule Class Date Lecture Project #

January 18th Layout 90 degrees #101
Layout 90 degrees #102
January 19th Layout Geometric shapes #103
January 20th Sawing #1 (square with “L”s) #104
January 24th Sawing #2 (Curves) #105
January 25th Filing #1 (L-shape) #106
January 27th Filing #2 (Curves) #107
January 31st Emery #1 (Square) #108
February 1st Emery (Triangle) #109
February 2nd Emery #3 (Hexagon) #110
February 7th Emery Frame #111
Evaluation methods Students are evaluated in three areas:

Projects: Projects are graded to jewelry industry standards as established by the Industry Steering
Committee. Students must complete each project with a grade of “70” or higher. If a student’s
project did not qualify to the required 70% competency level, the student must repeat the project
until he or she acquires the skills set needed to meet the qualification. Each student must
demonstrate a competent use and execution of skills to the 70 % rule in order to advance to the next
course. Students will take a written final at the end of this course.
Tests: Test and/or papers will be graded on the accuracy of the answers and content of a scale from
0 to 100. Test and/or papers must be completed to pass the course. Expect a test the last day of
each quarter!
Workplace Ethics: Students will be graded in 10 different areas: appearance, attitude, interest in
work, work habits, preparation, attentiveness, participation, following instructions, confidentiality,
and attendance. Any one of these could cause a student to fail any one of the courses.
Final Course Grades:
Project average 80%
Workplace Ethics 10%
Final Test 10%
Course HRGY 1302
Title Jewelry Techniques II
Description Continuation of Jewelry Techniques I. Introduction to machine-polishing flat and curved surfaces.

Feb. 14th Piercing #112
Feb. 17th Polishing #113
Feb. 23rd Polishing #114
March 8th Polishing #115

each quarter!
Project average 80%
Final Test 10%
Course HRGY 1303
Title Jewelry Techniques III
Description Continuation of Jewelry Techniques II with an emphasis on rolling mill and wire drawing
techniques, torch soldering, and ring fabrication.

March 10th Soldering Project #1 #116
March 23rd Soldering Project #2 #117
March 29th Wedding Band #1 #118
March 31st Wedding Band #2 #119
April 5th Charm Bracelet #120

each quarter!
Project average 80%
Final Test 10%
Course HRGY 1304
Title Jewelry Techniques IV
Description Continuation of Jewelry Techniques III with emphasis on chain making, catch construction, ring
sizing, and mass finishing.

April 13th Ring Sizing #123
April 18th Fabrication #125
May 2nd Repair #127
May 3rd Bracelet #128
May 5th Fabrication # 129
May 12th Recognition Ceremony #130

each quarter!
Project average 80%
Final Test 10%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Harrison, Harrel
Section 30 email hharrison@parisjc.edu
Course HRGY 1304
Description Continuation of Jewelry Techniques III including advanced skills in layout, sawing, filing, emery,
polishing, and soldering with limited fabrication.
Textbooks Bovin, Murray. Jewelry Making, Bovin Publishers, Forest Hill, NY 1979
Brepohl, Erhard. The Theory and Practice of Goldsmithing, Brynmorgen Press,
Portland, Main, 2001
McCreight, Tim. The Complete Metalsmith, Davis Publications, Inc. Worcester, Mass., 1991
Texas Institute of Jewelry Technology, Reference Manual of
Jewelry Related Terms.
Wooding, Robert. Diamond Setting, Dry Ridge Company, Erlanger, Kentucky, 2002
Schedule Week 1- Layout geometric shapes

Week 2- Sawing, filing, emery, polishing
Week 3- Precision drilling, soldering
Evaluation methods Projects are graded to jewelry industry standard.

Students must complete each project with a grade of “70” or better
The course grade is compiled as follows:
Technical Average 80%
Written final 10%
Final course grade 100%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Shannon Calloway
Year 2010-2011 Office AS126
Section 01 email scalloway@parisjc.edu
Course HRGY 1309
Title Casting I
Description Emphasis on lost wax casting, both centrifugal and vacuum processes. Includes introduction to wax
carving.
Prerequisite(s): There are no prerequisites
Textbooks Murry Bovin, Jewelry Casting, Bovin Publishers, Forest Hill, N.Y. 1979
Tim McCreight, Complete Metalsmith, Davis Publications, Inc. Worcester, Mass., 1982
Schedule Week 1-#28 GENTS FLAT TOP (4)

Week 2-#39 OVAL BEZEL RING (3)
Week 3-#14 CHANNEL RING (10)
Week 4-#1A SEVEN STONE CLUSTER TOP (3)
#18 5 STONE FISHTAIL RING (10)
Evaluation methods Projects are graded to industry standards.

The final semester grade for HRGY 1309 is complied as
Daily Grades 05%
Ethics 10%
Written Final 10%
Final Semester Grade 100%
Grade scale:
A: 90 - 100
B: 80 - 89.5
C: 70 - 79.5
F: 0 - 69.5
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Anthony Underwood
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 107A
Section 01 email tunderwood@parisjc.edu
Course HRGY 1313
Title Fundamental Gemology I
Description Development of skills in gemstone identification. Emphasis on diamonds including diamond

simulants, diamond grading, and the proper use and care of laboratory instruments.
Textbooks Gemology for the Jeweler by Orlando S. Paddock and Malcolm Heuser, Gemstones of the World by
Walter Schumann, Dealer's Book of Gems by M. Sevdermish and A. Mashiah, diamond Grading
ABC by Verena Pagel-Theisen G.G. F.G.A., Laboratory-Grown Diamonds by Branko Deljanin and
Si i
Schedule Week 1- Intro to properties, history of recovery methods, occurrence and processing, marketing and
distribution infrastructures, and the Kimberly Processes. Week 2- Diamond fashioning, history of
the round brilliant cut, ideal diamond proportions/cut, weight estimations for the round brilliant.
Week 3- Diamond grading protocols for proportions and cut, clarity, color, and the quality grading
of fancy shaped brilliant cut diamonds. Week 4- Fancy color diamonds, diamond simulants,
synthetic diamonds, re-cutting of old style or damaged diamonds, and the evaluation of mounted
diamonds
Evaluation methods This class is a lecture, demonstration, and laboratory process. Lecture toics are from reading
assigned to the student from the textbooks and handouts for the cours. There are three essay tests
from the lecture content given in class. Students are required to successfully complete the industry
evaluation protocol for 15 diamonds during the class period.
Course HRGY 1314
Title Fundamentals of Gemology II
Description Development of skills in gemstone identification. Emphasis on colored stones including synthetics,
enhancement and treatments, and the proper use and care of laboratory instruments.
Textbooks Gemology for the Jeweler by Orlando S. Paddock and Malcolm Heuser, Handbook of Gem
Identification by Richard T. Liddicoat, Gemstones of the World by Walter Schumann, Dealer's
Book of Gems by M. Sevdermish and A. Mashiah
Schedule Week 1-Classification and characteristics of gemstones, crystallography, chemical, physical, and
optical properties, hardness and touchness of gemstones; durability features of gemstones.
Week 2- Behavior of light theories of gems and minerals; polariscope and moore's sphere;
dichroscope protocol; refractometer nomenclature and protocol; causes of color and the effects of
fluorescence and phosphorescence of gems; optical phenomena and the visible light spectrum
observations of gems.
Week 3- Study of inclusions in gems; relative density of gems and hydrostatic testing methods; the
use of the gemological binocular microscope and the jeweler's loupe; implementation of the industry
laboratory protocol for gemologists; study of imitation and composite gems.
Week 4- Gemstone enhancement methods, study of lab-created gems, and the study of and the
l ifi i fC d Ch b l B l T li T i dT
Evaluation methods This class is a lecture and laboratory process. Lectue is from the reading asigned to the student from
the textbooks and handouts for the cours. There are three essay tests from the lecture content given
in class. The student works to successfully complete lab protocols to identify gemstone unknowns.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Frank Poye
Term Spring Phone 903 7820361
Section 01 email fpoye@parisjc.edu
Course HRGY 1319
Title Basic Horology I
Description Introduction to disassembly, cleaning, and reassembly of the basic watch using time proven
methods. Emphasis on nomenclature. Prerequisite: None
Textbooks The Watch Repaires Manual and Bench Practices for Watch and Clockmakers
by Henry B. Fried
Bestfit Encyclopedia of Watch Materials #1 and #2
Schedule Week 1 Orientation, Intro.to hand Tools, Measuring

Week 1 - 2 Devices Nomenclature Material Systems
Week 2 - 4 Crowns Crystals & Gaskets, Intro to Cleaning
Week 4 Hairspring Theory
Evaluation methods Intro to Hand Tools ,Organization, Cooperation, paper work,Measuring Tools. Nomenclature,
Accuracy Development of hand eye coordination, Part identification, avoiding broken or lost parts,
Clean work, tools, bench lay out, Material Systems, Accurate watch identification, Part number
identification, Clarity of paper work, Crowns, Crystals, Gaskets, Case tubes, Proper type and fit of
crowns, Proper type and fit of gasket, Proper type and fit of gaskets, Proper type and fit of case
tubes, Proper appearance with case style, ~ Intro to Cleaning Lecture/Written test questions
Hairspring Theory Lecture/Written test questions
a. Composite grade on all projects = 80%
b. Work Ethics = 10%
Course HRGY 1320
Title Basic Horology II
Description Continuation of Basic Horology I with emphasis on identification and functions of parts common to
all mechanical watches. Prerequistie: HRGY 1319
by Henry B. Fried
Schedule Week 1-3 Basic Cleaning and Overhauling

Week 4 Intro to Hairspring Truing
Evaluation methods Basic Cleaning and Overhauling Proper care and use of watch cleaning machines as per instruction.
Layout of cleaning work area, Techniques for watch cleaning to industry standards with no dirt,
residue, rust , foreign matter left on watches after cleaning and overhauling. Proper care of watch
projects without loss or damage to components. General overall appearance of project when turned
in. Introduction to Hairspring Truing Project hairsprings are first distorted by the instructor and
must be formed back to original shape on frosted glass using tweezers. Grading is based on trueness
in the round and in the flat of hairsprings corrected by the student. This will determine pass or fail
of the project. The spring is either good or it is not. Attention to detail in the degree of accuracy,
cleanliness and the absence of scratches and other damage also affect the grade. Appearance is also
important as is the neatness of the work area and tools. Written test questions
c Composite grade on written final test = 10%
Course HRGY 1321
Title Basic Horology III
Description Continuation of Basic Horology II. Emphasis on balance staff fitting and poising balance wheels.
Prerequistie: HRGY 1320
by Henry B. Fried
Schedule Week 1 - Hairspring Truing Stage #2, Train Wheel Truing

Week 2 - Balance Staff Fitting, Staff Removal, Balance Truing
Week 3 - Poising, Fit Hairsprings, Balance Theory
Week 4 - Staff 11 Ligne Mens Watch
Evaluation methods Hairspring Truing Stage#2. Grading is based on trueness in the round and in the flat of the finished
wheel. Ture watch train wheels to industry standards. Attention to detail in the degree of accuracy.
Staff Removal of Nine( 9 ) Wheels are used in this project. Accuracy, cleanliness, tool selection and
organization are key points. Proper alignment of the installation, Accuracy, cleanliness, tool
selection, tool use and organization are key points. Scratches, loss of parts and other damage on
projects will affect the grade. Balance Theory Lecture / Testable Staff 11 Ligne Mens Watch
Replace the balance staff, Clean , Overhaul , and electronically time a 11 ½ ligne mechanical wrist
watch. Accuracy in part ordering, installation of the staff cleanliness, tool selection, tool use and
organization are key points. Scratches, loss of parts and other damage will affect the grade. The
overall appearance on projects and the daily rate and positional errors of the finished watch are also
key grading factors.
Course HRGY 1322
Description Continuation of Basic Horology III. Emphasis on replacement and repair of damaged parts in
mechanical watches.
by Henry B. Fried
Schedule Week 1-2 Staff 10 Ligne Mens Watch

Week 2-3 Ligne Ladies Watch
Week 3-4 Hairspring Pinning
Evaluation methods Clean, Overhaul, electronically time a 10 ligne mechanical wrist watch. Accurate part ordering,
installation of staff, cleanliness, tool selection and use and organization are key. Overall appearance
on projects and the daily rate of the finished watch are also key factors. Staff 6 ¾ Ligne watch
Replace the balance staff, Clean, Overhaul, electronically time a 6 ¾ ligne mechanical wrist watch.
Part ordering, installation of the staff, cleanliness, tool selection use and rate of the finished watch
are key factors Hairspring colleting and studing. Proper pinning of these components to assure a
secure and accurate fit . Selection of component collet and studs, centering of the collet, leveling the
spring at the collet, finishing, leveling of the stud are key factors. Removal of these components will
then be performed. Accuracy , cleanliness, tool selection, use and organization and the overall
appearance on projects are key points. Scratches, loss of parts and other damage will affect the
grade.
C it d itt fi l t t 10
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Ulla Raus
Section 01 email uraus@parisjc.edu
Course HRGY 1341
Title Stone Setting I
Description Focus on bead setting and bright cutting techniques.
Schedule Date Project

1/18 Syllabus and Classroom Guidelines
Lecture on Safety and Honesty
Separate castings into job envelopes
Lecture: Gravers
1/25 Lecture: Parts of a faceted Stone
Burs
# 301 Bright Cut
1/31 # 302a Fabricate 4 prong rings
2/2 # 302b Set 4 prong rings
2/7 #303 Bright Cut
2/9 #304 Retip
# 305 Reprong
#306 Rebead
2/10 Written final

each quarter!
Project average 80%
Final Test 10%
Course HRGY 1342
Title Stone Setting II
Description Continuation of Stone Setting I. Focus on prong setting, repronging, retipping, rebeading and
reheading

2/14 # 307 Bright Cut
2/28 # 310a Fabricate Baker Top rings
3/1 # 310b Set Baker Tops (saw- cut method)
Lecture: Metals and their alloys.
3/7 # 311b Set Baker Top Rings (chased-in Method)
Lecture: Finishes
3/9 Written Final

each quarter!
Project average 80%
Final Test 10%
Course HRGY 1343
Title Stone Setting III
Description Continuation of Stone Setting II including fancy bright cuts, bezel sets, and gypse sets.

3/10 # 312a Fabricate Cluster Rings
3/21 # 312b Set Cluster Rings
3/23 # 313 Set Fishtail Wedding Bands
3/28 # 314 Set Channel Rings
3/31 Lecture: The property of Gemstones as it pertains to stone setting
# 315a Fabricate Four Prong Fishtail rings
4/5 # 315b Four Prong Fishtail rings
4/6 # 316a Fabricate Illusion Rings
4/11 # 316b Set Illusion Rings
4/12 Written final

each quarter!
Project average 80%
Final Test 10%
Course HRGY 1343
Description Continuation of Stone Setting II including fancy bright cuts, bezel sets, and gypsy sets.
Schedule Week 4- Assemble four prong heads and shanks and set round stones
Week 5- Solder posts to back of head and set stones, assemble/solder bracelet link set stones
Week 6- Set round stones in channel

Written final 10%
Course HRGY 1344
Title Stone Setting IV
Description Continuation of Stone Setting III including fancy bright cuts, bezel sets, gypse sets, and the setting
of multiple stones such as channel-setting, cluster setting, and fishtail setting.

4/14 # 317 Gypsy Rings
4/19 # 318a Fabricate Tube Rings
4/20 # 318b Set Tube Rings
4/21 # 319 Flat-set Rings
4/25 Lecture: Ordering Findings and estimating
cost and profit
# 320 Fabricate and set 4 and 6 prong rings
5/4 # 323 Bezel Pendant
5/9 # 324 Bezel Pendant 2
5/11 Written Final
Lecture: Preparation for 4th Semester
5/12 Graduation
each quarter!
Project average 80%
Final Test 10%
Fi l d 100%
Course HRGY 1344
Description Continuation of Stone Setting III including fancy bright cuts, bezel sets, gypsy sets, and the setting
of multiple stones such as channel-setting, cluster-setting, and fishtail-setting.
Schedule Week 7- Assemble oval basket and prong heads and shanks, set stones
Week 8- Assemble oval bezel and bail set stone, freeform ring solder heads, set stones
Week 9- Assemble head and shank set marquise stone, set baguette stones

Written final 10%
Term Sping Phone 903-782-0249
Course HRGY 1348
Title Jewelry Repair and Fabrication I
Description Emphasis on techniques, fabrication, and repair of jewelry. Introduction to equipment and
techniques of jewelry manufacturing including assembly of findings.
Prerequisite(s): Completion of HRGY 1304
Textbooks Murry Bovin, Jewelry Repair, Bovin Publishers, Forest Hill, N.Y. 1979
Tim McCreight, The Complete Metalsmith, Davis Publications, Inc. Worcester, Mass., 1982
Reference Manual of Terms for Jewelry and Related Technologies, Paris Junior College, Paris,
Texas, 1988
Schedule Week 1 POLISH: GENTS FLAT TOP

FREEFORM RING
DRILL FLAT TOP
Week 2-DOVETAIL: GENTS RING

DRILLING: WEDDING BAND
Week 3- RESHANK LADIES RING

FABRICATE BC HINGE
ASSEMBLE RING GUARD
Week 4- FABRICATE CLUSTER PENDANT
Evaluation methods The final semester grade for HRGY 1348 is complied as follows:
Ethics 10%
Written Final 10%
Grade scale: A: 90 - 100
B: 80 - 89.5
C: 70 - 79.5
F: 0 - 69.5
Course HRGY 1348
Title Jewelry Repair/Fabrication I
Schedule Week 10- Size rings down

Week 11- Size rings up-butt joint and dove-tail styles
Week 12- Fabrication dome locket

Written final 10%
Course HRGY 1349
Title Jewelry Repair and Fabrication II
Texas, 1988
Schedule Week 1 CHAIN REPAIR: CABLE, FRENCH ROPE

BOX, LOOSE LINK ROPE, SERPITINE,
SOLDER JUMP RING
RING SIZING: BUTT JOINT
Week 2- ASSEMBLE BRACELET

REMOVE LINK AND REPAIR BC
Week 3- RETIP 4 AND 6 PRONG RINGS

DOVETAIL LADIES RING
Week 4- FINISHES: MIZZY

SATIN
ELECTROPLATING
Ethics 10%
Written Final 10%
B: 80 - 89.5
C: 70 - 79.5
F: 0 - 69.5
Course HRGY 1349
Title Jewelry Repair/Fabrication II
Description Continuation of Jewelry Repair/Fabrication I with emphasis on techniques, fabrication, and repair
of jewelry. Introduction to equipment and techniques of jewelry manufacturing including chain
repair and electroplating
Schedule Week 13- Retip prongs

Week 14- Repair box and clasp, fabricate and install a figure "8" safety latch
Week 15- Repair different types of chains and fabricate and install jump rings
Week 16-Take the Jewelers of America Bench Certification test

Written final 10%
Course HRGY 1350
Title Intermediate Gemology
Description Study of the formation , recovery, lore/superstition, merchandising, advertising, display , and buying
and selling of precious gemstones.
Textbooks Gemology for the Jeweler by Orlando S. Paddock, Gemstones of the World by Walter Schumann,
Handbook of Gem ID by Richard T. Liddicoat, Dealer's Book of Gems by M. Sevdermish and A.
Mashiah, The Gem Merchant-How to be One How to Deal with One by David S. Epstein, OPL A
Student's Guide to Spectroscopy by Colin H. Winter F.G.A., D.G.A.
Schedule Week 9- Continued study of gemstone enhancement methods; the classification of Peridot, Garnets,
and Lapis Lazuli.
Week 10- The classification of the Jades, Spinel, Feldspars, and Spodumene.
Week 11- The classification of Quartz/Chalcedonies, Diopside, Opal, and Zoisite/Tanzanite.
Week 12- The classification of Iolite, Zircon, Andalusite, and Apatite.
Evaluation methods This course is a lecture and laboratory process. Lectures are given from the reading assigned to the
student from the textbooks and the handouts distributed during class. There are three essay tests
from the lecture content given during class. The student will demonstrate with the use of
gemological equipment the proper procedures for correct identification of gem material; and
identify optical and physical characteristics, sources, mining techniques, lore, and selling aspects of
gem material.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Butch Munday
Section 01 email bmunday@parisjc.edu
Course HRGY 1371
Title Intro to Computer Aided Design
Description Study of the programs operations, characteristics, modeling, and machining techniques of computer
aided design. Computer aided manufacturing are explored in this course. Applications and
visualization, rendering, animation, 2D design, 3D design and solid modeling as it relates to jewelry
design.
Credits:3= 1 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week
Textbooks Matrix VI Software for Jewelry Artisans
Schedule This section includes basic design assignments and simple jewelry design modeling.
Evaluation methods Students are evaluated in three (3) areas:
PROJECTS: Assigned and personal design work is required as projects for this class. The projects
are graded to industry standards as established by the Industry Steering Committee. Students must
complete each project with a grade of “70” or higher. If a student’s project did not qualify to the
required 70% competency level, the student must repeat the project until he or she acquires the
skills set needed to meet the qualification. Each student must demonstrate a competent use and
execution of skills to the 70% rule in order to advance to the next course.
TEST: Test and/or papers will be graded on the accuracy of the answers and content of a scale from
0 to 100 Test and/or papers must be completed to pass the course. Expect a test the last day of each
quarter!
WORKPLACE ETHICS: Students will be graded in 10 different areas: appearance, attitude, interest
in work, work habits, preparation, attentiveness, participation, following instructions,
confidentiality, and attendance.

DESIGN ASSIGNMENTS 55%
QUARTLY TEST 20%
STUDENT PORTFOLIO 15%
Course HRGY 1372
Title TECHNICAL ILLUSTRATION for JEWELRY DESIGN
Description Continuation of HRGY 1371, topics include pictorial drawing, shading and rendering of jewelry
articles
Credits: 3= 1 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week
Prerequisite(s): HRGY 1371
Schedule Week 1 through Week 3

A primary introduction of how to create simple rings, shanks bezels and heads for jewelry modeling.
Revo milling projects include flat and 360 degree cutting.
quarter!

QUARTLY TEST 20%
Course HRGY 1373
Title BASIC COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING for JEWELRY DESIGN
Description Continuation of HRGY 1372 with focus on more advanced modeling, identifying and solving of
problems in 3 – D jewelry design applications.

Creating intermediate projects for jewelry articles.
Revo advanced milling projects.
quarter!

QUARTLY TEST 20%
Course HRGY 1374
Title SOLID MODELING DESIGN for JEWELRY
Description Continuation of HRGY 1373 conversion of 3 – D models for computer aided milling processes.

Design intermediate and advanced projects for articles of jewelry.
Rev advanced milling projects.
quarter!

QUARTLY TEST 20%
Course HRGY 1375
Title COMPUTER INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING for JEWELRY

Advanced jewelry projects for manufacturing.
Revo milling projects as required.
quarter!

QUARTLY TEST 20%
S O O O1 %
Course HRGY 1391
Title Industrial Casting and Wax Carving
Description Industrial Casting

Prerequisite(s): Completion of HRGY 2333 or consent of instructor
Schedule Week 1- Cast a tree of assigned mold patterns. This tree will be cast in the J2r resistance casting
machine.
Week 4- Carve a wax ring to instructor’s specifications.
Week 8- Design and carve a bracelet link with the hinge incorporated into the link.
Week 13- Cast a ring with the stone in place
Week 15 -Inject, sprue and cast a ring in the platinum casting machine.
Evaluation methods The final semester grade is complied as follows;

Notebook 25%
Ethics 05%
Course HRGY 1417
Title Applied Jewelry Practices
Description Survey of the business practices of the jewelry industry. Emphasis on communication skills,
security, insurance, copyright/trademark law, industry organizations, and common ethical
expectations within the jewelry industry.
Textbooks Profiting by Design, A Jewelry Maker's Guide to Business Success by Marlene Richey
Schedule Week 1-Student orientation and course overview.

Week 2- History of the Internet; Automated resourses LRC
Week 3- Small Business Development Center Workshop, How to Start a Small Business"
Week 4-Circa Dating Antique Jewelry
Week 5-Methodology of Jewelry Appraisals
Week 6-Jeweler's of America Presentation "Counter Intelligence" promoting professionalism in the
Jewelry Industry
Week 7-Federal Trade Commission's Regulatory Guidelines for the Jewelry and Watch Industries
Week 8-Materials Supply Line Applications for the 21st Century and the Impact of Out-Sourcing to
India .
Week 9-Retail Jewelry Store Take-In Procedures Presentation
Week 10-Skills Development in Resume' preparation
Week 11-Small Business Development Center Presentation: Copyrights Patents and Trademarks
Week 12-Digital Goldsmith: Presentation on preparation of the Artisan's Portfolio digitally
Week 13-Jewelers Mutual Insurance University series: Selling with Security and Internal Theft
Week 14-Small Business Development Center Presentation: International Business and Import
Export Opportunities
Evaluation methods This course is a lecture, assigned reading and presentation process. Lectures are given from the
reading assigned from the text book. Students will successfully complete a current resume' and
coverletter assignment as well as utilize internet technology to research information to complete the
FTC guidelines project.
Course HRGY 2301
Title Intermediate Horology I
Description Introduction to the theroy, function and repair of watch escapements. Emphasis on roller jewel,
pallet stones, guard fingers, pallet arbors and adjustments of the detached lever escapement in
watches. Prerequisite:Completeion of HRGY 1322
by Henry B. Fried
Schedule Week 1-2 Roller jewels

Week 2-3 Pallet jewels and guard fingers, pallet arbors
Week 3-4 Escapements
Evaluation methods Roller jewel selection, removal, installation and alignment, Pallet jewel selection, removal,
installation and alignment, Guard Fingers Guard Finger selection, removal, installation and
adjustment Guard fingers will be removed and installed. Time keeping of the finished watches will
be considered the ultimate test of a satisfactory installation. Neatness of the work area and
cleanliness of the project will affect the grade as will Scratches , damage, broken and lost parts.
Having performed sequential repairs to escapement components the student will perform matched
escapement set ups using a large scale model of the detached lever escapement. After satisfactory
sequential adjustment of the escapement model the student will perform escapement
repairs/adjustments on three ( 3 ) watches One 1 1 1/2 ligne ~ One 10 ligne ~ One 6 3/4 ligne Time
keeping of the finished watches will be considered the ultimate test of a satisfactory repair
c. Composite grade on written final test = 10%
( 3 ) t h O 1 1 1/2 li O 10 li O 6 3/4 li
Course HRGY 2302 01
Title Intermediate Horology II
Description Continuation of IntermediateHorology I. Emphisis on hairsprings in the watch including

overcoilsand friction jeweling. Prerequisite: HRGY 2301
by Henry B. Fried
Schedule Week 1 Hairspring Adjustments

Week 2 Regulator pin adjustment, Hairsprings in the watch
Week 3 Swiss key replacement
Week 4 Friction jeweling
Evaluation methods The student will correct instructor introduced hairspring errors centering and leveling the hairspring
to the balance bridge, formation of the hairspring concentric curve, adjustment at the regulator pin
and Swiss key and corrective bends. Regulator Pin Adjustments and trouble shooting problems of
regulator pins. Swiss Key Function and Replacement Friction Jeweling. Neatness of the work area
and cleanliness of the project will affect the grade as will scratches, damage, broken and lost parts
will affect the project grade.
Course HRGY 2303
Title Intermediate Horology III
Description Continuation of IntermediateHorology II. Emphisis on overcoil procedureson the standard watch
and the sixteen piont check system. Prerequisite: HRGY 2302
by Henry B. Fried
Schedule Week 1- 4 16 Point Check System
Evaluation methods 16 Point Check System Given various wristwatches of different sizes and manufactures the student
will perform the necessary sequential steps to complete overhauls as if they were being prepared for
an actual paying customer. Attention to detail in the completion of the watch movement, its time
keeping, cleanliness, proper oiling, lubricating, hairspring work and care of the crystal, case ,dial
and hands are to be considered. . The steps are to be listed from memory on the written final exam.
Course HRGY 2304
Title Intermediate Horology IV
Description Continuation of IntermediateHorology III. Emphisis on vibrating a hairspring to a watch, adjusting

an overcoil and dynamic timing. Prerequisite: HRGY 2303
by Henry B. Fried
Schedule Week 1 Advanced Hairspring Work

Week 2 Adjustment at Regulator, Correcting Hairspring Positional Errors
Week 2-3 Vibrating a Hairspring To a Watch
Week 4 Removal of Tangles
Evaluation methods The student will correct instructor introduced overcoil as well as flat hairspring errors to assure the
watches proper time keeping as tested by electronic testing equipment . Designed to develop
confidence and job speed this unit of instruction stresses centering and leveling the hairspring to the
balance bridge, formation of the hairspring concentric curve, adjust regulator pins and swiss keys
and corrective bends, remove tangles and knots from hairsprings without damage to the spring.
Adjust the regulator pins and keys. Hairsprings will be adjust in project watches to compensate for
errors in the watches position as checked on electronic testing equipment. Overcoils Overcoil
hairsprings will be formed to blueprint specification using the Loosier Curve design. The student
will vibrate the hairspring using a vibrating tool. The overall accuracy and neatness of the work and
time keeping will affect the grade.
Course HRGY 2305
Title Intermediate Horology V
Description Continuation of IntermediateHorology Iv. Emphisis on shaping and sharpening wathemakers

gravers and the use of the watchmakers latheto turn square sholder pivots. Prerequisite: HRGY
2304
by Henry B. Fried
Schedule Week 1 - Gravers, 4mm double shoulder brass

Week 2 - 4mm double sholder steel, 0.5mm double shoulder brass
Week 3 - 0.5mm double shoulder steel, 0.2mm double shoulder brass
Week 4 - 0.2mm double shoulder steel
Evaluation methods Graver shaping, hardening and heat treating, lapping and mirror polishing 6 tool steel gravers for
the watchmakers lathe. The gravers properly hardened tempered as to be able to cut drill rod
steel,must be razor sharp. Lathe projects must be held to Tolerance : Diameters ~ .01 mm + .00mm ,
- .10mm Lengths ~ + - .10mm Projects must be without scratches, dents or other surface
irregularities and must be polished unless stated otherwise.

Course HRGY 2306
Title Intermediate Horology VI
Description Continuation of IntermediateHorology V. Emphisis on the use of the watchmakers lathe to turn
conical pivots, balance staffs and stems. Prerequisite: HRGY 2305
by Henry B. Fried
Schedule Week 1- 0.5mm cone pivot brass, 0.5mm cone pivot steel
Week 2-3 0.2mm cone pivot brass, 0.2mm cone pivot steel, 12mm Balance Staff
Week 3-4 6mm Balance Staff 21mm Stem in Brass
Evaluation methods Unless otherwise stated all watchmakers lathe projects must be held to blueprint specification of
Tolerance : Diameters ~ .01 mm + .00mm , - .01mm Lengths ~ + - .10mm Projects must be without
scratches, dents or other surface irregularities and must be polished unless stated otherwise.
0.5mm cone pivot brass, 0.5mm cone pivot steel
12mm Balance Staff 6mm Balance Staff, 21mm Stem in Brass
Course HRGY 2307
Title Intermediate Horology VII
Description Continuation of Intermediate Horology VI with emphasis on the use of the watchmakers lathe to
make a stem to fit a watch, balance staff removal, pivot burnishing and the use of the Jacot tool .
Nomencature and material systems for Automatic and calendar watches. Prerequisite: HRGY 2306
by Henry B. Fried
Schedule Week 1 - 19mm Stem in Steel ,Stem for Watch

Week 2 - Cut off Balance Hubs, Screwdriver Project /intro to repivoting
Week 3 - Pivot Repairs/ Jacot Tool, Burnish Train wheel Pivots
Week 4 Burnish Balance Pivots, Automatic Watch Nomenclature/Materials and
ordering parts and Trouble Shooting Automatics
19mm Stem in Steel, Stem for Watch, Cut off Balance Hubs
Screwdriver Project (intro to repivoting exercise)
Pivot Repairs/ Jacot Tool : Burnish Train wheel Pivots Burnish Balance Pivots
Automatic Watches Nomenclature/Materials and Ordering Parts
Trouble Shooting Automatics
Course HRGY 2308
Description Continuation of Intermediate Horology VI with emphasis on speed. Focus on disassembly, cleaning,
and repair of automatic winding watches; and on precision timing including nomenclature, parts
interchangeability, proper lubrication, and casing.
by Henry B. Fried
Schedule Week 1-4 - Automatic and Calendar Wtches
Evaluation methods Given automatic wristwatches of different sizes and manufactures the student will perform the
necessary sequential steps to complete overhauls as if they were being prepared for an actual paying
customer. Attention to detail in the completion of the watch movement, its time keeping,
cleanliness, proper oiling , lubricating, hairspring work and care of the crystal, case ,dial , hands and
strap or band are to be considered . Scratches, damage and loss of parts will subtract from the
overall project grade. A Job work sheet is to be completed for each watch. Quality of workmanship
and difficulty of the projects will be assessed as will the students ability to work independently.
Watches that are not repaired to industry standards will not be accepted for grading.
C it d itt fi l t t 10%
Course HRGY 2331
Title Advanced Gemological Practices
Description Study of the proper use and care of lab equipment and selection of and familiarity with vendors.
Textbooks Gemology for the Jeweler by Orlando S. Paddock and Malcolm Heuser, Gemstones of the World by
Walter Schumann, Handbook of Gem ID by Richard T. Liddicoat, Dealer's Book of Gems by M.
Sevdermish and A. Mashiah, The Gem Merchant-How to Be One How to Deal with One by David
S. Epstein, OPL A Student's Guide ot Spectroscopy by Colin H. Winter F.G.A., D.G.A.
Schedule Week 13- Classification of Amber, Coral, Ivory, and Pearl.

Week 14- The classification of Jet, Azurite, Benitoite, Hematite, Idocrase, and Malachite.
Week 15-The classification of Rhodochrosite, Calcite, Obsidian, Serpentine, and Sodalite.
Week 16- Class finals 20 gemstone practical examination, 5 diamond practical evaluation
examination, and a verbal protocol/ nomenclature examination.
Evaluation methods This course is a lecture and labortatory process. Lectures are given from the reading assigned to the
student from the text books and handouts for the course. There are three essay/scantron tests given
from the lecture content during class. After successful completion of this course, the student will
demonstrate competent use of their gemological skills by the identification of 400 gemstones and
the care of their assigned lab instruments.
Course HRGY 2333
Title Casting II
Description Continuation of Casting I. Includes instruction in mold making and vibratory finishing.
Schedule Week 1-# 19A CLUSTER RING

#21A BRIGHT CUT WEDDING BAND
#9 BAKER TOP
Week 2-#16 RING GUARD

#31 HEXAGONAL GENTS RING
#42 FREEFORM RING
Week 3- # 11B LARGE RING SHANK

Week 4-# 15 GENTS SQUARE TOP RING

Daily Grades 05%
Ethics 10%
Written Final 10%
Grade scale:
A: 90 - 100
B: 80 - 89.5
C: 70 - 79.5
F: 0 - 69.5
Course HRGY 2335
Title Precious Metals I
Description Emphasis on layout, bright cuts, baguettes, marquise, pear, cushion, and emerald cut stones. Focus
on utilization of commercial shop guidelines.
Schedule Week 1- Repair different types of chains, fabricate jumps rings and attach, Cast ring solder heads in
place and set stones and size.
Week 2- Assemble shank and head, set stone, size and retip three prongs. Cast ring channel set
different size stones into channel and size.
Week 3- Cast ring and bead set and bright cut stone into ring. Cast ring and multi stone strip and set
stones in strip.
Week 4- Cast ring and bead set bright cut four stones into top of ring. Cast ring and solder bezels in
place and set stones.

Written final 10%
Course HRGY 2336
Title Precious Metals II
Description A continuation of Precious Metals I. Focus on layout, bright cuts, baguettes, marquise, pear,
cushion, and emerald cut stones as well as pave in precious metals. Includes utilization of
commercial shop guidelines. Emphasis on speed.
Schedule Week 5-Cast and set three baguettes in a ring. Cast ring and solder heads into ring set stones and
size.
Week 6- Cast channel ring and set round stones. Hollow dome earrings remove posts and resolder
posts on.
Week 7- Cast wedding set and set marquise center stone and tapered baguettes on side. Cast ring
and bezel set center stone and flush set side stones
Written final 10%
Course HRGY 2337
Title Precious Metals III
Description Continuation of Precious Metals II with emphasis on techniques and refinement of commercial shop
practices including lost wax process of casting in precious metals and assembly of die- struck and
cast findings. General review of bench techniques.
Schedule Week 9- Cast ring and set center stone and side stones. Cast each side of ring guard solder together
and set stones.
Week 10- Set marquise shaped stone in six prongs, Set pear shape stone in six prongs.
Week 11- Cast and set pave'. Set oval stone into basket head.
Week 12- Channel set baguettes. Marquise stone in prongs set stone in earings and pendant.

Written final 10%
Course HRGY 2338
Title Precious Metals IV
Description Continuation of Precious Metals III with emphasis on techniques and refinement of commercial
shop practices including lost wax process of casting in precious metals and assembly of die- struck
and cast findings. General review of bench techniques from fabrication of a platinum pendant to
soldering die struck heads on mountings. Emphasis on speed.
Schedule Week 13- Pave' stones into round top ring. Cast ring and set emerald cut stone.
Week 14- Cast ring and set stones in waterfall top. Cast pendant and set stones.
Week 15- Cast nugget ring and set stones. Solder posts into hollow loop earings.
Week 16- Jewelers of America Bench Certification test.

ritten final 10%
Course HRGY 2341
Title Advanced Horology Systems I
Description Course work includes lectures, demonstrations and practical hands-on training during the study of
disassembly, cleaning, repair and adjustment of timers and simple chronographs. Prerequisite:
HRGY 2308
by Henry B. Fried
Schedule Week 1-2 Timers

Week 2-4 Simple Chronograph
Evaluation methods Given various Stop Watches / Timers of different manufactures the student will perform the
necessary sequential steps to complete overhauls Stop Watches / Timers and Simple Chronographs
Given various Simple Chronographs of different manufactures. Attention to detail in the completion
of the watch movement, its time keeping, cleanliness, proper oiling , lubricating, hairspring work
and care of the crystal, case ,dial , hands and strap or band are to be considered . Scratches, damage
and loss of parts will subtract from the overall project grade. the student will perform the necessary
sequential steps to complete overhauls as if they were being prepared for an actual paying customer.
Written test questions

Course HRGY 2342
Title Advanced Horology Systems II
Description A continuation of Advanced Horological Systems I. Emphasis on disaaembly, cleaning, repair and
adjustment of multi function mechanical movements and automatic and calendat chronograph
watches. Prerequisite: HRGY2341
by Henry B. Fried
Schedule Week 1-4 Chronographs
Evaluation methods Given various Calendar and Automatic Chronographs of different manufactures the student will
perform the necessary sequential steps to complete overhauls. Attention to detail in the completion
and loss of parts will subtract from the overall project grade. A Job work sheet is to be completed
for each watch project. Watches that are not repaired to industry standards will not be accepted for
grading.
Course HRGY 2343
Title Advanced Horology Systems III
Description A continuation of Advanced Horological Systems II. Emphasis on electronic theroy related to
quarzt analog watches. Prerequisite: HRGY 2343
by Henry B. Fried
Schedule Week 1 Using Using Volt/Ohm Meter

Week 1-4 Quartz Analog Watches
Evaluation methods Using VOM The student will perform checks of of electronic components.Given various Quartz
Analog Watches of different manufactures the student will perform the necessary sequential steps to
complete overhauls. Attention to detail in the completion of the watch movement, its time keeping,
cleanliness, proper oiling , lubricating, care of the crystal, case ,dial , hands and strap or band are to
be considered . Scratches, damage and loss of parts will subtract from the overall project grade. A
Job work sheet is to be completed for each watch project. Quality of workmanship and difficulty of
the projects will be assessed as will the students ability to work independently. Watches that are not
repaired to industry standards will not be accepted for grading.
Course HRGY 2344
Title Advanced Horology Systems IV
Description A continuation of Advanced Horological Systems III. Emphisis on multi function quartz analog and
quartz digital time pieces. Elective projects can include electronic tuning fork watches. This course
is the culmination of all learned skills to prepare the individule for a career in the watchmaking
industry. Prerequisite: HRGY 2343
by Henry B. Fried
Schedule Week 1-2 Quartz Chronographs

Week 3 Quartz Digital
Week 3 Water Resistance Testing
Week 4 Case and Band Repair
Evaluation methods Given various Quartz Chronograph and Quartz Digital Watches of different manufactures the
student will perform the necessary sequential steps to complete overhauls. Attention to detail in the
completion of the watch movement, its time keeping, cleanliness, proper oiling , lubricating, care of
the crystal, case ,dial , hands and strap or band and Water Resistance are to be considered. Case and
Band Repair The student will size and adjust standard watch bands and demonstrate refinishing
procedures. Attention to detail in fitting of parts and the accuracy of the refinish/polishing will
determine the grade of the projects. Electives : Projects Accutrons , Tuning Fork and Balance
Wheel Electric Watches
Course HRGY 2430
Title Chasing and Repoussage
Description Methods of cold working non-ferrous metals and the malleability of these metals. Emphasizes
chasing and repoussage techniques along with the cold working methods of forming, joinery,
and surface embellishment in the design and creation of jewelry and small metal objects.
Schedule Week 1 Introduction to Design

Week 2 Sketching and Rendering Techniques
Week 3 Non-Ferrouse Metal Properties
Week 4-6 Repoussage
Week 7-9 Raising and Forming, Mid-Term Evaluation
Week 10 -11 Mokumme
Week 12-13 Enameling
Week 14-15 Etching
Week 16 Final Exam
Evaluation methods Projects will be graded to Jewelry Industry standard.

Project Average 70%
Mid-Term Evaluation 10%
Final Examination 10%
Attendance 10%
Course HYDR 1405
Title Basic Hydraulics
Description Fundamentals of hydraulics including types of hydraulic pumps, cylinders, valves, motors, and
related systems. Introduction to hydraulic schematic symbols as related to components.
Credits: SCH = 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours per week from approved course list
Prerequisites: None
Textbooks Parker Industrial Hydraulic Technology Interactive CD, Bulletin 0298-P17/CD USA Version 1.0
(Provided)
Schedule Week 1- Module 1, Labs

Week 2- Module 2, Labs, Outcomes
Week 4- Module 3, Labs, Outcomes, MI/MO/BO
Week 5- Module 3, Labs, Outcomes, Regen
Week 6- Test on Modules 1 and 2
Week 7- Module 4, Labs and Outcomes
Week 8- Test Modules 3 and 4
Week 13- Module 8, Labs, Outcomes, Log Splitter dedign
Week 14- Test on Modules 5, 6, 7 & 8
Week 15- Vickers Troubleshooting
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods Six (6) tests, module and homework grades and one comprehensive final exam
80% Texts, module and homework grades
20% Final Exam
At the discretion of the instructor, the final exam score can be substituted for the lowest test score.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Marjorie Pannell
Section 01 email mpannell@parisjc.edu
Course ITCC 1301
Title Cosco Exploration 1 - Network Fundamentals
Description A course introducing the architecture, structure, functions, components, and models of the internet.
Describes the use of OSI and TCP layered models to examine the nature and roles of protocols and
services at the applications, network, data link, and physical layers. Covers the principles and
structure of IP addressing and the fundamentals of Ethernet concepts, media, and operations. Build
simple LAN topologies by applying basic principles of cabling; perform basic configurations of
Textbooks All material is accessed online through the Cisco website.
Schedule Week 1- Living in a Network-Centric World

Week 2- Communicating over the Network
Week 3- Application Layer Functionality and Protocols
Week 5- OSI Transport Layer
Week 7- OSI Network
Week 8- OSI Network
Week 9- Addressing the Network IPv4
Week 10-Addressing the Network IPv4
Week 11-Data Link Layer
Week 12-OSI Physical Layer
Week 13-Ethernet
Week 14-Planning and Cabling Networks
Week 15-Configuring and Testing Your Network
Evaluation methods Labs 25%

Chapter Exams 20%
Skills Based Assessment 25%
Final Exam 30%
Section G1 email mpannell@parisjc.edu
Course ITNW 1454
Title Implementing and Supporting Servers
Description Implement, administer, and troubleshoot information systems that incorporate servers in a
networked computing environment.
Textbooks Hands-On Microsoft Windows Server 2008

Michael Palmer
978-1-4239-0234-8
Schedule Week 1- Introduction to Windows Server 2008

Week 2- Virtualization
Week 3- Using Virtualization Software
Week 4- Installing Windows Server 2008
Week 5- Configuring The Windows Server 2008 Environment
Week 6- Introduction to Active Directory and Account Management
Week 7- Configuring, Managing, and Troubleshooting Resource Access
Week 8- Exam I
Week 9- Configuring Windows Server 2008 Printing
Week 10-Configuring and Managing Data Storage
Week 11-Managing Windows Server 2008 Network Services
Week 12- Configuring Remote Access Services
Week 13- Securing Windows Server 2008
Week 14- Server and Network Monitoring
Week 15- Managing System Reliability and Availability
Week 16- Exam II
Evaluation methods Assignments 50%

Quizzes 25%
Exams 25%
Section P1 email mpannell@parisjc.edu
Course ITNW 1454

Michael Palmer
978-1-4239-0234-8

Week 8- Exam I
Week 10- Configuring and Managing Data Storage
Week 11- Managing Windows Server 2008 Network Services
Week 16- Exam II

Quizzes 25%
Exams 25%
Course ITNW 2405
Title Network Administration
Description Topics include network components, user accounts and groups, network file systems, file system
security, and network printing.
Textbooks CompTIA Network+ N10-004 Exam Cram 3/E

Mark Harwood
9780789737960
Schedule Week 1- Introduction to Networking

Week 2- Cabling, Connectors, and Ethernet Standards
Week 3- Networking Component and Devices
Week 4- OSI Model and Network Protocols
Week 6- TCP/IP Routing and Addressing
Week 8- WAN Technologies and Internet Access
Week 9- Wireless Networking
Week 10- Network Performance Optimization
Week 11- Network Security
Week 13- Network Management Tools and Documentation
Week 14- Troubleshooting and Supporting the Network

Exams 50%
Course ITSC 1301
Title Introduction to Computers
and human resources.
Textbooks Discovering Computers – Fundamentals, 2011 Edition

by Shelly, Vermaat (ISBN: 1-4390-7945-5)
Schedule Week #1 Orientation: Syllabus, LMS, web sites,

Week #2 Introduction to Computers
Week #3 The Internet and World Wide Web
Week #4 System Unit Components
Week #5 Input and Output
Week #6 Storage Media
Week #7 Communications and Networks
Week #8 Mid-Term Exam
Week #9 Application Software
Week #10 Operating Systems and Utility Programs
Week #11 Computer Security, Ethics, and Privacy
Week #12 Information Systems Development
Week #13 Programming Languages
Week #14 Enterprise Computing
Week #16 Final Exam
Evaluation methods 20% Mid-Term Exam

20% Final Exam
30% Assignments
30% Quizzes
Year 2010-2011 Office 140
Course ITSC 1364
Title Practicum
Textbooks No textbook required.
Schedule Students will work according to an individual plan developed for them by the instructor and
employer based on the student’s course of study and the employer’s job description.
Evaluation methods Final grade will reflect the student’s level of responsibility, areas of growth, areas of needed
improvement, attendance record, punctuality record, and overall experience.
Course ITSC 1405
Title Introduction to PC Operating Systems
Description Introduction to personal computer operating systems including installation, configuration, file
management, memory and storage management, control of peripheral devices, and use of utilities.
Textbooks New Perspectives on Microsoft Windows 7, Parsons/Oja/Ruffolo, (978-0-538-74600-7
Schedule Week 1- Exploring the Basics of Microsoft Windows 7

Week 2- Organizing Your Files
Week 3- Personalizing Your Windows Environment
Week 5- Working with the Internet and E-Mail
Week 6- Protecting Your Computer
Week 8- Exam I
Week 9- Searching for Information and Collaborating with Others
Week 10-Searching for Information and Collaborating with Others
Week 11- Managing Multimedia Files
Week 12-Managing Multimedia Files
Week 13-Connecting to Networks with Mobile Computing
Week 14-Maintaining Hardware and Software
Week 15-Improving Your Computer’s Performance
Week 16-Exam II

Quizzes 25%
Exams 25%
Course ITSC 1405
Textbooks New Perspectives on Microsoft Windows 7, Parsons/Oja/Ruffolo, 978-0-538-74600-7

Week 8- Exam I
Week 16-Exam II

Quizzes 25%
Exams 25%
Course ITSC 1409
Title Integration of Software Applications 1
Description Integration of applications from popular business productivity software suites. Instruction in
embedding data, linking and combining documents using word processing, spreadsheets, databases,
and/or presentation media software.
Textbooks Microsoft Office (2007) Marquee Series, by Nita Rutkosky and Denise Seguin. ISBN
9780763832230. Publisher: Paradigm Publishing.
Schedule Week 1-Word--Creating and Editing a Document

Week 2-Word--Formatting Characters and Paragraphs
Week 3-Word--Formatting and Enhancing a Document
Week 4-Word--Formatting with Special Features
Week 5-Excel--Analyzing Data Using Excel
Week 6-Excel--Editing and Formatting Worksheets
Week 7-Excel--Using Functions, Setting Print Options, Adding Visual Elements
Week 8-Excel--Working with Multiple Worksheets, Tables, and Other File Formats
Week 9-Integrating Word and Excel
Week 10-Access--Maintaining Data in Access Tables
Week 11-Access--Creating Tables and Relationships
Week 12-Access--Creating Queries, Forms, and Reports
Week 13-Access--Summarizing Data and Calculating in Forms and Reports
Week 14-PowerPoint--Preparing a Presentation
Week 15-PowerPoint--Editing and Enhancing Slides
Week 16-Final Production Exam (PowerPoint)
Evaluation methods 60% Skills Reviews, Skills Assessments, Marquee Challenges from Textbook
30% Word, Excel, and Access Production Exams
10% PowerPoint Final Production Exam
Course ITSC 1409

Course ITSC 1409

Week 16-Final Production Exam (Word, Excel, Access, PowerPoint)
Complete 4 objective quizzes on each software in webct by the end of the semester (10%)
30% Word, Excel, Access, and PowerPoint Production Exams
10% Word, Excel, Access, and PowerPoint Quizzes in WebCT
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Roy Edmonson
Section 66 email redmonson@parisjc.edu
Course ITSC 1409
Title Intergrated Software Applications I
Description This course incorporates the integration of applications from popular business productivity software
suites. Instruction in embedding data linking and combining documents using word processing,
spreadsheets, databases, and/or presentation media software is presented.
Textbooks Microsoft Office (2007) Marquee Series, by Nita Rutkosky and Denise Seguin. ISBN#978-0-76383-
2230 text & CD (data files).
Schedule Week 1: Word Section 1 Creating & Editing a Document, P1-32 , Homework SR1 & MC1
Week 2: Word Section 2, Formating Characters & Paragraphs, P33-64 ,Homework SA3
Week 3: Word Section 3, Formatting & Enhancing a Document, P65-96, Homework SA2
Week 4: Word Section 4, Formatting with Special Features , P97-134, Homework SR3
Week 5: Excel Section 1, Analyzing Data Using Excel, P1-32, Homework SR 1&2
Week 6: Excel Section 2, Editing & Formatting Worksheets, P33-64, Homework SR 1&2
Week 7: Excel Section 3, Using functions, Setting Print Options, & Adding Visuals, P65-96,
Homework SR 2
Week 8: Excel Section 4, Working with Multiple Worksheets, Tables, & Other File Formats, P97-
128, Homework SR 2
Week 9: Intergration Section 1, Intergrating Word & Excel, P129-140, Homework SR 1
Week 10: Access Section 1, Maintaining Data in Access Tables, P1-32, Homework SR 1&2
Week 11: Access Section 2, Creating Tables & Relationships, P33-64, Homework SR 1
Week 12: Access Section 3, Creating, Queries Forms, & Reports P65-96, Homework SR 1
Week 13: Access Section 4, Summarizing Data & Caculating in Forms & Reports, P97-128,
Homework SR 1
Week 14: PowerPoint Section 1, Preparing a Presentation, P1-32, Homework SR 1
Week 15: PowerPoint Section 2 & 3, Editing & Enhancing Slides & Customizing a Presentation,
P33 64 & 65 96 Homework
Evaluation methods The student’s final grade will be calculated as follows:
Average of software Quizzes as assigned in WebCT 10%
Average of Skills Reviews, Skills Assessments, and Marquee Challenges at the end of each software
section in your textbook sent as attachments to the instructor. 60%
Final Exam (Proctored) 30%
TOTAL
100%
Year 2011 Office 140
Course ITSC 1425
Title Personal Computer Hardware
Description Current personal computer hardware including assembly, upgrading, setup, configuration, and
troubleshooting.
Textbooks CompTIA A+ Guide to Managing and Troubleshooting PCs

Mike Meyers
ISBN 0-07-226355-5
Schedule Week 1- The Path of the PC Tech & Operational Procedures

Week 2- The Visible PC & Understanding Windows
Week 3- Microprocessors & RAM
Week 4- BIOS and CMOS & Expansion Bus
Week 5- Motherboards & Power Supplies
Week 6- Hard Drive Technologies & Implementing Hard Drives
Week 7- Removable Media & Installing and Upgrading Windows
Week 8- Exam I
Week 9- Working with the Command-Line Interface & Securing Windows Resources
Week 10- Maintaining and Troubleshooting Windows & Input/Output
Week 11- Video & Multimedia
Week 12- Portable Computing & Printers
Week 13- Local Area Networking & Wireless Networking
Week 14- The Internet & Securing Computers
Week 15- The Complete PC Tech
Week 16- Exam II

Quizzes 25%
Exams 25%
Course ITSC 1425
troubleshooting.

Mike Meyers
ISBN 0-07-226355-5

Week 8- Exam I
Week 16- Exam II

Quizzes 25%
Exams 25%
Course ITSC 1425
t bl h ti
Mike Meyers
ISBN 0-07-226355-5

Week 8- Exam I
Week 16- Exam II

Quizzes 25%
Exams 25%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Tevis Ricks
Section 65 email tricks@parisjc.edu
Course ITSW 1307
Title Introduction to Database
Description Introduction to database theory and the practical application of a database.
Textbooks Microsoft Access 2007 Comprehensive Concepts and Techniques
Schedule Week 1-Creating and Using a Database

Week 2-Querying a Database
Week 3-Maintabubg a Database
Week 4-Sharing Data Among Application
Week 5- Creating Reports and Forms
Week 6-Creating Multi-Table Forms
Week 7-Using Macros, Switchboards, PivotTables, and PivotCharts
Week 8-Using SQL
Week 9-Creating Advanced Forms Techniques
Week 10-Administering a Database System
Week 11-Sharing Access Data
Week 12-Chapter 9 & Associated Projects/Tutorials
Week 13-Chapter 9 & Associated Projects/Tutorials
Week 14-Unit 3 Exam & Submit Unit 3: Project 7,8,9
Week 15-Complete all missing assignments by May 3
Week 16-Final Exam (Comprehensive Exam)
Evaluation methods The Course Grade is based on the following percentages:

10% Assignments
10% Chapter Quizzes
30% Unit Projects
50% Unit Exams
An average of each category will be calculated; the assignment percentage will be applied; and the
accumulative percentage will result in your course grade.
Course ITSW 1310
Title Introduction to Graphics Software
Description Instruction in the utilization of presentation software to produce multimedia presentations. Graphics,
text, sound, animation and/or video may be used in presentation development.
Textbooks Adobe Photoshop CS4 - Illustrated by Chris Botello
Schedule Week 1- Introduction to Class, working with graphics tablets

Week 2- Photo copyrights, photo resolution, photo formats, printer terminology
Week 3- Getting started with Photoshop software
Week 4- Selecting Pixels
Week 5- Presentation: Photographer speaker
Week 6- Working with Layers
Week 7- Working with Type and Gradients
Week 8- Improving Images with Adjustment Layers
Week 9- Working with Brushes and Color Effects
Week 10- Presentation: Digital Artist speaker
Week 11- Creating Special Effects
Week 12- Improving Productivity
Week 13- Book Reviews: Photoshop tricks, Illustrator, InDesign
Week 15- Work on final projects
Evaluation methods Understand terminology such as resolution sizes, photo file formats, file sizes related to resolution,
alph channels, DPI and PPI, photo copyrights, etc. via class quizzes. Also students will grasp a basic
understanding of the tools available in the essentials workspace in Photoshop as well as a basic
knowledge of using layers and special effects. The student will create his own photos from assigned
homework concepts to encourage his imagination and to avoid photo copyright issues. These
assignments will be presented to the class for review by fellow students. The final project will be a
compilation of the semester's knowledge gained from homework assignments.
Section P1 email jherron@parisjc.edu
Course ITSW 1310
Title Introduction to Presentation Graphics Software
Description Instruction in the utilization of presentation software to produce multimedia presentations. Graphics,
text, sound, animation and/or video may be used in presentation development.
Textbooks Adobe Photoshop CS4—Revealed, Elizabeth Eisner Reding, Delmar, 2010.

ISBN-10: 1-4354-4187-7
Schedule Week#1 - Orientation: Course, LMS, web sites

Week#2 - Software overview
Week#3 - Layers within an image
Week#4 - Using Selection Tools
Week#5 - Color Techniques and Type
Week#6 - Painting Tools
Week#7 - Layer Functions
Week#8 - Project 1 - Work Session
Week#9 - Spring Break
Week#10 - Project 1: Presentations
Week#11 - Special Effects and Filters
Week#12 - More Selections and Color
Week#13 - Masks, Paths, Shapes
Week#14 - Transforming Type
Week#15 - Liquefying an Image
Evaluation methods 40% Projects [Mid-Term and Final Project]
20% Chapter Assignments
20% Design Project Assignments
20% Chapter Quizzes
Course ITSW 1404
Title Introduction to Spreadsheets
Description Instruction in the concepts, procedures, and application of electronic spreadsheets.
Textbooks Go! With Microsoft Excel 2007 Comprehensive by Gaskin Jolly. First Edition. Published by
Pearson – Prentice Hall. ISBN 0-13-225559-6
Schedule Week 1 Orientation and begin working with Worksheets

Week 2 Creating a Worksheet and Charting Data
Week 4 Using Multiple Sheet Workbooks
Week 6 Working with IF Functions and Large Worksheets
Week 8 Midterm
Week 9 Creating Charts and Tables; Sorting and Filtering Data
Week 11 Making Decisions with Functions
Week 13 Using Named Ranges, Templates, Lookup Values, and 3D References
Week 15 Review for Final
Week 16 Comprehensive Final
Evaluation methods Midterm Exam 20%

Final Exam 20%
Excel Projects 60%
Course MATH 0300 / LSKL 0103
Title Elementary Algebra / Elementary Algebra Lab
Description Topics covered normally include real numbers, linear equations and inequalities, application
of linear equations, ratio and proportion, multiplication and division of polynomials, and
factoring. May not satisfy degree requirements. MUST take LSKL 0103 as required lab.
Lab: Group laboratory instruction designed to develope mathematical skills necessary for
academic success. May not be used to satisfy degree requirements.
Textbooks Introductory Algebra An Applied Approach by Aufmann / Baker / Lockwood (7th Edition) --
ISBN-13: 978-0-547-01697-5, ISBN-10: 0-547-01679-4
Schedule Week 1- Introduction & Chapter 1 - Prealgebra Review
Week 2- Chapter 1 (Continued)
Week 4- Chapter I (Continued) - 1st Major Test
Week 5- Chapter 2 - Variable Expressions
Week 6- Chapter 2 (Continued) - Chapter 3 - Solving Equations
Week 8- Review Chapters 2 & 3 - 2nd Major Test
Week 9- Chapter 4 - Polynomials
Week 11- 3rd Major Test - Chatper 5 - Factoring
Week 14- Chhapter 9 - Sections 2 & 3 - Inequalities - 4th Major Test
Week 16- Final Exam
1. Average of major tests (4 @ 15% each) -------- 60%
2. Comprehensive Final Exam -- 25%
3. Quizzes & Homework -------- 15%
4. Lab grade will be determined by class attendance and participation.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty John Fornof
Section 02 email jfornof@parisjc.edu
Course Math 0300 / Lskl 0103
Title Elementary Algebra / Lab
Description Topics covered include real numbers, evaluating and simplifying variable expressions, linear
equations and inequalities, application of linear equations, adding and subtracting polynomials,
multiplication and division of polynomials, and factoring. Prerequisite: LSKL 0306 or satisfactory
score on placement test. Lab consists of tutoring instruction designed to develop students’ math
skills.
Textbooks Title: Introductory Algebra an Applied Approach 7th edition

Authors: Aufmann/Barker/Lockwood
Publisher: Houghton Mifflin
ISBN – 13: 978-0-547-01679-5
Schedule Week 1-Sections 1.1 - 1.4 Prealgebra Review
Week 2-Sections 1.5 - 1.7 Rational Numbers
Week 3-Sections 1.8 - 2.3 Variable Expressions
Week 4-Test 1; Section 3.1 Solving Equations
Week 5-Sections 3.2 - 3.4 Solving Equations and Basic Word Problems
Week 6-Section 3.6 Mixture and Uniform Motion Problems; Test 2
Week 7-Sections 4.1 - 4.3 Polynomials
Week 8-Sections 4.4 - 4.5 Multiplying and Dividing Polynomials
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 10-Test 3; Section 5.1 Factoring GCF
Week 11-Sections 5.2 - 5.3 Factoring Trinomials
Week 12-Sections 5.4 - 5.5 Special Factoring and Quadratic Equations
Week 13-Review Factoring; Test 4
Week 14-Sections 9.2 - 9.3 Inequalities
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods Grading Procedure: There will be four exams. Each exam will contribute 15% to the final grade
making a total of 60%. The final exam will be worth 20%, leaving 20% for Web Assign work.
Grades will be determined by overall percentage at the end of the course.
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
< 70 F
The lab grade (LSKL 0103) will be determined from quizzes taken in class. You must receive a
grade of C or higher to progress to the next level.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Svetlana Steich (Lana)
Section 03 email lsteich@parisjc.edu
Description Math 300 is a traditional lecture course. Topics covered include real numbers, linear equations and
inequalities, application of linear equations, ratio and proportion, multiplication and division of
polynomials, and factoring. May not be used to satisfy degree requirements. Must take LSKL 0103
as required lab. Prerequisite: LSKL 0306 or satisfactory score on placement test.
Textbooks Itroductory Algebra an Applied Approach, Aufmann, Barker, Lockwood, 7th edition, ISBN-10: 0-
618-50307-2
Schedule Week 1-Syllabus, Section 1.1
Week 2-Section 1.2, 1.3, 1.4
Week 3-Section 1.5, 1.6
Week 5-Exam 1; Section 2.1, 2.2
Week 7-Section 3.2, 3.3, 3.4
Week 8-Section 3.6; Exam 2
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 10-Section 4.1, 4.2, 4.3
Week 12-Exam 3; Section 5.1
Week 15-Section9.1, 9.2, 9.3
Week 16-Exam 4; Review for final exam
Evaluation methods Exams 50%
Quizzes 15%
Homework 15%
Final Exam 15%
The final exam must be taken at the time scheduled by the college. The final exam is
comprehensive.
skills.

ISBN – 13: 978-0-547-01679-5
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Exam
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
< 70 F
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Chastity Woodson
Section 05 email cwoodson@parisjc.edu
Course MATH 0300.05 / LSKL 0103
skills.

ISBN – 13: 978-0-547-01679-5
Schedule Tuesday, January 18, 2011 Syllabus Section 1.1
Thursday, January 20, 2011 Section 1.2 and Section 1.3
Tuesday, January 25, 2011 Section 1.4
Thursday, January 27, 2011 Section 1.5
Tuesday, February 1, 2011 Section 1.6
Thursday, February 3, 2011 Section 1.7
Thursday, February 10, 2011 EXAM
Tuesday, February 15, 2011 Section 2.1 and Section 2.2
Tuesday, March 1, 2011 Section 3.4
Thursday, March 3, 2011 Section 3.6
Tuesday, March 8, 2011 Study Ch 2 & 3
Thursday, March 10, 2011 EXAM
Tuesday, March 15, 2011 NO CLASS
Thursday, March 17, 2011 NO CLASS
Tuesday, March 22, 2011 Section 4.1 and 4.2
Tuesday, April 5, 2011 EXAM
Thursday, April 7, 2011 Section 5.1
Tuesday, April 12, 2011 Section 5.2
Tuesday, April 26, 2011 Section 9.2 and 9.3
Thursday, April 28, 2011 Review for Test
Evaluation methods Grades will be derived from 3 components:
Lab grade will be determined by class attendance and participation.
A deduction of 5 points will be given per day missed and for lack of participation
skills.

ISBN – 13: 978-0-547-01679-5
skills.

ISBN – 13: 978-0-547-01679-5
Schedule Monday, January 24th Syllabus, Sections 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4
Monday, January 31st Sections 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8
Monday, February 7th CHAPTER 1 TEST
Monday, February 14th Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3
Monday, February 21st Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3
Monday, February 28th Sections 3.4, 3.6
Monday, March 7th CHAPTER 2 & 3 TEST
Monday, March 14th NO CLASS
Monday, March 21st Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3
Monday, March 28th Sections 4.4, 4.5
Monday, April 4th CHAPTER 4 TEST
Monday, April 11th Sections 5.1, 5.2, 5.3
Monday, April 18th Sections 5.4, 5.5, 9.2/9.3
Monday, April 25th CHAPTER 5, 9.2-9.3 TEST
Monday, May 2nd REVIEW FOR FINAL EXAM
Monday, May 9th FINAL EXAM
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Nicole Baucom
Section 40 email nbaucom@parisjc.edu
Course MATH 0300 and LSKL0103
Title Elementary Algebra and Math Lab
Description Topics covered normally include real numbers, linear equations and inequalities,
application of linear equations, ratio and proportion, multiplication and
division of polynomials, and factoring. May not be used to satisfy degree
requirements. MUST take LSKL 0103 as required lab. Prerequisite: LSKL 0306 or satisfactory
score on placement test.
Textbooks Introductory Algebra an Applied Approach 7th edition

ISBN – 13: 978-0-547-01679-5
Schedule Week 1-Intro and Section 1.1

Week 2-Section 1.1 and 1.2 and QUIZ (Integers-Add/Subtract) 1.2 - 1.3
Week 3-QUIZ (Integers-All operations even with 0), 1.4 and 1.5 Obj.C - 1.6
Week 4-1.7 and 1.8
Week 5-Review Chapter 1 and EXAM Chapter 1
Week 6-Go over Exam questions and 2.1 AND 2.2 and 2.3 Obj. B and 3.1 Obj. A
Week 7-2.3 Obj. B and 3.1 Obj. A and 3.1
Week 8-3.2 – 3.3 and 3.4
Week 9-SPRING BREAK!
Week 10-SKIP 3.5 and do 3.6 Obj. A and C only and Review Chapters 2 and 3
Week 11-EXAM Chapters 2 and 3 and Go over Exam questions and 4.1
Week 12-4.2 AND 4.4 and 4.3
Week 13-4.5 and 5.1
Week 14-5.2-5.3 (Factor using ac method) and 5.4 -5.5
Week 15-Review Chapters 4 and 5 and EXAM Chapters 4 and 5
Week 16-Go over Exam questions and 9.2-9.3 and Review for Final Exam (Final Exam is given
according to the Paris Junior College Final Examination Schedule)
1. Average of major tests (3 @ 20%each) -------- 60%
Lab grade is based solely on attendance and participation.

ISBN – 13: 978-0-547-01679-5

Week 4-1.7 and 1.8
Week 8-3.2 – 3.3 and 3.4
Week 12-4.2 AND 4.4 and 4.3
Week 13-4.5 and 5.1
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Martha Young
Year 2010-2011 Office PJC GC Room 201
Term Spring Phone 903/454-9333
Section 43 email myoung@parisjc.edu
Course MATH 0300/LSKL 0103
Title Elementary Algebra/Lab
Description Topics covered normally include real numbers, linear equations and inequalities, application of
linear equations, ratio and proportion, multiplication and division of polynomials, and factoring.
Textbooks Introductory Algebra An Applied Approach, Aufmann/Barker/Lockwood, 7th Edition,

ISBN: 0-547-01679-4
Schedule Week 1 will be used to review the pre-algebra skills that are prerequisite for this course.
Weeks 2-3 will be used to become familiar with variable expressions: simplifying, evaluating, and
translating them for application problems.
Weeks 4-6 will be used working with equations. Solving all types of linear equations, clearing out
fractions, and using equations to solve application problems.
Weeks 7-8 will be used to focus on polynomials: types of polynomials, degrees of polynomials, and
arithmetic operations on polynomials.
Weeks 9-10 will be used to understand and use the properties of exponents and scientific notation.
Weeks 11-14 will be used to practice, practice, practice factoring of all types of polynomials.
Week 15 will be used to introduce linear inequalities and graphing their solutions on number lines.
We will also review during Week 15.
Week 16 will be our comprehensive Final Exam.
Evaluation methods Homework problems will be assigned each week. These will be due at the beginning of class the
following week. Homework will be accepted one class period late for a 10-point penalty. Any
missed tests will be made up in the Testing Center, not during class time.
Daily Average - 25% 90-100 A

Test Average - 50% 80-89 B
Final Exam - 25% 70-79 C
60-69 D
Below 60 F
NOTE: You must receive a grade of C or better to advance to the next course.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jennifer Garrett
Section 44 email jgarrett@parisjc.edu or jennifersgarrett@aol.com
Course MATH 0300 and LSKL 0103
Title Elementary Algebra and Lab
Description This course has a lecture format and is designed to develop elementary algebraic skills in
preparation for Intermediate Algebra. Topics covered normally include real numbers, linear
equations and inequalities, ratio and proportion, addition, subtraction, multiplication and division of
polynomials and factoring. This class may not be used to satisfy degree requirements. Must take
LSKL 0103 as required lab. Prerequisite(s): LSKL 0306 or satisfactory score on placement test.
Textbooks Introductory Algebra, 7th Edition by Aufmann/Barker/Lockwood; Published by Houghton Mifflin

Company
Schedule Week 1-Chapter 1

Week 2-Chapter 1
Week 3-Chapter 1
Week 4-Chapter2
Week 5-Chapter 2
Week 6-Chapter 3
Week 7-Chapter 3
Week 8-Chapter 3
Week 9-Chapter 4
Week 10-Chapter 4
Week 11-Chapter 4
Week 12-Chapter 5
Week 13-Chapter 5
Week 14-Chapter 5/Chapter 9 (Sections 9.2 and 9.3 only)
Week 15-Review for Final Exam
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods Homework assignments will be given. Quizzes will also be given each class day based upon the
previous class assignment. No make-up quizzes will be given. However, the lowest quiz grade will
be dropped. A major test will be given at the end of each chapter. No make-up tests will be given.
However, if for any valid reason a student misses one of the major tests, the final exam grade may
be substituted for the major test grade. In addition, a comprehensive departmental final exam will
be given.
GRADING SCALE GRADING
90 – 100 A Your grade will be determined as follows:
80 - 89 B 20% Daily Average (homework and quizzes)
70 - 79 C 40 % Chapter Test Average
Below 70 F 40% Final Exam
In order to matriculate to the next level of mathematics course, you must receive a grade of C or
better in this course.
You will receive a grade for LSKL 0103 independently of MATH 0300. The grade for this one-
hour lab is based on your attendance AND participation. Each absence will result in the loss of 7
points from your final lab grade. Being late to class will result in the loss of 2 points from your final
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jeff Norris
Year 2011 Office GC - 210
Section 45 email jnorris@parisjc.edu
Course LSKL 0103
Title Elementary Algebra Laboratory
Description Group laboratory instruction designed to develop mathematical skills necessary for academic
success.
Textbooks Introductory Algebra an Applied Approach, 7th edition, Aufmann/Barker/Lockwood

(ISBN# 13: 9781439046403)
Schedule Week 1-Introduction & Chapter 1 sections 1, 2, & 3 Signed arithmetic with integers
Week 2-Chapter 1 sections 4, 5, & 6 Order of operations; prime factorization; signed addition of
real numbers
Week 3-Chapter 1 sections 7 & 8; Multiplication and division of real numbers; concepts from
geometry
Week 4-Chapter 2 sections 1, 2, and 3; Variable expressions
Week 5-Chapter 3 sections 1 & 2; One variable linear equations
Week 6-Chapter 3 sections 3 & 4; More on equations; translating sentences into equations
Week 7-Chapter 3 section 5; Volume mixture and Uniform Motion Problems
Week 8-Chapter 4 sections 1 & 2; Addition, subtraction of polynomials; multiplication of
monomials
Week 9-Chapter 4 sections 3 & 4; Multiplication of polynomials; Division of monomials
Week 10-Chapter 4 section 5; Division of polynomials
Week 11-Chapter 5 sections 1 & 2; Greatest common factor, factoring quadratic trinomials
Week 12-Chapter 5 sections 3 & 4; Factoring quadratic trinomials by grouping (AC Method);
special factoring
Week 13-Chapter 5 section 5; Solving polynomial equations
Week 14-Chapter 9 sections 1, 2, & 3 Solving inequalities
Week 16- Review for Final Exam
Evaluation methods Evaluation for this course is based solely on student attendance and participation: Attendance
(50%); Participation (50%).

ISBN – 13: 978-0-547-01679-5

Week 4-1.7 and 1.8
Week 8-3.2 – 3.3 and 3.4
Week 12-4.2 AND 4.4 and 4.3
Week 13-4.5 and 5.1
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr. Cynthia Steward
Year 2011 Office Office C, Sulphur Springs Center
Term Spring Phone 903.439.6154 X 405
Section 50 email csteward@parisjc.edu
Course LSKL 0103
Title Skill Development in Math
Description Individualized laboratory instruction designed to develop mathematics skills in support of the
MATH 0300 class.
Textbooks Introductory Algebra by Aufmann/Barker/Lockwood. ISBN 13:978-0-547-01679-5

Schedule Week 1: Sec1.1-1.2
Week 2: Sec 1.3-1.4
Week 3: Sec 1.5-1.6
Week 4: Chapter 1 Test, 2.1
Week 5: Sec 2.2-2.3
Week 6: Sec 3.1-3.2
Week 7: Sec 3.3-3.4
Week 8: Sec 3.5-3.6
Week 10: Sec 4.2-4.3
Week 11: Sec 4.4-4.5
Week 13: Sec 5.2-5.3
Week 14: Sec 5.4-5.5
Week 15: Practice Final, Chapter 5 Test
Week 16: Final Exam
Evaluation methods There will be in class tests given at the end of each chapter and one comprehensive final. The
lowest chapter test grade will be replaced by the final exam if the final exam is higher. Makeup
exams will be given in the library and there will be a 15 point penalty applied if the student contacts
the instructor before the next class period. All students must take the final exam or a grade of F
will be given for non-compliance. Homework assignments will be given daily but only a
representative sample will be turned in for credit. A penalty of 5 points will be applied to all late
assignments.
Grading: Points will be based on the following breakdown:

20% Daily attendance and homework
60% Chapter Exams
20% Final Exam
Title Intermediate Algebra / Lab
Description Math 0301 is a traditional lecture course. Topics covered include factoring, radicals, exponents,
complex numbers, linear equations and their graphs, inteoduction into functions, rational
expressions, and fractional equations. Must take LSKL 0106 as required lab. Prerequisite for this
course is MATH 0300 or a satisfactory score on the placement test.
Textbooks Intermediate Algebra an Applied Approach, Aufmann, Barker, Lockwood, 7th edition, ISBN-10: 0-
547-05651-7
Schedule Week 1-Syllabus
Week 2-Sections 2.1, 2.4
Week 3-Sections 2.5, 3.1, 3.2
Week 5-Sections 3.6, 3.7; Exam 1
Week 8-Sections 5.5; Exam 2
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 16-Exam 4; Review
Quizzes 15%
Homework 15%
Final Exam 15%
comprehensive.
Description Topics covered include factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, linear equations and inequalities and
their graphs, introduction into functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations, and solving
quadratic equations. Prerequisite MATH 0300 or satisfactory score on placement test. Lab consists
of tutoring instruction designed to develop students’ skills.
Textbooks : Intermediate Algebra An Applied Approach; Aufmann, Barker, Lockwood, 7th edition, Houghton
Mifflin, ISBN: 978-0-547-01642-9
Schedule Wednesday, January 19, 2011 Syllabus, Discuss Chapter 2.1
Monday, January 24, 2011 Discuss Chapter 2.4
Wednesday, January 26, 2011 Discuss Chapter 2.5
Monday, January 31, 2011 Chapter 2 Test
Wednesday, February 2, 2011 Discuss Chapter 3.1
Monday, February 7, 2011 Discuss Chapter 3.2, 3.3
Monday, February 14, 2011 Discuss Chapter 3.5
Wednesday, February 16, 2011 Discuss Chapter 3.6, 3.7
Monday, February 21, 2011 Chapter 3 Test
Wednesday, March 2, 2011 Discuss Chapter 5.4
Monday, March 7, 2011 Discuss Chapter 5.5
Monday, March 14, 2011 NO CLASS
Wednesday, March 16, 2011 NO CLASS
Wednesday, March 23, 2011 Chapter 5 Test
Monday, April 4, 2011 Discuss Chapter 6.3, 6.4
Wednesday, April 6, 2011 Discuss Chapter 6.5
Monday, April 11, 2011 Chapter 6 Test
Wednesday, April 13, 2011 Discuss Chapter 7.1, 7.2
Monday, April 18, 2011 Discuss Chapter 7.2
Monday, May 2, 2011 Chapter 7, 8.3 Test
Evaluation methods Grading: Your grade in this course will be calculated as follows:
Homework & Quizzes 15%

Exams @ 12% each 60%
Final Exam 25%
The lab grade will be determined by attendance and participation. A deduction of 5 points will be
given per day missed and for lack of participation
Mifflin, ISBN: 978-0-547-01642-9

Final Exam 25%
Title Intermediate Algebra / Intermediate Algebra Lab
Description Topics covered normally include factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, complex numbers,
linear equations and their graphs, introduction into functions, rational expressions, and
fractional equations. May not satisfy degree requirements. MUST take LSKL 0106 as
required lab.
Lab: Group laboratory instruction designed to develop mathematical skills necessary for
Textbooks Intermediate Algebra An Applied Approach by Aufmann / Baker / Lockwood (7th

edition) -- ISBN-13: 978-0-547-01697-5, ISBN-10: 0-547-01679-4
Schedule Week 1- Introduction & Chapter 2 - First -Degree Equations and Inequalities
Week 2- Chapter 3 (Continued) - Chapter 3 -Linear Functions and Inequalities in Two
Variables
Week 3- 1st Major Test - Chapter 3 (Continued)
Week 6- Chapter 3 (Continued) - 2nd Major Test
Week 10- 3rd Major Test - Chapter 6 - Rational Expressions
Week 12- Chapter 6 (Continued) - 4th Major Test
Week 13- Chapter 7 - Exponents and Radicals
Week 14-Chapter 7 (Continued) - Chapter 8 - Quadratic Equations
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods 1. Average of major tests (4 @ 15% each) -------- 60%
Mifflin, ISBN: 978-0-547-01642-9
Schedule Tuesday, January 18, 2011 Syllabus, Discuss Chapter 2.1
Thursday, January 20, 2011 Discuss Chapter 2.4
Tuesday, January 25, 2011 Discuss Chapter 2.5
Thursday, January 27, 2011 Chapter 2 Test
Tuesday, February 1, 2011 Discuss Chapter 3.1
Thursday, February 3, 2011 Discuss Chapter 3.2, 3.3
Thursday, February 10, 2011 Discuss Chapter 3.5
Tuesday, February 15, 2011 Discuss Chapter 3.6, 3.7
Thursday, February 17, 2011 Chapter 3 Test
Tuesday, March 1, 2011 Discuss Chapter 5.4
Thursday, March 3, 2011 Discuss Chapter 5.5
Tuesday, March 22, 2011 Review Ch 5
Thursday, March 24, 2011 Chapter 5 Test
Tuesday, April 5, 2011 Discuss Chapter 6.3, 6.4
Thursday, April 7, 2011 Discuss Chapter 6.5
Tuesday, April 12, 2011 Chapter 6 Test
Thursday, April 14, 2011 Discuss Chapter 7.1, 7.2
Tuesday, April 19, 2011 Discuss Chapter 7.2

Final Exam 25%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Michelle Wear
Term Spring Phone
Section 06 email mwear@parisjc.edu
Description Topics covered in this traditional lecture course normally include, but not limited to, factoring,
exponents, roots, radicals, linear equations and inequalities and their graphs, introduction into
functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations, and solving quadratic equations.
Prerequisite for this course is MATH 0300 or a satisfactory score on the placement test. Lab
consists of tutoring instruction designed to develop students’ skills.
Textbooks Intermediate Algebra, Aufman/Barker/Lockwood, 7th Edition ISBN:978-0-547-01642-9
Schedule 1/18 Sections 2.1, 2.4

1/25 Sections 2.5, 3.1
2/1 Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.4
2/8 Sections 3.5, 3.6, 3.7
2/15 Sections 5.1, 5.2
2/22 Sections 5.3, 5.4
3/1 Review for Midterm Exam
3/8 Midterm Exam
3/15 Spring Break
3/22 Sections 5.5, 5.6
3/29 Sections 5.7, 6.1
4/5 Sections 6.2, 6.3
4/12 Sections 6.4, 6.5
4/19 Sections 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, Factoring Handout
4/26 Sections 7.4, 8.3
5/3 Review for Final
5/10 Final Exam
Evaluation methods Homework Midterm Final Exam Factoring
/quizzes Exam 30% Handout
25% 30% 15%
Course LSKL 0106
Title Intermediate Algebra Laboratory
success.
Textbooks Intermediate Algebra An Applied Approach, 7th edition, Aufmann/Barker/Lockwood

(ISBN# 0-547-01642-5)
Schedule Week 1-Introduction & Chapter 2 sections 1 & 4; First degree equations and inequalities
Week 2-Chapter 2 section 5; Chapter 3 sections 1 & 2; Absolute value equations and inequalities;
the rectangular coordinate system; functions
Week 3-Chapter 3 sections 3 & 4; Linear functions and slope
Week 4-Chapter 3 sections 5, 6, & 7; Equations of lines; inequalities in two variables
Week 5-Chapter 5 sections 1, 2, & 3; Exponential expressions; polynomial functions; multiplying
polynomials
Week 6-Chapter 5 sections 4 & 5; Division of polynomials; factoring polynomials
Week 7-Chapter 5 sections 6 & 7; More on factoring; solving equations by factoring
Week 8-Chapter 6 sections 1 & 2; Arithmetic operations with rational expressions
Week 9-Chapter 6 sections 3 & 4; Complex fractions; ratio and proportion; rational equations
Week 10-Chapter 6 sections 5 & 6; rational equations and variation
Week 11-Chapter 7 sections 1 & 2; rational and radical expressions; operations on radical
expressions
Week 12-Chapter 7 sections 3; Radical equations
Week 13-Chapter 7 section 4: Complex numbers;
Week 14-Chapter 8 section 3; The quadratic formula
(50%); Participation (50%)
Title Intermediate Algebra and Math Lab
Description Topics covered normally include factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, complex
numbers, linear equations and their graphs, introduction into functions,
rational expressions, and fractional equations. May not be used to satisfy degree
requirements. Prerequisite MATH 0300 or satisfactory score on placement
test. MUST take LSKL 0106 as required lab.
Textbooks Intermediate Algebra an Applied Approach 7th edition

ISBN – 13: 978-0-618-50308-0
Schedule Week 1 - Introduction and Review Ch.1 and Ch. 2.1

Week 2 - Integers Quiz and 2.1 (SKIP 2.2-2.3) and 2.4
Week 3 - 2.5 and 3.1-3.2
Week 4 - 3.3 and 3.4
Week 5 - 3.5-3.7
Week 6 - Review for Exam (Chapters 2 and 3) and EXAM Chapters 2 and 3
SKIP Chapter 4
Week 7 - Cover 5.1 - 5.3
Week 8 - 5.4 and 5.5
Week 9 - SPRING BREAK
Week 10 - 5.6-5.7 and Review Chapter 5
Week 11 - EXAM Chapter 5 and 7.1-7.2
Week 12 - 7.2-7.3 and 7.4 and catch up
Week 13 - 6.1-6.2 and 6.2-6.3
Week 14 - 6.4-6.5 and Review Chapters 6 and 7
Week 15 - Exam Chapters 6 and 7, 8.3 and Review for Final Exam
Week 16 - FINAL EXAM (Comprehensive Departmental Exam to be given according to the Paris
Evaluation methods Homework/Quiz Average = 20%
Major Test Average(3 @ 20%) = 60%
Final Exam = 20%
Lab Grade is based solely on attendance and participation.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty John Sneed
Section 42 email jsneed@parisjc.edu
Title INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA / LAB
Description Topics covered normally include factoring exponents, roots, radicals, complex numbers, linear
equations and their graphs, introduction to functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations.
This course may not be used to satisfy degree requirements.
Credits: Three semester credit hours. Three lecture hours per week and one laboratory hour per
week.
Textbooks Title: INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA - AN APPLIED APPROACH

Authors: Aufmann/Barker/Lookwood
Publisher: Houghton-Mifflin
ISBN: 13-979-0-547-01642-9
Schedule Week 1-Solving first-degree equations and inequalities, absolute value
Week 2-Rectangular coordinate system, introduction to linear functions
Week 3-Slope of a straight line, finding equations of lines
Week 4-Parallel and perpendicular lines, inequalities in two variables
Week 5-Exponential expressions
Week 6-Introduction to polynomial functions
Week 7-Division and factoring of polynomials
Week 8- Special factoring, solving equations by factoring
Week 9- Multiplication and division of rational eaxpressions
Week 10-Addition and subtraction of rational expressions, complex fractions
Week 11-Ratio and proportion, rational equations
Week 12-Rational exponents and radical expressions
Week 13-Operations on radical expressions, solving radical expression equations
Week 14-Complex numbers, solving quadratic equations using the quadratic formula
Week 15-Review for Final

Evaluation methods Homework will be assigned daily. Homework will be graded and returned daily. Chapter tests will
be given periodically. In addition, a comprehensive departmental final exam will be given.
Students are required to attend LSKL 0106.42 for one hour per week. I will be in the lab to assist
you with your class assignments. The grade for this one-hour lab is based solely on attendance and
productive lab participation. Each absence will result in the loss of points from your lab final grade
Course grades will be derived from three components average of chapter tests (60%),
comprehensive final exam (20%), and homework average and attendance (20%). The grading scale
is 90-100 (A), 80-89 (B), 70-79 (C), and below 70 (F).
In order to pass to the next level of mathematics you must recive a grade of C or better in this
course.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Barbara Kilgore
Section 44 email bkilgore@parisjc.edu
Course Math 0301 / LSKL 0106
Description Topics covered normally include factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, complex numbers, linear
This class will follow a traditional format. Must take LSKL0106 as the required lab.
Textbooks Intermediate Algebra An Applied Approach by Aufmann/Barker/Lockwood-7th edition.

ISBN # - 13:978-0-547-01642-9
Schedule Week 1-Solving equations and using equations to solve word problems.
Week 2-Solving first-degree inequalities, and solving absolute value equations and inequalities
Week 3-Test over Chapter 2
Week 4-Identifying functions and using functions to evaluate the value of a given function given a
domain, finding the domain of a function, finding the slope of a line when given two points on the
line, and graphing the equation of a line using the slope and the y-intercept.
Week 5-To define ordinate and abscissa of a point, to find the length of a line segment and the
midpoint of a line segment, graph an equation given a point and the slope of the line, to find the
equation of a line in the slope intercept form of an equation, and to find the equation of a line when
given two points on the line, to find equations of parallel and perpendicular lines when given
specific information about them, and to graph inequalities in two variables.
Week 6-Chapter 3 Test
Week 7-To multiply and divide monomials, to change nmbers from scientific notation to
decimal form and vice versa, to multiply polynomials, and divide polynomials using synthetic
division and long division.
Week 8- To factor polynomiials completely and to solve equations by factoring.
Evaluation methods Grades will derived from the average of 4 Chapter Test, attendance, and the Final Exam.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Nikki Jones
Section 45 email njones@caddomillsisd.org
Course Math 0301 with LSKL 0106
Title Intermediate Algebra with Lab
Description INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA - Topic covered in this course normally include factoring,
exponents, roots, radicals, complex numbers, linear equations and their graphs, introduction to
functions, rational equations, and fractional equations. This class will follow a traditional format.
LAB This course is designed to help students with the math course that they are enrolled in, Math
0301
Textbooks Intermediate Algebra An Applied Approach by Aufman/Barker/Lockwood-7th edition.
Schedule Week 1- Introduction and Ch 2.1-2.3

Week 2-Sections 2.4-2.5
Week 3-Test Ch 2
Week 4-Section 3.2 3.4 3.6
Week 5-Sections 3.1, 3.3, 3.5, 3.7
Week 6-Test Ch 3
Week 8-Sections 5.5 5.6 5.7
Week 9-Test Ch 5
Week 14-Test Chapter 6 and 7
Week 15-Exam Review
Week 16-FINAL EXAMS -COMPREHENSIVE!
Evaluation methods Grades for MATH 0301 will be derived from 3 components:
1. Average of Chapter tests-----65%
2. Attendance-----------------------15%
3. Comprehensive Final----------20%
LAB: Students with 16 hours or more in lab who attend each week receive an “A” in lab. Eight
points will be deducted for each absence.
Course LSKL 0106
success.

(ISBN# 0-547-01642-5)
polynomials
expressions
Week 13-Chapter 7 section 4: Complex numbers
Course LSKL 0106
MATH 0301 class.

Week 2: Sec 1.3-1.4
Week 3: Sec 1.5-1.6
Week 5: Sec 2.2-2.3
Week 6: Sec 3.1-3.2
Week 7: Sec 3.3-3.4
Week 8: Sec 3.5-3.6
Week 10: Sec 4.2-4.3
Week 11: Sec 4.4-4.5
Week 13: Sec 5.2-5.3
Week 14: Sec 5.4-5.5
Week 16: Final Exam
assignments.

60% Chapter Exams
20% Final Exam
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Marian Ellis, M.Ed.
Course LSKL 0300
Title Developmental Reading I
Description Fundamental reading skills to develop comprehension, vocabulary, and rate. LSKL 0300
placement is determined by an Accuplacer Score below 42, a THEA score below 164, or an ASSET
score below 42.
Textbooks Langan, J. (2005). Ten steps to building college reading skills, 4th ed. New Jersey: Townsend Press,
Inc. ISBN 1-59194-037-0
Schedule Week 1 Introductions, Course Syllabus

Week 2 Chapter 1: Dictionary Use
Week 3 Chapter 1: Mastery Test(s)
Week 4 Chapter 2: Vocabulary in Context
Week 6 Chapter 3: Main Ideas
Week 8 Chapter 4: Supporting Details
Week 10 Chapter 5: Locations of Main Idea
Week 11 Chapter 5: Contiue Locations of Main Idea
Week 13 Chapter 6: Relationships I
Week 14 Chapter 6: Continue Relationships I
Week 15 Combined Skills Review
Week 16 Final Exam
Evaluation methods Grades will be based upon the following:

1. Daily class work from the textbook
2. Daily Homework Assignments
3. Six Chapter Tests
4. Final Exam
Note: A student who makes a D or an F will either have to repeat LSKL 0300 or retake the THEA
or Accuplacer test before the next semester begins to see if he/she can score high enough to take
LSKL 0301 or to test out of any further reading remediation.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Linda Mabe
Year 2010-2011 Office SSc101
Section 50 email lmabe@parisjc.edu
Course LSKL 0300
Description Fundamental reading skills to develop comprehension, vocabulary, and rate
Textbooks Ten Steps to Building College Reading Skills, fourth edition, 1-59194-037-0, by John Langan
Schedule The following learning units will be studied in sequential order as students' master course content.
Unit 1: Vocabulary
Unit 2: Main Ideas
Unit 3: Supporting Details
Unit 4: Location of Main Ideas
Unit 5: Relationships I
Evaluation methods 3 Major Exams, Daily Course Work, and Homework Assignments count equally in determining the
student's final average. A final average of 70 or about is required to successfully complete the
course.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Tonda Spencer
Year 2010-2011 Office SS Tech Center
Section .51 email tspencer@ssisd.net
Course LSKL 0300
Unit 1: Vocabulary
Unit 2: Main Ideas
course.
Course LSKL 0301
Title Developmental Reading II
Description Fundamental reading skills to develop comprehension, vocabulary, and rate. PREREQUISITE:
LSKL 0301 or has a prerequisite reading score(s) on the following: THEA 164 – 210, ASSET 34 -
38, ACCUPLACER 42 – 62, or the successful completion of LSKL 0300.
Textbooks Langan, J. (2008). Ten steps to improving college reading skills, 5th ed. New Jersey: Townsend
Press, Inc. ISBN 1-59194-099-0

Week 7 Exam I
Week 8 Chapter 4: Implied Main Ideas
Week 13 Chapter 6: Relationships II
Week 14 Exam II
Week 16 Final Exam
Evaluation methods There are Three Major Exam Grades, Daily Class Work, and Homework Assignments.
*NOTE: A student who makes a D (average of 60 - 69) or an F (average of 59 and below) will
either have to repeat LSKL 0301 or retake the THEA or ACCUPLACER Test with a satisfying
score.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Nancy deBin
Year 2010-2011 Office LC 132
Section 02 email ndebin@parisjc.edu
Course LSKL 0301
Description Fundamental and critical reading skills to develop comprehension, vocabulary, and rate
Textbooks Ten Steps to Improving College Reading Skills, fifth edition, ISBN 1-59194-099-0, by John Langan
Unit 1: Vocabulary
Unit 2: Major and Minor Details When Reading
Unit 3: Paragraph Patterns and Major Types of Transitions
Unit 4: Combined Skills Application
course.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Lisa Peters
Section 03 email lpeters@parisjc.edu
Course LSKL 0301
Unit 1: Vocabulary
Evaluation methods 4 or 5 major exams, Daily Course Work, and Homework Assignments will be averaged together to
determine the student's final average. Major Exams will be weighted heavier than Homeowkr
Assignments and Course Work. A final average of 70 or about is required to successfully complete
the course.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Rosa Bowmer
Section 04 email rbowmer@parisjc.edu
Course LSKL 0301
Unit 1: Vocabulary
course.
Course LSKL 0301.40
Title DEVELOPPMENTAL READING II
Description LSKL 0301 is designed to help students develoop reading skills prerequisite to college success.
Group instruction and lab activities are utilized. Critical and analytical reading skills are included in
the course. Even though the course carries three semester hours of credit, LSKL 0301 may not be
used to satisfy degree requirements. However, the three class hours do count toward financial aid,
scholarship hours, and the Texas 6-Drop Rule.
Textbooks Langan, John. Ten Steps to Improving College Reading Skills. 5thed. West Berlin, New Jersey:
Townsend Press, Inc. 2008. ISBN-13:97815941002.
Schedule Weeks 1 through 10 complete chapters one through ten pages 19 through 430. For the remaining
weeks, selections from Part Two Ten Reading Selections will be completed, and tests from Part
Three Combined-Skills will be completed.
Evaluation methods Students will earn one grade each week for the first ten weeks. Those grades will come from each
chapter of the Ten Steps to Improving College Reading Skills beginning on page 19. After the first
ten weeks, students will earn one grade each class period. All grades are counted equally.
Year 2010-2011 Office SSC 101
Course LSKL 0301
Unit 1: Vocabulary
course.
Course LSKL 0301
Unit 1: Vocabulary
course.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Pam Hunt
Section F1 email phunt@parisjc.edu
Course LSKL 0301
Unit 1: Vocabulary
course.
Course LSKL 0302
Title Developmental Reading III
Description Fundamental, critical and analytical reading skills to develop comprehension, vocabulary, and rate
Textbooks Ten Steps to Advancing College Reading Skills, fifth edition, ISBN 1-59194-200-4, by John
Langan
Unit 1: Vocabulary
Unit 4: Critical Interpretation: Inference, Author’s Purpose and Tone
Evaluation methods Final course grades will be based upon the following:
4 Major Test grades = 50%
Daily Class Work = 40%
Homework Assignments = 10%
Students' having 70 or above final averages will be required to take the Departmental Exit Exam. A
grade of 70% or above successfully completes the Exit Exam and a final average of 70% or above
successfully completes the course.
Course LSKL 0302
Langan
Unit 1: Vocabulary
Course LSKL 0302
Langan
Unit 1: Vocabulary
Course LSKL 0302
Langan
Unit 1: Vocabulary
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Crystal Torti
Course LSKL 0302
Title Reading III
Description LSKL 0302 is designed to help students develop reading skills and techniques prerequisite to
college success. Group instruction and lab activities are utilized. Critical and analytical reading
skills are included in this course. Even though the course carries three semester hours of credit,
LSKL 0302 may not be used to satisfy degree requirements. However, the three class hours do
count toward financial aid, scholarship hours, and the Texas 6-Drop Rule. This course may be
repeated.
Textbooks REQUIRED COURSE MATERIALS: Each student must have his/her own new copy of the
required text Ten Steps to Advancing College Reading Skills, ISBN 1-59194-200-4 (fifth edition)
by John Langan, as well as paper and pen/pencil, and highlighter within the first week of class.
(NOTE: LSKL 0302 text is a work text and cannot be resold to the bookstore at the end of the
semester. Work will NOT be accepted on paper; it must be completed in the work text.)
Schedule Week 1- vocabulary

Week 2- topic and main idea
Week 4- major and minor supporting details
Week 5- relationships between details and main idea
Week 6- transitions
Week 7- transitions
Week 8- transitions
Week 9- patterns of organization
Week 10-patterns of organization
Week 11- critical interpretation
Week 13-critical interpretation
Week 14- applied skills to reading passages
Week 15- prepare for exit exam
Week 16- exam
Evaluation methods 50% = test grade average

40% = in-class worksheets, daily quizzes, or special assignments
10% = homework assignments
Year 2010-2011 Office SSC101
Course LSKL 0302
Langan
Unit 1: Vocabulary
Course LSKL 0302
Langan
Unit 1: Vocabulary
Course LSKL 0302
Langan
Unit 1: Vocabulary
Section 01 email phunt@parisjc.edu
Course LSKL 0303
Description Designed to help students develop the most basic study skills and techniques prerequisite to college
success.
Textbooks Orientation to College Learning, sixth edition, ISBN 978-0-495-57054-7, by Dianna Ban Blerkom
Unit 1: Preparation for Learning
Unit 2: Goal Setting
Unit 3: Time Management
Unit 4: Memory and Learning
Unit 5: Taking Notes
Unit 6: Improving Concentration
Unit 7: Reading Your Textbooks
Unit 8: Marking Your Textbooks
Unit 9: Organizing Information
Unit 10: Test Preparation
Unit ll: Taking Exams
3 Major Test grades = 33.3%
Daily Class Work = 33.3%
Homework Assignments = 33.3%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Cuttrell, Brent
Year 2010-2011 Office LRC 115
Section 01 email bcuttrell@parisjc.edu
Course LSKL 0306
Description This course is foundational to all other math courses offered at Paris Junior College. It will be
taught ina traditional lecture format. Topics include core math operations, fractions, percents,
decimals, measurement (both standard and metric), integers, basic algebra, solid geometry, basic
statistics, and graphs.
Textbooks Competency mathematics by Larry Parsky ISBN: 0876945418

Schedule Week 1-Pre Test. Understanding Whole Numbers
Week 2-Understanding Fractions, Part 1 and 2
Week 3-Undersanding Fractions, Part 2 Continued.
Week 4-Test 1, Understanding Decimals Part 1
Week 5-Understanding decimals, Part 2. Ratios and Proportions
Week 6-Understanding Percents
Week 7-Test 2
Week 8-Understanding Measurement
Week 9-Understanding Algebra
Week 10-Test 3
Week 11-Understanding Geometry, Part 1
Week 13-Understanding Statistics and Probability, Understanding Graphs
Week 14-Test 4
Week 15-Post Test
Week 16-Final Exams
Evaluation methods Grading: 20% daily quiz average. 40% Major Exams (4 @ 10% each). 40% Final Exam
Course LSKL 0306

Week 7-Test 2
Week 10-Test 3
Week 14-Test 4
Week 15-Post Test
Week 16-Final Exams
Course LSKL 0306

Week 7-Test 2
Week 10-Test 3
Week 14-Test 4
Week 15-Post Test
Week 16-Final Exams
Course LSKL 0306

Week 7-Test 2
Week 10-Test 3
Week 14-Test 4
Week 15-Post Test
Week 16-Final Exams
Course LSKL 0306

Week 7-Test 2
Week 10-Test 3
Week 14-Test 4
Week 15-Post Test
Week 16-Final Exams
Course LSKL 0306

Week 7-Test 2
Week 10-Test 3
Week 14-Test 4
Week 15-Post Test
Week 16-Final Exams
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Wendi Burton
Section 08 email wburton@northlamar.net
Course LSKL 0306.08
Description This course is fundamental to all other math courses offered at Paris Junior College. It will be
taught in a traditional lecture format. Topics include core math operations, fractions, percents,
decimals, measurement (both standard and metric), intergers, basic algebra, solid geometry, basic
statistics, and graphs. There are no prerequisites required for this course other than the required
state testing.
Textbooks Competency Mathematics by Larry Parsky

ISBN: 0876945418
Schedule Wk 1 Diagnostic Test (in class); Unit 1 p. 7 Ex 5-8 ODD; p.28 Ex 23-30 ODD, Unit 2 p.40 Ex 1-
13; Unit Test 1 ALL
Wk 2 Unit 2 p. 51 Ex 14-21 ODD; Unit 3 p. 62 Ex 1-25 ODD; Unit Tests 2 and 3 ALL
Wk 3 Major Test 1 over Units 1, 2, and 3
Wk 4 Unit 4 p. 90 Ex 1-22 ODD; Unit 6 p. 152 Ex 1-9 ODD, Unit Test 4 and 6 ALL
Wk 5 Unit 5 p. 119 Ex 1-24 ODD and additional worksheet, Unit 5 Test ALL
Wk 7 Unit 8 packets (will be given in class)
Wk 8 Unit 8 packets, Unit 8 p. 225 Ex 32-34, Unit 7-selected exercises, Unit 8 Test ALL
Wk 9 Spring Break
Week 10 Major Test 3 over Units 7 and 8,

Review Unit 9 p. 238-244 Ex 1-7—will not be formally discussed in class
Wk 11 Unit 9 p. 245 Ex 8-24 ODD & Reviews; Composite Figures worksheet
Wk 12 Unit 9 p. 267 Ex 25-31 ODD; Unit 10 p. 278 Ex 1-7 ODD; Unit 11 p. 292 Ex 1-7 ODD;
Unit Test 9, 10, and 11 ALL
Wk 13 Major Test over Units 9, 10, 11, and Composite Figures
Wk 14 Diagnostic Test
Evaluation methods Your grade will be determined as follows:
20% Daily Grade Average (homework, quizzes, and /or unit tests from the book)
40% Test Average
20% Final Exam (you must pass the final exam with a grade of 70 in order to pass the course)
Your final exam may be taken two times. Those students who have a passing average and who do
not pass the final exam with a grade of 70 or above will be given an “incomplete” and will be
required to come back and retake the final exam at the beginning of the next semester. Once the
exam is passed, the student will receive their grade in the course and may move on to the next
course in the math sequence.
Students who are unable to complete the course due to illness or unforeseen circumstances may be
eligible for a grade of “X” (incomplete). You must have successfully completed at least ¾ of the
class successfully in order to do this.
A passing grade of “C” or better is required to advance to the next math course in the developmental
schedule.
Course LSKL 0306
Title Skill Development in Math 3.3.0
Description Designed to help students acquire the basic math skills prerequisite to a
successful college experience. Includes an intensive testing program designed
to identify areas of specific need and to facilitate individualized instruction.
May not be used to satisfy degree requirements. May be repeated.
Textbooks Title: Competency Mathematics

Authors: Larry Parsky
Publisher: Educational Design, Inc.
ISNB: 0-87694-541-8
Schedule Week 1- HOLIDAY and Introduction and Pretest

Week 2-Unit 1 and Unit 2
Week 4-Review and TEST (Units 1-3)
Week 5-Unit 4
Week 7-Unit 5 and Review
Week 8-TEST (Units 4-6) and Unit 7
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 11-Unit 8
Week 14-Unit 10, Unit 11 and Review
Week 16-Post Test and Review for Final Exam Final Exam(May 9)

3. Homework and Unit Tests ---- 30%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Ron Makin
Section 41 email rmakin@parisjc.edu
Course LSKL 0306
Description Topics in mathmatics, such as arithmetic operations, basic algebraic concepts and notation,
geometry,and real and complex number systems.
Textbooks Title: Competency Mathematics, Author: Larry Parsky
Schedule Week 1-Whole Numbers

Week 2-Fractions
Week 3-Fractions
Week 4-Decimals
Week 5-Percents
Week 6-Ratio and Proportions
Week 7-Measurment
Week 8-Algebra
Week 9-Algebra
Week 10-Algebra
Week 11-Geometry
Week 12-Geometry
Week 13-Statistics and Probability
Week 15-Graphs
Week 16-Finals
Evaluation methods Grades will be derived as follows: Major Test-35%, Comprehensive Final Exam-35%, Homework ,
Minor Test and Quizzes-30% . 100-90 A, 89-80 B, 79-70 C, 69-60 D, Below 60 F
Course LSKL 0306

Week 2-Fractions
Week 3-Fractions
Week 4-Decimals
Week 5-Percents
Week 7-Measurment
Week 8-Algebra
Week 9-Algebra
Week 10-Algebra
Week 11-Geometry
Week 12-Geometry
Week 15-Graphs
Week 16-Finals
Course LSKL 0306

ISNB: 0-87694-541-8
Schedule Week 1-Introduction and Pretest and Unit 1

Week 5-Unit 4
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 11-Unit 8

Course LSKL 0306
Description Designed to help students acquire the basic math skills prerequisite to a successful college
experience. Includes an intensive testing program designed to identify areas of specific need and to
facilitate individualized instruction.
Textbooks Competency Mathematics, Parsky, ISBN: 0-87694-541-8
Schedule Weeks 1-5 will be used to refresh students’ skills with whole numbers, decimals, and fractions
including rounding, arranging from least to greatest, arithmetic operations, and application
problems.
Weeks 6-8 will be used to increase students’ understanding of percents, ratios, and proportions.
Curriculum will include money problems (sales tax, discount, commission) as well as word
problems that can be solved using proportions.
Weeks 9-10 will be used to introduce basic algebraic equations. These will be limited to one-step
and two-step equations in one variable.
Weeks 11-12 will be used to review geometric formulas for perimeter (circumference), area, and
volume. Square roots and the Pythagorean Theorem will also be covered during this time.
Weeks 13-14 will be used to introduce students to the measures of central tendency (mean, median,
and mode) as well as probability.
Evaluation methods Homework will be assigned each week and will be due at the beginning of the next class period.
Late homework will be penalized 10 points and will only be accepted one class period late.
There will be 4 tests during the semester in addition to the comprehensive final exam.
Grades will be determined as follows:
25% Daily Average (homework)
25% Daily Average (homework)50% Test Average
25% Final Exam
Letter grades will be assigned based on the traditional scale:
90-100 A
80-89 B
70-79 C
60-69 D**
Course LSKL 0306
Description This course is designed to help students acquire basic math skills.
Textbooks Competency Mathematics by Larry Parsky. ISBN 0-87694-541-8

Schedule Week 1-Syllabus and Diagnostic Exam
Week 2-Unit 1
Week 3-Unit 2
Week 4-Unit 1 & 2 Test
Week 5-Unit 3
Week 6-Unit 4
Week 7-Unit 3& 4 Test
Week 8-Unit 5
Week 9-Unit 6
Week 11-Unit 7
Week 12-Unit 8
Week 14-Unit 9-10
Week 15-Unit 11
Week 16-Unit 9-11
Evaluation methods There will be in class tests given at the end of each unit. Homework will be assigned daily with a
representative sample taken before each test in the form of a review. 30% Daily attendance,
homework, and class participation; 70% Chapter Exams
Description Topics covered normally include real numbers, linear equations and inequalities, application
of linear equations, ratio and proportion, multiplication and division of polynomials, and
ISBN-13: 978-0-547-01697-5, ISBN-10: 0-547-01679-4
Week 16- Final Exam
skills.

ISBN – 13: 978-0-547-01679-5
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Exam
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
< 70 F
618-50307-2
Week 2-Section 1.2, 1.3, 1.4
Week 7-Section 3.2, 3.3, 3.4
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 10-Section 4.1, 4.2, 4.3
Week 15-Section9.1, 9.2, 9.3
Quizzes 15%
Homework 15%
Final Exam 15%
comprehensive.
skills.

ISBN – 13: 978-0-547-01679-5
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Exam
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
< 70 F
skills.

ISBN – 13: 978-0-547-01679-5
skills.

ISBN – 13: 978-0-547-01679-5
skills.

ISBN – 13: 978-0-547-01679-5

ISBN – 13: 978-0-547-01679-5

Week 4-1.7 and 1.8
Week 8-3.2 – 3.3 and 3.4
Week 12-4.2 AND 4.4 and 4.3
Week 13-4.5 and 5.1

ISBN – 13: 978-0-547-01679-5

Week 4-1.7 and 1.8
Week 8-3.2 – 3.3 and 3.4
Week 12-4.2 AND 4.4 and 4.3
Week 13-4.5 and 5.1

ISBN: 0-547-01679-4

60-69 D
Below 60 F

Company

Week 2-Chapter 1
Week 3-Chapter 1
Week 4-Chapter2
Week 5-Chapter 2
Week 6-Chapter 3
Week 7-Chapter 3
Week 8-Chapter 3
Week 9-Chapter 4
Week 10-Chapter 4
Week 11-Chapter 4
Week 12-Chapter 5
Week 13-Chapter 5
Week 16-Final Exam
be given.
points from your final lab grade. Being late to class will result in the loss of 2 points from your final
Course MATH 0300
Title Elementary Algebra
Description Real numbers, linear equations and inequalities, application of linear equations, ratio and
proportion, multiplication and division of polynomials, and factoring.

(ISBN# 13: 9781439046403)
real numbers
geometry
Week 5-Exam 1; Chapter 3 sections 1 & 2; One variable linear equations
Week 7-Chapter 3 section 5; Volume mixture and Uniform Motion Problems; Exam 2
monomials
Week 10-Chapter 4 section 5; Division of polynomials; Exam 3
special factoring
Week 13-Chapter 5 section 5; Solving polynomial equations; Exam 4
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods In-class Quizzes 15%
4 Major Tests 60%
Comprehensive Final Exam 25%
Final course grades are assigned based on overall course average as follows:
Course Average Course Grade

90-100 A
80-89 B
70-79 C
60-69 D
Below 60 F

ISBN – 13: 978-0-547-01679-5

Week 4-1.7 and 1.8
Week 8-3.2 – 3.3 and 3.4
Week 12-4.2 AND 4.4 and 4.3
Week 13-4.5 and 5.1
Course MATH 0300
Description Topics covered include real numbers, linear equations and inequalilties, application of linear
equations, ratio and proportion, multiplication and division of polynomials, and factoring.

Week 2: Sec 1.3-1.4
Week 3: Sec 1.5-1.6
Week 5: Sec 2.2-2.3
Week 6: Sec 3.1-3.2
Week 7: Sec 3.3-3.4
Week 8: Sec 3.5-3.6
Week 10: Sec 4.2-4.3
Week 11: Sec 4.4-4.5
Week 13: Sec 5.2-5.3
Week 14: Sec 5.4-5.5
Week 16: Final Exam
assignments.

60% Chapter Exams
20% Final Exam
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Anne Marie Ward
Year 2011 Office TAMU-Commerce B-309
Section 70 email award@parisjc.edu
Course MATH 0300
Description Real numbers, evaluating and simplifying variable expressions, linear equations and inequalities,
application of linear equations, adding and subtracting polynomials, multiplication and division of
polynomials, and factoring

ISBN – 13: 978-1-439-04604-3
Schedule Week 1-Introduction to integers; addition/subtraction of integers

Week 2-Multiplication/division of integers; exponents; order of operations; factoring numbers and
prime factorization
Week 3-Addition/subtraction/multiplication/division of rational numbers
Week 4-Concepts from geometry (angles, area, perimeter); evaluating variable expressions
Week 5-Simplifying variable expressions; translating verbal expressions into variable expressions;
Week 6-Test #1; introduction to equations
Week 7-Solving linear equations; applications: lever systems & break even analysis
Week 8-Translating sentences into equations; value mixture and uniform motion problems
Week 9-Addition/subtraction of polynomials; multiplication of monomials
Week 10-Multiplication of polynomials, integer exponents & scientific notation
Week 11-Division of polynomials; test #2
Week 12-Greatest Common Factor, factoring by grouping; factoring trinomials
Week 13-Special factoring; solving equations by factoring
Week 14-Properties of inequalities, graphing and solving inequalities
Week 15-Test #3; review for final exam
Week 16-Final Exam
1. Average of major tests (3 @ 20each) -------- 60%
2. Comprehensive Final Exam --------------------- 20%
3. Quizzes, Worksheets & Homework ----------- 20%
Course MATH 0300

ISBN – 13: 978-1-439-04604-3

prime factorization
Week 16-Final Exam
Course MATH 0300

ISBN – 13: 978-1-439-04604-3

prime factorization
Week 16-Final Exam
Course MATH 0300

ISBN – 13: 978-1-439-04604-3

prime factorization
Week 16-Final Exam
Course MATH 0300

ISBN – 13: 978-1-439-04604-3

prime factorization
Week 16-Final Exam
547-05651-7
Week 9-Spring Break
Quizzes 15%
Homework 15%
Final Exam 15%
comprehensive.
Mifflin, ISBN: 978-0-547-01642-9

Final Exam 25%
Mifflin, ISBN: 978-0-547-01642-9

Final Exam 25%
Description Topics covered normally include factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, complex numbers,
linear equations and their graphs, introduction into functions, rational expressions, and
fractional equations. May not satisfy degree requirements. MUST take LSKL 0106 as
required lab.

Variables
Week 16- Final Exam
Mifflin, ISBN: 978-0-547-01642-9

Final Exam 25%
Term Spring Phone

1/25 Sections 2.5, 3.1
2/1 Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.4
2/8 Sections 3.5, 3.6, 3.7
2/15 Sections 5.1, 5.2
2/22 Sections 5.3, 5.4
3/8 Midterm Exam
3/15 Spring Break
3/22 Sections 5.5, 5.6
3/29 Sections 5.7, 6.1
4/5 Sections 6.2, 6.3
4/12 Sections 6.4, 6.5
4/26 Sections 7.4, 8.3
5/10 Final Exam
25% 30% 15%
Course MATH 0301
Title Intermediate Algebra
Description Factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, complex numbers, linear equations and their graphs,
introduction to functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations.

(ISBN# 0-547-01642-5)
Week 3-Exam 1; Chapter 3 sections 3 & 4; Linear functions and slope
polynomials
Week 7-Chapter 5 sections 6 & 7; More on factoring; solving equations by factoring; Exam 2
Week 11-Exam 3; Chapter 7 sections 1 & 2; rational and radical expressions; operations on radical
expressions
Week 13-Exam 4; Chapter 7 section 4: Complex numbers; Exam 4
Week 16- Final Exam

4 Major Tests 60%

90-100 A
80-89 B
70-79 C
60-69 D
Below 60 F

ISBN – 13: 978-0-618-50308-0

Week 3 - 2.5 and 3.1-3.2
Week 4 - 3.3 and 3.4
Week 5 - 3.5-3.7
SKIP Chapter 4
Week 7 - Cover 5.1 - 5.3
Week 8 - 5.4 and 5.5
Week 13 - 6.1-6.2 and 6.2-6.3
Final Exam = 20%
week.

ISBN: 13-979-0-547-01642-9

is 90-100 (A), 80-89 (B), 70-79 (C), and below 70 (F).
course.

ISBN # - 13:978-0-547-01642-9
0301

Week 3-Test Ch 2
Week 5-Sections 3.1, 3.3, 3.5, 3.7
Week 6-Test Ch 3
Week 9-Test Ch 5
Week 15-Exam Review
2. Attendance-----------------------15%
Course MATH 0301

(ISBN# 0-547-01642-5)
polynomials
expressions
Week 16- Final Exam

4 Major Tests 60%

90-100 A
80-89 B
70-79 C
60-69 D
Below 60 F
Year 2010-2011 Office Office C, Sulphur Springs
Course MATH 0301
Description The topics included are factorin, exponents, roots, radicals, complex, numbers, linear equations and
their graphs, introduction into functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations.
Textbooks Intermediate Algebra by Aufmann/Barker/Lockwood 7th edition. Student ISBN 13:978-0-547-

01642-9
Schedule Week 1: Syllabus, 2.1, 2.4
Week 2: Sec2.4, 2.5, 3.1
Week 3: Sec 3.2-3.3
Week 4: Unit 2.1-3.2 Test, 3.4
Week 5: Sec 3.5-3.6
Week 6: Sec 3.7, 5.1-5.2
Week 7: Unit 3.3-3.7 Test
Week 8: Sec 5.2-5.3
Week 9: Sec 5.4-5.5
Week 10: Sec 5.6, 5.7 and 8.3
Week 11: Sec 6.1, Chapter 5 Test
Week 12: Sec 6.2-6.5
Week 14: Sec 7.2-7.4
Week 16: Final Exam
Evaluation methods The primary instruction method in this class will be traditional lecture and guided practice. Peer
tutoring, and drill and practice through homework will be crucial elements as well. In addition, the
lab time will provide for individual instruction.

60% Chapter Exams
20% Final Exam
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Mallie Hood
Section 01 email mhood@parisjc.edu
Course Math 1314
Title Cpllege Algebra
Description Topics covered in this traditional lecture course normally include, but not limited to, equations,
inequalities, mathematical models, functions, graphs, polynomial functions, rational functions,
exponential functions, and logarithmic functions, system of equations and determinants.
Prerequisite for this course is MATH 0301 or a satisfactory score on the placement test
Textbooks Text: College Algebra, Blitzer, 4th Edition, ISBN: 0-13-219141-5

You will need a scientific calculator or a graphing calculator for this course.
Week 2- 1.2 Linear Eqns. & Rational Eqns. & 1.4 Complex Numbers
Week 3- 1.5 Quadratic Eqns. & 1.6 Other Types of Equations
Week 4- 1.7 Linear Inequalities & Absolute Value Inequalities & Test 1 – Chapter 1
Week 5- 2.1 Basics of Functions and Their Graphs & 2.2 More on Functions and Their Graphs
Week 6- 2.3Linear Functions & Slope & 2.4 More On Slope
Week 7- 2.6 Combinations of Functions; Composite Functions & 2.7 Inverse Functions
Week 8- 2.8 Distance & Midpoint Formulas; Circles & Test 2 – Chapter 2
Week 10- 3.1 Quadratic Functions & 3.2 Polynomial Functions & Their Graphs
Week 11- 3.3Dividing Polynomials & 3.5 Rational Functions & Their Graphs
Week 12- Test 3 – Chapter 3 & 4.1 Exponential Functions
Week 13- 4.2 Logarithmic Functions & 4.3 Properties of Logarithms
Week 14- 4.4 Exponential & Logarithmic Equations & Test 4 – Chapter 4
Week 15-5.1 Systems of Linear Eqns. In Two Variables & 5.2/6.5 Systems in Three Variables &
Determinants
Week 16- Finals
Evaluation methods Grade Weighting System
1st test – 15%
2nd test – 15%
3rd test – 15%
4th test ─ 15%
Homework/Quizzes ─ 15%
Final Exam ─ 25%
Course Math 1314
Title College Algebra

Determinants
Week 16- Finals
1st test – 15%
2nd test – 15%
3rd test – 15%
4th test ─ 15%
Final Exam ─ 25%
Course MATH 1314
Description Math 1314 is a traditional lecture course. Topics covered include quadratics; logarithmic and
exponential functions; systems of equations, sequences and series, and matrices and determinants.
Prerequisite for this course is MATH 0301 or two years high school algebra and appropriate
placement test.
Textbooks College Algebra, Blitzer, 4th edition. ISBN #0-13-219141-5

Week 2-Chapter 1.2, 1.4
Week 3-Chapter 1.5, 1.6, 1.7
Week 4-Review; Exam 1
Week 5-Chapter 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 10-Chapter 3.1, 3.2, 3.3
Week 12-Exam 3; Chapter 4.1
Week 14-Chapter 4.4, 5.1, 5.2
Week 16-Exam 4; Review for the final exam
Quizzes 15%
Homework 15%
Class participation 5%
Final Exam 15%
comprehensive.
Course Math 1314

Determinants
Week 16- Finals
1st test – 15%
2nd test – 15%
3rd test – 15%
4th test ─ 15%
Final Exam ─ 25%
Course Math 1314

Schedule Week 1- Syllabus & 1.2 Linear Eqns. & Rational Eqns.
Week 2- 1.4 Complex Numbers & 1.5 Quadratic Eqns.
Week 3- 1.6 Other Types of Equations & 1.7 Linear Inequalities & Absolute Value Inequalities
Week 4- Test 1 – Chapter 1 & 2.1 Basics of Functions and Their Graphs
Week 5- 2.2 More on Functions and Their Graphs & 2.3 Linear Functions & Slope
Week 6- 2.4 More On Slope & 2.6 Combinations of Functions; Composite Functions
Week 7- 2.7 Inverse Functions & 2.8 Distance & Midpoint Formulas; Circles
Week 8- Test 2 – Chapter 2
Determinants
Week 16- Finals
1st test – 15%
2nd test – 15%
3rd test – 15%
4th test ─ 15%
Final Exam ─ 25%
Course Math 1314

Determinants
Week 16- Finals
Evaluation methods There will be three exams. Each exam will contribute 22% to the final grade making a total of 66%.
The final exam will be worth another 22%, leaving 12% for class work. Grades will be determined
by overall percentage at the end of the course.
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
60 – 69 D
< 60 F
Course MATH 1314
placement test.
Textbooks College Algebra, Blitzer, 4th Edition. ISBN#0-13-219141-5

Week 3-Chapter 1.5, 1.6, 1.7
Week 5-Chapter 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 10-Chapter 3.1, 3.2, 3.3
Week 14-Chapter 4.4, 5.1, 5.2
Quizzes 15%
Homework 15%
Final Exam 15%
comprehensive.
Course MATH 1314
placement test.

Week 3-Chapter 1.5, 1.6, 1.7
Week 5-Chapter 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 10-Chapter 3.1, 3.2, 3.3
Week 14-Chapter 4.4, 5.1, 5.2
Quizzes 15%
Homework 15%
Final Exam 15%
comprehensive.
Course MATH 1314
Description Study of quadratics; polynomial, rational, logarithmic, and exponential functions; systems of
equations; progressions; sequences and series; and matrices and determinants.
Textbooks College Algebra 4th edition, Blitzer (ISBN# 0-13-219141-5)
Schedule Week 1-Introduction & Chapter 1 sections 2-4 - Linear, rational equations, complex numbers
Week 2-Chapter 1 sections 5, 6, & 7 - Quadratic, Radical, absolute value equations; Linear and
absolute value inequalities
Week 3-Chapter 2 sections 1-3 - Functions and their graphs; Linear functions and slope
Week 4-Chapter 2 Chapter 2 section 4 - More on slope; Exam 1
Week 5-Chapter 2 sections 5-8 - Transformations, combinations, composition of functions; inverse
functions; distance, midpoint, equations of circles
Week 6-Chapter 3 sections 1 & 2 - Quadratic, polynomial functions and their graphs
Week 7-Chapter 3 sections 3-5 - Remainder and factor theorems; zeros of polynomial functions;
rational functions and their graphs
Week 8-Exam 2; Chapter 4 sections 1 & 2 - Exponential, logarithmic functions
Week 9-Chapter 4 sections 3 & 4 - Properties of logarithms; exponential, logarithmic equations
Week 10-Chapter 5 Systems of linear equations
Week 11-Chapter 6 sections 1-3 Matrix solutions of linear systems
Week 12-Chapter 6 section 5 Determinants and Cramer's rule
Week 13-Exam 3; Chapter 7 section 1 - The ellipse
Week 14-Chapter 7 sections 2 & 3 - Hyperbolas, parabolas
Week 16- Final Exam

3 Major Tests 60%

90-100 A
80-89 B
70-79 C
60-69 D
Below 60 F
Year 2010-2011 Office GC Room 201
Course MATH 1314
Title COLLEGE ALGEBRA
Description Topics covered normally include quadratics, polynomial, rational, logarithmic, and exponential
functions; systems of equations, progressions, sequences and series, and matrices and determinants.
Credits: Three semester credit hours. Three lecture hours per week.
Textbooks Title: COLLEGE ALGEBRA-4TH EDITION

Authors: Blitzer
Publisher: Prentice Hall
ISBN: 0-13-219141-5
Schedule Week 1-Linear and rational equations, complex numbers
Week 2-Quadratic, Polynomial, radical and absolute value equations
Week 3-Linear and absolute value equations
Week 4-Common functions and their graphs
Week 5-Linear functions and slope; use of slope in problem solving
Week 6-Transformation of functions, combination of functions, composities
Week 7-Inverse functions, distance and mid-point formulas: Circles
Week 8-Quadratic and polynomial functions and their graphs
Week 9-Dividing polynomials, remainder and factor theorems, zeros
Week 10-Rational functions and their graphs, exponential functions
Week 11-Logarithmic functions, and the properties of logarithms
Week 12-Exponential and logarithmic equations
Week 13-Systems of linear equations in two and three variables
Week 14-Determinants and Cramer's Rule, sequence and summation notation
Week 15-Arithmetic and geometric sequences

Evaluation methods Homework will be assigned daily. Homework will be taken up and graded daily.
Grades will be derived from three components average of chapter tests (60%), comprehensive final
exam (20%), and homework and attendance (20%).
The grading scale is 90-100 (A), 80-89 (B), 70-79 (C), 60-69 (D), and below 60 (F).
Section 42 email bkilgore@parisjc
Course Math 1314
functions; system of equations, progressions, sequences and series, and matrices and determinates.
Textbooks College Algebra 4th Edition by Blitzer. ISBN 0-13-219141-5
Schedule Week 1-To solve linear, rational, and quadratic equations

Week 2-To solve polynomial, radical, rational exponent, and absolute value equations
To solve linear, compound, and absolute value inequalities
Week 3 To define and interpret functions
Week 4-To find the slope of a line, to write the equation of a line in point-slope form and y-
intercept form, and to determe whether two lines are parallel or perpendicular
Week 5-To perform all the operations on two functions, to find the composition of two functions,
and to find the inverse of a function
Week 6-To find the distance and mid-point of a line segment, to write the equation of a circle ins
standard form, and graph the circle
Week 7-Test over Chapters 1 and 2
To graph parabolas and quadratic functions
Week 8-To divide polynomial functions by long division and synthetic division
To find zeros of polynomial functions
Week 9-To find vertical and horizontal asymptotes of rational functions
To graph polynomial inequalities
Week 10-To evaluate logarithmic expressions without a calculator
Evaluation methods Grades will be based on the following:
20% Daily homework
60% Chapter Exams
20% Final Exam
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr. Brian A. Smith
Year 2011 Office Caddo Mills, TX
Section 43 email basmith1@yahoo.com
Course MATH 1314
Description Following a short review of quadratic equations and inequalities, topics will normally include theory
of equations, complex numbers, systems of equations, systems of quadratic equations, exponential
and logarithmic functions, and sequences and series.
Textbooks College Algebra, Robert Blitzer; 4th Edition

A scientific calculator is needed. If you are able to gain access to a graphing calculator, this would
be beneficial.
Schedule January 24th - Chapter 1 Equations and Inequalities: Sections 1.2, 1.3, 1.4 and 1.5
January 31st - Chapter 1 Equations and Inequalities: Sections 1.6 and 1.7; 2.1
February 7th - Exam 1: Chapter 1
February 14th - Chapter 2: Functions and Graphs: Sections 2.2 , 2.3, 2.4,
February 21st - Chapter 2: Functions and Graphs: Sections 2.6, 2.7, and 2.8
February 28th - Chapter 3: Polynomial and Rational Functions: Sections 2.5 and 3.1
March 7th - Exam 2 Chapters 2/3
March 14th - Spring Break
March 21st - Chapter 3: Polynomial and Rational Functions: Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.4 and 3.5
March 28th - Chapter 4: Exponential and Logarithmic Functions: Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3
April 4th - Chapter 4: Exponential and Logarithmic Functions: Sections 4.4 and 4.5
April 11th - Exam 3 - Chapters 3/4
April 18th - Chapter 5: Systems of Equations and Inequalities: Sections 5.1, 5.2 and 5.4.
April 25th - Chapter 6: Matrices and Determinants: Sections 6.1, 6.2 and 6.5
May 2nd - Final Exam Review
May 9th - Final Exam
Weekly Grades/Class Participation/Quizzes - 10 @ 2% each 20%
Weekly assignments based on materials covered in class will be given. In addition, occassional
quizzes on the assignments will be given. Students are expected to be in attendance in order to earn
full credit.
Chapter Exams - 3 @ 20% each 60%
Three chapter exams will be administered during the course of the semester. Make up exams are not
given unless prior arrangments are made. If a student is absent and misses a chapter exam, the final
exam will count twice. In addition, a student may substitite his/her lowest test grade with the grade
earned on the final exam if the grade on the final exam is higher than one of the chapter exam
grades.
Comprensive Final Exam 20%
A comprehensive final exam will be administered on the final evening of the class.
Course MATH 1314
Week 16- Final Exam

3 Major Tests 60%

90-100 A
80-89 B
70-79 C
60-69 D
Below 60 F
Course Math 1314

Determinants
Week 16- Finals
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
60 – 69 D
< 60 F
Year 2010-2011 Office Office C, Sulphur Springs Center
Course MATH 1314
Description Topics include solving and graphing quadratics, polynomial, rational, logarithmic, and exponential
functions; systems of equations, sequences, series, and determinants.

Schedule Week 1-Syllabus, Sec 1.1
Week 2-Sec 1.2-1.4
Week 3-Sec 1.5-1.7
Week 4-Sec 2.1, Chapter 1 Test
Week 5-Sec 2.2-2.3
Week 6-Sec 2.4-2.7
Week 8-Sec 3.2-3.3
Week 9-Sec 3.4, 3.6
Week 11-Sec 4.2-4.3
Week 12-Sec 4.4, 5.1
Week 14-Sec 5.3, 6.5
Week 15-Sec 8.1-8.2, Chapter 5-8 Test
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods Traditional lecture will be the primary type of delivery. There will be guided practice, peer
tutoring, and homework exercises for drill and practice as well.
Grading: Grades will be based on the following:

60% Chapter Exams
20% Final Exam
Course MATH 1314

Week 2-Sec 1.2-1.4
Week 3-Sec 1.5-1.7
Week 5-Sec 2.2-2.3
Week 6-Sec 2.4-2.7
Week 8-Sec 3.2-3.3
Week 9-Sec 3.4, 3.6
Week 11-Sec 4.2-4.3
Week 12-Sec 4.4, 5.1
Week 14-Sec 5.3, 6.5
Week 16-Final Exam

60% Chapter Exams
20% Final Exam
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Mitchell, Margaret
Year 2010-2011 Office Detroit High School #111
Section 85 email pmitchell@detroiteagles.net
Course College Algebra 1314
Description This course covers solving and graphing all types of equations and inequalities, using
logarithms, sequences and series. Prerequisite: Algebra 2 and Geometry.
Textbooks College Algebra (3rd edition) Robert Blitzer, Prentice Hall, 2004.
Schedule Week 1: Graphs and solving linear equations
week 2: Using formulas and solving word problems, test 1.1-1.3
Week 3: Complex numbers, solving quadratics by factoring and completing the square.
Week 4: Using the quadratic formula to solve quadratics, other types of equations and
inequalities. Week 5: Quadratic inequalities, applications, test 1.4-1.8
Week 6: Lines and slopes, distance and midpoint formulas, circle equations.
Week 7: Graphing functions, quadratics, graphing without the use of a calculator. End of 1st
6 weeks. Week 8: Continue learning to graph without the use of a calculator.
Week 9: Functions and graphs, trasformations, composite functions.
Week 10: Test on chapter 2. Polynomial and rational functions.
Week 11: Graphs of polynomial functions, sythetic division, zeros of polynomial functions.
Week 12: Rational functions and their graphs, modeling using variation, test on chapter 3.
Week 13: Exponential functions, logarithmic functions, end of 2nd 6 weeks.
Week 14: Logarithmic functions continued. Properties of logs.
Week 15: Exponent and log equations, chapter 4 test.
Week 16: Solving systems of linear equations, solving non linear systems, solving
inequalities. Week 17: Matrices and determinants, chapter 5 and 6 test.
Week 18: Exam given.
Evaluation methods Grading will be based on quizzes over assigned homework(25%), tests (75%) for each six
weeks. The exam will count one-fourth of their semester grade.
Course MATH 1314
Textbooks Blitzer College Algebra, Fourth Edition ISBN: 0-13-219141-5
Schedule Week 1 will be used to practice solving linear and rational equations as well as simplifying complex
numbers.
Weeks 2-3 will be used to become familiar with a variety of ways to solve quadratic equations and
absolute value inequalities.
Weeks 4-6 will be used to cover the basics of functions and their graphs, linear equations and slope,
and transformations and combinations of functions.
Weeks 7-8 will be used to focus on polynomial functions and finding zeros of polynomial functions.
Weeks 9-10 will be used to understand and use exponential and logarithmic functions as well as
solving systems of equations.
Weeks 11-14 will be used to finding matrix solutions to linear systems, determinants, and Cramer’s
Rule.
Week 15 will be used to review concepts for our final exam.

Test Average - 60% (4 tests) 80-89 B
60-69 D
Below 60 F
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Janice Byrd
Year 2011 Office Greenville Christian School, M-4
Term Spring Phone 903-454-1111, ext 122
Section 96 email jbyrd@greenvillechristian.org
Course Math 1314
Textbooks College Algebra (4th Edition) Robert Blitzer, Prentice Hall, 2007. ISBN 0-13-219141-5
Schedule Week 1-2: Chapter P - Review of fundamental concepts of Algebra
Week 3-5: Chapter 1 - Equations and Inequalities
Week 6-8: Chapter 2 - Functions and Graphs
Week 9-10: Chapter 3 - Polynomial and Rational Functions
Week 11-12: Chapter 4 - Exponential and Logarithmic Functions
Week 13-14: Chapter 5 - Systems of Equations and Inequalities
Week 15: Chapter 6 - Matrices and Determinants
Week 16-17: Chapter 8 - Sequences and Series
Week 18: Review and Final Exam
Evaluation methods Grading: Semester Grade: 40 % - 1st Quarter, 40 % - 2nd Quarter, 20% - *Final Exam
Quarter Grade: 60% - Chapter Tests, 30% - Quizzes, 10% - Homework
*Final Exam is a departmental exam; no exemptions.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jim Westbrook
Year 2010-2011 Office North Hopkins ISD
Section 97 email jwestbrook@northhopkins.net
Title MATH
Description This course is designed for the college student whose high school preparation did not include
an advanced course in algebra. Topics develop the complex number system, cover the solution
of quadratic equations, and contain units on relations, functions, inverses, theory of equations,
matrices, determinants, exponential and logarithmic functions, progressions, permutations,
combinations, and probability as needed for applications in business, science, and calculus.
Textbooks College Algebra, Blitzer, 4th ed ISBN 0-13-219141-5

Schedule Week 1-Algebraic Expressions and Exponents
Week 2-Polynomials and Factoring and Rational Expressions
Week 3-Linear and Quadratic Equations
Week 4-Other Equations and Complex Numbers
Week 5-Models and Applicaitons
Week 6-linear Inequalities and Linear Functions and Slope
Week 7-Distance and Midpoint
Week 8-Exponential and Log Functions
Week 9-More Logs and Exp and Log Equations
Week 10-Exponential Growth
Week 11-Systems of Equations
Week 12-Systems of Non-Linear Equations
Week 13-Conic Sections
Week 15-Matrixes
Week 16-Matrixes
Evaluation methods Homework 25%, 3 tests each counting 25%
Course Math 1316
Title Trigonometry
Description This is a lecture course. Topics covered in this course include trigonometric functions, right and
oblique triangles, graphs of trig functions, inverse functions, trig identities and equations, Law of
Sines, Law of Cosines, and vectors.
Textbooks Trigonometry 5th ed. – McKeague/Turner

ISBN:13-9780534403928
Schedule Week 1- Sections 1.1 - 1.3 Basic Definitions and the First Definition of the Trig Functions
Week 2- Sections 1.4 - 2.1 Basic Identities and Right Triangle Trigonometry
Week 3- Sections 2.2 - 2.5 Right Triangles and Vectors
Week 4- Sections 3.1 - 3.4 Circles, Reference Angles, Arc Length, and Area of a Sector
Week 5- Section 3.5 Angular and Linear Velocity; Test 1
Week 6- Sections 4.1 - 4.3 Graphing the Trig Functions
Week 7- Sections 4.4 and 4.6 Finding the Equation From the Graph and Inverse Functions
Week 8- Sections 5.1 - 5.3 Trig Identities including Sum and Difference Formulas and Double
Angle Formulas
Week 10- Sections 5.4 - 5.5 Half Angle Formulas and Additional Identities
Week 11- Test 2; Sections 6.1 - 6.3 Solving Trig Equations
Week 12- Sections 6.4 - 7.3 Parametric Equations, Law of Sines, and Law of Cosines
Week 13- Sections 7.4 - 7.6 Area of a Triangle, Dot Product
Week 14- Test 3; Sections 8.1 - 8.2 Complex Numbers
Week 15- Sections 8.3 - 8.6 Polar Coordinates
Week 16- Finals
The final exam will be worth another 22%, leaving 12% for class work and quizzes. Grades will be
determined by overall percentage at the end of the course.
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
60 – 69 D
< 60 F
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jennifer Ann Kornell
Year 2010-2011 Office PHS 2301
Term Spring Phone (903) 737 -7400
Section 31 email jkornell@parisisd.net
Course MATH 1316
Title Plane Trigonometry
Description Trigonometric functions, identities, equations, and applications.
Textbooks Larson, Ron, Hostetler, Robert P., Edwards, Bruce H. Precalculus With Limits: A Graphing
Approach, 4th Ed., Houghton Mifflin Company, 2005.
Schedule Week 1-Angles and Trig Basics
Week 2-Reference and Trig Angles, Exam I
Week 3-Right Triangle Problems, Exam II
Week 4-Laws of Sines and Cosines, Exam III
Week 5-Trig Graphs
Week 6-Inverse Trig
Week 7-Intro To Trig Identities, Exam IV
Week 8-Verifying Identities, Exam V
Week 9-Special Identities
Week 10-Derived Identities, Exam VI
Week 11-Trig Equations
Week 12-Vectors, Exam VII
Week 13-Trig Form, Exam VIII
Week 14-Polar Coordinates and Graphs, Exam IX
Week 15-Solar Cookers
Week 16-Semester Exam
Evaluation methods GRADING
1st, 2nd, 3rd
Six Weeks
Daily Average: 33%
Test Average: 67%
Semester Average:
1st Six Weeks: 25%
2nd Six Weeks: 25%
3rd Six Weeks: 25%
Semester Exam: 25%
4th, 5th, 6th

Six Weeks Daily Average: 33%
Test Average: 67%
Semester Average:
4th Six Weeks: 25%
5th Six Weeks: 25%
6th Six Weeks: 25%
Semester Exam: 25%
Course MATH 1316
Title Trigonometry
Textbooks Title: Trigonometry 5th edition

Authors: McKeague/Turner
Publisher: Brooks/Cole
ISBN – 13: 978-0-534-40392-8
Schedule Week 1-Angles, degrees, special triangles, rectangular coordinate system

Week 2-Definition of trigonometric functions, identities, right triangle trigonometry
Week 3-Trigonometric functions of an acute angle, solving right triangles, vectors
Week 4-Reference angle, radians, circular functions
Week 5-arc length, area of a sector, velocities; Test #1
Week 6-Basic graphs, amplitude, period, reflection, vertical translation and phase shift
Week 7-Finding equation from its graph, graphing combinations of functions and inverse
trigonometric functions
Week 8-Proving identities, sum and difference formulas
Week 9-Double-angle formulas, half-angle formulas and additional identities
Week 10-Test #2; Solving trigonometric equations
Week 11-Trigonometric equations involving multiple angles; parametric equations, the Law of
Sines and the ambiguous case.
Week 12-The Law of Cosines, area of a triangle; vectors
Week 13-Trigonometric form for complex numbers, roots of complex numbers
Week 14-Polar coordingate, equations in polar coordinates
Week 15-Test #3 and review for final exam
1. Tests (3@ 20% each): 60%
2. Comprehensive Final Exam: 20%
3. Homework / daily work: 20%
Section 4D email jnorris@parisjc.edu
Course MATH 1316
Title Trigonometry
Textbooks Trigonometry 5th edition, McKeague/Turner (ISBN# 13:978-0-534-40392-8)
Schedule Week 1-Introduction & Chapter 1 - The Six Trigonometric Functions; sections 1 & 2
Week 2-Chapter 1 sections 3, 4, & 5
Week 3-Chapter 2 - Right Triangle Trigonometry; sections 1, 2, & 3
Week 4-Chapter 2 sections 4 & 5; Exam 1
Week 5-Chapter 3 Radian Measure sections 1, 2, 3, & 4
Week 6-Chapter 3 sections 5; Chapter 4 -Graphing and Inverse Functions sections 1 & 2
Week 8-Exam 2; Chapter 5 Identities and Formulas; sections 1 & 2
Week 10-Chapter 6 - Equations; sections 1, 2, 3, & 4
Week 11-Exam 3; Chapter 7 - Triangles; sections 1 & 2
Week 12-Chapter 7 sections 3, 4, 5, & 6
Week 13-Exam 4; Chapter 8 - Complex Numbers and Polar Coordinates; sections 1 & 2
Week 16- Final Exam

4 Major Tests 60%

90-100 A
80-89 B
70-79 C
60-69 D
Below 60 F
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Brian A. Smith
Course MATH 1316
Title Trigonometry
Description Topics covered normally include degree and radian measure, the use of scientific
calculator, the trigonometric functions, solution of right triangles and oblique
triangles, vectors, graphs of trigonometric and inverse trigonometric functions,
identities, solutions of trigonometric equations, and complex numbers.
Prerequisite: Two years of high school algebra, MATH 1314 or concurrent
enrollment in MATH 1314. Core Curriculum satisfied for Mathematics.
Textbooks Advanced Mathematical Concepts, Glencoe
Schedule Unit 1 - The Trigonometric Functions (3 weeks)

Unit 2 - Graphs of Triogonometric Functions (3 weeks)
Unit 3 - Trigonometric Identities andd Equations (3 weeks)
Unit 4 - Vectors and Parametric Equations (3 weeks)
Unit 5 - Polar Coordinates and Complex Nmbers (3 weeks)
Evaluation methods 5 Unit Tests @ 10% each 50%

Daily Assignments/Quizzes 30%
Final Exam 20%
Course Math 1316
Title Trigonometry
Description This is a lecture course. Topics covered in this course include trigonometric functions, right and
oblique triangles, graphs of trig functions, inverse functions, trig identities and equations, Law of
Sines, Law of Cosines, and vectors.
Textbooks Trigonometry 5th ed. – McKeague/Turner

ISBN:13-9780534403928
Schedule Week 1- Sections 1.1 - 1.3 Basic Definitions and the First Definition of the Trig Functions
Week 2- Sections 1.4 - 2.1 Basic Identities and Right Triangle Trigonometry
Week 3- Sections 2.2 - 2.5 Right Triangles and Vectors
Week 4- Sections 3.1 - 3.4 Circles, Reference Angles, Arc Length, and Area of a Sector
Week 5- Section 3.5 Angular and Linear Velocity; Test 1
Week 6- Sections 4.1 - 4.3 Graphing the Trig Functions
Week 7- Sections 4.4 and 4.6 Finding the Equation From the Graph and Inverse Functions
Week 8- Sections 5.1 - 5.3 Trig Identities including Sum and Difference Formulas and Double
Angle Formulas
Week 10- Sections 5.4 - 5.5 Half Angle Formulas and Additional Identities
Week 11- Test 2; Sections 6.1 - 6.3 Solving Trig Equations
Week 12- Sections 6.4 - 7.3 Parametric Equations, Law of Sines, and Law of Cosines
Week 13- Sections 7.4 - 7.6 Area of a Triangle, Dot Product
Week 14- Test 3; Sections 8.1 - 8.2 Complex Numbers
Week 15- Sections 8.3 - 8.6 Polar Coordinates
Week 16- Finals
The final exam will be worth another 22%, leaving 12% for class work and quizzes. Grades will be
determined by overall percentage at the end of the course.
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
60 – 69 D
< 60 F
Section CM email njones@caddomillsisd.org
Course Math 1316
Title Trigonometry
Description Student will study relations, functions, graphs, trigonometry, polar coordinates, complex numbers,
limits, and derivatives. The student will analyze and graph mathematical functions. There is an
emphasis on verification of trigonometric identities using all of the basic trigonometric identities.
Students will use graphing calculators in activities that are appropriate to the topics being studied.
Textbooks Trigonometry (W/Out Cd), Mckeague, Edition 5
Schedule Week 1- Chapter 1

Week 2-Chapter 2
Week 3-Test Ch 1 and 2
Week 4-Chapter 3
Week 5-Chapter 4
Week 8-Sections 5.4-5.5 Ch 5 Test
Week 9-Chapter 6
Week 11-Sections7.1-7.4
Week 14-Sectiosn 8.4 - 8.6
Week 15-Exam Review
2. QUIZZES and HOMEWORK-----------------------20%
Course Math 1324
Title Mathematics for Business and Economic Analysis
Description This is a course designed to present the student with mathematical skills and concepts and then to
apply these skills and concepts to areas that are important in management, life and social sciences.
The emphasis is on concepts and problem solving rather than on mathematical theory. The
applications included allow students to view mathematics in a practical setting relevant to their
intended careers. The course begins with a brief review of basic algebra concepts and includes the
Textbooks Text: Mathematical Applications, Harshbarger & Reynolds, 8th Edition,

ISBN 0-618-65421-6, Graphing Calculator
Schedule Week 1- Syllabus & 1.1 Linear Equations & Inequalities
Week 2-1.2 Functions & 1.3Linear Functions
Week 3-1.4 Graphs & Graphing Utilities,1.6 Apps of Functions in Business & Test 1 – Chapter 1
Week 4-2.1 Quadratic Equations & 2.2 Quadratic Functions
Week 5-2.3 Apps of Quadrics in Business, 2.4 Special Functions & 2.5 Modeling
Week 6-Test 2 - Chapter 2 & 3.1 Matrices
Week 7-3.2 Multiplication of Matrices & 3.3 Gauss-Jordan Elimination
Week 8-3.4 Inverse of a Square Matrix & 4.1 Linear Inequalities
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 10-4.2 Linear Programming & 4.3 Simplex Methods
Week 11-Test 3 – Chapter 3 & 4 & 5.1 Exponential Functions
Week 12-5.2 Logarithmic Functions & 5.3 Solution of Exponential Equations
Week 13-6.1 Simple Interest; Sequences & 6.2 Compound Interest; Geometric Sequences
Week 14-Test 4 – Chapter 5 & Sections 1 & 2 from Chapter 6 & 6.3 Future Value of Annuities
Week 15-6.4 Present Value of Annuities & 6.5 Loans and Amortization
Week 16-Finals
1st test – 15%
2nd test – 15%
3rd test – 15%
4th test ─ 15%
Final Exam ─ 25%
Course Math 1324

Week 9-Spring Break
Week 16-Finals
1st test – 15%
2nd test – 15%
3rd test – 15%
4th test ─ 15%
Final Exam ─ 25%
Course Math 1325
Description This is a lecture course designed to present the student with mathematical skills and concepts and
then to apply these skills and concepts to areas that are important in the management, life and social
sciences. Topics included limits and continuity, derivatives, maximizing and minimizing nonlinear
functions, higher order derivatives, implicit differentiation, derivatives of exponential and
logarithmic functions, and integration.
Textbooks Mathematical Applications 8th Edition – Harshbarger, Reynolds

ISBN 10: 0-618-65421-6
Schedule Week 1- Sections 9.1 - 9.2 Limits and Continuity
Week 2- Sections 9.3 - 9.4 Derivatives
Week 3- Sections 9.5 - 9.8 Derivative Formulas
Week 4- Section 9.9 Applications of Derivatives; Test 1
Week 5- Sections 10.1 - 10.2 First and Second Derivative Tests
Week 6- Sections 10.3 - 10.5 Optimization Problems and Applications; Rational Functions
Week 7- Sections 11.1 - 11.2 Derivative of Logarithmic and Exponential Functions
Week 8- Sections 11.3 and 11.5 Implicit Differentialtion; Elasticity of Demand
Week 10 Test 2; Section 12.1 Indefinite Integrals
Week 11 Sections 12.2 - 12.3 Integrals Involving Logarithmic and Exponential Functions
Week 12 Sections 12.4 - 12.5 Differential Equations
Week 13 Sections 13.1 - 13.3 Definate Integrals
Week 14 Sections 13.4 - 13.5 Applications of Integrals and Tables of Integrals
Week 15 Test 3; Review for Final Exam
Week 16- Finals
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
60 – 69 D
< 60 F
Course MATH 1325
Title Mathematics for Business and Economical Analysis II
Description Limits and continuity, derivatives, graphing and optimization, exponential and logarithmic
functions, antiderivatives, integration, applications to management, economics, and business.
Textbooks Mathematical Applications for the Management, Life, and Social Sciences, 8th edition
Harshbarger/Reynolds (ISBN# 0-618-65421-6)
Schedule Week 1-Introduction & Chapter 9 - Derivatives; sections 1 & 2

Week 2-Chapter 9 sections 3 & 4
Week 5-Chapter 10 - Applications of Derivatives; sections 1 & 2
Week 6-Exam 1; Chapter 10 sections 3, 4, & 5
Week 7-Chapter 11 - Derivatives Continued (exponential and logarithmic functions); sections 1, 2
&3
Week 9-Exam 2; Chapter 12 - Indefinite Integrals; sections 1 & 2
Week 10-Chapter 12 sections 3 and 4
Week 11-Chapter 13 - Definite Integrals; Techniques of Integration; sections 1, 2, & 3
Week 13-Exam 3; Chapter 14 - Functions of Two or More Variables; section 1
Week 16- Final Exam

3 Major Tests 60%

90-100 A
80-89 B
70-79 C
60-69 D
Below 60 F
Course Math 1325
Description This is a lecture course designed to present the student with mathematical skills and concepts and
then to apply these skills and concepts to areas that are important in the management, life and social
sciences. Topics included limits and continuity, derivatives, maximizing and minimizing nonlinear
functions, higher order derivatives, implicit differentiation, derivatives of exponential and
logarithmic functions, and integration.
Textbooks Mathematical Applications 8th Edition – Harshbarger, Reynolds

ISBN 10: 0-618-65421-6
Schedule Week 1- Sections 9.1 - 9.2 Limits and Continuity
Week 2- Sections 9.3 - 9.4 Derivatives
Week 3- Sections 9.5 - 9.8 Derivative Formulas
Week 4- Section 9.9 Applications of Derivatives; Test 1
Week 5- Sections 10.1 - 10.2 First and Second Derivative Tests
Week 6- Sections 10.3 - 10.5 Optimization Problems and Applications; Rational Functions
Week 7- Sections 11.1 - 11.2 Derivative of Logarithmic and Exponential Functions
Week 8- Sections 11.3 and 11.5 Implicit Differentialtion; Elasticity of Demand
Week 10 Test 2; Section 12.1 Indefinite Integrals
Week 11 Sections 12.2 - 12.3 Integrals Involving Logarithmic and Exponential Functions
Week 12 Sections 12.4 - 12.5 Differential Equations
Week 13 Sections 13.1 - 13.3 Definate Integrals
Week 14 Sections 13.4 - 13.5 Applications of Integrals and Tables of Integrals
Week 15 Test 3; Review for Final Exam
Week 16- Finals
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
60 – 69 D
< 60 F
Course MATH 1325
Description A study of topics from calculus with business applications. Topics covered include limits and
continuity, derivatives, maximizing and minimizing non-linear functions, higher order derivatives,
implicity differentiation, derivatives of exponential and logarithmic function and integration.
Textbooks
Mathematical Applications 8th Edition by Harshbarger/Reynolds.
ISBN 13: 978-0-618-65421-5
Schedule Week 1-Syllabus, 9.1
Week 2-Sec 9.2-9.3
Week 3-Sec 9.4-9.7
Week 4-Chapter 9.1-9.4 Test, Sec 9.7-9.8
Week 5-Sec 9.8-10.1
Week 7-Sec 10.5, 11.1
Week 8-Chapter 10 Test, 11.2
Week 9-Sec. 11.3, 12.1
Week 11-Sec 12.3-12.4
Week 12-Sec 13.1
Week 13-Sec 13.2-13.3
Week 14-Sec 13.4-13.5
Week 15-Chapter 12-13 Review and Test
Week 16-Final Exam
tutoring, and homework exercises for drill and practice as well. Grades will be based on the
following:
70% Chapter Exams
Course MATH 1342
Title Statistics
Description Math 1342 is a traditional lecture course delivered by ITV. This course covers the presentation and
interpretation of data through the collection, tabulation, and analysis of data. Probability, discrete
and continuous distributions, sampling, testing of hypothesis, correlation and linear regression,
analysis of variance, and the use of statistical software. Prerequisite: MATH 0301, finish
remediation or appropriate placement test.
Textbooks Elementary Statistics, Bluman, 7th Edition. ISBN#0-07-353497-8

Week 2-Chapter 1
Week 3-Chapter 2, 3
Week 4-Chapter 3
Week 5-Exam 1;Chapter 4
Week 6-Chapter 5
Week 7-Chapter 6
Week 8-Exam 2; Chapter 7
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 10-Chapter 7
Week 11-Chapter 8
Week 12-Chapter 8
Week 14-Chapter 10, 9
Week 15-Chapter 9
Quizzes 15%
Homework 20%
Final Exam 15%
Course MATH 1342
Title Statistics

Week 2-Chapter 1
Week 3-Chapter 2, 3
Week 4-Chapter 3
Week 6-Chapter 5
Week 7-Chapter 6
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 10-Chapter 7
Week 11-Chapter 8
Week 12-Chapter 8
Week 15-Chapter 9
Quizzes 15%
Homework 20%
Final Exam 15%
Course MATH 1342
Title Statistics

Week 2-Chapter 1
Week 3-Chapter 2, 3
Week 4-Chapter 3
Week 6-Chapter 5
Week 7-Chapter 6
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 10-Chapter 7
Week 11-Chapter 8
Week 12-Chapter 8
Week 15-Chapter 9
Quizzes 15%
Homework 20%
Final Exam 15%
Course Math 1350
Title Mathematics for Elementary Teachers
Description Concepts of sets, functions, numeration systems, number theory, and properties of the naterual
numbers, integers, rational, and real number systems with an emphasis on problem solving and
critical thinking. This course is designed specfically for students who seek middle grade (4 through
8) teacher certication. Prerequiste: Math 1314 or the equivalent.
Textbooks Text: Mathematics For Elementary Teachers: A Conceptual Approach, Mathematics for Elementary
Teachers : An Activity Approach, Bennett and Nelson, 8th Edition, Manipulative Kit (package with
book at the on campus bookstore) and a calculator.
Schedule Week 1-Syllabus; 1.1 Introduction to Problem Solving
Week 2-1.2 Patterns & Problem Solving; 1.3 Problem Solving with Algebra
Week 3-2.1 Sets & Venn Diagrams; 2.2 Functions, Coordinates, & Graphs
Week 4-Test 1 – Chapter 1 & 2
Week 5-3.1 Numeration Systems; 3.2 Addition & Subtraction
Week 6- 3.3 Multiplication: 3.4 Division & Exponents; 4.1 Factors & Multiples
Week 7-4.2 Common Factors & Multiples; 5.1 Integers
Week 8-Spring Break
Week 10-5.2 Introduction to Fractions; 5.3 Operations with Fractions
Week 11-6.1 Decimals & Rational Numbers; 6.2 operations with Fractions
Week 12-6.3 Ratio, Percent, & Scientific Notation; 6.4 Irrational & Real Numbers
Week 14-Teaching Presentations
Week 16-Finals
1st test – 20%
2nd test – 20%
3rd test – 20%
Homework & Class Exercises - 10%
Projects 10%
Final 20%
Course Math 1351
Description Concepts of geometry, probabilty, and statistics, as well as applications of the algebraic properties
of real numbers to concepts of measurement with an emphasis on problem solving and critical
thinking. This course is designed specifically for students who seek middle grade (4 through 8)
teacher certification. Prerequiste: Math 1350 and Math 1314 or the equivalent.
Teachers: An Activity Approach, Bennett and Nelson, 8th Edition , Manipulative Kit (packaged
with book at the on campus bookstore) compass, protractor, and a calculator.
Schedule Week 1-7.1 Collecting & Graphing Data
Week 2-7.2 Describing & Analyzing Data
Week 3-7.3 Sampling, Predictions, and Simulations
Week 4-8.1 Single-Stage Experiments
Week 5-8.2 Multistage Experiments
Week 6- Test 1 – Chp. 7 & 8
Week 7-9.1 Plane Figures
Week 8-9.2 Polygons and Tessellations
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 10-9.3 Space Figures; 9.4 Symmetric Figures
Week 11-10.1 Systems of Measurement
Week 12-10.2 Area & Perimeter
Week 13-10.3Volume & Surface Area
Week 14-Test 2 – Chp. 9 & 10
Week 16-Finals
1st test – 25%
2nd test – 25%
Homework/Class work ─ 15%
Project 1 ─ 10%
Final Exam ─ 25%
Course MATH 1351
Title Fundamentals of Mathematics II
Description Topics include concepts of geometry, probability, statistics and application of algebraic properties
of real numbers, measurement with an emphasis on problem solving and critical thinking.
Prerequisite: MATH 1350 and MATH 1314 or equivalent
Textbooks Mathematics for Elementary Teachers by Bennett/Nelson, 7th Edition. This text is required as well
as the activity book and the manipulative kit. ISBN13-978-0-07-302284-0
Schedule Week 1-Syllabus, 6.4, Hand out Research Projects
Week 2-Sec 7.1-7.2
Week 3-Sec 7.3-8.1
Week 4-Sec 8.1-8.2, Hand out Game Project
Week 5-Test 1 (6.4-7.3)
Week 6-Sec 9.1-9.2
Week 7-Test #2 (8.1-8.2)
Week 8-Sec 9.3-9.4
Week 9-Sec 10.1-10.2
Week 10-Sec 10.3
Week 11-Games Due, Hand out Tessellation Project
Week 12-Test #3 (9.1-9.4)
Week 13-Sec 11.1-11.2
Week 14-Sec 11.3-12.1
Week 15-Tessellation Project Due
Week 16-Test #4 (10.1-11.3)
Evaluation methods Traditional lecture and the guided practice of work with manipulatives will be the primary types of
delivery. Peer tutoring and homework exercises for drill and practice will be included as well.

10% Attendance/worksheets
30% Projects
60% Chapter Exams
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty LaRue, Lee
Section 01 email llarue@parisjc.edu
Course MATH 2320
Title Differential Equations 3-3-0
Description First order differential equations and their applications; second order differential equations and their
applications; higher order differential equations; series solutions of differential equations; numerical
solutions of differential equations; Laplace Transforms; systems of differential equations.
Prerequisites include Calculus I and Calculus II.
Textbooks Required reading: Boyce and diPrima: Elementary Differential Equations and Boundary Value
Problems, Eighth Ed., Wiley, 2005, ISBN 0-471-4339-X
Schedule
Week 1 Review of Exponential and Logarithmic Calculus, Intro to DE
Week 2 Equations of 1st Order and Methods of Solution
Week 3 Applications of 1st Order Differential Equations
Week 4 More on 1st Order DE
Week 5 Second Order Homogeneous Differential Equations
Week 6 Second Order Nonhomogeneous Differential Equations
Week 7 Higher Order Differential Equations
Week 8 Applications of 2nd Order Equations
Week 9 Series Solutions of Differential Equations
Week 10 More on Series Solutions
Week 11 Numerical Solutions to Differential Equations
Week 12 More on Numerical Solutions
Week 13 Laplace Transforms
Week 14 Laplace Transforms, Systems of DE
Week 15 Review
Week 16 Exam
Evaluation methods
Course MATH 2320
Title Differential Equations 3-3-0
Description First order differential equations and their applications; second order differential equations and their
applications; higher order differential equations; series solutions of differential equations; numerical
solutions of differential equations; Laplace Transforms; systems of differential equations.
Prerequisites include Calculus I and Calculus II.
Textbooks Required reading: Boyce and diPrima: Elementary Differential Equations and Boundary Value
Problems, Eighth Ed., Wiley, 2005, ISBN 0-471-4339-X
Schedule
Week 1 Review of Exponential and Logarithmic Calculus, Intro to DE
Week 2 Equations of 1st Order and Methods of Solution
Week 3 Applications of 1st Order Differential Equations
Week 4 More on 1st Order DE
Week 5 Second Order Homogeneous Differential Equations
Week 6 Second Order Nonhomogeneous Differential Equations
Week 7 Higher Order Differential Equations
Week 8 Applications of 2nd Order Equations
Week 9 Series Solutions of Differential Equations
Week 10 More on Series Solutions
Week 11 Numerical Solutions to Differential Equations
Week 12 More on Numerical Solutions
Week 13 Laplace Transforms
Week 14 Laplace Transforms, Systems of DE
Week 15 Review
Week 16 Exam
Evaluation methods
Course MATH 2413
Title Analytic Geometry and Calculus I
Description Math 2413 is the first in a sequence of three calculus courses. This is a traditional lecture course
delivered by ITV. Topics will include: the Cartesian plane, functions, limits, differentiation and
applications; integration, inverse functions, transcendental functions. Prerequisite for this course is
MATH 1314 and 1316; or two years high school algebra and high school trigonometry.
Textbooks Calculus, Early Transcendental Functions, 4th Edition, Larson, Hostetler, and Edwards. ISBN-10: 0-
618-60624-6
Schedule Week 1-Syllabus, Chapter 2.1, 2.2, 2.3
Week 3-Exam 1; Chapter 3.1, 3.2
Week 6-Chapter 3.7; Exam 2
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 10-Chapter 4.5, 4.6, 4.7
Quizzes 15%
Homework 20%
Final Exam 15%
comprehensive.
Course MATH 2413
618-60624-6
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 10-Chapter 4.5, 4.6, 4.7
Quizzes 15%
Homework 20%
Final Exam 15%
comprehensive.
Course MATH 2413
618-60624-6
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 10-Chapter 4.5, 4.6, 4.7
Quizzes 15%
Homework 20%
Final Exam 15%
comprehensive.
Course Math 2414
Title Calculus II
Description This is the second in a sequence of three calculus courses. Topics covered in this course include:
definite integral and applications, exponential and logarithmic functions, applications of integration
(area, volume, surface area, work, fluid pressure), methods of integration (integration by parts, trig
integrals, trig substitution, partial fractions, table of integrals), sequences and series, conic sections,
parametric equations, and polar coordinates.
Textbooks Calculus, Early Transcendental Functions, 4th Ed., Larson, Hostetler, and Edwards
ISBN 13:978-0-618-60624-5
Schedule Week 1- Sections 6.2 - 6.3 Solving Differential Equations by Separation of Variables
Week 2- Sections 7.1 - 7.2 Area Between Two Curves and Volumes of Rotation (Disk Method)
Week 3- Sections 7.3 - 7.5 Volumes of Rotation (Shell Method), Arc Length, and Work
Week 4- Test 1; Sections 8.1 - 8.2 Integration by Parts
Week 5- Sections 8.3 - 8.4 Trigonometric Integrals and Trig Substitution
Week 6- Sections Sections 8.5 - 8.6 Partial Fractions and Integral Tables
Week 7- Sections 8.7 - 8.8 L'Hopital's Rule and Improper Integrals
Week 8- Test 2; Section 9.1 Sequences
Week 10 Sections 9.2 - 9.4 Series and Convergence
Week 11 Sections 9.5 - 9.7 Taylor Polynomials and Power Series
Week 12 Sections 9.8 - 9.10 Taylor and Maclaurin Series
Week 13 Test 3; Section 10.1 Conics and Calculus
Week 14 Sections 10.2 - 10.6 Parametric Equations and Polar Coordinates
Week 15 Review for Final Exam
Week 16- Finals
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
60 – 69 D
< 60 F
Course MATH 2414
Title Calculus II Dual Credit 4-3-3
Description A continuation of the integrated study of analytic geometry and calculus with an emphasis on an
understanding of fundamental concepts. Topics include: applications of the integral, methods of
integration, sequences and series, conic sections, parametric equations and polar coordinates. Lab
required.
Textbooks Required reading: Larson, Hostetler and Edwards: Calculus, Eighth Ed., Pearson, 2009, ISBN 0-
03073331-6
Schedule
Week 1 Antidifferentiation
Week 2 The Indefinite Integral
Week 3 The Definite Integral, Applications of Integration
Week 4 More Applications of Integration
Week 5 Methods of Integration (Int. by Parts)
Week 6 Trig Integrals, Trig Substitution
Week 7 Partial Fractions, Tables of Integrals
Week 8 L'Hopital's Rule, Improper Integrals
Week 9 Sequences
Week 10 Infinite Series
Week 11 Taylor and Maclaurin Series
Week 12 Conic Sections, Parametric Equations
Week 13 Polar Coordinates
Week 14 Polar Coordinates and Calculus
Week 15 Review
Week 16 Exam
Evaluation methods
Course Math 2414
Title Calculus II
Description This is the second in a sequence of three calculus courses. Topics covered in this course include:
definite integral and applications, exponential and logarithmic functions, applications of integration
(area, volume, surface area, work, fluid pressure), methods of integration (integration by parts, trig
integrals, trig substitution, partial fractions, table of integrals), sequences and series, conic sections,
parametric equations, and polar coordinates.
Textbooks Calculus, Early Transcendental Functions, 4th Ed., Larson, Hostetler, and Edwards
ISBN 13:978-0-618-60624-5
Schedule Week 1- Sections 6.2 - 6.3 Solving Differential Equations by Separation of Variables
Week 2- Sections 7.1 - 7.2 Area Between Two Curves and Volumes of Rotation (Disk Method)
Week 3- Sections 7.3 - 7.5 Volumes of Rotation (Shell Method), Arc Length, and Work
Week 4- Test 1; Sections 8.1 - 8.2 Integration by Parts
Week 5- Sections 8.3 - 8.4 Trigonometric Integrals and Trig Substitution
Week 6- Sections Sections 8.5 - 8.6 Partial Fractions and Integral Tables
Week 7- Sections 8.7 - 8.8 L'Hopital's Rule and Improper Integrals
Week 8- Test 2; Section 9.1 Sequences
Week 10 Sections 9.2 - 9.4 Series and Convergence
Week 11 Sections 9.5 - 9.7 Taylor Polynomials and Power Series
Week 12 Sections 9.8 - 9.10 Taylor and Maclaurin Series
Week 13 Test 3; Section 10.1 Conics and Calculus
Week 14 Sections 10.2 - 10.6 Parametric Equations and Polar Coordinates
Week 15 Review for Final Exam
Week 16- Finals
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
60 – 69 D
< 60 F
Course MATH 2414
Title Calculus II
Description A continuation of the integrated study of analytic geometry and calculus. Topics
will normally include: applications of integration, integration techniques,
sequences and series, conics, parametric equations and polar coordinates.
Prerequisite: MATH 2413.
Textbooks Calculus, 8th Edition; Larson, Hostetler and Edwards
Schedule Unit 1 - Applications of Integration (3 weeks)

Unit 2 - Integration Techniques (3 weeks)
Unit 3 - Infinite Series (3 weeks)
Unit 4 - Conics and Parametric Equations (3 weeks)
Unit 5 - Polar Coordinates (3 weeks)

Final Exam 20%
Course MDCA 1309
Title Anatomy and Physiology for Medical Assistants
Description Emphasis on structure and function of human cells, tissues, organs, and systems with overview of
common pathophysiology.
Textbooks The Human Body in Health and Illness, Herlihy, Barbara , W. Saunders, 4th Edition, 2011, 1-4160-
6842-2
Study Guide for the Human Body in Health and Illness, Herlihy, Barbara, W. Saunders, 4th
Edition 2011 978-1-4377-0858-5
Schedule Week 1: Introduction to the Human Body, Basic Chemistry, Cells, Cell Metabolism
Week 2: Microbiology Basics, Tissues and Membranes
Week 3: Integumentary System and Body Temperature, Skeletal System, Muscular System
Week 4: Nervous System: Nervous Tissue and Brain, Spinal Cord and Peripheral Nerves,
Autonomic Nervous System
Week 5: Sensory System, Endocrine System
Week 6: Exam
Week 7: Blood, Anatomy of the Heart
Week 8: Function of the Heart, Anatomy of the Blood Vessels
Week 9: Functions of the Blood Vessels, Lymphatic System
Week 10: Exam
Week 11: Immune System, Respiratory System
Week 12: Digestive System, Urinary System
Week 13: Water, Electrolyte, and Acid-Base Balance, Reproductive System
Week 14: Human Development and Heredity
Week 15: Review
Week 16: Final Exam
Evaluation methods In order to pass MDCA 1309 the student must achieve a final average grade of 70 or higher. The
final grade average will consist of: Six (6) Assignments which will constitute 20 % of the grade;
Six (6) Chapter Reviews (averaged, timed, open book) which will constitute 65% of the grade;
Three (3) Exams (Proctored, timed, closed book and mandatory) which will constitute 15% of the
grade.
Course MDCA 1343
Title Medical Insurance Intermediate
Description Emphasizes medical office coding procedures for payment/reimbursement by patient or third party.
A medical billing software will provide experience for the billing and collection process. Also, a
study of pharmacology principles used in all areas of medical science and hospital science will be
discussed with emphasis placed on evaluating and applying pharmacology principles to various
body systems.
Textbooks Understanding Pharmacology for Health Professionals, Susan M. Turley, published by Printice
Hall, Fourth Edition.
MediSoft Made Easy A Step-by-Step Approach, Lillian Burke, Barabara Weill, Lorie Tyler,
published by Pearson, Second Edition.
Schedule Week 1-An Introduction to Medical Informatics

Week 2-A Brief Introduction to the Windows Environment
Week 3-An Overview: Using Medisoft in the Medical Office
Week 4-A Hands-On Introduction to Medisoft and the Appointment Book
Week 5-Entering Patient and Case Information--A Hands-On Approach
Week 6-An Introduction to Transaction Entry and Claim Management
Week 7-Electronic Media Claims
Week 8-Printing Reports & Designing Reports
Week 9-Setting Up a New Practice
Week 10-Utilities
Week 11-Introduction to Pharmacology, Drug Design, Testing, Manufacturing, Drug Forms
Week 12-Urinary, Gastrointestinal, Pulmonary, Cardiovascular, Hematologic Drugs
Week 13-Gynecologic and Obstetric, Endocrine, Neurologic, Psychiatric, Dermatologic Drugs
Week 14-Ophthalmic, Ears, Nose, and Throat Drugs
Week 15Anti-Infective, Chemotherapy, Analgesic Drugs
Week 16-Emergency Drugs, Intravenous Fluids and Blood Products
Evaluation methods Pharmacology (Tests will be averaged) 50%

Medisoft (Tests will be averaged) 30%
Performance based chapter 10 20%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Mrs. Emily Graham
Section 65 email egraham@parisjc.edu
Course MRKG 1311
Title Principles of Marketing
Description Introduction to the marketing mix functions and process. Includes identification of consumer and
organizational needs and explanation of environmental issues. Introduction to the marketing
functions;Identification of consumer and organization needs;Explanation of economic,
psychological, sociological, and global issues;Description and analysis of the importance of
marketing research.
Textbooks Essentials of Marketing 6th Edition by Lamb, Hair, and McDaniel
Schedule Week 1-An Overview of Marketing/Discussion/Quiz/Assignment

Week 2-Strategic Planning for Competitive Advantage/Discussion/Quiz/Assignment
Week 3-Social Responsibility, Ethics and the Mrkg Envirnonment/Discussion/Quiz/Assignment
Week 4-Developing a Global Vision/Discussion/Quiz/Assignment
Week 5-Consumer Decision Making/Discussion/Quiz/Assignment
Week 6-Business Marketing/Discussion/Quiz/Assignment
Week 7-Segmenting and Targeting Markets/Discussion/Quiz/Assignment
Week 8-Decision Support Systems & Marketing Research/Discussion/Quiz/Assignment
Week 9-Product Concepts/Discussion/Quiz/Assignment
Week 10-Developing & Managing Products/Discussion/Quiz/Assignment
Week 11-Marketing Channels and SCM/Discussion/Quiz/Assignment
Week 12-Retailing/Discussion/Quiz/Assignment
Week 13-Marketing Communications & Advertising/Discussion/Quiz/Assignment
Week 14-PR, Sales Promotion, & Personal Selling/Discussion/Quiz/Assignment
Week 15-Pricing Concepts/Discussion/Quiz/Assignment
Week 16-Final/Marketing Plans Due
Evaluation methods Grading Scale: (1000 pts total)

Assignments: 150 points (10 pts per chapter)
Quizzes: 150 points (10 pts per chapter)
Chapter Discussions: 150 points (10 pts per chapter)
Marketing Paper: 250 points
3 Exams: 300 points (100 pts per exam)
Course MRMT 1307
Title Medical Transcription I
Description Fundamentals of medical transcription including basic reports such as history and physicals,
discharge summaries, consultations, operative reports, and other medical reports. Emphasis on
development of speed and accuracy.
Textbooks MEDICAL TRANSCRIPTION FUNDAMENTALS & PRACTICE, Third Ed., Campbell, Drake,
Pitman, Dirckx. Health Professions Institute. Prentice Hall Career & Technology.
Schedule Week 1-Medical Fundamentals

Week 2-Perspective on Medical Transcription
Week 3-Style Guide
Week 4-Dermatology
Week 5-Dermatology
Week 6-Otorhinolaryngology
Week 8-Ophthalmology
Week 10-Pulmonary Medicine
Week 12-Cardiology and Hematology
Week 14-Gastroenterology
Week 16-Speed and Accuracy Timings
Evaluation methods Transcription Tests (includes 75%

speed and accuracy)
Quiz Scores (Spelling Quizzes) 25%

Course MRMT 1307
Description Fundamentals of medical transcription with hands-on experience in transcribing physician dictation
including basic reports such as history and physicals, discharge summaries, consultations, operative
reports, and other medical reports. Utilizes transcribing and information processing equipment
compatible with industry standards. Designed to develop speed and accuracy.

Week 3-Style Guide
Week 4-Dermatology
Week 5-Dermatology

speed and accuracy)

Course MRMT 2333
Title Medical Transcription II
Description Skill development in the production of medical reports including history and physicals,
consultations, discharge summaries, operative reports, and other medical reports. Emphasis on
speed and accuracy
Textbooks MEDICAL TRANSCRIPTION FUNDAMENTALS & PRACTICE THIRD EDITION, Campbell,

Drake, Pitman, Dirckx. Health Professions Institute. Prentice Hall Career & Technology.
Schedule Week 1Endocrinology

Week 2-Endocrinology
Week 3-Urology and Nephrology
Week 5-Obstetrics and Gynecology
Week 7-Orthopedics
Week 8Orthopedics
Week 9-Neurology
Week 10-Neurology
Week 11-Neurology
Week 12-Neurology
Week 13-Pathology
Week 14-Pathology
Week 15-Radiology
Week 16-Radiology/Tests

speed and accuracy)

Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jennie Vaughan
Year 2010-2011 Office MB 102
Section 01 email jvaughan@parisjc.edu
Course MUAP 1169
Title Invidual Instruction in Piano
Description Individual instruction in piano
Textbooks Beginners - Group Piano for Adults, 2nd Edition - Lancaster, Renfrow - Alfred Publishing
Advanced students - repertoire appropriate to goals selected for student purchase - variable
Schedule One half hour lesson per week at a mutually convenient time. Assignment sheet given including
comments and goals for the next lesson.
Evaluation methods 70% = Average of lesson grades (Unexcused absence averaged as 0)
30% = "Jury" grade - "Jury" is a final examination consisting of performance for music faculty of
assigned repertoire/skills. Required for music majors. At instructor discretion for non-majors.
Student may perform for instructor only at the last lesson as assigned.
Course MUAP 1269
Title Individual Instruction in Piano
Description Individual instruction in piano.
Textbooks Repertoire/technique books appropriate to goals selected for student purchase - variable
Schedule One hour lesson per week at a mutually convenient time. Assignment sheet given including
assigned repertoire/skills. Required for music majors. At instructor descretion for non-majors.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Philip Briggs
Year 2010-2011 Office Music Building 108
Section 01 email pbriggs@parisjc.edu
Course MUAP 1281
Title Private Voice
Description Individual instruction in voice. One hour private lesson per week. Intended for music majors and
approved non-music majors. May be repeated for credit. Fee charged.
Textbooks As determined by instructor and appropriate for vocal level.

Schedule Weekly Private Lesson as scheduled by Instructor
Evaluation methods
Course MUEN 1141
Title Chorale
Description Rehearsal of choral literature with one major performance each semester. Additional performances
upon consent of director. Open to all students. May be repeated for credit.
Textbooks No text required. Sheet music is provided.

Schedule Mondays and Wednesdays 11:15 a.m. – 12:30 p.m. Rehearsals
Concerts and Performances as scheduled during semester
• A schedule of all performances and extra rehearsals will be given at the beginning of the semester.
Additional performances will be added with a minimum of two-weeks notice. Rehearsals will be
added as needed.
Evaluation methods Students are allowed three rehearsal absences. These can be excused/unexcused absences. Official
school absences do not count against these three absences. Absence from a choir concert is an
automatic failure for the semester.
• 0-3 Rehearsal Absences = A
• 4 Rehearsal Absences = B
• 5 Rehearsal Absences = C
• 6 Rehearsal Absences = D
• 7 Rehearsal Absences = F
•
• The grade is calculated as follows:
• Rehearsal participation: 50%
• Concert participation: 50%
Course MUEN 1254
Title Chamber Singers
Description Rehearsal of advanced choral literature. Various concerts scheduled throughout semester.
Additional performances upon consent of director. Auditioned required. May be repeated for
credit.

Schedule Tuesdays and Thursdays 1: 00 p.m. – 2:15 p.m. Rehearsals
added as needed.
•
Course MUSI 1116
Title Elementary Sight Singing and Ear Training
Description Singing tonal music in treble, bass, alto, and tenor clefs. Aural study, including dictation, of
rhythm, melody, and diatonic harmony.
Textbooks Music for Sight Singing - Robert W. Ottman, Nancy Rogers, 7th or 8th Edition (Pearson, publ.)
Ear Training: A Technique for Listening, 7th Edition Revised - Benward and Kolosick
McGraw-Hill, publisher
Schedule Weeks 1-5 - Ear Training Units 1-3 (Melodic, Harmonic, Rhythmic Dictation of scalewise
melodies, Mode identification, Triad quality identifitcation. Harmonies I, ii, IV, V. Intervals
through P5). Sight Singing Part I Chapter 1-4. Stepwise and triadic melodies, Simple and
Compound Meter. Test 1.
Weeks 6-10 - Ear Training Units4-5 (Intervals of M6 and m6, continued dictation of I, ii, IV, V).
Sight Singing, Continue Chap. 4. Add Chap. 5-6 (Minor keys, Intervals from V Triad)
Weeks 11-15 - Ear Training, continue Units 4-5. Sight Singing,Chapters 7-9 (Alto and tenor clefs,
Intervals from Dominant Seventh (V7) Chords)
Week 16 - Final Examination.
Evaluation methods 25% = Average of daily grades in sight singing

25% = Average of daily grades in ear training
25% = Average of sight singing and ear training test grades
25% = Final Examination
Year 2010-2011 Office MB102
Course MUSI 1181
Title Piano Class I
Description Class instruction in the fundamentals of keyboard technique for beginning piano students.
Textbooks Alfred's Piano 101 - Lancaster/Renfrow (Alfred Publishing Company)
Schedule Week 1 - Introduction. Units 1-2 - Playing on white keys. Playing on black keys.
Evaluation methods Week 1-2 - Introduction. Units 1 and 2 - Playing on white and black keys
Week 3 - Unit 3 - Exploring Positions on the Keyboard
Week 4 - Unit 4 - The Staff
Week 5-6 - Units 5 and 6 - Intervals and other Keyboard basics
Weeks 7-8 - Units 7 and 8 - G Position and Major Five-Finger Patterns
Week 9 - Unit 9 - Key of C Major
Week 10 - Unit 10 - Key of G Major
Week 11 - Unit 11 - Minor Five Finger Patters
Week 12 - Unit 12 - Triads and Arpeggios
Week 13 -Unit 13 - 6ths, 7ths and 8ves (Octaves)
Week 14 - Unit 14 - The Key of F Major
Week 15 - Unit 15 - 12-Bar Blues and review.
Week 16 - Final Examination
Course MUSI 1183
Title Class Voice
Description Offers group instruction for students who have not had individual voice training. Students learn
voice science, vocal production, pronunciation, style, music notation, and some music literature.
Textbooks Roberto Mancusi, Voice for Non-Majors. Pearson-Prentice Hall, New Jersey.
ISBN 0-13-231966-7
Schedule Week 1 Course Introduction
Posture, Respiration and Basics of Vocal Anatomy
Introductory Listening Assignment
Week 2 Introduction to Reading Music
Note Reading and Solfege Skills
Group singing exercises
Music Reading Take Home Assignment
Assignment of Solo Song #1
Week 3 In-Class Song Coachings
Note Reading review
Presentation/Coaching of Solo Song #1
Ensemble practice
Projection and Articulation
Ensemble practice
Week 5 Graded Performance and Quiz #1
Week 6 Video Review
Group Video Watching with Individual Written Assignments
Ensemble practice
Week 8 Midterm Exam and Graded Performance #2
Week 9 Library Visit
Week 10 Video Review #2
Selection of Solo Song #4
Evaluation methods
Course MUSI 1306
Title Music Appreciation
Description Understanding music through the study of cultural periods, major composers, and musical elements.
Illustrated with audio recordings and live performances.
Textbooks Music: An Appreciation, 7th Brief Edition with 5-CD set and ConnectKamien card
Schedule Weeks 1-5 - Elements of Music

Week 6 - Medieval and Renaissance Music 1100-1600
Week - 7-8 - Baroque Music (1600-1750)
Weeks 9-10 Classical period (1750-1820)
Weeks 11-12 Romantic period ( 1820-1900)
Weeks 13-15 Modern music (1900- ) and review
Evaluation methods 40% = Test average (Quizzes and other daily work average = one major test)
30% = Final Examination (Comprehensive)
20% = Concert attendance and report
10% = Attendance, punctuality, participation
Course MUSI 1306
Description General study of music with emphasis on musical forms, composers and their compositions, music
history, and instruments of the orchestra. Designed for non-music majors with little formal
knowledge of music. Core Curriculum satisfied for Visual and Performing Arts.
Textbooks Kamien, Roger. Music: An Appreciation. Seventh Brief Edition. New York: McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc., 2011.
ISBN: 978-0-07-802509-9
Schedule Week 1-3 Introduction to Music Appreciation/Music in Our Culture
Elements of Music Performing Media
Week 4 Music of the Middle Ages
Week 5 Music in the Renaissance
Week 6 - 7 The Baroque Period
Week 8 - 9 The Classical Period
Week 10 - 11 The Romantic Period
Week 12 - 13 20th Century Musical Styles 1900 to 1945
Week 14 - 15 20th Century Musical Styles 1945 to present
Week 16 FINALS WEEK
**The Instructor has the right to modify this schedule**

Evaluation methods Grading for this course is based on a point system, with a total of 670 points for the semester. There
are seven exams, including six semester exams that will be given at the end of each unit, and one
final non-cumulative exam. Each exam is worth up to 50 points each per exam. Pop Quizzes will be
used to evaluate reading assignments on an ad lib. basis.
Total points for the semester are distributed as follows:

7 exams/50 points each 350 points
Class participation/Class preparation/5 points ea 150points
7 pop quizzes (reading assignments) 70 points
Concert Review or Written Report 30 points
7 Outlines of Compositional Styles/10 pts ea 70 points
TOTAL: 670 points*
*Extra credit points are possible by approval of the instructor.
Final letter grades are as follows:

603 - 670 points = A
536 - 602 points = B
469 - 535 points = C
402 - 468 points = D
401 points and below = F
Grades are based solely on the number of points earned.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Marsha Fincher
Section 40 email mfincher@parisjc.edu
Course MUSI 1306
Description A general study of music designed for non-music majors with little or no formal knowledge of
music. There is an emphasis on classroom listening lessons to support the study of musical notation
and forms, composers and their compositions, music history, and development of the orchestra. The
format will include lecture, class discussion and listening lessons. There is no pre-requisite for this
course. 3 credits.
Textbooks Roger Kamien’s Music: An Appreciation (Seventh Brief Edition) ISBN 978-0-07-8002509-9.
• Set includes four CDs to accompany the text
• Go to www.connectkamiem.com for more information, samples and demonstrations.
Schedule Week 1-Intro/Elements of Music

Week 2-Elements of Music (cont.)
Week 5-Middle Ages/Ren
Week 6-Middle Ages/Ren (cont.) and Part 3 - Baroque
Week 7-Baroque (cont.)
Week 9-Classical
Week 10-Classical (cont.)
Week 11-Classical (cont.) and Part 5 - Romantic
Week 12-Romantic (cont.)
Week 13-Romantic (cont.) and Part 6-20th Century
Week 14-20th Century (cont.)
Evaluation methods • Without the purchase of the textbook, the final grade will lower by 20 points (that relates to a
minus10 points for the inability to complete the assigned out-of-class reading and minus 10 points
for the lack of opportunity to follow the in-class listening lessons).
• The normal quiz format may consist of short answers, short essay topics, multiple choice, sentence
completion and brief listening portions.
• 4 tests which include the Comprehensive Final Exam with each valued at 25% of the term grade.
• Various daily grades may be awarded as is applicable to course work.
• Opportunities for extra credit are possible by attending pre-approved live performances. Points
will be awarded to the final course grade for each extra activity.
Course MUSI 1306
format will include lecture, class discussion and listening lessons. There is no pre-requisite for this
course. 3 credits.

Week 9-Classical
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Joan Graves
Year 2010-2011 Office SSC Room 106
Section 50 email jgraves@parisjc.edu
Course MUSI 1306
format will include lecture, class discussion and listening lessons. Music Appreciation is a three
hour course. There are no pre-requisites.
Textbooks Roger Kamien’s Music: An Appreciation (Seventh Brief Edition)- includes listening CD’s.
Schedule Week 1- January 20 Part 1, p.2-9 Intro/Elements of Music

Week 2- January 27 p. 9-29 Elements of Music
Week 3- February 3 p.30-48 Elements of Music
Week 4- February 10 p. 41-61 Elements of Music
Week 5- February 17 Elements of Music Quiz, Part 2, p. 61-77 Middle Ages/Renaissance
Week 6- February 24 p.78-94 Middle Ages/Renaissance

Week 7- March 3 Part 3, p.97-122 Baroque
Week 8- March 10 p. 123-149 Baroque
Week 9- March 24 p.151-169 Baroque /Classical
Week 10- March 31 MiddleAges/Ren./Baroque Quiz, Part 4.p. 169-185 Classical
Period/Romantic
Week 11- April 7 p. 185-219 Classical /Romantic

Week 12- April 14 Part 5. P. 219-250 Romantic
Week 13- April 21 Classical/Romantic quiz, Part 6 p.250-267- 20th Century
Week 14- April 28 20th Century continued

Week 15- May 5 20th century continued
Week 16- May 12 Final Examination
Evaluation methods • The normal quiz format may consist of short answers, short essay topics, multiple choice, sentence
• Four tests which include the comprehensive Final Exam with each valued at 25% of the term
grade.
Course MUSI 1306
Title Music Appreciation (Internet)
Textbooks Music: An Appreciation, 7th Brief Edition with 5-CD set and ConnectKamien card (McGraw-Hill,
publishers)

Weeks 6 - 7 - Medieval and Renaissance Music 1100-1600)
Weeks 7-9 - Baroque Music (1600-1750)
Weeks 10-12 - Classical Music (1750-1820)
Weeks 12-13 - Romantic Music (1820-1900)
Weeks 14-15 - Modern music (1900-present)
Evaluation methods 40% = Average of grades on Proctored Tests (Elements Test and Final Examination)
20% = Unproctored Tests
20% = Quizzes
10% = Concert Report
10% = Online discussions
Course MUSI 1306
publishers)

20% = Quizzes
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Vicki Burgstahler
Year 2011 Office Adjunct
Section 67 email vburgstahler@parisjc.edu
Course MUSI 1306
Description General study of music with emphasis on musical notation and forms, composers and their
compositions, music history, and recognition of different voices and instruments. Designed for non-
music majors with little or no formal knowledge of music.
TSI Requirement: M1, R2, W1.
Textbooks Roger Kamien's Music An Appreciation Seventh Brief Edition (including CDs) ISBN 007-336-
6021
Schedule Week 1- Part I Elements and Quizzes
Week 2- Continue Part I Elements and Quizzes
Week 3- Major Test I Elements Available
Week 4- Part II Middle Ages/Renaissance and Quizzes - Assignment I Due
Week 5- Major Test II Middle Ages/Renaissance Available
Week 6- Part III Baroque Period and Quizzes
Week 7- On-Campus Major Test III Baroque Period Available
Week 9- Part IV Classical Period and Quizzes
Week 10- Major Test IV Classical Period Available
Week 11- Part V Romantic Period and Quizzes
Week 12- Major Test V Romantic Period Available
Week 13- Part VI 20th Century and Beyond and Quizzes
Week 14- Part VI 20th Century and Beyond and Quizzes - Assignment II Due
Week 15- On-Campus Major Test VI 20th Century and Beyond Available
Evaluation methods
Course MUSI 1311
Title Music Theory I
Description Analysis and writing of tonal melody and diatonic harmony up to and including the chords.
Analysis and writing of small compositional forms. Correlated study at the keyboard.
Textbooks Tonal Harmony, 6th Edition - Kostka and Payne

Workbook for Tonal Harmony, 6th Edition - Kostka and Payne
McGraw-Hill, Publisher
Schedule Week 1 - Introduction. Chapter 1 - Elements of Pitch

Week 2 - Part One - Major and minor scales, key signatures review
Week 3 - Part 1, Chapter 1 - Inervals
Week 4 - Part 1, Chapter 3 - Introduction to Triads and Seventh Chords
Week 5 - Finish Part 1, Chapters 1-3. TEST 1
Week 6 - Part One, Chapter 4 - Diatonic Chords in Major and Minor Keys
Week 7 - Part One, Chapter 5 - Principles of Voice Leading
Week 8 - Finish Chapter 5. TEST 2.
Week 9 - Review. Begin Chapter 6 - Root Position Part Writing
Week 10 - Continue Chapter 6.
Week 11 - Continue Chapter 6. TEST 3 - Chapters 5-6.
Week 12 - Chapter 7 - Harmonic Progression and the Sequence
Week 13 - Continue Chapter 7 . Begin Chapter 8 - Triads in First Inversion.
Week 14 - Continue Chapter 8. Chapter 9 - Triads in Second Inversion.
Week 15 - Review and catch up.
Week 16 - Final Exam
5
Evaluation methods 50% = Homework average (average of daily assignment grades)
25% = Tests and quizzes
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Corey Lyon
Year 2011 Office Old Gym
Section 01 email clyon@parisjc.edu
Course PHED 1101 - 1102 .01
Title Aerobics I and Aerobics II
Description This course is designed for the students to receive a vigorous aerobic workout, while encouraging
the students to make exercise an important, continuing habit
Textbooks None
Schedule Week 1- Orientation / Work Out Plan
Week 2- Low Intensity Cardio Workout
Week 4- Level 2 Cardio Workout
Week 8- High Intensity Cardio Workout
Week 10- Strength and Sculpt Workout
Week 12- Boot Camp Workout
Week 14- Pilates Introduction
Week 15- Cardio Pilates
Evaluation methods
Course PHED 1101 - 1102 .01
Textbooks None
Evaluation methods
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty David Johnson
Year 2010-2011 Office Student Union 215
Section G1 email djohnson@parisjc.edu
Course PHED 1115 - 1116
Title Bowling I &II
Description Each student will be instrucuted on the methods of keeping correct bowling scores manually. The
students will be instructed in the essentials skills of the grip, starting postion, 4 step approach, push-
step, arm swing and slide. The students will also be tested on bowling terminology and knowledge.
Textbooks Bowling, 8th, martin, Tandy, Traub.

Schedule Week 1-
Week 2- Orientation of class. Review scoring information and prepare for the scoring test.
Week 3- Take scoring test. Go over Terminology review.
Week 4-
Week 5-
Week 6- Take Terminology test and discuss the skills for bowling.
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10- Turn in five games and review for the Knowledge test
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15- Take Knowledge test and turn in five games.
Week 16-
Evaluation methods Attendence is Manditory. A - pass all thre test and turn in 10 games, attend all class meetings. B -
pass 2 of 3 tests and turn in 10 games, attend 4 of 5 class meetings. C - pass1 of 3 test and turn in 10
games, attend 3 of the 5 class meetings. D - pass 1 of 3 test, turn in less than 10 games and attend
less than 3 meetings. F - pass 0 test and turn in less than 10 games, attend less than 3 meetings.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Deron Clark
Year 2010-2011 Office SC #107
Term Spring 2011 Phone 903.782.0394
Section P1 email dclark@parisjc.edu
Course PHED 1115 / 1116
Title Bowling I and II
Description The course is designed for studnets to receive a general overview of the rules, etiquette, physical
skills and scoring objectives necessary to participate in bowling.
Textbooks Bowling 8th Edition Martin, Tandy, Traub
Schedule Week 1-Orientation

Week 2-Scoring
Week 3-Scoring
Week 4-Rules and Game progression
Week 5-Rules
Week 6-Rules
Week 7-Etiquette in bowling
Week 9-Skills in the grip technique
Week 10-Skills in the approach
Week 11-Skills in the release
Week 12-Skills in aiming
Week 13-Terminology
Week 14-High level skills for improved score
Week 15-Skill development in all areas
Week 16-Final
Evaluation methods Course Requirements: 1. Each student will bowl 10 games. 2. Each students will take a test on how
to properly score a game. 3. Test: A final examination will be given over the general bowling
knowledge at the exam time stated on the schedule. Students must be present to take the final in
order to receive a grade. Grading system: The grading system will be based upon a combination of
attendance, participation, and aptitude. Each student will begin the class with a grade of "F" and
will work up a grade ladder, earning each leter grade to a goal of an "A". the grade ladder is as
follows: 1. Starting grade: "F". 2. Attending first class segment and completing the orientation: "D"
3. Attending second class segment and turning 10 games: "C" 4. Attending third class segment and
successfully completing the scoreing test: "B" 5. Completing the final exam and passing with the
grade of 70 or better: "A"
Section S1 email clyon@parisjc.edu
Course PHED 1115 - 1116 .S1
Title Bowling 1 and Bowling 2
Description Students will be challenged with experiencing the game of bowling from the areas of scoring,
etiquette, rules and skill. Skill measurements will be taken in the areas of scoring, etiquette and
knowledge of playing rules.
Textbooks Bowling, Martin - Tandy - Traub, McGraw - Hill, 8th Edition

Schedule Week 1- Class Orientation
Week 2- Lecture / Study Guide for Scoring Test
Week 3- Bowl Game 1
Week 4- Bowl Game 2
Week 5- Bowl Game 3
Week 6- Bowl Game 4
Week 7- Bowl Game 5
Week 8- Review for Scoring Test
Week 9- Scoring Test
Week 10- Bowl Game 6
Week 16- General Bowling Knowledge Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Title Bowling I &II

Schedule Week 1-
Week 4-
Week 5-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 16-
pass 2 of 3 tests and turn in 10 games, attend 4 of 5 class meetings. C - pass1 of 3 test and turn in 10
games, attend 3 of the 5 class meetings. D - pass 1 of 3 test, turn in less than 10 games and attend
less than 3 meetings. F - pass 0 test and turn in less than 10 games, attend less than 3 meetings.
Year 2010-2011 Office SC #107
Course PHED 1115 / 1116
Title Bowling I and II
Description The course is designed for studnets to receive a general overview of the rules, etiquette, physical
skills and scoring objectives necessary to participate in bowling.
Textbooks Bowling 8th Edition Martin, Tandy, Traub

Week 2-Scoring
Week 3-Scoring
Week 4-Rules and Game progression
Week 5-Rules
Week 6-Rules
Week 9-Skills in the grip technique
Week 10-Skills in the approach
Week 11-Skills in the release
Week 12-Skills in aiming
Week 13-Terminology
Week 14-High level skills for improved score
Week 15-Skill development in all areas
Week 16-Final
Evaluation methods Course Requirements: 1. Each student will bowl 10 games. 2. Each students will take a test on how
to properly score a game. 3. Test: A final examination will be given over the general bowling
knowledge at the exam time stated on the schedule. Students must be present to take the final in
order to receive a grade. Grading system: The grading system will be based upon a combination of
attendance, participation, and aptitude. Each student will begin the class with a grade of "F" and
will work up a grade ladder, earning each leter grade to a goal of an "A". the grade ladder is as
follows: 1. Starting grade: "F". 2. Attending first class segment and completing the orientation: "D"
3. Attending second class segment and turning 10 games: "C" 4. Attending third class segment and
successfully completing the scoreing test: "B" 5. Completing the final exam and passing with the
grade of 70 or better: "A"

Week 3- Bowl Game 1
Week 4- Bowl Game 2
Week 5- Bowl Game 3
Week 6- Bowl Game 4
Week 7- Bowl Game 5
Evaluation methods
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Justin Maness
Year 2010-2011 Office Hunt Center 103
Section G1 email jmaness@parisjc.edu
Course Phed 1117
Title Camping I
Description Camping is an outdoor class that allows students to experience life outdoors. Each student will set
up a tent and show the skills of cooking (3) meals over an open flame. The flame can be over a fire
or camp cook stove. The meal may consist of whatever your taste desire. There will be four required
activities for the students during the weekend: smores building, knot tieing, orienterring and
camping games. Screened shelters with electricity will be provided to share for the students. They
will provide shade and shelter.

Schedule The camping date for Spring 2011 has been set for April 29-May 1 at Cooper Lake - South Sulphur
Unit.
Evaluation methods
Section P1 email jmaness@parisjc.edu
Course Phed 1117
Title Camping I

Unit.
Evaluation methods
Term Spring 2011 Phone 903 782 0396
Section S1 email djohnson@parisjc.edu
Course Phed 1117 and Phed 1118
Title Camping I and II
Description Camping I and II are outdoor classes that allow students to experience life outdoors. Each student
will set up a tent and show the skills of cooking (3) meals over an open flame. The flame can be
over a fire or camp cook stove. The meal may consist of whatever your taste desire. There will be
four required activities for the students during the weekend: smores building, knot tieing,
orienterring and camping games. Screened shelters with electricity will be provided to share for the
students. They will provide shade and shelter.

Unit.
Evaluation methods
Course Phed 1118
Title Camping II

Unit.
Evaluation methods
Course Phed 1118
Title Camping II

Unit.
Evaluation methods

Unit.
Evaluation methods
Course Phed 1134
Title Introduction to Wellness
Description Introduction to Wellness and Maintenance is designed to help students better understand their own
well-being. During the course, students will participate in activities that allows them to see where
they stand physically in order to help them improve. Students will learn the importance of Physical
Fitness and Nutrition as a part of everyday life.
Textbooks No text required. All materials will be provided by the instructor

Schedule Week 1-
Week 2- Orientation and weigh-in
Week 3- Physical Fitness Lecture and Mile Walk
Week 4-
Week 5-
Week 6-Physical Fitness Exam and Nutrition Lecture
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-Nutrition Exam, Calorie Counting Log, and Wellness Log
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-Turn in Calorie Counting Log, Wellness log, Final Weigh-In, and Mile Walk
Week 15-
Week 16-
Evaluation methods
Course Phed 1134

Schedule Week 1-
Week 4-
Week 5-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 15-
Week 16-
Evaluation methods
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Chuck Taylor
Year 2010 - 2011 Office Hunt Center
Section P1 email ctaylor@parisjc.edu
Course PHED 1134
Title INTRODUCTION TO WELLNESS
Description It is essential that: Each student understand the individual study approach to wellness. Each student
understand fitness appraisal and the applicatrion to cardio fitness. Each student understand the
writing and application of wellness programs. Each student understand the results of nutrition and
calorie counting to the overall fitness results. Each student understand and maintain a personal log
for exercise and calorie counting.
Textbooks Printed handouts
Schedule January - Orientation

February - Walk and Review Fitness Exam
March - Fitness Exam and Review Nutrition Exam
April - Nutrition Exam, Calorie Counting, and Food Chart
May - Final Walk and Weigh
Evaluation methods Categories: 1) Beginning and ending weigh-in performed on scheduled dates. 2) Beginning and
ending one mile walk test with improvement perameters performed on scheduled dates. 3) Students
will take two written exams in the area of cardiovascular fitness adn nutrition on the dates
scheduled. 4) Students will complete a fitness performance log sheet on the dates scheduled. 5)
Students will complete a calorie counting program on the internet. I Grade of "A" 1) Meet criteria
for a mile walk test. 2) Perform a beginning and ending weigh-in. 3) pass two written exams. 4)
Complete a written fitness log sheet. 5) Complete a calorie counting program on the internet. IN
ORDER TO RECEIVE THE GRADE OF AN "A," ALL REQUIREMENTS MUST BE
COMPLETED ON THE DATES DUE!!! II Grade of "B" 1) Categories 1 - 4 listed above on the
dates required. III Grade of "C" 1) Categories 1 - 3 listed above on the dates required. IV Grade
of "D" 1) Categories 1 - 2 listed above on the dates required. V Grade of "F" 1) Non compliance of
any of the categories listed above. CLASS ATTENDANCE IS MANDATORY DUE TO THE
Year 2011 Office SC #107
Course PHED 1134
Title Intro to Wellness
Description Course Objectives: It is essential that --- each student understand the individual study approach to
wellness. ---each student understand fitness appraisal and the application to cardio fitness. ---each
student understand the writing and application of wellness programs. ---each student understand the
results of nutrition and calorie counting to the overall fitness results. ---each student understand and
maintain a personal log for exercise and calorie counting. TEACHING PROGRESSION: Session 1:
Course orinetation and intial weigh-in (required). Session 2: Students will engage in cardiovascular
programing with a logging format. Also, each student will perform a one mile walk test with
performance perameters. Preparation for cardiovascular fitness exam. Session 3: Students will be
tested on knowledge of cardiovascular fitness and prepare for exam on nutrition and the value to
fitness. Session 4: Student will be tested on nutrition in fitness and prepared fr the proess of the
calorie counting program. Session 5: Students will turn in fitness log, calorie counting log, final
weigh-in and perform course ending one mile walk test with performance perameters.
Textbooks No text required. All materials will be provided by the instructor.

Schedule Week 1-This course will meet 5 times during the semester with dates and times being set on the
WebCt account under the "Calendar" option.
Week 2-During each meeting session, students will be required to demonstrate abilites and
knowledge in the area of Wellness per exams, physical perfomance, exercise log sheets and calorie
counting programs.
Week 3-Due to the nature of this course attendance is MANDATORY to each session which will
allow a student to achieve a passing grade.
Week 4-
Week 5-
Week 6-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15-
Week 16-
Evaluation methods
Section S1 email ctaylor@parisjc.edu
Course PHED 1134

Course PHED 1134

Section 01 email jmaness@parisjc.edu
Course Phed 1138
Title Maintenance of Wellness

Schedule Week 1-
Week 4-
Week 5-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 15-
Week 16-
Evaluation methods
Course Phed 1138

Schedule Week 1-
Week 4-
Week 5-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 15-
Week 16-
Evaluation methods
Section P1 email ctaylor@parisjc.edu
Course PHED 1138
Title MAINTENANCE OF WELLNESS

Course PHED 1138
Title MAINTENANCE OF WELLNESS

Course Phed 1301
Title Introduction to Kinesiology
Description Introductory course in human movement that includes the historical development of movement, and
sport from ancient to contemporary cultures. Physiological and psychological principles affecting
human movement and sport programs, professional requirements, and opportunities.
Textbooks Introduction to Physical Education, Fitness, and Sport. 6th Edition.

Schedule Week 1-Quiz 1
Week 2-Quiz 2/Article Review
Week 3-Quiz 3/Exam I
Week 5-Quiz 5
Week 6-Quiz 6/Article Review/Exam 2
Week 7-Quiz 7
Week 9-Quiz 9
Week 11-Quiz 11/Exam 3
Week 12-Quiz 12
Week 14-Quiz 14
Week 15-Quiz 15
Evaluation methods
Year 2011 Office SC 107
Section 65 email dclark@parisjc.edu
Course PHED 1304
Title Personal and Community Hygiene
Description A study of personal and community health for the kinesiology and elementary education major
dealing with the human body, its organs and functions. Emphasis is placed on causative factors and
various diseases, means of transmission and prevention. You will need to purchase a textbook for
this course. The title is Core Concepts in Health by Paul M Insel and Walton T. Roth. Tenth
Edition. ISBN# is 0-07-297230-0.
Textbooks Core Concepts in Health by Paul M Insel and Walton T. Roth. Tenth Edition. ISBN# is 0-
070297230-0
Schedule Week 1-Read and review chapters 2, 13 and 12
Week 2-Chapter quizzes over chapters 2, 13 and 12
Week 3-Major Exam over chapters 2, 13 and 12
Week 4-Read and review chapters 4, 5 and 8
Week 7-Read and review chapters 15, 17 and 18
Week 10-Read and review chapters 14 and 16
Week 11-Chapter quizzes over chapters 14 and 16
Week 12-Major exam over chapters 14 and 16
Week 13-Chapter quiz makeup period
Week 14-Chapter quiz makeup period
Week 15-
Week 16-
Evaluation methods Evaluation of Course Requirements: 33 Chapter quizzes @ 385 total points possible = 385; 4
Major Exams @ 100 points possible each = 400 points possible; Grading scale: 785-705 = A;
704-628 = B; 627-549 = C; 548-471 = D; Below 471 = F
Course PHED 1308.65
Title Sports Officiating
Description Sports Officiating will cover the basic mechanics and positioning of officials in the sports of
Basketball, Football and Volleyball. Along with the knowledge of the rules that govern each sport.
Textbooks Printed Materials

Schedule Week 1- Rules of Basketball
Week 2- Basketball Pre / Post Game Procedures
Week 3- Signals of Basketball
Week 4- Two and Three Man Mechanics of Basketball
Week 5- Basketball Final Test
Week 6- Rules of Football
Week 7- Football Pre / Post Game Procedures
Week 8- Football Signals
Week 9- Four and Five Person Mechanics of Football
Week 10- Football Final Test
Week 11- Rules of Volleyball
Week 12- Volleyball Signals
Week 13- Volleyball Pre / Post Game Procedures
Week 14- What Makes a Good Volleyball Official
Week 15- Volleyball Final Test
Week 16- Observation Paper
Evaluation methods
Section 65 email djohnson@parisjc.edu
Course PHED 1346
Title Drug Use and Abuse
Description The Study of use and abuse of drugs in todays society, emphasizing physiological, socoiological and
psychological factors involved.
Textbooks Drugs, Society and Human Behavior, Oakley Ray and Charles Ksir, 12th, 978-0-07-352961-5
Schedule Weekly quizzes for each Chapter. There are three internet discussion topic essay's to write during
the semester. There are five major test during the semester
Evaluation methods A, over 585 points, b- 584 to 519 points, c-518 to 453 points, d- 452 to 387 points, f-386 points and
below
Course PHYS 1402
Title College Physics II 4-3-4
Description The second half of a general survey of physics requiring a background in algebra and trigonometry.
Topics will include: thermodynamics, waves, electricity, magnetism, optics, quantum theory,
relativity theory, atomic physics, nuclear physics, with applications to stellar astronomy and
cosmology. Lab required.
Textbooks Required reading: Serway and Faughn: College Physics, Third Ed., HBJ, 1993, ISBN 0-
03073331-6
Schedule
Week 1 Rotational Motion and Rotational Dynamics
Week 2 Thermodynamics, Power Production, Lab 1
Week 3 Simple Harmonic Motion and Waves, Lab 2
Week 4 Static Electricity, Electric Fields, Lab 3
Week 5 Current Electricity, Electric Circuits
Week 6 Electric Circuits, Lab 4
Week 7 Magnetism, Lab 5
Week 9 Light – Reflection and Refraction
Week 10 Light -- Lenses, Lab 7
Week 11 Light -- Diffraction, Lab 8
Week 12 Quantum Theory, Lab 9
Week 13 Quantum Theory, Atomic Physics
Week 14 Atomic Physics, Nuclear Physics, Lab 10
Week 15 Nuclear Physics, Relativity
Week 16 Exam
Evaluation methods
Course PHYS 1402
Title College Physics II Dual Credit 4-3-4
03073331-6
Schedule
Week 16 Exam
Evaluation methods
Course PHYS 1402
Title College Physics II Dual Credit 4-3-4
03073331-6
Schedule
Week 16 Exam
Evaluation methods
Course PHYS 1402
Title College Physics II 4-3-4
03073331-6
Schedule
Week 16 Exam
Evaluation methods
Course PHYS 2426
Title Electricity and Magnetism 4-3-4
Description The second half of a detailed survey of physics requiring a background in algebra, trigonometry,
and calculus. Topics will include: oscillations and waves, static electricity, electric fields, Gauss’s
Law, current electricity, circuit theory, magnetism, Faraday’s Law, alternating current, Maxwell’s
Equations, and electromagnetic waves; also included will be a brief discussion of quantum theory,
relativity, models of the atom, the nucleus, elementary particle theory, and cosmology. Lab
Textbooks Required reading: Serway, Physics for Scientists and Engineers, Eight Ed., HBJ, 2010, ISBN 978-
0-495-82781-8
Schedule
Week 1 Review of Thermodynamics
Week 2 Simple Harmonic Motion, Lab 1
Week 5 Gauss's Law
Week 6 Electric Current, Lab 4
Week 7 Voltage, Capacitance, Lab 5
Week 9 Magnetism
Week 10 Sources of the Magnetic Field -- Lenses, Lab 7
Week 11 Faraday's Law, Lab 8
Week 12 Inductance, Lab 9
Week 13 AC Circuits
Week 14 Electromagnetic Waves, Lab 10
Week 15 Maxwell's Equations, Review
Week 16 Exam
Evaluation methods
Course POFM 1300
Title Medical Coding
Description Presentation and application of basic coding rules, principles, guidelines, and conventions
utilizing various coding systems.
Textbooks Step-by-Step Medical Coding 9th Edition, by Carol J. Buck, Publisher: Elsevier
www.elsevierhealth.com
ICD-9-CM 2010 (Volumes 1,2,3)
HCPCS 2010; CPT 2010 American Medical Association
Schedule Week 1Reimbursement, HIPAA, and Compliance; chapter 2, an Overview of ICD-9-CM

Week 2-Chapter 3-Outpatient Coding and Reporting Guidelines; Chapter 4-Using ICD-9-CM
Week 3-Chapter 5-Specific Guidelines (ICD-9-CM)
Week 4-Chapter 6-Specific Guidelines (ICD-9-CM) Chapter 7-ICD-10-CM
Week 5-Chapter 8-Introduction to the CPT and Level II National Codes(HCPCS) Ch. 9
Week 6-Chapter 10-Evaluation and Management (E/M) Services
Week 7-Chapter 11-Anesthesia; Chapter 12-Surgery Guidelines and General Surgery
Week 8-Chapter 13 Integumentary System
Week 9-Chapter 14-Musculoskeletal System
Week 10-Chapter 15-Respiratory System
Week 11-Chapter 16-Cardiovascular System
Week 12-Chapter 17-Hemic, Lymphatic, Mediastinum, and Diaphragm; Chapter 18-Digestive
Week 13-Chapter 19-Urinary and Male Genital Systems; chapter 20 Reproductive, Intersex
Surgery, Female Genital System
Week 14-Chapter 21-Endocrine and Nervous Systems; Chapter 22 Eye, Ocular Adnexa, Auditory,
Operating Microscope
Week 15-Chapter 23 Radiology; Chapter 24 Pathology/Laboratory
Week 16-Chapter 25-Medicine; Chapter 26-Inpatient Coding
Evaluation methods Complete all exams (both part 1 and part 2) for each lesson (26 lessons). These will be averaged
for the course grade.
A=90 to 100%
B=80 to 89%
C=70 to 79%
D=60 to 69%
F=50% and below

Course POFT 1127
Title Introduction to Keyboarding
Description Skill development in Keyboarding with emphasis on alphabet, number, and symbol keys by touch.
Textbooks College Keyboarding 16E, Lessons 1-25 Keyboarding Course, by VanHuss, Forde, & Woo. ISBN
0538728256 (Keyboarding Pro 4 software included). Publisher: Thomson/Southwestern Learning.
Schedule Week 1-Learn Home Row and i

Week 2-Learn e and n & Review
Week 3-Learn Shift, h, t, and (.)
Week 4-Learn r, Right Shift, c, and o
Week 5-Learn w, Comma, b, and p
Week 6-Learn g, (?), x, and u
Week 7-Learn q, m, v, and (.)
Week 8-Learn z, y, ("), and Tab
Week 9-Final Exam--Speed and Accuracy Timing
This course is a 1-hour course and should be completed in 9 weeks. The student may remain in the
course and continue to practice Skillbuilding Lessons A-T to improve speed and accuracy if
necessary to obtain the speed and accuracy desired.
Evaluation methods The student must perform these skills for Grade A:
1. Touch keyboarding must be consistently demonstrated by the student.
2. Student must be able to touch keyboard 25 gwam on a 1-minute timing with one error or less.
The student must perform these skills for Grade B:
The student must perform these skills for Grade C:
Course POFT 1127

Course POFT 1321
Title Business Math
Description Instruction in the fundamentals of business mathematics including analytical and problem-solving
skills for critical thinking in business applications.
Textbooks MATH FOR BUSINESS AND LIFE, 4th Edition, by John Webber. Publisher: Olympus Publishing
Company
Pencil scratch paper and hand held calculator

Schedule Week 1-Whole Numbers and Decimals
Week 2-Fractions
Week 3-Equations
Week 4-Percents
Week 5-Trade and Cash Discounts
Week 6-Markup and Markdown
Week 7-Checking Accounts
Week 8-Payroll
Week 9-Simple and Compound Interest
Week 10-Depreciation
Week 11-International Business: Exchange Rates and Metrics
Week 12-Statistics: An Introduction
Week 13-Case Problem
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods 80% Average of the four unit exams from textbook
20% Final Exam over Case Problem
Term Sprnig Phone 903-782-0378
Course POFT 1321
Title Business Math
Textbooks MATH FOR BUSINESS AND LIFE, 4th Edition, by John Webber. Publisher: Olympus Publishing
Company
Pencil scratch paper and hand held calculator

Week 2-Fractions
Week 3-Equations
Week 4-Percents
Week 8-Payroll
Week 16-Final Exam
Course POFT 1329
Title Keyboarding & Document Formatting
Description Skill development in the operation of the keyboard by touch applying proper keyboarding
techniques. Emphasis on development of acceptable speed and accuracy levels and formatting basic
documents
Schedule Week 1-Alphabetic Lessons 1-2

Week 2-Alphabetic Lessons 3-4
Week 6-Skillbuilding Lessons A-E
Week 7-Numeric Skillbuilding Lessons 14-16
Week 8-Skillbuilding Lessons F-J
Week 10-Skillbuilding Lessons K-O
Week 12-Skillbuilding Lessons P-T
Week 14-Office Memo
Week 15-Business Letter
2. Student must be able to keyboard 30 WPM for a 3-minute timing with three errors or less.
3. Student must pass two keyboarding exams (business letter and memo).
Course POFT 1329
techniques. Emphasis on development of acceptable speed and accuracy levels and formatting basic
documents

Week 14-Office Memo
Course POFT 1364
Title Practicum
Description Practical general training and experiences in the workplace. The college with the employer develops
and documents an individualized plan for the student. The plan relates the workplace training and
experiences to the student’s general and technical course of study. The guided external experiences
may be for pay or no pay. This course may be repeated if topics and learning outcomes vary.
Textbooks YOUR CAREER—How to Make it Happen, 7th ed., Julie Griffin Levitt, Thompson South-Western
Publishing Company, ISBN 0-538-730994.
Schedule Week 1-Starting Your Career (Begin Career Portfolio)

Week 2-Know What Employers Expect
Week 3-Know Yourself to Market Yourself
Week 4-Sources of Job Information
Week 5-Your Winning Network
Week 6-Research Careers and Find Job Leads
Week 7-Essential Job Searech Communications
Week 8-Resumes
Week 9-Job Applications and Cover Letters
Week 10-The Job Interview
Week 11-Interview Essentials
Week 12-Ask for and Get the Interview
Week 13-Following Up and Negotiating Offers
Week 14-Handling Rejection
Week 15-Take Charge of Your Career
Week 16-Final Exam from Textbook and Turn in Career Portfolio
Student must complete a minimum of 16 volunteer hours in a workplace setting that relates to the
student's general and technical studies.
Evaluation methods On-the-Job Employer Evaluation 50%

Completion of all class and Career Action Assignments (Career Portfolio) 35%
Chapter Test Scores (4 from textbook) 15%
Course POFT 1364
Title Practicum

Week 8-Resumes

Section 3G email aferguson@parisjc.edu
Course POFT 1364
Title Practicum

Week 8-Resumes

Course POFT 2301
Title Document Formatting & Skillbuilding
Description A continuation of keyboarding skills in document formatting, speed, and accuracy. Emphasis on
proofreading, editing, and following instructions, and keying documents from various copy.
Textbooks Key Champ, Technique Analysis • Speed Building, Enhanced Version, Sharp, Olinzock, Santos.
ISBN # 0-538-43390-6. Publisher: Southwestern/Thomson Learning.
Schedule Week 1-Introduction to Software and Textbook--Diagnostic Test for Speed and Accuracy
Week 2-Lessons Assigned as Diagnosed
Week 4-Lessons Assigned as Diagnosed & Speed and Accuracy Timings (Every Week)
Week 5-Lessons Assigned as Diagnosed & Microsoft Word Letters (Block and Modified Blk)
Week 7-Lessons Assigned as Diagnosed & Office Memos (Custom and Template)
Week 9-Lessons Assigned as Diagnosed & Speed and Accuracy Timings
Week 16-Final Exam--Speed and Accuracy Timing and Letter and Memo
Evaluation methods 1. Touch keyboarding must be consistently demonstrated by the student.

2. Student must be able to key by touch at least 40 WPM on a 5-minute timing with five errors or
less.
3. Student's final grade must be at least a C to pass this course.
4. Complete all assigned Key Champ and Word documents.
5. Complete one final exam over Word with at least 70% accuracy (letter and memo)
Speed (5' Timings on keyboard) counts as 90% of your grade and one Word Exam over Letter and
Memo counts as 10% of your grade.
Final Grade Scale: Speed Scale 5' timings

A= 50 wpm (5 errors or less)
B= 45 wpm (5 errors or less)
C= 40 wpm (5 errors or less)
F= 0 grade points
Course POFT 2301

less.

F= 0 grade points
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Rita Tapp
Section 65 email rtapp@parisjc.edu
Course POFT 2312
Title Business Communications
Description Development of writing skills to produce effective business documents.

Credits: 3 SCH = 3 lecture and 0 laboratory hours per week.
TSI requirement: none Prerequisite(s): none
Textbooks Essentials of Business Communication, Guffey 7th edition
Schedule Jan. 18 - Jan. 23 Review schedule, syllabus, quiz, and testing schedule. Take the Syllabus/Schedule
quiz.
Jan. 24 - Jan. 30 Read Chapter 1. You must sign in by Feb. 1 to avoid being dropped.
Jan. 31 - Feb. 6 Read Chapter 2. Begin taking grammar/business etiquette quizzes.
Feb. 7 - Feb. 13 Objective Exam 1 over Chapters 1-2.
Feb. 14 - Feb. 20 Read Chapter 3.
Feb. 28 - Mar. 4 Objective Exam 2 over Chapters 3-4.
Mar. 7 - Mar. 13 Read Chapter 5. Compose a memo using the information found in 5.6
Information/Procedure E-Mail: Parking Guidelines with a Smile on page 125.
Mar. 14 - Mar. 18 Spring Break
Mar. 21 - Mar. 27 Read Chapter 6. Write a business letter using the information found in 6.1 Direct
Request: Las Vegas Conference on page 158.
Mar. 28 - Apr. 3 Write a claim letter using the information found in 6.9 Direct Claim: Headaches
from "No Surprise" Offer on page 162.
Apr. 4 - Apr. 10 Read Chapter 9. Compose a progress report following the instructions found in 9.4
Progress Report: Making Headway Toward Your Degree on page 260.
Apr. 11 - Apr. 17 Exam 3 Writing exam. Last day to withdraw with a W is April 14.
Apr. 18 - Apr. 24 Read Chapter 13. All grammar/business equitette quizzes must be completed by
April 24.
Evaluation methods 1. Nature of the course content: Students will read each chapter as assigned by the instructor and
will complete all required course assignments. The activities in this course include instructor notes
over key chapters and students completing letters and memos using Microsoft Word for writing
assignments and exams.
2. Evaluation: Letters/Memos Assignments 30%, Writing and Objective Exams 50%,
Grammar/Business Etiquette Quizzes 20%.
3. Late Work: All students are expected to complete assignments by the published deadlines. Any
late work accepted must be completed within one week of the due date and will incur a 10 point
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Gayla Jeffery
Year 2010-2011 Office EOC
Section 06 email gjeffery@parisjc.edu
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Helm, Doris
Section .01 email dhelm@parisjc.edu
Course PSYC 2301
Title General Psychology
Description A study of the fundamental principles of behavior. Some topics include motivation, the emotions,
the senses and perception, learning and remembering, personality. Plus, group behavior in terms of
social relationships. And, intelligence and individual differences.
Textbooks Don Hockenbury, and Sandra Hockenbury: Discovering Psychology, 5th Ed., Worth Publishers,
2009. ISBN 978-14292-1650-0
Schedule Week 1- Orientation, Ch. 1
Week 2- Ch. 1
Week 3-Ch. 2
Week 4-Ch. 3
Week 5-Ch. 4
Week 6-Ch. 5
Week 7-Ch. 6
Week 8-Ch. 7
Week 9-Ch. 8
Week 10-Ch. 9
Week 11-Ch. 10
Week 12-Ch. 11
Week 13-Ch. 12
Week 14-Ch. 13
Week 15-Ch. 14
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods Grading: 5 Unit Exams at 20% each.
Section 02 email dhelm@parisjc.edu
Course PSYC 2301
2009. ISBN 978-14292-1650-0
Week 2- Ch. 1
Week 3-Ch. 2
Week 4-Ch. 3
Week 5-Ch. 4
Week 6-Ch. 5
Week 7-Ch. 6
Week 8-Ch. 7
Week 9-Ch. 8
Week 10-Ch. 9
Week 11-Ch. 10
Week 12-Ch. 11
Week 13-Ch. 12
Week 14-Ch. 13
Week 15-Ch. 14
Week 16-Final Exam
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Marla Elliott
Year 2011 Office WTC 1100
Section 03 email melliott@parisjc.edu
Course PSYC 2301
Description Fundamental principles of behavior. Motivation, the emotions, the senses and perception, learning
and remembering, and personality. Group behavior in terms of social relationships. Intelligence and
individual differences.
Textbooks Hockenbury, D., & Hockenbury, S. (2011). Discovering Psychology (5th ed.). New York: Worth
Publishers. ISBN-13: 978-1-4292-1749-1
Schedule January 18th – February 22nd : (Section 1) Lecture/Discussion over Chapters 1, 2, 4, & 5
February 24th : Section 1 Examination and final deadline for Section 1 Quiz & Journal assignments.
March 1st – March 31st : (Section 2) Lecture/Discussion over Chapters 6, 8, 9, & 10
April 5th : Section 2 Examination and final deadline for Section 2 Quiz & Journal assignments.
April 7th – May 3rd : (Section 3) Lecture/Discussion over Chapters 11, 12, 13, & 14
May 5th : Section 3 Examination and final deadline for Section 3 Quiz & Journal assignments.
May 12th : Comprehensive Final Examination
600 points-Exams: Students will complete 3 major examinations. Each exam is worth 200 points.
150 points-Quizzes: Students will complete 3 quizzes. Each online quiz is worth 50 points.
150 points-Journals: Students will be required to complete 3 papers. Each journal is worth 50
points. These papers are similar to miniature research papers, but do incorporate personal opinion
and experience.
100 points-Attendance/Participation: Students will be required to attend all scheduled class
meetings and participate in class discussions/activities.
_________________________
=1000 total possible points
• The following grading scale will be used

A=900 points or higher
B=800 points or higher
C=700 points or higher
D=600 points or higher
F=less than 599 points
Course PSYC 2301
Publishers. ISBN-13: 978-1-4292-1749-1
February 24th : Section 1 Examination and final deadline for Section 1 Quiz & Journal assignments.
and experience.
_________________________

Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Abbey, Mark
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC 1000 PRIOR TO CLASS
Section 05 email mabbey@parisjc.edu
Course Psychology 2301
Description General Psychology is a general survey course designed to introduce students to the field of
psychology, and to acquaint the student with the basic fundamental psychological principles.
Topics include the history of the study of psychology, the nervous system, sensation and perception,
consciousness, learning, intelligence, memory, lifespan development, personality, mental illness and
treatment for behavioral disorders, and the effects of stress on health.
Textbooks Discovering Psychology, by Hockenbury and Hockenbury, 5th

ED
ISBN -13: 978-1-4292-3763-5
ISBN-10: 1-4292-3736-5
Schedule Week 1-1/20 Introduction: Cover Syllabus
Chapter 1 Introduction and Research Methods
Week 2-1/27 Chapter 2 Neuroscience and Behavior

Chapter 3 Sensation and Perception
Review for Exam 1 Chapters 1-3
Week 3-2/3 Exam Chapters 1-3

Week 4-2/10 Chapter 4 Consciousness and its Variations
Chapter 5 Learning
Week 5-2/17 Chapter 6 Memory


Week 7-3/3 Chapter 7 Thinking, Language, and Intelligence
Chapter 8 Motivation and Emotion
Week 8-3/10 Chapter 9 Lifespan Development

Chapter 10 Personality
Week 9-3/17 Spring Break

Week 11-3/31 Chapter 11 Social Psychology
Chapter 12 Stress, Health and Coping
Review for Exam. 4 Chapters 11-12

Last day to drop with “W” 4/14
Evaluation methods Grades: The following grading scale will be used:
A - 90-100 C - 70-79 F- 59 and below

B - 80-89 D - 60-69
Class Format: The class format will consist of lecture, discussions, journal/activities, quiz
assignments, and objective exams. An optional cumulative exam will also be given at the end of the
semester. Students can use this score to replace a zero for a missed exam or to replace a lower
exam grade. Exams: There will be 5 objective exams during the semester, each counting 15% of
your final grade (75%). If you miss an exam, it is your responsibility to make it up, and there will be
a 5 point penalty on all make ups, regardless of the reason the original exam was missed. Make up
exams must be made up prior to the next exam. There will 5 periodic quizzes and/or assignments
which will count for 20% of your final grade.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Joy McElroy
Section 40 email jmcelroy@parisjc.edu
Course Psyc 2301
Description The study of: fundamental principles of behavior; motivation, the emotions, the senses and
perception, learning and remembering, and personality; theoretical approaches in psychology, past
and present; group behavior in terms of social relationships; intelligence and individual differences;
an overview of psychological disorders and treatment.
Textbooks Discovering Psychology, by Hockenbury and Hockenbury, 5th Ed. ISBN 100-7167-76618
Schedule Week 1- Chapter 1, Introduction and Research Methods
Week 2- Chapter 2, Neuroscience and Behavior
Week 3- Chapter 3, Sensation and Perception
Week 4- Chapter 4, Consciousness
Week 5- Chapter 5, Learning
Week 6- Chapter 6, Memory
Week 7- Chapter 7, Thinking and Language, and Intelligence
Week 8- Chapter 8, Motivation and Emotion
Week 9- Chapter 9, Lifespan Development
Week 10- Chapter 10, Personality
Week 11- Chapter 11, Social Psychology
Week 12- Chapter 12, Stress, Health, and Coping
Week 13, Chapter 13, Psychological Disorders, Part 1
Week 15- Chapter 14, Therapies, Part 1
Evaluation methods Major Exams (5 @ 20% each) = 100%. It is course policy that only one exam may be made up.
There is an 11 point penalty on all makeup exams.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Lauren Moore M.S.
Year 2010-2011 Office TBA
Section 41 email lmoore@parisjc.edu
Course PSYC 2301
Title Introduction to Psychology
Description The survey of major topics in psychology. The course introduces the study of behavior and the
factors that determine and affect behavior.
Textbooks Discovering Psychology 5th Edition Hockenbury & Hockenbury ISBN 100-7167-76618
Schedule Week 1- Introduction & Course Overview

Week 2- Research Methods
Week 3-Neuroscience & behavior
Week 4- Sensation & Perception, Consciousness & Its Variations
Week 5- Consciousness & Its Variations, Exam Chapters 1-4
Week 6- Learning
Week 7- Memory, Thinking, Language & Intelligence
Week 8- Thinking, Language & Intelligence, Exam Chapters 5-7
Week 10- Motivation & Emotion
Week 11- Lifespan Development, Personality
Week 12- Personality, Exam Chapters 8-10
Week 13- Social Psychology
Week 14- Stress, Health & Coping
Week 15- Psychological Disorders, Therapies
Week 16- Poster Presentations, Final Exam Chapters 11-14
Evaluation methods 1. Two brain anatomy drawings will be completed worth 50 points each. Drawings should be
completed on 8.5"x 11" plain white paper. The following should be labeled and diagramed
correctly: A. Lobes of the brain - Frontal lobe, parietal lobe, temporal lobe, occipital lobe. B. Basic
structures of the brain - brain stem, amygdala, hippocampus, thalamus, hypothalamus. 2. Poster and
presentation: each student will complete a poster detailing a psychological topic of their choice. A
basic outline of the topic is required, with pertinent details included. Pictures (as related) are
recommended. 3. Four objective exams (primarily multiple choice) worth 100 points each will be
given throughout the semester.
Section 4D email lmoore@parisjc.edu
Course PSYC 2301

Week 6- Learning
Course PSYC 2301
Publishers. ISBN-13: 978-1-4292-1749-1
Schedule January 19th – February 21st : (Section 1) Lecture/Discussion over Chapters 1, 2, 4, & 5
February 23rd : Section 1 Examination and final deadline for Section 1 Quiz & Journal assignments.
February 28th – March 30th : (Section 2) Lecture/Discussion over Chapters 6, 8, 9, & 10
April 6th – May 2nd : (Section 3) Lecture/Discussion over Chapters 11, 12, 13, & 14
and experience.
_________________________

Year 2011 Office SS Office C
Course Psyc 2301
Course PSYC 2301
Publishers. ISBN # 1-4292-1650-6
Schedule Tentative Class Schedule:

Jan 20 – Introduction to Class
Chapters 1, 2, 3
Jan 27 – Chapters 1, 2, 3
Feb 3 – Chapters 1, 2, 3
Feb 10 – EXAM 1— Chapters 1, 2, 3
March 3 – EXAM 2 – Chapters 4, 5, 6
March 10 – Chapters 7, 10
March – 17 -- SPRING BREAK
March 31 – EXAM 3 – Chapters 7, 10
April 7 – Chapters 11, 12
April 21 -- EXAM 4 – Chapters 11, 12
April 28 – Chapter 13
May 5 – EXAM 5 – Chapter 13
May 12 –Final Exam
Evaluation methods Students will be given 5 objective exams in which to demonstrate their knowledge of the course
material. Each exam will count as 20% of your final grade.
A = 90 - 100
B = 80 - 89
C = 70 - 79
D = 60 - 69
F = 59 and below
Course PSYC 2301
Publishers. ISBN-13: 978-1-4292-1749-1
Schedule January 19th – February 16th : (Section 1) Lecture/Discussion over Chapters 1, 2, 4, & 5
February 23rd : Section 1 Examination and final deadline for Section 1 Quiz & Journal assignments.
March 2nd – March 30th : (Section 2) Lecture/Discussion over Chapters 6, 8, 9, & 10
April 13th –April 27th : (Section 3) Lecture/Discussion over Chapters 11, 12, 13, & 14
and experience.
_________________________

Course PSYC 2301
Publishers. ISBN-13: 978-1-4292-1749-1
Schedule January 18th – February 18th: Section 1 (Chapters 1, 2, 4, & 5)
Students have until Friday, February 18th to complete all Section 1 assignments and the major
examination for Section 1 which covers Chapters 1, 2, 4, & 5.
February 18th-April 1st: Section 2 (Chapters 6, 8, 9, & 10)
Students have until Friday, April 1st to complete all Section 2 assignments and the major
April 1st –May 6th: Section 3 (Chapters 11, 12, 13, & 14)
Students have until Friday, May 6th to complete all Section 3 assignments and the major
May 9th-May 11th: Students have between Monday and Wednesday to complete the comprehensive
final exam.
120 points-Quizzes: Students will complete 12 online chapter quizzes. Each online quiz is worth 10
points. An optional syllabus quiz is available for bonus points towards your Quiz total.
40 points-Participation: Students will be required to log in to WebCT regularly and participate in
online class discussions.
120 points-Journals: Students will be required to complete three papers. Each journal is worth 40
and experience.
120 points-Studyguides: Students will be required to complete three Studyguide assignments. Each
studyguide assignment is worth 40 points. These assignments consist of essay questions from the
required reading.
_________________________

Course PSYC 2301
Publishers. ISBN-13: 978-1-4292-1749-1
May 9th-May 11th: Students have between Monday and Wednesday to complete the comprehensive
final exam.
120 points-Quizzes: Students will complete 12 online chapter quizzes. Each online quiz is worth 10
and experience.
required reading.
_________________________

Course PSYC 2301
2009. ISBN 978-14292-1650-0
Week 2- Ch. 1
Week 3-Ch. 2
Week 4-Ch. 3
Week 5-Ch. 4
Week 6-Ch. 5
Week 7-Ch. 6
Week 8-Ch. 7
Week 9-Ch. 8
Week 10-Ch. 9
Week 11-Ch. 10
Week 12-Ch. 11
Week 13-Ch. 12
Week 14-Ch. 13
Week 15-Ch. 14
Week 16-Final Exam
Section G1 email jshasteen@parisjc.edu
Course PSYC 2301
Description Survey of the major topics of psychology. Introduces the study of behavior and the factors that
determine and affect behavior.
Textbooks Discovering Psychology, by Hockenbury and Hockenbury, 5th Ed. ISBN 13: 978-1-4292-1650-0
Schedule Week 1-Introduction, Review Syllabus; How to be Successful in College; The Science of
Psychology and a Historical Overview
Week 2-ONLINE- Psychoanalysis; online essay assignment on Psychoanalysis
Week 3- Psychoanalysis wrap-up; Learning (Classical and Operant Conditioning and Observational
Learning; Review for Test #1
Week 4 ONLINE- Gestalt Psychology / Sensation and Perception and Humanistic Psychology;
online essay assignment on humanistic psychology
Week 5- Test #1; Followup on Gestalt/ Sensation and Perception and Humanistic Psychology;
inclass video clips and discussion
Week 6- ONLINE-The Bio-psychological perspective / Neuropsychology
Week 7- Review Test #1 Results; Wrap up on the Bio-psychological perspective /
Neuropsychology; inclass video clips and discussion; Intelligence and Intellectual Assessment; In
class group activity and discussion; Hand out review for Test #2
Week 8-ONLINE-Stress and its Role in Health; Online essay assignment on Intelligence; Online
Essay assignment on on Coping with Stress.
Week 9-Test #2; Developmental Psychology; Video clips and class discussion
Week 10- ONLINE-Psychological Disorders; Online essay assignment on Developmental
Psychology; Online essay assignment on Psychological Disorders.
Week 11-In-class/group activity on Psychological Disorders; In-class film on Psychological
Disorders and assignment
Week 12-ONLINE-Treatment and Therapy; Online essay assignment on Treatment and Therapy
Week 13- Wrap-up on Treatment and Therapy; Video clips and discussion; Social Psychology;
video clips and classroom activity; Handout Review for Final Exam
Week 14 -ONLINE-Submit all remaining essays; Online review discussions
Week 15-In-class/group activity.
Week 16th FINAL EXAM
Evaluation methods Grading-
Exams-includes final exam (3 @ 20% each) 60%
Essays (5 @ 4% each) 20%
Course PSYC 2301
Section 01 email dhelm@parisjc.edu
Course PSYC 2314.01
Title Lifespan Growth and Development
Description A study of the physical, mental, emotional, and social growth and development of children and
adults throughout the lifespan.
Textbooks Required reading: Robert Feldman: Discovering the Lifespan. First Ed. Prentice Hall/Pearson,
2009 ISBN 978-0-13-606167-0
Schedule Week 1- Orientation & Chapter 1 Mod. 1.1
Week 2- Chapter 1.,Mod. 1.2, 1.3
Week 3- Chapter 2.,Mod. 2.1
Week 4- Chapter 2. Mod. 2.2, 2.
Week 5- Chapter 3. Mod. 2.3
Week 6- Chapter 3. Mod. 3., 3.1
Week 7- Chapter 3.,Mod. 3., 3.2, 3.3
Week 8- Chapter 4., Mod. 4.1, 4.2. 4.3
Week 9- Chapter 5., Mod. 5.1.
Week 10-Chapter 5., Mod. 5.2, 5.3
Week 11-Chapter 6., Mod. 6.1,
Week 12-Chapter 6. Mod. 6.2, 6.3
Week 13-Chapter 7., Mod. 7.1, 7.2, 7.3
Week 14-Chapter 8., Mod. 8.1, 8.2, 8.3
Week 15-Chapter 9. Mod. 9.1, 9.2, 9.3
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods Grading 5 Unit Exams Each Unit Exam counts 20% of grade
Course Psyc 2314
Title Lifespan Development
throughout the lifespan.
Textbooks Discovering the Lifespan, by Robert S. Feldman. ISBN: 0136061672

Schedule
Week 1- Chapter 1, Beginnings
Week 2- Chapter 1, The start of Life
Week 3- Chapter 1, Birth and the Newborn
Week 4- Chapter 2, Cognitive Development in Infancy
Week 5- Chapter 2, Social and Personality Development in Infancy
Week 6- Chapter 3, Cognitive Development in the Preschool Years
Week 7- Chapter 3, Social and Personality Development in the Preschool Years
Week 8- Chapter 4, Cognitive Development in Middle Childhood
Week 9- Chapter 4, Social and Personality Development in Middle Childhood
Week 10- Chapter 5, Cognitive Development in Adolescence
Week 11- Chapter 5, Social and Personality Development in Adolescence
Week 12- Chapter 6, Cognitive Development in Early Adulthood
Week 13- Chapter 6, Social and Personality Development in Early Adulthood
Week 14- Chapter 7, Cognitive and Social Development in Middle Adulthood
Week 15- Chapter 8, Cognitive and Social Development in Late Adulthood
Week 16- Chapter 9, Death and Dying
Course PSYC 2314
Title Psychology of Human Growth & Development
Prerequisite: PSYC 2301 or consent of instructor
Textbooks Feldman, R.S. (2009). Discovering the Life Span. New Jersey: Pearson Prentice Hall.
ISBN #: 0-13-606167-2
Schedule Wed 1/19 Introduction to course, Syllabus review, WebCT tutorial
Mon 1/24 1 Lecture/Discussion 1.1, Syllabus Quiz
Wed 1/26 1 Lecture/Discussion 1.2
Mon 1/31 1 Lecture/Discussion 1.3
Wed 2/2 1 Chapter 1 Quiz
Mon 2/21 3 Lecture/Discussion 3.1 & 3.2
Mon 2/28 3 Chapter 3 Quiz
Wed 3/2 4 Lecture/Discussion 4.1 & 4.2
Wed 3/9 4 Group assignment Day & Chapter 4 Quiz
Mon 3/14 SPRING BREAK
Wed 3/16 SPRING BREAK
Mon 3/21 Mid-term Exam (Chapters 1-4)
Wed 3/23 Research Project Activity
Mon 3/28 Research Day
Wed 3/30 5 Group 1 Presentation
Evaluation methods •Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material:
200 points-Exams: Students will complete a midterm and final examination. Each exam is worth
100 points each.
100 points-Quizzes: Students will complete 9 chapter quizzes. Each quiz is worth between 11-12
100 points-Participation: Students will be required to attend class regularly and to actively
participate and engage in class discussions and activites.
100 points-Group Presentation: students will work with an assigned group on a class presentation.
Students will receive a detailed handout regarding presentation topics later in the semester.
100 points-Research Project: students will complete a research project which may be submitted as a
research paper or presentation. A detailed handout will be distributed in class.
_________________________

• 540 points and above=A
• 480-539=B
• 420-479=C
• 360-419=D
• Below 360=F
Course PSYC 2314
Title Lifepsan Growth and Development
Description A study of the physical, mental, emotional, and socil growth and development of children and adults
Textbooks Required reading: Robert Feldman: Discovering the Lifespan, First Ed., Prentice Hall/Pearson
2009. ISBN 978-0-13-6061767-0. My Developmental Lab. Prentice Hall/Pearson is required for
online course. ISBN 978-205-63352-4
Schedule Week 1- Orientation, Chapter 1, Mod. 1.1

Week 2- Chapter 1., Mod. 1.2
Week 3- Chapter 1., Mod. 1.3, Pearson Lab. Assignments
Week 4- Chapter 2., Mod. 2.1.,
Week 5- Chapter 2., Mod. 2.2., 2.3, Pearson Lab. Assignments
Week 6- Chapter 3., Mod. 3.1. 3.2
Week 8- Chapter 4., Mod. 4.1., 4.2
Week 10-Chapter 5., Mod. 5.1., 5.2
Week 11-Chapter 5., Mod. 5.3, Pearson Lab. Assignments
Week 12-Chapter 6., Mod. 6.1., 6.2., 6.3., Pearson Lab. Assignments
Week 13-Chapter 7., Mod 7.1., 7.2., Pearson Lab. Assignments
Week 14-Chapter 8., Mod. 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, Pearson Lab. Assignments
Week 15-Chapter 9., Mod. 9.1, 9.2., 9.3, Pearson Lab. Assignments
Week 16- Final Exam
Course PSYC 2314
Title Lifepsan Growth and Development
Description A study of the physical, mental, emotional, and socil growth and development of children and adults
Textbooks Required reading: Robert Feldman: Discovering the Lifespan, First Ed., Prentice Hall/Pearson
2009. ISBN 978-0-13-6061767-0. My Developmental Lab. Prentice Hall/Pearson is required for
online course. ISBN 978-205-63352-4
Schedule Week 1- Orientation, Chapter 1, Mod. 1.1

Week 2- Chapter 1., Mod. 1.2
Week 4- Chapter 2., Mod. 2.1.,
Week 5- Chapter 2., Mod. 2.2., 2.3, Pearson Lab. Assignments
Week 6- Chapter 3., Mod. 3.1. 3.2
Week 8- Chapter 4., Mod. 4.1., 4.2
Week 10-Chapter 5., Mod. 5.1., 5.2
Week 11-Chapter 5., Mod. 5.3, Pearson Lab. Assignments
Week 12-Chapter 6., Mod. 6.1., 6.2., 6.3., Pearson Lab. Assignments
Week 13-Chapter 7., Mod 7.1., 7.2., Pearson Lab. Assignments
Week 14-Chapter 8., Mod. 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, Pearson Lab. Assignments
Week 15-Chapter 9., Mod. 9.1, 9.2., 9.3, Pearson Lab. Assignments
Week 16- Final Exam
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Callie Thompson
Year 2011 Office Alford Center, Room 107
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0446 or 903-782-0325
Section 65 email cthompson@parisjc.edu
Course PSYC 2315
Title Psychology of Personal Adjustment
Description A study of the psychological principles fundamental to personal and social adjustment. Emphasis is
placed on group dynamics, self-awareness, interpersonal attraction, prejudice, values, and self-
acualization.
Textbooks Human Adjustment, by John W. Santrock (2006)
Schedule Week 1- Browse course website. Complete syllabus quiz and practice Discussion Activity.
Week 2- Download PP notes for Ch. 1 (Adjusting to Life) and studyguide 1. Read Ch. 1, complete
studyguide questions for Ch. 1 and Ch. 1 quiz.
Week 3- Download PP notes for Ch. 2 (Personality). Read Ch. 2, complete studyguide questions
for Ch. 2 and Ch. 2 quiz.
Week 4- Download PP notes or Ch. 3 (The Self, Identity, and Values). Read Ch. 3, complete
Week 5- Download PP notes for Ch. 4 (Stress). Read Ch. 4, complete studyguide questions for Ch.
4 and Ch. 4 quiz. Complete Discussion Activity 1 assignment.
Week 6- Download PP notes for Ch. 5 (Coping). Read Ch. 5, complete studyguide questions for Ch.
5 and Ch. 5 quiz.
Week 7- Download PP notes for Ch. 6 (Social Thinking, Influence, and Intergroup Relations) and
studyguide 2. Read Ch. 6, complete studyguide questions for Ch. 6 and Ch. 6 quiz.
Week 8- Download PP notes for Ch. 7 (Communicating Effectively). Read Ch. 7, complete
Week 9- Download PP notes for Ch. 8 (Friendship and Love Relationships). Read Ch. 8, complete
Week 10- Download PP notes for Ch. 9 (Adult Lifestyles). Read Ch. 9, complete studyguide
questions for Ch. 9 and Ch. 9 quiz. Complete Discussion Activity 2 assignment.
Week 11- Download PP notes for Ch. 10 (Achievement, Careers, and Work). Read Ch. 10,
complete studyguide questions for Ch. 10 and Ch. 10 quiz.
Week 12- Download PP notes for Ch. 11 (Emerging Adulthood, Adult Development, and Aging)
and studyguide 3. Read Ch. 11, complete studyguide questions for Ch. 11 and Ch.11 quiz.
Week 13- Download PP notes for Ch. 13 (Sexuality). Read Ch. 13, complete studyguide questions
Week 14- Download PP notes for Ch. 14. Read Ch. 14, complete studyguide questions for Ch. 14
and Ch. 14 quiz.
Week 15- Download PP notes for Ch. 15 (Therapies). Read Ch. 15, complete studyguide questions
Week 16- Download cumulative final exam review sheet. Review all Chapter quizzes, studyquides
Evaluation methods Students will be responsible for completing an online quiz for each chapter covered in the textbook.
Students will be responsible for completing 3 discussion activities via WebCT, including
commenting on at least two of their classmates' discussion postings. Students will be responsible for
completing 3 studyguide assignments. There will be 3 major exams and an optional cumulative final
exam that can take the place of a missing or low exam grade. Grades will be based on the following
criteria: Exams=50%, Discussion Activities=15%, Quizzes=20%, and Studyguides=15%.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Karen Powers
Section 01 email kpowers@parisjc.edu
Course RADR 1201
Title Introduction to Radiography
Description On overview of the historical development of radiography, basic radiation protection, an

introduction to medical terminology, ethical and legal issues for health care professionals, and an
orientation to the program and the health care system.
Textbooks Introduction to Radiologic Science and Patient Care, Adler, Carlton, 4th edition, 2007, ISBN:
9781416031949
Radiologic Science for Technologists Physics, Biology, & Protection, Bushong, 9th edition, 2008,
ISBN: 0323048374
Principles of Radiologic Imaging: An Art and A Science, Carlton, Alder, 4th edition, 2006, ISBN:
978-1-4018-7194-9

Week 2-4 Medical Terminology, Fundamentals of Radiological Science and Helathcare
Week 5-7 Ethics and Laws in Radiologic Sciences and Radiation Protection
Week 8-9 Radiation Prduction and Charateristics
Week 10-15 Development and Factors of Radiography
Week 16- Final Exam

Exams 50%
Quizes 20%
Final Exam 20%
Research Assignments 5%
Course RADR 1266
Title Practicum - Radiologic
employer, college, and the student.
9781416031949
Merrill’s Atlas of Radiographic Positions & Radiologic Procedures Volume 1, Frank, Long, Smith,
11th edition, 2007, ISBN: 978-0-323-04210-9
11th edition, 2007, ISBN: 978-0-323-04211-6
Merrill’s Atlas of Radiographic Positioning, & Procedures Workbook Volume 1 and 2 (set), Frank,
Long, Smith, 11th edition, 2007, ISBN: 978-0-323-04212-3
Principles of Radiologic Imaging: An Art and A Science, Carlton, Adler 4th edition, 2006, ISBN:
978-1-4018-7194-9
Merrill’s Pocket Guide to Radiography Frank Long Smith 6th edition 2007 ISBN: 978-0-323-
Schedule Week 1-Clinical Orientation
Week 2-15: 16 hours Precepted Clinical Experience at the following:
Major and Minor Hospitals and Clinics/Physician Offices
Week 16-Final Evaluations
Evaluation methods Based on the number of mastered competencies 49%

Based on an average of all clinical instructor' evaluation forms:
PT Care 15%
Professional 15%
Knowledge/Skills 16%
Attendance 5%
Course RADR 1303
Title Patient Care
Description An introduction in patient assessment, infection control procedures, emergency and safety
procedures, communication and patient interaction skills, and basic pharmacology.
9781416031949

Week 2-Role of Radiographer
Week 5-Safety
Week 6-Safety
Week 7-Safety
Week 8-Safety
Week 9-Infection Control
Week 11-Infection Control, Medical Emergencies and Unique Situations
Week 12-Medical Emergencies and Unique Situations
Week 14-Medical Emergencies and Unique Situations, Pharmacology and Drug Administration
Week 15-Pharmacology and Drug Administration
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods 15% Assignments/Daily Grades

50% Exams
10% Quizzes
5% Attendance
20% Final Exam
Course RADR 1311
Title Basic Radiographic Procedures
Description An introduction to radiographic positioning terminology, the proper manipulation of equipment,

positioning and alignment of the anatomical structure and equipment, and evaluation of images for
proper demonstration of basic anatomy.
9781416031949
11th edition, 2007, ISBN: 978-0-323-04210-9
11th edition, 2007, ISBN: 978-0-323-04211-6
Merrill’s Pocket Guide to Radiography Frank Long Smith 6th edition 2007 ISBN: 978-0-323-
Schedule Week 1- Orientation, Positioning, Terminology, Manipulaiton of Equipment

Week 2- Positioning, Terminology, Manipulaiton of Equipment
Week 3-5 Anatomy, Positioning Considerations, Upper Extreminities and Shoulder Girdle
Procedures
Week 6-10 Anatomy, Positioning Considerations, Lower Extreminities and Pelvic Girdle
Procedures
Week 11-13 natomy, Positioning Considerations, Vertebral Column
Week 14 15natomy Positioning Considerations Bony Thorax Abdomen Thoracic Viscera
Qizes 10%
Exams 50%
Assignments 10%
Final Exam 25%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Lauri Redus
Section 01 email lredus@parisjc.edu
Course RADR 2305
Title Principles of Radiographic Imaging II
Description Radiographic imaging technique formation. Includes equipment quality control, image quality
assurance, and the synthesis of all variables in image production.
Textbooks Radiologic Science for Technologists Physics, Biology, & Protection, Bushong, 9th edition, 2008,
ISBN: 0323048374
978-1-4018-7194-9
Schedule Week 1-Orientation, Exposure Prime Factors

Week 2-4 Imaging Quality Factors
Week 5-6 Image Receptors
Week 7- Digital Imaging Characteristics
Week 8- Radiographic Density and Contrast
Week 9- Recorded Detail and Contrast
Week 10-11 Image Critique and Analysis
Week 12-13 Quality Management and Exposure Charts
Week 14-15 Exposure Conversion
Week 16- Final Exam

Exams 50%
Quizes 20%
Final Exam 25%
Course RADR 2313
Title Radiation Biology and Protection
Description Effects of radiation exposure on biological systems. Includes typical medical exposure levels,
methods for measuring and monitoring radiation, and methods for protecting personnel and patients
from excessive exposure.
ISBN: 0323048374
The Fundamentals of Imaging Physics and Radiology, Selman, Joseph, 9th edition, ISBN: 0-398-
06987-5
978 1 4018 7194 9
Week 2-Forms of Energy, Ionizing, Electromagnetic Radiation
Week 3-6 Radiation Biology
Week 7- Basic Radiation Protection
Week 8- Patient Radiation Protection
Week 9- Occupaitonal Radiation Protection
Week 10-12 Late Effect of Radiation Exposure
Week 13- Radiation Monitoring Systems
Week 14- Radiation Hazards
Week 15- Research Presentations
Week 16-Final Exam

Exams 40%
Quizes 20%
Final Exam 25%
Research Assignment 10%
Course RADR 2366
9781416031949
11th edition, 2007, ISBN: 978-0-323-04210-9
11th edition, 2007, ISBN: 978-0-323-04211-6
11th edition, 2007, ISBN: 978-0-323-04212-3
978-1-4018-7194-9
Merrill’s Pocket Guide to Radiography, Frank, Long, Smith, 6th edition, 2007, ISBN: 978-0-323-
04209 3
Evaluation methods Based on Number of Clinical Mastered Competencies - 49%

Based on an average of clinical instructor's evaluation forms:
Patient Care - 15%
Professionalsim - 15%
Knowledge/Skills - 16%
Attendance - 5%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty D Harootunia
Section 02 email dharrootunia@parisjc.edu
Course RBTC 1401
Title Programmable Logic Controllers
Description A study in programmable controllers. Topics include processor units, numbering systems, memory
organization, relay type devices, timers, counters, data manipulators, and programming.
Credits: SCH = 3 lecture and 3 laboroatory hours per week, from approved course list
Prerequisites: ELMT 2433 or concurrent
Textbooks Programmable Logic Controllers, Fourth Edition Frank D. Petruzella
Lab Manual for Programmable Logic Controllers with LogixPro Simulator
Schedule Week 1- PLC Overview

Week 2- PLC Hardware Components
Week 3- Number Systems and Codes
Week 4- Fundamentals of Logic
Week 5- Basics of PLC Programming
Week 6- Developing Fundamental PLC Wiring Diagrams and Ladder Logic Programs
Week 7- Programming Timers
Week 8- Programming Counters
Week 9- Program Control Instructions
Week 10- Data Manipulation Instructions
Week 11- Math Instructions
Week 12- Sequencer and Shift Register Instructions
Week 13- Process Control and Data Acquisition Systems
Week 14- Computer-Controlled Machines and Processes
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods Four (4) major tests, homework and lab assignments and a comprehensive final exam
40% Tests
25% Programming Assignments
10% PLC Motor wiring
5% Homework
20% Final Exam
Course RBTC 1401

Week 16- Final Exam
40% Tests
5% Homework
20% Final Exam
Course RBTC 1409
Title Pneumatics
Description A study in the principles of pneumatics, including formulas, functions and circuits with hands on
experience in the industrial automated systems.
Credits: SCH: 2 lecture and 3 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list
Prerequisites: None
Textbooks Text: Parker Basic Pneumatic Technology - Bullletin 0248-B1

Parker Training Interactive cd: Baisc Pneumatic Technology (Provided)
Lab Experiments: Parker and Explorer Lab Exercises (Provided)
Schedule Week 1- Module 1, Labs and Outcomes

Week 5- Test Module 1 and 2
Week 9- Test Module 3 and 4 and Outcomes
Week 15- Test Module 5, 6 and & 7, Final Exam Review
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods Grading: Three major tests, two lab hands-on tests, module grades and one comprehensive final
exam.
80% From the tests and grades above.
20% Final Exam.
At the discretion of the instructor, the final exam score can e substituted for the lowest test score.
Course RBTC 1409
Title Pneumatics
Prerequisites: None


Week 16- Final Exam
exam.
20% Final Exam.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Cheryl McKenna
Section 01 email cmckenna@parisjc.edu
Course RNSG 2535
Title Integrated Client Care Management
Description Application of client assessment skills, critical thinking, and independent neursing interventions to
care for diverse clients/families throughout the life span whose health care needs may be difficult to
predict. Emphasis on collaborative clinical decision-making, nursing leadership skills, and client
management. Topics include the significance of professional development, trends in nursing and
health care, and applicable knowledge, judgment, skills, and professional values within a
legal/ethical framework. This course lends itself to an integrated approach.
Textbooks Alfaro-LeFevre, R., (2009). Critical Thinking and Clinical Judgment, A Practical Approach, (4th
ed.) Philadelphia, Saunders. ISBN: 978-1-4160-3948-8
Ball, J., Bindler, R., and Cowen, K.J., (2010), Child Health Nursing: Partnering Children and
Families, (2nd ed.) New Jersey: Prentice Hall. ISBN: 978-0-13-515381-9
Claywell, Lora (2009). LPN to RN Transitions, (2nd ed.) Philadelphia: Saudners. ISBN: 978-0-323-
15879-7
Curren, A.M., (2006). Dimensional Analysis for Meds (3rd ed.) San Diego: Delmar. ISBN: 1-4018-
7801-6
Gahart, B., and Nazareno, A. (2011) 2011 Intravenous Medications. (27th ed.) Elsevier Mosby.
ISBN: 978-0-323-05795-9
Olds, S., London, M., Ladewig, P. and Davidson, M. (2008) Maternity Newborn Nursing and
Women's Health Care. (8th ed.) New Jersey: Prentice Hall. ISBN: 978-01-3220873-4
Smeltzer, S.C., and Bare, B.G. (2010). Burnner and Suddarth's Textbook of Medical-Surgical
Nursing. (12th ed.) Philadelphia: Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-8950-7
Taylor, C., Lillis, C.J., & LeMone, P. (2008). Fundamentals of Nursing. (6th ed.) Philadelphia:
Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-8157-2
Texas Nursing Practice Act and Nursing Peer Review Act (latest ed.) Austin: Texas Board of
Nursing (available on-line)
Videbeck, S. (2011), Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing, (5th ed.) Philadelphia: Lippincott. ISBN:
978-1-60547-861-6
Wilson, B., Shannon, M., and Shields, K., (2011 ed.). Prentice Hall's Nurse's Drug Guide, New
Jersey: Prentice Hall. ISBN: 978-0-1321-4926-6
Students may choose one (1) of the following as a REQUIRED Nursing Diagnosis Text:
Doenges, Marilynn E., Moorhouse, Mary Frances, Murr, Alice C. (2010). Nursing Diagnosis
Manual Planning, Individualizing, and Documenting Client Care, (3rd ed.). Davis. ISBN: 978-0-
8036-2221-0
Doenges, Marilynn E., Moorhouse, Mary Frances, Murr, Alice C. (2010). (2010) Nurse's Pocket
Guide Diagnosis, Prioritized, Interventions and Rationales. (12th ed.). Davis. ISBN: 978-0-08036-
2234-0
Students may choose one (1) of the following as a REQUIRED NCLEX-RN Review:
Schedule Week 1-Pharmacology, Roles/Relationships
Week 2-Nutrition, Ingestion, Digestion
Week 3-Critical Thinking, Leadership, Exam
Week 4-Cardiac, Health Perception & Management
Week 5-Respiratory, Values & Beliefs, Leadership
Week 6-Cardiovascular, Exam
Week 7-Cardiac, Pediatric Cardiac, Urinary Elimination
Week 8-Urinary Elimination, Sleep/Rest, Leadership
Week 9-Coping & Stress, Exam
Week 10-Obstetrics, Neonatal
Week 11-Endocrine, Leadership
Week 12-Exam, Group Presentations
Week 13-Infertility, Burns, Professional Nursing, Leadership
Week 14-Central Nervous System, Altered Immune System, Bioterrorism
Week 15-Exam
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods NCLEX-RN Questions-2%

Unit Exams-75%
Final Exam-15%
Group Paper-2.5%
Leadership Seminar Projects-0.5%
Program Exit Exam-5%
Course RNSG 2561
Title Clinical - Integrated Nursing Curriculum
occupational theory, skills, and concepts. Direct supervision is provided by the clinical
professional
15879-7
7801-6
ISBN: 978-0-323-05795-9
978-1-60547-861-6
8036-2221-0
2234-0
Schedule Week 1-Dosage Calculation Exam

Week 2-12: Students will complete 16 hours each on a rotaing schedule in the following settings:
Telemetry, Medical, Surgical, Pediatrics, Pediatric Clinic, Long-term Acute Care, Cath Lab
Dialysis, Intensive Care
Week 13-15: Capstone Experience - 48 clinical hours with a preceptor
Week 16-Final Clinical Evaluations
Evaluation methods Daily Anecdotals
Preceptor Evaluations
Capstone
Clinical Objectives Tool Completed
Dosage Calculation Test
Skills Checklist Completed
NAME Anthony Sawyer
Email asawyer@parisjc.edu
Office Phone 903-782-0318
Education
Institution Degree Date
East Texas State University BBA 1991
East Texas State University MS 1993
Previous Teaching Experience

Instructor of Economics - Paris Junior College - 2005 -Present
Related Experience
Significant Professional Publications

Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Rutherford, Jon
Section 01 email jrutherford@parisjc.edu
Course SOCI 1301
Title Introduction to Sociology
Description SOCI 1301 is a study of social interaction, social groups, culture, personalities, social institutions
and human ecology.
Textbooks Society: The Basics by John J. Macionis

10th Edition ISBN # 9780205003785
Pearson.
Schedule Week 1-Intro/Chapter 1
Week 2-Sociological perspective/Theory
Week 3-Research methods
Week 4-Culture
Week 5-Socialization/Agents of Socialization
Week 6-Personality development
Week 7-Sociology in Everyday Life/Statuses, Roles, etc.
Week 8-Formal organizations
Week 9-McDonaldization
Week 10-Deviance
Week 11-Stratification
Week 12-Religion
Week 13-Family
Week 14-Race/Ethnicity
Week 15-Demographic trends
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Grading Policy
Students’ grades will be determined based on the following point scale:
360-400 points—A
320-359 points—B
280-319 points—C
240-279 points—D
Below 240 points--F
Testing Policy
Students will be required to take 4 exams worth 100 possible points each. If a student misses an
exam, he/she will have an opportunity to take a make up exam. It is the student’s responsibility to
schedule make up exams with the instructor. Regularly scheduled exams will be a combination of
multiple choice and essay. Make up exams will be ALL ESSAY. Should you need to take a
make up exam, consult with the instructor. Lastly, students are required to take the final exam on
the scheduled date. NO EXCEPTIONS will be made to this rule.
Exam Schedule
Exam 1 February 16. Chapters 1 and 2.

Exam 2 March 9. Chapters 3,4, and 5.
Exam 3 April 13.. Chapters 7 and 8.
Final Exam. May 11. Chapters 10, 11, and 15.
Course SOCI 1301
and human ecology.

10th Edition ISBN # 9780205003785
Pearson.
Week 4-Culture
Week 10-Deviance
Week 12-Religion
Week 13-Family
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Grading Policy
360-400 points—A
320-359 points—B
280-319 points—C
240-279 points—D
Below 240 points--F
Testing Policy
Exam Schedule

Course SOCI 1301
and human ecology.

10th Edition ISBN # 9780205003785
Pearson.
Week 4-Culture
Week 10-Deviance
Week 12-Religion
Week 13-Family
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Grading Policy
360-400 points—A
320-359 points—B
280-319 points—C
240-279 points—D
Below 240 points--F
Testing Policy
Exam Schedule

Course SOCI 1301
and human ecology.

10th Edition ISBN # 9780205003785
Pearson.
Week 4-Culture
Week 10-Deviance
Week 12-Religion
Week 13-Family
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Grading Policy
360-400 points—A
320-359 points—B
280-319 points—C
240-279 points—D
Below 240 points--F
Testing Policy
Exam Schedule

Course Soci 1301
Description A study of social interaction, social groups, culture, social personalities, social institutions, and
human ecology.
Textbooks Society, The Basics, by John J. Macionis, 10th Ed. ISBN 978-0-13-501882-8
Schedule
Week 1- Chapter 1, Sociology: Perspective, Theory, and Method
Week 2- Chapter 2, Culture
Week 3- Chapter 3, Socialization
Week 4- Chapter 4, Social Interaction in Everyday Life
Week 5- Chapter 5, Groups and Organizations
Week 6- Chapter 6, Sexuality and Society
Week 7- Chapter 7, Deviance
Week 8- Chapter 8, Social Stratification
Week 9- Chapter 9, Global Stratification
Week 10- Chapter 10, Gender Stratification
Week 11- Chapter 11, Race and Ethnicity
Week 12- Chapter 12, Economics and Politics
Week 13- Chapter 13, Family and Religion
Week 14- Chapter 14, Education, Health, and Medicine
Week 15- Chapter 15, Population, Urbanization, and Environment
Week 16- Chapter 16, Social Change: Modern and Postmodern
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Bab Thompson
Year 2010-2011 Office GC 201, by appointment
Section 42 email bthompson@parisjc.edu
Course Sociology 1301
Description Introduction to the concepts and principles used in the study of group life, social institutions, and
social processes.
Textbooks Society: The Basics, 10th Ed. Macionis, Pearson
Schedule Week 1-Sociology: Perspectives and Theory

Week 2-Methods of Sociological Research
Week 3-Culture
Week 4-Socialization the the Life Course
Week 5-Test 1
Week 6-Social Interactions
Week 7- Groups and Organizations
Week 8-Social Stratification
Week 9-Test 2
Week 10-Deviance
Week 11-Sexuality and Gender
Week 12-Race & Ethnicity
Week 13-Family and Religion
Week 14-Project Presentations
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods Evaluations will be conducted through chapter tests, special projects, and participation in a semester
project, which contains a written and an oral component.
Course Soci 1301
human ecology.
Schedule
Course Soci 1301
human ecology.
Schedule
Week 1- Chapter 1, Sociology: Perspective, Theory, and Method; assignment
Week 2- Chapter 2, Culture; assignment
Week 3- Chapter 3, Socialization; assignment
Week 4- Chapter 4, Social Interaction in Everyday Life; assignment
Week 5- Chapter 5, Groups and Organizations; assignment
Week 6- Chapter 6, Sexuality and Society; assignment
Week 7- Chapter 7, Deviance; assignment
Week 8- Chapter 8, Social Stratification; assignment
Week 9- Chapter 9, Global Stratification; assignment
Week 10- Chapter 10, Gender Stratification; assignment
Week 11- Chapter 11, Race and Ethnicity; assignment
Week 12- Chapter 12, Economics and Politics; assignment
Week 13- Chapter 13, Family and Religion; assignment
Week 14- Chapter 14, Education, Health, and Medicine; assignment
Week 15- Chapter 15, Population, Urbanization, and Environment; assignment
Week 16- Chapter 16, Social Change: Modern and Postmodern; assignment
Evaluation methods Major Exams (4 @ 20% each) = 80%; weekly chapter assignments added together count as 20% of
final grade. There is an 11 point penalty on all makeup exams.
Course Soci 1301
human ecology.
Schedule
Course Soci 1301
human ecology.
Schedule
Course SOCI 1301
and human ecology.

10th Edition ISBN # 9780205003785
Pearson.
Week 4-Culture
Week 10-Deviance
Week 12-Religion
Week 13-Family
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Grading Policy
360-400 points—A
320-359 points—B
280-319 points—C
240-279 points—D
Below 240 points--F
Testing Policy
Exam Schedule

Course SOCI 1306
Title Social Problems
Description SOCI 1306 is a study of current society with emphasis on the more serious group problems
including crime, racial prejudice, poverty, population, social deviance, and current methods of
social control.
Textbooks Social Problems in a Diverse Society by Diana Kendall

5th Edition ISBN # 0205610366
Allyn & Bacon
Week 6-Gender
Week 7-Ageism
Week 8-Sexual deviance/prostitution
Week 9-Drugs and alcohol
Week 10-Crime and delinquency
Week 11Problems in Education
Week 12-Media related problems
Week 13-War as a social problem
Week 14 Family related problems
Week 15 Demographic trends
Evaluation methods
Grading Policy
360-400 points—A
320-359 points—B
280-319 points—C
240-279 points—D
Below 240 points--F
Testing Policy
Exam Schedule

Description Application of sociological principles to the major problems of contemporary society such as
inequality, crime and violence, substance abuse, deviance or family problems.
Textbooks Social Problems in a Diverse Society, 5th Ed., by Diana Kendall ISBN 0-205048264-3 Pearson
Schedule Week 1-The Nature of Social Problems

Week 2-Sociological Perspectives and Definitions
Week 3-Sociological Research Methods and Data
Week 4-Problems of Race Inequality
Week 5-Test 1
Week 6-Problems of Social Class
Week 7- Problems of Gender Inequlity
Week 8-Problems of Age Inequality
Week 9-Test 2
Week 10-Problems in our Social Systems-Family
Week 11-Problems in our Social System-Education
Week 12-Problems in our Social System-Deviance
Week 13-Problems in our Social System-Law & Order
Week 14-Global Problems-Terrorism
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods Evaluations will be conducted through chapter tests, special projects, and participation in a semester
project, which contains a written and an oral component.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Kelli K. Ebel
Section 01 email kebel@parisjc.edu
Course SPAN 1411
Title Beginning Spanish I
Description Fundamental skills in listening comprehension, speaking, reading, and writing. Includes basic
vocabulary, grammatical structures, and culture.
Textbooks M. Knorre, T. Dorwick, A. Pérez-Gironés, W. Glass, and H. Villareal. Puntos de Partida, 8th
edition. Boston: McGraw-Hill, 2008. ISBN: 0073534420
Schedule Week 1- Introduce course, get to know one another, learn high-frequency vocabulary
Week 2-Learn high-frequency vocabulary, Ch. AT
Week 3-Take Spanish Pre-test, Ch. AT
Week 4-Ch. 1, Speed-write 1
Week 5-Ch. 1
Week 6-Ch. 2, Chapter Reading Test 1 (Ch. AT/1)
Week 7-Ch. 2
Week 9-Ch. 3, Chapter Reading Test 2 (Ch. 2/3)
Week 10-Ch. 4
Week 11-Ch. 4
Week 13-Ch. 5
Week 14-Ch. 6, Proctored Exam (Ch. 4/5)
Week 15-Ch. 6, Take Spanish Post-test, Review for Final Exam
Week 16-Take Final Exam
Evaluation methods Student will be graded upon a 100-point scale:
50 points Participation / Daily Work / Lab Work*
20 points Chapter Reading Tests
30 points Proctored Exam
*Participation / Daily Work / Lab Work will include the following activities:
10 podcasts (listen, fill in blanks, take quiz in WebCT)
10 stories (read, listen, take quiz in WebCT)
10 songs (listen, follow lyrics, take note of unknown words / phrases, take quiz in WebCT)
10 signs (learn a gesture or sign with new word / phrase, teach classmates)
10 experiences in Spanish (be aware of the language around you, share with classmates)
10 puzzles (create 5 puzzles of high frequency words and complete 5 puzzles of classmates)
10 translations (read in Spanish and translate into English)
10 class preps from text (read text, take handwritten notes, find a web link to share with class)
10 vodcasts (listen and follow script, take note of unknown words, take quiz in WebCT)
10 videos (watch Destinos videos and take quiz in WebCT)
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Mayra Camacho Cummings
Year 2011 Office Greenville Center Faculty Area
Section 40 email mcummings@parisjc.edu
Course Span 1411
vocabulary, grammatical structures, and culture
Textbooks M. Knorre, T. Dorwick, A. Pérez-Gironés, W. Glass, and H. Villareal. Puntos de Partida, 8th ed.
Boston: McGraw-Hill, 2009.
ISBN 978 007 353 442 8
Schedule Week 1- Capitulo Preliminar Ante Todo
Week 2- Capítulo Preliminar Ante Todo
Week 3- Capítulo 1 En la universidad
Week 5- Capítulo 2 La familia
Week 6-Capítulo 2 La familia
Week 7- Capítulo 3 De Compras
Week 9- Capítulo 4 En Casa
Week 11- Capítulo 5 Las estaciones y el tiempo
Week 13- Capítulo 6 ¿Qué le gusta?
Week 15- REPASO FINAL Capítulos Preliminar, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Student will be graded upon a 100-point scale:
Participation/Attendance 20%
Assignments (Wkbk/La b Manual, Quizzes) 20%
Quizzes (oral and written) 20%
Chapter Exams ( 3) 20%
Oral Presentation 20%
Comprehensive Semester Exam 20%
Total 100%
Year 2011 Office Sulphur Springs Center Office C
Course Span 1411.50
ISBN 978 007 353 442 8
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Total 100%
Course SPAN 1411
Week 3-Take Spanish Pre-test (proctored), Ch. AT
Week 5-Ch. 1
Week 7-Ch. 2
Week 10-Ch. 4
Week 11-Ch. 4
Week 13-Ch. 5
Week 15-Ch. 6, Take Spanish Post-test (proctored), Review for Final Exam
Term Spring Phone 903.454.9333-903.885.1232
Course Span 1411
ISBN 978 007 353 442 8
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Total 100%
Section P1 email kebel@parisjc.edu
Course SPAN 1411
Week 5-Ch. 1
Week 7-Ch. 2
Week 10-Ch. 4
Week 11-Ch. 4
Week 13-Ch. 5
Course SPAN 1412
Title Beginning Spanish II
Schedule Week 1- Introduce course, get to know one another, review 1411 high-frequency vocabulary
Week 2-review 1411 high-frequency vocabulary
Week 3-learn high-frequency vocabulary, Ch. 7
Week 5-Ch. 7
Week 6-Ch. 8, Chapter Reading Test 1
Week 7-Ch. 8
Week 10-Ch. 10
Week 11-Ch. 10
Week 13-Ch. 11
Week 14-Proctored Exam
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Nancy Hudson
Year 2011 Office Room 2408 Paris High School
Section 31 email nhudson@parisisd.net
Course Spanis 1412.31
Title Elementary Spanish 1412.31
Description This course is designed as a continuum of Spanish III Pre-AP with grammar reviewed, refined, and
expanded. Through speaking, listening, reading, and writing activities, students achieve a basic
proficiency in language fluency. Much more emphasis is placed on conversation as students strive to
achieve the most authentic spoken accent. History and culture are enhanced through a study of
literature. All work is completed in the target language with command of the language being
indicative of acquired skills and vocabulary
Textbooks Buen Viaje III Texas Edition, McGraw-Hill, C. J. Schmitt and P. E. Woodford, 2005 ISBN:0-07-
866365-2 with accompanying workbook
Repaso: A Complete Review Workbook for Grammar, Communication, and Culture, Spanish
edition, New York: McGraw-Hill, 2001 ISBN-10: 0844274127
Puntos de Partida, 8th edition. M. Knorre, T. Dorwick, A. Pérez-Gironés, W. Glass, and H.
Villareal. Boston: McGraw-Hill, 2008. ISBN: 0073534420
Puntos de partida: Online Laboratory Manual, 8th Edition ISBN: 0073325546
Puntos de partida: Online Workbook, 8th Edition ISBN: 0070325554
Situaciones, JP Valette, R Vallette and T Carrera-Hanley. Intermediate Spanish, DC Heath and
Company, Division of Houghton Mifflin Company, Lexington: 1994
Schedule Week 1-Commands-Oral: Las direcciones
Week 2-Object complements-Cultura Maya,Oral: Las instrucciones
Week 3-Direct and Indirect
Week 4-Object of Preposition-Composición
Week 5-Continue with Object Complements-Literature: Una carta a Diós,
Week 6-Subjunctive with adverbial conjunctions-Cultura Maya
Week 7-Subjunctive with indefinite expressions-Composición-La Autobiografía
Week 8-Subjunctive in relative clauses-Literature: Juan Bobo, Culture: Los Aztecas
Week 9-Por y Para-Composición-La Niñez-Oral: Las instrucciones
Week 10-Comparatives and Superlatives-Cultura Mixtecas y Zapotecas
Week 11-Literatura:La Casa en Mango Street y Composición
Week 12-Negative and affimative words-Literature: Rigoberta Menchú,
Week 12--Reciprocal verbs-Cultura-Occidental
Week 13- Culture: El Período Colonial
Week 14-Subjunctive with aunque -Composición
Week 15-Oral: El pasado
Week 16-Culture: El Período Moderno
Week 17-Una Composición
Week 18- Conversaciones Dirigidas
Week 19-Repaso para el examen
Week 20- El examen final
Evaluation methods There will be two to three major tests each six weeks.
Retests are not allowed.
Cheating on a test will result in a zero and PHS procedure will be followed.
No extra credit work is given.
GRADING / EVALUATION
1st six-weeks grade = 25% Test grades= 67 %
2nd six-weeks grade = 25% Daily grades = 33%
3rd six-weeks grade = 25%
Semester Exam grade= 25%
Semester grade = 100%
Year 2011 Office GC Faculty Area
Course SPAN 1412.40
Description A continuation of Spanish 1411. Fundamental skills in listening comprehension, speaking, reading,
and writing. Includes basic vocabulary, grammatical structures, and culture..
ISBN 978 007 353 442 8
This course is taught at the PJC Sulphur Springs Center via ITV.
Schedule Week 1- REPASO?REVIEW Capitulo Ante Todo,1,2,3,4,5,6
Week 2- Capítulo 7 De vacaciones
Week 3- Capítulo 7 De Vacaciones
Week 4- Capítulo 8 Los dias festivos
Week 6-Capítulo 8 Los dias festivos
Week 7- Capítulo 9 El tiempo libre
Week 9- Capítulo 10 La salud
Week 11- Capítulo 11 Las presiones de la vida moderna
Week 13- Capítulo 12 La calidad de la vida
Week 15- REPASO FINAL Capítulos 7,8,9,10,11,12
Week 16- Final Exam
Assignments Quizzzes oral/written 20%
Chapter Exams 20%
Total 100%
Year 2011 Office Sulphur Springs Office C
Course SPAN 1412.50
ISBN 978 007 353 442 8
Week 16- Final Exam
Chapter Exams 20%
Total 100%
Course SPAN 1412
Week 5-Ch. 7
Week 7-Ch. 8
Week 10-Ch. 10
Week 11-Ch. 10
Week 13-Ch. 11
Course SPAN 1412
and writing. Includes basic vocabulary, grammatical structures, and culture.
ISBN 978 007 353 442 8
Week 16- Final Exam
Chapter Exams 20%
Total 100%
Course SPAN 1412
Week 5-Ch. 7
Week 7-Ch. 8
Week 10-Ch. 10
Week 11-Ch. 10
Week 13-Ch. 11
Course SPAN 2311
Title Intermediate Spanish I
Description Review and application of skills in listening comprehension, speaking, reading, and writing.
Emphasizes conversation, vocabulary acquisition, reading, composition, and culture.
Textbooks S. Foerster, A. Lambright. Punto y aparte: Spanish in Review, Moving Toward Fluency, 4th ed.
ISBN 978-0-07-312448-3
Week 2-Review 1412 high-frequency vocabulary, Ch. Para empezar
Week 3-Ch. PE
Week 5-Ch. 1
Week 6-Ch. 2, Chapter Reading Test 1 (Ch. 1)
Week 7-Ch. 2
Week 10-Ch. 3
Week 11-Ch. 3
Week 13-Oral Presentation
Week 14-Proctored Exam (Ch. 3)
10 videos (watch videos and take quiz in WebCT)
Section G1 email mcummings@parisjc.edu
Course SPAN 2311
Title Intermediate Spanish
Textbooks S. Foerster, A. Lambright. Punto y Aparte: Spanish in Review, Moving Toward Fluency, 4rd ed.
Boston: McGraw-Hill, 2005. ISBN 978-0-07-312448-3
This is a hybrid course with an online component. Please logon to WebCT.
Week 2-Revies
Week 3- CapítulovPara Empezar
Week 4- Capítulo Para Empezar
Week 5-Capítulo Para Empezar
Week 6-Capítulo 1
Week 7-Capítulo 1
Week 8-Capítulo 1
Week 9-Capítulo 2
Week 10-Capítulo 2
Week 11-Capítulo 2
Week 12-Capítulo 3
Week 13-Capítulo 3
Week 14-Capítulo REPASO
Week 15-Capítulo Para empezar, 1,2,3,
Week 16-Examen Final
Quizzes (oral and written) (Discussions) 20%
Total 100%
Year 2011 Office Room 2408 Paris High Schoo
Course Spanish 2312.31
Title Intermediate Spanish 2312.31
proficiency in language fluency. Much more emphasis is placed on conversation as students strive to
achieve the most authentic spoken accent. History and culture are enhanced through a study of
Textbooks 1. Punto y Aparte-McGraw-Hill, Sharon Foerster and Anne Lambright , 2005 Third Edition
2. Situaciones JP Valette, R Vallette and T Carrera-Hanley. DC Heath and Company, Division of
Houghton Mifflin Company, Lexington: 1994
3. Una Vez Más by Longman-Authors-James H. Couch , Rebecca D. McCann , Carmel Rodriguez-
Walter, Angel Rubio-Maroto ,1993, Second Edition
4. Triángulo -Wayside Publishing-Authors: Barbara Gatski & John McMullan, 2006, Fourth Edition
5. Galería de Arte y Vida-McGraw Hill Glencoe, Margaret Adey and Louis Albini
2005
Schedule Week 1-Una Vez Más-Unidad 4 El subjuntivo
Presente,presente perfecto, pretérito imperfecto, y pluscuamperfecto
Las preposiciones y las conjunciones
Week 2-Literatura:La Casa de Muñecos
Week 3-Triángulos 4-El Turismo
Week 4-Actividades de Triángulos-Oral, Audio, Lectura, Composición
Week 5-Literatura-Doña Perfecta y Doña Bárbara.
Week 6-Continuámos con la lección
Week 7-Una Vez Más-Unidad 5
Los substantivos y los artículos
Género y número, artículos, y plurales-
Los indefinidos, y los negativos, los adjetivos, los adverbios, los comparativos, los superlativos
Week 8-Triángulos 5-El Ocio
Week 10-Literatura:Camelia,
Los pronombres complementos, los pronombres reflexivos y los pronombres tónicos,
Pronombres complementos, reflexivos, tónicos
Week 13-Triángulos 6-Los Deportes
Week 15-Literatura: Frida y Como Agua para Chocolate
Week 16-Continuamos la lección
Week 17- La competición de NET-OLE
Week 18- Un drama
Week 19-Repasamos para el examen
Week 20 El examen final
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Paul May
Section 01 email pmay@parisjc.edu
Course Speech 1315
Title Fundamentals of Public Speaking
Description Research, composition, organization, delivery, and analysis of speeches for various purposes and
occasions.
Textbooks The Art of Public Speaking (10th ed.) by Lucas ISBN# 9780073385150
Schedule Week 1- Foundations of Communcation

Week 2- Nervousness and Confidence
Week 3- Communication contexts
Week 4- Impromptu Speaking and Listening
Week 5- Speaking with visual aids
Week 6- Mediated communicaiton
Week 7- Small groups
Week 9- The Audience matters
Week 10- Using language and humor
Week 11- Nonverbal communication
Week 13- Presenting in groups
Week 14- Small group evaluations
Week 15- Informative speaking
Evaluation methods
Course SPCH 1315
occasions.

Evaluation methods Three tests (25%) Three pop tests (10%) Five speeches (40%) Online activities (15%) and group
work (10%)
Course SPCH 1315
occasions.
Textbooks The Art of Public Speaking (10th ed.) by Lucas
Schedule Week 1-Foundations of Communcation

Evaluation methods Three tests (25%) Three pop tests (10%) Five speeches (40%) Online activities (15%) Group
work (10%)
Course SPCH 1315
occasions.

Evaluation methods Three tests (25%) Three pop tests (10%) Five speches (40%) Online activities (15%) Group work
(10%)
Course SPCH 1315
occasions.

work (10%)
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Rob Stanley
Section 42 email rstanley@northhopkins.net
Course Spch 1315
Description Research, Composition, Organization, delivery and analysis of speeches for various purposes and
occasions. Core curriculum satisfied for Oral Communication.
Credits: 3
Wednesday 6:00 – 9:00 pm office hours TBA
Prerequisite(s): NA
Textbooks The Art of Public Speaking. Tenth Edition. McGraw Hill publishing 2004. Lucas, Stephen E
Schedule January
19 Check roll and Go over Syllabus and expectations for the course, Intro speech introducing
themselves.
26 Topic selection and instructions for 3 min speech (focusing on developing points) Give 3 min
speech, and instructions for 3rd speech, Intro work and body language
February
2 Give 3rd Speech work on what to look for in a speech using paradigm sheet. Speech feedback
and begin instruction for 4thspeech (Informative speech). Basic outlining instruction.
9 Work on body posture, stage fright, and non-verbal communication
16 Speech feedback and begin instruction for 4thspeech (Informative speech). Basic outlining
instruction.
23 Presentation of 4th speech (4 min speech) and evaluation of speech sheets
March
2 Instruction for 5th speech (persuasive speech 5 min) and topic selection
9 Work on student evaluations and begin 5th speech presentations.
16 Spring Break
23 Finish presentation of 5th speech with student evaluations. Select topics and Instruction for 6th
speech (special occasion speech 4-5 min)
30 Present 6th speech with feedback forms. Instruction and prep for Impromptu with instruction on
using props speech
Evaluation methods All speeches, written analysis papers, exercises and exams will be graded or evaluated by the
instructor for grading purposes. Student evaluation of speeches will be sought for purposes other
than grading. Examinations or quizzes will be conducted periodically. Discussions will be
evaluated by the instructor.
Grade distribution: Unless otherwise stated
8 speeches (10% each) 80%
Group exercise, Quizzes, class participation (5%) 5%
Final exam speech (15%) 15%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jill Dietze
Section 50 email jdietze@parisjc.edu
Course Speech 1315
Description Theories and practice of communication in public speech. This course is an introduction to
communication that teaches students the fundamentals of how to effectively speak in public. The
goal is to equip the student with requisite tools to research, compose, organize, deliver and analyze
speeches for various purposes and occasions.
Credit: Three semester credit hours. Three lecture hours per week. TSI Requirement: M1; R2, R3C;
W1, W2C. Prerequisite: None
Textbooks Lucas, S. (2004). The Art of Public Speaking (10th Ed.). New York: McGraw Hill.
Schedule Week 1-Outlining the Speech Ch. 10

Week 2-Speaking to Inform Ch. 14, Speaking in Public Ch.1, Ethics and Public Speaking Ch. 2
Week 3-”HOW TO” informative speeches
Week 4-Speaking in Small Groups Ch. 18
Week 5-Exam #1, Selecting a Topic and Purpose Ch. 4, Analyzing the Audience Ch. 5
Week 6- Gathering Materials Ch. 6, Supporting your ideas Ch. 7
Week 7-Organizing the Body of the speech Ch. 8, Beginning and Ending the Speech Ch. 9
Week 8-”PAST EVENT” informative speeches
Week 9-Exam #2
Week 10-Using Language Ch. 11, Delivery Ch. 12
Week 11-Speaking to Persuade Ch. 15, Methods of Persuasion Ch. 16
Week 12-”POLICY/VALUE” persuasive speeches
Week 13-finish Persuasive Speeches
Week 14-Speaking on Special Occasions. Exam #3
Week 15-”COMMEMORATIVE” speeches
Week 16-finish Commemorative Speeches
Evaluation methods Percentages for Final Grade Evaluation: Speech Avg: 40%, Exam Avg: 30%, Outline Avg: 20%,
Chapter Questions/participation: 10%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Kathleen McDonald
Term Spring Phone 903-439-6154, ext. 451
Section 51 email kmcdonald@parisjc.edu
Course SPEECH 1315
Title FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH
Description Practical development of basic oral communication skills through the practice and study of methods
of preparation, outlining, and delivery; the student will encounter a variety of speech experiences.
Credits: SCH = 3 lecture from approved course list
TSI Requirement: none
Prerequisite(s): none
Textbooks THE ART OF PUBLIC SPEAKING-Stephan Lucas 10th Edition

McGraw-Hill Publishing
ISBN# 0-07-338515-8
Schedule JANUARY
Week 1-20 Overview and speech survey

Week 2-27 Lecture on “Who Are You”, Lecture on Chapters 2-4,
Activity on eye contact & listening
FEBRUARY
Week 3-3 Introductory Presentation speech, Lecture on Chapters 5, 6, 8

Week 4-10 Lecture on Chapters 9, 10, 14
Week 5-17 Informative speech, Lecture on Chapters 15, 16
Week 6-24 Persuasive speech, Lecture on Chapter 13
MARCH
Week 7-3 Critique and discuss speech video, Review Chapter 15, 16
Week 8-10 Persuasive Controversial speech (will video tape)
17 Spring Break
Week 9-24 Demonstration speech (Visual aids or Hands on)
Week 10-31 Lecture Chapter 17, (Team up to prepare speeches)
APRIL
Week 11-7 Presentation & Acceptance speeches

Week 12-14 Impromptu speech, Lecture on Hero
Week 13-21 Hero speech, Lecture on Final speech
Week 14-28 Final Exams-(7-10 minutes)
Evaluation methods 1. Speeches will be evaluated by the instructor for grading purposes
(student evaluation of speeches will be sought for purposes other
than grading).
2. The GRADE for this course will be determined from the following :
6 Individual speeches and 2 Group/Presentation/Acceptance 60%
1 Final speech-Individual 20%
Audience participation 10%
Note cards/Outlines 10%
Course Speech 1315

Week 9-Exam #2
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Gregory Smith
Year 2010-2011 Office Online office in WebCT
Section 65 email gsmith@parisjc.edu
Course SPCH 1315
Title Fundamentals of Speech--Online
Description This course is designed to help students develop communication skills that contribute to academic,
vocational, personal, and social success in a wide variety of contexts. Because students learn best
by "doing," they will be actively involved in class discussion, peer review, research, composition,
organization, delivery, and analysis of speeches for various purposes and occasions.
Textbooks Lucas, S. (2009). The Art of Public Speaking (10th Ed.). New York: McGraw Hill. The online
version is available at: http://www.CourseSmart.com. Paste "ISBN 0-07-728473-9" in the search
field. A new book or an extra fee is required for access to ConnectLucas. Technology
Requirements:
Access to a computer connected to the internet and the ability to upload vidoe files.
Microsoft Word or word processor that can save Word compatible files (.doc)
A camera and microphone capable of full motion and sound recording. This could be a web cam
and microphone, a digital camera, or a high quality phone camera.
Some activities may require access to a television, the ability to download video files, or to stream
Schedule Week 1- (Jan 18-23) Module 1; Ice Breaker assignment (postings between 01/27 and 01/30)
Week 2- (Jan 24-30) Lucas Chapters 1-3; Module 2; Analysis of speaking event (due 01/30); What
“interference” can we expect in an online environment? (due 01/27); Two peer responses (due
01/30)
Week 3- (Jan 31-Feb 6) Lucas Chapters 4 & 5; Module 3; Analysis of a Community (due 02/06);
Quiz 1 opens 02/03 & closes 02/06 (chpts 1-5); Description of a personal interest or hobby (02/03);
Two peer responses (02/06)
Week 4- (Feb 7-13) Lucas chapters 6 & 8; Module 4; Evaluating Resources (02/13); Body of
interest hobby speech (02/10); Two peer evaluations (02/13)
Week 5- (Feb 14-20) Lucas Chapters 7 & 9; Module 5; Quiz 2 due between 02/16 and 02/20 (chpts
6-9); Introduction and Conclusion of interest/hobby speech (02/17); Two peer evaluations (02/20)
Week 6- (Feb 21-27) Lucas Chapters 12 & 14; Module 6; video analysis (02/27); Post test video
(02/23)
Week 7- (Feb 28- Mar 6) Module 7; Speech 1 (02/28)
Week 8- (Mar 7- 13) Lucas Chapters 10 & 11; Module 8; Quiz 3 due between 03/09 and 03/13
(Chpts 10-12 & 14); Post draft of Speech 2 (03/09); Two peer reviews (03/11)
Week 9- (Mar 14-20) Spring Break
Week 10- (Mar 21-27) Module 9; Speech 2 (03/23)
Week 11- (Mar 28- Apr 3) Module 10; Visual Aid Exercise (04/03); Draft of Speech 3 (03/31);
Peer reviews (04/03)
Week 12- (Apr 4-10) Module 11; Speech 3 (04/06)
Week 13- (Apr 11-17) Lucas Chapters 15 &16; Module 12; Fallacy analysis (04/17)
Week 14- (Apr 18-24) Lucas Chapters 17 & 18; Module 13
Week 15- (Apr 25- May 1) Quiz 4 (chpts 13, 15-18) Speech 4 (4/27) completed full sentence
outline; Two peer reviews (4/29)
Week 16- (May 2-8) Speech 4: Due May 2
Evaluation methods Speeches: All speeches will be evaluated using National Communication Association guidelines
that can be found at ConnectLucas.com. Formal outlines comprise a percentage of each speech
grade.
Speech 1: Informative (50 points)

This speech demonstrates the ability to convey information, to do basic research, and to be aware of
facial expressions as a communication aid. 3-5 minutes

This speech demonstrates the ability to convey information to a specific audience. Speakers will
demonstrate the use of appropriate vocal variation and facial expressions. Speakers will
complements general research with academic research. 3-5 minutes
Speech 3: Advanced Informative (125 points)

This speech demonstrates the ability to convey a complex idea to a general audience. Students will
engage with scholarly and professional research and convey the information to a general audience
using speech strategies. Students will add body movement to their facial expressions and vocal
variation. 4-6 minutes
Speech 4: Persuasive (135 points)

This speech demonstrates all of the basic elements of an advanced informative speech and the
ability to use persuasive strategies. Students will add proximity to the speech performance. This
speech demonstrates a mastery of the course content. 4-6 minutes
Quizzes 1-5 (50 points each: 250 points total)

Quizzes cover material from the textbook and will be available on the publisher’s website.
Assignments: 10 short written assignments (24 points each: 240 points total)
Each assignment will allow students to put theory into practice through the analysis of media
presentations.
Course SPCH 1315
Requirements:
Week 2- (Jan 24-30) Lucas Chapters 1-3; Module 2; Analysis of speaking event (due 01/30); What
“interference” can we expect in an online environment? (due 01/27); Two peer responses (due
01/30)
Week 5- (Feb 14-20) Lucas Chapters 7 & 9; Module 5; Quiz 2 due between 02/16 and 02/20 (chpts
6-9); Introduction and Conclusion of interest/hobby speech (02/17); Two peer evaluations (02/20)
(02/23)
grade.





presentations.
Year 2010-2011 Office NH 504
Section 97 email Rstanley@northhopkins.net
Course SPCH 1315
Credits: 3
Tuesday, Thursday 1:00-2:16, office hours Friday 1:00-2:16
Prerequisite(s): NA
Textbooks The Art of Public Speaking. Tenth Edition. McGraw Hill publishing 2004. Lucas, Stephen E.
Schedule January
18 Check roll and Go over Syllabus and expectations for the course
20 Intro speech introducing themselves
25 Topic selection and instructions for 1st 3 min speech
27 Give 1st 3 min speech
February
1 Continue 1st speech and instructions for 2nd speech
3 Intro work and body language work for 2nd speech
8 Give 2nd Speech
10 Continue 2nd Speech feedback and begin instruction for 3rd speech.
15 How to speech and student feedback with intro’s
17 Continuation of How to speech
22 Lesson of dealing with stage fright and adapting to audience
24 Select topics for 4th speech Informative and basic outlining strategies
March
1 Informative presentations 5 min
3 Speech feedback with student evaluations
8 5th speech topic selection instruction on using props
10 speech presentations with feedback
22 Impromptu speech for speech 6
24 F db k d l f d i
All speeches, written analysis papers, exercises and exams will be graded or evaluated by the
Group exercise, class participation, Quizzes (5%) 5%
Course SPCH 1321
Title Business and Professional Speaking
Description This class introduces communication skills needed in business and professional contexts. The focus
is on developing a working knowledge of theory and skills for interpersonal communication, groups
and teams, and presentations. Credit: Three semester credit hours. Three lecture hours per week.
TSI Requirement: Prerequisite: None
Textbooks Adler, Ronald B. and Elmhorst, Jeanne Marquardt. Communicating at Work: Principles and
Practices for Business and the Professions, 10th edition. (NY: McGraw-Hill, Inc., 2008) isbn: 978-0-
07-338517-4
Schedule Week 1-Basics of Business Communication
Week 2-Principles of Interviewing
Week 3-Types of Interviews
Week 4-Interview Project, 1/4 exam
Week 5-Developing a Presentation
Week 6-Delivering a Presentation
Week 7-Verbal Support in a Presentation
Week 8-Informative Presentation, 2/4 exam
Week 9-SPRING BREAK
Week 10-Working in Teams
Week 11-Effective Meetings
Week 12-Visual Support in Presentations
Week 13-Group Presentation,3/4 exam
Week 14-Culture in the workplace
Week 15-Verbal and Nonverbal Communication
Week 16-Persuasive Presentation, 4/4 exam
Evaluation methods During the course students will take part in a mock interview, 3 major business presentations and
formal group meetings. Students will also attend a city council meeting and prepare a critical
analysis paper. Lastly, students will complete 4 major exams that will cover roughly 3 main topic
areas for each exam.
Interview Project 10%

Informative speech 10%
Team Presentation 15%
Persuasive Speech 15%
Exam grade 20%
Council Paper 10%
Group Grade 10%
Participation 10%
Course SPCH 1321
07-338517-4
Week 9-SPRING BREAK

Exam grade 20%
Council Paper 10%
Group Grade 10%
Participation 10%
Course SPCH 1321
07-338517-4
Week 9-SPRING BREAK

Exam grade 20%
Council Paper 10%
Group Grade 10%
Participation 10%
Course SPCH 1321
Title Business and Professional Communication
Description
Textbooks Communicating at Work (10th ed.) ISBN# 9780073385174

Schedule Week 1-
Week 2-
Week 3-
Week 4-
Week 5-
Week 6-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15-
Week 16-
Evaluation methods
Section G1 email scottedwards@parisjc.edu
Course SPCH 1321
Title Business & Professional Communication
Description The application of theories and practice of speech communciation as applied to business and
professional situations.
Textbooks Communicating at Work, Adler and Elmhorst, New York: McGraw-Hill, 10th edition
Schedule Week 1-Communication at Work

Week 2-Communication, Culture and Work
Week 3-Listening
Week 4-Verbal and Nonverbal Messages
Week 5-Interpersonal Skills
Week 6-Exam
Week 7-Types of Business Presentations
Week 8-Developing and Organizing the Presentation
Week 9-Verbal and Visual Support in Presentaiton
Week 10-Delivering the Presentation
Week 11-Exam
Week 15-Types of Intervies
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods Grade will be deremined by the total points earned for the course requirements. Total ponts
available are as follows:
140 points: Online Disussions
50 points: Artifact/Introduction Presentation
100 points: Informative Presentation
100 points: Persuasive/Sales Presentation
50 points: Work Team Assignment
150 points: Exams (3 at 50 points)
50 points: Participation
60 points: Additional course assignments
Section P1 email apeevy@parisjc.edu
Course SPCH 1321
07-338517-4
Week 9-SPRING BREAK

Exam grade 20%
Council Paper 10%
Group Grade 10%
Participation 10%
Year 2011 Office Sulphur Springs Center
Section .S1 email jdietze@parisjc.edu
Course Speech 1321 Hybrid
Description The application of theories and practice of speech communication as applied to business and
professional situations. Credit: Three semester credit hours. Three lecture hours per week. TSI
Requirement: M, MC; R, RC; W, WC.
Textbooks Communicating at Work (10th edition) , Adler and Elmhorst, New York:
McGraw-Hill
Schedule Week 1 - Class Meeting: Course introduction; Review Syllabus; Webct overview
Week 2 - Ch. 1 Communicating at Work, Ch. 2 Communication, Culture and Work, Ch. 3 Listening
Week 3 - Ch. 4 Verbal and Nonverbal Messages; Ch. 5 Interpersonal Skills
Week 4 - Class Meeting; Artifact/ Introductory Presentations
Week 5 - Exam #1
Week 6 - Ch 10 Developing and Organizing the Presentation; Ch 11 Verbal and Visual Support in
presentations
Week 7 - Ch. 12 Delivering the Presentation, Ch. 13 Types of Business Presentations
Week 8 - Class Meeting: Informative Presentations
Week 9 - Review for Exam #2
Week 10 - Exam #2
Week 11 - Ch. 8 Working in Teams; Ch 9 Effective Meetings
Week 12 - Class Meeting: Group Building/Discussion
Week 13 - Ch. 6 Principles of Interviewing; Ch 7 Types of Interviews
Week 14 - Final Exam Review
Week 15 - Class Meeting; Persuasive Presentations
Week 16 - FINAL EXAM
Evaluation methods Grades will be determined by the total points you earn for the course requirements. Total Points
available are as follows: 140 points: Online Discussions, 50 Points: Artifact Presentation, 100
Points: Informative Presentation, 100 Points: Persuasive presentation, 50 Points; Group Discussion,
150 Exams (3 @ 50 points), 50 Points: Participation (class meetings) = 640 Points ( Total Possible
Points) A = 576-640, B = 512-575, C=448-511, D= 384-447, F= Below 384 Points.
Course ACCT 2301
Description Accounting concepts and their application in transaction analysis and financial statement
preparatin; analysis of financial statements; and assett and equity accounting in proprietorships,
partnerships, and corporations. Introduction to cost behavior, budgeting, responsibility accounting,
cost control and product costing.


Final 20% B 79.5%-89.4%
Quizzes 13% C 69.5%-79.4%
Homework 13% D 59.5%-69.4%
Course ACCT 2301
cost control and product costing


Final 20% B 79.5%-89.4%
Quizzes 13% C 69.5%-79.4%
Homework 13% D 59.5%-69.4%
Course ACCT 2302

Final 16% B 79.5%-89.4%
Quizzes 18% C 69.5%-79.4%
Homework 0 D 59.5%-69.4%
Course ACCT 2302

Final 16% B 79.5%-89.4%
Quizzes 18% C 69.5%-79.4%
Homework 0 D 59.5%-69.4%
Course ACCT 2302
t t l d d t ti

Final 16% B 79.5%-89.4%
Quizzes 18% C 69.5%-79.4%
Homework 0 D 59.5%-69.4%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Gene Anderson
Section 50 email ganderson@parisjc.edu
Course ACCT 2302
Title Accounting Principles II
Description A study of accounting principles as applied to vouchers, books of original entry, controlling
accounts, adjusting and closing entries, financial statements, controls, and accounting concepts.
Credit: Three semester hours. Three lecture and no lab hours per week. Prerequisite: Accounting
Principles I.
Textbooks Accounting Principles Weygandt, Kimmel, Kieso

9th edition ISBN # 978-0470-31754-9
Publisher: John C. Wiley & Sons, Inc.
(Adopted 1/1/2010)

Week 2 Corporate dividends, retained earnings, and income reporting, & long-term liabilities
Week 3 Exam 1
Week 4 Investments & Statement of Cash Flows
Week 5 Exam 2
Week 6 Financial statement analysis & managerial accounting
Week 7 Exam 3
Week 8 Job order costing & process costing
Week 9 Spring break
Week 10 Process costing
Week 11 Exam 4
Week 12 Cost-Volume-Profit analysis & budgetary planning
Week 13 Exam 5
Week 14 Budgetary control & standard costs
Week 15 Exam 6
Week 16 Incremental analysis & capital budgeting
Week 17 Final Exam
Evaluation methods Students will be reqluired to attend classes, take seven exams, and complete homework
assignments. Grades of A, B, C, D, and F are determined by the student's achievment of a certain
percentage of possible points in the course.
Possible points: 6 exams-100 points each 600 points Grade determination: A=720
points
1 final exam-100 points 100 points B=640 points
Homework assignments 50 points C=560 points
Attendance 50 points D=480 points
Total possible points 800 points F=<480 points
Course ACNT 1411


Final 20% B 79.5%-89.4%
Quizzes 13% C 69.5%-79.4%
Homework 13% D 59.5%-69.4%
Course ACNT 1411


Final 20% B 79.5%-89.4%
Quizzes 13% C 69.5%-79.4%
Homework 13% D 59.5%-69.4%
Course AGRI 1131

o Industry overview
Beef cattle
• Recent Trends
Dairy
• Recent Trends
Week 3- Poultry
• Recent Trends
Swine
• Recent Trends
N T h l i
A = 450 - 500 points
B = 400 - 449 points
C = 350 - 399 points
D = 300 - 349 points

Course AGRI 1131

o Industry overview
Beef cattle
• Recent Trends
Dairy
• Recent Trends
Week 3- Poultry
• Recent Trends
Swine
• Recent Trends
N T h l i
A = 450 - 500 points
B = 400 - 449 points
C = 350 - 399 points
D = 300 - 349 points

Course AGRI 1407
Title Agronomy
harvesting.

o Climate
o Weeds
o Insects
o Diseases
Week 2-
Week 3-• Soils
o Management
o Soil water
o Fertility
Week 4-
o Plant anatomy
G th d d l t
final exam.
90 and above A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
Course AGRI 1407
Title Agronomy
harvesting.

o Climate
o Weeds
o Insects
o Diseases
Week 2-
Week 3-• Soils
o Management
o Soil water
o Fertility
Week 4-
o Plant anatomy
G th d d l t
final exam.
90 and above A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
Course AGRI 1415
Title Horticulture
Prerequisite: None
Week 2-
Week 4-
Week 5-• Understand the properties of soil and growing media.
Id tif th t d ti f il
A = 450 - 500 points
B = 400 - 449 points
C = 350 - 399 points
D = 300 - 349 points

Course AGRI 1415
Title Horticulture
Prerequisite: None
Week 2-
Week 4-
Week 5-• Understand the properties of soil and growing media.
Id tif th t d ti f il
A = 450 - 500 points
B = 400 - 449 points
C = 350 - 399 points
D = 300 - 349 points

Course AGRI 2317
Title Introduction to Agricultural Economics
Description Fundamental economic principles and their applications to the problems of the industry of
agriculture. The field of agricultural economics and its relationship to other sciences. The
characteristics of our economic system and basic economic concepts. Survey of the farm and ranch
firm and its organization and management; structure and operation of the marketing system;
functional and institutional aspects of agricultural finance; government policies and programs
related to agriculture. Credit: Three semester credit hours. Three lecture hours per week. TSI
Requirement: M2; R2; W1. Prerequisite: None
Textbooks Text: Agricultural Economics and Agribusiness, 8th edition, Gail L. Cramer, Clarence W. Jensen,
Douglas D. Southgate Jr. ISBN 9780471388470.
Schedule Week 1-• Introduction

o Defining economics
Week 2-• The Farm and Food System
o Agriculture within the U.S. economy
o Farm business structure
o The agribusiness complex
Week 3-• Consumer Behavior and Demand

o The utility basis of demand
o Consumer choice
Week 4-• Producer Decision Making: Single-Variable Input Functions

o Physical relationships
o Value relationships
Week 5-• Producer Decision Making: Two-Variable Inputs and Enterprise Selection
o Two-variable input functions
12 weekly assignments worth 100 points = 1200 points
participation = 100 points
1 midterm assignment =100 points
A = 1350 - 1500 points
B = 1200 - 1349 points
C = 1050 - 1199 points

Course AGRI 2321

o Beef cattle
o Sheep
o Swine
Week 2-
o Beef cattle
o Sheep
o Swine
Week 4-
o Beef cattle
o Sheep
o Swine

B f
final exam.
90 and above A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
Course AGRI 2321

o Beef cattle
o Sheep
o Swine
Week 2-
o Beef cattle
o Sheep
o Swine
Week 4-
o Beef cattle
o Sheep
o Swine

B f
final exam.
90 and above A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
Course ARTS 1301
photography, new media, sculpture, architecture, the decorative arts, crafts and design. Grading
will be evaluated by active participation, writing, and tests which will include image (slide)
be 20% of the grade. Grading is recorded as follows: A=100-90; B=89-80; C=79-70; D=69-60;
F=59 and below.
Course ARTS 1301
F=59 and below.
Course ARTS 1301
F=59 and below.
Course ARTS 1301
F=59 and below.
Course ARTS 1301
Credits: 3 hours
Publisher, ISBN: 13: 978-0-534-64103-0
Schedule
· Chapter 1 – Introduction and Overview – Take Home Test/Image Test #1
Evaluation methods
1. Attendance 10%
TAKE HOME TEST - IMAGE ID TEST #4: CHAPTERS 7-11 12 5%
Course ARTS 1301
Credits: 3 hours
Publisher, ISBN: 13: 978-0-534-64103-0
Schedule
· Chapter 1 – Introduction and Overview – Take Home Test/Image Test #1
Evaluation methods
1. Attendance 10%
TAKE HOME TEST - IMAGE ID TEST #4: CHAPTERS 7-11 12 5%
Course ARTS 1312
Title Design II
Description Elements and principles of art using two- and three-dimensional concepts.
Textbooks Launching the Imagination 3-D, 3rd Edition, Mary Stuart, McGraw-Hill Publishers
ISBN 978-0-07-332731-0
Schedule Week 1- Dominant & Subordinate

Week 3- Negative & Positive
Week 5- Balance
Week 7- Paper Sculpture; Completion & Critique
Week 8- Spring Break, no class
Week 9- Obsessive Compulsive
Week 10- Completion & Critique - Mid-Term Exam
Week 11- 3-D Gesture [wire]
Week 13- Walking Stick [subtractive sculpture & joints]
Week 14- Continuation
Week 16- Final Exam: Test & Student Research Presentations
participation in critiques. D -Marginal: two or more late projects, limited investigation of ideas,
poor craft, or incoherent compositions, or excessive absences. Limited contribution to critiques.
F - Unsatisfactory: course failure due to minimal idea development, poor craft, disjointed
compositions,lack of participation, late assignments, or excessive absences.
Course ARTS 1312
Title 3D Design
Description This course will focus on the exploration of materials and techniques used in making sculpture and
on the application of design principles as related to sculpture. This course will also deal with the
basic handling of tools and equipment. Safety will be stressed in the use of any tool and material.
Every effort will be made to create a safe work environment. Students should avoid using solvents,
oil based products, spray paint, glues with toxic fumes, and other toxic materials.
Textbooks No Text Required
Schedule 1st 3 wks – Design Project – Recycled Cloth Projects

2nd 3wks – Design Project – Assemblage Projects
3rd 3 wks – Design Project – Fused Glass Projects
4th 3 wks – Design Project – Pottery Projects
5th 3 wks – Design Project – Concrete Sculpture Projects
6th 3 wks – Design Project – Final Portfolio Projects
Evaluation methods
1. Attendance/Participation/Studio Practices…………………………. 5%
Attendance is explained above. Students are expected to participate in critiques and other class
discussions. Studio practices include being prepared for class, have materials ready for class (class
time is not for running out to obtain materials), professional courtesy and cleaning up after yourself.
2. Sketchbook/Planning……………………….………………………. 5%
Students are expected to plan out each design project with drawings and other applicable support
material in advance of the actual construction of each project. No ‘stealth’ projects will be
accepted for critique. Your instructor must see your work in progress, in the studio, in class. At the
completion of each project digital photo documentation may be required.
Course ARTS1317
Title Drawing II
Description Expansion of Drawing I with emphasis on expressive and conceptive aspects of drawing,
focusing on the human figure. Prerequisite: ARTS 1316 or consent of instructor.

Schedule Week 1-
Week 2-
Week 3-
Week 4-
Week 5-
Week 6-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15-
Week 16-
Course ARTS2323
Title Life Drawing I
Description Studio course emphasizing structure and action of the human figure. Prerequisite: ARTS1316.

Schedule Week 1-
Week 2-
Week 3-
Week 4-
Week 5-
Week 6-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15-
Week 16-
Course ARTS 2357
Title Photography II
Description A continuation of Photography I with an emphasis on black and white prints and processes.
Textbooks Creative Black & White Digital Photography: Tips & Techniques, Harold Davis, Wiley
Publishers, ISBN: 978-0-240-81259-5
Schedule Week 1- Thinking in Black & White: contrast; implied color; tonal landscape; visual
implication; seeing in b&w; pre-visualization techniques.
Week 2- Project 1: Pure Design [finding monochromatic subjects
Week 3- Cont.
Week 4- Project 2: Portraits in Black and White: emphasis in the absence of color [two
completed images]
Week 5- Cont.
Week 6- Cont.
Week 7- Project 3: Landscape: following the digital b&w roadmap....
Week 8- Cont.
Week 9- Project 4: Architectural Elements: exposure gradients and adjustments
Week 10- Cont.
Week 11- Project 5: Texture, Pattern, Rhythm: blending with black, using channel mixer,
adjustment layers.
Week 12- Cont.
Week 13- Project 6: Abstractions: Creative Black & White Opportunities
Week 14- Cont.
Week 15- Project 7: Selective color; Hand Coloring; Soft Focus; Pinhole Effect
Week 16- Cont.
participation in critiques. D -Marginal: two or more late projects, limited investigation of
ideas, poor craft, or incoherent compositions, or excessive absences. Limited contribution to
critiques. F - Unsatisfactory: course failure due to minimal idea development, poor craft,
disjointed compositions,lack of participation, late assignments, or excessive absences.
Course BCIS 1405
Cashman Series)

Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel

Grading:
Final Project: 25%
Course BCIS 1405
systems, and human resources and explores their integration and application in business and other
segments in society. The fundamentals of computer problem solving and programming in a higher
level programming language may be discussed and applied.


30% Lab Assignments
20% Assignments
20% Quizzes
Course BCIS 1405
Cashman Series)

Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel

Grading:
Final Project: 25%
Course BCIS 1405
Cashman Series)

Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel

Grading:
Final Project: 25%
Course BCIS 1405
Cashman Series)

Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel

Grading:
Final Project: 25%
Course BCIS 1405
Cashman Series)

Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel

Grading:
Final Project: 25%
Course BCIS 1405
Cashman Series)

Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel

Grading:
Final Project: 25%
Course BCIS 1405
computer technology, hardware, software and production of meaningful information through the
use of integrated application software.
Edition. ISBN-13: 9780538473927

(60-69); F (0-59)
Course BIOL 1322
Title Nutrition
will be studied.

Evaluation methods
Course Biology 1322
Title Nutrition and Diet Therapy I
Description Study of the chemical, physical, and sensory properties of food; nutritional quality; and food use
and diet applications.
Textbooks Understanding Nutrition, 9th edition Calculator –basic function

E.N. Whitney & S.R. Rolfes (no cell phone calculators on exams)
ISBN 0-53-462226-7 Pocket folder, pencil
Schedule 1/18& 1/20 Introduction/Syllabus & Ch. 1 An Overview of Nutrition

1/25&1/27 Ch. 1 Cont. & Ch. 2 Planning a Healthy Diet
2/1&2/3 Ch. 2 Cont. & Ch. 3 Digestion, Absorption and Transport
2/8&2/10 Ch. 3 Digestion Cont.
2/15&2/17 TEST 1 (Ch. 1, 2, 3) (Diet History 1 is due!)
2/22&2/24 Ch. 4 The Carbohydrates: Starches, Sugar & Fiber
3/1&3/3 Ch. 5 The Lipids: Triglycerides,Phospholipids,and Sterols
3/8&3/10 Ch. 6 Protein: Amino Acids
3/22&3/24 TEST 2(Ch. 4,5,6) Ch. 7
3/29&3/31 Ch. 7 Metabolism
4/5&4/7 Ch. 8 Energy Balance and Body Composition
4/12&4/14 Ch. 9 Weight Control: Overweight and Underweight
4/19&4/21 TEST 3 (Ch. 7,8,9) (Diet History 2 is due!)
Ch. 10 The Water-Soluble Vitamins: B Vitamins Vitamin C
4/26&4/28 Ch. 11 The Fat-Soluble Vitamins: A,D,E, and K
5/3&5/5 Ch. 12 Water and the Major Minerals
5/10&5/12 TEST 4 (Ch. 10,11,12)
Lecture: 70% Four exams over assigned chapters from text.

20% Diet Histories
10% Quizzes on WebCT & in class over lecture notes
Year 2011 Office Sulphur Springs Higher Educational C
Course NUTRITION
Title BIOLOGY 1322
Description A study of the basic principles of human nutrition. The roles of the nutrient classes and the
biochemistry of energy metabolism will be discussed. The course content will be presented in a
traditional lecture format with additional materials provided that may require internet access.
Textbooks Required Text: Understanding Nutrition 9th Edition Whitney and Rolfes: Wadsworth ISBN # 0-
534-59004-7
Schedule Week 1-Orientation and Overvew of Nutrition
Week 2-Planning a Healthy Diet
Week 3-Comparison of Food Guide Pyramids
Week 4-Anatomy of the Digestive System, Exam
Week 5-Carbhydrates
Week 6-Lipida
Week 7-Proteins, Exam
Week 8-Metabolism and Energy Production
Week 9- Energy Balance and Body Composition
Week 10-Weight Management: Overweight & Underweight, Exam
Week 11-Research & the Science of Nutrition
Week 12-Water Soluble Vitamins
Week 13-Fat Soluble Vitamins
Week 14-Water and Major Minerals
Week 15-Trace Minerals
Week 16-Final exam
Evaluation methods The course grade will be derived from the accumulation of total points.
A 90 - 100%
B 89 - 80%
C 79 - 70%
D 69 - 60%
F Below 59%
Points maybe accumulated as follows:
Four test 100 400

Written assignments 20 100
TOTAL 500
Course BIOL 1322
Title Nutrition
will be studied.

Evaluation methods
Course BIOL 1322
Title Nutrition
will be studied.

Evaluation methods
Course BIOL 1322
Title Nutrition
will be studied.

Evaluation methods
Course BIOL 1322
Title Nutrition
will be studied.

Evaluation methods
Course Biol 1407
Title Majors Biology
Description Designed for the science major or minor. Emphasis will be placed on evolutionary biology. Topics
will include evolution, phylogeny and systematics, the origins of life, comprehensive studies of the
major phyla in life, studies of animal systems, ecology, and behavior
Textbooks Campbell/Reece Biology 8th ed ISBN: 0-0853-6844-2
Supplemental Text-“The Making of the Fittest: DNA and the Ultimate Forensic Record of
Evolution Sean B. Carroll” ISBN: 9780393330519
Schedule Week 1-Introduction/Evolution
Week 2-Evolution/Evolution of Populations
Week 3-Exam 1/ Origin of Species
Week 4-Phylogeny and Systematics
Week 5-Exam 2/ Origin of Life
Week 6-Prokaryotes/ Protista
Week 7-Exam 3/ Plants
Week 8-Spring Break
Week 9-Exam 4/ Fungi
Week 10-Invetebrates
Week 11-Vertebrates/ Exam 5
Week 12-Animal Form and Function
Week 13-Circulation and Gas Exchange/ Immunity
Week 14-Hormones and Endocrine/ Nervous
Week 15-Nervous/ Exam 6
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods There will be 5-6 major exams and 1 comprehensive final exam during the course of the semester.
These exams will count 80% of your lecture grade. A comprehensive review of the book “The
Making of the Fittest: DNA and the Ultimate Forensic Record of Evolution / Sean B. Carroll” will
count as 20% of your lecture grade. The test average, quizzes and homework grades will be
weighted and averaged to produce your lecture grade, which accounts for 75% of the total course
grade. Laboratory work accounts for 25% of your course grade. The lecture exams may include
both objective (multiple choice, true-false, matching) and subjective questions over notes and text
material and any additional outside reading that may be assigned. At least 50% of the points
awarded on you exams will come from subjective questioning (essay, short answer, completion
ect…)
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Beverly L. Cochran
Section .50 email bcochran@parisjc.edu
Course BIOL 1408
Title General Biology I
organization, function, evolutionary adaptation, and classifications. Concepts of reproduction,
genetics, ecology, and the scientific method are included. Lab required.
Textbooks Mader, S. Inquiry into Life 13th edition, McGraw-Hill. ISBN#978-0-07-298675-4

Schedule Week 1-Introductions; Ch. 1 The Study of Life
Week 2-Ch. 27 Evolution of Life lecture & lab
Week 3-Test 1
Week 4-Ch. 28 Microbioloy lecture & lab
Week 5-Ch. 29 Plants lecture & lab; Test 2
Week 6-Ch. 30 Animals Part I lecture & lab
Week 7-Ch. 31 Animals Part II lecture & lab
Week 8-Test 3
Week 9-Ch. 32 Animal Behavior lecture & lab
Week 10-Ch. 33 Populations lecture & lab
Week 11-Test 4
Week 12-Ch. 34 Ecosystems lecture & lab
Week 13-Ch. 35 Biosphere lecture & lab
Week 14-Ch. 36 Evnironment lecture & lab
Week 15-Test 5
Exams (five @ 10% each) 50%
Final Exam 20%
Lab grade (70% lab work + 30% presentation) 20%
Final grades will be based upon the following: A=90-100%, B=80-89%, C=70-79%, D=50-69%,
F=49% and below.
Course Biol 1408
Title Biology 1 (Nonmajors)
Description An introduction to the biological sciences for students who need to fulfill the laboratory science
requirement for majors other than science. This is a not a science majors course and will not
transfer as such!. This course emphasizes the molecular basis of life, cellular organization,
bioenergetics, genetics and evolution.
Textbooks Mader, Sylvia: Inquiry into Life; 13th edition McGraw Hill With Connect
ISBN: 978-0-07-340344-1
Week 2-Cell Chemistry
Week 3-The Cell
Week 4-Exam 1
Week 5-Cell Membrane
Week 6-Cell Division
Week 7-Exam 2
Week 8-Introduction to Metabolism
Week 9-Cell Respiration
Week 10-Photosynthesis
Week 11-Exam 3
Week 12-Inheritance
Week 13-Chromosomal Inheritance
Week 14-DNA Biology
Week 15-Exam 4
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods Methods of Evaluation:
Tests – 40% (At least 2 will be proctored)

Labs/Projects - 20%
Homework - 20%
Quiz - 20%
Year 2010-2011 Office NS 113/123
Course BIOL1409
Year 2010-2011 Office NS 113/123
Course BIOL1409
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jacky Leinart
Year 2010-2011 Office G.C. 201
Section 40 email jleinart@parisjc.edu
Course Biology 1409
Title General Biology II
Description Fundamental principles of living organisms including chemical and physical properties of life,
organization, function, evolutionary adaptation and classification. Concepts of reproduction,
genetics, ecology and the scientific method are included.
Textbooks Inquiry Into Life by Sylvia Mader McGraw-Hill ISBN # 978-0-07-298675-4

Schedule Week 1-Chap. 11 Human Organization
Week 2-Chap. 12 Cardiovascular System
Week 3-Chap. 13 Lymphatic and Immune System
Week 4-EXAM # 1
Week 5-Chap. 14 Digestive System and Nutrition
Week 6-Chap. 15 Respiratory System
Week 7-Chap. 16 Urinary System and Excretion
Week 8-EXAM # 2
Week 9-Chap. 17 Nervous System
Week 10-Chap. 18 Senses
Week 11-Chap. 19 Musculoskeletal System
Week 12-EXAM # 3
Week 13-Chap. 20 Endocrine System
Week 14-Chap. 21 Reproductive System
Week 15-Chap. 22 Development and Aging
Week 16-EXAM # 4
Evaluation methods
Year 2010-2011 Office NS 113/123
Course BIOL1409
Description Biology 1409 is a internet delivery laboratory science course that studies human organization,
the cardiovascular system, the lymphatic and immune systems, the respiratory system, the
urinary system and excretion, the nervous system, the senses, the musculoskeletal system, the
endocrine system, the reproductive system, development and aging.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Kyle Hutchings
Year 2010-2011 Office HGHS Room 119
Term Spring 2011 Phone 903-378-2264 ext. 319
Section 87 email kwhutchings@hgisd.net
Course Biology 1409
Title Non-Major's Biology
Description This is a 4 credit hour (lecture 3, lab 1) non-major's biology course which follows Bio. 1408, for
Non-Science majors. Topics include microbiology, plants, ecology, and body systems.
Textbooks Inquiry into Life 13th edition by Sylvia S. Mader. ISBN 978-0-07-340344-1
Schedule 18 January 2011-----03 June 2011
Chapters 28 Microbiology
29 Plants
30 Animals Part I
31 Animals Part II
32 Behavioral Ecology
33 Population Ecology
34 Nature of Ecosystems
35 Major Ecosystems of the Biosphere
36 Conservation Biology
11 Human Organization
12 Cardiovascular System
13 Lymphatic and Immune System
14 Digestive System and Nutrition
15 Respiratory System
16 Urinary System and Excretion
17 Nervous System
18 Senses
19 Musculoskeletal System
20 Endocrine System
Evaluation methods Grade Scale: 100-90 = A 89-80 = B 79-70 = C 69-60 = D 59-0 = F
Exams = 80% of grade
Labs/Daily = 20% of grade
Course Biology 1409
Title General Biology for Non-Majors II
organization, function, evolutionary adaptation, and classification. Concepts of reproduction,
genetics, ecology, and the scientific method are included.
Textbooks Inquiry Into Life, Sylvia S. Mader, 13th edition

ISBN 978-0-07-340344-1
McGraw-Hill
Schedule Week 1 1/18, 1/20 Ch. 11 Human Organization

Week 2 1/25,1/27 Ch. 12 Cardiovascular System
Week 3 2/1,2/3 Ch. 15 Respiratory System; Ch. 11 &12 TEST
Week 4 2/8,2/10 Ch. 15 continued
Week 5 2/15,2/17 Ch. 13 Lymphatic and Immune System
Week 6 2/22,2/24 Ch. 13 continued; Ch. 15 & 13 TEST
Week 7 3/1,3/3 Ch. 14 Digestive System and Nutrition
Week 8 3/8,3/10 Ch. 16Urinary System and Excretion
3/14 – 3/18 SPRING BREAK!!!!!
Week 9 3/22, 3/24 TEST Ch. 14 & 16; Begin Ch. 17 Nervous System
Week 10 3/29,3/31 Ch. 17 Nervous System
Week 11 4/5, 4/7 Ch. 18 Senses
Week 12 4/12, 4/14 Ch. 18 cont.; Ch. 17 & 18 TEST
Week 13 4/19,4/21 Ch. 19 Musculoskeletal System
Week 14 4/26, 4/28 Ch. 20 Endocrine System
Week 15 5/3, 5/5 Ch. 21 Reproductive System
Week 16 5/10, 5/12 Final Exam Ch. 19, 20, 21
Lecture: 60% exams over assigned chapters

10% quizzes over lecture material on WebCT, writing assignments
Laboratory: 15% lab manual assignments

15% lab quizzes taken on WebCT
No make-up labs.
No make-up labs.
No make-up labs.
No make-up labs.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Maness, Justin
Year 2010 - 2011 Office HC 102
Section L05 email jmaness@parisjc.edu
No make-up labs.
Course Biol 2401
Textbooks Marieb, Elaine, Hoehn, Katja; Human Anatomy and Physiology, 8th Ed. Pearson 2010. ISBN 978-
0-8053-9569-3
Week 3-The Cell
Week 4-Exam 1
Week 5-Tissues
Week 9-Muscular
Week 10-Nervous
Week 11-Nervous
Week 16- Final Exam

65%
Lecture 50%
Daily Grade 10%
Lab 25%
100%
Section 02 email
Course Biol 2401
will be placed on physiology in lecture. Lab required.
Textbooks Required reading: Human Anatomy & Physiology, 8th edition by Marieb and Hoehn.
ISBN# 13: 978-0-8053-9569-3
Schedule Week 1-Chapter 1 Orientation and Introduction to Anatomy and Physiology
Week 2-Chapter 2-Chemistry/ Start Bone Coverage Chapter 7-In Lab
Week 3-Chapter 3-Cells/ Exam 1
Week 4-Chapter 4-Tissues
Week 5-Chapter 5-Integument
Week 6-Chapter 6-Bone Tissue
Week 7-Chapter 8-Joints
Week 8-Chapter 9-Muscles and Muscle Tissue/ Exam 2
Week 9-Chapter 11-Fundamentals of the Nervous System/ Bone Test in Lab over Chapter 7
Week 10-Chapter 12-The Central Nervous System/ Start Muscle Coverage in Lab Chapter 10
Week 11-Chapter 13-The Peripheral Nervous System and Reflex Activity
Week 12-Chapter 14-The Autonomic Nervous System/ Exam 3
Week 13-Chapter 15-The Special Senses/ Start Chapter 15 Coverage in Lab on Models
Week 14-Chapter 16-The Endocrine System
Week 15-Chapter 16-(Cont.) Muscle and Special Senses Test in the Lab
Evaluation methods
Course Biology 2401
will be placed on physiology. Lab required. Fee charged. Core curriculum satisfied for Natural
Lab Sciences.
Textbooks Human Anatomy and Physiology, 8th edition, Elaine N. Marieb and Katja Hoehn
McGrawHill Publishing Company
ISBN-10: 0-8053-9569-5
Schedule Jan. 19 Syllabus & Ch. 1 Introduction to A&P

Jan. 24 & 26 Ch. 1 / Ch. 4 Tissues
Jan. 31 & Feb. 2 Ch. 4/ Ch. 3 Cells
Feb. 7 & 9 Ch. 3 Cells/ Ch. 2 Chemistry
Feb. 14 & 16 Ch. 2 Chemistry/Exam 1
Feb. 21 & 23 Ch. 5 Integumentary System/Ch. 6 Bones & Skeletal Tissue
Feb. 28 & Mar. 2 Ch. 6 / Ch. 8 Joints
Mar. 7 & 9 Ch. 8 Joints/ Exam 2
Mar. 14-18 SPRING BREAK!!!!!
Mar. 21 & 23 Ch. 9 Muscular System (Article 1 Due)
Mar. 28 & 30 Ch. 9/ Ch. 11 Nervous System
April 4 & 6 Ch. 11/ Ch. 12 Central Nervous System
April 11 & 13 Ch 12/ Ch. 14 The Autonomic Nervous System
April 18 & 20 Exam 3/ Ch. 15 Special Senses (Article 2 Due)
April 25 & 27 Ch. 15/Ch. 16 The Endocrine System
May 2 & 4 Ch. 16 The Endocrine System/Exam 4
Evaluation methods Lecture: 50% Four lecture exams over assigned chapters (12.5% each)
Lecture: 50% Four lecture exams over assigned chapters (12.5% each)
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr Daniel Reinboldt
Course Biol 2401
Title Human Anatomy & Physiology I
Elaine Marieb with Pearson Benjamin Cummings Publishing. Website:
www.masteringAandP.com SBN: 978-0-8053-9569-3. Course ID #: Spring2401Reinboldt2011
Schedule Week 1- Human Body Orientation

Week 2- Tissues
Week 3- Chemistry
Week 4- Cells
Week 5- Integumentary System
Week 6- Skeletal System
Week 7- The Skeleton
Week 8- Joints of the Skeletal System
Week 10- Muscle Tissue
Week 11- Muscular System
Week 12- Fundamentals of the Nervous System
Week 13- Central Nervous System
Week 14- Peripheral Nervous System
Week 15- Autonomic Nervous System
Week 16- Special Senses
each. 20% of overal grade will be determined by 4 laboratory tests consisting of 50 questions
each. 10% of the overal grade will be determined by 15 weekly quizzes that will be completed
online. 5% of the overal grade will be determined by 15 weekly homework assignments that will
be completed online. The remaining 5% of the grade will be determined by 15 in class review quiz
shows. Students must attend 90% of the scheduled class - excessive misses will result in
deductions from their overall grade. Extra credit opportunities are available for community
service, blood donation and successful completion of chapter review exercises.
Course BIOL 2401
will be placed on physiology in lecture. The course content will be presented in a traditional
lecture format with additional materials provided that may require internet access. A laboratory
time is also required.
Hill, 2009, 978-0-07-337814-5
Week 2- Chemical Basis of Life
Week 3-Cells, Lab
Week 5-Tissues, Lab
Week 6-Exam, Lab
Week 7-Skin & Integumentary System, Lab
Week 8-Skeletal System, Lab
Week 9-Joints, Lab
Week 10-Muscular System, Lab
Week 11-Exam, Lab
Week 12-Nervous System I, Bones Identification Quiz
Week 14-The Senses, Lab
Week 15-Endocrine System, Muscle Identification Quiz
Week 16-FINAL
A 90 –100 %
B 80 - 89
C 70 - 79
D 60 - 69
F Below 60
Lecture exams will count 75% and the laboratory assignments and lab test will count 25% towards
the final grade.
Course BIOL 2401
will be placed on physiology of the systems in the course content. This is an on line course with
course information, content and laboratory exercises presented over the internet and CD's. 3 hrs
lecture, 1 hr
Hill, 2009, 978-0-07-337814-5
Week 2- Chemical Basis of Life, Lab
Week 3-Cells, Lab
Week 5-Tissues, Lab
Week 6-Exam
Week 7-Skin & Integumentary System, Lab, A&P Revealed 1
Week 8-Skeletal System, A&P Revealed 2
Week 9-Joints, Lab
Week 10-Muscular System, A&P Revealed 3
Week 11-Exam
Week 12-Nervous System I, Lab, A&P Revealed 4
Week 14-The Senses, Lab, A&P Revealed 5
Week 15-Endocrine System, A&P Revealed 6
Week 16-FINAL
Evaluation methods The course grade will be determined by the accumulation of total points. 90-100% = A, 80-89% =
B, 79- 70% = C, 69-60% = D, 59% & Below = F.
points.
Course Biol 2401
0-8053-9569-3
Week 3-The Cell
Week 4-Exam 1
Week 5-Tissues
Week 9-Muscular
Week 10-Nervous
Week 11-Nervous
Week 16- Final Exam

65%
Lecture 50%
Daily Grade 10%
Lab 25%
100%
Course Biol 2402
ISBN# 13: 978-0-8053-9569-3
Evaluation methods
Course Biol 2402
ISBN# 13: 978-0-8053-9569-3
Evaluation methods
Course Biol 2402
0-8053-9569-3
Week 5-Digestive
Week 6-Respiratory
Week 9-Urinary
Week 11-Exam 3
Week 15-Exam 4
Week 16- Final Exam

65%
Lecture 50%
Daily Grade 10%
Lab 25%
100%
Course Biology 2402

Elaine N. Marieb
Katja Hoehn
8th edition
ISBN-10: 0-8053-9569-5
Schedule Jan. 19 Introduction/Syllabus & Blood

Jan. 24 & 26 Blood/ Cardiovascular System
Jan. 31 & Feb. 2 Cardiovascular System
Feb. 7 & 9 Cardiovascular System
Feb. 14 & 16 Respiratory System
Feb. 21 & 23 EXAM 1/Lymphatic & Immune Systems
Feb. 28 & Mar.2 Lymphatic and Immune Systems
Mar. 7 & 9 Digestive System (Article Summary 1 is Due!)
Mar. 14 – 18 SPRING BREAK!!!!!
Mar. 21 & 23 Nutrition and Metabolism
Mar. 28 & 30 EXAM 2 /Urinary System
Apr. 4 & 6 Urinary System /Water, Electrolyte & Acid/Base
Apr. 11 & 13 Water, Electrolyte & Acid/Base Balance
Apr. 18 & 20 Exam 3 / Reproduction
Apr. 25 & 27 Reproduction/ Pregnancy & Development (Article 2 is Due!)
5/2 & 5/4 Pregnancy, Growth & Development & Exam 4
material:

Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr Daniel Reinboldt D.C.
Course Biol 2402
Elaine Marieb with Pearson Benjamin Cummings Publishing. Website:
www.masteringAandP.com SBN: 978-0-8053-9569-3. Course ID #: Spring2402Reinboldt2011
Schedule Week 1- The Endocrine System

Week 2- Blood
Week 3- Cardiovascular System: Heart
Week 4- Cardiovascular System: Blood Vessels
Week 5- Lymphatic System: Lymph Organs & Tissues
Week 6- Immune System: Innate and adaptive Body Defenses
Week 7- Digestive System
Week 8- Nutrition, Metabolism & Body Temperature Regulation
Week 10- Respiratory System
Week 13- Fluid, Electrolyte and Acid-Base Balances
Week 14- Reproductive System
Week 15- Pregnancy and Human Development
Week 16- Heredity
each. 20% of overal grade will be determined by 4 laboratory tests consisting of 50 questions
each. 7% of the overal grade will be determined by 15 weekly quizzes that will be completed
online. 5% of the overal grade will be determined by 15 weekly homework assignments that will
be completed online. 5% of the grade will be determined by 15 in class review quiz shows. The
remaining 3% of the grade will come from an individual Powerpoint presentation on a selected
A&P topic during the semester. Students must attend 90% of the scheduled class - excessive
misses will result in deductions from their overall grade. Extra credit opportunities are available
for community service, blood donation and successful completion of chapter review exercises.
Course Biol 2402
Description A study of the structure and function of the organ systems of the
human body. Particular emphasis will be placed on physiology in lecture. (This is a continuation
of Biology 2401.) The course content will be presented in a traditional lecture format with
additional materials provided that may require internet access. A laboratory time is also required.
Hill, 2009, 978-0-07-337814-5
Week 2-Blood
Week 3-The Cardiovascular System
Week 4-The Lymphatic System and Immunity
Week 5-Exam, Lab
Week 6-The Digestive System
Week 7-Nutrition and Metabolism
Week 8-The Respiratory System
Week 9-Exam, Lab
Week 10-The Urinary System
Week 12-Exam, Lab
Week 13-The Reproductive System: Male
Week 14-The Reproductive System: Female
Week 15-Pregnancy, Growth & Development
Week 16-Final Exam
A 90 –100 %
B 80 - 89
C 70 - 79
D 60 - 69
F Below 60
Lecture exams will count 80% and the average of laboratory assignments and test will count 20%
towards the final grade.
Course Biol 2402
will be placed on physiology of the systems in the course content.(This is a continuation of Biology
2401.) This is a self paced on line course, with course information, content and laboratory exercises
presented over the internet and CD's.
Hill, 2009, 978-0-07-337814-5
Week 2-Blood,Lab
Week 3-The Cardiovascular System, Lab, A&P Revealed 1
Week 4-The Lymphatic System and Immunity, Lab, A&P Revealed 2
Week 5-Exam
Week 6-The Digestive System, Lab, A&P Revealed 3
Week 7-Nutrition and Metabolism, Lab
Week 8-The Respiratory System, Lab, A&P Revealed 4
Week 9-Exam
Week 10-The Urinary System, A&P Revealed 5
Week 12-Exam, Lab
Week 13-The Reproductive System: Male, A&P Revealed 6
Week 14-The Reproductive System: Female, Lab
Week 15-Pregnancy, Growth & Development, Lab
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods The final grade will be calculated as follows based on the total number of possible points including
60%, F - below 59%.
There are four exams and a final. The exams are worth 200 points each and the final is worth 500
points.
Course A&P II 2402
and Katja Hoehn
with integrated objectives new concept check questions and a new design program
Objectives

Objectives
heart wall.
skeletal muscle.
Indicate how the fetal heart differs from the adult heart and changes and diseases of the heart that

Week 7 Assignment
Week 8 Assignment
Week 10 Assignment
Total 75% Total 25%
Grading Scale
A 90 – 100
B 80 – 89
C 70 – 79
D 60 -69
F 59 or lower
Course A&P II 2402
and Katja Hoehn
with integrated objectives new concept check questions and a new design program
Objectives

Objectives
heart wall.
skeletal muscle.
Indicate how the fetal heart differs from the adult heart and changes and diseases of the heart that

Week 7 Assignment
Week 8 Assignment
Week 10 Assignment
Total 75% Total 25%
Grading Scale
A 90 – 100
B 80 – 89
C 70 – 79
D 60 -69
F 59 or lower
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Phyllis Ballard
Year 2011 Office RHS Rm 118
Section 99 email pballard@rivercrestisd.net
Course Biol 2402
Title Anatomy and Physiology
Description A study of the structure and function of human organ systems. Lab required. Prerequisites:
Successful completion of Biology and Chemistry.
Textbooks David Shier, Jackie Butler, Ricki Lewis: Hole's Human Anatomy & Physiology, 12th Edition
ISBN: 978-0-07-352570-9
Schedule Week 1- Nervous System - Basic Structure and Function - Lab #27 Nerve Tissues
Week 2- Nervous System - Divisions of Brain - Lab #28 Spinal Cord & Meninges, Lab # 32 Brain
Dissection
Week 3- Somatic and Special Senses - Lab # 35 Eye Dissection, Lab #37 Visual Test
Week 4- Somatic and Special Senses - Lab #37 Ear and Hearing, Lab #38 Equilibrium
Week 5- Endocrine System - Lab # 39 Endocrine Slide
Week 6- Endocrine System - Reproductive Hormones
Week 7- Review - LAB PRACTICAL
Week 8- Blood - Lab #41 Blood Cells
Week 9- Blood Types & Transfusions - Lab #43 Simulated Blood Typing
Week 10- Cardiovascular System - Lab # 44 Heart Dissection
Week 11- Cardiac Conduction - Lab - Reading Blood Pressures
Week 12- Digestive System - Lab # 54 Digestive Organs
Week 13- Digestive System - Lab #63 Fetal Pig Digestive System
Week 14- Lab #63,65 & 66 Fetal Pig Reproductive, Cardiovascular & Urinary
Week 15- Urinary System - Lab # 56 Kidney structure
Week 16- Review, LAB PRACTICAL and Final
Evaluation methods Grading Formula
TEST 50 %
LABS and CLASS WORK 25 %
FINAL 25 %
Course Biology 2402

Elaine N. Marieb
Katja Hoehn
8th edition
ISBN-10: 0-8053-9569-5
Schedule Jan. 24 Blood

Jan. 31 Cardiovascular System
Feb. 7 Cardiovascular System
Feb. 14 Respiratory System
Feb. 21 Exam 1 Lymphatic & Immune Systems
Feb. 28 Immune/Digestive Systems
March 7 Digestive System
March 14 Spring Break!
March 21 Nutrition and Metabolism
March 28 Exam 2/Urinary System
April 4 Urinary System & Water, Electrolyte & Acid/Base Balance
April 11 Water, Electrolyte & Acid/Base
April 18 Exam 3/ Reproduction
April 25 Reproduction/Pregnancy & Development
May 2 Exam 4
material:

Course Biol 2402
0-8053-9569-3
Week 5-Digestive
Week 6-Respiratory
Week 9-Urinary
Week 11-Exam 3
Week 15-Exam 4
Week 16- Final Exam

65%
Lecture 50%
Daily Grade 10%
Lab 25%
100%
Course Biol 2402
0-8053-9569-3
Week 5-Digestive
Week 6-Respiratory
Week 9-Urinary
Week 11-Exam 3
Week 15-Exam 4
Week 16- Final Exam

65%
Lecture 50%
Daily Grade 10%
Lab 25%
100%
Course BIOL 2420
nonpathogenic microorganisms. Pure cultures of microorganisms grown on selected media are
used in learning laboratory techniques. Includes a brief preview of food microbes, public health,
and immunology. Lab required. Prerequisite: eight hours of biology or chemistry, or consent of
instructor.
Hill, 2009, ISBN 978-0-07-337522-9
2
Week 13- Chapter 21- Misc Bacterial Agents of Disease, Chapter 22- Fungi of Medical
Importance, Lab 10
Importance, Lab 11
Week 16- Final Exam
*Final Exam 25%
Course BIOL 2420
nonpathogenic microorganisms. Pure cultures of microorganisms grown on selected media are
used in learning laboratory techniques. Includes a brief preview of food microbes, public health,
and immunology. Lab required. Prerequisite: eight hours of biology or chemistry, or consent of
instructor.
Hill, 2009, ISBN 978-0-07-337522-9
2
Week 13- Chapter 21- Misc Bacterial Agents of Disease, Chapter 22- Fungi of Medical
Importance, Lab 10
Importance, Lab 11
Week 16- Final Exam
*Final Exam 25%
Course Biol 2420
Title Microbiology
978-007-337522-9
Week 7-Exam, Lab
Week 15-Exam, Lab
Week 16-Final Exam
manner by the due date. Any assignment or exam NOT turned in by the due date or final
submission date will result in a zero for the assignment or exam.
There are 9 quizzes that cover the course content and material in the text worth 50 points each.
They are to be completed in order in the allotted time and be submitted by the due date.
points.
60%, F - below 59%
Course Biol 2420
Title Microbiology
978-007-337522-9
Week 7-Exam, Lab
Week 15-Exam, Lab
Week 16-Final Exam
manner by the due date. Any assignment or exam NOT turned in by the due date or final
submission date will result in a zero for the assignment or exam.
There are 9 quizzes that cover the course content and material in the text worth 50 points each.
They are to be completed in order in the allotted time and be submitted by the due date.
points.
60%, F - below 59%
Course Biology 2420
Title Microbiology for Non-Science Majors
immunology.
Textbooks Foundations in Microbiology, 7th edition by Kathleen Park Talaro, McGrawHill Publishing
ISBN: 978-0-07-726057-6
Schedule 1/18 & 1/20 Chapter 1 The Main Themes of Microbiology

1/25 & 1/27 Ch. 1 Cont. / Ch. 3 Tools of the Laboratory
2/1 & 2/3 Chapter 3 Tools of the Laboratory
2/8 & 2/10 Chapter 4 Survey of Prokaryotic Cells
2/15 & 2/17 Chapter 4 Survey of Prokaryotic Cells / Exam 1
2/22 (1st disease report due!)
2/22 & 2/24 Chapter 5 Survey of Eukaryotic Cells
3/1 & 3/3 Ch. 5 Cont./ Chapter 6 Introduction to Viruses
3/8 & 3/10 Ch. 6 Introduction to Viruses
3/14 & 3/16 Spring Break!!!!
3/22 & 3/24 Exam 2/Ch. 7 Elements of Microbial Nutrition, Ecology & Growth
3/29 & 3/31 Ch. 7 Cont./Ch, 11 Phys. & Chem. Agents for Microbial Control
4/5 & 4/7 Ch. 11 Physical and Chemical Agents for Microbial Control
4/12 & 4/14 Chapter 12 Drug, Microbe, Host- The Elements of Chemotherapy
4/19 & 4/21 Chapter 12 cont. / Exam 3
5/10 & 5/12 Exam 4
Evaluation methods Students will have the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material.
Lecture: 55% Four lecture exams over assigned chapters from text
10% Reports and/or presentation
5% WebCT Quizzes & in class quizzes over lecture
Laboratory: 30% Two exams over laboratory material + Avg. of lab
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Donna Anderson
Year 2010-2011 Office Greenville Center
Term 102s Phone 903-782-0379 (leave msg)
Section 65 email danderson@parisjc.edu
Course BMGT 1331
Title Production and Operations Management
Description Fundamentals of the various techniques used in the practice of production and operations
management. Includes location, design, and resource allocation.
Textbooks Operations Management – processes and supply chains, ninth edition by Krajewski, Ritzman, and
Malhotra, published by Prentice Hall. ISBN 9780138011185. Comes with www.myOMlab and
DVD cases.
Schedule Week 1- Course Introduction – Getting Started

Week 2- Chapter 1 & Supplement A: Using Operations to Compete
Week 3- Chapter 2: Managing Processes
Week 4- Chapter 3: Process Strategy & Chapter 4: Process Analysis
Week 5- Exam 1 & Chapter 5: Quality and Performance
Week 6- Chapter 6: Capacity Planning
Week 7- Chapter 7: Constraint Management & Chapter 8: Lean Systems
Week 8- Exam 2
Week 10- Chapter 9: Supply Chain Design & Chapter 10: Supply Chain Integration
Week 11- Chapter 11: Location
Week 12- Chapter 12: Inventory Management
Week 13- Exam 3 & Chapter 13: Forecasting
Week 14- Chapter 14: Operations Planning and Scheduling
Week 15- Chapter 15: Resource Planning
Week 16- Exam 4
Evaluation methods www.myOMlab Homework (2% x 15) 30%

Chapter Quizzes (2% x 15) 30%
Exams* (10% x 4) 40%
*Please note: The second exam is proctored at the testing center.
Course BMGT 1368
Title Practicum (or Field Experience) - Business Administration and MGMT, General
Schedule Week 1- Work and employer questionnaire

Week 4- Work and employer quetionnaire
Evaluation methods A 89.5%- 100%

B 79.5%-89.4%
C 69.5%-79.4%
D 59.5%-69.4%
F 59.4%- Below
Term 10S2 Phone 903-782-0378
Course BMGT 1441
Title Business Ethics
Description Topics address ethical issues, the development of a moral frame of reference and the need for an
awareness of social justice in mangement practices and business activities. A review of ethical
responsibilities and relationships between organizational departments, divisions, executive
management and the public.
Textbooks Business Ethics 2E, A Real World Approach, by Andrew W. Ghillyer, published by McGraw-Hill.
ISBN 978-0-07-337710-0.
Schedule Week 1-Understanding Ethics

Week 2-Understanding Ethics
Week 4-Defining Business Ethics
Week 5-Organizational Ethics
Week 7-Corporate Social Responsibility
Week 8-Corporate Governance
Week 10-The Role of Government
Week 11-Blowing the Whistle
Week 13-Ethics and Technology
Week 14-Ethics and Globalization
Week 15-Making it Stick: Doing What's Right in a Competitive Market
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods Textbook Assignments 50% (Ethical Dilemmas, Rev. Questions, Rev. Ex., Discussion Ex.)
9 Textbook Quizzes (webct) 35%
Final Exam (Chapter 10) 15%
Course BMGT 2310
Title Financial Management
Description Development and use of accounting information to support managerial deceisionmaking processes.
Topics include managerial concepts and systems, various analysis for decision making, and
planning and control.
Textbooks Managerial Accounting, Weygandt, Kimmel, Kieso, 5th Edition, ISBN: 978-0-470-47714-4
Schedule Week 1- Chapter 1 Managerial Accounting

Week 4- Chatper 6 Cost Volume Profit Analysis- Additional Issues
Week 5- Chapter 6 Cost Volume Profit Analysis- Additional Issues
Week 6- Chapter 7 Incremental Analysis
Week 7- Chapter 8 Pricing
Week 8- Chapter 9 Budgetary Planning
Week 10- Chapter 10 Budgetary Control and Responsibility Accounting
Week 11- Chapter 10 Budgetary Contraol and Responsibility Accounting
Week 12- Chapter 11 Standard Costs and Balanced Scorecard
Week 13- Chapter 11 Standard Costas and Balanced Scorecard
Week 14- Chapter 12 Planning for Capital Investments
Week 15- Chapter 13 Statement of Cash Flows
Week 16- Chapter 14 Financial Statement Analysis

Final B 79.5%-89.4%
Quizzes 40% C 69.5%-79.4%
Homework D 59.5%-69.4%
Attendance F 59.4%- Below
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Stacy Young
Section 65 email syoung@parisjc.edu
Course BUSG 1301
Title Introduction to Business
Description Fundamental business principles including structure, fundtions, resources and operational
resources. The student will describe the scope of business enterprise in nation and the world today,
identify major business functions of accounting, management, marketing and economics; describe
the relationships of social responsibility, ethics and law in business, and define and apply business
terminology.
Textbooks Foundations of Business, 2nd Edition Authors: William M. Pride, Robert J. Hughes and Jack R.
Kapoor
Schedule Week 1-The Enviornment of Business

Week 2- Being Ethical and Socially Responsible
Week 3- Exploring Global Business
Week 4- Choosing a Form of Business Ownership
Week 5- Small Business, Entrepreneurship, and Franchise
Week 6- Understanding the Management Process
Week 7- Creating a Flexible Organization and Producing Quality Goods and Services
Week 8- Midterm
Week 9- Attracting and Retaining Employees / Motivating and Satisfying Employees
Week 10- Building Customer Relationships Through Effective Marketing
Week 11- Creating and Pricing Products that Satisfy Customers
Week 12- Distributing and Promoting Products
Week 13- Understanding Information and e-Business
Week 14- Using Accounting Information and Mastering Financial Management
Week 15- Review
Week 16- Final
Evaluation methods Because this is an online course, specific learning activities have been developed to help you work
through each chapter. You will be expected to complete the following: read and complete a quiz
for each chapter, complete chapter or participate in class discussions when assigned and complete 2
major exams. Your grade will be configured as follows: Chapter quizzes 20%, Chapter
assignments/discussions 20% and Exams 60%.
Course BUSG 1304
Title Personal Finance
Description A study of the financial problems encountered by financial advisors when managing family
financial affairs. Includes methods to advise clients on topics such as estate planning, retiremement,
home ownership, savings, and investment planning.
Textbooks Personal Finance, 9th edition; ISBN 978-0-07-338232-6; Author: Kapoor, Dlabay, Hughes;
Publisher: McGraw-Hill Irwin
Homework Manager Access Code; ISBN 978-0-07-3363882
Schedule Week 1- Introduction to syllabus and course assignments

Week 2- Pages 1-24 Personal Finance Basics and the Time Value of Money
Week 3- Pages 40-59 Financial Aspects of Career Planning
Week 4- Pages 75-96 Money Management Strategy: Financial Statements and Budgeting
Week 5- Pages 103-130 Planning Your Tax Strategy
Week 6- Pages 136-160 Financial Services: Savings Plans and Payment Accounts
Week 7- Pages 167-199 Introduction to Consumer Credit
Week 8- Pages 273-302 The Housing Decision: Factors and Finances
Week 9- Pages 308-332 Property and Motor Vehicle Insurance
Week 10- Pages 338-369 Health, Disability, and Long-Term Care Insurance
Week 11- Pages 376-405 Life Insurance
Week 12- Pages 411-437 Investing Fundamentals
Week 13- Pages 445-473 Investing in Stocks
Week 14- Pages 482-504 Investing in Bonds
Week 15- Pages 512-536 Investing in Mutual Funds
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods 16 Chapter Quizzes @ 25 pts. each = 400: Average = 25% of grade total
4 Unit Exams @ 100 pts. each = 400: Average = 25% of grade total
Mid-Term/Final @ 100 pts. each = 200: Average w/ Final = 40% of grade total
Chapter Homework pts. = 80 = 10% of grade total
Extra Points = 20
Total Course Points = 1100

Course CETT 1403
Title DC Circuits


30%: Final Exam 70 – 80 = “C”
Course CETT 1403
Title DC Circuits


30%: Final Exam 70 – 80 = “C”
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr. Charles George
Year 2010-2011 Office WD 1205
Section 03 email cgeorge@parisjc.edu
Course CETT 1405
Title AC Circuits
Description A study of the fundamentals of alternating current including series and parallel AC circuits,
phasors, capacitive and inductive networks, transformers, and resonance.
Textbooks Text: Principles of Electric Circuits, 7th ed. – Floyd ISBN # 0-13-219709-X
Lab: Handouts
Schedule Week 1- Introduction to Alternating Current and Voltage

Week 2-Phasors
Week 3-Impedence & Reactance
Week 4-Capacitors
Week 5-Inductors
Week 6-Time Constants
Week 7-Mid-Term Exam
Week 8-RC Circuit Analysis
Week 9-RL Circuit Analysis
Week 10-RLC Circuit and Resonance
Week 11-Filters
Week 12-Three Phase Power
Week 13-Single Phase Transformers
Week 14-Three Phase Transformers
Week 15-AC Motors
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods Grading: Final Exam (Required)

30% : Final Exam 90 –100 is an “A”
30% : Test Average 80 – 90 is a “B”
20% : Daily Tests 70 – 80 is a “C”
20% : Labs / Lab notebook / notes A grade of “D” or below is failing
Course CETT 1429
Title Solid State Devices
Description A study of diodes and bipolar semiconductor devices, including analysis of

static and dynamic characteristics, bias techniques, and thermal considerations
of solid state devices.
Credits: 4 SHC, 3 Lecture, 4 Lab
Textbooks Science of Electronics, The: Analog Devices 1st. ed, Floyd/Buchla,

ISBN-13: 9780130875402
Schedule
Week # 3. Diodes and Applications.
Week # 4.Bipolar Junction Transistors.
Week # 5.Field-Effect Transistors.
Week # 6.Multistage, RF, and Differential Amplifiers.
Week # 7.Operational Amplifiers.
Week # 8.Operational Amplifiers
Week # 9.Basic Op-Amp Circuits.
Week # 10.Active Filters.
Week # 11.Special-Purpose Amplifiers.
Week # 12. Oscillators and Timers.
Week # 15. Sensing and Control Circuits.

3 Major Tests (NO Make-Up)
40%: Final Exam
Course CETT 1445
Title Microprocessor
Description An introductory course in microprocessor software and hardware; its architecture, timing sequence,
operation, and programming; and discussion of appropriate software diagnostic language and tools.
Textbooks Text: Digital Electronics, A Practical Approach, Kleitz ISBN#978-0-13-507295-0

Lab: Parallax Boebot programmer
Schedule Week # 1 - Introduction to Digital Computers

Week # 2 - Microcomputers and Microprocessors
Week # 3 - Use of Codes with Microcomputers
Week # 4 - Microprocessor Software
Week # 5 - Basic Instructions and Addressing Modes
Week # 6 - Microprocessor Instruction Set
Week # 7 - Microprocessor Programs
Week # 8 - Microprocessor Chip
Week # 9 - Semiconductor Memories
Week # 10 - Memory Chips and Organization
Week # 11 - Interface Devices
Week # 12 - Peripheral Interface Adaptor
Week # 14 - Asynchronous Communication Interface Adaptor
Week # 15 – Program Robot

30% : Programming robot 90 –100 is an “A”
20% : Homework Exercises 80 – 90 is a “B”
50% : Final Exam 70 – 80 is a “C”
Course CETT 1491 01
Title Special Topics in Computer Engineering Technology/Technician
Textbooks Varies with topic
Schedule Week 1- varies with topic

Week 2-
Week 3-
Week 4-
Week 5-
Week 6-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15-
Week 16-
Evaluation methods Varies with topic

Term Fpring Phone 903-784-4884
Course CHEM 1406
Title Introductory Chemistry
Description Survey course introducing chemistry. Toics may include inorganic, organic, biochemistry and
food/physiological chemistry. Designed for no-science and allied heakth students.
Textbooks General, Organic, and biological Chemistry An Integrated Approach by Kenneth W. Raymond -
- ISBN 0-471-44707-2
Schedule Topics covered:
Science and Measurements
Atoms and Elements
Compounds
Introduction to Organic Compounds
Gases, Liquids, and Solids
Reactions
Solutions, Colloids, and Suspensions
Acid-Base Chemistry
Lipids
Carbohydrates
Peptides, Proteins, and Enzymes
Since this course is taught by conference, an exact time schedule is not used.
Evaluation methods Homework Average - 25%
Major Test (3) Average - 50%
Lab Average - 25%
Course CHEM 1411
Lesson 6: Gases
Lesson 9: Bonding
Final Exam (1/5)
Lab average (1/5)
Course CHEM 1411
Lesson 6: Gases
Lesson 9: Bonding
Final Exam (1/5)
Lab average (1/5)
Course CHEM 1412
Description A continuation of CHEM 1411. Reaction rates, elementary thermodynamics, solution and
solution equilibria, electro chemistry, chemistry of the representative elemets, nuclear
chemistry and elementary organic chemistry. The laboragtory is a continuation with emphasis
on thermochemistry, quantitative analysis (solution chemistry), and reaction rate factors.
a scientific calculator, and appropriate writing materials for taking class notes (mechanical
pencil is best, notebook for taking notes and a very large erasure).
Schedule Lesson 1: Solids
Lesson 2: Solution Properties
Lesson 3: Chemical Kinetics
Lesson 4: Chemical Equilibrium
Lesson 5: Acids and Bases
Lesson 6: Acid-Base Equilibria
Lesson 7: Solubility Equilibria
Lesson 8: Spontaneity and Chamical Change
Lesson 9: Electrochemistry
Lesson 10: Nuclear Chemistry
Lesson 11: Organic Chemistry
NOTE: Each Less requires 2 to 3 class meetings to complete. If a lesson is completed during a
class perion, the following lesson is begun during that period.
Comprehensive Final Exam (1/4)
Lab average (1/4)
Course CHEM 2425
Title Organic Chemistry
Description Continuation of CHEM 2423. Emphasis on reaction mechanisms, substitution and elimination
reactions, chemistry of aromatic compounds, carbohydrates, fats, amino acids, alkaloids, and
natural products.
Textbooks Organic Chemistry , by Richard Daley & Sally Daley. This is a free text book available from
www.ochem4free.info. The Organic Chem Lab Survival Manual, 6th Edition, by James W.
Zubrick, provided as a loaned text by your instructor. Paris Junior college Organic Lab
Manual, by Don Kosterman, provided in pdf-format on CD.
Schedule Lesson 1: Chirality
Lesson 2: Aliphalic Substitution Reactions
Lesson 3: Elimination Reactions
Lesson 4: Electrophilic Reactions
Lesson 5: Organic Synthisis
Lesson 6: Aromaticity and Aromatic Substitution Reactions
Lesson 7: Substitution of Carbonyl Compounds and Carbony Condensation Reactions
Lesson 8: Radical Reactions
Lesson 9: Polymer Chemistry
Lesson 10: Amino Acids, Peptides, and Proteins
Lesson 11: Carbohydrates
Lesson 12: Fats
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15-
Week 16-
Final Exam – 4th Major Test (1/5)
Lab average (1/5)
NOTE: Major tests are not given during class time. Instead they are scheduled at
approximately each one-quarter of the semester, and students have two days in which to find a
suitable time to take those tests. The final exam is given at regular class time as per the final
exam schedule.
Course CJSA 2364
semester.
Course CJSA - 2364
semester.
Course Comm 1129
Title Publications Practicum
Description Work on the staff of one of the college publications. Students are required to work on the staff
of at least one of the official college publications for prescribed periods under faculty
supervision.
Textbooks Associated Press Style Book, provided in classroom.

Schedule Week 1- Newspaper staff planning meeting
Week 4- Layout pages for student newspaper, issue #1
Week 5-Work on stories, photos, for issue#2
Week 9-Work on stories, photos, for issue #4, AP style practice
Week 13-Layout pages for student newspape, issue #4
Week 14-Work oon electronic portfolio
Week 15 Work on electronic portfolio
Week 16-Final portfolio due
Evaluation methods Story production, page layout, participation,attendance 120
Portfolio 50
Style quizzes 30
TOTAL 200 points
180-200:A 160-179:B 140-159:C 120-139: D below 138:F
Course Comm 1307
Schedule Week 1- Introduction to course
Week 2- Communication, Chapters 1-2
Week 3-Communication, Chapters 1-2
Week 4-Exam 1, Chapters 1 & 2
Week 8-Exam 2, Chapters 3, 4, 5
Week 13-Public Relations/Advertising, Chapters 11,12
Week 14-Exam 4, Chapters 11,12
Week 15-Group presesntations
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods Written Assignments 4@25 pts. each=100; Unit exams 4@50 pts each=200; Student
engagement 50; Final exam 100; Total 500 pts. 500-450 A; 449-400 B; 399-350 C; 349-300 D;
below 300 F
Course Comm 1307
Schedule Week 1-Log in. Take Orientation Quiz.
Read Chapters 1 & 2 in textbook
Week 2-Introduction to Communication, Chapters 1-2
Week 3-Exam 1, Chaps. 1&2; Begin Print Media Unit
Week 4- -Print Media Unit, Chapters 3, 4, 5
Week 6-Exam 2, Chapters 3, 4, 5; Begin Electronic Media Unit
Week 14-Exam 4, Chapters 11, 12
Week 15-Review Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods Discussions 4@25 pts. each=100; Assignments 4@ 25 pts. each=100; Unit exams 4@50 pts.
each=200; Final exam 100; Total 500. Grade Point Range: 500-450 A; 449-400 B; 399-350 C;
349-300 D; below 300 F
Course Comm 2305
Title Editing and Layout
Description Editing and layout processes, with emphasis on accuracy and fairness, including the principles
and techniques of design
Textbooks The Newspaper Designer’s Handbook, 6th edition, by Tim Harrower.

Schedule Week 1-Introduction to page layout
Week 2- planning graphics and sidebars
Week 5-story design
Week 6-story design
Week 7-page design
Week 8-page design
Week 9-page design
Week 10-photos and art
Week 13-web design
Week 14-web design
Week 15-web design
Week 16-final
Evaluation methods Exams (3 at 100 points each) 300 points
Assignments/quizzes/attendance/participation 100 points
A: 360-400 B: 320-359 C: 280-319 D: 240-279 below 240: F
Course Comm 2315
Title News Gathering and Writing II
Description Continuation of the aims and objectives of news gathering and writing with emphasis on
advanced reporting techniques.
Textbooks Harrower, Tim. Inside Reporting: A Practical Guide to the Craft of Journalism. Second
Edition.ISBN# 0073526142.
Schedule Week 1- Covering the news; specialized reporting
Week 2-Covering beats
Week 3-Covering fires and natural disasters
Week 12- Public relations
Week 13-Public relations
Week 16-Final portolio due
Evaluation methods 5 written assignments @ 100 pts. each; Final portfolio 100 pts. Total for course, 600 points
A: 600-540 B: 539-480 C: 479-420 D: 419-360 below 360: F

Course COSC 1401



30% Lab Assignments
20% Assignments
20% Quizzes
Course COSC 1401



30% Lab Assignments
20% Assignments
20% Quizzes
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Keith Coco
Section 03 email kcoco@parisjc.edu
Course COSC 1401
Textbooks Discovering Computers and Microsoft Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach, 1st
Edition, Shelly/Vermatt [ISBN: 0-538-47392-4]. Microsoft Windows 7 Essentials 1st Edition
[ISBN: 1439081077]. One or more USB drives. One or more pocket folders.
Schedule Week 1-Introduction to Windows and Internet Explorer 8

Week 2-Introduction to Microsoft Word
Week 3-Creating Research Papers with Microsoft Word
Week 5-Introduction to Microsoft Powerpoint
Week 6-Introduction to Microsoft Excel
Week 7-Using formulas, functions, formatting and Web Queries in Microsoft Excel
Week 8-Spring Break
Week 10-Introduction to Microsoft Access
Week 11-Creating queries in Microsoft Access
Week 13-Integrating Office 2007 Programs
Week 16-Final class period to work on assignments
Evaluation methods There will be 25 assignments. Assignments are "In the Lab" found at the end of the chapters and
"Chapter Tutorials". Each assignment will have specific instructions for completion-either as
specified in the textbook or modified by instructor. Assignments must be submitted according to
instructor's specifications. Five points will be deducted for each error that occurs in an assignment
up to 20 errors. Projects with 20 errors or more will receive a zero. Assignments not received on or
before the due date will receive 25 points off per week. Assignments can not be accepted after the
last class May 9, 2011. Refer to the assignment schedule as well as any special instructions
provided by the instructor before submitting a project. Assignments must be turned in during class
time to instructor on USB drive in a pocket folder. Assignments that are on USB drive but no
printouts have an instant 50 points off. Likewise, assignments that are printed but not on USB drive
have an instant 50 points off. Assignments that have several pages for completion have 20 points
taken off for each page missing.
Section 04 email mmims@parisjc.edu
Course COSC1401
Textbooks 1. Text: Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach by
Shelly, Vermaat ISBN-13: 978-0-538-47392-7, ISBN-10: 0-538-47392-4
ISBN-13: 978-1-4390-8107-5; ISBN-10: 1-4390-8107-7

Week 9 - EXAM #2
Week 16 - EXAM #3

A = 90 - 100
B = 80 - 89
C = 70 - 79
D = 60 - 69
F = 0 - 59
Course COSC 1401
Cashman Series)

Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel

Grading:
Final Project: 25%
Course COSC 1401



30% Lab Assignments
20% Assignments
20% Quizzes
Course COSC 1401



30% Lab Assignments
20% Assignments
20% Quizzes
Section 67 email rpringle@parisjc.edu
Course COSC 1401
Edition. ISBN-13: 9780538473927

(60-69); F (0-59)
Course COSC 1401
Cashman Series)

Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel

Grading:
Final Project: 25%
Course COSC 1401
Cashman Series)

Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel

Grading:
Final Project: 25%
Course COSC 1401
Cashman Series)

Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel

Grading:
Final Project: 25%
Course COSC 1401
Cashman Series)

Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel

Grading:
Final Project: 25%
Course COSC 1401
Cashman Series)

Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel

Grading:
Final Project: 25%
Course COSC 1401
Edition. ISBN-13: 9780538473927

(60-69); F (0-59)
Section P2 email mmims@parisjc.edu
Course COSC1401
Textbooks 1. Text: Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach
by Shelly, Vermaat ISBN-13: 978-0-538-47392-7, ISBN-10: 0-538-47392-4
ISBN-13: 978-1-4390-8107-5; ISBN-10: 1-4390-8107-7

Week 9 - EXAM #2
Week 16 - EXAM #3

A = 90 - 100
B = 80 - 89
C = 70 - 79
D = 60 - 69
F = 0 - 59
Course COSC 1420
Title C++ Computer Programming I
Description Introduction to computer programming in the ―C++ programming language. Emphasis on the
fundamentals of structured design, development, testing, implementation, and documentation.
Includes coverage of language syntax, data and file structures, input/output devices, and disks/files.

Week 2-Valid identifiers, Data Types, Memory, Software
Week 3-Appropriate arithmetic/relational operators
Week 4-Cin/cout, Mathematical Expressions, Input/Output File Handling
Week 5- Designing and Writing a program; debug features
Week 6-Exam 1
Week 7-Control Structures--If & Switch Statements, Relational Operators
Week 8-String Comparison
Week 9-Looping, Increment/Decrement Operators
Week 10-Counters, Sentinels
Week 11-Functions
Week 12-Continue with Functions, Boolean Values, Scope of Variables
Week 13-Exam 2
Week 14-Creating & Processing One Dimensional Arrays
Week 15-Vectors, Character Arrays (c-strings, and the String Class
Week 16-Exam 3
Complete seven Program Assignments using Visual Studio Student Express Software
grade.
Section 65 email bmatthews@parisjc.edu
Course COSC 2420
course.

Week 6-Exam 1
Week 9-Pointers
Week 10-Structures
Week 11-Exam 2
Week 16-Exam 3
grade.
Course COSC 2420
course

Week 6-Exam 1
Week 9-Pointers
Week 10-Structures
Week 11-Exam 2
Week 16-Exam 3
grade.
Section P1 email bmatthews@parisjc.edu
Course COSC 2420
course

Week 6-Exam 1
Week 9-Pointers
Week 10-Structures
Week 11-Exam 2
Week 16-Exam 3
grade.
Course CRIJ - 1306
of criminal justice, the definition of crime, and its nature and impact. Upon successful completion
of this course, the student will be able to relate the basic principles of the American Criminal
Justice System; the goals of the police; the history of the system; how the system protects the rights
of all persons; and the constitutionally imposed restrictions on the system. This course will acquaint
the student with the history and philosophy of law enforcement, the various agencies that comprise
the criminal justice system, the relationship between the Constitution and the criminal justice
system, and the various processes of the system.

ISBN-13: 9780135074091

Course CRIJ - 2328
Saddle River, NJ
ISBN-13:978-0-13-159803-4

5) On Patrol
8) Rule of Law
10) Accountability
11) Civil Liability
Course CRIJ 1301
of criminal justice, the definition of crime, and its nature and impact. Upon successful completion
of this course, the student will be able to relate the basic principles of the American Criminal
Justice System; the goals of the police; the history of the system; how the system protects the rights
of all persons; and the constitutionally imposed restrictions on the system. This course will acquaint
the student with the history and philosophy of law enforcement, the various agencies that comprise
the criminal justice system, the relationship between the Constitution and the criminal justice
system, and the various processes of the system.

ISBN-13: 9780135074091

Course CRIJ 1301
Description History, philiosophy, and ethical considerations of criminal justice, the nature and impact of crime,
and an overview of the criminal justice system, including law enforcement and court procedures
Textbooks Criminal Justice Today, Schmalleger, Frank, Pearson Prentice Hall, 11th Edition
Schedule Week 1- History and Philosophy of Criminal Justice

Week 2- Police
Week 3- Courts
Week 4- Corrections
Week 5- Crime Defined
Week 6- Civil Actions
Week 9- Trial Process
Week 10-Pre-trial
Week 11-Prosecutors
Week 12-Sentence
Week 13-Appeal
Week 14-Corrections - Local Basis
Week 15-Corrections - Federal
Week 16-Probation and Parols
A= 90-100% B= 80-89% C=70-79% D=60-69% F=59 and below

Class Participation
Course CRIJ 1306
Title Court Systems and Practices
Description The study of the judiciary in the American criminal justice system and the adjudication processes
and procedures. Which includes: the prosecution of offenders; the basic right to counsel; the
concept of pretrial release; the purpose and function of the grand jury; the procedural processes of
adjudication; types and purposes of sentencing; the rules of evidence; rules concerning trial
procedure; and the disposition of criminal cases? By focusing on court systems and the rules of
procedure, the student will better understand why particular cases are filed in certain courts, and
why certain procedures are required, while others are prohibited. Studying procedural law enables
students to have a more complete understanding of the criminal process, from arrest through appeal.
Textbooks Courts and Criminal Justice in America, 1/E

Siegel, Schmalleger & Worrall, ©2011 | Prentice Hall | ISBN-13: 9780131745766
Schedule 1) Legal Foundations

2) Who Controls the Courts
3) Federal Courts
4) State Courts
5) Juvenile Courts
6) Specialized Courts
7) Judges
8) Prosecutors
9) No Class SPRING BREAK WEEK
10) Defense Attorneys
11) Defendants and Victims: Their Roles and Rights
12) Arrest and Beyond
13) Plea Bargaining and Guilty Pleas
14) The Jury and the Trial
15) Sentencing, Appeals and Habeas Corpus / WRITTEN ASSIGNMENTS DUE – NO
EXCEPTIONS
16) Differential Treatment and Wrongful Convictions
17) Final Examination – YOU MUST TAKE THIS IN THE TESTING CENTER
Course CRIJ 1307
Title Crime in America
the police to solve, or alleviate the crime problem in the United States.
This course introduces the student of criminal justice to certain theories of criminal behavior, an
explanation of criminal law, the causation of crime, and the nature and extent of crime in the United
States. The nature of crime and the characteristics of those who are likely to commit it are critically
examined. Discussion will include statistical data on crime rates, methods used to alleviate the
crime problem, and problems arising with victim precipitated offenses.

ISBN-13: 9780135074091
Schedule 1) What is Criminal Justice

2) The Crime Picture
4) The Search for Causes
5) Criminal Law
7) Juvenile Justice
8) Drugs and Crime
11) Terrorism and Multinational Criminal Justice
12) The Future of Criminal Justice
13) EXAMINATION Chapters 17 & 18
14) Assignment Choose Topic and Complete Written Research Paper (See Instructions)
15) Assignment DUE Written assignment due by 04/28/2011 by 3:00 pm
NO EXCEPTIONS
16) REVIEW Final Examination Review
17) Comprehensive FINAL – MUST TAKE FINAL AT TESTING CENTER
Course CRIJ 1310
Title Fundamentals of Criminal Law
Description A study of the nature of criminal law. Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be
able to: discuss the nature of criminal law, including the historical and philosophical developments
of substantive and procedural law; be able to define terms of law and concepts that accompany
them; discuss the classifications of crime; discuss and relate the elements of crimes and the
penalties attached thereto according to Texas law; and discuss the criminal responsibilities of
persons. This course will focus on criminal law, using the current Texas Penal Code as illustrative
of an operating penal code.
Textbooks Texas Criminal Law – Principles and Practices, Dowling, Jerry L (2009). Pearson: Upper Saddle
River, NJ
ISBN-13: 978-0-13-172139-5. Reference(s): State of Texas Penal Code
Schedule 1) Foundations of Criminal Law

2) Elements of a Crime
3) The Criminal Law in Daily Practice
4) Parties to Offenses
5) Criminal Homicide
6) Assault and Sexual Assault
7) Kidnapping and Related Offenses
8) Property Destruction Offenses
10) Theft, Fraud and Related Offenses
11) Robbery
12) Burglary and Criminal Trespass
13) Offenses Against Government Operations
14) Public Disorder and Safety Offenses
15) Preparatory Offenses
16) General Defenses and Justifications
17) FINAL Examination in a PJC or approved Testing Center
Course CRIJ 1313
Title Juvenile and Family Law
Description A study of the juvenile justice process to include specialized juvenile law, role of the juvenile law,
role of the juvenile courts, role of police agencies, role of correctional agencies, and theories
concerning delinquency
Textbooks The Juvenile Justice System, Champion, Dean, 6th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2010
Schedule Week 1- Nature of Delinquency

Week 2- Organization of the Juvenile Justice System
Week 3- Extent of Offenses committed by Juveniles
Week 4- Theories on Delinquency
Week 5- Juvenile Advocacy
Week 6- Juvenile Corrections
Week 7- Deferred Corrections
Week 8- Abuse/Neglected Children
Week 9- Marriage and the Family
Week 10-Schools and Delinquency
Week 11-Tour of Juvenile Detention Facility
Week 12-CASA - Court Appointed Special ADvocates
Week 13-Drug Use and Delinquency
Week 14-Family Code - Special Topics
Week 15-Truancy
Week 16-Institutions ofr Juveniles
A= 90-100% B= 80-89% C=70-79% D=60-69% F=59 and below

Class Participation
Course CRIJ 2323
Outlines the law of arrest and search and seizure developed through court decisions and describe
the criminal and civil liability that result from improper acts and/or the failure to act.

ISBN-13: 978-1-4224-2722-4
Schedule 1) Arrest
2) Search Warrants
3) Exceptions
7) Fire Scenes
Course CRIJ 2323
Outlines the law of arrest and search and seizure developed through court decisions and describe
the criminal and civil liability that result from improper acts and/or the failure to act.

ISBN-13: 978-1-4224-2722-4
Schedule 1) Arrest
2) Search Warrants
3) Exceptions
7) Fire Scenes
Course CRIJ 2328
ethics; police-community interaction; current and future issues.
Textbooks Policing America, Peak, Ken, 6th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2010
Schedule Week 1- Police as a Profession

Week 2- The Police Agency
Week 3- Police and Courts
Week 4- Functions of Operational Units
Week 5- Service Mission
Week 6- Crime Control
Week 9- Police Discretion
Week 10-IACP Code of Ethics
Week 11-Police and Minorities
Week 12-Ethical Dilemmas
Week 13-Human Relations
Week 14-Effective Police Communication
Week 15-Special Interest Groups
Week 16-Public Policy
A= 90-100% B= 80-89% C=70-79% D=60-69% F=59 and below

Class Participation
Course CRIJ 2328
Saddle River, NJ
ISBN-13:978-0-13-159803-4

5) On Patrol
8) Rule of Law
10) Accountability
11) Civil Liability
Course CSME 1291
Title Special Topics in Cosmetology
Description Topics address recently identified current events, skills, knowledge, and attitudes and behaviors
pertinent to the workplace and relevant to the professional development of the student.
Schedule Week 1-Theory: Review Salon Management

Week 1-Going into Business
Week 2-Operating a Successful Salon and Selling tips
Week 3-How to use time wisely, explore possibilities, seek mentors, and continue to learn.

Course CSME 1310
Title Intro to Haircutting & Related Theory
Description Introduction to the theory and practice of haircutting. Topics include terminology, implements,
sectioning and finishing techniques.
Textbooks Milady's Standard Textbook of Cosmetology, Delmar Learning (2008).
Schedule Week 1-Theory: Chapter on Haircutting Objectives: Identify reference points on the head form
and understand their role Define angles, elevations, & guidelines List the factors involved in a
successful client consultation
Demonstrate the safe and proper use of the various tools of haircutting Demonstrate mastery of the
four basic haircuts Demonstrate mastery of the other techniques Lab: Shampooing, hairstyling,
haircutting, tool description, sanitation & disinfection, facials, and nails.
Week 2-Chapter (continues), List the factors involved in a successful consultation & Demonstrate
the use of haircutting implements.
Week 3-Demonstrate mastery and control of implements & techniques.
Week 4-Review Key terms in haircutting and Prepare for Chapter test.
Week 5-Class begins at 7:30 - 4:30, Mon -Tr., Cyle for this class is complete.

Course CSME 1401
Title Orientation to Cosmetology
Description An overview of the skills and knowledge necessary for the field of cosmetology.
Textbooks Milady's Standard Texbook of Cosmetology, Delmar Learning (2008).
Schedule Week 1 - Theory-Review chapter on Skin Structure & Growth Objectives: Describe the structure
and composition of the skin & List the Functions of the Skin. Lab: Shampooing, hairstyling,
manicuring, chemicals, haircoloring, sanitation & disinfection procedures, facials, & nails.
Week 2-Chapter (continues) Skin Structure & Growth
Week 3-Review Key Terms in chapter.
Week 4-List the Functions of the Skin & Prepare for chapter test on Thursday.
Week 5-Class begins at 7:30 - 4:30 Mon.-Tr., Cycle for this class is complete.

Course CSME 1405
Title Fundamentals of Cosmetology
Description A course in the basic fundamental of cosmetology. Topics include srvice preparation, manicure,
facial, chemical services, shampoo, wet styling, haircuts, comb-outs and salon management.
Schedule Week 1- Theory-Chapter (8), Nail Structure & Growth Objectives: Describe the structure and
composition of nails, and Discuss how nails grow. Lab: Shampooing, hairstyling, nails,
manicuring, chemicals, sanitation and disinfection, facials, and haircoloring.
Week 2-Chapter (8) continues, Describe the structure and composition of the natural nail & it's
anatomy.
Week 3-Discuss the growth of the nail & nail formation.
Week 4-Review Key Terms in Chapter (8), and Prepare for test.
Week 5 Class begins at 7:30 4:30 Mon Tr Cycle for this class is complete
Evaluation methods Labs: Rubrics are used to measure student performance in each area of cosmetology.

Course CSME 1447
Title Principles of Skin Care/Facials and Related Theory
Description In-depth coverage of the theory and practice of the skin, facials and cosmetics.
Textbooks Milady's Standard Texbook of Cosmetology, Delmar Learning, (2008).
Schedule Week 1- Theory: Objectives Skin Disorders & Diseases & Facials & Facial Makeup
Lab: Facials, shampooing, chemicals, haicolors, sanitation and disinfection, nails, and manicuring.
Week 2-Disorders of the skin & Aging
Week 3-Skin analysis and consultation & Skincare products
Week 4-Make-up theor, cosmetics, and Determing skin type
Week 5-Review Key Tems and Prepare for test
Week 6-Class begins at 7:30 -4:30, Mon.-Tr.,Cycle for this class is complete

Course CSME 1451
Title Artistry of Hair Theory & Practice
Description Instruction in the artistry of hair design. Topics include theory, tech and application of hair design.
Schedule Week 1- Theory: Chapter on Hairstyling

Objectives:Demonstrate finger waving, pin curls, rollers, and wrapping.
Demonstrate various blow-dry styling techniques
Demonstrate (3) basic techniques in hairstyling
Demonstrate use of thermal irons and proper manipulation of irons
Demonstrate the procedures involved in soft pressing and hard pressing.
Week 2-Chapter (continues), Demonstrating techniques in styling
Week 3-Use of Thermal irons and safety concerns when pressing
Week 4-Review Chapter and Key Terms, Prepare for Test.
Week 5-Class begins at 7:30 - 4:30, Mon.-Tr., Cyle for this class is complete.

Course CSME 2310
Title Advanced Haircutting & Related Theory
Description Advanced concepts and practice of haircutting. Topics include haircutting, utilizing scissors, razor,
and clippers
Schedule Week 1- Theory: Review of Chapter on haircutting

Objectives: Perform a 90 degree haircut, a 45 degree haircut, and 0 degree haircut.
Lab: Shampooing, haircutting, using clippers and guards to cut, use of razor, haircoloring,
chemicals, facials, and nails.
Week 2-Review Chapter
Week 3-Review Key Terms in Haircutting & Prepare for Chapter test.

Course CSME 2430
Title Nail Enhancement
Description A course in the general principles of the theory and application of the artificial nails and related
theor
Schedule Week 1-
Theory: Review Nail wraps, tips, and no-light gels
Objectives:
Week 1-Acrylic Nails
Week 2-UV Gels and nail enhancements
Week 3-Odor acrylic and maintenance of artificaial nails

Course CSME 2439
Title Advanced Hair Design
Description Advanced concepts in the theory and practice of hair design
Schedule Week 1-
Theory: Review Hairstyling Chapter
Objectives:
Week 1-Prepare complete head of fingerwaves & style hair
Week 2-Learn how to anchor pin-curls in s-pattern (Clockwise and counter-clockwise).
Week 3-Perform Spiral curl demonstration on manniquins

Course CSME 2445
Title Instructional Theory & Clinical Operation
Description An overview of the objectives required by the Texas Department of Licensing and Regulations
Instructor Examination.
Textbooks Milady's Master Educator Student Course Course Book, 2nd ed. (2009)
Schedule Week 1-
TDLR (Candidate Bullentin) & Rules & Regulations Booklet
Objectives:
Week 1-Review Lesson Plans Written
Week 2-Review Lesson Plans Oral
Week 3-Present Lesson Plans oral & written & observe labs
Practical and Oral Evaluation.
Theory: Test are aministered using Paper test.
Course DFTG 1405
Title Technical Drafting
Description Introduction to the principles of drafting to include terminology and fundamentals, including size
and shape descriptions, projection methods, geometric construction, sections, and auxiliary views.
Textbooks None
Schedule Week 1-What is drafting and how is it used in industry?

Week 2-Drafting tools
Week 3-Lettering and Scales
Week 4-Sketching
Week 5-Multi-view Projection
Week 6-Orthographic Projection
Week 7-Introduction to CAD
Week 8-Beginners Drawing Tools CAD
Week9-Beginners Modify Tools CAD
Week 14-Sections
Week 15-Working with and reading blueprints
Week 16-Finals
Course DFTG 1409

Week 6-Osnaps
Week 14-Sections
Week 16-Finals
Course DFTG 1409

Week 6-Osnaps
Week 14-Sections
Week 16-Finals
Course DFTG 1417

Week 5-Cover Sheets
Week 6-Plot Plans
Week 7-Floor Plans
Week 10-Roof Plans
Week 14-HVAC Plans
Week 16-Finals
Course DFTG 1417

Week 5-Cover Sheets
Week 6-Plot Plans
Week 7-Floor Plans
Week 10-Roof Plans
Week 14-HVAC Plans
Week 16-Finals
Course DFTG 1458
Title Electrical/Electronics Drafting
Description Electrical and electronic drawings stressing modern representation used for block diagrams,
schematic diagrams, logic diagrams, wiring/assembly drawings, printed circuit board layouts, motor
control diagrams, power distribution diagrams, and electrical one-line diagrams.
Schedule Week 1-Introduction to Electrical/Electronic Drafting

Week 2-Electrical Symbols and Wiring Representations
Week 3-Electrical Plans in industry
Week 4-Power Sources
Week 5-Block Diagrams
Week 6-Single Line Diagrams
Week 8-Decision Diagrams
Week 9-Process Diagrams
Week 10-Electronic Symbols, components, and references
Week 11-Schematics
Week 12-Schematics Cont.
Week 13-Wiring Diagrams
Week 14-Enclosure Drawings
Week 15-Working with and reading electronic blueprints
Week 16-Finals
Course DFTG 1491
Week 2-
Week 3-
Week 4-
Week 5-
Week 6-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15-
Week 16-
Course DFTG 1491
Week 2-
Week 3-
Week 4-
Week 5-
Week 6-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15-
Week 16-
Course DFTG 2421

Week 7-Contours
Week 13-Transits
Week 16-Finals
Course DFTG 2421

Week 7-Contours
Week 13-Transits
Week 16-Finals
Course DFTG 2423
Title Pipe Drafting

Week 5-Valves
Week 7-Pumps
Week 16-Finals
Course DFTG 2423
Title Pipe Drafting

Week 5-Valves
Week 7-Pumps
Week 16-Finals
Course DRAM 1120
Title Theatre Practicum I

Textbooks None
Week 9-SPRINGBREAK
Week 10-UIL
Week16-Finishing up
PJC.

Work Call 15%

“Strikes” 15%
.
Course DRAM 1121
Title Theatre Practicum II

Textbooks None
Week 9-SPRINGBREAK
Week 10-UIL
Week16-Finishing up
PJC.

Work Call 15%

“Strikes” 15%
.
Course DRAM 1310
knowledge of all phases of theatre. This course is intended to provide the student with a
background understanding of the live theatre history, dramatic works, stage techniques, production
procedure and relation to the cooperative Fine Arts.

Attendance 10%
Group Projects 40%
Section Exams 15%
Final Exam 20%
Course DRAM 1310

Attendance 10%
Group Projects 40%
Section Exams 15%
Final Exam 20%
Course DRAM 1310

Attendance 10%
Group Projects 40%
Section Exams 15%
Final Exam 20%
Course DRAM 1310

Attendance 10%
Group Projects 40%
Section Exams 15%
Final Exam 20%
Course DRAM 1310

Attendance 10%
Group Projects 40%
Section Exams 15%
Final Exam 20%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Donna Deverell
Section G1 email ddeverell@parisjc.edu
Course DRAM 1310
Description This course is a survey of theatre, meant to give the student an introductory knowledge of all
aspects of theatre. This course will provide the student with an understanding of theatre history,
production, techniques, and procedures.
Textbooks Another Opening, Another Show: A Lively Introduction to the Theatre, Second Edition
ISBN-13 978-0-07-256260-6
Schedule Week 1- Chapter 1 and Chapter 2

Week 3- Chapter 5
Week 5- Test (Chapters 1-5, 11-12)
Week 6- Chapter 15
Week 7- Chapter 6
Week 8- Chapter 8
Week 9- Spring Break - No Class
Week 10-Group Presentations
Week 12- Test (Chapter 6-9, 15)
Week 15- Individual Presentations
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods Attendance/Class Participation - 10%

Performance Response - 15%
Tests - 10% (each)
Quizzes - 10%
Group Presentation - 15%
Individual Presentation - 15%
Final Exam - 15%
Course DRAM 1352
Title Acting 2
Description Acting 2 involves the development of basic skills and techniques of acting for the purpose of
character development. Emphasis is placed on character analysis and script analysis as tools for
the actor. Although this section of Acting 2 is intended for students who plan to major in theatre,
it is open to any student who wants to be challenged at a level that exceeds the typical
“introductory class for non-majors”.
Textbooks “Acting Professionally” by Robert Cohen & James Calleri ISBN#: 978-0-230-21721-9
“Play the Scene” by Michael Schulman and Eva Mekler ISBN#: 978-0-312-31879-6
Schedule Week 1-Jan. 19: Introductions: Go over syllabus & Assign Chapters
Choose Scene #1 partners
Begin to choose scene #1
Week 2-Jan. 24: “Play the Scene” : Introduction (xv-xxv)
Introduce scene analysis
Scene #1 choices due
Jan. 26: “Acting Professionally”: Chapter 1 (pp. 1-12)

Begin scene work for scene #1
Begin scene analysis work for scene #1
Week 3- Jan. 31: “Acting Professionally”: Chapter 2 (pp. 13-45)
Feb. 2: IMPROVISATION
Continue work on scene analysis for scene #1
Week 4-Feb. 7: “Acting Professionally”: Chapter 2 (pp. 49-66)
CLASS IMPROVISATION #1
Production Evaluation 20%
2 Scenes 30%
Final Exam / Scene 40%
ATTIRE AND PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS:

Please wear loose, comfortable clothing, which will allow for complete freedom of movement (no
high heels, mini-skirts, or clothes that restrict movement).
ATTENDANCE/PARTICIPATION:
Acting requires teamwork, collaborating with one or more partners in exercises and scenes. A
key component of teamwork is trust among the participants. Your regular attendance and good
preparation for rehearsals and performances are vital in establishing and maintaining trust with
Course DRAM 2120
Title Theatre Practicum III

Textbooks None
Week 9-SPRINGBREAK
Week 10-UIL
Week16-Finishing up
PJC.

Work Call 15%

“Strikes” 15%
.
Course DRAM 2121
Title Theatre Practicum IV

Textbooks None
Week 9-SPRINGBREAK
Week 10-UIL
Week16-Finishing up
PJC.

Work Call 15%

“Strikes” 15%
.
Course ECON 2301

9780073375694).

Week 5- Exam 1
Week 9- Exam 2
Week 14- Exam 3

90 - 100 = A
80 - 89 = B
70 - 79 = C
60 - 69 = D
0 - 59 = F
proctored.
Course ECON 2301

Week 16-Final Exam

Final Exam 20%

90% – 100% A
80% – 89% B
70% – 79% C
60% – 69% D
0% – 59% F
Course ECON 2301

Week 16-Final Exam

Final Exam 20%

90% – 100% A
80% – 89% B
70% – 79% C
60% – 69% D
0% – 59% F
Course ECON 2301

Week 16-Final Exam

Final Exam 20%

90% – 100% A
80% – 89% B
70% – 79% C
60% – 69% D
0% – 59% F
Course ECON 2301

Week 16-Final Exam

Final Exam 20%

90% – 100% A
80% – 89% B
70% – 79% C
60% – 69% D
0% – 59% F
Course ECON 2301

9780073375694).

Week 5- Exam 1
Week 9- Exam 2
Week 14- Exam 3
90 - 100 = A
80 - 89 = B
70 - 79 = C
60 - 69 = D
0 - 59 = F
proctored.
Course ECON 2301

9780073375694).

Week 5- Exam 1
Week 9- Exam 2
Week 14- Exam 3

90 - 100 = A
80 - 89 = B
70 - 79 = C
60 - 69 = D
0 - 59 = F
proctored.
Course ECON 2301

9780073375694).

Week 5- Exam 1
Week 9- Exam 2
Week 14- Exam 3
90 - 100 = A
80 - 89 = B
70 - 79 = C
60 - 69 = D
0 - 59 = F
proctored.
Course ECON 2301

9780073375694).

Week 5- Exam 1
Week 9- Exam 2
Week 14- Exam 3
90 - 100 = A
80 - 89 = B
70 - 79 = C
60 - 69 = D
0 - 59 = F
proctored.
Course ECON 2302

9780073375694).

Week 5- Exam 1
Week 10- Exam 2

90 - 100 = A
80 - 89 = B
70 - 79 = C
60 - 69 = D
0 - 59 = F
proctored
Course ECON 2302

Week 16-Final Exam

Final Exam 20%

90% – 100% A
80% – 89% B
70% – 79% C
60% – 69% D
0% – 59% F
Course ECON 2302

Week 16-Final Exam

Final Exam 20%

90% – 100% A
80% – 89% B
70% – 79% C
60% – 69% D
0% – 59% F
Course ECON 2302

Week 16-Final Exam

Final Exam 20%

90% – 100% A
80% – 89% B
70% – 79% C
60% – 69% D
0% – 59% F
Course ECON 2302

9780073375694).

Week 5- Exam 1
Week 10- Exam 2
90 - 100 = A
80 - 89 = B
70 - 79 = C
60 - 69 = D
0 - 59 = F
proctored
Course ECON 2302

9780073375694).

Week 5- Exam 1
Week 10- Exam 2

90 - 100 = A
80 - 89 = B
70 - 79 = C
60 - 69 = D
0 - 59 = F
proctored
Course ECON 2302

Week 16-Final Exam

Final Exam 20%

90% – 100% A
80% – 89% B
70% – 79% C
60% – 69% D
0% – 59% F
Course ECON 2302

9780073375694).

Week 5- Exam 1
Week 10- Exam 2

90 - 100 = A
80 - 89 = B
70 - 79 = C
60 - 69 = D
0 - 59 = F
proctored
Course EDUC 1100
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate andapply the learning skills discussed across their own
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course EDUC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course EDUC 1301
Title Introduction to
Description An enriched, integrated pre-service course and content experience that: provides active recruitment
and institutional support of students interested in a teaching career, especially in high need fields;
provides students with opportunities to participate in early field observations at all levels of P-12
schools with varied and diverse student populations; provides students with support from college
and school faculty, preferably in small cohort groups, for the purpose of introduction to and
analysis of the culture of schooling and classrooms; State Board for Educator Certification
Pedagogy and Professional Responsibilities standards; and course must include a minimum of 16
contact hours of field experience in P-12 classrooms.
Textbooks Sadker, D. M., Zittleman, K. R., & Sadker, M. P. (2009). Teachers, schools, and society, 9th Ed.
Boston, MA: The McGraw- Hill Companies, Inc. ISBN: 978-0077377489
Schedule Week 1- Introductions, Course Syllabus

Week 2- Chapter 1Becoming a Teacher
Week 3- Chapter 2 Different Ways of Learning
Week 4- Chapter 3 Teaching Your Diverse Students
Week 5- Chapter 4 Student Life in School and at Home
Week 6- Chapter 5 Reforming America's Schools
Week 7- Chapter 6 Curriculum, Standards, and Testing
Week 8- Midterm Exam
Week 9- Chapter 7 The History of Education
Week 10- Chapter 8 Philosophy of Education
Week 11- Chapter 9 Financing Education
Week 12- Chapter 10 School Law and Ethics
Week 13- Chapter 11 Teacher Effectiveness
Week 14- Chapter 12 Q&A Guide to Teaching
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Each assignment in EDUC 1301 will receive a numerical grade based on a 100-point scale:
Chapter Quizzes, Letter to Yourself, Field Experience, Field Experience Reflection Paper, TExES
Competenies Course Notebook, Article/Case Study Critique.
Grading
90 or better equals: A
80-89 equals: B
70-79 equals: C
60-69 equals: D
less than 60 equals: F
EDUC 1301.

Culture
Cultural Identity
Civil Rights
Ethnicity
Race
Racism
Class Structure
Class Differences
7 & 8 Chapter 4 Gender and Sexual Orientation
Male and Female Differences
G d Id tit
Exams 200 points
_____________________
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Marian Ellis, M. Ed.
Section 02 email mellis@parisjc.edu
Course EDUC 2301
Description An enriched, integrated pre-service course and content experience that: provides an overview of
schooling and classrooms from the perspectives of language, gender, socioeconomic status, ethnic
and academic diversity, and equity with an emphasis on factors that facilitate learning; provides
students with opportunities to participate in early field observations of P-12 special populations;
should be aligned as applicable with State Board for Educator Certification Pedagogy and
Professional Responsibilities standards; must include a minimum of 16 contact hours of field
experience in P-12 classrooms with special populations; and pre-requisite for this course is EDUC
1301.
Textbooks • Gollnick, D. M., & Chinn, P. C. (2009). Multicultural education in a pluralistic society, 8e.
Pearson: Upper Saddle River, NJ. - ISBN-10: 0137147996 ; ISBN-13: 9780137147991
• My Education Access Code: ISBN-10: 0131598023 | ISBN-13: 9780131598027
Schedule Week 1 Introductions- Requirements

Week 2 Chapter 1 - Multicultural Education and Ethnicity and Race
Week 3 Chapter 2 - Ethnicity and Race
Week 4 Chapter 3 - Class & Socioeconomic Status
Week 5 Chapter 4 - Gender and Sexual Orientation
Week 6 Chapter 5 - Exceptionality
Week 7 Review for Midterm – Midterm Exam
Week 8 Library Database practice and “How to critique an article”
Week 9 Chapter 6 - Language
Week 10 Chapter 7 - Religion
Week 11 Chapter 8 - Geography
Week 12 National Library Week and TExES Competencies Activities
Week 13 Chapter 9 - Age
Week 14 Chapter 10 - Education That Is Multicultural
Week 15 Review for Final Exam - TExES Competencies
Week 16 Final Exam
Evaluation methods Daily reading responses/ Assignments -75 points
Philosophy of Education – Revised ed. -75 points
Exams - 200 points
Field Experiences - 100 points
Reflection Paper on FE - 75 points
Field Experience Presentation - 75 points
TExES Notebook - 100 points
Chapter Group Presentations - 100 points
Article Critique - 100 points
Attendance/Class Participation - 100 points
Total Points - 1000 points
EDUC 1301.

Culture
Cultural Identity
Civil Rights
Ethnicity
Race
Racism
Class Structure
Class Differences
Exams 200 points
_____________________
EDUC 1301.

Culture
Cultural Identity
Civil Rights
Ethnicity
Race
Racism
Class Structure
Class Differences
Exams 200 points
_____________________
EDUC 1301.

Culture
Cultural Identity
Civil Rights
Ethnicity
Race
Racism
Class Structure
Class Differences
Exams 200 points
_____________________
EDUC 1301.

Culture
Cultural Identity
Civil Rights
Ethnicity
Race
Racism
Class Structure
Class Differences
Exams 200 points
_____________________
EDUC 1301.

Culture
Cultural Identity
Civil Rights
Ethnicity
Race
Racism
Class Structure
Class Differences

Exams 200 points
_____________________
EDUC 1301.

Culture
Cultural Identity
Civil Rights
Ethnicity
Race
Racism
Class Structure
Class Differences

Exams 200 points
_____________________
Course EEIR 1201
Title Math for Electronics Technicians
Description An applied mathematics course with emphasis on the numbering systems, calculations and problem
solving skills needed to solve for electronic circuit parameters. Schematic diagrams and electronic
terminology are introduced.
Textbooks Text: None (Everything on computer)

Lab: None
Schedule Week # 1 – Basic Math

Week # 2 - Fractions
Week # 4 – Metric Notation
Week # 5 – Fundamentals of Algebra
Week # 6 – Linear Equations
Week # 8 - Polynomials
Week # 9 – Fundamentals of Trigonometry
Week # 10 – Trig Functions
Week # 11 – Graphing Trig Functions
Week # 12 – Trig Identities
Week # 13 – Angle Formulas
Week # 14 – Computer Math
Week # 15 – Measurements

100% : Weekly Exams 90 –100 is an “A”
80 – 90 is a “B”
70 – 80 is a “C"
Course ELMT 1480
college and the employer, the student combines classroom learning with work experience. Inc
ludes a lecture componennt.

Week 2- Work
Week 3- Work
Week 4- Work
Week 5- Work
Week 6- Work
Week 7- Work
Week 8- Work
Week 9- Work
Week 10- Work
Week 11- Work
Week 12- Work
Course ELMT 2380
college and the employer, the student combines classroom learning with work experience. Inc
ludes a lecture componennt.

Week 2- Work
Week 3- Work
Week 4- Work
Week 5- Work
Week 6- Work
Week 7- Work
Week 8- Work
Week 9- Work
Week 10- Work
Week 11- Work
Week 12- Work
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Patrick M. O'Connor
Section 02 email poconnor@parisjc.edu
Course ELMT-2441
Title Electro-Mechanical Systems
Description Application of electromechanical systems. Emphasizes programmable control devices and solid
state systems. Credits: SCH = 3 lecture and 1 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list.
CIP Code Description: 15.0403 (Electromechanical Technology/Electromechanical Engineering
Technology). Prerequisite(s): RBTC-1401 Programmable Logic Controllers.
Textbooks No text book required. Books will be provided. Handouts will be provided. A Jump Drive will be
required. A binder would be useful.
Schedule Week 1 – Introductions, Syllabus Review, Course Objectives, Grading, Class Schedule,
Homework, Tests, Programs, Communications Drivers, Final Exam, Intro to Hardware
Week 2 – Available Network Topologies, Software Overview (RSLogix 5000, RSLinx,
ControlFLASH, RSNetWorx), Communications Drivers, Homework Due (Lessons 1-3)
Week 3 – Adding Local IO, Program Structure, Program Execution, Download/Upload, Basic
Editing, Programming Exercises, Homework Due (Lessons 4-6)
Week 4 – Tags, Aliases, Arrays, Bit Instructions, Timer Instructions, Counter Instructions,
Programming Exercises, Homework Due (Lessons 7-9)
Week 5 – Test #1, Homework Due (Lessons 10-12)
Week 6 - Instructions (Math/Compute, Move/Mask, Program Control, Sequencer), Programming
Exercises, Homework Due (Lessons 13-15)
Week 7 – Remote IO, Ethernet, ControlNet, Scheduling a Network, Program Exercise, Homework
Due (Lessons 16-18)
Week 8 – Messaging, Ethernet, ControlNet, Programming Exercises
Week 9 – Test #2
Week 10 – Documenting and Searching, CTRL+F, Quick Search, Cross Reference, Search and
Find Exercises
Week 11 – Process Flow Control (PID Loops); Bit Tracing
Week 12 – Producer/Consumer Model, Ethernet, ControlNet, Programming Exercises
Week 13 – Test #3
Week 14 – Print Reading; All outstanding assignments due
Week 15 – Final Exam Review
Week 16 – Final Exam
Evaluation methods Tests and labs. Proctored demonstration by student.

Course ELMT 2433
Prerequisite(s):



50% : Final Exam 70 – 80 is a “C”
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Tony Hooks
Section 02 email thooks@flowserve.com
Course ELMT 2433
Prerequisite(s):



50% : Final Exam 70 – 80 is a “C”
Course ELMT 2437
978-0-8269-1791-1
Mazur/Proctor 978-0-8269-1793-0

50% : Final Exam 70 – 80 is a “C”
Course ELMT 2437
978-0-8269-1791-1
Mazur/Proctor 978-0-8269-1793-0


50% : Final Exam 70 – 80 is a “C”
Course EMSP 1160
occupational theory, skills, and concepts. Direct supervision is proviced by the clinical
professional.

Hospitals - 2 hours
Course EMSP 1160
professional.

Hospitals - 2 hours
Course EMSP 1162
professional.

Hospitals - 2.5 hours
Emergency Medical Services - 3.5 hours
Course EMSP 1355
Title Trauma Management
management of patients with traumatic injuries.

Trauma Systems, MOI, Hemorrhage and Shock,
Soft Tissue Trauma & Musculoskeletal, Burns,
Head and Face Trauma and Spinal Trauma,
Thoracic Trauma and Abdominal Trauma

Course EMSP 1501
ISBN: 0-13-507467-3

Medical Legal
Skill practice
Patient Assessment
Week 16: Final Exam

Course EMSP 1501
ISBN: 0-13-507467-3

Medical Legal
Skill practice
Patient Assessment
Week 16: Final Exam

Course EMSP 2434
Title Medical Emergencies
management of patients with medical emergencies.

Pulmonary, Neurology, Endocrinology
Allergies and Anaphylaxis, Gastroenterology and Urology
Toxicology, Environmental, Infectious and Communicable Diseases,
Behavioral/Psychiatric and Hematology, Gynocology/Obstetrics

Course EMSP 2444
Title Cardiology
Description Assessment and management of patients with cardiac emergencies. Includes single and multi-lead
ECG interpretation.

Electrocardiograms Single Lead, Week 3-Electrocardiograms 12 Lead
Assessment of Cardiac Patient and Angina/AMI,
Left/Right Heart Failure, Cardiogenic Shock/Hypotension,
ACLS-Algorythms, ACLS SKILLS, Difibrillation/Pacing/Cardioverson
Megacode

Course ENGL0101
punctuation.

Punctuation
Capitalization
Present tense verbs
Past tense verbs
Simple sentences
Compound sentences
Evaluation methods The ENGL 0101 grade is 25% of the ENGL 0301 grade; therefore, the ENGL 0301 grade is 75%
of the ENGL 0101 grade. Grades for both classes will appear on the semester grade report.
Exit Exam
Course ENGL0101
punctuation.

Punctuation
Capitalization
Present tense verbs
Past tense verbs
Simple sentences
Compound sentences
Exit Exam
Course ENGL0101
punctuation.

Punctuation
Capitalization
Present tense verbs
Past tense verbs
Simple sentences
Compound sentences
Exit Exam
Course ENGL0101
punctuation.

Punctuation
Capitalization
Present tense verbs
Past tense verbs
Simple sentences
Compound sentences
Exit Exam
Course ENGL0101
punctuation.

Punctuation
Capitalization
Present tense verbs
Past tense verbs
Simple sentences
Compound sentences
Exit Exam
Course ENGL 0101
Title Development in Writing Lab
Description The writing lab course is taken concurrently with Developmental English 0301. The lab focuses on
how grammar, usage, and sentence structure contribute to clarity of communication and, thus, to
writing that is clear and easy to understand. The course is designed to facilitate the students'
endeavors to acquire a level of English usage that matches standards of edited American English set
by the core curriculum and the Communications Division.
Readings. 3rd ed. Boston: Bedford, 2008. ISBN 978.0312.45989-5.
Schedule Lab work will coordinate with assignments in 0301.40

Evaluation methods All grades in lab practice work will be considered equal.
requirements).
experienced or seen prejudice in society today. 9. Review comma splices. Write a paragraph
about which person influenced you the most as a child. 10. Review run-on sentences. Write a
paragraph about whether schools have the righat to search a student's locker. 11. Review
subject/verb agreement. Write a paragraph about a beautiful object. 12. Review recogizing
consisent verb tense. Write a paragraph about what makes body piercing appealing. Have students
make a list of items to review for test. 13. Turn in paragraph that has been redone for a better
grade. Review. 14. Final exam.
quiz for each scheduled lesson. Reading selections will help generate ideas and serve as models
for your writing assignments. The accompanying lab, English 0101/0102 will provide a time for
Evaluation methods



Week 5 - Spelling
Week 16- Final
Evaluation methods
Course ENGL0102





Irregular verbs


Participle phrases

Exit Exam
Course ENGL0102





Irregular verbs


Participle phrases

Exit Exam
Course ENGL0102





Irregular verbs


Participle phrases

Exit Exam
Course ENGL0102





Irregular verbs


Participle phrases

Exit Exam
Course ENGL0102





Irregular verbs


Participle phrases

Exit Exam
Course ENGL0102





Irregular verbs


Participle phrases

Exit Exam
Course ENGL0102





Irregular verbs


Participle phrases

Exit Exam
Course ENGL0102





Irregular verbs


Participle phrases

Exit Exam
Course ENGL0102





Irregular verbs


Participle phrases

Exit Exam
413-03346-5


Total = 1600 points
1600-1440 points = A
1439-1280 points = B
1279-1120 points = C
to pass the class.

413-03346-5


Total = 1600 points
1600-1440 points = A
1439-1280 points = B
1279-1120 points = C
to pass the class.

requirements).
states the direction of the paragraph. Topic statements that are not too broad or too narrow. Write
a esssay stating the long-term goals you want to achieve in life. 3. Parts of a paragraph: Topic
Evaluation methods



Week 5 - Spelling
Week 16- Final
Evaluation methods
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Linda Su Knox
Term Spring Phone 903-783-0310 (leave message)
Section 02 email lknox@parisjc.edu
Course ENGL 0301
Title Basic English
Description A basic developmental course designed to improve students’ skills in formulating simple and
compound sentences, basic subject-verb agreement, punctuation, and spelling rules. Students will
also gain skills in writing clear logically developed paragraphs, using standard English. Designed
for students seeking basic English usage as mandated by assessment. Students must take ENGL
0101 concurrently. Essay Exit Exam required. Will not count towards degree.
Textbooks Kirszner, Laurie G., and Stephen R. Mandell. Foundations First with Readings: Sentences and
Paragraphs. 3rd Edition. Boston, MA: Bedford/St. Martin’s, 2008 ISBN#978-0-0312-45989-5
Other materials required: paper, pens, pencil, college-level dictionary, spiral notebook for journal.
Schedule Week 1- Martin Luther King Holiday – no class
Week 2- Introduction to Course; Syllabus; Diagnostic Writing
Week 3- Topic Sentences; Reading Comprehension & Vocabulary development; Grammar
exercise; Journaling Process Review/Feedback
Week 4- Topic Sentence Review; Reading Comprehension & Vocabulary development; Grammar
exercise; Journal Feedback; Body of Paragraph; Writing Assignment
Week 5- Body of Paragraph Review; Reading Comprehension & Vocabulary development,
Grammar exercise; Journal Feedback; Organizing Details; Writing Assignment
Week 6- Organizing Details Review; Reading Comprehension & Vocabulary development;
Grammar exercise; Journal Feedback; Transitions; Writing Assignment
Week 7- Transitions Review; Reading Comprehension & Vocabulary development; Grammar
exercise; Journal Feedback; Closing Sentence; Writing Assignment
Week 8- Closing Sentence Review; Reading Comprehension & Vocabulary development; Grammar
exercise; Journal Feedback; Writing Assignment
Week 9- Spring Break – no class
Feedback; Writing Assignment, Preparation for Exit Exam
Week 16- : Exit Exam
GRADES:
Explanation of Semester Grade:
A = average of 90-100 on all work
B = average of 80-89 on all work
C = average of 70-79 on all work
D = passing average of 70 or above, but failure to pass Exit Exam
F = failure to compile an average of 70
Computation of Grade:
ENGL 0101 25%
Class work 15%
Writing assignments 40%
Journal 20%
Semester Grade 100% + passing Exit Exam
***Exit Exam will be given on May 2 in Room AD#130***

Course ENGL 0301.40
Title DEVELOPMENT IN ENGLISH
Description ENGL 0301.40 is designed for students to gain skills in writing clear, logically developed
paragraphs using standard English. It is also designed for students seeking English usage mandated
by assessment. A lab (English 0101) is required. An essay Exit Exam is required. Even though the
course carries three semester hours of credit, it may not be used to satisfy degree requirements.
However, the three class hours do count toward financial aid, scholarship hours, and the Texa 6-
Drop Rule.
Readings. 3rd ed. Boston: Bedford, 2008. ISBN 978.0312.45989-5
Schedule Students will be expected to write every class period.

Week 1: Assessment of writing skills.
Weeks 2 through 4: Practice writing effective sentences.
Weeks 5 through 8: Review basic grammar.
Weeks 9 through 12: Practice punctuation, mechanics, and spelling.
Weeks 13 through 16: Demonstrate ability to write effective paragraphs.
Evaluation methods Students will earn grades for writing sentences, paragraphs, and chapter practice assignments. All
grades will be counted equally.
requirements).
experienced or seen prejudice in society today. 9. Review comma splices. Write a paragraph
about which person influenced you the most as a child. 10. Review run-on sentences. Write a
paragraph about whether schools have the righat to search a student's locker. 11. Review
subject/verb agreement. Write a paragraph about a beautiful object. 12. Review recogizing
consisent verb tense. Write a paragraph about what makes body piercing appealing. Have students
make a list of items to review for test. 13. Turn in paragraph that has been redone for a better
grade. Review. 14. Final exam.
Evaluation methods



Week 5 - Spelling
Week 16- Final
Evaluation methods
Course English 0302
and short composition with emphasis on clarity, coherence, and correctness of usage and
mechanics. Lab 0102 required. Essay EXIT exam required.
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 2009.

Week 2-Writing First and Second Drafts of the Illustration Essay
Week 3-In-class Writing and Discussion of the next essay (Comparison/contrast)
Week 4-Discussion of Topic Sentences and Paragraphs, pp. 36-53Write Essay II.
Week 5-Discussion of Essays I and II; discuss pp. 64-76.
Week 6-Preparation for Essay III: Write First and Second Drafts for Editing; see pp.76-90.
Week 7-Disscusion of the Classification Essay and the Definition Essays
Week 8-Discussion of 100-118; 119-127; 130-142 and write Essay IV.
Week 9-Review the weaknesses and strengths of Essays I, II, III and IV.
Week 10- Preparation for writing Essay V, Cause/effect analysis-
Week 11-Discussion of pp. 160-178; 182-209; 243-250; and 218-236
Week 12-Write First and Second Drafts of Essay VI, Process analysis.
Week 13-Discuss 296-303; write a practice Exit Essay for holistic scoring.
Week 14-Final Review for Exit Exam
Evaluation methods ***Your grade will be determined by the quality of your work in class and in ENGL 0102. In
addition, at the end of the semester, you must pass an EXIT exam which will measure your
grammar and writing skills, demonstrating those competencies you will need to enter English 1301.
The EXIT exam will be given on Friday, December 3rd in AD124.***
COMPUTATION OF GRADE:
ENGL 0102 25%
daily work 15%
Semester Grade 100% + passing EXIT exam

Course ENGL 0302
and short composition with emphasis on clarity, coherence, and correctness of usage and
mechanics. Lab 0102 required. Essay EXIT exam required.
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 2009. ISBN
978-1-428-03346-5
Schedule Week 1-Holiday
Week 2-Review syllabus; text reading p. 2-21;writing exercise; in-class writing
Week 3-Appendix A, sets 1-26; quiz over sets;text reading p. 28-78
Week 4-Quiz over subject-verb agreement; workshop p. 92; irregular verbs p. 455 and quiz
Week 5-Appendix A, sets 27-45; text reading p. 100-142 and quiz; writing workshop
Week 6-Quiz over sets 27-45; text reading p. 153-178 and quiz; writing workshop
Week 7-text reading p. 179-185; practices p. 188-209; writing workshop
Week 8-text reading p. 207-212; writing with examples p. 218; quiz and writing workshop
Week 14-practice essays using prompts; revisions/questions & answers
Week 15-EXIT essay May 2------6-9pm
Week 16-grades due
Evaluation methods ENGL 0102 25%
daily work 15%

Course ENGL 0302
Description A course which continues the instruction and reinforcement of those skills taught in English 0301,
and is designed to provide varied writing exercises on paragraphs and short composition with
emphasis on clarity, coherence, and correctness of usage and mechanics. Lab 0102 required and
EXIT essay exam required.
Textbooks Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, and Diane Holguin-Balough. Writing Paragraph's and Essays:
Intergrating Reading, Writing and Grammar Skills. 6th ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 2009. Print
ISBN 978-1-428-03346-5
Schedule Week 1-syllabus review; in-class writing; Introduction to Writing p. 2-19
Week 2-exercise p. 19; Topic Sentences p. 28-35; in-class writing
Week 15-timed in-class writing
Week 16-grades due
Evaluation methods COMPUTATION OF GRADE:
ENGL 0102 25%
daily (in-class work) 15%
essay writing assignments 60%

Section .05 email
Course ENGL 0302
Description English 0302 is a developmental writing course which is continues reinforcement of those skills
taught in ENGL 0301. This course is designed to provide varied writing exercise on paragraphs
and short composition with emphasis on clarity, coherence, and correction of usage and
mechanics. Student s must take ENGL 0102 concurrently. Credit: 3 semester hours plus 1
semester hour with lab. Prerequisite(s): ENGL 0301 or placement by department.
Textbooks • Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, Diana Holguin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays:
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th edition. Wadsworth, 2009.
Schedule Week 1- Introduction, Syllabus, Requirements

Week 4-Topic Sentence
Week 5-Paragraphs
Week 6-Purpose
Week 7-Audience
Week 9-Thesis
Week 10-Introductions and Hooks
Week 11-Transitions
Week 12-Conclusions
Week 13-Review for Exit Exam
Week 14-Exit Exam
Week 15-Exit Exam
Week 16-Exit Exam
Evaluation methods An EXIT exam will be given at the end of the semester. The semester grade will be based on the
following: lab (25%), daily work (15%), and writing assignments (60%). A = 90-100, B = 80-89,
C = 70-79, F = failure to complete an average of 70 or failure to pass the EXIT exam.
413-03346-5


Total = 1600 points
1600-1440 points = A
1439-1280 points = B
1279-1120 points = C
to pass the class.

413-03346-5


Total = 1600 points
1600-1440 points = A
1439-1280 points = B
1279-1120 points = C
to pass the class.

requirements).
states the direction of the paragraph. Topic statements that are not too broad or too narrow. Write
a esssay stating the long-term goals you want to achieve in life. 3. Parts of a paragraph: Topic
Evaluation methods



Week 5 - Spelling
Week 16- Final
Evaluation methods
Course ENGLISH 1301

Week 3- Narration
Week 4- Description
Week 9- Spring week
Week 11- Process
Week 13- Caged Bird
Week 14- Caged Bird
Week 15- Caged Bird
Written essays 60%
Final exam 20%
A= 90-95
B= 80-89
C= 70-79
D= 60-69
F= 0- 59
Course ENGLISH 1301

Week 3- Narration
Week 4- Description
Week 9- Spring week
Week 11- Process
Week 13- Caged Bird
Week 14- Caged Bird
Week 15- Caged Bird
Written essays 60%
Final exam 20%
A= 90-95
B= 80-89
C= 70-79
D= 60-69
F= 0- 59
Course English 1301
discourse with emphasis on the writing of class themes. The course may include individual
conferences and required library work.theme development. The course focuses on the analysis of
written discourse with emphasis on the writing of class themes. The course may include individual
conferences and required library work.building, and use of the library. This includes assigned
literary study, library readings, research essays, and analysis of themes.
Textbooks Required Texts:

Kirszner, Laurie G., and Stephen R. Mandell. Patterns for College
Writing: A Rhetorical Reader and Guide. 11th ed. Boston: Bedford/St. Martin’s, 2007. ISBN:
0-312-48841-6

2009, ISBN-13: 978-0-312-59332-2 or ISBN-10: 0-312-59332-5
Courtenay, Bryce. The Power of One. Any edition

Week 2-Discuss The Writing Process, 15-35 and Diagnostic Testing
Week 3-"Finishing School," 107-111 and "Shooting an Elephant," 126-132
Week 4-"Thirty-Eight Who Saw Murder...," 120-123' "Revising/Editing," 37-39
Week 5-Completion of Essay #1 and Introduction to descriptive writing; 167-169 and 183-188
Week 6-Writing The First Draft of Essay #2; Revising and Writing the Final Draft
Week 7-Exemplification, 199-206; "Why Marriage Is Good for You," 2227-233
Week 8-Exemplificaiton Essay Is Due; Cause and Effect, 321-333
Week 9-Comparison and Contrast, 383-391 and Complete Essay # 3
Week 10-Continue "Comparison/Contrast, 383-39: Argumentation, 547-567
Week 11-Discussion of Classification and Division, 447-454
Week 12-Discuss The Novel, The Power of One.
Week 13-Discussion of the novel and Definition, 505-512
Week 14-Completion of Essay #4, Argumentation
Week 15-Review for the Final.
Week 16-Final Exam
3 Essays (Narration, Description, Cause and Effect) 30%
Quizzes & Outlines 15%
Novel Exam 15%
Participation (includes in-class work) 05%
Final Exam 20%
Total: 100%
Course ENGL 1301
discourse with emphasis on the writing of class themes. The course m erequisite(s): Students must
successfully complete English 0302 with a C or above or achieve placement by department (based
on admission information) before enrolling in English 1301. The course may include individual
conferences and required library work.
2011, ISBN-10: 0-312-64361-6 or ISBN-13” 978-0-312-53921-4
2009, ISBN-13: 978-0-312-59332-2 or ISBN-10: 0-312-59332-5
Bradbury, Ray. Fahrenheit 451. Any Edition.
Week 2- The Writing Process; Quiz 1; Narrative Writing; Quiz 2.
Week 3-Narrative Writing & "Revising & Editing."
Week 4- Essay #1 Due; Descriptive Writing.
Week 5- In-Class Essay (#2)
Week 6- Exemplifiction; Exemplification Outline Due
Week 7- Cause & Effect; Comparison & Contrast; Quiz 4
Week 8- Essay #3 Due; Begin Argumentation
Week 9- Comparison & Contrast Outline Due. Begin Research Documentation.
Week 10- Classification & Division; Continue Research Documentation.
Week 11- Fahrenheit 451
Week 12- Fahrenheit 451 & Process Writing; Essay #4 Due.
Week 13- Fahrenheit 451 & Definition; Quiz 5.
Week 14- Novel Exam & Video
Week 15- Novel Video & Prepare for final
Week 16- Final
Evaluation methods 3 Essays (Narration, Description, Cause and Effect) 30%
Quizzes, Outlines, & Peer Review 15%
Novel Exam 10%
Participation/Attendance (includes in-class work) 10%
Final Exam 20%
Total: 100%
Year 2010-2011 Office AD133 (Paris); Office C (SS)
Term Springs Phone 903.782.0272; 903.885.1232(SSC)
Course ENGL 1301
This section of English 1301 is a traditional class involving writing assignments and
exercises, in-class writing or editing workshops, group work, class discussions, tests or
quizzes, lecture, and reading.

ISBN: 0-312-48841-6.
ISBN: 0-312-59332-5.
Chevalier, Tracy. Girl with a Pearl Earring. Any edition.
Schedule Week 1: Introduction; Reading to Write
Week 2: The Writing Process; Essay Format
Week 3: Narration
Week 4: Arranging/Revising/Editing; Description
Week 6: Cause and Effect; Punctuation/Sentence Structure
Week 7: Begin essay 2; Use essay 2 drafts in small group workshops
Week 9: Documentation; Use documented essays in small group workshops
Week 10: Classification and Division; Definition
Week 11: Comparison and Contrast; Library Orientation
Week 12: Novel Exam
Week 13: Novel (begin discussion)
Week 14: Novel (small groups)
Week 15: Novel; prepare for final
Week 16: Final Exam
compositions. (Essays completed out of class will be typed per assigned guidelines.) Students will
also be required to complete reading assignments, other writing assignments, and a novel exam
(which must be taken before class discussion of the novel begins), to participate in class
discussions, and to attend any individual conferences set by the instructor. Students will write in-
class essays for the final.
Essay 1, 15%
Essay 2, 15%
Essay 3, 20% (documented essay; required)
Essay 4, 15%
Essay 5, 15% (counts as the final exam; required)
Novel Exam, 10% (must be taken when scheduled)
Participation, 10% (absences/tardies affect this grade, too)
No more than one late paper shall be allowed; a late paper must be turned in by the next class
period. The grade deduction will be 15 points.
Course ENGL1301
Description ENGL 1301 Composition I
Text: Kirzner, Laurie G. and Stephen R. Mandell. Patterns for College Writing: A Rhetorical
Reader and Guide. 11th ed. Boston: Bedford, 2010. ISBN:0-312-60152-2
Handbook: Hacker, Diana. A Writer’s Reference. 6th ed. Boston: Bedford, 2003.
ISBN: 0-312-45025-7
Readings: Steinbeck, John. Of Mice and Men

#1 assigned. How to format a college essay. Where to get help.
Week 2- The basics of the college-level essay. Elements of effective communication.
Week 3- Introduction to collaborative learning: writing workshop: Main idea. Thesis and
support. Description, Narrative and Process. Essay #2 assigned. Workshop: MLA style.
Week 4- How to do a Works Cited page: Citing a book, a periodical, and a website.
Week 5- Essay #2 due. Comparison/contrast, Exemplification, Cause/Effect and other patterns.
Of Mice And Men Test. Essay #3 (research essay ) assigned.
Week 6- Steinbeck's Of Mice and Men and Burns' To A Mouse... Discussion groups.
Week 7- Mid Term Grade Averages given. Of Mice and Men. PJC Library and databases.
Where to get help with Essay #3.
Week 8- Of Mice and Men. Works Cited sheet, copies of research for Essay #3 due
Week 9- Essay #3 Peer Review. Essay #3 due. Elements of Persuasion
Week 10- Ethics of Argumentation: Fallacies. Workshop.
Week 11- Ethics of Argumentation: Workshop.
Week 12- Grade averages given: Persuasive project assigned.
Week 13- Persuasive project: Group collaboration. Portfolios due.
Week 14- Persuasive projects due
Week 15- Review for Final Exam. Extra help.
Week 16- Final Exam
Assignments and Grading

Essay #1: 5%
Essay #2: 10%
Project: Argumentation: 10%
Propaganda and Rhetoric Response, plus various presentations, workshops 5%
Essay #3: 20%
Mid Term Test 15%
Portfolio Grade (evaluated for completeness, proof of improved skills) 15%
Final Exam 10%
GBO: (Participation/Attendance, Quizzes/informal essays, Peer Reviews
Portfolio, Collaborative exercises, Improvement) 10% of total grade
TOTAL: 100%
Section 41 email sdennehy@parisjc.edu
Course 1301
Title English
Description Principles and techniques of written, expository, and persuasive composition; analysis of
literary, expository, and persuasive texts; and critical thinking.
Textbooks Kirszner, Laurie and Mandell. Stephen, Patterns for College Writing. 11th ed.
ISBN: 0-312-44586-5.
Hacker, Diana. A Writer’s Reference. 6th ed.ISBN: 0-312-45025-7
Fitzgerald, F. Scott, The Great Gatsby.
Week 3-grammar review; narration and description
Week 4-grammar review; exemplification; comparison/contrast
Week 5-Peer editing; essay due
Week 6-Definition
Week 7-Peer editing
Week 8-Introduction of research process
Week 9-Research workshops
Week 10-Novel exam and overview of novel
Week 11-novel
Week 12-novel; research essay due
Week 13-novel
Week 14-novel
Week 15-novel
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods Essays (3, at 100 points each) 300 points
Research essay 100 points
Final exam essay 100 points
Novel exam 100 points
Student Engagement 50 points
Course grade: 585-650: A

520-584: B
455-519: C
390-454: D
Below 390: F
Section 42 email pholcomb@parisjc.edu
Course ENG 1301
organization, and theme development. Analysis of written discourse with emphasis on the writing of
class themes. Individual conferences and required library work. See Prerequisite requirements in
catalouge
Textbooks Patterns for College Writing: A Rhetorical Reader and Guide 11th Edition by Kirszner & Mandell
A Writer's Reference 6th Edition by Diana Hacker
The Picutre of Dorian Gray by Oscar Wilde
Schedule Week 1 The Writing Process Read Chapters 1-5
Week 2 Description Ch 7
Week 3 Narration Chapter 6
Week 4 Exemplification chapter 8
Week 5 Cause and Effect Chapter 10
Week 6 Process Chapter 9
Week 7 Comparison Contrast Chapter 11
Week 8 Classification and Division Chapter 12
Week 9 Spring Break
Week 10 Definition Chapter 13
Week 11 Argumenation, Introduction, Deduction, and Induction Chapter 14 Week
12 Argumentation Dealing with opposition and recogninzing Logical Fallacies Ch 14 and The
Picture of Dorian Gray Ch 1-8
Week 13 Writing a Research Paper & The Picture of Dorian Gray ch 9-17
Week 14 Writing a Research Paper, Annotated Bib. & Finish The Picture of Dorian Gray
Week 15 Themes Proposal and Drafting
Week 16 Peer review, Revisions, Portfolio Work
Week 17 Final Paper and Portfolio Due
Evaluation methods Attendence/Participation 10% (as long as absence and tardy policy are followed)
Jouranl 10%
Quizzes 10%
Essays 60%
Porfolio 10%
A 90%-100%, B 80%-89%, C 70%-79%, D 60%-69%, F Below 60%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Sean Ferrier-Watson
Year 2011 Office PJC-GC 201
Section 43 email seanwatson08@yahoo.com
Course ENGL 1301
Title Composition & Rhetoric
Description This course is a study of grammar and composition through analysis of sentence structure,
paragraph organization, and theme development. You will be expected to conduct an analysis of
written discourse with emphasis on the writing of class themes, including critical observations about
your own work and material from the textbook and handouts.
Textbooks Kirszner, Laurie G., and Stephen R. Mandell. Patterns for College Writing: A Rhetorical Reader
and Guide. 10th ed. Boston: Bedford, 2007. ISBN-13:978-0-312-60152-2
Hacker, Diana. A Writer’s Reference. 6th ed. New York: Bedford, 2007. ISBN-13:978-0-312-
45025-0
L H T Kill A M ki bi d N Y k W B k 1982 ISBN 0 446 22227 5
Schedule Week 1-Narration & Description
Week 2-Argumentation and Persuasion
Week 3-Argumentation Cont.
Week 4-Exemplification & Process
Week 5-Compare and Contrast
Week 6-Classification and Division
Week 7-Classification & Division Cont.
Week 8-Combining the Patterns
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 10-Controversial Texts and Literary Genres
Week 15-Research and Final Discussion
Week 16-Peer Editing and Final Paper
Evaluation methods Participation 20%
Weekly Response Papers 20%
Essay #1: Persuasive/Argumentative Essay 20%
Essay #2: Informative Essay 20%
Essay #3: Critical Analysis/Research Paper 20%

Diagnostic A and B tests (not graded)
Course ENGL 1301
Description ENGL 1301 is a reading and writing intensive course; there will be lecture, group work, in-class
activities, and research involved in producing essays during the semester according to the
specifications outlined in each assignment, as well as the independent reading of an assigned novel.
Credit value: Three hours. Prerequisites: based upon TSI placement
Textbooks • Kirszner, Laurie G. and Stephen R. Mandell. Patterns for College Writing. 11th ed. New York:
Bedford/St. Martins 2010. (ISBN: 978-0-312-53551-3).
• Hacker, Diana. A Writer’s Reference. 6th ed. New York: Bedford/St Martins
2007. (ISBN: 978-0-312-45052-0).
• Alexie, Sherman. The Absolutely True Diary of a Part-Time Indian. Any
edition.
Schedule Week One: Reading to Write
Basic Grammar
Week Two: Writing Process & Description
Basic Grammar & Word Choice
Week Three: Understanding Thesis and Support
Arrangement
Mechanics & Grammar
Week Four: Narrative
Drafting and Revising
Week Five: Editing and Proofreading
MLA Style
Week Six: Definition & Exemplification
Week Seven: Reading the Novel
Cause and Effect
Punctuation
Week Eight: Reading the Novel
Week Nine: The Rhetorical Precis
Week Ten: Researching
Week Eleven: Comparison and Contrast
Punctuation
Week Twelve: Combining the Patterns
Academic Writing
Week Thirteen: Dramatization of the novel
Week Fourteen: Compare & Contrast
Week Fifteen: Bibliography and Academic Essay
Week Sixteen: Final Examination
Evaluation methods The student must complete five essays demonstrating knowledge of the aims and modes of
discourse as well as the comprehension of composition and literary terms and critical thinking
skills. Students must read selections outside of class as assigned by the instructor, complete reading
quizzes, write and submit essays, and submit a final exam to successfully complete ENGL 1301.
The final exam is required and will be given on the date and time as scheduled by the College;
failure to complete the final exam will result in failure of the course
Course English 1301
organization, and theme development. Analysis of written discourse with emphasis on the writing
of class themes. Individual conferences and required library work.
Textbooks Krszner, Laurie G.< and Stephen R. Mandell Patterns for College Wrighting: A Rhetorical
Reader and Guide. 11th ed. Boston/St. Martin's, 2011. ISBN#978-0-312-60152-2
Martin’s, 2007. ISBN # 978-0-312-45025-0
Steinbeck, John. Of Mice and Men. Any edition.
Schedule Jan 24 Introduction
Audience (p.19), Exercise 2 (p. 21), Thesis (p. 32) Subject + Opinion + 1, 2, 3
Jan 30 Read: Narration (p. 83 - 93 )
“Only Daughter” (p. 97) “Shooting an Elephant” (p. 126) Checking for format (p. 77-79)
MLA Format Example Assign Essay #1 Page 141
Feb 7 Workshop Essay # 1 Bring 2 copies for your essay to class with you for a writer’s workshop
Feb 14 Essay #1 Due Read: Description (p. 143-160), “Ground Zero” (p. 167-170), “Words Left
Unspoken” (p. 172-174) Assign Essay #2 Descriptive Page 197
Feb 21 Workshop Essay # 2 Bring 2 copies for your essay to class with you for a writer’s
workshop
Feb 28 Essay #2 Due Read: Cause and Effect (p. 321-336), Collaborative Cause and Effect
Project
Mar 7 Bring Hacker Text, Read: Argumentation (p. 547-572), “Debate: Is Wal-Mart good for
America” (p. 629-634) Assign Essay #3 (essay with documentation)
Mar 14 SPRING BREAK
Mar 21 Read: Process (p. 263 - 279), “How to Escape a Bad Date” (291 - 296), Collaborative
Process Project
Mar 28 Essay #3 Due, Read: Definition (p. 505 - 516), “I want a wife” (p. 520), “Wife Beater” (p.
529)
Assign Essay #4 Description
Apr 4 Workshop Essay # 4 Bring 2 copies for your essay to class with you for a writer’s workshop
Apr 11 Novel Test over Of Mice and Men
*********April 14 Last Day to drop a class with a “W”*********
May 2 Film
May 9 Final Paper Due
Evaluation methods Students will write the following essays: Narration, Description, Definition, Persuasive, Cause an
Effect, and Process

Reading quizzes 20%
Essays 50%
Course ENGL 1301
paragraph organization, and theme development. The course comprises analysis of written
discourse with emphasis on the writing of class themes.
Textbooks Hacker, Diana. A Writer's Reference. 6th ed. Boston:Bedford/St. Martin's, 2009.
Kirszner, Laurie and Stephen Mandell. Patterns for College Writing. 11th ed. Boston: Bedford/St.
Martin's, 2010.
Walls, Jeannette. The Glass Castle. Any edition.
Schedule Week 1- "Reading to Write" Intro. And writing analysis

Week 2- The Writing Process and Narration
Week 3-Narrative essay due; Argumentation
Week 4-Lecture and research in the library
Week 5-Internal Documentation; Classification and Division
Week 6-Conferences for documented essay
Week 7-Definition essays
Week 8-Description essays
Week 9-Comparison and Contrast
Week 11-Cause and Effect
Week 12-Part 1 of The Glass Castle; Process essays
Week 13-Part 2 of The Glass Castle
Week 14-Part 3 of The Glass Castle; film: My Left Foot
Week 15-First drafts of Final
Week 16-Revision of Final essay
Evaluation methods The documented essay counts 20%; the other four essays count 12% each; the memoir tests average
counts 12%; daily participation counts 20%.
Instruction will include writing assignments and exercises. journals, revising activities, editing
conferences, group work. class discussions. tests, quizzes, lectures, and readings.
Year 2010-2011 Office AD 133 (Paris); Office C (Sulphur Sp
Course ENGL 1301
This section of English 1301 is a nontraditional class involving writing assignments, class
discussions forums, chat sessions, emails, reading assignments, quizzes/exams, instructor-provided
PowerPoints.

ISBN: 0-312-48841-6.
ISBN: 0-312-59332-5.
Bradbury, Ray. Fahrenheit 451. Any edition.
Schedule
Week 1: Sentence Types
Week 2: Sentence Structure; Essay Structure
Week 3: Narration
Week 4: Subject-verb Agreement; Description
Week 6: Comma Usage; Cause and Effect
Week 8: Documented essay
Week 9: Classification and division
Week 10: Definition
Week 11: Comparison/contrast
Weeks 12/13: Novel
Week 14: Novel
Week 15: Novel Essay
Week 16: Final Exam
compositions. Essays will be typed and will be submitted on-line. Students will also be required to
complete a novel exam (which must be taken before class discussion of the novel begins), to
complete reading and other writing assignments, to participate in class discussion forums and chat
sessions. Students will submit essays for the final.
Writing [essay 1--8%; essays 2, 4--10% each]--28%; Documented Essay [essay 3]--12%; Novel
Essay--10%; Grammar Quizzes--8%; Essay Quizzes--12%; Novel exam [on-campus exam over
novel; separate from the essay over the novel; required]--10%; Discussion--12%; Chat--8%.
The novel exam will be taken on one of our three campuses in a supervised environment and is a
required component of the course. Non-PJC students may request permission to test on their
campuses.
Students should submit work within the availability windows for each assignment and exam.
Course ENGL 1301
Title Comp and Rhetoric I
Description This is a composition course including grammar review, editing, theme development, and critical
reading. The course seeks to strengthen students' writing abilities and improve their proficiency in
critical reading and in writing nonfiction prose, with emphasis on narration, exposition, and
persuasion. Assignments will include writing essays, reading nonfiction essays and a novel, taking a
reading exam over the novel, and working grammar exercises.
Textbooks Patterns for College Writing: A Rhetorical Reader and Guide, 11th edition, Laurie G. Kirszner and
Stephen R. Mandell, Bedford/St. Martin's, 2010, ISBN-10: 0-312-48841-6 or ISBN-13: 978-0-312-
48841-3
A Writer's Reference, 6th edition, Diana Hacker, Bedford/St. Martin's, 2007, ISBN: 0-312-45025-7
To Kill A Mockinbird, Harper Lee, any edition
Schedule Week 1 - January 18-23 - Students will learn to recognize the different sentence types: simple,
compound, and complex. View the "Welcome" PPT. Send me an e-mail through WebCT
acknowledging you have accessed the course. Read the "Discussion Instructions" in the Discussion
Forum and respond as instructed. Post your biography under the "Post Your Biography" topic in the
Discussion Forum. In A Writer's Reference, read pages 507-508. View the "Sentence Types" PPT.
Take the quiz on Sentence Types.
Week 2 - January 25-30 - Students will learn to recognize sentence structure errors: comma splice,
run-on sentence, sentence fragment. In A Writer's Reference, read pages 3-13 and 204-215. View
the "Sentence Structure" PPT. Take the quiz on Sentence Structure.
Week 3 - January 31-February 6 - Students should understand and be able to use a five-paragraph
essay format in a variety of writing circumstances. Note: this is the format that will be required for
your essay assignments in this course. In Patterns for College Writing, read pages 37-66. View the
"Five-paragraph Format" PPT.
Week 4 - February 7-13 - Students will learn the criteria for writing a narrative essay, including
writing in an orderly, logical sequence. In Patterns for College Writing, read pages 83-96; Sandra
Cisneros' "Only Daughter" pp. 97-100; George Orwell's "Shooting an Elephant" pp. 126-32. View
the "Narration" PPT. Take the quiz on Orwell. Make a discussion posting on Cisneros in the
Discussion Forum.
ESSAY ASSIGNMENT #1: Write a narrative of 500-600 words on your first college experience.
The essay may be written in first or third person. Remember to use quotation marks if you use
dialogue. THIS ESSAY IS DUE BY 7 P.M., FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 11.
Week 5 - February 14-20 - Students will learn to be aware of subject-verb agreement in sentences.
In A Writer's Reference, read pages 163-171. View the "Subject-Verb Agreement" PPT. Take the
quiz on Subject-Verb Agreement.
Week 6 - February 21-27 - Students will learn the criteria for writing a descriptive essay, relying on
the five senses—sight, hearing, taste, touch, and smell. In Patterns for College Writing, read pages
Evaluation methods STUDENT RESPONSIBILITIES: Because this is a fully online class, it is imperative that you
check the WebCT e-mail on a daily basis, as this is how I will provide you with important
information throughout the course. Failure to read the e-mails is not a legitimate excuse for failing
to follow instructions or performing a specified task.
assignments, then e-mail me and tell me, for example, that you have been out-of-town or that
you—or a family member—have been seriously ill. I will work with you if you are up-front and
honest with me. Contact me by WebCT e-mail at any time.
There are four (4) essay assignments and one novel essay. Each paper will be typed, saved as a
Microsoft® Word document, and submitted as an e-mail attachment through WebCT. I will send an
acknowledgement when I have received and opened the document. I will grade the papers
electronically and return them via WebCT e-mail. IF YOU DO NOT RECEIVE AN
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FROM ME WITHIN 24 HOURS AFTER SUBMITTING YOUR
PAPER, CONTACT ME BY PHONE.
accepted within 24 hours of the due date, with an automatic 10 point deduction. Late submissions
of the novel essay WILL NOT be accepted.
DISCUSSION POSTINGS: Discussion postings are a required component of this course. You will
respond to each initial instructor posting with at least a paragraph (6-7 sentences). Under
"Communication" in the Course Menu, click "Discussions." Open the instructor posting, click
"Reply," and respond to the question/prompt. You will also post a response to at least one of your
classmates’ responses on each subject. Your response(s) to your classmate(s) must be more
substantive than “I agree” or “Good point” or some similar comment. DO NOT CREATE A NEW
THREAD IN THE DISCUSSION FORUM. If you do so, I will delete it.There are no specific
deadlines for the discussions; however, it would be best if you respond during the time period in
which we are studying that particular section. The purpose of these discussion forums is to take the
place of in-classroom discussions. Reading and responding to your classmates’ postings can help
you with quizzes and essays assigned in that section.
EVALUATION: Essays 1, 2, and 4 = 10% each; Documented Essay = 15%; Final Essay (novel) =
20%; Quizzes = 10%; Final Exam = 20%; Discussions = 5%.
Course ENGL 1302
1302.
2011, ISBN-10: 0-312-64361-6 or ISBN-13” 978-0-312-53921-4
2009, ISBN-13: 978-0-312-59332-2 or ISBN-10: 0-312-59332-5
Week 10- "A Good Man is Hard to Find; ""Good Country People," "On Theme and Symbol," &
"On Faith;" "
Week 16- Final Exam
Total: 100%
Course ENGL 1302
0-312-45025-0).
Week Two: Plot
Character
Week Four: Setting
Point of View
Theme
Researching
Week Ten: Research
Figures of Speech
Images
Week Fifteen: Drama
Week Sixteen: Reading and Writing about Drama
Course ENGL 1302
1302.
2011, ISBN-10: 0-312-64361-6 or ISBN-13” 978-0-312-53921-4
2009, ISBN-13: 978-0-312-59332-2 or ISBN-10: 0-312-59332-5
Week 16- Final Exam
Total: 100%
Course ENGL 1302
0-312-45025-0).
Week Two: Plot
Character
Week Four: Setting
Point of View
Theme
Researching
Week Ten: Research
Figures of Speech
Images
Week Fifteen: Drama
Course ENGL 1302
1302.
2011, ISBN-10: 0-312-64361-6 or ISBN-13” 978-0-312-53921-4
2009, ISBN-13: 978-0-312-59332-2 or ISBN-10: 0-312-59332-5
Week 16- Final Exam
Total: 100%
Course Eng 1302
Textbooks Kirszner, Patterns for College Writing, 7th Edition, Bedford-St. Martins, 1998 Perrine's
Literature, 7th Edition, Harcourt Brace, 1998 Glencoe Literature: American Literature,
Glencoe_McGraw-Hill, 2000

will count twice.
Course Eng 1302
Textbooks Kirszner, Patterns for College Writing, 7th Edition, Bedford-St. Martins, 1998 Perrine's
Literature, 7th Edition, Harcourt Brace, 1998 Glencoe Literature: American Literature,
Glencoe_McGraw-Hill, 2000

will count twice.
Course ENGL 1302
0-312-45025-0).
Week Two: Plot
Character
Week Four: Setting
Point of View
Theme
Researching
Week Eleven: Images
Sound and rhyme
Researching
Week Fifteen: Drama
Course ENGL 1302
0-312-45025-0).
Week Two: Plot
Character
Week Four: Setting
Point of View
Theme
Researching
Week Eleven: Images
Sound and rhyme
Researching
Week Fifteen: Drama
Course English 1302
Reference 11th ed.
Week 13-Write about A Doll House. Begin a Power Point project.
W k 14 W k P P i t j td t ti th d i th lit t t d i d
and final exam.
Course English 1302
Reference 11th ed.
Week 13-Write about A Doll House. Begin a Power Point project.
W k 14 W k P P i t j td t ti th d i th lit t t d i d
and final exam.
Course ENGL1302
Description
Composition II

Where to get help.
given.
Week 16- Final Exam
Essay #1= 5%,
Essay #2= 10%,
Essay #3= 20%
Mid Term Test 15%
Final Exam 10%
TOTAL 100%
Section 46 email rpartin@parisjc.edu
Course ENGL 1302
CPH per student 3
2011. ISBN: 978-0-312-53921-4 (9th ed).
ISBN: 978-0-312-45025-0 (6th ed.).

Week 16-Final exam.
Section 47 email kgreiner@parisjc.edu
Course English 1302
novel. Analytical research papers utilizing the MLA format are required. Individual conferences
are scheduled throughout the semester. Prerequisite: ENGL 1302
Textbooks Hacker, Diana. A Writer's Reference. 6th ed. Boston: Bedford, 2003. Print.
Schedule Jan. 18 In Class:

Introduction to class
MLA formatting
Database presentation
Author presentation signup
Lecture – “The Elements of Fiction” part 1 – pages 11-374
plot/character
Chopin’s “The Story of an Hour” pg. 15
Homework:
Database article with abstract
MLA formatting
Jan. 25 In Class:
Discuss stories
Discuss articles
C ll t MLA f tti
B- 89-80
C- 79-70
F- 69 and below
WAs 35%
Quizzes 10%
Midterm 11%
Class Presentation 15%
Portfolio 10%
Final Exam 11%
Section 4D email rpartin@parisjc.edu
Course ENGL 1302
CPH per student 3
2011. ISBN: 978-0-312-53921-4 (9th ed).
ISBN: 978-0-312-45025-0 (6th ed.).

Week 16-Final exam.
Year 2010-2011 Office AD133 (Paris); Office (Sulphur Sprin
Course ENGL 1302
writing, vocabulary building, and use of the library. This section is a traditional class which
includes assigned literary study, library readings, research essay, and themes, small and large group
discussions, quizzes and exams, and lecture. Credits: 3 (= 3 lecture hours)
Prerequisite(s): ENGL 1301. Core Curriculum satisfied for Written Communication.
Textbooks Meyer, Michael. The Bedford Introduction to Literature: Reading, Thinking, Writing. 9th
ed. Boston: Bedford/St. Martin’s, 2011.
ISBN: 0-312-59332-5.
Schedule Week 1:Chopin, “The Story of an Hour” (15); Sample paper (20)
Week 2: Course introduction; Begin short story unit; Writing about fiction; Joyce, “Eveline”
Week 3: O’Connor, “Good Country People” (460), “On Faith” 489), “On the Use of Exaggeration
and Distortion” (490), “On Theme and Symbol” (491); Poe, “The Cask of Amontillado” (727);
Mansfield, “Miss Brill” (307)
Week 4: Short Story Essay; Faulkner, “Barn Burning” (503); DeMott, “Abner Snopes as a Victim
of Class” (517)
Week 5: Ellison, “Battle Royal” (227); Assign Research Paper; Finding valid sources
Week 6: Library research; Short Story: Unit Exam
Week 7: Citing sources; Research Paper—Format; Thesis
Week 8: Begin poetry unit; Hardy, “The Man He Killed”; Research Assistance
Week 9: Jarrell, “The Death of the Ball Turret Gunner” (802); Roethke, “My Papa’s Waltz” (967);
Browning, “My Last Duchess” (910)
Week 10: Shelley, “Ozymandias” (1345); Hughes, “Harlem” (1148); Plath, “Mirror” (879);
Donne, “A Valediction: Forbidding Mourning” (882)
Week 11: Poetry: Unit Exam; Begin in-class poetry essay
Week 12: Complete and submit poetry essay; Begin drama unit; Oedipus the King (1422)
Week 13: Oedipus the King
Week 14: A Doll House (1709)
Week 15: A Doll House; Drama: Unit Exam; Preparation for the final
Week 16: Final [Drama Essay]
Evaluation methods
Course ENGL 1302
Prerequisites: Successful completion of ENGL 1301.
0-312-45025-0).
Week Two: Plot
Character
Week Four: Setting
Point of View
Theme
Researching
Week Ten: Research
Figures of Speech
Images
Week Fifteen: Drama
Term Spring Phone 903-885 -1232
Course English 1302
Description A continuation of 1301. Emphasis on critical reading, competent writing, vocabulary building and
use of library. Assigned Literary study, library readings, research essay, and themes.
Credits: 3 hours
Textbooks Meyers, Michael. The Bedford Introduction to Literature 9th Edition

ISBN#978-0-312-60099-0

Martin’s, 2007. ISBN # 978-0-312-45025-0
Schedule Jan 19 Housekeeping, Intro it Literature
Jan 26 Reading Fiction p. 13-15
The Story of an Hour p. 15-16, A Sample Close Reading p. 17-1 “A Rose For Emily” p. 91- 97
Feb 9 Andres Dubus p. 103, "Killings” p. 103-115
Setting p. 184-186, Point Of View p. 218-212, 3rd Person Narrator,1st Person Narrator p.
215-216
Feb 16 Characterization p. 121, A&P p. 733-738, Symbolism p. 262-264, “The Hand” p. 274 -
276
Feb 23 “Hand” Essay Reading, Theme p. 304-307, Love in LA p. 311-313, Style Tone and
Irony p. 329-333
Mar 2 Short Story Test
Mar 9 Assign and Explain Research Essay
MLA Lesson
Mar 16 SPRING BREAK
Mar 23 Poetry
Suggestions for Approaching Poetry p. 743
Assign Poetry Assignment
“How Do I Love Thee? Let me Count the Ways.” p. 1236, “To My Dear and Loving
Husband” p. 1241
“Recuerdo” p. 1237, “Walking the Dog” p. 1250, “Before the Birth of One of Her
Children”p. 1317
“Pass/Fail p. 847
Mar 30 Poetry (Research/ Poetry Workday)
Apr 6 Drama Notes
Apr 13 Required Revision of the Research Paper Due today
Othello
**********April 14th is the Last Day to drop with a “W”**********
Apr 20 Othello
Apr 27 Othello Test
May 4 Poetry Project Presentations
May 11 Final Copy of Research Paper Due
Evaluation methods Students will be required to do the following major assignments: Mimic poetry styles by several
poets, write a literary based research paper, manipulate short story elements, and manipulate
elements of drama.
Reading quizzes 20%
Essays 50%
Course ENGL 1302

Week 16-Final Exam
of the major reading exams counts 20% Class participation (including exercises, in-class writing
and editing, short writing assignments, group work, and class discussions) counts 25%.
Course ENGL 1302
1302.
2011, ISBN-10: 0-312-64361-6 or ISBN-13” 978-0-312-53921-4
2009, ISBN-13: 978-0-312-59332-2 or ISBN-10: 0-312-59332-5
Schedule Week 1- Course Introduction; Introduction to poetry; Quiz 1.
Week 2- Research Introduction; Quiz 2.
Week 3- Images & Figures of Speech; Quiz 3.
Week 4- Symbol, Allegory, & Irony; Quiz 4.
Week 5- Poetry Sounds & Forms; Quiz 5; Explication Due.
Week 6- Frost & Hughes; Quiz 6; Poetry Unit Exam.
Week 7- Documentation; Quiz 7.
Week 8- Oedipus the King; Quiz 8.
Week 9- "The Reprimand;" Quiz 9; Drama Unit Exam.
Week 10- Flannery O'Connor Short Stories; Continue Documentation; Quiz 10.
Week 11- "The Story of an Hour;" Continue Research; Quiz 11.
Week 12- "A Rose for Emily;" Continue Research; Quiz 12.
Week 13- "Bartleby the Scriviner;" Research Paper Due; Quiz 13.
Week 14- "A Soldier's Home;" Quiz 14.
Week 15- "The Hand," "Miss Brill," "Love in L.A." Quiz 15.
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods Exams:: Two major exams will require a campus visit.
Grade:: Exams=35% (Poetry Exam=10%, Drama Exam=10%, Final Exam=15%) Writing=35%
Quizzes=25% Discussion=5% The research paper and the final exam are both requirements for the
course. Failure to complete either will result in failure of the course.
Course ENGL 1302
Title Comp/Rhetoric/Read
Description This is an introductory literature course that also includes a research paper. Students will read
poetry, drama, and short stories in addition to writing papers.
Textbooks The Bedford Introduction to Literature, Michael Meyer, ed., Bedford/St. Martin’s, 9th edition,
2011. ISBN: 0-312-53921-5.
A Writer's Reference, Diana Hacker, Bedford/St. Martin's, 6th edition, 2007, ISBN: 0-312-45025-7
Schedule Week 1 - January 18-23 - Students will begin reading poetry to develop an appreciation for
literature. This lesson will also introduce the idea of an explication and close reading, as well as
writing about literature.
TOPICS: Poetry, explication, close reading, diction, poetic diction, formal diction, middle diction,
informal diction, denotation, connotation, persona, ambiguity, syntax, tone.
ASSIGNMENT: In The Bedford Introduction to Literature, read “Writing About Poetry” pp. 790-
98; “Word Choice, Word Order, and Tone” pp. 799-804. See "Study Links" 1.1x. Note: The “x”
indicates there are several links; i.e., 1.11, 1.12, etc. Read the assigned pages and learn the terms
under Topics; some of these terms will appear on your quizzes and exams. View CD presentations
1.11–Introduction to English, 1.12-Poetry Introduction, and 1.13-Rhyme and Meter. Take Poetry
Quiz 1.1. Make discussion posting on 1.1 - Explication.
Week 2 - January 24-30 - Students will learn the fundamental concepts of conducting research.
TOPICS: Research, database, search engine, scholarly source, abstract, PDF, primary source,
secondary source, bibliography, periodical, plagiarism, summary, paraphrase, quotation, MLA,
APA, CMS, citation.
ASSIGNMENT: In A Writer's Reference, read "Conducting Research" pp. 333-349. See "Study
Links" 1.2x. Read the assigned pages. View CD presentation 1.21-"Research." Take Introductory
Research Quiz 1.2. There is no discussion posting for this lesson.
Week 3 - January 31-February 6 - Students will learn to recognize and understand different images
and figures of speech used in poetry.
TOPICS: Image, figures of speech, simile, metaphor, extended metaphor, controlling metaphor
ASSIGNMENT: In The Bedford Guide to Literature, read "Images" pp. 837-40; "Figures of
Speech" pp. 864-69. See "Study Links" 1.3x. Read the assigned pages. View CD presentation 1.31-
Image, Simile, Metaphor. Take Poetry Quiz 1.3. Make discussion posting on 1.3 – Image, Simile,
Metaphor.
Week 4 - February 7-13 - Students will learn to identify and understand symbols, allegory, and
irony in poetry.
TOPICS: Symbol, allegory, irony, poetry
Evaluation methods There are four (4) essay assignments and one research paper. Each paper will be typed per the
specified essay guidelines, saved as a Microsoft® Word document, and submitted as an e-mail
attachment through WebCT. I will send an acknowledgement when I have received and opened the
document. I will grade the papers electronically and return them via WebCT e-mail. IF YOU DO
NOT RECEIVE AN ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FROM ME WITHIN 24 HOURS AFTER
SUBMITTING YOUR PAPER, CONTACT ME BY PHONE.
accepted within 24 hours of the due date, with an automatic 10 point deduction. Late submissions
of the Research Paper WILL NOT be accepted.
Discussion postings are a required part of the course. In these discussions, post at least a paragraph
(6-7 sentences) in response to the initial question/prompt. You will also post a response to at least
one of your classmates' responses on each subject. Under "Communication" in the Course Menu,
click "Discussions." Open the instructor posting, click "Reply," and respond to the
question/prompt. Your response(s) to your classmates must be more substantive than “I agree” or
“Good point” or some similar comment.
There are no specific deadlines for the discussions; however, it would be best if you respond during
the time period in which we are studying that particular section. The purpose of these discussion
forums is to take the place of in-classroom discussions. Reading and responding to your classmates’
postings can help you with quizzes and essays assigned in that section.
Two of the three major exams are required to be proctored, which means they must be taken in an
on-campus testing center. Students will contact the campus of their choice at least one week prior to
the beginning date of each of the proctored exams to make an appointment to take the exams. Paris -
(903) 782-0446; Greenville - (903) 454-9333; or Sulphur Springs - (903) 885-1232. DO NOT
WAIT UNTIL THE LAST MINUTE TO ATTEMPT TO TAKE THESE EXAMS; I HAVE NO
CONTROL OVER THE TESTING CENTER HOURS.
The other major exam can be taken like the quizzes.
Because this is a fully online class, it is imperative that you check the WebCT e-mail on a daily
basis, as this is how I will provide you with important information throughout the course. Failure to
read the e-mails is not a legitimate excuse for failing to follow instructions or performing a
specified task.
Course ENGL 1302
0-312-45025-0).
Week Two: Plot
Character
Week Four: Setting
Point of View
Theme
Researching
Week Eleven: Images
Sound and rhyme
Researching
Week Fifteen: Drama
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty David Phillips
Year 2011 Office Prairiland Media Center
Term Spring Phone 903 652 3519 ext. 225
Section 84 email dphillips@prairiland.net
Course ENGL 1302
Title English 1302 Composition 2
Textbooks Perrine: Literature: Structure, Sound and Sense. 7th ed.; Potok: The Chosen; Kirzner: Patterns for
College
Writers; Glencoe: British Literature
Schedule January
4 Intro course, Assign Essay 1 Discuss public forums for argument. Find persuasive editorial.
5 Read before class Chapter 8 Patterns: Cause and Effect
6 Read before class Chapter 12 Patterns: Argumentation
7 Check out and discuss The Chosen Immigration film
10 Present editorial: thesis, points, evaluation

11 Present editorial
12 Essay 1 first draft due for peer editing
13 Introduce multimedia presentation
14 Essay 1 Due Work on presentation
17 Chosen quiz: Chapters 1-2 Work on presentation

18 Work on presentation
19 Presentation day
20 Presentation day
21 Presentation day Assign essay 2: Analysis of editorial/ find editorial for analysis Kirzner 54-44
“L i E ”
Evaluation methods Evaluation will be testing on readings, graded essays, and technology based projects as assigned in
syllabus. Grading standard 100 points possible on each assignment.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr. Sherry Moore
Section 85 email smoore@detroiteagles.net
Course English 1302
building, and use of library. Assigned literary study, library readings, research essay and themes
Textbooks Meyer, Michael, ed. The Bedford Introduction to Literature. 8th ed. Boston: Bedford,
2008.
Hacker, Diana. A Writer’s Reference. 6th ed. Boston: Bedford, 1999
Schedule Week 1-The writing process

Week 2-The definition essay
Week 3Peer edit essays
Week 4-The process analysis essay
Week 6-The exposition analogy essay
Week 8-Spring Break
Week 9-The cause/effect essay
Week 11-Research and Argumentation essays
Week 12-Research time in library
Week 13-Peer edit research essays
Week 14-Literary criticism essay
Week 16-Final exams
Evaluation methods A final grade for the course will be determined on a percentage basis with emphasis on
composition. Specific details will be given to students at the beginning of the semester. School
Board policies will be followed.
The exact dates for homework assignments, in class quizzes, tests, and in-class writings are
provided in a weekly plan which will be given to students as needed. The dates and procedures are
subject to change at the discretion of the instructor.
Course ENGL1302
312-45025-0.
2011. ISBN # 978-0-312-53921-4.
Week 1— Jan 18
--Jan 20
___________________________________________________________________
Week 2—Jan 25
Ch 3 Plot 72-81
--Jan 27
__________________________________________________________________
Week 3—Feb. 1
-- Feb. 3
_______________________________________________________________________Week
4—Feb 8
--Feb 10
Ch 7—Symbolism 262-265
Poetry paper 25%
research essay 25%
semester grade 100%
class.
Course ENGL1302

Composition II

Where to get help.
given.
Week 16- Final Exam
Essay #1= 5%,
Essay #2= 10%,
Essay #3= 20%
Mid Term Test 15%
Final Exam 10%
TOTAL 100%
Course ENGL 1302
0-312-45025-0).
Week Two: Plot
Character
Week Four: Setting
Point of View
Theme
Researching
Week Eleven: Images
Sound and rhyme
Researching
Week Fifteen: Drama
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Stella Ray, PhD
Year 2010-2011 Office Caddo High School Room 213
Term Spring 2011 Phone 903/527-3164
Section 91 email stbrown@caddomillsisd.org
Course Eng 1302
Description English 1302 is a composition, rhetoric, and reading course. The course will concentrate on
improving student’s thinking and writing skills, and it will introduce the concept of critically
analyzing literature.
Textbooks _Perrine’s Literature: Structure, Sound, and Sense_ edited by Thomas R. Arp, 1998 (furnished by
Caddo Mills High School)
Schedule Week 1- Begin Fiction (plot)

Week 2- (characterization, symbolism, irony)
Week 3- (theme, point of view)
Week 4- Writing Assignment WA1 Due, Begin Poetry (connotation, denotation)
Week 5- (imagery, figurative language, allegory)
Week 6- (allusion, tone)
Week 7- (alliteration, consonance, assonance)
Week 8- WA2 Due, Begin Drama (soliloquy, aside)
Week 9- _The Importance of Being Earnest_
Week 10- _Two Mens'es Daughter_
Week 11- _Trifles_
Week 12- _The Tragedy of Macbeth_
Week 13- Continue _Macbeth_
Week 14- WA3 Due, Begin Research Project
Week 15- Continue Research
Week 16- Final Exams, Research Presentations
Evaluation methods • Writing Assignment (WA) 1 – Fiction 15%

• WA 2 – Drama 15%
• WA3 – Poetry 15%
• Journal Entries (15) 15%
• Participation (5% each 9 weeks) 10%
• Research Assignment with Presentation 20%
• Reading Quizzes or Note Checks (as necessary) 10%
Course ENGL1302
Description Dual Credit class.

Composition II

Where to get help.
given.
Week 16- Final Exam
Essay #1= 5%,
Essay #2= 10%,
Essay #3= 20%
Mid Term Test 15%
Final Exam 10%
TOTAL 100%
Course ENGL 1302
1302.
2011, ISBN-10: 0-312-64361-6 or ISBN-13” 978-0-312-53921-4
2009, ISBN-13: 978-0-312-59332-2 or ISBN-10: 0-312-59332-5
Week 16- Final Exam
Total: 100%
Course ENGL1302

Composition II

Week 2- Introduction to vocabulary terrms and principles of critical analysis and understanding
Fiction. Quiz(zes). Intro to Peer Review. Essay #1 due.
Where to get help.
Week 8- Writing/research workshop, one-on-one workshop with instructor. Works Cited sheet
and copies of research due for Peer Review, turn in.
given.
Week 16- Final Exam
Essay #1= 5%,
Essay #2= 10%,
Essay #3= 20%
Mid Term Test 15%
Final Exam 10%
TOTAL 100%
Year 2011 Office M-1 Greenville Christian School
Term Spring Phone 903-454-1111 ext. 58
Section 96 email kgreiner@greenvillechristian.org; kgreiner@parisj
Course English 1302
novel. Analytical research papers utilizing the MLA format are required. Individual conferences
are scheduled throughout the semester. Prerequisite: ENGL 1302
Textbooks Hacker, Diana. A Writer's Reference. Boston: Bedford, 2007. Print.

Marlow, Christopher. Doctor Faustus. New York: Prestwick House, 2001. Print.
MLA Handbook for Writers of Research Papers. 7th ed. New York: Modern Language Ass. 2007.
Print.
Schedule WEEK OF
Jan. 3 Drama Unit, chapters 40-41

Dr. Faustus
Jan. 10 Continue with drama unit as it applies to Dr. Faustus and the tragic hero
Jan. 17 Continue with drama unit and Dr. Faustus
Jan. 24 Complete Faustus

Memory work from Faustus
WA #1- Annotated bibliography
Jan. 31 First two draft due-WA#1-3 copies

Lecture “The Elements of Fiction” part 1 pgs. 11-374 – PLOT/CHARACTER
Chopin’s “The Story of an Hour”
Feb. 7 Final draft WA#1

Essay presentations
Continue with lecture “The Elements of Fiction” part 2 –
SETTING/POINT OF VIEW
Hemingway’s “Soldier’s Home” pg. 187
Walker’s “Roselily” pg. 253
Divakruni’s “Clothes” pg. 265
Requirements for WA#2
Feb. 14 Lecture “The Elements of Fiction” part 3 –THEME/SYMBOLISM

B- 89-80
C-79-70
69 and below-F
WAs - 35%
Quizzes 10%
Presentations 15%
Participation 8%
Midterm 11%
Portfolio 10%
Final exam 11%
Course ENGL 1302

Week 16-Final Exam
of the major reading exams counts 20% Class participation (including exercises, in-class writing
and editing, short writing assignments, group work, and class discussions) counts 25%.
Course ENGL 1302
Title Compostition and Rhetoric: Why Literature Matters
organization, and theme development. Students will consider conventions of written discourse with
an emphasis on literature with attention given to literary genres, terms, and critical analysis.
Textbooks Meyer, Michael. The Bedford Introduction to Literature: Reading, Thinking, Writing, 9th ed.
Boston, Bedford, 2011
Schedule Week 1-Syllabus Review. Introduction to Literature. Reading Fiction, Writing about Fiction. Plot,
Character
Week 2- Setting Point of View. Symbolism
Week 3-Theme. Style, Tone, and Irony. Combining the Elements of Fiction.
Week 4-Barn Burning. Paper 2 assigned. Humor and Satire.
Week 5- Stories from around the world.
Week 6-Poetry, Reading Responsively. Words in Poetry. Poetry in Popular Culture. Popular
Forms. Writing About Poetry.
Week 7-Word Choice, Tone.
Week 8-Figures of Speech. Symbol, Allegory, and Irony. Midterm Exam.
Week 9-Spring Break!!
Week 10- Rhythm.
Week 11-Combining the Elements. Drama.
Week 12- A Doll House
Week 13-Different Critical Readings of Literature. Shakespeare. April 19. A Midsummer Night’s
Dream.
Week 14-Final Paper Assigned-Novel Project. .
Week 15-Strategies for Reading Literature.
Week 16-My thesis
Week 17-Final Exam
works of their choice
Course ENGL1302
312-45025-0.
2011. ISBN # 978-0-312-53921-4.
Week 1— Jan 18
--Jan 20
___________________________________________________________________
Week 2—Jan 25
Ch 3 Plot 72-81
--Jan 27
__________________________________________________________________
Week 3—Feb. 1
-- Feb. 3
_______________________________________________________________________Week
4—Feb 8
--Feb 10
Ch 7—Symbolism 262-265
Poetry paper 25%
research essay 25%
semester grade 100%
class.
Section D4 email pholcomb@parisjc.edu
Course ENG 1302
Title English Composition and Rhetoric
Description A conitnuation of English 1301. Emphasis on critical reading, competent writing, vocabulary
building, and use of library. Assigned literary studies, library readings, research essays, and themes.
Textbooks The Bedford Introduction to Literature: Reading, Thinking, Writing by Michael Meyer 9th edition.
A Writer's Reference 6th edition by Diana Hacker
Schedule Week1: Chapter 1, 2, and 3.

Week 2: Chapter 4, 5 & 6.
Week 4: Chapter 9, 10, 15, & 54.
Week 5: Chapter 16, 21, & 56.
Week 6: Chapter 22, 23, & 24.
Week 9: Spring Break.
Week 10: Chapter 29, 30,31, 32.
Week 11: Chapter 33, 39, & 44.
Week 12: Chapter 45 &46.
Week 13 Chapter 47 & 49.
Week 15: Chapter 55.
Week 16: Peer Review, Organize Portfolio, and Prepare for the Final.
Evaluation methods Attendance/Participation 5%

Journal 5%
Quizzes 10%
Midterm 10%
Final 10%
3 Essays 60%
A 90-100% B 80%-89% C 70%-79% D 60%-69% F Below 60%
Section PH email jcollar@parisjc.edu
Course ENGL 1302
1302.
2011, ISBN-10: 0-312-64361-6 or ISBN-13” 978-0-312-53921-4
2009, ISBN-13: 978-0-312-59332-2 or ISBN-10: 0-312-59332-5
Week 16- Final Exam
Total: 100%
Year 2010-2011 Office AD133 (Paris); Office C (Sulphur Spr
Course ENGL 2322
class/group discussions, oral presentations, quizzes, exams, lecture, audio/visual.
Major Authors, 8th ed. New York: Norton, 2006. [This is a one-volume edition and will be used for
ENGL 2322/2323.] ISBN#: 0-393-92829-2.
Shakespeare, William. King Lear. Ed. Sylvan Barnet. New York: Signet, 1998.
[Any edition will work.]
Schedule Week 1: Introduction; "The Dream of the Rood" (24-26).
Week 2: BEOWULF (31-97);the Epic.
Week 3: SIR GAWAIN AND THE GREEN KNIGHT (114-65); Romance.
Week 4: Essay and Exam 1.
Week 5: Chaucer (165-70); "The General Prologue"; "The Miller's Tale and Prologue"; "The Wife
of Bath's Tale and Prologue"; Fabliau
Week 6: Malory (299-301); MORTE DARTHUR (301-18)
Week 7: Bible (354); Spenser (365-69); THE FAERIE QUEENE (Book 2, Canto 12, pages 424-
34); 16th/17th Centuries."
Week 8: Exam 2.
Week 9: Shakespeare's KING LEAR (Acts 1, 2)
Week 10: Shakespeare's KING LEAR (Acts 3, 4, 5); Tragic Hero
Week 11: On-campus Exam 3
Week 12: Milton (pp. 693-96); PARADISE LOST (pp. 723-24; Book 1--p. 726, lines 1-26; Book
2--pp. 743-65; Book 9--pp. 811-35; Book 10--pp. 836-48); Epic
Week 13: Swift (971-73); GULLIVER'S TRAVELS (Part 3, Chapter 2, "The Flying Island of
Laputa"--1056-61; Part 3, Chapter 10, "The Struldbruggs"--1064-69); Satire
Week 14--On-campus Exam 4
Week 15--prepare for final; Choose topic, research, prepare and submit ppt.
Week 16--PowerPoint Final
Evaluation methods The student will be required to complete reading assignments, participate in class discussion
forums and chat sessions, write an essay over an assigned topic, submit a PowerPoint research
project, and perform satisfactorily on examinations. He/She will take four unit exams concerned
with ideas presented by literature, techniques discovered in the literature, biographical information
on authors, and historical perspective.
Discussion forums count 12%; chat, 8%; exams, 60%--15% each; the PowerPoint project, 10%;
personal response essay, 10%.
Course ENGL 2323

ENGL 2322/2323.] ISBN#: 0-393-92829-2.
Week 7: M. Shelley
(handout); Exam 3
Week 16: Final Exam
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Connie Dodd
Year 2011 Office Room 2406--Paris High School
Section 31 email cdodd@parisisd.net
Course ENGL 2323
Title British Literature II
Description English IV Honors/Dual Credit (British Lit.II-2323) is a blending of the requirements of the senior
honors class, British literature and composition, with the Paris Junior College British literature
class. The curriculum includes a survey course in British literature and a research paper with
documentation and an autobiography. This in integregrated into and combined with the college
survey course emphasizing the masterworks of the literature from the Romantic Period to the
Twentieth Century.
Textbooks Greenblatt, Stephen,ed. THE NORTON ANTHOLOGOY: ENGLISH LITERATURE: THE

MAJOR AUTHORS. 8th ed. New York: Norton, 2006. (one-volume edition for the whole year)
Wilhelm, Jeffrey, et.al., ed. LITERATURE: TEXAS TREASURES: BRITISH LITERATURE.
Columbus, Ohio: Glencoe McGraw-Hill, 2011.
Shelley, Mary. FRANKENSTEIN. Columbus, Ohio: Glencoe McGraw-Hill, 2000.
Schedule Week1--Research preparation

Week 2--Research in the library
Week 3--The Pre-Romantics
Week 4--Blake, Wordsworth
Week 5--THE RIME OF THE ANCIENT MARINER
Week 6--Mary Shelley;six weeks tests
Week 7--FRANKENSTEIN
Week 8--Keats, Tennyson
Week 9--The Brownings, Arnold, Carroll
Week 10--Hardy, Houseman, Kipling
Week 11--THE IMPORTANCE OF BEING EARNEST
Week 12--FRANKENSTEIN; 6 wks.tests
Week 13--Twentieth Century, Conrad
Week 16--Yeats, short stories
Week 17--short stories
Week 18--OTHELLO
Week 19--OTHELLO; exams
Evaluation methods Tests, oral presentations, quizzes, exams
Students and course requirements are to read assigned works and participate in class discussions.
The student will write three major essay exams and a critical analysis research paper with
documentation. The student will take notes and quizzes on reading assignments and write critical
analyses of works.
Course ENGL2323
Title Literature of England
Description Selected significant works of British literature. May include study of movements, schools, or
periods. Prerequisite: ENGL1302.

Abrams et al. The Norton Anthology of English Literature. 8th ed. The Major Authors
New York: W.W. Norton, 2006. ISBN: 0-393-29829-2 or the two-volume edition, 0-393-92831-
4 (pbk.) We will be using volume B only for this course.
Frankenstein, or The Modern Prometheus, by Mary Shelley, any unabridged edition.

#1 assigned. Quick review: the college essay and use of MLA. Where to get help.
Week 2- Introduction to the Romantics: novel
Week 3- The Romantics: Introduction to collaborative learning: journaling workshop. Novel.
Week 4- Romanticism: Journaling/ Quiz /Writing workshop. Poetry. Novel.
Week 5- Peer Review for Essay #2. Journal: Romantic attitudes and ideas
Week 6- Last call for Student's Informal Presentation #1. Informal Presentations #2 begin.
Essay #2 due.
Week 7- Gothicism. Edwardian works.
Week 8- Mid Term Grade Averages given. Intro to the Victorian Age.
Week 10- The Victorians: Heroism and Colonialism
Week 11- The Victorians: Honor, Doubt
Week 12- The Victorians: Class Values, Wit and Style
Week 13- Grade averages given: What do I need to earn on Presentation and Final Project?
Week 14- Final Presentations. Portfolios due.
Week 15- Late Presentations (for reduced grade). Review for Final Exam. Extra help.
Week 16- Final Exam week.
Essays #1 and #2 15%

2 INFORMAL Presentations 10%
1 Test, some quizzes 20%
1 FORMAL Presentation w/ essay 15%
Final Exam 10%
Portfolio (evaluated for completeness and journal insight) 20%
Attendance and participation points 10%
TOTAL: 100%
Course ENGL 2323

ENGL 2322/2323.] ISBN#: 0-393-92829-2.
Week 7: M. Shelley
(handout); Exam 3
Week 16: Final Exam
Course English 2323
Title British Literature
Description A study of the masterworks of the literature of England from the Anglo-Saxon period beginning
with the epic tradition (as illustrated by Beowulf), to the decline of Neoclassicism with an emphasis
on the masterworks of principle authors. Collateral reading, class themes, and research projects are
required.
Textbooks The Norton Anthology; English Literature. 8th ed. New York: Norton, 2006
Schedule Week 1-The Romantic Period Introduction,Barbauld,Blake
Week 2-R. Burns, W. Wordsworth, Coleridge,
Week 3-P. Shelley, Byron, The Gothic, Advances in Science; M. Shelley Introduction,
Frankenstein;
Week 4-Frankenstein; F. Hemans,; J. Keats, The Victorian Age: Belief, Skepticism, and
Melancholy
Week 5- Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, Carlyle, Dickens, Hard Times, 1842 Royal Commission on
Children’s Employment
Week 6- Browning,Tennyson, Morris, Browning
Week 7- Rosetti, Mill, JS., Wilde,
Week 8- Rosetti, Kipling, Mid-Term Exam,
9 March 14 - 18 Spring Break!!
Week 9- Twentieth Century Imperialism; Conrad, Achebe and Imperialism.
Week 10- Hardy, Yeats, Eliot,
Week 11- Eliot, Woolf,
Week 12- Joyce, Becket, Woolf,
Week 13- Woolf, Mansfield, Lessing,
Week 14- Walcott, Coetzee, Rushdie, The Prophet’s Hair; Carson,
Week 15- Austen, Pride and Prejudice;
Week 16- Final Exam
works of their choice.
Course English 2327
Title American Literarure I
Textbooks The Bedford Anthology of American Literature by Belasco and Johnson, Volume I, Bedford/St.
Martin's, ISBN #0-312-48299-x. Novel: Uncle Tom's Cabin.
Schedule Lesson #1 John Smith and Early Colonies, 18 January 2011

Lesson #2 Bradford, Date: 21 January 2011
Lesson #3 Anne Bradstreet, Date: 25 January 2011
Lesson #4 Edward Taylor, Date 31 January 2011
Lesson #5 Jonathan Edwards, 4 February 2011
Lesson #6 Franklin, Date 9 February 2011
Lesson #7 Olaudah Equiano, 15 February 2011
Lesson #8 Thomas Paine, Date 21 February 2011
Lesson #9 Philip Freneau, 28 February 2011
Lesson #10 Phillis Wheatley, 4 March 2011
Lesson #11 The Novel: Uncle Tom's Cabin 11 March 2011
Lesson #12 Washington Irving 24 March 2011
Lesson #13 Ralph Waldo Emerson 28 March 2011
Lesson #14 Thoreau, Date 2 April 2011
Lesson # 15 Poe 7 April 2011
Lesson # 16 Hawthorne 12 April 2011
Lesson #17 Melville, 18 April 2011
Lesson #18 Whitman 25 April 2011
Lesson # 19 Frederick Douglass 29 April 2011
Lesson #20 Emily Dickinson 3 May 2011
A = 90-100 B = 80-89 C = 70-79 D = 60-69 F = below 60
track.
may contain some information that is on track, but it is marred by grammar problems or suffers
from a lack of development.
The "F" Essay: The "F" essay likely does not address the topic or is severely hampered by
grammar problems. It lacks development and simply does not provide an adequate response at the
college level.
for this paper, but you may fail the course as well.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Beth Shelton
Year 2011 Office AD134
Section 01 email bshelton@parisjc.edu
Course English 2328
Title The Literature of America
Description A Study of American literature master works from the Twentieth Century, with emphasis on major
writers of the periods. Core Curriculum satisfied for Humanities.
Textbooks Belasco, Susan, and Linck Johnson. The Bedford Anthology of American Literature. Volume
Two: 1865 to Present. Boston: Bedford, 2008. (ISBN 978-0-312-41208-1)
Fitzgerald. F. Scott. The Great Gatsby.
Schedule Weeks 1-5: Realism, Regionalism, and Naturalism Exam I on Feb. 16

Weeks 6-8: Modernisms in American Poetry Exam II on Mar. 10
Weeks 9-12: American Fiction Exam III on Apr. 11
Weeks13-16: Harlem Renaissance Exam IV on May 9
Evaluation Number grades will be assigned to each quiz and examination, and all grades will be computed on
methods the following basis:
Quizzes 25%
Quizzes: Short answer, objective questions on all reading. Daily quizzes will not be made up.
Four examinations 75%
Examinations: Primarily essay-type questions with approximately one-fifth of each exam devoted
to objective-type questions. Exams will be penalized up to ten points for mechanical and
grammatical errors.
Year 2011 Office Writing Center, AD 125
Course ENGL 2328
Title American Literature II
Description A study of American literature masterworks from the Colonial Period until the beginning of the
Twentieth Century, with emphasis on major writers and representative writers of the periods,
including collateral readings, class themes, projects and class reports.
Textbooks Belasco, Susan, and Linck Johnson, eds., The Bedford Anthology of American Literature Volume
Two: 1865 to Present. New York: Bedford/St. Martin’s. 2008. -ISBN-10: 0-312-41208-8
Novel: The Shipping News by Annie Proulx
Schedule Week 1- Introduction to Course,

Chapters 1-3, Quiz
Week 2- Chapters 4-6, Quiz, Exam 1
Week 3- American Lit, 1865-1914: Up From Slavery, 439
Week 4- EXAM I
Week 5- Modernisms in American Poetry; The Shipping News
Week 6- Students’ Poetry Presentations; The Shipping News, 10, 11, & 12 Quiz
Week 7- Trifles, 782 and The Shipping News: 13, 14 & 15
Week 8- At Home and Abroad: American Fiction Between the Wars
Week 9- “Almos’ a Man,” 1010 and “A Worn Path,” 1022
Week 10-“That Evening Sun,” 951 and “Barn Burning,” 963
Week 11- EXAM II
Week 12-American Literature Since 1945: From Modernism to Postmodernism
Week 13-Roethke, Bishop, Lowell, Brooks
Week 14-Plath, Albee’s The Sandbox, 1334
Week 15-Carver’s “Are These Actual Miles?” and O’Brien’s “The Things They Carried,” 1458
Week 16- EXAM III
Evaluation methods Three grades represent 20% each of the total 100% overall course grade: The three-grade
components include three exams, three essays; the 40% includes essay corrections, revisions,
objective quizzes, group presentations and the cumulative points for daily work/quizzes on reading
assignments-class preparation requirements.
Course English 2328
Title American Literarure II
Textbooks The Bedford Anthology of American Literature by Belasco and Johnson, Volume II, Bedford/St.
Martin's, ISBN #0-312-41208-8. Novel: Maggie: A Girl of the Streets.
Schedule Lesson #1 The Period after the Civil War and Mark Twain 18 January 2011
Lesson 2 Ambrose Bierce 21 January 2011
Lesson 3 Henry James 26 January 2011
Lesson #4 Charles Chesnutt 31 January 2011
Lesson #5 Charlotte Perkins Gilman 5 February 2011
Lesson #6 Edwin Arlington Robinson 9 February 2011
Lesson #7 Stephen Crane/Novel 14 February 2011
Lesson #8 Jack London 21 February 2011
Lesson #9 American Literature 1914-1945 and Robert Frost 25 February 2011
Lesson #10 Carl Sandburg 2 March 2011
Lesson 11 Claude McKay 7 March 2011
Lesson #12 E. E. Cummings 21 March 2011
Lesson #13 Langston Hughes 25 March 2011
Lesson #14 Katherine Ann Porter 30 March 2011
Lesson #15 Countee Cullen 4 April 2011
Lesson #16 Zora Neale Hurston 8 April 2011
Lesson #17 William Faulkner 13 April 2011
Lesson #18 Theodore Roethke, 18 April 2011
Lesson #19 Ralph Ellison 22 April 2011
Lesson #20 Flannery O'Connor, 25 April 2011
Lesson #21 John Updike, 29 April 2011
Lesson #22 Alice Walker, 3 May 2011
A = 90-100 B = 80-89 C = 70-79 D = 60-69 F = below 60
track.
may contain some information that is on track, but it is marred by grammar problems or suffers
from a lack of development.
The "F" Essay: The "F" essay likely does not address the topic or is severely hampered by
grammar problems. It lacks development and simply does not provide an adequate response at the
college level.
for this paper, but you may fail the course as well.
Course ENTC 1449
Title Reliability and Maintainability
Description Equpment Reliability and maintainability. Includes development and assessment of maintenance
programs.
Textbooks Industrial Maintenance Third Edition Dennis Green and Jonathan F. Gosse
Industrial Maintenance Workbook R. T. Miller
Schedule Week 1- Ch, 1 Make assignments and get all forms signed
Week 9- Plant tour
Week 10- Test Ch. 5 -9
Week 14-Plant tour
Week 16- Final Exam
10% Workbook Grades

50% Three Major Tests
10% Final Examination
30% Participation on Plant tours (Based on Percent Attended)
The Final Exam Score can be substituted for the Lowest Test Score
Year 2010-2011 Office NS 113/123
Course GEOL1404
Description GEOLOGY 1404 IS A TRADITIONAL DELIVERY LABORATORY SCIENCE COURSE

WAVES, BEACHES AND COASST, STREAMS, MOUNTAIN BELTS , GROUNDWATER
AND MINERAL AN ENERGY RESOURCES

Year 2010-2011 Office NS 113/123
Course GEOL1404
Description GEOLOGY 1404 IS A INTERNET DELIVERY LABORATORY SCIENCE COURSE THAT

STUDIES THE TOPICS OF GEOLOGIC TIME, PLATE TECTONICS, THE EARTH'S
CRUST, THE SEA FLOOR, ICE AND CLIMATE, WINDS AND DESERTS, WAVES,
BEACHES AND COASST, STREAMS, MOUNTAIN BELTS , GROUNDWATER AND
MINERAL AND ENERGY RESOURCES.

Year 2010-2011 Office NS 113/123
Course GEOL1404
Description GEOLOGY 1404 IS A INTERNET DELIVERY LABORATORY SCIENCE COURSE THAT

STUDIES THE TOPICS OF GEOLOGIC TIME, PLATE TECTONICS, THE EARTH'S
CRUST, THE SEA FLOOR, ICE AND CLIMATE, WINDS AND DESERTS, WAVES,
BEACHES AND COASST, STREAMS, MOUNTAIN BELTS , GROUNDWATER AND
MINERAL AND ENERGY RESOURCES.

Course Govt. 2305

Schedule UNIT I:
UNIT II:
UNIT III:
UNIT IV:
Ch t 11 "Th C t "
Unit I Test 25%

Unit II Test 25%
Unit III Test 25%
Unit IV Test 25%
Total 100%
Course Govt. 2305

Schedule UNIT I:
UNIT II:
UNIT III:
UNIT IV:
Ch t 11 "Th C t "
Unit I Test 25%

Unit II Test 25%
Unit III Test 25%
Unit IV Test 25%
Total 100%
Course GOVT 2305
Science/Government

Week 2- Chapter One
Week 3- Chapter Two

Total 650 points.
Description Government 2305 is a study of the United States federal and constitutional systems; executive,
judicial, and legislative powers and institutions; the United States Constitution, foreign and
military policies, economic and financial development, formation and organization; political
parties and ideologies; federal and interstate relations; close study of various current problems.
Textbooks The Challenge of Democracy by Kenneth Janda, et al. 7th Brief Edition ISBN # 9780547216317
Houghton-Mifflin.

Week 2-The Constitution
Week 3-Federalism
Week 4-Public Opinion
Week 5-Exam one
Week 6-Congress
Week 7-The Presidency
Week 8-Spring Break
Week 9-The Courts
Week 10-Exam two
Week 11-Order & Civil Liberties
Week 12-Equality
Week 13-Policymaking & the Budget
Week 14-Exam three
Week 15-Presentation (Paper two)
Week 16-Missed Exams
Evaluation methods There will three examinations, two papers, and misc assignments.
Section 4D email dlarkin@parisjc.edu
Course GOVT 2305
Science/Government

Week 2- Chapter One
Week 3- Chapter Two
Week 8- Chapter Six
Week 16- Article Discussion; Exam Five (Chapters 11 - 12)

Total 650 points.
Course Govt. 2305

Schedule UNIT I:
UNIT II:
UNIT III:
UNIT IV:
Ch t 11 "Th C t "
Unit I Test 20%
Unit II Test 20%
Unit III Test 20%
Unit IV Test 20%
Total 100%
Course Govt. 2305

Schedule UNIT I:
UNIT II:
UNIT III:
UNIT IV:
Ch t 11 "Th C t "
Unit I Test 20%
Unit II Test 20%
Unit III Test 20%
Unit IV Test 20%
Total 100%
Course GOVT 2305
Houghton-Mifflin

Total 100%

F= 59 or below
D= 60-69
C= 70-79
B= 80-89
A= 90-100
Course GOVT 2305
Houghton-Mifflin

Total 100%

F= 59 or below
D= 60-69
C= 70-79
B= 80-89
A= 90-100
Section L1 email dlarkin@parisjc.edu
Course GOVT 2305
Science/Government

Week 2- Chapter One
Week 3- Chapter Two

Total 650 points.
Course GOVT 2306
functions, administrative organization, and the judicial system in state government with an
emphasis on Texas. Investigation of the Texas Constitution and the position of state government in
our federal system. Consideration of the role played by local governments, counties, cities, and
special districts. Core Curriculum satisfied for Political Science/Government
ISBN: 0618642927

Week 2- Chapter One
Week 3- Chapter Two
Week 9- Chapter Six

Total 650 points.
Course GOVT 2306
ISBN: 0618642927

Week 2- Chapter One
Week 3- Chapter Two
Week 9- Chapter Six

Total 650 points.
Title State Government
Description Government 2306 is a functional study of the individual as a citizen, person, and voter. Attention
to the legislative function, administrative organization, and the judicial system in sate government
with an emphasis on Texas. Investigation of the Texas Constitution and the position of state
government in our federal system. Consideration of the role played by local governments, counties,
cities, and special districts.
Textbooks Practicing Texas Politics by Lyle Brown, et al. 13th edition Updated Edition ISBN #
9780547227634 Houghton-Mifflin.

Week 2-Federalism/Tx Constitution
Week 3-Local Governments
Week 4-Political Parties
Week 5-Exam one
Week 6-The Politics of Election
Week 7-The Politics of Interest Groups
Week 8-Public Policy & Administration
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 10-Presentations (Paper one)
Week 11-Exam two
Week 12-The Legislature
Week 13-The Executive
Week 14-Laws, Courts, & Justice
Week 15-Exam three
Week 16-Presentations (Paper two)
Evaluation methods There will be three examinations, two papers and misc assignments.
Course GOVT 2306
ISBN: 0618642927

Week 3- Chapter Two; Exam One (Chapters 1 - 2)
Week 9- Article Discussion; Chapter Six
Week 10- Chapter Six; Exam Three (Chapters 5 - 6)

Total 650 points.
Course Govt. 2306




Course Govt. 2306




Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Farrar, Blake
Year 2010-2011 Office Via email/phone
Section 67 email bfarrar@parisjc.edu
Course GOVT 2306
Title Texas State and Local Government
Description This course is an introduction to Texas state and local government. The course includes an
introduction to a framework for analyzing Texas government and politics, the constitutional basis
for Texas government and politics, the processes of Texas government and politics, the institutions
of Texas government and politics, and the policies of Texas government and politics.
- Develop and communicate alternative explanations or solutions for contemporary issues.
- Use and critique alternative explanatory systems or theories.
- Analyze the effects of historical, social, political, economic, cultural and global forces on politics.
- Understand the evolution and current role of the state in the federal system.
- Analyze, critically assess, and develop creative solutions to public policy issues.
- Recognize and assume one's responsibilities as a citizen in a democratic society by learning to
think for oneself, by engaging in public discourse, and by obtaining information through news
media and other appropriate information sources about politics and public policy.
- Identify and understand differences and commonalities within diverse cultures
- Comprehend the origins and evolution of US political systems, with a focus on the growth of
political institutions, the constitution of the state of Texas, federalism, civil liberties, and civil and
human rights.
Textbooks Brown, Langenegger, Garcia, Lewis and Biles, Practicing Texas Politics; Updated 13th ed.,
Houghton Miffliin, Co. (2009). ISBN: 9780547227634
Schedule Week 1- Quiz 1 Opens 1/18 - Texas Political Environment

Week 2- Quiz 2 Opens 1/24 - Federalism & Texas Constitution; Quiz 2 Closes 1/30
Week 3- Quiz 3 Opens 1/31 - Local Governments; Quiz 2 Closes 2/6
Week 4- Quiz 4 Opens 2/7 - Political Parties; Quiz 3 Closes 2/13
Week 6- Quiz 5 Opens 2/21 - Elections; Exam 1 Closes 2/25
Week 7- Quiz 6 Opens 2/28 - Interest Groups; Quiz 5 Closes 3/6
Week 8- Quiz 7 Opens 3/7 - Legislature; Quiz 6 Closes 2/13
Week 10- Quiz 8 Opens - Executive; Quiz 7 Closes 2/27
Week 12- Quiz 9 Opens 4/4 - Public Policy & Administration; Exam 2 Closes 4/8
Week 13- Quiz 10 Opens 4/11 - Laws, Courts, Justice System; Quiz 9 Closes 4/17
Week 14- Quiz 11 Opens 4/18 - Finance and Fiscal Policy; Quiz 10 Closes 4/24
Week 16- Exam 3 Closes 5/10
Evaluation methods This is an Internet Course and students to are expected to follow the course schedule to meet
weekly deadlines. Reliable computer access and the ability to self-pace are both a must. This
course does not attempt to teach basic use of a computer. All students must be able to search the
net, send e-mail, and perform other basic computer tasks. Students without these computer skills
should not enroll in the course. This course requires 3 on-campus exams. You will need to call or
email the Testing Center to make specific arrangements for these exams. Make contact at least a
week in advance.
All students must have an e-mail account and adequate access to a computer connected to the
internet. Students must also acquire their own textbooks. Assignments, exams, and expectations
will be similar to those found in a regular classroom setting. Students should complete assignments
by their due dates. The course consists of 11 Chapter Quizzes collectively worth 30% of your Final
Grade. Each Quiz is worth 3 points and one quiz will be dropped (the lowest quiz grade). This
means that if something comes up and a student misses 1 Quiz, it will not be detrimental to your
Final Grade. Also, if at the end of the semester, you are satisfied with your Quiz Grade, you will
not have to take the eleventh quiz.
The course is divided into 3 Sections with an Exam at the end of each section. Each Exam is worth
15% of your Final Grade. The First Section Exam covers Chapters 1-4, the Second Section Exam
covers Chapters 5-8, and the Final is Cumulative but focuses heavily on Chapters 9-11.
Students are also required to submit 1 Discussion Post each Section (Total of 3) on a topic relevant
Course Govt. 2306




Term 102S Phone 903.782.0347
Course HART 1391 02
Title Special Topics in Heating, Air Conditioning, and Refrigeration
Description Topics address recently identified current events,skills, knowledge, and/or attitudes and behaviors
Textbooks Book ISBN Number: 43047

Author: Ralph Jensen
Book Title: Control Systems
Publisher: Schoolcraft Publishing
Schedule Week 1- Terminology - Identification of Circuitry, Chiller Components

Week 2- Chapter 1 - Wiring Basic Controls, Circuit Boards
Week 3- HVAC Basics: Interactive Disk, Controlling HVAC Systems
Week 4- HVAC Basics: Interactive Disk, Wiring Circuit Boards
Week 5- Test Chapter 1, Point Types
Week 6- Terminology-Controlling HVAC Systems, Wiring Points
Week 7- Wiring Window Unit-Controlling Window Units
Week 8- Chapter 2-Wire Window Unit to 7718, Wire Ice Machines to 7718
Week 10- Controlling Wall Packs-Wire Controls to 7718 Board
Week 11- Test Chapter 2-System Points, Characteristics of Points
Week 12- Chapter 3-Setpoints, Time Schedules, Temp. Controls, Calibration
Week 13- Garphics Pages-Creating Graphics, Replacing Controllers
Week 14- Test Chapter 3-Mechanics of Controllers, Install & Repair
Week 15- Demonstrations-Board, Software, Unit Demonstrations
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods Classroom and Testing 15%

Lab 85%
Course HART 1401

Week 3-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of steel tubing. Economical planning and use of
copper and silver solder. Process tube adapter kit and leak checking with solution.
it.
on.
off.
run terminals.
state relays.
motors.
Week 13 Practice wire sizing for power circuits; wiring control circuits; troubleshooting single
Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 1401

it.
on.
off.
run terminals.
state relays.
motors.
Week 13-Practice wire sizing for power circuits; wiring control circuits; troubleshooting single-

Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 1401

it.
on.
off.
run terminals.
state relays.
motors.
Week 13-Practice wire sizing for power circuits; wiring control circuits; troubleshooting single-
h d h h i i
Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 1403

assigned.
assigned.
assigned.
assigned.
assigned.
Week 12-Practice using schematics to wire high voltage control circuits as assigned

Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 1403

assigned.
assigned.
assigned.
assigned.
assigned.
W k 11 P ti i t lli d t bl h ti t d t f P ti i lt
Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 1403

assigned.
assigned.
assigned.
assigned.
assigned.
Week 12-Practice using schematics to wire high voltage control circuits as assigned.
W k 13 P i i h i bl h i d i
Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 1407


Schedule Week 1-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of steel tubing. Economical planning and use of
it.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Lab Projects 85%
Year 2010-2011 Office wtc 1052
Course HART 1407


it.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 1407


it.
W k 15 R i
Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 1441



system performance.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 1441



system performance.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 1441



system performance.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 1445

Schedule Week 1-Practice checking amperage and voltage in electric furnaces. Practice wiring simple
electric furnace.
Week 2-Practice checking amperage and voltage in electric furnaces. Practice wiring simple
electric furnace.
units.
W k 15 R i
Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 1445

electric furnace.
electric furnace.
units.
W k 15 R i
Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 1445

electric furnace.
electric furnace.
units.
W k 15 R i
Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 2436


assigned units.
units.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 2436


assigned units.
units.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 2436


assigned units.
units.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 2438



transformers.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 2438



transformers.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 2438



transformers.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 2441



Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 2441



Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 2441



Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 2445
system.Fee charged.


Week 11-Manual J
Week 12-Manual J
Week 13-Manual D
Week 14-Manual D
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 2445
system.Fee charged.


Week 11-Manual J
Week 12-Manual J
Week 13-Manual D
Week 14-Manual D
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 2445
system.Fee charged.


Week 11-Manual J
Week 12-Manual J
Week 13-Manual D
Week 14-Manual D
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 2449
Title Heat Pumps

assigned units.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 2449
Title Heat Pumps

assigned units.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 2449
Title Heat Pumps

assigned units.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Lab Projects 85%
Course HART 2480
Textbooks N/A


Course HART 2481
Textbooks N/A


Course HIST1301
321-06687-1.
4 Jan 31,1 “
8 Feb 14,15 “
11 Feb 23,24 EXAM #1

Grading Policy
270-300= A 240-269= B 210-239= C 180-209= D Below 180 = F
Testing Policy
own work.
I will permit you to bring to each exam ONE 3x5 index card, on which you may make any notes
you want, front and back. The card must be of your own making, not copies for or from someone
else.
Course HIST1301
321-06687-1.
4 Jan 31,1 “
8 Feb 14,15 “
11 Feb 23,24 EXAM #1
16 Mar 21,22 “
Grading Policy
270-300= A 240-269= B 210-239= C 180-209= D Below 180 = F
Testing Policy
own work.
else.
Section .41 email psturdevant@parisjc.edu
Course Hist 1301
Title American History to 1877
Description A general survey of American History from prehistoric times to the conclusion of Reconstruction
Schedule Week 1-Introduction and Administration/Chapter 1

Week 2-Chapters 1-2
Week 3-Chapters 2-3
Week 4-Chapters 3-4
Week 5-Chapters 4-5
Week 6-Chapters 5-6
Week 7-Chapters 6-8
Week 8-Chapters 7-9
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 15-Chapter 14
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Course HIST 1301
O’Donnell

Week 2 Chapter one
Week 3 Chapter two
Week 5 Chapter four
Week 6 Chapter five
Week 7 Chapter six
Week 11 Chapter ten
Week 16 FINAL EXAM

80-89=B
70-79=C
60-69=D
0-59=F
Course HIST 1301
O’Donnell

Week 2 Chapter one
Week 3 Chapter two
Week 5 Chapter four
Week 6 Chapter five
Week 7 Chapter six
Week 11 Chapter ten
Week 16 FINAL EXAM

80-89=B
70-79=C
60-69=D
0-59=F
Course HIST1301
321-06687-1.
4 Jan 31,1 “
8 Feb 14,15 “
11 Feb 23,24 EXAM #1

Grading Policy
270-300= A 240-269= B 210-239= C 180-209= D Below 180 = F
Testing Policy
own work.
else.
Course HIST 1301
States from the discovery of America through Reconstruction. Core Curriculum satisfied for U.S.
History

Week 3- Chapter Two; Chapter Three
Week 7- Chapter Six; Exam Two (Chapters 4 - 6)
Week 10- Chapter Nine; Exam Three (Chapters 7 - 9)
Week 13- Chapter Twelve; Exam Four (Chapters 10 - 12)
Week 14- Chapter Thirteen

Attendance 75 pts. (2pts./class period; 5pts./exam period.
Total 575 points.
Course Hist1301

Schedule Week 1- The student will learn about Native Americans, African, Age of Exploration, and
European explorers.
Week 4- The student will learn the significant causes of the American Revolution, and Evaluate
how the colonies won the Revolution. Finally, the student will analyze the military strategies of the
Ordinance.
the Plains indians, Oregon trail, Texas, Mexican-American war, Manifest destiny.
Course Hist1301

European explorers.
Ordinance.
Course Hist1301

European explorers.
Ordinance.
Course HIST1302
321-06687-1.
Schedule 1 Jan 18 Course Introduction

Picture Time and Story Hour
2 Jan 25 Growth of Cities and Industry Read Chpt 16,17
3 Feb 1 Was It the “Gay Nineties” or Was It the “Gilded Age”?
4 Feb 8 The American West Read Chpt 15
5 Feb 15 Acquiring an Empire Read Chpt 19
6 Feb 22 EXAM #1
7 Mar 1 The Progressive Era Read Chpt 18,20

The Great War
8 Mar 8 The Roarin’ Twenties Read Chpt 21
9 Mar 22 The Great Depression Read Chpt 22
10 Mar 29 World War II Read Chpt 23
11 Apr 5 EXAM #2
12 Apr 12 The Cold War Read Chpt 24
13 Apr 19 From the Fifties to Vietnam Read Chpt 25
14 Apr 26 The Sixties Read Chpt 26

Grading Policy
270-300= A 240-269= B 210-239= C 180-209= D Below 180 = F
Testing Policy
own work.
else.
Course HIST1302
321-06687-1.

This is an ITV class that meets MW at 1pm.
5 Feb 2,3 “
7 Feb 9,10 “
9 Feb 16,17 “
10 Feb 21,22 EXAM #1
14 Mar 7,8 “
15 Mar 9,10 The Great Depression Read Chpt 22

Grading Policy
270-300= A 240-269= B 210-239= C 180-209= D Below 180 = F
Testing Policy
own work.
else.
Course HIST 1302
O’Donnell

Week 2 Chapter one
Week 3 Chapter two
Week 5 Chapter four
Week 6 Chapter five
Week 7 Chapter six
Week 11 Chapter ten
Week 16 FINAL EXAM

80-89=B
70-79=C
60-69=D
0-59=F
Course HIST 1302
America - or Reshaped It? Apr. 26 -
Nixon and Watergate; The Sickly Seventies, Ford, Carter, and the Reagan Revolution May 3 - The
End of the Cold War Until the Present: History Becomes Now May 10 - Final
E
Evaluation methods This course will be evaluated as follows: TWO BOOK REVIEWS (20% each of final grade),
TWO TESTS (mid-term and final, each 20% of final grade), WEEKLY READING QUIZZES
(averaged together to form the final 20% of final grade)
Course HIST 1302
O’Donnell

Week 2 Chapter one
Week 3 Chapter two
Week 5 Chapter four
Week 6 Chapter five
Week 7 Chapter six
Week 11 Chapter ten
Week 16 FINAL EXAM

80-89=B
70-79=C
60-69=D
0-59=F
Section 4D email psturdevant@parisjc.edu
Course Hist 1302
Title American History 1877 to Present
Description A general survet of American History from the end of Reconstruction to Present
Schedule Week 1-Introduction and Administrative/ Chapter 15

Week 9-Spring Break
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Course HIST 1302
O’Donnell

Week 2 Chapter one
Week 3 Chapter two
Week 5 Chapter four
Week 6 Chapter five
Week 7 Chapter six
Week 11 Chapter ten
Week 16 FINAL EXAM

80-89=B
70-79=C
60-69=D
0-59=F
Course HIST 1302


Total 575 points.
Course HIST 1302
O’Donnell

Week 2 Chapter one
Week 3 Chapter two
Week 5 Chapter four
Week 6 Chapter five
Week 7 Chapter six
Week 11 Chapter ten
Week 16 FINAL EXAM

80-89=B
70-79=C
60-69=D
0-59=F
Course HIST1302
321-06687-1.

5 Feb 2,3 “
7 Feb 9,10 “
9 Feb 16,17 “
10 Feb 21,22 EXAM #1
14 Mar 7,8 “

Grading Policy
270-300= A 240-269= B 210-239= C 180-209= D Below 180 = F
Testing Policy
own work.
else.
Course HIST1302
321-06687-1.

5 Feb 2,3 “
7 Feb 9,10 “
9 Feb 16,17 “
10 Feb 21,22 EXAM #1
14 Mar 7,8 “

Grading Policy
270-300= A 240-269= B 210-239= C 180-209= D Below 180 = F
Testing Policy
own work.
else.
Course HIST1302
321-06687-1.

5 Feb 2,3 “
7 Feb 9,10 “
9 Feb 16,17 “
10 Feb 21,22 EXAM #1
13. Mar 2,3 The Roaring TwTenties Read Chpt 21
14 Mar 7,8 “

Grading Policy
270-300= A 240-269= B 210-239= C 180-209= D Below 180 = F
Testing Policy
own work.
else.
Course HIST1302
321-06687-1.

This is an ITV class that meets TR 1pm
5 Feb 2,3 “
7 Feb 9,10 “
9 Feb 16,17 “
10 Feb 21,22 EXAM #1
14 Mar 7,8 “

Grading Policy
270-300= A 240-269= B 210-239= C 180-209= D Below 180 = F
Testing Policy
own work.
else.
Course HIST 1302


Total 575 points.
Course HIST 1302


Total 575 points.
Course HIST 1302
America - or Reshaped It? Apr. 26 -
Nixon and Watergate; The Sickly Seventies, Ford, Carter, and the Reagan Revolution May 3 - The
End of the Cold War Until the Present: History Becomes Now May 10 - Final
E
Evaluation methods This course will be evaluated as follows: TWO BOOK REVIEWS (20% each of final grade),
TWO TESTS (mid-term and final, each 20% of final grade), WEEKLY READING QUIZZES
(averaged together to form the final 20% of final grade)
Course HIST1302
321-06687-1.

5 Feb 2,3 “
7 Feb 9,10 “
9 Feb 16,17 “
10 Feb 21,22 EXAM #1
14 Mar 7,8 “

Grading Policy
270-300= A 240-269= B 210-239= C 180-209= D Below 180 = F
Testing Policy
own work.
else.
Course HIST 2312


Total 575 points.
Course HIST 2312


Total 575 points.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Ron Vrba
Section 01 email rvrba@parisjc.edu
Course HITT 1266

Practicum (or Field Experience) - Health Information/Medical Records
Title Technology/Technician
Textbooks Professional Review Guide for the CCA Examination by Patricia Schnering, Toni Cade, Lisa
Delhomme and Irene Mueller, 2011 Edition; Basic ICD-9-CM Coding by Lou Ann
Schraffenberger, 2011
Schedule Week 1-Oreintation, Resumes & Cover Letters Project

Week 2- Coding Lab, Inpatient Chart assignment
Week 3- Inpatient Chart Assignment
Week 6- Practicum Site Visits, Inpatient Chart Assignment
Week 7- Practicum Site Vists
Week 10- Practicum Site Visits, Introdution to ICD-10-CM/PCS
Week 14- Inpatient/Outpatient Chart Assignment
Week 15- Coding Lab
Week 16- Final Exam/Mock CCA Exam, Exit Interviews
Evaluation methods Grading is based on a point scale with points awarded for each successful completion of a
Practicum objective. The Grading Scale is: 1800 to 2000 points = A; 1600 to 1799 points = B;
1400 to 1599 points = C; 1200 to 1399 points = D; Below 1199 points = F.
Course HITT 1305
Description Study of word origin and structure through the introduction of prefixes, suffixes, root words,
plurals, abbreviations and symbols, surgical procedures, medical specialities, and diagnostic
procedures.


30% final Exam
Course HITT 1305

Week 16-Oncology
as follows:

30% Final Exam
100% Total Grade
above)
Course HITT 1305

Week 16-Oncology
as follows:

30% Final Exam
100% Total Grade
Section P1 email aferguson@parisjc.edu
Course HITT 1305
Description Study of word origin and structure through the introduction of prefixes, suffixes, root words,
plurals, abbreviations and symbols, surgical procedures, medical specialities, and diagnostic
procedures.


30% final Exam
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Mitie Ford
Year 2010-2011 Office Internet
Course HITT 2335
Title Coding and Reimbursement Methodologies
Description Advanced coding techniques with emphasis on case studies,

health records, and federal regulations regarding perspective payment systems
and methods of reimbursement.
Textbooks Principles of Healthcare Reimbursement Third Edition

Anne B. Casto, RHIA, CCS
Elizabether Layman, PhD, RHIA, CCS, FAHIMA
ISBN: 978-1-58426-243-5
Schedule Week 1: Healthcare Reimbursement Methodologies

Week 2: Clinical Coding and Coding Compliance
Week 3: Voluntary Healthcare Insurance Plans
Week 4: Government-Sponsored Healthcare Programs
Week 5: Managed Care Plans
Week 6-7: Medicare-Medicaid Prospective Payment Systems for Inpatients
Week 8-9: Ambulatory and Other Medicare-Medicaid Reimbursement Systems
Week 10: Medicare-Medicaid Prospective Payment Systems
Week 11: Revenue Cycle Management
Week 12: Value-Based Purchasing
Week 13-14: Project
Week 15: Review
Week 16: Final Exam
Evaluation methods In order to pass HITT 2335, the student must achieve final average grade of 70 or higher. The final
grade will consist of the following: Review Quizzes/Lab assignments that are averaged for a total of
10% of your final grade, project is 10% of your final grade, five exams that are averaged for a total
of 60% of the final grade. The Final Exam will be 20% of the final grade.
Course HITT 2340
Title Advanced Medical Billing and Reimbursement
Description Study of coding skills to prepare reimbursement forms in various health care settings for
submission to payors
Textbooks Textbook: COMPUTERS IN THE MEDICAL OFFICE, Susan M. Sanderson, 7th ed.
And CASE STUDIES FOR THE MEDICAL OFFICE , 6th ed. (Capstone Billing Simulation)
Schedule Week 1-Introduction to Computers in the Medical Office

Week 2-The Use of Health Information Technology in Physician Practices
Week 3-Introduction to Medisoft
Week 4-Entering Patient Information
Week 5-Working With Cases
Week 6-Entering Charge Transactions and Patient Payments
Week 7-Creating Claims
Week 8-Posting Insurance Payments and Creating Patient Statements
Week 9-Creating Reports
Week 10-Collections in the Medical Office
Week 11Scheduling
Week 12-Applying Your Skills--Handing Patient Records and Transactions
Week 13-Setting Up Appoinjtsments
Week 14-Printing Lists and Reports
Evaluation methods Lesson Tests (Chapter Review questions after each lesson) 10%
Medisoft computer exercises (exercises will be averaged) 60%
Capstone Billing Simulation 30%
Term 102S Phone 903.782.0743
Course HPRS 2300

Week 15- Exam 3

Term 102S Phone 903.782.0743
Course HPRS 2300

Week 15- Exam 3

Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Brenda Allen
Term 102S Phone 903-782-0734
Section 50 email ballen@parisjc.edu
Course HPRS 2300

Week 15- Exam 3

Term 102S Phone 903.782.0743
Course HPRS 2300

Week 15- Exam 3

Term 102S Phone 903.782.0743
Course HPRS 2300

Week 15- Exam 3

Term 102S Phone 903.782.0743
Course HPRS 2300

Week 15- Exam 3

Term 102S Phone 903.782.0743
Course HPRS 2300

Week 15- Exam 3

Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Thoms M. Bass MSN RN
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC 1026A
Section 01 email tbass@parisjc.edu
Course HPRS 2301
and injuries.
ISBN#13:978-0-7637-6951-0.
Bartlett, ISBN #978-0-7637-7467-7
Schedule Week 1-Concepts of Disease

Week 2-Cells, Tissues, Chromosomes Genes and Cell Division
Week 3-Imflammation, Imunnity, Hypersensitivity, Allergy
Week 4- Pathogens, Animal Parasites
Week 5-Communicable Diseases,Congential and Hereditary Diseases
Week 6-Neoplastic Disease, Abnormalities of Blood Coagulation
Week 7-Circulation Disturbances, Cardiovascular & Hematopoietic & Lymphatic Systems
Week 8-The Respiratory System and Diseases of the Breast
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 10-The Female Reproductive System & Prenatal Development, Pregnancy
Week 11-The Urinary System and the Male Reproductive System
Week 12-The Liver, Biliary system, Pancreas and Diabetes
Week 13-The Gastrointestinal Tract Fluid, Electrolytes, Acid Base Imbalance
Week 14-The Endocrine Glands & The Nervous System
Week 16-System Review
Evaluation methods 3 Proctored Exams 15% of the grade

6 Chapter Reviews 65% of the grade (open book)
6 Assignments 20 % of the grade (open book)
Course HPRS 2301
and injuries.
ISBN#13:978-0-7637-6951-0.
Bartlett, ISBN #978-0-7637-7467-7
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 16-Review

Course HPRS 2301
and injuries.
ISBN#13:978-0-7637-6951-0.
Bartlett, ISBN #978-0-7637-7467-7
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 16-Review

Course HRGY 1301
Title Jewelry Techniques I
Description An introduction to the proper use and care of hand tools along with industry terminology, skill
development in layout, sawing, filing, drilling, and hand finishing to industry standard.

January 18th Layout 90 degrees #101
Layout 90 degrees #102
January 19th Layout Geometric shapes #103
January 20th Sawing #1 (square with “L”s) #104
January 24th Sawing #2 (Curves) #105
January 25th Filing #1 (L-shape) #106
January 27th Filing #2 (Curves) #107
January 31st Emery #1 (Square) #108
February 1st Emery (Triangle) #109
February 2nd Emery #3 (Hexagon) #110
February 7th Emery Frame #111

each quarter!
Project average 80%
Final Test 10%
Course HRGY 1302
Title Jewelry Techniques II
Description Continuation of Jewelry Techniques I. Introduction to machine-polishing flat and curved surfaces.

Feb. 14th Piercing #112
Feb. 17th Polishing #113
Feb. 23rd Polishing #114
March 8th Polishing #115

each quarter!
Project average 80%
Final Test 10%
Fi l d 100%
Course HRGY 1303
Title Jewelry Techniques III
Description Continuation of Jewelry Techniques II with an emphasis on rolling mill and wire drawing
techniques, torch soldering, and ring fabrication.

March 10th Soldering Project #1 #116
March 23rd Soldering Project #2 #117
March 29th Wedding Band #1 #118
March 31st Wedding Band #2 #119
April 5th Charm Bracelet #120

each quarter!
Project average 80%
Final Test 10%
Course HRGY 1304
Description Continuation of Jewelry Techniques III with emphasis on chain making, catch construction, ring
sizing, and mass finishing.

May 2nd Repair #127
May 3rd Bracelet #128
May 5th Fabrication # 129
May 12th Recognition Ceremony #130

each quarter!
Project average 80%
Final Test 10%
Course HRGY 1304
Description Continuation of Jewelry Techniques III including advanced skills in layout, sawing, filing, emery,
polishing, and soldering with limited fabrication.
Schedule Week 1- Layout geometric shapes

Week 2- Sawing, filing, emery, polishing
Week 3- Precision drilling, soldering

Written final 10%
Course HRGY 1309
Title Casting I
Description Emphasis on lost wax casting, both centrifugal and vacuum processes. Includes introduction to wax
carving.
Prerequisite(s): There are no prerequisites
Schedule Week 1-#28 GENTS FLAT TOP (4)

Week 2-#39 OVAL BEZEL RING (3)
Week 3-#14 CHANNEL RING (10)
Week 4-#1A SEVEN STONE CLUSTER TOP (3)
#18 5 STONE FISHTAIL RING (10)

Daily Grades 05%
Ethics 10%
Written Final 10%
Grade scale:
A: 90 - 100
B: 80 - 89.5
C: 70 - 79.5
F: 0 - 69.5
Course HRGY 1313
Title Fundamental Gemology I
Description Development of skills in gemstone identification. Emphasis on diamonds including diamond

simulants, diamond grading, and the proper use and care of laboratory instruments.
Textbooks Gemology for the Jeweler by Orlando S. Paddock and Malcolm Heuser, Gemstones of the World
by Walter Schumann, Dealer's Book of Gems by M. Sevdermish and A. Mashiah, diamond Grading
ABC by Verena Pagel-Theisen G.G. F.G.A., Laboratory-Grown Diamonds by Branko Deljanin and
D Si i
Schedule Week 1- Intro to properties, history of recovery methods, occurrence and processing, marketing and
distribution infrastructures, and the Kimberly Processes. Week 2- Diamond fashioning, history of
the round brilliant cut, ideal diamond proportions/cut, weight estimations for the round brilliant.
Week 3- Diamond grading protocols for proportions and cut, clarity, color, and the quality grading
of fancy shaped brilliant cut diamonds. Week 4- Fancy color diamonds, diamond simulants,
synthetic diamonds, re-cutting of old style or damaged diamonds, and the evaluation of mounted
diamonds.
Evaluation methods This class is a lecture, demonstration, and laboratory process. Lecture toics are from reading
assigned to the student from the textbooks and handouts for the cours. There are three essay tests
from the lecture content given in class. Students are required to successfully complete the industry
evaluation protocol for 15 diamonds during the class period.
Course HRGY 1314
Title Fundamentals of Gemology II
Description Development of skills in gemstone identification. Emphasis on colored stones including synthetics,
enhancement and treatments, and the proper use and care of laboratory instruments.
Textbooks Gemology for the Jeweler by Orlando S. Paddock and Malcolm Heuser, Handbook of Gem
Identification by Richard T. Liddicoat, Gemstones of the World by Walter Schumann, Dealer's
Book of Gems by M. Sevdermish and A. Mashiah
Schedule Week 1-Classification and characteristics of gemstones, crystallography, chemical, physical, and
optical properties, hardness and touchness of gemstones; durability features of gemstones.
Week 2- Behavior of light theories of gems and minerals; polariscope and moore's sphere;
dichroscope protocol; refractometer nomenclature and protocol; causes of color and the effects of
fluorescence and phosphorescence of gems; optical phenomena and the visible light spectrum
observations of gems.
Week 3- Study of inclusions in gems; relative density of gems and hydrostatic testing methods; the
use of the gemological binocular microscope and the jeweler's loupe; implementation of the
industry laboratory protocol for gemologists; study of imitation and composite gems.
Week 4- Gemstone enhancement methods, study of lab-created gems, and the study of and the
classification of Corundum Chrysoberyl Beryl Tourmaline Turquoise and Topaz
Evaluation methods This class is a lecture and laboratory process. Lectue is from the reading asigned to the student from
the textbooks and handouts for the cours. There are three essay tests from the lecture content given
in class. The student works to successfully complete lab protocols to identify gemstone unknowns.
Course HRGY 1319
Title Basic Horology I
Description Introduction to disassembly, cleaning, and reassembly of the basic watch using time proven
methods. Emphasis on nomenclature. Prerequisite: None
by Henry B. Fried
Schedule Week 1 Orientation, Intro.to hand Tools, Measuring

Week 1 - 2 Devices Nomenclature Material Systems
Week 2 - 4 Crowns Crystals & Gaskets, Intro to Cleaning
Week 4 Hairspring Theory
Evaluation methods Intro to Hand Tools ,Organization, Cooperation, paper work,Measuring Tools. Nomenclature,
Accuracy Development of hand eye coordination, Part identification, avoiding broken or lost parts,
Clean work, tools, bench lay out, Material Systems, Accurate watch identification, Part number
identification, Clarity of paper work, Crowns, Crystals, Gaskets, Case tubes, Proper type and fit of
crowns, Proper type and fit of gasket, Proper type and fit of gaskets, Proper type and fit of case
tubes, Proper appearance with case style, ~ Intro to Cleaning Lecture/Written test questions
Hairspring Theory Lecture/Written test questions
Course HRGY 1320
Title Basic Horology II
Description Continuation of Basic Horology I with emphasis on identification and functions of parts common to
all mechanical watches. Prerequistie: HRGY 1319
by Henry B. Fried
Schedule Week 1-3 Basic Cleaning and Overhauling

Week 4 Intro to Hairspring Truing
Evaluation methods Basic Cleaning and Overhauling Proper care and use of watch cleaning machines as per instruction.
Layout of cleaning work area, Techniques for watch cleaning to industry standards with no dirt,
residue, rust , foreign matter left on watches after cleaning and overhauling. Proper care of watch
projects without loss or damage to components. General overall appearance of project when turned
in. Introduction to Hairspring Truing Project hairsprings are first distorted by the instructor and
must be formed back to original shape on frosted glass using tweezers. Grading is based on trueness
in the round and in the flat of hairsprings corrected by the student. This will determine pass or fail
of the project. The spring is either good or it is not. Attention to detail in the degree of accuracy,
cleanliness and the absence of scratches and other damage also affect the grade. Appearance is also
important as is the neatness of the work area and tools. Written test questions
Course HRGY 1321
Description Continuation of Basic Horology II. Emphasis on balance staff fitting and poising balance wheels.
Prerequistie: HRGY 1320
by Henry B. Fried
Schedule Week 1 - Hairspring Truing Stage #2, Train Wheel Truing

Week 2 - Balance Staff Fitting, Staff Removal, Balance Truing
Week 3 - Poising, Fit Hairsprings, Balance Theory
Week 4 - Staff 11 Ligne Mens Watch
Evaluation methods Hairspring Truing Stage#2. Grading is based on trueness in the round and in the flat of the finished
wheel. Ture watch train wheels to industry standards. Attention to detail in the degree of accuracy.
Staff Removal of Nine( 9 ) Wheels are used in this project. Accuracy, cleanliness, tool selection
and organization are key points. Proper alignment of the installation, Accuracy, cleanliness, tool
selection, tool use and organization are key points. Scratches, loss of parts and other damage on
projects will affect the grade. Balance Theory Lecture / Testable Staff 11 Ligne Mens Watch
Replace the balance staff, Clean , Overhaul , and electronically time a 11 ½ ligne mechanical wrist
watch. Accuracy in part ordering, installation of the staff cleanliness, tool selection, tool use and
organization are key points. Scratches, loss of parts and other damage will affect the grade. The
overall appearance on projects and the daily rate and positional errors of the finished watch are also
key grading factors.
Course HRGY 1322
Description Continuation of Basic Horology III. Emphasis on replacement and repair of damaged parts in
mechanical watches.
by Henry B. Fried
Schedule Week 1-2 Staff 10 Ligne Mens Watch

Week 2-3 Ligne Ladies Watch
Week 3-4 Hairspring Pinning
Evaluation methods Clean, Overhaul, electronically time a 10 ligne mechanical wrist watch. Accurate part ordering,
installation of staff, cleanliness, tool selection and use and organization are key. Overall appearance
on projects and the daily rate of the finished watch are also key factors. Staff 6 ¾ Ligne watch
Replace the balance staff, Clean, Overhaul, electronically time a 6 ¾ ligne mechanical wrist watch.
Part ordering, installation of the staff, cleanliness, tool selection use and rate of the finished watch
are key factors Hairspring colleting and studing. Proper pinning of these components to assure a
secure and accurate fit . Selection of component collet and studs, centering of the collet, leveling
the spring at the collet, finishing, leveling of the stud are key factors. Removal of these components
will then be performed. Accuracy , cleanliness, tool selection, use and organization and the overall
appearance on projects are key points. Scratches, loss of parts and other damage will affect the
grade.
c. Composite grade on written final test = 10
Course HRGY 1341
Title Stone Setting I
Description Focus on bead setting and bright cutting techniques.
T I i fJ l T h l R f M l f
1/18 Syllabus and Classroom Guidelines
Lecture on Safety and Honesty
Separate castings into job envelopes
Lecture: Gravers
1/25 Lecture: Parts of a faceted Stone
Burs
# 301 Bright Cut
2/7 #303 Bright Cut
2/9 #304 Retip
# 305 Reprong
#306 Rebead
2/10 Written final

each quarter!
Project average 80%
Final Test 10%
Course HRGY 1342
Title Stone Setting II
Description Continuation of Stone Setting I. Focus on prong setting, repronging, retipping, rebeading and
reheading

3/1 # 310b Set Baker Tops (saw- cut method)
Lecture: Metals and their alloys.
3/7 # 311b Set Baker Top Rings (chased-in Method)
Lecture: Finishes
3/9 Written Final

each quarter!
Project average 80%
Final Test 10%
Course HRGY 1343
Description Continuation of Stone Setting II including fancy bright cuts, bezel sets, and gypse sets.

3/10 # 312a Fabricate Cluster Rings
3/21 # 312b Set Cluster Rings
3/23 # 313 Set Fishtail Wedding Bands
3/28 # 314 Set Channel Rings
3/31 Lecture: The property of Gemstones as it pertains to stone setting
# 315a Fabricate Four Prong Fishtail rings
4/5 # 315b Four Prong Fishtail rings
4/6 # 316a Fabricate Illusion Rings
4/11 # 316b Set Illusion Rings
4/12 Written final

each quarter!
Project average 80%
Final Test 10%
Course HRGY 1343
Description Continuation of Stone Setting II including fancy bright cuts, bezel sets, and gypsy sets.
Schedule Week 4- Assemble four prong heads and shanks and set round stones
Week 5- Solder posts to back of head and set stones, assemble/solder bracelet link set stones
Week 6- Set round stones in channel

Written final 10%
Course HRGY 1344
Description Continuation of Stone Setting III including fancy bright cuts, bezel sets, gypse sets, and the setting
of multiple stones such as channel-setting, cluster setting, and fishtail setting.

4/14 # 317 Gypsy Rings
4/19 # 318a Fabricate Tube Rings
4/20 # 318b Set Tube Rings
4/21 # 319 Flat-set Rings
4/25 Lecture: Ordering Findings and estimating
cost and profit
# 320 Fabricate and set 4 and 6 prong rings
5/4 # 323 Bezel Pendant
5/9 # 324 Bezel Pendant 2
5/11 Written Final
Lecture: Preparation for 4th Semester
5/12 Graduation
each quarter!
Project average 80%
Final Test 10%
Course HRGY 1344
Description Continuation of Stone Setting III including fancy bright cuts, bezel sets, gypsy sets, and the setting
of multiple stones such as channel-setting, cluster-setting, and fishtail-setting.
Schedule Week 7- Assemble oval basket and prong heads and shanks, set stones
Week 8- Assemble oval bezel and bail set stone, freeform ring solder heads, set stones
Week 9- Assemble head and shank set marquise stone, set baguette stones

Written final 10%
Term Sping Phone 903-782-0249
Course HRGY 1348
Title Jewelry Repair and Fabrication I
Texas, 1988
Schedule Week 1 POLISH: GENTS FLAT TOP

FREEFORM RING
DRILL FLAT TOP
Week 2-DOVETAIL: GENTS RING

DRILLING: WEDDING BAND
Week 3- RESHANK LADIES RING

FABRICATE BC HINGE
ASSEMBLE RING GUARD
Week 4- FABRICATE CLUSTER PENDANT
Ethics 10%
Written Final 10%
B: 80 - 89.5
C: 70 - 79.5
F: 0 - 69.5
Course HRGY 1348
Title Jewelry Repair/Fabrication I
Schedule Week 10- Size rings down

Week 11- Size rings up-butt joint and dove-tail styles
Week 12- Fabrication dome locket

Written final 10%
Course HRGY 1349
Title Jewelry Repair and Fabrication II
Texas, 1988
Schedule Week 1 CHAIN REPAIR: CABLE, FRENCH ROPE

BOX, LOOSE LINK ROPE, SERPITINE,
SOLDER JUMP RING
RING SIZING: BUTT JOINT
Week 2- ASSEMBLE BRACELET

REMOVE LINK AND REPAIR BC
Week 3- RETIP 4 AND 6 PRONG RINGS

DOVETAIL LADIES RING
Week 4- FINISHES: MIZZY

SATIN
ELECTROPLATING
Ethics 10%
Written Final 10%
B: 80 - 89.5
C: 70 - 79.5
F: 0 - 69.5
Course HRGY 1349
Title Jewelry Repair/Fabrication II
Description Continuation of Jewelry Repair/Fabrication I with emphasis on techniques, fabrication, and repair
of jewelry. Introduction to equipment and techniques of jewelry manufacturing including chain
repair and electroplating
Schedule Week 13- Retip prongs

Week 14- Repair box and clasp, fabricate and install a figure "8" safety latch
Week 15- Repair different types of chains and fabricate and install jump rings
Week 16-Take the Jewelers of America Bench Certification test

Written final 10%
Course HRGY 1350
Title Intermediate Gemology
Description Study of the formation , recovery, lore/superstition, merchandising, advertising, display , and
buying and selling of precious gemstones.
Textbooks Gemology for the Jeweler by Orlando S. Paddock, Gemstones of the World by Walter Schumann,
Handbook of Gem ID by Richard T. Liddicoat, Dealer's Book of Gems by M. Sevdermish and A.
Mashiah, The Gem Merchant-How to be One How to Deal with One by David S. Epstein, OPL A
Student's Guide to Spectroscopy by Colin H. Winter F.G.A., D.G.A.
Schedule Week 9- Continued study of gemstone enhancement methods; the classification of Peridot, Garnets,
and Lapis Lazuli.
Week 10- The classification of the Jades, Spinel, Feldspars, and Spodumene.
Week 11- The classification of Quartz/Chalcedonies, Diopside, Opal, and Zoisite/Tanzanite.
Week 12- The classification of Iolite, Zircon, Andalusite, and Apatite.
Evaluation methods This course is a lecture and laboratory process. Lectures are given from the reading assigned to the
student from the textbooks and the handouts distributed during class. There are three essay tests
from the lecture content given during class. The student will demonstrate with the use of
gemological equipment the proper procedures for correct identification of gem material; and
identify optical and physical characteristics, sources, mining techniques, lore, and selling aspects of
gem material.
Course HRGY 1371
Title Intro to Computer Aided Design
Description Study of the programs operations, characteristics, modeling, and machining techniques of computer
aided design. Computer aided manufacturing are explored in this course. Applications and
visualization, rendering, animation, 2D design, 3D design and solid modeling as it relates to jewelry
design.
Credits:3= 1 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week
Schedule This section includes basic design assignments and simple jewelry design modeling.
quarter!
WORKPLACE ETHICS: Students will be graded in 10 different areas: appearance, attitude,

interest in work, work habits, preparation, attentiveness, participation, following instructions,

QUARTLY TEST 20%
Course HRGY 1372
Title TECHNICAL ILLUSTRATION for JEWELRY DESIGN
Description Continuation of HRGY 1371, topics include pictorial drawing, shading and rendering of jewelry
articles

A primary introduction of how to create simple rings, shanks bezels and heads for jewelry
modeling.
Revo milling projects include flat and 360 degree cutting.
quarter!


QUARTLY TEST 20%
Course HRGY 1373
Title BASIC COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING for JEWELRY DESIGN
Description Continuation of HRGY 1372 with focus on more advanced modeling, identifying and solving of
problems in 3 – D jewelry design applications.

Creating intermediate projects for jewelry articles.
Revo advanced milling projects.
quarter!


QUARTLY TEST 20%
Course HRGY 1374
Title SOLID MODELING DESIGN for JEWELRY

Design intermediate and advanced projects for articles of jewelry.
Rev advanced milling projects.
quarter!


QUARTLY TEST 20%
Course HRGY 1375
Title COMPUTER INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING for JEWELRY

Advanced jewelry projects for manufacturing.
Revo milling projects as required.
quarter!


QUARTLY TEST 20%
Course HRGY 1391
Title Industrial Casting and Wax Carving
Description Industrial Casting

Prerequisite(s): Completion of HRGY 2333 or consent of instructor
Schedule Week 1- Cast a tree of assigned mold patterns. This tree will be cast in the J2r resistance casting
machine.
Week 4- Carve a wax ring to instructor’s specifications.
Week 8- Design and carve a bracelet link with the hinge incorporated into the link.
Week 13- Cast a ring with the stone in place
Week 15 -Inject, sprue and cast a ring in the platinum casting machine.
Evaluation methods The final semester grade is complied as follows;

Notebook 25%
Ethics 05%
Course HRGY 1417
Title Applied Jewelry Practices
Description Survey of the business practices of the jewelry industry. Emphasis on communication skills,
security, insurance, copyright/trademark law, industry organizations, and common ethical
expectations within the jewelry industry.
Textbooks Profiting by Design, A Jewelry Maker's Guide to Business Success by Marlene Richey
Schedule Week 1-Student orientation and course overview.

Week 2- History of the Internet; Automated resourses LRC
Week 3- Small Business Development Center Workshop, How to Start a Small Business"
Week 4-Circa Dating Antique Jewelry
Week 5-Methodology of Jewelry Appraisals
Week 6-Jeweler's of America Presentation "Counter Intelligence" promoting professionalism in the
Jewelry Industry
Week 7-Federal Trade Commission's Regulatory Guidelines for the Jewelry and Watch Industries
Week 8-Materials Supply Line Applications for the 21st Century and the Impact of Out-Sourcing to
India .
Week 9-Retail Jewelry Store Take-In Procedures Presentation
Week 10-Skills Development in Resume' preparation
Week 11-Small Business Development Center Presentation: Copyrights Patents and Trademarks
Week 12-Digital Goldsmith: Presentation on preparation of the Artisan's Portfolio digitally
Week 13-Jewelers Mutual Insurance University series: Selling with Security and Internal Theft
Week 14-Small Business Development Center Presentation: International Business and Import
Export Opportunities
W k 15 M k ti d Ad ti i T h i
Evaluation methods This course is a lecture, assigned reading and presentation process. Lectures are given from the
reading assigned from the text book. Students will successfully complete a current resume' and
coverletter assignment as well as utilize internet technology to research information to complete the
FTC guidelines project.
Course HRGY 2301
Title Intermediate Horology I
Description Introduction to the theroy, function and repair of watch escapements. Emphasis on roller jewel,
pallet stones, guard fingers, pallet arbors and adjustments of the detached lever escapement in
watches. Prerequisite:Completeion of HRGY 1322
by Henry B. Fried
Schedule Week 1-2 Roller jewels

Week 2-3 Pallet jewels and guard fingers, pallet arbors
Week 3-4 Escapements
Evaluation methods Roller jewel selection, removal, installation and alignment, Pallet jewel selection, removal,
installation and alignment, Guard Fingers Guard Finger selection, removal, installation and
adjustment Guard fingers will be removed and installed. Time keeping of the finished watches will
be considered the ultimate test of a satisfactory installation. Neatness of the work area and
cleanliness of the project will affect the grade as will Scratches , damage, broken and lost parts.
Having performed sequential repairs to escapement components the student will perform matched
escapement set ups using a large scale model of the detached lever escapement. After satisfactory
sequential adjustment of the escapement model the student will perform escapement
repairs/adjustments on three ( 3 ) watches One 1 1 1/2 ligne ~ One 10 ligne ~ One 6 3/4 ligne Time
keeping of the finished watches will be considered the ultimate test of a satisfactory repair
( 3 ) watches One 1 1 1/2 ligne ~ One 10 ligne ~ One 6 3/4 ligne
Course HRGY 2302 01
Title Intermediate Horology II
Description Continuation of IntermediateHorology I. Emphisis on hairsprings in the watch including

overcoilsand friction jeweling. Prerequisite: HRGY 2301
by Henry B. Fried
Schedule Week 1 Hairspring Adjustments

Week 2 Regulator pin adjustment, Hairsprings in the watch
Week 3 Swiss key replacement
Week 4 Friction jeweling
Evaluation methods The student will correct instructor introduced hairspring errors centering and leveling the hairspring
to the balance bridge, formation of the hairspring concentric curve, adjustment at the regulator pin
and Swiss key and corrective bends. Regulator Pin Adjustments and trouble shooting problems of
regulator pins. Swiss Key Function and Replacement Friction Jeweling. Neatness of the work area
and cleanliness of the project will affect the grade as will scratches, damage, broken and lost parts
will affect the project grade.
Course HRGY 2303
Title Intermediate Horology III
Description Continuation of IntermediateHorology II. Emphisis on overcoil procedureson the standard watch
and the sixteen piont check system. Prerequisite: HRGY 2302
by Henry B. Fried
Schedule Week 1- 4 16 Point Check System
Evaluation methods 16 Point Check System Given various wristwatches of different sizes and manufactures the student
will perform the necessary sequential steps to complete overhauls as if they were being prepared for
an actual paying customer. Attention to detail in the completion of the watch movement, its time
keeping, cleanliness, proper oiling, lubricating, hairspring work and care of the crystal, case ,dial
and hands are to be considered. . The steps are to be listed from memory on the written final exam.
Course HRGY 2304
Title Intermediate Horology IV
Description Continuation of IntermediateHorology III. Emphisis on vibrating a hairspring to a watch, adjusting

an overcoil and dynamic timing. Prerequisite: HRGY 2303
by Henry B. Fried
Schedule Week 1 Advanced Hairspring Work

Week 2 Adjustment at Regulator, Correcting Hairspring Positional Errors
Week 2-3 Vibrating a Hairspring To a Watch
Week 4 Removal of Tangles
Evaluation methods The student will correct instructor introduced overcoil as well as flat hairspring errors to assure the
watches proper time keeping as tested by electronic testing equipment . Designed to develop
confidence and job speed this unit of instruction stresses centering and leveling the hairspring to the
balance bridge, formation of the hairspring concentric curve, adjust regulator pins and swiss keys
and corrective bends, remove tangles and knots from hairsprings without damage to the spring.
Adjust the regulator pins and keys. Hairsprings will be adjust in project watches to compensate for
errors in the watches position as checked on electronic testing equipment. Overcoils Overcoil
hairsprings will be formed to blueprint specification using the Loosier Curve design. The student
will vibrate the hairspring using a vibrating tool. The overall accuracy and neatness of the work
and time keeping will affect the grade.
Course HRGY 2305
Title Intermediate Horology V
Description Continuation of IntermediateHorology Iv. Emphisis on shaping and sharpening wathemakers

gravers and the use of the watchmakers latheto turn square sholder pivots. Prerequisite: HRGY
2304
by Henry B. Fried
Schedule Week 1 - Gravers, 4mm double shoulder brass

Week 2 - 4mm double sholder steel, 0.5mm double shoulder brass
Week 3 - 0.5mm double shoulder steel, 0.2mm double shoulder brass
Week 4 - 0.2mm double shoulder steel
Evaluation methods Graver shaping, hardening and heat treating, lapping and mirror polishing 6 tool steel gravers for
the watchmakers lathe. The gravers properly hardened tempered as to be able to cut drill rod
steel,must be razor sharp. Lathe projects must be held to Tolerance : Diameters ~ .01 mm + .00mm
, - .10mm Lengths ~ + - .10mm Projects must be without scratches, dents or other surface
irregularities and must be polished unless stated otherwise.

Course HRGY 2306
Title Intermediate Horology VI
Description Continuation of IntermediateHorology V. Emphisis on the use of the watchmakers lathe to turn
conical pivots, balance staffs and stems. Prerequisite: HRGY 2305
by Henry B. Fried
Schedule Week 1- 0.5mm cone pivot brass, 0.5mm cone pivot steel
Week 2-3 0.2mm cone pivot brass, 0.2mm cone pivot steel, 12mm Balance Staff
Week 3-4 6mm Balance Staff 21mm Stem in Brass
12mm Balance Staff 6mm Balance Staff, 21mm Stem in Brass
Course HRGY 2307
Description Continuation of Intermediate Horology VI with emphasis on the use of the watchmakers lathe to
make a stem to fit a watch, balance staff removal, pivot burnishing and the use of the Jacot tool .
Nomencature and material systems for Automatic and calendar watches. Prerequisite: HRGY 2306
by Henry B. Fried
Schedule Week 1 - 19mm Stem in Steel ,Stem for Watch

Week 2 - Cut off Balance Hubs, Screwdriver Project /intro to repivoting
Week 3 - Pivot Repairs/ Jacot Tool, Burnish Train wheel Pivots
Week 4 Burnish Balance Pivots, Automatic Watch Nomenclature/Materials and
ordering parts and Trouble Shooting Automatics
19mm Stem in Steel, Stem for Watch, Cut off Balance Hubs
Screwdriver Project (intro to repivoting exercise)
Pivot Repairs/ Jacot Tool : Burnish Train wheel Pivots Burnish Balance Pivots
Automatic Watches Nomenclature/Materials and Ordering Parts
Trouble Shooting Automatics
Course HRGY 2308
Description Continuation of Intermediate Horology VI with emphasis on speed. Focus on disassembly,

cleaning, and repair of automatic winding watches; and on precision timing including nomenclature,
parts interchangeability, proper lubrication, and casing.
by Henry B. Fried
Schedule Week 1-4 - Automatic and Calendar Wtches
Evaluation methods Given automatic wristwatches of different sizes and manufactures the student will perform the
necessary sequential steps to complete overhauls as if they were being prepared for an actual paying
customer. Attention to detail in the completion of the watch movement, its time keeping,
cleanliness, proper oiling , lubricating, hairspring work and care of the crystal, case ,dial , hands
and strap or band are to be considered . Scratches, damage and loss of parts will subtract from the
overall project grade. A Job work sheet is to be completed for each watch. Quality of workmanship
and difficulty of the projects will be assessed as will the students ability to work independently.
Watches that are not repaired to industry standards will not be accepted for grading.
Course HRGY 2331
Title Advanced Gemological Practices
Description Study of the proper use and care of lab equipment and selection of and familiarity with vendors.
Textbooks Gemology for the Jeweler by Orlando S. Paddock and Malcolm Heuser, Gemstones of the World
by Walter Schumann, Handbook of Gem ID by Richard T. Liddicoat, Dealer's Book of Gems by M.
Sevdermish and A. Mashiah, The Gem Merchant-How to Be One How to Deal with One by David
S. Epstein, OPL A Student's Guide ot Spectroscopy by Colin H. Winter F.G.A., D.G.A.
Schedule Week 13- Classification of Amber, Coral, Ivory, and Pearl.

Week 14- The classification of Jet, Azurite, Benitoite, Hematite, Idocrase, and Malachite.
Week 15-The classification of Rhodochrosite, Calcite, Obsidian, Serpentine, and Sodalite.
Week 16- Class finals 20 gemstone practical examination, 5 diamond practical evaluation
examination, and a verbal protocol/ nomenclature examination.
Evaluation methods This course is a lecture and labortatory process. Lectures are given from the reading assigned to
the student from the text books and handouts for the course. There are three essay/scantron tests
given from the lecture content during class. After successful completion of this course, the student
will demonstrate competent use of their gemological skills by the identification of 400 gemstones
and the care of their assigned lab instruments.
Course HRGY 2333
Title Casting II
Description Continuation of Casting I. Includes instruction in mold making and vibratory finishing.
Schedule Week 1-# 19A CLUSTER RING

#21A BRIGHT CUT WEDDING BAND
#9 BAKER TOP
Week 2-#16 RING GUARD

#31 HEXAGONAL GENTS RING
#42 FREEFORM RING
Week 3- # 11B LARGE RING SHANK

Week 4-# 15 GENTS SQUARE TOP RING

Daily Grades 05%
Ethics 10%
Written Final 10%
Grade scale:
A: 90 - 100
B: 80 - 89.5
C: 70 - 79.5
F: 0 - 69.5
Course HRGY 2335
Title Precious Metals I
Description Emphasis on layout, bright cuts, baguettes, marquise, pear, cushion, and emerald cut stones. Focus
on utilization of commercial shop guidelines.
Schedule Week 1- Repair different types of chains, fabricate jumps rings and attach, Cast ring solder heads in
place and set stones and size.
Week 2- Assemble shank and head, set stone, size and retip three prongs. Cast ring channel set
different size stones into channel and size.
Week 3- Cast ring and bead set and bright cut stone into ring. Cast ring and multi stone strip and
set stones in strip.
Week 4- Cast ring and bead set bright cut four stones into top of ring. Cast ring and solder bezels
in place and set stones.

Written final 10%
Course HRGY 2336
Title Precious Metals II
Description A continuation of Precious Metals I. Focus on layout, bright cuts, baguettes, marquise, pear,
cushion, and emerald cut stones as well as pave in precious metals. Includes utilization of
commercial shop guidelines. Emphasis on speed.
Schedule Week 5-Cast and set three baguettes in a ring. Cast ring and solder heads into ring set stones and
size.
Week 6- Cast channel ring and set round stones. Hollow dome earrings remove posts and resolder
posts on.
Week 7- Cast wedding set and set marquise center stone and tapered baguettes on side. Cast ring
and bezel set center stone and flush set side stones.

Written final 10%
Course HRGY 2337
Title Precious Metals III
Description Continuation of Precious Metals II with emphasis on techniques and refinement of commercial shop
practices including lost wax process of casting in precious metals and assembly of die- struck and
cast findings. General review of bench techniques.
Schedule Week 9- Cast ring and set center stone and side stones. Cast each side of ring guard solder together
and set stones.
Week 10- Set marquise shaped stone in six prongs, Set pear shape stone in six prongs.
Week 11- Cast and set pave'. Set oval stone into basket head.
Week 12- Channel set baguettes. Marquise stone in prongs set stone in earings and pendant.

Written final 10%
Course HRGY 2338
Title Precious Metals IV
Description Continuation of Precious Metals III with emphasis on techniques and refinement of commercial
shop practices including lost wax process of casting in precious metals and assembly of die- struck
and cast findings. General review of bench techniques from fabrication of a platinum pendant to
soldering die struck heads on mountings. Emphasis on speed.
Schedule Week 13- Pave' stones into round top ring. Cast ring and set emerald cut stone.
Week 14- Cast ring and set stones in waterfall top. Cast pendant and set stones.
Week 15- Cast nugget ring and set stones. Solder posts into hollow loop earings.
Week 16- Jewelers of America Bench Certification test.

ritten final 10%
Course HRGY 2341
Title Advanced Horology Systems I
Description Course work includes lectures, demonstrations and practical hands-on training during the study of
disassembly, cleaning, repair and adjustment of timers and simple chronographs. Prerequisite:
HRGY 2308
by Henry B. Fried
Schedule Week 1-2 Timers

Week 2-4 Simple Chronograph
Evaluation methods Given various Stop Watches / Timers of different manufactures the student will perform the
necessary sequential steps to complete overhauls Stop Watches / Timers and Simple Chronographs
Given various Simple Chronographs of different manufactures. Attention to detail in the completion
and loss of parts will subtract from the overall project grade. the student will perform the necessary
sequential steps to complete overhauls as if they were being prepared for an actual paying
customer.

Course HRGY 2342
Title Advanced Horology Systems II
Description A continuation of Advanced Horological Systems I. Emphasis on disaaembly, cleaning, repair and
adjustment of multi function mechanical movements and automatic and calendat chronograph
watches. Prerequisite: HRGY2341
by Henry B. Fried
Schedule Week 1-4 Chronographs
Evaluation methods Given various Calendar and Automatic Chronographs of different manufactures the student will
perform the necessary sequential steps to complete overhauls. Attention to detail in the completion
and loss of parts will subtract from the overall project grade. A Job work sheet is to be completed
for each watch project. Watches that are not repaired to industry standards will not be accepted for
grading.
Course HRGY 2343
Title Advanced Horology Systems III
Description A continuation of Advanced Horological Systems II. Emphasis on electronic theroy related to
quarzt analog watches. Prerequisite: HRGY 2343
by Henry B. Fried
Schedule Week 1 Using Using Volt/Ohm Meter

Week 1-4 Quartz Analog Watches
Evaluation methods Using VOM The student will perform checks of of electronic components.Given various Quartz
Analog Watches of different manufactures the student will perform the necessary sequential steps to
complete overhauls. Attention to detail in the completion of the watch movement, its time keeping,
cleanliness, proper oiling , lubricating, care of the crystal, case ,dial , hands and strap or band are to
be considered . Scratches, damage and loss of parts will subtract from the overall project grade. A
Job work sheet is to be completed for each watch project. Quality of workmanship and difficulty of
the projects will be assessed as will the students ability to work independently. Watches that are not
repaired to industry standards will not be accepted for grading.
Course HRGY 2344
Title Advanced Horology Systems IV
Description A continuation of Advanced Horological Systems III. Emphisis on multi function quartz analog and
quartz digital time pieces. Elective projects can include electronic tuning fork watches. This course
is the culmination of all learned skills to prepare the individule for a career in the watchmaking
industry. Prerequisite: HRGY 2343
by Henry B. Fried
Schedule Week 1-2 Quartz Chronographs

Week 3 Quartz Digital
Week 3 Water Resistance Testing
Week 4 Case and Band Repair
Evaluation methods Given various Quartz Chronograph and Quartz Digital Watches of different manufactures the
student will perform the necessary sequential steps to complete overhauls. Attention to detail in the
completion of the watch movement, its time keeping, cleanliness, proper oiling , lubricating, care of
the crystal, case ,dial , hands and strap or band and Water Resistance are to be considered. Case and
Band Repair The student will size and adjust standard watch bands and demonstrate refinishing
procedures. Attention to detail in fitting of parts and the accuracy of the refinish/polishing will
determine the grade of the projects. Electives : Projects Accutrons , Tuning Fork and Balance
Wheel Electric Watches
Course HRGY 2430
Title Chasing and Repoussage
Description Methods of cold working non-ferrous metals and the malleability of these metals. Emphasizes
chasing and repoussage techniques along with the cold working methods of forming, joinery,
and surface embellishment in the design and creation of jewelry and small metal objects.
Schedule Week 1 Introduction to Design

Week 2 Sketching and Rendering Techniques
Week 3 Non-Ferrouse Metal Properties
Week 4-6 Repoussage
Week 7-9 Raising and Forming, Mid-Term Evaluation
Week 10 -11 Mokumme
Week 12-13 Enameling
Week 14-15 Etching
Week 16 Final Exam
Evaluation methods Projects will be graded to Jewelry Industry standard.

Project Average 70%
Mid-Term Evaluation 10%
Final Examination 10%
Attendance 10%
Course HYDR 1405
Title Basic Hydraulics
Description Fundamentals of hydraulics including types of hydraulic pumps, cylinders, valves, motors, and
related systems. Introduction to hydraulic schematic symbols as related to components.
Credits: SCH = 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours per week from approved course list
Prerequisites: None
Textbooks Parker Industrial Hydraulic Technology Interactive CD, Bulletin 0298-P17/CD USA Version 1.0
(Provided)
Schedule Week 1- Module 1, Labs

Week 4- Module 3, Labs, Outcomes, MI/MO/BO
Week 5- Module 3, Labs, Outcomes, Regen
Week 6- Test on Modules 1 and 2
Week 8- Test Modules 3 and 4
Week 13- Module 8, Labs, Outcomes, Log Splitter dedign
Week 14- Test on Modules 5, 6, 7 & 8
Week 15- Vickers Troubleshooting
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods Six (6) tests, module and homework grades and one comprehensive final exam
80% Texts, module and homework grades
20% Final Exam
Course ITCC 1301
Title Cosco Exploration 1 - Network Fundamentals
Description A course introducing the architecture, structure, functions, components, and models of the internet.
Describes the use of OSI and TCP layered models to examine the nature and roles of protocols and
services at the applications, network, data link, and physical layers. Covers the principles and
structure of IP addressing and the fundamentals of Ethernet concepts, media, and operations. Build
simple LAN topologies by applying basic principles of cabling; perform basic configurations of
Textbooks All material is accessed online through the Cisco website.
Schedule Week 1- Living in a Network-Centric World

Week 2- Communicating over the Network
Week 7- OSI Network
Week 8- OSI Network
Week 9- Addressing the Network IPv4
Week 10-Addressing the Network IPv4
Week 11-Data Link Layer
Week 12-OSI Physical Layer
Week 13-Ethernet
Week 14-Planning and Cabling Networks

Chapter Exams 20%
Skills Based Assessment 25%
Final Exam 30%
Course ITNW 1454

Michael Palmer
978-1-4239-0234-8

Week 8- Exam I
Week 10-Configuring and Managing Data Storage
Week 11-Managing Windows Server 2008 Network Services
Week 16- Exam II

Quizzes 25%
Exams 25%
Course ITNW 1454

Michael Palmer
978-1-4239-0234-8

Week 8- Exam I
Week 10- Configuring and Managing Data Storage
Week 11- Managing Windows Server 2008 Network Services
Week 16- Exam II

Quizzes 25%
Exams 25%
Course ITNW 2405
Title Network Administration
Description Topics include network components, user accounts and groups, network file systems, file system
security, and network printing.
Textbooks CompTIA Network+ N10-004 Exam Cram 3/E

Mark Harwood
9780789737960
Schedule Week 1- Introduction to Networking

Week 2- Cabling, Connectors, and Ethernet Standards
Week 3- Networking Component and Devices
Week 8- WAN Technologies and Internet Access
Week 9- Wireless Networking
Week 10- Network Performance Optimization
Week 13- Network Management Tools and Documentation

Exams 50%
Course ITSC 1301
Title Introduction to Computers
and human resources.
Textbooks Discovering Computers – Fundamentals, 2011 Edition

by Shelly, Vermaat (ISBN: 1-4390-7945-5)
Schedule Week #1 Orientation: Syllabus, LMS, web sites,

Week #3 The Internet and World Wide Web
Week #4 System Unit Components
Week #5 Input and Output
Week #6 Storage Media
Week #7 Communications and Networks
Week #8 Mid-Term Exam
Week #9 Application Software
Week #10 Operating Systems and Utility Programs
Week #11 Computer Security, Ethics, and Privacy
Week #12 Information Systems Development
Week #13 Programming Languages
Week #14 Enterprise Computing
Week #16 Final Exam
Evaluation methods 20% Mid-Term Exam

20% Final Exam
30% Assignments
30% Quizzes
Course ITSC 1364
Title Practicum
Textbooks No textbook required.
Schedule Students will work according to an individual plan developed for them by the instructor and
employer based on the student’s course of study and the employer’s job description.
Evaluation methods Final grade will reflect the student’s level of responsibility, areas of growth, areas of needed
improvement, attendance record, punctuality record, and overall experience.
Course ITSC 1405
Textbooks New Perspectives on Microsoft Windows 7, Parsons/Oja/Ruffolo, (978-0-538-74600-7

Week 8- Exam I
Week 11- Managing Multimedia Files
Week 16-Exam II

Quizzes 25%
Exams 25%
Course ITSC 1405
Textbooks New Perspectives on Microsoft Windows 7, Parsons/Oja/Ruffolo, 978-0-538-74600-7

Week 8- Exam I
Week 16-Exam II

Quizzes 25%
Exams 25%
Course ITSC 1409

Course ITSC 1409

Course ITSC 1409

Week 16-Final Production Exam (Word, Excel, Access, PowerPoint)
Complete 4 objective quizzes on each software in webct by the end of the semester (10%)
30% Word, Excel, Access, and PowerPoint Production Exams
10% Word, Excel, Access, and PowerPoint Quizzes in WebCT
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Roy Edmonson
Section 66 email redmonson@parisjc.edu
Course ITSC 1409
Title Intergrated Software Applications I
Description This course incorporates the integration of applications from popular business productivity software
suites. Instruction in embedding data linking and combining documents using word processing,
spreadsheets, databases, and/or presentation media software is presented.
Textbooks Microsoft Office (2007) Marquee Series, by Nita Rutkosky and Denise Seguin. ISBN#978-0-76383-
2230 text & CD (data files).
Schedule Week 1: Word Section 1 Creating & Editing a Document, P1-32 , Homework SR1 & MC1
Week 2: Word Section 2, Formating Characters & Paragraphs, P33-64 ,Homework SA3
Week 3: Word Section 3, Formatting & Enhancing a Document, P65-96, Homework SA2
Week 4: Word Section 4, Formatting with Special Features , P97-134, Homework SR3
Week 5: Excel Section 1, Analyzing Data Using Excel, P1-32, Homework SR 1&2
Week 6: Excel Section 2, Editing & Formatting Worksheets, P33-64, Homework SR 1&2
Week 7: Excel Section 3, Using functions, Setting Print Options, & Adding Visuals, P65-96,
Homework SR 2
Week 8: Excel Section 4, Working with Multiple Worksheets, Tables, & Other File Formats, P97-
128, Homework SR 2
Week 9: Intergration Section 1, Intergrating Word & Excel, P129-140, Homework SR 1
Week 10: Access Section 1, Maintaining Data in Access Tables, P1-32, Homework SR 1&2
Week 11: Access Section 2, Creating Tables & Relationships, P33-64, Homework SR 1
Week 12: Access Section 3, Creating, Queries Forms, & Reports P65-96, Homework SR 1
Week 13: Access Section 4, Summarizing Data & Caculating in Forms & Reports, P97-128,
Homework SR 1
Week 14: PowerPoint Section 1, Preparing a Presentation, P1-32, Homework SR 1
Week 15: PowerPoint Section 2 & 3, Editing & Enhancing Slides & Customizing a Presentation,
P33-64 & 65-96, Homework
k 16 i l
Evaluation methods The student’s final grade will be calculated as follows:
Average of software Quizzes as assigned in WebCT 10%
Average of Skills Reviews, Skills Assessments, and Marquee Challenges at the end of each
software section in your textbook sent as attachments to the instructor. 60%
Final Exam (Proctored) 30%
TOTAL
100%
Course ITSC 1425
troubleshooting.

Mike Meyers
ISBN 0-07-226355-5

Week 8- Exam I
Week 16- Exam II

Quizzes 25%
Exams 25%
Course ITSC 1425
troubleshooting.

Mike Meyers
ISBN 0-07-226355-5

Week 8- Exam I
Week 16- Exam II

Quizzes 25%
Exams 25%
Course ITSC 1425
t bl h ti
Mike Meyers
ISBN 0-07-226355-5

Week 8- Exam I
Week 16- Exam II

Quizzes 25%
Exams 25%
Course ITSW 1310
Title Introduction to Graphics Software
Description Instruction in the utilization of presentation software to produce multimedia presentations.

Graphics, text, sound, animation and/or video may be used in presentation development.
Textbooks Adobe Photoshop CS4 - Illustrated by Chris Botello
Schedule Week 1- Introduction to Class, working with graphics tablets

Week 2- Photo copyrights, photo resolution, photo formats, printer terminology
Week 3- Getting started with Photoshop software
Week 4- Selecting Pixels
Week 5- Presentation: Photographer speaker
Week 6- Working with Layers
Week 7- Working with Type and Gradients
Week 8- Improving Images with Adjustment Layers
Week 9- Working with Brushes and Color Effects
Week 10- Presentation: Digital Artist speaker
Week 11- Creating Special Effects
Week 12- Improving Productivity
Evaluation methods Understand terminology such as resolution sizes, photo file formats, file sizes related to resolution,
alph channels, DPI and PPI, photo copyrights, etc. via class quizzes. Also students will grasp a
basic understanding of the tools available in the essentials workspace in Photoshop as well as a
basic knowledge of using layers and special effects. The student will create his own photos from
assigned homework concepts to encourage his imagination and to avoid photo copyright issues.
These assignments will be presented to the class for review by fellow students. The final project
will be a compilation of the semester's knowledge gained from homework assignments.
Section P1 email jherron@parisjc.edu
Course ITSW 1310
Title Introduction to Presentation Graphics Software
Description Instruction in the utilization of presentation software to produce multimedia presentations.

Graphics, text, sound, animation and/or video may be used in presentation development.
Textbooks Adobe Photoshop CS4—Revealed, Elizabeth Eisner Reding, Delmar, 2010.

ISBN-10: 1-4354-4187-7
Schedule Week#1 - Orientation: Course, LMS, web sites

Week#2 - Software overview
Week#3 - Layers within an image
Week#4 - Using Selection Tools
Week#5 - Color Techniques and Type
Week#6 - Painting Tools
Week#7 - Layer Functions
Week#9 - Spring Break
Week#11 - Special Effects and Filters
Week#12 - More Selections and Color
Week#13 - Masks, Paths, Shapes
Week#14 - Transforming Type
Week#15 - Liquefying an Image
Evaluation methods 40% Projects [Mid-Term and Final Project]

20% Chapter Assignments
20% Design Project Assignments
20% Chapter Quizzes
Course ITSW 1404
Title Introduction to Spreadsheets
Description Instruction in the concepts, procedures, and application of electronic spreadsheets.
Textbooks Go! With Microsoft Excel 2007 Comprehensive by Gaskin Jolly. First Edition. Published by
Pearson – Prentice Hall. ISBN 0-13-225559-6
Schedule Week 1 Orientation and begin working with Worksheets

Week 8 Midterm
Week 15 Review for Final
Week 16 Comprehensive Final
Evaluation methods Midterm Exam 20%

Final Exam 20%
Excel Projects 60%
linear equations, ratio and proportion, multiplication and division of polynomials, and
ISBN-13: 978-0-547-01697-5, ISBN-10: 0-547-01679-4
Week 16- Final Exam
618-50307-2
Week 2-Section 1.2, 1.3, 1.4
Week 7-Section 3.2, 3.3, 3.4
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 10-Section 4.1, 4.2, 4.3
Week 15-Section9.1, 9.2, 9.3
Quizzes 15%
Homework 15%
Final Exam 15%
comprehensive.
skills.

ISBN – 13: 978-0-547-01679-5
Tuesday, May 3, 2011 EXAM
skills.

ISBN – 13: 978-0-547-01679-5
skills.

ISBN – 13: 978-0-547-01679-5

ISBN – 13: 978-0-547-01679-5

Week 4-1.7 and 1.8
Week 8-3.2 – 3.3 and 3.4
Week 12-4.2 AND 4.4 and 4.3
Week 13-4.5 and 5.1


ISBN – 13: 978-0-547-01679-5

Week 4-1.7 and 1.8
Week 8-3.2 – 3.3 and 3.4
Week 12-4.2 AND 4.4 and 4.3
Week 13-4.5 and 5.1


ISBN: 0-547-01679-4

60-69 D
Below 60 F

Company

Week 2-Chapter 1
Week 3-Chapter 1
Week 4-Chapter2
Week 5-Chapter 2
Week 6-Chapter 3
Week 7-Chapter 3
Week 8-Chapter 3
Week 9-Chapter 4
Week 10-Chapter 4
Week 11-Chapter 4
Week 12-Chapter 5
Week 13-Chapter 5
Week 16-Final Exam
be given.
points from your final lab grade. Being late to class will result in the loss of 2 points from your
final lab grade
Course LSKL 0103
Title Elementary Algebra Laboratory
success.

(ISBN# 13: 9781439046403)
real numbers
geometry
Week 5-Chapter 3 sections 1 & 2; One variable linear equations
Week 7-Chapter 3 section 5; Volume mixture and Uniform Motion Problems
monomials
Week 10-Chapter 4 section 5; Division of polynomials
special factoring
Week 13-Chapter 5 section 5; Solving polynomial equations
(50%); Participation (50%).

ISBN – 13: 978-0-547-01679-5

Week 4-1.7 and 1.8
Week 8-3.2 – 3.3 and 3.4
Week 12-4.2 AND 4.4 and 4.3
Week 13-4.5 and 5.1

Course LSKL 0103
MATH 0300 class.

Week 2: Sec 1.3-1.4
Week 3: Sec 1.5-1.6
Week 5: Sec 2.2-2.3
Week 6: Sec 3.1-3.2
Week 7: Sec 3.3-3.4
Week 8: Sec 3.5-3.6
Week 10: Sec 4.2-4.3
Week 11: Sec 4.4-4.5
Week 13: Sec 5.2-5.3
Week 14: Sec 5.4-5.5
Week 16: Final Exam
assignments.

60% Chapter Exams
20% Final Exam
547-05651-7
Week 9-Spring Break
Quizzes 15%
Homework 15%
Final Exam 15%
comprehensive.
Mifflin, ISBN: 978-0-547-01642-9
Wednesday, May 4, 2011 Review for Final Exam

Final Exam 25%
Mifflin, ISBN: 978-0-547-01642-9

Final Exam 25%
equations and their graphs, introduction into functions, rational expressions, and fractional
equations. May not satisfy degree requirements. MUST take LSKL 0106 as required lab.
academic success. May not be used to satisfy degree requirements. Required for Math 0301.

Variables
Week 16- Final Exam
Mifflin, ISBN: 978-0-547-01642-9
Tuesday, May 3, 2011 Chapter 7, 8.3 Test

Final Exam 25%
Term Spring Phone

1/25 Sections 2.5, 3.1
2/1 Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.4
2/8 Sections 3.5, 3.6, 3.7
2/15 Sections 5.1, 5.2
2/22 Sections 5.3, 5.4
3/8 Midterm Exam
3/15 Spring Break
3/22 Sections 5.5, 5.6
3/29 Sections 5.7, 6.1
4/5 Sections 6.2, 6.3
4/12 Sections 6.4, 6.5
4/26 Sections 7.4, 8.3
5/10 Final Exam

25% 30% 15%
Course LSKL 0106
success.

(ISBN# 0-547-01642-5)
polynomials
expressions
Week 13-Chapter 7 section 4: Complex numbers;

ISBN – 13: 978-0-618-50308-0

Week 3 - 2.5 and 3.1-3.2
Week 4 - 3.3 and 3.4
Week 5 - 3.5-3.7
SKIP Chapter 4
Week 7 - Cover 5.1 - 5.3
Week 8 - 5.4 and 5.5
Week 13 - 6.1-6.2 and 6.2-6.3
J i C ll Fi l E S h d l )
Final Exam = 20%
week.

ISBN: 13-979-0-547-01642-9
Week 16-FINAL
is 90-100 (A), 80-89 (B), 70-79 (C), and below 70 (F).
course.

ISBN # - 13:978-0-547-01642-9
W k 10 T fi d th d i f ti l ti i lif ti l i dd d bt t
0301

Week 3-Test Ch 2
Week 5-Sections 3.1, 3.3, 3.5, 3.7
Week 6-Test Ch 3
Week 9-Test Ch 5
Week 15-Exam Review
2. Attendance-----------------------15%
Course LSKL 0106
success.

(ISBN# 0-547-01642-5)
polynomials
expressions
Week 13-Chapter 7 section 4: Complex numbers
Course LSKL 0106
MATH 0301 class.

Week 2: Sec 1.3-1.4
Week 3: Sec 1.5-1.6
Week 5: Sec 2.2-2.3
Week 6: Sec 3.1-3.2
Week 7: Sec 3.3-3.4
Week 8: Sec 3.5-3.6
Week 10: Sec 4.2-4.3
Week 11: Sec 4.4-4.5
Week 13: Sec 5.2-5.3
Week 14: Sec 5.4-5.5
Week 16: Final Exam
assignments.

60% Chapter Exams
20% Final Exam
Course LSKL 0300
Description Fundamental reading skills to develop comprehension, vocabulary, and rate. LSKL 0300
placement is determined by an Accuplacer Score below 42, a THEA score below 164, or an ASSET
score below 42.
Textbooks Langan, J. (2005). Ten steps to building college reading skills, 4th ed. New Jersey: Townsend

Week 2 Chapter 1: Dictionary Use
Week 10 Chapter 5: Locations of Main Idea
Week 11 Chapter 5: Contiue Locations of Main Idea
Week 16 Final Exam
Evaluation methods Grades will be based upon the following:

1. Daily class work from the textbook
2. Daily Homework Assignments
3. Six Chapter Tests
4. Final Exam
Note: A student who makes a D or an F will either have to repeat LSKL 0300 or retake the THEA
or Accuplacer test before the next semester begins to see if he/she can score high enough to take
LSKL 0301 or to test out of any further reading remediation.
Year 2010-2011 Office SSc101
Course LSKL 0300
Unit 1: Vocabulary
Unit 2: Main Ideas
course.
Course LSKL 0300
Unit 1: Vocabulary
Unit 2: Main Ideas
course.
Course LSKL 0301
Description Fundamental reading skills to develop comprehension, vocabulary, and rate. PREREQUISITE:
LSKL 0301 or has a prerequisite reading score(s) on the following: THEA 164 – 210, ASSET 34 -
38, ACCUPLACER 42 – 62, or the successful completion of LSKL 0300.
Textbooks Langan, J. (2008). Ten steps to improving college reading skills, 5th ed. New Jersey: Townsend

Week 7 Exam I
Week 8 Chapter 4: Implied Main Ideas
Week 13 Chapter 6: Relationships II
Week 14 Exam II
Week 16 Final Exam
Evaluation methods There are Three Major Exam Grades, Daily Class Work, and Homework Assignments.
*NOTE: A student who makes a D (average of 60 - 69) or an F (average of 59 and below) will
either have to repeat LSKL 0301 or retake the THEA or ACCUPLACER Test with a satisfying
score.
Course LSKL 0301
Textbooks Ten Steps to Improving College Reading Skills, fifth edition, ISBN 1-59194-099-0, by John
Langan
Unit 1: Vocabulary
course.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Lisa Peters
Section 03 email lpeters@parisjc.edu
Course LSKL 0301
Langan
Unit 1: Vocabulary
Evaluation methods 4 or 5 major exams, Daily Course Work, and Homework Assignments will be averaged together to
determine the student's final average. Major Exams will be weighted heavier than Homeowkr
Assignments and Course Work. A final average of 70 or about is required to successfully complete
the course.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Rosa Bowmer
Section 04 email rbowmer@parisjc.edu
Course LSKL 0301
Langan
Unit 1: Vocabulary
course.
Course LSKL 0301.40
Title DEVELOPPMENTAL READING II
Description LSKL 0301 is designed to help students develoop reading skills prerequisite to college success.
Group instruction and lab activities are utilized. Critical and analytical reading skills are included
in the course. Even though the course carries three semester hours of credit, LSKL 0301 may not
be used to satisfy degree requirements. However, the three class hours do count toward financial
aid, scholarship hours, and the Texas 6-Drop Rule.
Textbooks Langan, John. Ten Steps to Improving College Reading Skills. 5thed. West Berlin, New Jersey:
Townsend Press, Inc. 2008. ISBN-13:97815941002.
Schedule Weeks 1 through 10 complete chapters one through ten pages 19 through 430. For the remaining
weeks, selections from Part Two Ten Reading Selections will be completed, and tests from Part
Three Combined-Skills will be completed.
Evaluation methods Students will earn one grade each week for the first ten weeks. Those grades will come from each
chapter of the Ten Steps to Improving College Reading Skills beginning on page 19. After the first
ten weeks, students will earn one grade each class period. All grades are counted equally.
Year 2010-2011 Office SSC 101
Course LSKL 0301
Langan
Unit 1: Vocabulary
course.
Course LSKL 0301
Langan
Unit 1: Vocabulary
course.
Course LSKL 0301
Langan
Unit 1: Vocabulary
course.
Course LSKL 0302
Langan
Unit 1: Vocabulary
Course LSKL 0302
Langan
Unit 1: Vocabulary
Course LSKL 0302
Langan
Unit 1: Vocabulary
Course LSKL 0302
Langan
Unit 1: Vocabulary
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Crystal Torti
Course LSKL 0302
Title Reading III
Description LSKL 0302 is designed to help students develop reading skills and techniques prerequisite to
college success. Group instruction and lab activities are utilized. Critical and analytical reading
skills are included in this course. Even though the course carries three semester hours of credit,
LSKL 0302 may not be used to satisfy degree requirements. However, the three class hours do
count toward financial aid, scholarship hours, and the Texas 6-Drop Rule. This course may be
repeated.
Textbooks REQUIRED COURSE MATERIALS: Each student must have his/her own new copy of the
required text Ten Steps to Advancing College Reading Skills, ISBN 1-59194-200-4 (fifth edition)
by John Langan, as well as paper and pen/pencil, and highlighter within the first week of class.
(NOTE: LSKL 0302 text is a work text and cannot be resold to the bookstore at the end of the
semester. Work will NOT be accepted on paper; it must be completed in the work text.)
Schedule Week 1- vocabulary

Week 4- major and minor supporting details
Week 5- relationships between details and main idea
Week 6- transitions
Week 7- transitions
Week 8- transitions
Week 9- patterns of organization
Week 10-patterns of organization
Week 13-critical interpretation
Week 14- applied skills to reading passages
Week 15- prepare for exit exam
Week 16- exam
Evaluation methods 50% = test grade average
40% = in-class worksheets, daily quizzes, or special assignments
10% = homework assignments
Year 2010-2011 Office SSC101
Course LSKL 0302
Langan
Unit 1: Vocabulary
Course LSKL 0302
Langan
Unit 1: Vocabulary
Course LSKL 0302
Langan
Unit 1: Vocabulary
Section 01 email phunt@parisjc.edu
Course LSKL 0303
Description Designed to help students develop the most basic study skills and techniques prerequisite to college
success.
Textbooks Orientation to College Learning, sixth edition, ISBN 978-0-495-57054-7, by Dianna Ban Blerkom
Unit 1: Preparation for Learning
Unit 2: Goal Setting
Unit 3: Time Management
Unit 4: Memory and Learning
Unit 5: Taking Notes
Unit 6: Improving Concentration
Unit 7: Reading Your Textbooks
Unit 8: Marking Your Textbooks
Unit 9: Organizing Information
Unit 10: Test Preparation
Unit ll: Taking Exams
3 Major Test grades = 33.3%
Daily Class Work = 33.3%
Homework Assignments = 33.3%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Wendi Burton
Section 08 email wburton@northlamar.net
Course LSKL 0306.08
Description This course is fundamental to all other math courses offered at Paris Junior College. It will be
taught in a traditional lecture format. Topics include core math operations, fractions, percents,
decimals, measurement (both standard and metric), intergers, basic algebra, solid geometry, basic
statistics, and graphs. There are no prerequisites required for this course other than the required
state testing.
Textbooks Competency Mathematics by Larry Parsky

ISBN: 0876945418
Schedule Wk 1 Diagnostic Test (in class); Unit 1 p. 7 Ex 5-8 ODD; p.28 Ex 23-30 ODD, Unit 2 p.40 Ex 1-
13; Unit Test 1 ALL
Wk 2 Unit 2 p. 51 Ex 14-21 ODD; Unit 3 p. 62 Ex 1-25 ODD; Unit Tests 2 and 3 ALL
Wk 4 Unit 4 p. 90 Ex 1-22 ODD; Unit 6 p. 152 Ex 1-9 ODD, Unit Test 4 and 6 ALL
Wk 5 Unit 5 p. 119 Ex 1-24 ODD and additional worksheet, Unit 5 Test ALL
Wk 7 Unit 8 packets (will be given in class)
Wk 8 Unit 8 packets, Unit 8 p. 225 Ex 32-34, Unit 7-selected exercises, Unit 8 Test ALL
Wk 9 Spring Break
Week 10 Major Test 3 over Units 7 and 8,

Review Unit 9 p. 238-244 Ex 1-7—will not be formally discussed in class
Wk 11 Unit 9 p. 245 Ex 8-24 ODD & Reviews; Composite Figures worksheet
Wk 12 Unit 9 p. 267 Ex 25-31 ODD; Unit 10 p. 278 Ex 1-7 ODD; Unit 11 p. 292 Ex 1-7 ODD;
Unit Test 9, 10, and 11 ALL
Wk 13 Major Test over Units 9, 10, 11, and Composite Figures
Wk 14 Diagnostic Test
Evaluation methods Your grade will be determined as follows:
20% Daily Grade Average (homework, quizzes, and /or unit tests from the book)
40% Test Average
20% Final Exam (you must pass the final exam with a grade of 70 in order to pass the course)
Your final exam may be taken two times. Those students who have a passing average and who do
not pass the final exam with a grade of 70 or above will be given an “incomplete” and will be
required to come back and retake the final exam at the beginning of the next semester. Once the
exam is passed, the student will receive their grade in the course and may move on to the next
course in the math sequence.
Students who are unable to complete the course due to illness or unforeseen circumstances may be
eligible for a grade of “X” (incomplete). You must have successfully completed at least ¾ of the
class successfully in order to do this.
A passing grade of “C” or better is required to advance to the next math course in the
developmental schedule.
Course LSKL 0306

ISNB: 0-87694-541-8
Schedule Week 1- HOLIDAY and Introduction and Pretest

Week 5-Unit 4
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 11-Unit 8

Course LSKL 0306

Week 2-Fractions
Week 3-Fractions
Week 4-Decimals
Week 5-Percents
Week 7-Measurment
Week 8-Algebra
Week 9-Algebra
Week 10-Algebra
Week 11-Geometry
Week 12-Geometry
Week 15-Graphs
Week 16-Finals
Course LSKL 0306

Week 2-Fractions
Week 3-Fractions
Week 4-Decimals
Week 5-Percents
Week 7-Measurment
Week 8-Algebra
Week 9-Algebra
Week 10-Algebra
Week 11-Geometry
Week 12-Geometry
Week 15-Graphs
Week 16-Finals
Course LSKL 0306

ISNB: 0-87694-541-8
Schedule Week 1-Introduction and Pretest and Unit 1

Week 5-Unit 4
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 11-Unit 8

Course LSKL 0306
Description Designed to help students acquire the basic math skills prerequisite to a successful college
experience. Includes an intensive testing program designed to identify areas of specific need and to
facilitate individualized instruction.
Textbooks Competency Mathematics, Parsky, ISBN: 0-87694-541-8
Schedule Weeks 1-5 will be used to refresh students’ skills with whole numbers, decimals, and fractions
including rounding, arranging from least to greatest, arithmetic operations, and application
problems.
Weeks 6-8 will be used to increase students’ understanding of percents, ratios, and proportions.
Curriculum will include money problems (sales tax, discount, commission) as well as word
problems that can be solved using proportions.
Weeks 9-10 will be used to introduce basic algebraic equations. These will be limited to one-step
and two-step equations in one variable.
Weeks 11-12 will be used to review geometric formulas for perimeter (circumference), area, and
volume. Square roots and the Pythagorean Theorem will also be covered during this time.
Weeks 13-14 will be used to introduce students to the measures of central tendency (mean, median,
and mode) as well as probability.
W k 15 16 ill b dt i th t i l dt k fi l
Evaluation methods Homework will be assigned each week and will be due at the beginning of the next class period.
Late homework will be penalized 10 points and will only be accepted one class period late.
There will be 4 tests during the semester in addition to the comprehensive final exam.
Grades will be determined as follows:
25% Daily Average (homework)
25% Daily Average (homework)50% Test Average
25% Final Exam
Letter grades will be assigned based on the traditional scale:
90-100 A
80-89 B
70-79 C
60-69 D**
Below 60 F
Course LSKL 0306
Description This course is designed to help students acquire basic math skills.
Textbooks Competency Mathematics by Larry Parsky. ISBN 0-87694-541-8

Schedule Week 1-Syllabus and Diagnostic Exam
Week 2-Unit 1
Week 3-Unit 2
Week 5-Unit 3
Week 6-Unit 4
Week 7-Unit 3& 4 Test
Week 8-Unit 5
Week 9-Unit 6
Week 11-Unit 7
Week 12-Unit 8
Week 14-Unit 9-10
Week 15-Unit 11
Week 16-Unit 9-11
Evaluation methods There will be in class tests given at the end of each unit. Homework will be assigned daily with a
representative sample taken before each test in the form of a review. 30% Daily attendance,
homework, and class participation; 70% Chapter Exams
linear equations, ratio and proportion, multiplication and division of polynomials, and
ISBN-13: 978-0-547-01697-5, ISBN-10: 0-547-01679-4
Week 16- Final Exam
618-50307-2
Week 2-Section 1.2, 1.3, 1.4
Week 7-Section 3.2, 3.3, 3.4
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 10-Section 4.1, 4.2, 4.3
Week 15-Section9.1, 9.2, 9.3
Quizzes 15%
Homework 15%
Final Exam 15%
comprehensive.
skills.

ISBN – 13: 978-0-547-01679-5
skills.

ISBN – 13: 978-0-547-01679-5
skills.

ISBN – 13: 978-0-547-01679-5

ISBN – 13: 978-0-547-01679-5

Week 4-1.7 and 1.8
Week 8-3.2 – 3.3 and 3.4
Week 12-4.2 AND 4.4 and 4.3
Week 13-4.5 and 5.1


ISBN – 13: 978-0-547-01679-5

Week 4-1.7 and 1.8
Week 8-3.2 – 3.3 and 3.4
Week 12-4.2 AND 4.4 and 4.3
Week 13-4.5 and 5.1


ISBN: 0-547-01679-4

60-69 D
Below 60 F

Company

Week 2-Chapter 1
Week 3-Chapter 1
Week 4-Chapter2
Week 5-Chapter 2
Week 6-Chapter 3
Week 7-Chapter 3
Week 8-Chapter 3
Week 9-Chapter 4
Week 10-Chapter 4
Week 11-Chapter 4
Week 12-Chapter 5
Week 13-Chapter 5
Week 16-Final Exam
be given.
points from your final lab grade. Being late to class will result in the loss of 2 points from your
final lab grade
Course MATH 0300
Description Real numbers, linear equations and inequalities, application of linear equations, ratio and
proportion, multiplication and division of polynomials, and factoring.

(ISBN# 13: 9781439046403)
real numbers
geometry
Week 5-Exam 1; Chapter 3 sections 1 & 2; One variable linear equations
Week 7-Chapter 3 section 5; Volume mixture and Uniform Motion Problems; Exam 2
monomials
Week 10-Chapter 4 section 5; Division of polynomials; Exam 3
special factoring
Week 13-Chapter 5 section 5; Solving polynomial equations; Exam 4
Week 16- Final Exam
4 Major Tests 60%

90-100 A
80-89 B
70-79 C
60-69 D
Below 60 F

ISBN – 13: 978-0-547-01679-5

Week 4-1.7 and 1.8
Week 8-3.2 – 3.3 and 3.4
Week 12-4.2 AND 4.4 and 4.3
Week 13-4.5 and 5.1

Course MATH 0300
Description Topics covered include real numbers, linear equations and inequalilties, application of linear
equations, ratio and proportion, multiplication and division of polynomials, and factoring.

Week 2: Sec 1.3-1.4
Week 3: Sec 1.5-1.6
Week 5: Sec 2.2-2.3
Week 6: Sec 3.1-3.2
Week 7: Sec 3.3-3.4
Week 8: Sec 3.5-3.6
Week 10: Sec 4.2-4.3
Week 11: Sec 4.4-4.5
Week 13: Sec 5.2-5.3
Week 14: Sec 5.4-5.5
Week 16: Final Exam
assignments.

60% Chapter Exams
20% Final Exam
Course MATH 0300

ISBN – 13: 978-1-439-04604-3

prime factorization
Week 16-Final Exam

Course MATH 0300

ISBN – 13: 978-1-439-04604-3

prime factorization
Week 16-Final Exam

Course MATH 0300

ISBN – 13: 978-1-439-04604-3

prime factorization
Week 16-Final Exam

Course MATH 0300

ISBN – 13: 978-1-439-04604-3

prime factorization
Week 16-Final Exam

Course MATH 0300

ISBN – 13: 978-1-439-04604-3

prime factorization
Week 16-Final Exam

547-05651-7
Week 9-Spring Break
Quizzes 15%
Homework 15%
Final Exam 15%
comprehensive.
Mifflin, ISBN: 978-0-547-01642-9

Final Exam 25%
Mifflin, ISBN: 978-0-547-01642-9

Final Exam 25%
equations and their graphs, introduction into functions, rational expressions, and fractional
equations. May not satisfy degree requirements. MUST take LSKL 0106 as required lab.
academic success. May not be used to satisfy degree requirements. Required for Math 0301.

Variables
Week 16- Final Exam
Mifflin, ISBN: 978-0-547-01642-9
Tuesday, May 3, 2011 Chapter 7, 8.3 Test

Final Exam 25%
Term Spring Phone

1/25 Sections 2.5, 3.1
2/1 Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.4
2/8 Sections 3.5, 3.6, 3.7
2/15 Sections 5.1, 5.2
2/22 Sections 5.3, 5.4
3/8 Midterm Exam
3/15 Spring Break
3/22 Sections 5.5, 5.6
3/29 Sections 5.7, 6.1
4/5 Sections 6.2, 6.3
4/12 Sections 6.4, 6.5
4/26 Sections 7.4, 8.3
5/10 Final Exam

25% 30% 15%
Course MATH 0301

(ISBN# 0-547-01642-5)
polynomials
expressions
Week 16- Final Exam
4 Major Tests 60%

90-100 A
80-89 B
70-79 C
60-69 D
Below 60 F

ISBN – 13: 978-0-618-50308-0

Week 3 - 2.5 and 3.1-3.2
Week 4 - 3.3 and 3.4
Week 5 - 3.5-3.7
SKIP Chapter 4
Week 7 - Cover 5.1 - 5.3
Week 8 - 5.4 and 5.5
Week 13 - 6.1-6.2 and 6.2-6.3
J i C ll Fi l E S h d l )
Final Exam = 20%
week.

ISBN: 13-979-0-547-01642-9
Week 16-FINAL
is 90-100 (A), 80-89 (B), 70-79 (C), and below 70 (F).
course.

ISBN # - 13:978-0-547-01642-9
W k 10 T fi d th d i f ti l ti i lif ti l i dd d bt t
0301

Week 3-Test Ch 2
Week 5-Sections 3.1, 3.3, 3.5, 3.7
Week 6-Test Ch 3
Week 9-Test Ch 5
Week 15-Exam Review
2. Attendance-----------------------15%
Course MATH 0301

(ISBN# 0-547-01642-5)
polynomials
expressions
Week 16- Final Exam
4 Major Tests 60%

90-100 A
80-89 B
70-79 C
60-69 D
Below 60 F
Course MATH 0301
Description The topics included are factorin, exponents, roots, radicals, complex, numbers, linear equations and
their graphs, introduction into functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations.
Textbooks Intermediate Algebra by Aufmann/Barker/Lockwood 7th edition. Student ISBN 13:978-0-547-

01642-9
Schedule Week 1: Syllabus, 2.1, 2.4
Week 2: Sec2.4, 2.5, 3.1
Week 3: Sec 3.2-3.3
Week 4: Unit 2.1-3.2 Test, 3.4
Week 5: Sec 3.5-3.6
Week 6: Sec 3.7, 5.1-5.2
Week 7: Unit 3.3-3.7 Test
Week 8: Sec 5.2-5.3
Week 9: Sec 5.4-5.5
Week 10: Sec 5.6, 5.7 and 8.3
Week 12: Sec 6.2-6.5
Week 14: Sec 7.2-7.4
Week 16: Final Exam
Evaluation methods The primary instruction method in this class will be traditional lecture and guided practice. Peer
tutoring, and drill and practice through homework will be crucial elements as well. In addition, the
lab time will provide for individual instruction.

60% Chapter Exams
20% Final Exam
Course Math 1314

Determinants
Week 16- Finals
1st test – 15%
2nd test – 15%
3rd test – 15%
4th test ─ 15%
Final Exam ─ 25%
Course Math 1314

Determinants
Week 16- Finals
1st test – 15%
2nd test – 15%
3rd test – 15%
4th test ─ 15%
Final Exam ─ 25%
Course MATH 1314
placement test.

Week 3-Chapter 1.5, 1.6, 1.7
Week 5-Chapter 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 10-Chapter 3.1, 3.2, 3.3
Week 14-Chapter 4.4, 5.1, 5.2
Quizzes 15%
Homework 15%
Final Exam 15%
comprehensive.
Course Math 1314

Determinants
Week 16- Finals
1st test – 15%
2nd test – 15%
3rd test – 15%
4th test ─ 15%
Final Exam ─ 25%
Course Math 1314

Determinants
Week 16- Finals
1st test – 15%
2nd test – 15%
3rd test – 15%
4th test ─ 15%
Final Exam ─ 25%
Course MATH 1314
placement test.
Textbooks College Algebra, Blitzer, 4th Edition. ISBN#0-13-219141-5

Week 3-Chapter 1.5, 1.6, 1.7
Week 5-Chapter 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 10-Chapter 3.1, 3.2, 3.3
Week 14-Chapter 4.4, 5.1, 5.2
Quizzes 15%
Homework 15%
Final Exam 15%
comprehensive.
Course MATH 1314
placement test.

Week 3-Chapter 1.5, 1.6, 1.7
Week 5-Chapter 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 10-Chapter 3.1, 3.2, 3.3
Week 14-Chapter 4.4, 5.1, 5.2
Quizzes 15%
Homework 15%
Final Exam 15%
comprehensive.
Course MATH 1314
Week 16- Final Exam
3 Major Tests 60%

90-100 A
80-89 B
70-79 C
60-69 D
Below 60 F
Year 2010-2011 Office GC Room 201
Course MATH 1314
Title COLLEGE ALGEBRA
functions; systems of equations, progressions, sequences and series, and matrices and determinants.
Credits: Three semester credit hours. Three lecture hours per week.
Textbooks Title: COLLEGE ALGEBRA-4TH EDITION

Authors: Blitzer
Publisher: Prentice Hall
ISBN: 0-13-219141-5
Schedule Week 1-Linear and rational equations, complex numbers
Week 2-Quadratic, Polynomial, radical and absolute value equations
Week 3-Linear and absolute value equations
Week 4-Common functions and their graphs
Week 5-Linear functions and slope; use of slope in problem solving
Week 6-Transformation of functions, combination of functions, composities
Week 7-Inverse functions, distance and mid-point formulas: Circles
Week 8-Quadratic and polynomial functions and their graphs
Week 9-Dividing polynomials, remainder and factor theorems, zeros
Week 10-Rational functions and their graphs, exponential functions
Week 11-Logarithmic functions, and the properties of logarithms
Week 12-Exponential and logarithmic equations
Week 13-Systems of linear equations in two and three variables
Week 14-Determinants and Cramer's Rule, sequence and summation notation
Week 15-Arithmetic and geometric sequences
Week 16-Comprehensive Final

Evaluation methods Homework will be assigned daily. Homework will be taken up and graded daily.
Grades will be derived from three components average of chapter tests (60%), comprehensive final
exam (20%), and homework and attendance (20%).
The grading scale is 90-100 (A), 80-89 (B), 70-79 (C), 60-69 (D), and below 60 (F).
Section 42 email bkilgore@parisjc
Course Math 1314
functions; system of equations, progressions, sequences and series, and matrices and determinates.
Schedule Week 1-To solve linear, rational, and quadratic equations

Week 2-To solve polynomial, radical, rational exponent, and absolute value equations
To solve linear, compound, and absolute value inequalities
Week 3 To define and interpret functions
Week 4-To find the slope of a line, to write the equation of a line in point-slope form and y-
intercept form, and to determe whether two lines are parallel or perpendicular
Week 5-To perform all the operations on two functions, to find the composition of two functions,
and to find the inverse of a function
Week 6-To find the distance and mid-point of a line segment, to write the equation of a circle ins
standard form, and graph the circle
Week 7-Test over Chapters 1 and 2
To graph parabolas and quadratic functions
Week 8-To divide polynomial functions by long division and synthetic division
To find zeros of polynomial functions
Week 9-To find vertical and horizontal asymptotes of rational functions
To graph polynomial inequalities
Week 10-To evaluate logarithmic expressions without a calculator
W k 11 T l ti l ti
Evaluation methods Grades will be based on the following:
20% Daily homework
60% Chapter Exams
20% Final Exam
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr. Brian A. Smith
Course MATH 1314
Description Following a short review of quadratic equations and inequalities, topics will normally include
theory of equations, complex numbers, systems of equations, systems of quadratic equations,
exponential and logarithmic functions, and sequences and series.
Textbooks College Algebra, Robert Blitzer; 4th Edition

A scientific calculator is needed. If you are able to gain access to a graphing calculator, this would
be beneficial.
Schedule January 24th - Chapter 1 Equations and Inequalities: Sections 1.2, 1.3, 1.4 and 1.5
January 31st - Chapter 1 Equations and Inequalities: Sections 1.6 and 1.7; 2.1
February 7th - Exam 1: Chapter 1
February 14th - Chapter 2: Functions and Graphs: Sections 2.2 , 2.3, 2.4,
February 21st - Chapter 2: Functions and Graphs: Sections 2.6, 2.7, and 2.8
February 28th - Chapter 3: Polynomial and Rational Functions: Sections 2.5 and 3.1
March 7th - Exam 2 Chapters 2/3
March 14th - Spring Break
March 21st - Chapter 3: Polynomial and Rational Functions: Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.4 and 3.5
March 28th - Chapter 4: Exponential and Logarithmic Functions: Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3
April 4th - Chapter 4: Exponential and Logarithmic Functions: Sections 4.4 and 4.5
April 11th - Exam 3 - Chapters 3/4
April 18th - Chapter 5: Systems of Equations and Inequalities: Sections 5.1, 5.2 and 5.4.
April 25th - Chapter 6: Matrices and Determinants: Sections 6.1, 6.2 and 6.5
May 2nd - Final Exam Review
May 9th - Final Exam
Weekly Grades/Class Participation/Quizzes - 10 @ 2% each 20%
Weekly assignments based on materials covered in class will be given. In addition, occassional
quizzes on the assignments will be given. Students are expected to be in attendance in order to earn
full credit.
Chapter Exams - 3 @ 20% each 60%
Three chapter exams will be administered during the course of the semester. Make up exams are not
given unless prior arrangments are made. If a student is absent and misses a chapter exam, the final
exam will count twice. In addition, a student may substitite his/her lowest test grade with the grade
earned on the final exam if the grade on the final exam is higher than one of the chapter exam
grades.
Comprensive Final Exam 20%
A comprehensive final exam will be administered on the final evening of the class.
Course MATH 1314
Week 16- Final Exam
3 Major Tests 60%

90-100 A
80-89 B
70-79 C
60-69 D
Below 60 F
Course MATH 1314

Week 2-Sec 1.2-1.4
Week 3-Sec 1.5-1.7
Week 5-Sec 2.2-2.3
Week 6-Sec 2.4-2.7
Week 8-Sec 3.2-3.3
Week 9-Sec 3.4, 3.6
Week 11-Sec 4.2-4.3
Week 12-Sec 4.4, 5.1
Week 14-Sec 5.3, 6.5
Week 16-Final Exam

60% Chapter Exams
20% Final Exam
Course MATH 1314

Week 2-Sec 1.2-1.4
Week 3-Sec 1.5-1.7
Week 5-Sec 2.2-2.3
Week 6-Sec 2.4-2.7
Week 8-Sec 3.2-3.3
Week 9-Sec 3.4, 3.6
Week 11-Sec 4.2-4.3
Week 12-Sec 4.4, 5.1
Week 14-Sec 5.3, 6.5
Week 16-Final Exam

60% Chapter Exams
20% Final Exam
Course MATH 1314
Textbooks Blitzer College Algebra, Fourth Edition ISBN: 0-13-219141-5
Schedule Week 1 will be used to practice solving linear and rational equations as well as simplifying complex
numbers.
Weeks 2-3 will be used to become familiar with a variety of ways to solve quadratic equations and
absolute value inequalities.
Weeks 4-6 will be used to cover the basics of functions and their graphs, linear equations and slope,
and transformations and combinations of functions.
Weeks 7-8 will be used to focus on polynomial functions and finding zeros of polynomial
functions.
Weeks 9-10 will be used to understand and use exponential and logarithmic functions as well as
solving systems of equations.
Weeks 11-14 will be used to finding matrix solutions to linear systems, determinants, and Cramer’s
Rule.
Week 15 will be used to review concepts for our final exam.

Test Average - 60% (4 tests) 80-89 B
60-69 D
Below 60 F
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Janice Byrd
Year 2011 Office Greenville Christian School, M-4
Term Spring Phone 903-454-1111, ext 122
Section 96 email jbyrd@greenvillechristian.org
Course Math 1314
Textbooks College Algebra (4th Edition) Robert Blitzer, Prentice Hall, 2007. ISBN 0-13-219141-5
Schedule Week 1-2: Chapter P - Review of fundamental concepts of Algebra
Week 3-5: Chapter 1 - Equations and Inequalities
Week 6-8: Chapter 2 - Functions and Graphs
Week 9-10: Chapter 3 - Polynomial and Rational Functions
Week 11-12: Chapter 4 - Exponential and Logarithmic Functions
Week 13-14: Chapter 5 - Systems of Equations and Inequalities
Week 15: Chapter 6 - Matrices and Determinants
Week 16-17: Chapter 8 - Sequences and Series
Week 18: Review and Final Exam
Evaluation methods Grading: Semester Grade: 40 % - 1st Quarter, 40 % - 2nd Quarter, 20% - *Final Exam
Quarter Grade: 60% - Chapter Tests, 30% - Quizzes, 10% - Homework
*Final Exam is a departmental exam; no exemptions.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jim Westbrook
Year 2010-2011 Office North Hopkins ISD
Section 97 email jwestbrook@northhopkins.net
Title MATH
Description This course is designed for the college student whose high school preparation did not include
an advanced course in algebra. Topics develop the complex number system, cover the solution
of quadratic equations, and contain units on relations, functions, inverses, theory of equations,
matrices, determinants, exponential and logarithmic functions, progressions, permutations,
combinations, and probability as needed for applications in business, science, and calculus.
Textbooks College Algebra, Blitzer, 4th ed ISBN 0-13-219141-5

Schedule Week 1-Algebraic Expressions and Exponents
Week 2-Polynomials and Factoring and Rational Expressions
Week 3-Linear and Quadratic Equations
Week 4-Other Equations and Complex Numbers
Week 5-Models and Applicaitons
Week 6-linear Inequalities and Linear Functions and Slope
Week 7-Distance and Midpoint
Week 8-Exponential and Log Functions
Week 9-More Logs and Exp and Log Equations
Week 10-Exponential Growth
Week 11-Systems of Equations
Week 12-Systems of Non-Linear Equations
Week 15-Matrixes
Week 16-Matrixes
Evaluation methods Homework 25%, 3 tests each counting 25%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jennifer Ann Kornell
Year 2010-2011 Office PHS 2301
Term Spring Phone (903) 737 -7400
Section 31 email jkornell@parisisd.net
Course MATH 1316
Title Plane Trigonometry
Textbooks Larson, Ron, Hostetler, Robert P., Edwards, Bruce H. Precalculus With Limits: A Graphing
Approach, 4th Ed., Houghton Mifflin Company, 2005.
Schedule Week 1-Angles and Trig Basics
Week 2-Reference and Trig Angles, Exam I
Week 3-Right Triangle Problems, Exam II
Week 4-Laws of Sines and Cosines, Exam III
Week 5-Trig Graphs
Week 6-Inverse Trig
Week 7-Intro To Trig Identities, Exam IV
Week 8-Verifying Identities, Exam V
Week 9-Special Identities
Week 10-Derived Identities, Exam VI
Week 11-Trig Equations
Week 12-Vectors, Exam VII
Week 13-Trig Form, Exam VIII
Week 14-Polar Coordinates and Graphs, Exam IX
Week 15-Solar Cookers
Week 16-Semester Exam
Evaluation methods GRADING
1st, 2nd, 3rd
Six Weeks
Daily Average: 33%
Test Average: 67%
Semester Average:
1st Six Weeks: 25%
2nd Six Weeks: 25%
3rd Six Weeks: 25%
Semester Exam: 25%
4th, 5th, 6th

Six Weeks Daily Average: 33%
Test Average: 67%
Semester Average:
4th Six Weeks: 25%
5th Six Weeks: 25%
6th Six Weeks: 25%
Semester Exam: 25%
Course MATH 1316
Title Trigonometry
Textbooks Title: Trigonometry 5th edition

Authors: McKeague/Turner
Publisher: Brooks/Cole
ISBN – 13: 978-0-534-40392-8
Schedule Week 1-Angles, degrees, special triangles, rectangular coordinate system

Week 2-Definition of trigonometric functions, identities, right triangle trigonometry
Week 3-Trigonometric functions of an acute angle, solving right triangles, vectors
Week 4-Reference angle, radians, circular functions
Week 5-arc length, area of a sector, velocities; Test #1
Week 6-Basic graphs, amplitude, period, reflection, vertical translation and phase shift
Week 7-Finding equation from its graph, graphing combinations of functions and inverse
trigonometric functions
Week 8-Proving identities, sum and difference formulas
Week 9-Double-angle formulas, half-angle formulas and additional identities
Week 10-Test #2; Solving trigonometric equations
Week 11-Trigonometric equations involving multiple angles; parametric equations, the Law of
Sines and the ambiguous case.
Week 12-The Law of Cosines, area of a triangle; vectors
Week 13-Trigonometric form for complex numbers, roots of complex numbers
Week 14-Polar coordingate, equations in polar coordinates
Week 15-Test #3 and review for final exam
W k 16 Fi l
1. Tests (3@ 20% each): 60%
2. Comprehensive Final Exam: 20%
3. Homework / daily work: 20%
Section 4D email jnorris@parisjc.edu
Course MATH 1316
Title Trigonometry
Textbooks Trigonometry 5th edition, McKeague/Turner (ISBN# 13:978-0-534-40392-8)
Schedule Week 1-Introduction & Chapter 1 - The Six Trigonometric Functions; sections 1 & 2
Week 3-Chapter 2 - Right Triangle Trigonometry; sections 1, 2, & 3
Week 4-Chapter 2 sections 4 & 5; Exam 1
Week 5-Chapter 3 Radian Measure sections 1, 2, 3, & 4
Week 6-Chapter 3 sections 5; Chapter 4 -Graphing and Inverse Functions sections 1 & 2
Week 8-Exam 2; Chapter 5 Identities and Formulas; sections 1 & 2
Week 10-Chapter 6 - Equations; sections 1, 2, 3, & 4
Week 11-Exam 3; Chapter 7 - Triangles; sections 1 & 2
Week 13-Exam 4; Chapter 8 - Complex Numbers and Polar Coordinates; sections 1 & 2
Week 16- Final Exam
4 Major Tests 60%

90-100 A
80-89 B
70-79 C
60-69 D
Below 60 F
Course MATH 1316
Title Trigonometry
Description Topics covered normally include degree and radian measure, the use of scientific
calculator, the trigonometric functions, solution of right triangles and oblique
triangles, vectors, graphs of trigonometric and inverse trigonometric functions,
identities, solutions of trigonometric equations, and complex numbers.
Prerequisite: Two years of high school algebra, MATH 1314 or concurrent
enrollment in MATH 1314. Core Curriculum satisfied for Mathematics.
Textbooks Advanced Mathematical Concepts, Glencoe
Schedule Unit 1 - The Trigonometric Functions (3 weeks)

Unit 2 - Graphs of Triogonometric Functions (3 weeks)
Unit 3 - Trigonometric Identities andd Equations (3 weeks)
Unit 4 - Vectors and Parametric Equations (3 weeks)
Unit 5 - Polar Coordinates and Complex Nmbers (3 weeks)
Final Exam 20%
Section CM email njones@caddomillsisd.org
Course Math 1316
Title Trigonometry
Description Student will study relations, functions, graphs, trigonometry, polar coordinates, complex numbers,
limits, and derivatives. The student will analyze and graph mathematical functions. There is an
emphasis on verification of trigonometric identities using all of the basic trigonometric identities.
Students will use graphing calculators in activities that are appropriate to the topics being studied.
Textbooks Trigonometry (W/Out Cd), Mckeague, Edition 5
Schedule Week 1- Chapter 1

Week 2-Chapter 2
Week 4-Chapter 3
Week 5-Chapter 4
Week 9-Chapter 6
Week 11-Sections7.1-7.4
Week 14-Sectiosn 8.4 - 8.6
Week 15-Exam Review
2. QUIZZES and HOMEWORK-----------------------20%
Course Math 1324

Week 9-Spring Break
Week 16-Finals
1st test – 15%
2nd test – 15%
3rd test – 15%
4th test ─ 15%
Final Exam ─ 25%
Course Math 1324

Week 9-Spring Break
Week 16-Finals
1st test – 15%
2nd test – 15%
3rd test – 15%
4th test ─ 15%
Final Exam ─ 25%
Course MATH 1325
Description Limits and continuity, derivatives, graphing and optimization, exponential and logarithmic
functions, antiderivatives, integration, applications to management, economics, and business.
Textbooks Mathematical Applications for the Management, Life, and Social Sciences, 8th edition
Harshbarger/Reynolds (ISBN# 0-618-65421-6)
Schedule Week 1-Introduction & Chapter 9 - Derivatives; sections 1 & 2

Week 5-Chapter 10 - Applications of Derivatives; sections 1 & 2
Week 6-Exam 1; Chapter 10 sections 3, 4, & 5
Week 7-Chapter 11 - Derivatives Continued (exponential and logarithmic functions); sections 1, 2
&3
Week 9-Exam 2; Chapter 12 - Indefinite Integrals; sections 1 & 2
Week 10-Chapter 12 sections 3 and 4
Week 11-Chapter 13 - Definite Integrals; Techniques of Integration; sections 1, 2, & 3
Week 13-Exam 3; Chapter 14 - Functions of Two or More Variables; section 1
Week 16- Final Exam
3 Major Tests 60%

90-100 A
80-89 B
70-79 C
60-69 D
Below 60 F
Course MATH 1325
Description A study of topics from calculus with business applications. Topics covered include limits and
continuity, derivatives, maximizing and minimizing non-linear functions, higher order derivatives,
implicity differentiation, derivatives of exponential and logarithmic function and integration.
Textbooks
Mathematical Applications 8th Edition by Harshbarger/Reynolds.
ISBN 13: 978-0-618-65421-5
Schedule Week 1-Syllabus, 9.1
Week 2-Sec 9.2-9.3
Week 3-Sec 9.4-9.7
Week 5-Sec 9.8-10.1
Week 7-Sec 10.5, 11.1
Week 9-Sec. 11.3, 12.1
Week 11-Sec 12.3-12.4
Week 12-Sec 13.1
Week 13-Sec 13.2-13.3
Week 14-Sec 13.4-13.5
Week 15-Chapter 12-13 Review and Test
Week 16-Final Exam
tutoring, and homework exercises for drill and practice as well. Grades will be based on the
following:
70% Chapter Exams
Course MATH 1342
Title Statistics

Week 2-Chapter 1
Week 3-Chapter 2, 3
Week 4-Chapter 3
Week 6-Chapter 5
Week 7-Chapter 6
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 10-Chapter 7
Week 11-Chapter 8
Week 12-Chapter 8
Week 15-Chapter 9
Quizzes 15%
Homework 20%
Final Exam 15%
Course MATH 1342
Title Statistics

Week 2-Chapter 1
Week 3-Chapter 2, 3
Week 4-Chapter 3
Week 6-Chapter 5
Week 7-Chapter 6
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 10-Chapter 7
Week 11-Chapter 8
Week 12-Chapter 8
Week 15-Chapter 9
Quizzes 15%
Homework 20%
Final Exam 15%
Course MATH 1342
Title Statistics

Week 2-Chapter 1
Week 3-Chapter 2, 3
Week 4-Chapter 3
Week 6-Chapter 5
Week 7-Chapter 6
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 10-Chapter 7
Week 11-Chapter 8
Week 12-Chapter 8
Week 15-Chapter 9
Quizzes 15%
Homework 20%
Final Exam 15%
Course Math 1350
Description Concepts of sets, functions, numeration systems, number theory, and properties of the naterual
numbers, integers, rational, and real number systems with an emphasis on problem solving and
critical thinking. This course is designed specfically for students who seek middle grade (4 through
8) teacher certication. Prerequiste: Math 1314 or the equivalent.
Teachers : An Activity Approach, Bennett and Nelson, 8th Edition, Manipulative Kit (package with
book at the on campus bookstore) and a calculator.
Schedule Week 1-Syllabus; 1.1 Introduction to Problem Solving
Week 2-1.2 Patterns & Problem Solving; 1.3 Problem Solving with Algebra
Week 3-2.1 Sets & Venn Diagrams; 2.2 Functions, Coordinates, & Graphs
Week 5-3.1 Numeration Systems; 3.2 Addition & Subtraction
Week 6- 3.3 Multiplication: 3.4 Division & Exponents; 4.1 Factors & Multiples
Week 7-4.2 Common Factors & Multiples; 5.1 Integers
Week 8-Spring Break
Week 10-5.2 Introduction to Fractions; 5.3 Operations with Fractions
Week 11-6.1 Decimals & Rational Numbers; 6.2 operations with Fractions
Week 12-6.3 Ratio, Percent, & Scientific Notation; 6.4 Irrational & Real Numbers
Week 16-Finals
1st test – 20%
2nd test – 20%
3rd test – 20%
Homework & Class Exercises - 10%
Projects 10%
Final 20%
Course Math 1351
Description Concepts of geometry, probabilty, and statistics, as well as applications of the algebraic properties
of real numbers to concepts of measurement with an emphasis on problem solving and critical
thinking. This course is designed specifically for students who seek middle grade (4 through 8)
teacher certification. Prerequiste: Math 1350 and Math 1314 or the equivalent.
Teachers: An Activity Approach, Bennett and Nelson, 8th Edition , Manipulative Kit (packaged
with book at the on campus bookstore) compass, protractor, and a calculator.
Schedule Week 1-7.1 Collecting & Graphing Data
Week 2-7.2 Describing & Analyzing Data
Week 3-7.3 Sampling, Predictions, and Simulations
Week 4-8.1 Single-Stage Experiments
Week 5-8.2 Multistage Experiments
Week 6- Test 1 – Chp. 7 & 8
Week 7-9.1 Plane Figures
Week 8-9.2 Polygons and Tessellations
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 10-9.3 Space Figures; 9.4 Symmetric Figures
Week 11-10.1 Systems of Measurement
Week 12-10.2 Area & Perimeter
Week 13-10.3Volume & Surface Area
Week 14-Test 2 – Chp. 9 & 10
Week 16-Finals
1st test – 25%
2nd test – 25%
Homework/Class work ─ 15%
Project 1 ─ 10%
Final Exam ─ 25%
Course MATH 1351
Title Fundamentals of Mathematics II
Description Topics include concepts of geometry, probability, statistics and application of algebraic properties
of real numbers, measurement with an emphasis on problem solving and critical thinking.
Prerequisite: MATH 1350 and MATH 1314 or equivalent
Textbooks Mathematics for Elementary Teachers by Bennett/Nelson, 7th Edition. This text is required as well
as the activity book and the manipulative kit. ISBN13-978-0-07-302284-0
Schedule Week 1-Syllabus, 6.4, Hand out Research Projects
Week 2-Sec 7.1-7.2
Week 3-Sec 7.3-8.1
Week 4-Sec 8.1-8.2, Hand out Game Project
Week 5-Test 1 (6.4-7.3)
Week 6-Sec 9.1-9.2
Week 7-Test #2 (8.1-8.2)
Week 8-Sec 9.3-9.4
Week 9-Sec 10.1-10.2
Week 10-Sec 10.3
Week 11-Games Due, Hand out Tessellation Project
Week 12-Test #3 (9.1-9.4)
Week 13-Sec 11.1-11.2
Week 14-Sec 11.3-12.1
Week 15-Tessellation Project Due
Week 16-Test #4 (10.1-11.3)
Evaluation methods Traditional lecture and the guided practice of work with manipulatives will be the primary types of
delivery. Peer tutoring and homework exercises for drill and practice will be included as well.

10% Attendance/worksheets
30% Projects
60% Chapter Exams
Course MATH 2413
618-60624-6
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 10-Chapter 4.5, 4.6, 4.7
Quizzes 15%
Homework 20%
Final Exam 15%
comprehensive.
Course MATH 2413
618-60624-6
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 10-Chapter 4.5, 4.6, 4.7
Quizzes 15%
Homework 20%
Final Exam 15%
comprehensive.
Course MATH 2413
618-60624-6
Week 9-Spring Break
Week 10-Chapter 4.5, 4.6, 4.7
Quizzes 15%
Homework 20%
Final Exam 15%
comprehensive.
Course MATH 2414
Title Calculus II
Description A continuation of the integrated study of analytic geometry and calculus. Topics
will normally include: applications of integration, integration techniques,
sequences and series, conics, parametric equations and polar coordinates.
Prerequisite: MATH 2413.
Textbooks Calculus, 8th Edition; Larson, Hostetler and Edwards
Schedule Unit 1 - Applications of Integration (3 weeks)

Unit 2 - Integration Techniques (3 weeks)
Unit 3 - Infinite Series (3 weeks)
Unit 4 - Conics and Parametric Equations (3 weeks)
Unit 5 - Polar Coordinates (3 weeks)

Final Exam 20%
Course MDCA 1309
Title Anatomy and Physiology for Medical Assistants
Description Emphasis on structure and function of human cells, tissues, organs, and systems with overview of
common pathophysiology.
Textbooks The Human Body in Health and Illness, Herlihy, Barbara , W. Saunders, 4th Edition, 2011, 1-
4160-6842-2
Study Guide for the Human Body in Health and Illness, Herlihy, Barbara, W. Saunders, 4th
Edition, 2011, 978-1-4377-0858-5
Schedule Week 1: Introduction to the Human Body, Basic Chemistry, Cells, Cell Metabolism
Week 2: Microbiology Basics, Tissues and Membranes
Week 3: Integumentary System and Body Temperature, Skeletal System, Muscular System
Week 4: Nervous System: Nervous Tissue and Brain, Spinal Cord and Peripheral Nerves,
Autonomic Nervous System
Week 5: Sensory System, Endocrine System
Week 6: Exam
Week 7: Blood, Anatomy of the Heart
Week 8: Function of the Heart, Anatomy of the Blood Vessels
Week 9: Functions of the Blood Vessels, Lymphatic System
Week 10: Exam
Week 11: Immune System, Respiratory System
Week 12: Digestive System, Urinary System
Week 13: Water, Electrolyte, and Acid-Base Balance, Reproductive System
Week 14: Human Development and Heredity
Week 15: Review
Week 16: Final Exam
Evaluation methods In order to pass MDCA 1309 the student must achieve a final average grade of 70 or higher. The
final grade average will consist of: Six (6) Assignments which will constitute 20 % of the grade;
Six (6) Chapter Reviews (averaged, timed, open book) which will constitute 65% of the grade;
Three (3) Exams (Proctored, timed, closed book and mandatory) which will constitute 15% of the
grade.
Course MDCA 1343
Title Medical Insurance Intermediate
Description Emphasizes medical office coding procedures for payment/reimbursement by patient or third party.
A medical billing software will provide experience for the billing and collection process. Also, a
study of pharmacology principles used in all areas of medical science and hospital science will be
discussed with emphasis placed on evaluating and applying pharmacology principles to various
body systems.
Textbooks Understanding Pharmacology for Health Professionals, Susan M. Turley, published by Printice
Hall, Fourth Edition.
MediSoft Made Easy A Step-by-Step Approach, Lillian Burke, Barabara Weill, Lorie Tyler,
published by Pearson, Second Edition.
Schedule Week 1-An Introduction to Medical Informatics

Week 2-A Brief Introduction to the Windows Environment
Week 3-An Overview: Using Medisoft in the Medical Office
Week 4-A Hands-On Introduction to Medisoft and the Appointment Book
Week 5-Entering Patient and Case Information--A Hands-On Approach
Week 6-An Introduction to Transaction Entry and Claim Management
Week 7-Electronic Media Claims
Week 8-Printing Reports & Designing Reports
Week 9-Setting Up a New Practice
Week 10-Utilities
Week 11-Introduction to Pharmacology, Drug Design, Testing, Manufacturing, Drug Forms
Week 12-Urinary, Gastrointestinal, Pulmonary, Cardiovascular, Hematologic Drugs
Week 13-Gynecologic and Obstetric, Endocrine, Neurologic, Psychiatric, Dermatologic Drugs
Week 14-Ophthalmic, Ears, Nose, and Throat Drugs
Week 15Anti-Infective, Chemotherapy, Analgesic Drugs
Week 16-Emergency Drugs, Intravenous Fluids and Blood Products
Evaluation methods Pharmacology (Tests will be averaged) 50%

Medisoft (Tests will be averaged) 30%
Performance based chapter 10 20%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Mrs. Emily Graham
Section 65 email egraham@parisjc.edu
Course MRKG 1311
Title Principles of Marketing
Description Introduction to the marketing mix functions and process. Includes identification of consumer and
organizational needs and explanation of environmental issues. Introduction to the marketing
functions;Identification of consumer and organization needs;Explanation of economic,
psychological, sociological, and global issues;Description and analysis of the importance of
marketing research.
Textbooks Essentials of Marketing 6th Edition by Lamb, Hair, and McDaniel
Schedule Week 1-An Overview of Marketing/Discussion/Quiz/Assignment

Week 2-Strategic Planning for Competitive Advantage/Discussion/Quiz/Assignment
Week 3-Social Responsibility, Ethics and the Mrkg Envirnonment/Discussion/Quiz/Assignment
Week 4-Developing a Global Vision/Discussion/Quiz/Assignment
Week 5-Consumer Decision Making/Discussion/Quiz/Assignment
Week 6-Business Marketing/Discussion/Quiz/Assignment
Week 7-Segmenting and Targeting Markets/Discussion/Quiz/Assignment
Week 8-Decision Support Systems & Marketing Research/Discussion/Quiz/Assignment
Week 9-Product Concepts/Discussion/Quiz/Assignment
Week 10-Developing & Managing Products/Discussion/Quiz/Assignment
Week 11-Marketing Channels and SCM/Discussion/Quiz/Assignment
Week 12-Retailing/Discussion/Quiz/Assignment
Week 13-Marketing Communications & Advertising/Discussion/Quiz/Assignment
Week 14-PR, Sales Promotion, & Personal Selling/Discussion/Quiz/Assignment
Week 15-Pricing Concepts/Discussion/Quiz/Assignment
Week 16-Final/Marketing Plans Due
Evaluation methods Grading Scale: (1000 pts total)

Assignments: 150 points (10 pts per chapter)
Quizzes: 150 points (10 pts per chapter)
Chapter Discussions: 150 points (10 pts per chapter)
Marketing Paper: 250 points
3 Exams: 300 points (100 pts per exam)
Course MRMT 1307
Description Fundamentals of medical transcription including basic reports such as history and physicals,
discharge summaries, consultations, operative reports, and other medical reports. Emphasis on
development of speed and accuracy.

Week 3-Style Guide
Week 4-Dermatology
Week 5-Dermatology

speed and accuracy)

Course MRMT 1307
Description Fundamentals of medical transcription with hands-on experience in transcribing physician dictation
including basic reports such as history and physicals, discharge summaries, consultations, operative
reports, and other medical reports. Utilizes transcribing and information processing equipment
compatible with industry standards. Designed to develop speed and accuracy.

Week 3-Style Guide
Week 4-Dermatology
Week 5-Dermatology

speed and accuracy)

Course MRMT 2333
Title Medical Transcription II
Description Skill development in the production of medical reports including history and physicals,
consultations, discharge summaries, operative reports, and other medical reports. Emphasis on
speed and accuracy.
Textbooks MEDICAL TRANSCRIPTION FUNDAMENTALS & PRACTICE THIRD EDITION, Campbell,

Drake, Pitman, Dirckx. Health Professions Institute. Prentice Hall Career & Technology.
Schedule Week 1Endocrinology

Week 2-Endocrinology
Week 7-Orthopedics
Week 8Orthopedics
Week 9-Neurology
Week 10-Neurology
Week 11-Neurology
Week 12-Neurology
Week 13-Pathology
Week 14-Pathology
Week 15-Radiology
Week 16-Radiology/Tests

speed and accuracy)

Course MUAP 1169
Title Invidual Instruction in Piano
Description Individual instruction in piano
Textbooks Beginners - Group Piano for Adults, 2nd Edition - Lancaster, Renfrow - Alfred Publishing
Advanced students - repertoire appropriate to goals selected for student purchase - variable
Schedule One half hour lesson per week at a mutually convenient time. Assignment sheet given including
assigned repertoire/skills. Required for music majors. At instructor discretion for non-majors.
Course MUAP 1269
Title Individual Instruction in Piano
Description Individual instruction in piano.
Textbooks Repertoire/technique books appropriate to goals selected for student purchase - variable
Schedule One hour lesson per week at a mutually convenient time. Assignment sheet given including
assigned repertoire/skills. Required for music majors. At instructor descretion for non-majors.
Course MUAP 1281
Title Private Voice
Description Individual instruction in voice. One hour private lesson per week. Intended for music majors and
approved non-music majors. May be repeated for credit. Fee charged.
Textbooks As determined by instructor and appropriate for vocal level.

Schedule Weekly Private Lesson as scheduled by Instructor
Evaluation methods
Course MUEN 1141
Title Chorale
Description Rehearsal of choral literature with one major performance each semester. Additional performances
upon consent of director. Open to all students. May be repeated for credit.

Schedule Mondays and Wednesdays 11:15 a.m. – 12:30 p.m. Rehearsals
added as needed.
•
Course MUEN 1254
Title Chamber Singers
Description Rehearsal of advanced choral literature. Various concerts scheduled throughout semester.
Additional performances upon consent of director. Auditioned required. May be repeated for
credit.

Schedule Tuesdays and Thursdays 1: 00 p.m. – 2:15 p.m. Rehearsals
added as needed.
•
Course MUSI 1116
Title Elementary Sight Singing and Ear Training
Description Singing tonal music in treble, bass, alto, and tenor clefs. Aural study, including dictation, of
rhythm, melody, and diatonic harmony.
Textbooks Music for Sight Singing - Robert W. Ottman, Nancy Rogers, 7th or 8th Edition (Pearson, publ.)
Ear Training: A Technique for Listening, 7th Edition Revised - Benward and Kolosick
McGraw-Hill, publisher
Schedule Weeks 1-5 - Ear Training Units 1-3 (Melodic, Harmonic, Rhythmic Dictation of scalewise
melodies, Mode identification, Triad quality identifitcation. Harmonies I, ii, IV, V. Intervals
through P5). Sight Singing Part I Chapter 1-4. Stepwise and triadic melodies, Simple and
Compound Meter. Test 1.
Weeks 6-10 - Ear Training Units4-5 (Intervals of M6 and m6, continued dictation of I, ii, IV, V).
Sight Singing, Continue Chap. 4. Add Chap. 5-6 (Minor keys, Intervals from V Triad)
Weeks 11-15 - Ear Training, continue Units 4-5. Sight Singing,Chapters 7-9 (Alto and tenor clefs,
Intervals from Dominant Seventh (V7) Chords)
Week 16 - Final Examination.
Evaluation methods 25% = Average of daily grades in sight singing

25% = Average of daily grades in ear training
25% = Average of sight singing and ear training test grades
Year 2010-2011 Office MB102
Course MUSI 1181
Title Piano Class I
Description Class instruction in the fundamentals of keyboard technique for beginning piano students.
Textbooks Alfred's Piano 101 - Lancaster/Renfrow (Alfred Publishing Company)
Schedule Week 1 - Introduction. Units 1-2 - Playing on white keys. Playing on black keys.
Evaluation methods Week 1-2 - Introduction. Units 1 and 2 - Playing on white and black keys
Week 3 - Unit 3 - Exploring Positions on the Keyboard
Week 4 - Unit 4 - The Staff
Week 5-6 - Units 5 and 6 - Intervals and other Keyboard basics
Weeks 7-8 - Units 7 and 8 - G Position and Major Five-Finger Patterns
Week 9 - Unit 9 - Key of C Major
Week 10 - Unit 10 - Key of G Major
Week 11 - Unit 11 - Minor Five Finger Patters
Week 12 - Unit 12 - Triads and Arpeggios
Week 13 -Unit 13 - 6ths, 7ths and 8ves (Octaves)
Week 14 - Unit 14 - The Key of F Major
Week 15 - Unit 15 - 12-Bar Blues and review.
Course MUSI 1183
Title Class Voice
Description Offers group instruction for students who have not had individual voice training. Students learn
voice science, vocal production, pronunciation, style, music notation, and some music literature.
Textbooks Roberto Mancusi, Voice for Non-Majors. Pearson-Prentice Hall, New Jersey.
ISBN 0-13-231966-7
Schedule Week 1 Course Introduction
Posture, Respiration and Basics of Vocal Anatomy
Introductory Listening Assignment
Week 2 Introduction to Reading Music
Note Reading and Solfege Skills
Group singing exercises
Music Reading Take Home Assignment
Note Reading review
Ensemble practice
Ensemble practice
Week 5 Graded Performance and Quiz #1
Week 6 Video Review
Ensemble practice
Week 8 Midterm Exam and Graded Performance #2
Week 9 Library Visit
Week 10 Video Review #2
Selection of Solo Song #4
Evaluation methods
Course MUSI 1306
Textbooks Music: An Appreciation, 7th Brief Edition with 5-CD set and ConnectKamien card

Week 6 - Medieval and Renaissance Music 1100-1600
Week - 7-8 - Baroque Music (1600-1750)
Weeks 9-10 Classical period (1750-1820)
Weeks 11-12 Romantic period ( 1820-1900)
Weeks 13-15 Modern music (1900- ) and review
Evaluation methods 40% = Test average (Quizzes and other daily work average = one major test)
30% = Final Examination (Comprehensive)
20% = Concert attendance and report
10% = Attendance, punctuality, participation
Course MUSI 1306
Description General study of music with emphasis on musical forms, composers and their compositions, music
history, and instruments of the orchestra. Designed for non-music majors with little formal
knowledge of music. Core Curriculum satisfied for Visual and Performing Arts.
Textbooks Kamien, Roger. Music: An Appreciation. Seventh Brief Edition. New York: McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc., 2011.
ISBN: 978-0-07-802509-9
Schedule Week 1-3 Introduction to Music Appreciation/Music in Our Culture
Elements of Music Performing Media
Week 4 Music of the Middle Ages
Week 5 Music in the Renaissance
Week 6 - 7 The Baroque Period
Week 8 - 9 The Classical Period
Week 10 - 11 The Romantic Period
Week 12 - 13 20th Century Musical Styles 1900 to 1945
Week 14 - 15 20th Century Musical Styles 1945 to present
Week 16 FINALS WEEK
**The Instructor has the right to modify this schedule**

Evaluation methods Grading for this course is based on a point system, with a total of 670 points for the semester. There
are seven exams, including six semester exams that will be given at the end of each unit, and one
final non-cumulative exam. Each exam is worth up to 50 points each per exam. Pop Quizzes will
be used to evaluate reading assignments on an ad lib. basis.
Total points for the semester are distributed as follows:

7 exams/50 points each 350 points
Class participation/Class preparation/5 points ea 150points
7 pop quizzes (reading assignments) 70 points
Concert Review or Written Report 30 points
7 Outlines of Compositional Styles/10 pts ea 70 points
TOTAL: 670 points*
*Extra credit points are possible by approval of the instructor.
Final letter grades are as follows:

603 - 670 points = A
536 - 602 points = B
469 - 535 points = C
402 - 468 points = D
401 points and below = F
Grades are based solely on the number of points earned.
Course MUSI 1306
and forms, composers and their compositions, music history, and development of the orchestra.
The format will include lecture, class discussion and listening lessons. There is no pre-requisite for
this course. 3 credits.

Week 9-Classical
Course MUSI 1306
The format will include lecture, class discussion and listening lessons. There is no pre-requisite for
this course. 3 credits.

Week 9-Classical
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Joan Graves
Year 2010-2011 Office SSC Room 106
Section 50 email jgraves@parisjc.edu
Course MUSI 1306
The format will include lecture, class discussion and listening lessons. Music Appreciation is a
three hour course. There are no pre-requisites.
Textbooks Roger Kamien’s Music: An Appreciation (Seventh Brief Edition)- includes listening CD’s.
Schedule Week 1- January 20 Part 1, p.2-9 Intro/Elements of Music

Week 2- January 27 p. 9-29 Elements of Music
Week 3- February 3 p.30-48 Elements of Music
Week 4- February 10 p. 41-61 Elements of Music
Week 5- February 17 Elements of Music Quiz, Part 2, p. 61-77 Middle Ages/Renaissance
Week 6- February 24 p.78-94 Middle Ages/Renaissance

Week 7- March 3 Part 3, p.97-122 Baroque
Week 8- March 10 p. 123-149 Baroque
Week 9- March 24 p.151-169 Baroque /Classical
Week 10- March 31 MiddleAges/Ren./Baroque Quiz, Part 4.p. 169-185 Classical
Period/Romantic
Week 11- April 7 p. 185-219 Classical /Romantic

Week 12- April 14 Part 5. P. 219-250 Romantic
Week 13- April 21 Classical/Romantic quiz, Part 6 p.250-267- 20th Century
Week 14- April 28 20th Century continued

Week 15- May 5 20th century continued
Week 16- May 12 Final Examination
Evaluation methods • The normal quiz format may consist of short answers, short essay topics, multiple choice, sentence
• Four tests which include the comprehensive Final Exam with each valued at 25% of the term
grade.
Course MUSI 1306
publishers)

20% = Quizzes
Course MUSI 1306
publishers)

20% = Quizzes
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Vicki Burgstahler
Year 2011 Office Adjunct
Section 67 email vburgstahler@parisjc.edu
Course MUSI 1306
Description General study of music with emphasis on musical notation and forms, composers and their
compositions, music history, and recognition of different voices and instruments. Designed for non-
music majors with little or no formal knowledge of music.
TSI Requirement: M1, R2, W1.
Textbooks Roger Kamien's Music An Appreciation Seventh Brief Edition (including CDs) ISBN 007-336-
6021
Schedule Week 1- Part I Elements and Quizzes
Week 2- Continue Part I Elements and Quizzes
Week 3- Major Test I Elements Available
Week 4- Part II Middle Ages/Renaissance and Quizzes - Assignment I Due
Week 5- Major Test II Middle Ages/Renaissance Available
Week 6- Part III Baroque Period and Quizzes
Week 9- Part IV Classical Period and Quizzes
Week 10- Major Test IV Classical Period Available
Week 11- Part V Romantic Period and Quizzes
Week 12- Major Test V Romantic Period Available
Week 13- Part VI 20th Century and Beyond and Quizzes
Week 14- Part VI 20th Century and Beyond and Quizzes - Assignment II Due
Evaluation methods
Course MUSI 1311
Title Music Theory I
Description Analysis and writing of tonal melody and diatonic harmony up to and including the chords.
Analysis and writing of small compositional forms. Correlated study at the keyboard.
Textbooks Tonal Harmony, 6th Edition - Kostka and Payne

Workbook for Tonal Harmony, 6th Edition - Kostka and Payne
McGraw-Hill, Publisher
Schedule Week 1 - Introduction. Chapter 1 - Elements of Pitch

Week 2 - Part One - Major and minor scales, key signatures review
Week 3 - Part 1, Chapter 1 - Inervals
Week 4 - Part 1, Chapter 3 - Introduction to Triads and Seventh Chords
Week 5 - Finish Part 1, Chapters 1-3. TEST 1
Week 6 - Part One, Chapter 4 - Diatonic Chords in Major and Minor Keys
Week 7 - Part One, Chapter 5 - Principles of Voice Leading
Week 8 - Finish Chapter 5. TEST 2.
Week 9 - Review. Begin Chapter 6 - Root Position Part Writing
Week 10 - Continue Chapter 6.
Week 11 - Continue Chapter 6. TEST 3 - Chapters 5-6.
Week 12 - Chapter 7 - Harmonic Progression and the Sequence
Week 13 - Continue Chapter 7 . Begin Chapter 8 - Triads in First Inversion.
Week 14 - Continue Chapter 8. Chapter 9 - Triads in Second Inversion.
Week 15 - Review and catch up.
Week 16 - Final Exam
5
Evaluation methods 50% = Homework average (average of daily assignment grades)

25% = Tests and quizzes
Course PHED 1101 - 1102 .01
Textbooks None
Evaluation methods
Course PHED 1101 - 1102 .01
Textbooks None
Evaluation methods
Title Bowling I &II

Schedule Week 1-
Week 4-
Week 5-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 16-
pass 2 of 3 tests and turn in 10 games, attend 4 of 5 class meetings. C - pass1 of 3 test and turn in
10 games, attend 3 of the 5 class meetings. D - pass 1 of 3 test, turn in less than 10 games and
attend less than 3 meetings. F - pass 0 test and turn in less than 10 games, attend less than 3
meetings.

Week 3- Bowl Game 1
Week 4- Bowl Game 2
Week 5- Bowl Game 3
Week 6- Bowl Game 4
Week 7- Bowl Game 5
Evaluation methods
Title Bowling I &II

Schedule Week 1-
Week 4-
Week 5-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 16-
pass 2 of 3 tests and turn in 10 games, attend 4 of 5 class meetings. C - pass1 of 3 test and turn in
10 games, attend 3 of the 5 class meetings. D - pass 1 of 3 test, turn in less than 10 games and
attend less than 3 meetings. F - pass 0 test and turn in less than 10 games, attend less than 3
meetings.

Week 3- Bowl Game 1
Week 4- Bowl Game 2
Week 5- Bowl Game 3
Week 6- Bowl Game 4
Week 7- Bowl Game 5
Evaluation methods
Course Phed 1117
Title Camping I
or camp cook stove. The meal may consist of whatever your taste desire. There will be four
required activities for the students during the weekend: smores building, knot tieing, orienterring
and camping games. Screened shelters with electricity will be provided to share for the students.
They will provide shade and shelter.

Unit.
Evaluation methods
Course Phed 1117
Title Camping I

Unit.
Evaluation methods

Unit.
Evaluation methods
Course Phed 1118
Title Camping II

Unit.
Evaluation methods
Course Phed 1118
Title Camping II

Unit.
Evaluation methods

Unit.
Evaluation methods
Course Phed 1134

Schedule Week 1-
Week 4-
Week 5-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 15-
Week 16-
Evaluation methods
Course Phed 1134

Schedule Week 1-
Week 4-
Week 5-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 15-
Week 16-
Evaluation methods
Course Phed 1138

Schedule Week 1-
Week 4-
Week 5-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 15-
Week 16-
Evaluation methods
Course Phed 1138

Schedule Week 1-
Week 4-
Week 5-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 15-
Week 16-
Evaluation methods
Course Phed 1301
Title Introduction to Kinesiology
Description Introductory course in human movement that includes the historical development of movement,
and sport from ancient to contemporary cultures. Physiological and psychological principles
affecting human movement and sport programs, professional requirements, and opportunities.
Textbooks Introduction to Physical Education, Fitness, and Sport. 6th Edition.

Schedule Week 1-Quiz 1
Week 3-Quiz 3/Exam I
Week 5-Quiz 5
Week 6-Quiz 6/Article Review/Exam 2
Week 7-Quiz 7
Week 9-Quiz 9
Week 12-Quiz 12
Week 14-Quiz 14
Week 15-Quiz 15
Evaluation methods
Course PHED 1308.65
Title Sports Officiating
Description Sports Officiating will cover the basic mechanics and positioning of officials in the sports of
Basketball, Football and Volleyball. Along with the knowledge of the rules that govern each sport.
Textbooks Printed Materials

Schedule Week 1- Rules of Basketball
Week 2- Basketball Pre / Post Game Procedures
Week 3- Signals of Basketball
Week 4- Two and Three Man Mechanics of Basketball
Week 5- Basketball Final Test
Week 6- Rules of Football
Week 7- Football Pre / Post Game Procedures
Week 8- Football Signals
Week 9- Four and Five Person Mechanics of Football
Week 10- Football Final Test
Week 11- Rules of Volleyball
Week 12- Volleyball Signals
Week 13- Volleyball Pre / Post Game Procedures
Week 14- What Makes a Good Volleyball Official
Week 15- Volleyball Final Test
Week 16- Observation Paper
Evaluation methods
Section 65 email djohnson@parisjc.edu
Course PHED 1346
Title Drug Use and Abuse
Description The Study of use and abuse of drugs in todays society, emphasizing physiological, socoiological
and psychological factors involved.
Textbooks Drugs, Society and Human Behavior, Oakley Ray and Charles Ksir, 12th, 978-0-07-352961-5
Schedule Weekly quizzes for each Chapter. There are three internet discussion topic essay's to write during
the semester. There are five major test during the semester
Evaluation methods A, over 585 points, b- 584 to 519 points, c-518 to 453 points, d- 452 to 387 points, f-386 points
and below
Course POFM 1300
Title Medical Coding
Description Presentation and application of basic coding rules, principles, guidelines, and conventions
utilizing various coding systems.
Textbooks Step-by-Step Medical Coding 9th Edition, by Carol J. Buck, Publisher: Elsevier
www.elsevierhealth.com
ICD-9-CM 2010 (Volumes 1,2,3)
HCPCS 2010; CPT, 2010 American Medical Association
Schedule Week 1Reimbursement, HIPAA, and Compliance; chapter 2, an Overview of ICD-9-CM

Week 2-Chapter 3-Outpatient Coding and Reporting Guidelines; Chapter 4-Using ICD-9-CM
Week 3-Chapter 5-Specific Guidelines (ICD-9-CM)
Week 4-Chapter 6-Specific Guidelines (ICD-9-CM) Chapter 7-ICD-10-CM
Week 5-Chapter 8-Introduction to the CPT and Level II National Codes(HCPCS) Ch. 9
Week 6-Chapter 10-Evaluation and Management (E/M) Services
Week 7-Chapter 11-Anesthesia; Chapter 12-Surgery Guidelines and General Surgery
Week 8-Chapter 13 Integumentary System
Week 9-Chapter 14-Musculoskeletal System
Week 10-Chapter 15-Respiratory System
Week 11-Chapter 16-Cardiovascular System
Week 12-Chapter 17-Hemic, Lymphatic, Mediastinum, and Diaphragm; Chapter 18-Digestive
Week 13-Chapter 19-Urinary and Male Genital Systems; chapter 20 Reproductive, Intersex
Surgery, Female Genital System
Week 14-Chapter 21-Endocrine and Nervous Systems; Chapter 22 Eye, Ocular Adnexa, Auditory,
Operating Microscope
Week 15-Chapter 23 Radiology; Chapter 24 Pathology/Laboratory
Week 16-Chapter 25-Medicine; Chapter 26-Inpatient Coding
Evaluation methods Complete all exams (both part 1 and part 2) for each lesson (26 lessons). These will be averaged
for the course grade.
A=90 to 100%
B=80 to 89%
C=70 to 79%
D=60 to 69%
F=50% and below

Course POFT 1127

Course POFT 1127

Course POFT 1321
Title Business Math
Textbooks MATH FOR BUSINESS AND LIFE, 4th Edition, by John Webber. Publisher: Olympus
Publishing Company
Pencil scratch paper and hand-held calculator

Week 2-Fractions
Week 3-Equations
Week 4-Percents
Week 8-Payroll
Week 16-Final Exam
Term Sprnig Phone 903-782-0378
Course POFT 1321
Title Business Math
Textbooks MATH FOR BUSINESS AND LIFE, 4th Edition, by John Webber. Publisher: Olympus
Publishing Company
Pencil scratch paper and hand-held calculator

Week 2-Fractions
Week 3-Equations
Week 4-Percents
Week 8-Payroll
Week 16-Final Exam
Course POFT 1329
techniques. Emphasis on development of acceptable speed and accuracy levels and formatting
basic documents

Week 14-Office Memo
Course POFT 1329
techniques. Emphasis on development of acceptable speed and accuracy levels and formatting
basic documents

Week 14-Office Memo
Course POFT 1364
Title Practicum
Description Practical general training and experiences in the workplace. The college with the employer
develops and documents an individualized plan for the student. The plan relates the workplace
training and experiences to the student’s general and technical course of study. The guided external
experiences may be for pay or no pay. This course may be repeated if topics and learning outcomes
vary.

Week 8-Resumes

Course POFT 1364
Title Practicum

Week 8-Resumes

Section 3G email aferguson@parisjc.edu
Course POFT 1364
Title Practicum

Week 8-Resumes

Course POFT 2301

less.

F= 0 grade points
Course POFT 2301

less.

F= 0 grade points
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Rita Tapp
Section 65 email rtapp@parisjc.edu
Course POFT 2312
Title Business Communications
Description Development of writing skills to produce effective business documents.

Credits: 3 SCH = 3 lecture and 0 laboratory hours per week.
TSI requirement: none Prerequisite(s): none
Textbooks Essentials of Business Communication, Guffey 7th edition
Schedule Jan. 18 - Jan. 23 Review schedule, syllabus, quiz, and testing schedule. Take the Syllabus/Schedule
quiz.
Jan. 24 - Jan. 30 Read Chapter 1. You must sign in by Feb. 1 to avoid being dropped.
Jan. 31 - Feb. 6 Read Chapter 2. Begin taking grammar/business etiquette quizzes.
Feb. 7 - Feb. 13 Objective Exam 1 over Chapters 1-2.
Feb. 28 - Mar. 4 Objective Exam 2 over Chapters 3-4.
Mar. 7 - Mar. 13 Read Chapter 5. Compose a memo using the information found in 5.6
Information/Procedure E-Mail: Parking Guidelines with a Smile on page 125.
Mar. 14 - Mar. 18 Spring Break
Mar. 21 - Mar. 27 Read Chapter 6. Write a business letter using the information found in 6.1 Direct
Request: Las Vegas Conference on page 158.
Mar. 28 - Apr. 3 Write a claim letter using the information found in 6.9 Direct Claim: Headaches
from "No Surprise" Offer on page 162.
Apr. 4 - Apr. 10 Read Chapter 9. Compose a progress report following the instructions found in 9.4
Progress Report: Making Headway Toward Your Degree on page 260.
Apr. 11 - Apr. 17 Exam 3 Writing exam. Last day to withdraw with a W is April 14.
Apr. 18 - Apr. 24 Read Chapter 13. All grammar/business equitette quizzes must be completed by
April 24.
Apr. 25 - May 1 Read Chapter 14
Evaluation methods 1. Nature of the course content: Students will read each chapter as assigned by the instructor and
will complete all required course assignments. The activities in this course include instructor notes
over key chapters and students completing letters and memos using Microsoft Word for writing
assignments and exams.
2. Evaluation: Letters/Memos Assignments 30%, Writing and Objective Exams 50%,
Grammar/Business Etiquette Quizzes 20%.
3. Late Work: All students are expected to complete assignments by the published deadlines. Any
late work accepted must be completed within one week of the due date and will incur a 10 point
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 1100
Week 16-Final Exam
Degree Plan 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Course PSYC 2301
Publishers. ISBN-13: 978-1-4292-1749-1
February 24th : Section 1 Examination and final deadline for Section 1 Quiz & Journal
assignments.
and experience.
_________________________

Course PSYC 2301
Publishers. ISBN-13: 978-1-4292-1749-1
February 24th : Section 1 Examination and final deadline for Section 1 Quiz & Journal
assignments.
and experience.
_________________________

Course Psyc 2301
Section 41 email lmoore@parisjc.edu
Course PSYC 2301

Week 6- Learning
Section 4D email lmoore@parisjc.edu
Course PSYC 2301

Week 6- Learning
Course PSYC 2301
Publishers. ISBN-13: 978-1-4292-1749-1
Schedule January 19th – February 21st : (Section 1) Lecture/Discussion over Chapters 1, 2, 4, & 5
February 23rd : Section 1 Examination and final deadline for Section 1 Quiz & Journal
assignments.
February 28th – March 30th : (Section 2) Lecture/Discussion over Chapters 6, 8, 9, & 10
April 6th – May 2nd : (Section 3) Lecture/Discussion over Chapters 11, 12, 13, & 14
and experience.
_________________________

Course Psyc 2301
Course PSYC 2301
Publishers. ISBN # 1-4292-1650-6
Schedule Tentative Class Schedule:

Jan 20 – Introduction to Class
Chapters 1, 2, 3
Jan 27 – Chapters 1, 2, 3
Feb 10 – EXAM 1— Chapters 1, 2, 3
March 3 – EXAM 2 – Chapters 4, 5, 6
March – 17 -- SPRING BREAK
March 31 – EXAM 3 – Chapters 7, 10
April 21 -- EXAM 4 – Chapters 11, 12
April 28 – Chapter 13
May 5 – EXAM 5 – Chapter 13
May 12 –Final Exam
Evaluation methods Students will be given 5 objective exams in which to demonstrate their knowledge of the course
material. Each exam will count as 20% of your final grade.
A = 90 - 100
B = 80 - 89
C = 70 - 79
D = 60 - 69
F = 59 and below
Course PSYC 2301
Publishers. ISBN-13: 978-1-4292-1749-1
Schedule January 19th – February 16th : (Section 1) Lecture/Discussion over Chapters 1, 2, 4, & 5
February 23rd : Section 1 Examination and final deadline for Section 1 Quiz & Journal
assignments.
March 2nd – March 30th : (Section 2) Lecture/Discussion over Chapters 6, 8, 9, & 10
April 13th –April 27th : (Section 3) Lecture/Discussion over Chapters 11, 12, 13, & 14
and experience.
_________________________

Course PSYC 2301
Publishers. ISBN-13: 978-1-4292-1749-1
May 9th-May 11th: Students have between Monday and Wednesday to complete the
comprehensive final exam.
120 points-Quizzes: Students will complete 12 online chapter quizzes. Each online quiz is worth
10 points. An optional syllabus quiz is available for bonus points towards your Quiz total.
and experience.
required reading.
_________________________

Course PSYC 2301
Publishers. ISBN-13: 978-1-4292-1749-1
May 9th-May 11th: Students have between Monday and Wednesday to complete the
comprehensive final exam.
120 points-Quizzes: Students will complete 12 online chapter quizzes. Each online quiz is worth
10 points. An optional syllabus quiz is available for bonus points towards your Quiz total.
and experience.
required reading.
_________________________

Course PSYC 2301
Course PSYC 2301
Course Psyc 2314
Title Lifespan Development
Textbooks Discovering the Lifespan, by Robert S. Feldman. ISBN: 0136061672

Schedule
Week 1- Chapter 1, Beginnings
Week 2- Chapter 1, The start of Life
Week 3- Chapter 1, Birth and the Newborn
Week 4- Chapter 2, Cognitive Development in Infancy
Week 5- Chapter 2, Social and Personality Development in Infancy
Week 6- Chapter 3, Cognitive Development in the Preschool Years
Week 7- Chapter 3, Social and Personality Development in the Preschool Years
Week 8- Chapter 4, Cognitive Development in Middle Childhood
Week 9- Chapter 4, Social and Personality Development in Middle Childhood
Week 10- Chapter 5, Cognitive Development in Adolescence
Week 11- Chapter 5, Social and Personality Development in Adolescence
Week 12- Chapter 6, Cognitive Development in Early Adulthood
Week 13- Chapter 6, Social and Personality Development in Early Adulthood
Week 14- Chapter 7, Cognitive and Social Development in Middle Adulthood
Week 15- Chapter 8, Cognitive and Social Development in Late Adulthood
Week 16- Chapter 9, Death and Dying
Course PSYC 2314
Title Psychology of Human Growth & Development
Prerequisite: PSYC 2301 or consent of instructor
Textbooks Feldman, R.S. (2009). Discovering the Life Span. New Jersey: Pearson Prentice Hall.
ISBN #: 0-13-606167-2
Schedule Wed 1/19 Introduction to course, Syllabus review, WebCT tutorial
Mon 1/24 1 Lecture/Discussion 1.1, Syllabus Quiz
Mon 2/21 3 Lecture/Discussion 3.1 & 3.2
Wed 3/2 4 Lecture/Discussion 4.1 & 4.2
Wed 3/9 4 Group assignment Day & Chapter 4 Quiz
Mon 3/14 SPRING BREAK
Wed 3/16 SPRING BREAK
Mon 3/21 Mid-term Exam (Chapters 1-4)
Wed 3/23 Research Project Activity
Mon 3/28 Research Day
Wed 5/4 Final Exam (Chapters 5-9)
Evaluation methods •Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material:
200 points-Exams: Students will complete a midterm and final examination. Each exam is worth
100 points each.
100 points-Quizzes: Students will complete 9 chapter quizzes. Each quiz is worth between 11-12
100 points-Participation: Students will be required to attend class regularly and to actively
participate and engage in class discussions and activites.
100 points-Group Presentation: students will work with an assigned group on a class presentation.
Students will receive a detailed handout regarding presentation topics later in the semester.
100 points-Research Project: students will complete a research project which may be submitted as a
research paper or presentation. A detailed handout will be distributed in class.
_________________________

• 540 points and above=A
• 480-539=B
• 420-479=C
• 360-419=D
• Below 360=F
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Callie Thompson
Year 2011 Office Alford Center, Room 107
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0446 or 903-782-0325
Section 65 email cthompson@parisjc.edu
Course PSYC 2315
Title Psychology of Personal Adjustment
Description A study of the psychological principles fundamental to personal and social adjustment. Emphasis is
placed on group dynamics, self-awareness, interpersonal attraction, prejudice, values, and self-
acualization.
Textbooks Human Adjustment, by John W. Santrock (2006)
Schedule Week 1- Browse course website. Complete syllabus quiz and practice Discussion Activity.
Week 2- Download PP notes for Ch. 1 (Adjusting to Life) and studyguide 1. Read Ch. 1, complete
Week 3- Download PP notes for Ch. 2 (Personality). Read Ch. 2, complete studyguide questions
Week 4- Download PP notes or Ch. 3 (The Self, Identity, and Values). Read Ch. 3, complete
Week 5- Download PP notes for Ch. 4 (Stress). Read Ch. 4, complete studyguide questions for Ch.
4 and Ch. 4 quiz. Complete Discussion Activity 1 assignment.
Week 6- Download PP notes for Ch. 5 (Coping). Read Ch. 5, complete studyguide questions for
Ch. 5 and Ch. 5 quiz.
Week 7- Download PP notes for Ch. 6 (Social Thinking, Influence, and Intergroup Relations) and
studyguide 2. Read Ch. 6, complete studyguide questions for Ch. 6 and Ch. 6 quiz.
Week 8- Download PP notes for Ch. 7 (Communicating Effectively). Read Ch. 7, complete
Week 9- Download PP notes for Ch. 8 (Friendship and Love Relationships). Read Ch. 8, complete
Week 10- Download PP notes for Ch. 9 (Adult Lifestyles). Read Ch. 9, complete studyguide
questions for Ch. 9 and Ch. 9 quiz. Complete Discussion Activity 2 assignment.
Week 11- Download PP notes for Ch. 10 (Achievement, Careers, and Work). Read Ch. 10,
complete studyguide questions for Ch. 10 and Ch. 10 quiz.
Week 12- Download PP notes for Ch. 11 (Emerging Adulthood, Adult Development, and Aging)
and studyguide 3. Read Ch. 11, complete studyguide questions for Ch. 11 and Ch.11 quiz.
Week 13- Download PP notes for Ch. 13 (Sexuality). Read Ch. 13, complete studyguide questions
Week 14- Download PP notes for Ch. 14. Read Ch. 14, complete studyguide questions for Ch. 14
and Ch. 14 quiz.
Week 15- Download PP notes for Ch. 15 (Therapies). Read Ch. 15, complete studyguide questions
Week 16- Download cumulative final exam review sheet. Review all Chapter quizzes, studyquides
1, 2, & 3, and all PP notes to prepare for the optional cumulative final exam.
Evaluation methods Students will be responsible for completing an online quiz for each chapter covered in the textbook.
Students will be responsible for completing 3 discussion activities via WebCT, including
commenting on at least two of their classmates' discussion postings. Students will be responsible for
completing 3 studyguide assignments. There will be 3 major exams and an optional cumulative
final exam that can take the place of a missing or low exam grade. Grades will be based on the
following criteria: Exams=50%, Discussion Activities=15%, Quizzes=20%, and
Studyguides=15%.
Course RADR 1201
Title Introduction to Radiography
Description On overview of the historical development of radiography, basic radiation protection, an

introduction to medical terminology, ethical and legal issues for health care professionals, and an
orientation to the program and the health care system.
9781416031949
Radiologic Science for Technologists Physics, Biology, & Protection, Bushong, 9th edition, 2008,
ISBN: 0323048374
978-1-4018-7194-9

Week 2-4 Medical Terminology, Fundamentals of Radiological Science and Helathcare
Week 5-7 Ethics and Laws in Radiologic Sciences and Radiation Protection
Week 8-9 Radiation Prduction and Charateristics
Week 10-15 Development and Factors of Radiography
Week 16- Final Exam

Exams 50%
Quizes 20%
Final Exam 20%
Research Assignments 5%
Course RADR 1266
9781416031949
11th edition, 2007, ISBN: 978-0-323-04210-9
11th edition, 2007, ISBN: 978-0-323-04211-6
978-1-4018-7194-9

Evaluation methods Based on the number of mastered competencies 49%

Based on an average of all clinical instructor' evaluation forms:
PT Care 15%
Professional 15%
Knowledge/Skills 16%
Attendance 5%
Course RADR 1303
Title Patient Care
Description An introduction in patient assessment, infection control procedures, emergency and safety
procedures, communication and patient interaction skills, and basic pharmacology.
9781416031949

Week 5-Safety
Week 6-Safety
Week 7-Safety
Week 8-Safety
Week 11-Infection Control, Medical Emergencies and Unique Situations
Week 14-Medical Emergencies and Unique Situations, Pharmacology and Drug Administration
Week 15-Pharmacology and Drug Administration
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods 15% Assignments/Daily Grades

50% Exams
10% Quizzes
5% Attendance
20% Final Exam
Course RADR 1311
Title Basic Radiographic Procedures
Description An introduction to radiographic positioning terminology, the proper manipulation of equipment,

positioning and alignment of the anatomical structure and equipment, and evaluation of images for
proper demonstration of basic anatomy.
9781416031949
11th edition, 2007, ISBN: 978-0-323-04210-9
11th edition, 2007, ISBN: 978-0-323-04211-6
Schedule Week 1- Orientation, Positioning, Terminology, Manipulaiton of Equipment

Week 2- Positioning, Terminology, Manipulaiton of Equipment
Week 3-5 Anatomy, Positioning Considerations, Upper Extreminities and Shoulder Girdle
Procedures
Week 6-10 Anatomy, Positioning Considerations, Lower Extreminities and Pelvic Girdle
Procedures
Week 11-13 natomy, Positioning Considerations, Vertebral Column
Week 14-15natomy, Positioning Considerations, Bony Thorax, Abdomen, Thoracic Viscera

Qizes 10%
Exams 50%
Assignments 10%
Final Exam 25%
Course RADR 2305
Title Principles of Radiographic Imaging II
Description Radiographic imaging technique formation. Includes equipment quality control, image quality
assurance, and the synthesis of all variables in image production.
ISBN: 0323048374
978-1-4018-7194-9
Schedule Week 1-Orientation, Exposure Prime Factors

Week 2-4 Imaging Quality Factors
Week 5-6 Image Receptors
Week 7- Digital Imaging Characteristics
Week 8- Radiographic Density and Contrast
Week 9- Recorded Detail and Contrast
Week 10-11 Image Critique and Analysis
Week 12-13 Quality Management and Exposure Charts
Week 14-15 Exposure Conversion
Week 16- Final Exam

Exams 50%
Quizes 20%
Final Exam 25%
Course RADR 2313
Title Radiation Biology and Protection
Description Effects of radiation exposure on biological systems. Includes typical medical exposure levels,
methods for measuring and monitoring radiation, and methods for protecting personnel and patients
from excessive exposure.
ISBN: 0323048374
The Fundamentals of Imaging Physics and Radiology, Selman, Joseph, 9th edition, ISBN: 0-398-
06987-5
978 1 4018 7194 9
Week 2-Forms of Energy, Ionizing, Electromagnetic Radiation
Week 3-6 Radiation Biology
Week 7- Basic Radiation Protection
Week 8- Patient Radiation Protection
Week 9- Occupaitonal Radiation Protection
Week 10-12 Late Effect of Radiation Exposure
Week 13- Radiation Monitoring Systems
Week 14- Radiation Hazards
Week 15- Research Presentations
Week 16-Final Exam

Exams 40%
Quizes 20%
Final Exam 25%
Research Assignment 10%
Course RADR 2366
9781416031949
11th edition, 2007, ISBN: 978-0-323-04210-9
11th edition, 2007, ISBN: 978-0-323-04211-6
11th edition, 2007, ISBN: 978-0-323-04212-3
978-1-4018-7194-9
04209-3

Evaluation methods Based on Number of Clinical Mastered Competencies - 49%

Based on an average of clinical instructor's evaluation forms:
Patient Care - 15%
Professionalsim - 15%
Knowledge/Skills - 16%
Attendance - 5%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty D Harootunia
Section 02 email dharrootunia@parisjc.edu
Course RBTC 1401

Week 16- Final Exam
40% Tests
5% Homework
20% Final Exam
Course RBTC 1401

Week 16- Final Exam
40% Tests
5% Homework
20% Final Exam
Course RBTC 1409
Title Pneumatics
Prerequisites: None


Week 16- Final Exam
exam.
20% Final Exam.
Course RBTC 1409
Title Pneumatics
Prerequisites: None


Week 16- Final Exam
exam.
20% Final Exam.
Course RNSG 2535
Title Integrated Client Care Management
Description Application of client assessment skills, critical thinking, and independent neursing interventions to
care for diverse clients/families throughout the life span whose health care needs may be difficult to
predict. Emphasis on collaborative clinical decision-making, nursing leadership skills, and client
management. Topics include the significance of professional development, trends in nursing and
health care, and applicable knowledge, judgment, skills, and professional values within a
legal/ethical framework. This course lends itself to an integrated approach.
15879-7
7801-6
ISBN: 978-0-323-05795-9
978-1-60547-861-6
8036-2221-0
2234-0
HESI NCLEX-RN Review, (newest ed.)
Schedule Week 1-Pharmacology, Roles/Relationships
Week 2-Nutrition, Ingestion, Digestion
Week 3-Critical Thinking, Leadership, Exam
Week 4-Cardiac, Health Perception & Management
Week 5-Respiratory, Values & Beliefs, Leadership
Week 6-Cardiovascular, Exam
Week 7-Cardiac, Pediatric Cardiac, Urinary Elimination
Week 8-Urinary Elimination, Sleep/Rest, Leadership
Week 9-Coping & Stress, Exam
Week 10-Obstetrics, Neonatal
Week 11-Endocrine, Leadership
Week 12-Exam, Group Presentations
Week 13-Infertility, Burns, Professional Nursing, Leadership
Week 14-Central Nervous System, Altered Immune System, Bioterrorism
Week 15-Exam
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods NCLEX-RN Questions-2%

Unit Exams-75%
Final Exam-15%
Group Paper-2.5%
Leadership Seminar Projects-0.5%
Program Exit Exam-5%
Course RNSG 2561
Title Clinical - Integrated Nursing Curriculum
professional
15879-7
7801-6
ISBN: 978-0-323-05795-9
978-1-60547-861-6
8036-2221-0
2234-0
HESI NCLEX-RN Review, (newest ed.)
Schedule Week 1-Dosage Calculation Exam

Week 2-12: Students will complete 16 hours each on a rotaing schedule in the following settings:
Telemetry, Medical, Surgical, Pediatrics, Pediatric Clinic, Long-term Acute Care, Cath Lab
Dialysis, Intensive Care
Week 13-15: Capstone Experience - 48 clinical hours with a preceptor
Week 16-Final Clinical Evaluations
Evaluation methods Daily Anecdotals
Preceptor Evaluations
Capstone
Clinical Objectives Tool Completed
Dosage Calculation Test
Skills Checklist Completed
NAME Anthony Sawyer
Email asawyer@parisjc.edu
Office Phone 903-782-0318
Education
Institution Degree Date
East Texas State University BBA 1991
East Texas State University MS 1993
Previous Teaching Experience

Instructor of Economics - Paris Junior College - 2005 -Present
Related Experience
Significant Professional Publications

Course SOCI 1301
and human ecology.

10th Edition ISBN # 9780205003785
Pearson.
Week 4-Culture
Week 10-Deviance
Week 12-Religion
Week 13-Family
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Grading Policy
360-400 points—A
320-359 points—B
280-319 points—C
240-279 points—D
Below 240 points--F
Testing Policy
Exam Schedule

Course SOCI 1301
and human ecology.

10th Edition ISBN # 9780205003785
Pearson.
Week 4-Culture
Week 10-Deviance
Week 12-Religion
Week 13-Family
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Grading Policy
360-400 points—A
320-359 points—B
280-319 points—C
240-279 points—D
Below 240 points--F
Testing Policy
Exam Schedule

Course SOCI 1301
and human ecology.

10th Edition ISBN # 9780205003785
Pearson.
Week 4-Culture
Week 10-Deviance
Week 12-Religion
Week 13-Family
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Grading Policy
360-400 points—A
320-359 points—B
280-319 points—C
240-279 points—D
Below 240 points--F
Testing Policy
Exam Schedule

Course SOCI 1301
and human ecology.

10th Edition ISBN # 9780205003785
Pearson.
Week 4-Culture
Week 10-Deviance
Week 12-Religion
Week 13-Family
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Grading Policy
360-400 points—A
320-359 points—B
280-319 points—C
240-279 points—D
Below 240 points--F
Testing Policy
Exam Schedule

Course Soci 1301
human ecology.
Schedule
Description Introduction to the concepts and principles used in the study of group life, social institutions, and
social processes.
Textbooks Society: The Basics, 10th Ed. Macionis, Pearson
Schedule Week 1-Sociology: Perspectives and Theory

Week 2-Methods of Sociological Research
Week 3-Culture
Week 4-Socialization the the Life Course
Week 5-Test 1
Week 6-Social Interactions
Week 7- Groups and Organizations
Week 8-Social Stratification
Week 9-Test 2
Week 10-Deviance
Week 11-Sexuality and Gender
Week 12-Race & Ethnicity
Week 13-Family and Religion
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods Evaluations will be conducted through chapter tests, special projects, and participation in a
semester project, which contains a written and an oral component.
Course Soci 1301
human ecology.
Schedule
Course Soci 1301
human ecology.
Schedule
Course Soci 1301
human ecology.
Schedule
Course Soci 1301
human ecology.
Schedule
Course SOCI 1301
and human ecology.

10th Edition ISBN # 9780205003785
Pearson.
Week 4-Culture
Week 10-Deviance
Week 12-Religion
Week 13-Family
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Grading Policy
360-400 points—A
320-359 points—B
280-319 points—C
240-279 points—D
Below 240 points--F
Testing Policy
Exam Schedule

Course SOCI 1306
Description SOCI 1306 is a study of current society with emphasis on the more serious group problems
including crime, racial prejudice, poverty, population, social deviance, and current methods of
social control.
Textbooks Social Problems in a Diverse Society by Diana Kendall

5th Edition ISBN # 0205610366
Allyn & Bacon
Week 6-Gender
Week 7-Ageism
Week 8-Sexual deviance/prostitution
Week 9-Drugs and alcohol
Week 10-Crime and delinquency
Week 11Problems in Education
Week 12-Media related problems
Week 13-War as a social problem
Week 14 Family related problems
Week 15 Demographic trends
Evaluation methods
Grading Policy
360-400 points—A
320-359 points—B
280-319 points—C
240-279 points—D
Below 240 points--F
Testing Policy
Exam Schedule

Description Application of sociological principles to the major problems of contemporary society such as
inequality, crime and violence, substance abuse, deviance or family problems.
Textbooks Social Problems in a Diverse Society, 5th Ed., by Diana Kendall ISBN 0-205048264-3 Pearson
Schedule Week 1-The Nature of Social Problems

Week 2-Sociological Perspectives and Definitions
Week 3-Sociological Research Methods and Data
Week 4-Problems of Race Inequality
Week 5-Test 1
Week 6-Problems of Social Class
Week 7- Problems of Gender Inequlity
Week 8-Problems of Age Inequality
Week 9-Test 2
Week 10-Problems in our Social Systems-Family
Week 11-Problems in our Social System-Education
Week 12-Problems in our Social System-Deviance
Week 13-Problems in our Social System-Law & Order
Week 14-Global Problems-Terrorism
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods Evaluations will be conducted through chapter tests, special projects, and participation in a
semester project, which contains a written and an oral component.
Course SPAN 1411
Week 5-Ch. 1
Week 7-Ch. 2
Week 10-Ch. 4
Week 11-Ch. 4
Week 13-Ch. 5
Course Span 1411
ISBN 978 007 353 442 8
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Total 100%
Year 2011 Office Sulphur Springs Center Office C
Course Span 1411.50
ISBN 978 007 353 442 8
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Total 100%
Course SPAN 1411
Week 3-Take Spanish Pre-test (proctored), Ch. AT
Week 5-Ch. 1
Week 7-Ch. 2
Week 10-Ch. 4
Week 11-Ch. 4
Week 13-Ch. 5
Week 15-Ch. 6, Take Spanish Post-test (proctored), Review for Final Exam
Term Spring Phone 903.454.9333-903.885.1232
Course Span 1411
ISBN 978 007 353 442 8
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Total 100%
Course SPAN 1411
Week 5-Ch. 1
Week 7-Ch. 2
Week 10-Ch. 4
Week 11-Ch. 4
Week 13-Ch. 5
Course SPAN 1412
Week 5-Ch. 7
Week 7-Ch. 8
Week 10-Ch. 10
Week 11-Ch. 10
Week 13-Ch. 11
Year 2011 Office Room 2408 Paris High School
Course Spanis 1412.31
Title Elementary Spanish 1412.31
proficiency in language fluency. Much more emphasis is placed on conversation as students strive
to achieve the most authentic spoken accent. History and culture are enhanced through a study of
Textbooks Buen Viaje III Texas Edition, McGraw-Hill, C. J. Schmitt and P. E. Woodford, 2005 ISBN:0-07-
866365-2 with accompanying workbook
Repaso: A Complete Review Workbook for Grammar, Communication, and Culture, Spanish
edition, New York: McGraw-Hill, 2001 ISBN-10: 0844274127
Puntos de Partida, 8th edition. M. Knorre, T. Dorwick, A. Pérez-Gironés, W. Glass, and H.
Villareal. Boston: McGraw-Hill, 2008. ISBN: 0073534420
Puntos de partida: Online Laboratory Manual, 8th Edition ISBN: 0073325546
Puntos de partida: Online Workbook, 8th Edition ISBN: 0070325554
Situaciones, JP Valette, R Vallette and T Carrera-Hanley. Intermediate Spanish, DC Heath and
Company, Division of Houghton Mifflin Company, Lexington: 1994
ISBN 0 669 32280 6
Schedule Week 1-Commands-Oral: Las direcciones
Week 2-Object complements-Cultura Maya,Oral: Las instrucciones
Week 3-Direct and Indirect
Week 4-Object of Preposition-Composición
Week 5-Continue with Object Complements-Literature: Una carta a Diós,
Week 6-Subjunctive with adverbial conjunctions-Cultura Maya
Week 7-Subjunctive with indefinite expressions-Composición-La Autobiografía
Week 8-Subjunctive in relative clauses-Literature: Juan Bobo, Culture: Los Aztecas
Week 9-Por y Para-Composición-La Niñez-Oral: Las instrucciones
Week 10-Comparatives and Superlatives-Cultura Mixtecas y Zapotecas
Week 11-Literatura:La Casa en Mango Street y Composición
Week 12-Negative and affimative words-Literature: Rigoberta Menchú,
Week 12--Reciprocal verbs-Cultura-Occidental
Week 13- Culture: El Período Colonial
Week 14-Subjunctive with aunque -Composición
Week 15-Oral: El pasado
Week 16-Culture: El Período Moderno
Week 17-Una Composición
Week 18- Conversaciones Dirigidas
Week 19-Repaso para el examen
Week 20- El examen final
Year 2011 Office GC Faculty Area
Course SPAN 1412.40
ISBN 978 007 353 442 8
Week 16- Final Exam
Chapter Exams 20%
Total 100%
Course SPAN 1412.50
ISBN 978 007 353 442 8
Week 16- Final Exam
Chapter Exams 20%
Total 100%
Course SPAN 1412
Week 5-Ch. 7
Week 7-Ch. 8
Week 10-Ch. 10
Week 11-Ch. 10
Week 13-Ch. 11
Course SPAN 1412
and writing. Includes basic vocabulary, grammatical structures, and culture.
ISBN 978 007 353 442 8
Week 16- Final Exam
Chapter Exams 20%
Total 100%
Course SPAN 1412
Week 5-Ch. 7
Week 7-Ch. 8
Week 10-Ch. 10
Week 11-Ch. 10
Week 13-Ch. 11
Course SPAN 2311
Title Intermediate Spanish I
Textbooks S. Foerster, A. Lambright. Punto y aparte: Spanish in Review, Moving Toward Fluency, 4th ed.
ISBN 978-0-07-312448-3
Week 2-Review 1412 high-frequency vocabulary, Ch. Para empezar
Week 3-Ch. PE
Week 5-Ch. 1
Week 7-Ch. 2
Week 10-Ch. 3
Week 11-Ch. 3
Week 13-Oral Presentation
Week 14-Proctored Exam (Ch. 3)
10 videos (watch videos and take quiz in WebCT)
Section G1 email mcummings@parisjc.edu
Course SPAN 2311
Title Intermediate Spanish
Textbooks S. Foerster, A. Lambright. Punto y Aparte: Spanish in Review, Moving Toward Fluency, 4rd ed.
Boston: McGraw-Hill, 2005. ISBN 978-0-07-312448-3
This is a hybrid course with an online component. Please logon to WebCT.
Week 2-Revies
Week 3- CapítulovPara Empezar
Week 4- Capítulo Para Empezar
Week 5-Capítulo Para Empezar
Week 6-Capítulo 1
Week 7-Capítulo 1
Week 8-Capítulo 1
Week 9-Capítulo 2
Week 10-Capítulo 2
Week 11-Capítulo 2
Week 12-Capítulo 3
Week 13-Capítulo 3
Week 14-Capítulo REPASO
Week 15-Capítulo Para empezar, 1,2,3,
Week 16-Examen Final
Quizzes (oral and written) (Discussions) 20%
Total 100%
Year 2011 Office Room 2408 Paris High Schoo
Course Spanish 2312.31
Title Intermediate Spanish 2312.31
proficiency in language fluency. Much more emphasis is placed on conversation as students strive
to achieve the most authentic spoken accent. History and culture are enhanced through a study of
Textbooks 1. Punto y Aparte-McGraw-Hill, Sharon Foerster and Anne Lambright , 2005 Third Edition
2. Situaciones JP Valette, R Vallette and T Carrera-Hanley. DC Heath and Company, Division of
Houghton Mifflin Company, Lexington: 1994
3. Una Vez Más by Longman-Authors-James H. Couch , Rebecca D. McCann , Carmel Rodriguez-
Walter, Angel Rubio-Maroto ,1993, Second Edition
4. Triángulo -Wayside Publishing-Authors: Barbara Gatski & John McMullan, 2006, Fourth
Edition
5. Galería de Arte y Vida-McGraw Hill Glencoe, Margaret Adey and Louis Albini
2005
Schedule Week 1-Una Vez Más-Unidad 4 El subjuntivo
Presente,presente perfecto, pretérito imperfecto, y pluscuamperfecto
Las preposiciones y las conjunciones
Week 2-Literatura:La Casa de Muñecos
Week 3-Triángulos 4-El Turismo
Week 5-Literatura-Doña Perfecta y Doña Bárbara.
Los substantivos y los artículos
Género y número, artículos, y plurales-
Los indefinidos, y los negativos, los adjetivos, los adverbios, los comparativos, los superlativos
Week 8-Triángulos 5-El Ocio
Week 10-Literatura:Camelia,
Los pronombres complementos, los pronombres reflexivos y los pronombres tónicos,
Pronombres complementos, reflexivos, tónicos
Week 13-Triángulos 6-Los Deportes
Week 15-Literatura: Frida y Como Agua para Chocolate
Week 16-Continuamos la lección
Week 17- La competición de NET-OLE
Week 18- Un drama
Week 19-Repasamos para el examen
Week 20 El examen final
Course Speech 1315
occasions.

Evaluation methods
Course SPCH 1315
occasions.

Evaluation methods Three tests (25%) Three pop tests (10%) Five speeches (40%) Online activities (15%) and group
work (10%)
Course SPCH 1315
occasions.

work (10%)
Course SPCH 1315
occasions.

Evaluation methods Three tests (25%) Three pop tests (10%) Five speches (40%) Online activities (15%) Group work
(10%)
Course SPCH 1315
occasions.

work (10%)
Section 42 email rstanley@northhopkins.net
Course Spch 1315
Credits: 3
Wednesday 6:00 – 9:00 pm office hours TBA
Prerequisite(s): NA
Textbooks The Art of Public Speaking. Tenth Edition. McGraw Hill publishing 2004. Lucas, Stephen E
Schedule January
19 Check roll and Go over Syllabus and expectations for the course, Intro speech introducing
themselves.
26 Topic selection and instructions for 3 min speech (focusing on developing points) Give 3 min
speech, and instructions for 3rd speech, Intro work and body language
February
2 Give 3rd Speech work on what to look for in a speech using paradigm sheet. Speech feedback
and begin instruction for 4thspeech (Informative speech). Basic outlining instruction.
9 Work on body posture, stage fright, and non-verbal communication
16 Speech feedback and begin instruction for 4thspeech (Informative speech). Basic outlining
instruction.
23 Presentation of 4th speech (4 min speech) and evaluation of speech sheets
March
2 Instruction for 5th speech (persuasive speech 5 min) and topic selection
9 Work on student evaluations and begin 5th speech presentations.
16 Spring Break
23 Finish presentation of 5th speech with student evaluations. Select topics and Instruction for 6th
speech (special occasion speech 4-5 min)
30 Present 6th speech with feedback forms. Instruction and prep for Impromptu with instruction
on using props speech.
A il
Evaluation methods All speeches, written analysis papers, exercises and exams will be graded or evaluated by the
Group exercise, Quizzes, class participation (5%) 5%
Course Speech 1315

Week 9-Exam #2
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Kathleen McDonald
Term Spring Phone 903-439-6154, ext. 451
Section 51 email kmcdonald@parisjc.edu
Course SPEECH 1315
Title FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH
Description Practical development of basic oral communication skills through the practice and study of methods
of preparation, outlining, and delivery; the student will encounter a variety of speech experiences.
Credits: SCH = 3 lecture from approved course list
TSI Requirement: none
Prerequisite(s): none
Textbooks THE ART OF PUBLIC SPEAKING-Stephan Lucas 10th Edition

McGraw-Hill Publishing
ISBN# 0-07-338515-8
Schedule JANUARY
Week 1-20 Overview and speech survey

Week 2-27 Lecture on “Who Are You”, Lecture on Chapters 2-4,
Activity on eye contact & listening
FEBRUARY
Week 3-3 Introductory Presentation speech, Lecture on Chapters 5, 6, 8

Week 4-10 Lecture on Chapters 9, 10, 14
Week 5-17 Informative speech, Lecture on Chapters 15, 16
Week 6-24 Persuasive speech, Lecture on Chapter 13
MARCH
Week 7-3 Critique and discuss speech video, Review Chapter 15, 16
Week 8-10 Persuasive Controversial speech (will video tape)
17 Spring Break
Week 9-24 Demonstration speech (Visual aids or Hands on)
Week 10-31 Lecture Chapter 17, (Team up to prepare speeches)
APRIL
Week 11-7 Presentation & Acceptance speeches

Week 12-14 Impromptu speech, Lecture on Hero
Week 13-21 Hero speech, Lecture on Final speech
Week 14-28 Final Exams-(7-10 minutes)
Evaluation methods 1. Speeches will be evaluated by the instructor for grading purposes
(student evaluation of speeches will be sought for purposes other
than grading).
2. The GRADE for this course will be determined from the following :
6 Individual speeches and 2 Group/Presentation/Acceptance 60%
1 Final speech-Individual 20%
Audience participation 10%
Note cards/Outlines 10%
Course Speech 1315

Week 9-Exam #2
Course SPCH 1315
Requirements:
files
Week 2- (Jan 24-30) Lucas Chapters 1-3; Module 2; Analysis of speaking event (due 01/30);
What “interference” can we expect in an online environment? (due 01/27); Two peer responses
(due 01/30)
Week 5- (Feb 14-20) Lucas Chapters 7 & 9; Module 5; Quiz 2 due between 02/16 and 02/20
(chpts 6-9); Introduction and Conclusion of interest/hobby speech (02/17); Two peer evaluations
(02/20)
(02/23)
grade.





presentations.
Course SPCH 1315
Requirements:
files
Week 2- (Jan 24-30) Lucas Chapters 1-3; Module 2; Analysis of speaking event (due 01/30);
What “interference” can we expect in an online environment? (due 01/27); Two peer responses
(due 01/30)
Week 5- (Feb 14-20) Lucas Chapters 7 & 9; Module 5; Quiz 2 due between 02/16 and 02/20
(chpts 6-9); Introduction and Conclusion of interest/hobby speech (02/17); Two peer evaluations
(02/20)
(02/23)
grade.





presentations.
Year 2010-2011 Office NH 504
Section 97 email Rstanley@northhopkins.net
Course SPCH 1315
Credits: 3
Tuesday, Thursday 1:00-2:16, office hours Friday 1:00-2:16
Prerequisite(s): NA
Textbooks The Art of Public Speaking. Tenth Edition. McGraw Hill publishing 2004. Lucas, Stephen E.
Schedule January
18 Check roll and Go over Syllabus and expectations for the course
20 Intro speech introducing themselves
25 Topic selection and instructions for 1st 3 min speech
27 Give 1st 3 min speech
February
1 Continue 1st speech and instructions for 2nd speech
3 Intro work and body language work for 2nd speech
8 Give 2nd Speech
10 Continue 2nd Speech feedback and begin instruction for 3rd speech.
15 How to speech and student feedback with intro’s
17 Continuation of How to speech
22 Lesson of dealing with stage fright and adapting to audience
24 Select topics for 4th speech Informative and basic outlining strategies
March
1 Informative presentations 5 min
3 Speech feedback with student evaluations
8 5th speech topic selection instruction on using props
10 speech presentations with feedback
22 Impromptu speech for speech 6
24 Feedback and lesson of group dynamics
All speeches, written analysis papers, exercises and exams will be graded or evaluated by the
Group exercise, class participation, Quizzes (5%) 5%
Course SPCH 1321
Practices for Business and the Professions, 10th edition. (NY: McGraw-Hill, Inc., 2008) isbn: 978-
0-07-338517-4
Week 9-SPRING BREAK

Exam grade 20%
Council Paper 10%
Group Grade 10%
Participation 10%
Course SPCH 1321
0-07-338517-4
Week 9-SPRING BREAK

Exam grade 20%
Council Paper 10%
Group Grade 10%
Participation 10%
Course SPCH 1321
0-07-338517-4
Week 9-SPRING BREAK

Exam grade 20%
Council Paper 10%
Group Grade 10%
Participation 10%
Course SPCH 1321
Title Business and Professional Communication
Description
Textbooks Communicating at Work (10th ed.) ISBN# 9780073385174

Schedule Week 1-
Week 2-
Week 3-
Week 4-
Week 5-
Week 6-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15-
Week 16-
Evaluation methods
Section G1 email scottedwards@parisjc.edu
Course SPCH 1321
Title Business & Professional Communication
Description The application of theories and practice of speech communciation as applied to business and
professional situations.
Textbooks Communicating at Work, Adler and Elmhorst, New York: McGraw-Hill, 10th edition
Schedule Week 1-Communication at Work

Week 2-Communication, Culture and Work
Week 3-Listening
Week 4-Verbal and Nonverbal Messages
Week 5-Interpersonal Skills
Week 6-Exam
Week 7-Types of Business Presentations
Week 8-Developing and Organizing the Presentation
Week 9-Verbal and Visual Support in Presentaiton
Week 10-Delivering the Presentation
Week 11-Exam
Week 15-Types of Intervies
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods Grade will be deremined by the total points earned for the course requirements. Total ponts
available are as follows:
140 points: Online Disussions
50 points: Artifact/Introduction Presentation
100 points: Informative Presentation
100 points: Persuasive/Sales Presentation
50 points: Work Team Assignment
150 points: Exams (3 at 50 points)
50 points: Participation
60 points: Additional course assignments
Section P1 email apeevy@parisjc.edu
Course SPCH 1321
0-07-338517-4
Week 9-SPRING BREAK

Exam grade 20%
Council Paper 10%
Group Grade 10%
Participation 10%
Year 2011 Office Sulphur Springs Center
Section .S1 email jdietze@parisjc.edu
Course Speech 1321 Hybrid
Description The application of theories and practice of speech communication as applied to business and
professional situations. Credit: Three semester credit hours. Three lecture hours per week. TSI
Requirement: M, MC; R, RC; W, WC.
Textbooks Communicating at Work (10th edition) , Adler and Elmhorst, New York:
McGraw-Hill
Schedule Week 1 - Class Meeting: Course introduction; Review Syllabus; Webct overview
Week 2 - Ch. 1 Communicating at Work, Ch. 2 Communication, Culture and Work, Ch. 3 Listening
Week 3 - Ch. 4 Verbal and Nonverbal Messages; Ch. 5 Interpersonal Skills
Week 4 - Class Meeting; Artifact/ Introductory Presentations
Week 5 - Exam #1
Week 6 - Ch 10 Developing and Organizing the Presentation; Ch 11 Verbal and Visual Support in
presentations
Week 7 - Ch. 12 Delivering the Presentation, Ch. 13 Types of Business Presentations
Week 8 - Class Meeting: Informative Presentations
Week 9 - Review for Exam #2
Week 10 - Exam #2
Week 11 - Ch. 8 Working in Teams; Ch 9 Effective Meetings
Week 12 - Class Meeting: Group Building/Discussion
Week 13 - Ch. 6 Principles of Interviewing; Ch 7 Types of Interviews
Week 14 - Final Exam Review
Week 15 - Class Meeting; Persuasive Presentations
Week 16 - FINAL EXAM
Evaluation methods Grades will be determined by the total points you earn for the course requirements. Total Points
available are as follows: 140 points: Online Discussions, 50 Points: Artifact Presentation, 100
Points: Informative Presentation, 100 Points: Persuasive presentation, 50 Points; Group
Discussion, 150 Exams (3 @ 50 points), 50 Points: Participation (class meetings) = 640 Points (
Total Possible Points) A = 576-640, B = 512-575, C=448-511, D= 384-447, F= Below 384
Points.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Norman Taylor Gilbert
Section 01 email ngilbert@parisjc.edu
Course SRGT 1442
Title Surgical Procedures II
Description Introduction to surgical procedures and related pathologies. Emphasis on surgical procedures
related to thoracic, peripheral vascular, plastic/reconstructive , ophthalmology, cardiac, and
neurological surgical specialties incorporating instruments, equipment, and supplies required for
perioperative patient care.
Textbooks Surgical Technology for the Surgical Technologist: A Positive Care Approach, 3rd ed., 2008,
Caruthers-Delmar Publishing. ISBN: 1-4180-5168-3
Study Guide to accompany above. ISBN: 1-4180-5170-5
Differentiating Surgical Instruments, 2005. Rutherford, F.A. Davis Publishing, ISBN: 0-8036-1224-
9
Schedule Week 1- Unit I (Ch. 22) Cardiothoracic anatomy

Week 2- Unit I cont. Cardiothoracic procedures
Week 3- Unit I cont. Cardiothoracic procedures cont.
Week 4- Unit II Peripheral vascular anatomy
Week 5- Unit II cont. peripheral vascular procedures
Week 6- Unit III maxillofacial reconstruction anatomy/pathology
Week 7- Unit III cont. maxillofacial reconstruction procedures
Week 8- Unit IV Cosmetic/Plastic Reconstructive anatomy
Week 9- Unit IV cont. Cosmetic/ Plastic Reconstructive procedures
Week 10- Unit V Neurological anatomy/ pathology
Week 11- Unit V cont. Neurological procedures
Week 12- Unit V cont. Neurological procedures cont.
Week 13- Comprehensive Review
Week 14- PAE pre-professional predictor examination
Week 15- Research Reports; Student Presentations
Week 16: Comprehensive Final Examination
Evaluation methods 4-5 Unit Examinations (averaged) 50% of course grade

Daily Grades (avg.): workbook assignments, quizes, etc. 10% of course grade
Surgical Research report 10% of course grade
PAE score 10% of course grade
Comprehensive Final Examination 20% of course grade
Course SRGT 2462
Title Clinical - Surgical Technology/ Technologist
professional.
9
Schedule Week 1 No clinical attendance

Week 2-5 Clinical site attendance (rotation 1) per student schedule
Week 9-12 Clinical attendance (rotation 3) per student schedule
Week 16 Final Evaluations
Evaluation methods Clinical grade computation is determined by over-all participation (number of cases scrubbed,
minimum 125), reported scrub-roles (observation, with-assistance, solo), observation-based skills-
evaluation (preceptor/instructor), and average of graded assignments (workbook, case reports, etc.).
Three (3) Surgical Case Reports (avg.) 20% of course grade
Instructor evaluation of skills 30% of course grade
Preceptor evaluation of skills 30% of course grade
Instructor assignments (avg.) 10% of course grade
Research Report (level III specialty) 10% of course grade
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Deborah Bookout
Section 01 email dbookout@parisjc.edu
Course VNSG 1230
Title Maternal-Neonatal Nursing
Description Utilization of the nursing process in the assessment and management of the childbearing family.
Emphasis on the bio-psycho-socio-cultural needs of the family during the phases of pregnancy,
childbirth, and the neonatal period including abnormal contitions.
Textbooks Ball &Bindler, (2008), Pediatric Nursing, Caring for Children, (4th ed.), Prentice Hall. ISBN: 978-
0-1322-0871-0
Curren, A.M. & Munday, L.D., (2010) Dimensional Analysis for Meds, (4th ed.), W. I.
Publications. ISBN: 978-1-4354-3867-5
Deqlin, Vallerand, (2009), Davis's Drug Guide for Nurses, (11th ed.), F.A. Davis. ISBN: 978-0-
8036-1912-8
Doenges, Marilyn, Moorhouse, Mary Frances, Murr, Alice (2008) Nursing Diagnosis Manual:
Planning, Individualizing & Documenting Client Care, (3rd ed.) F.A. Davis. ISBN: 978-0-8036-
2221-0
Holland, Norman & Adams, Michael Patrick (2007), Core Concepts in Pharmacology, (2nd ed.)
Prentice Hall. ISBN: 978-0-1317-1473-1
Leeuwen, Poelhuis-Leth, Davis's Comprehensive Handbook of Laboratory & Diagnostic Test with
Nursing Implications, (3rd ed. 2009), F.A. Davis. ISBN: 978-0-8036-1826-8
Silvestri, L. (2010), Saunders Comprehensive Review for NCLEX-PN, (4th ed.) Saunders. ISBN:
978-1-4160-4730-8
Smeltzer, Bare, Hinkle, Cheever, (2010), Brunner & Suddarth's Textbook of Medical-Surgical
Nursing, (12th ed.), Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-8590-7
Smeltzer, Bare, Hinkle, Cheever, (2010), Study Guide to Accompany Brunner & Suddarth's
Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing, (12th ed.), Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-8594-5
Taylor, C., Lillis, C. J., & LeMone, P., (2007) Fundamentals of Nursing, (6th ed.) Philadelphia:
Taylor, C., Lillis, C. J., & LeMone, P., (2007) Study Guide to Accompany Fundamentals of
Nursing, (6th ed.) Philadelphia: Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-7569-4
Venes, D. (2009) Taber's Cyclopedic Medical Dictionary, (21st ed.). Philadelphia: F.A. Davis.
ISBN: 978-0-8036-1559-5
Videbeck S (2011) Psychiatric Menal Health Nursing (5th ed ) Lippincott ISBN: 978 1 60547
Schedule Week 1- Oreintaiton
Week 2-3 Antepartum/IntraPartum
Week 4- 7 Postpartum/Neonatal
Week 8-9 High Risk Maternal/Neonatal
Week 10-13 Women's Health
Week 14-15 Student Presentaitons
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods Unit Exams 75%
Final Exam 25%
Course VNSG 1263
Title Clinical - Licensed Pracatical/Vocational Nurse Training
professional.
0-1322-0871-0
8036-1912-8
2221-0
978-1-4160-4730-8
ISBN: 978-0-8036-1559-5
Schedule Week 1- Clinical Orientaion and Clinical Workshops

Week 2-15- Student particates in 26 Clinical Hours in a variety of settings: Ambulatory Surgery,
Emergency Room, Acute Psychiatric, Labor and Delivery, Post Partum, Nursery, Operating Room,
Pediatrics, Medical/Surgical
Week 16- Clinical Evaluations
Evaluation methods Clinical grade is based on the evaluaiton tool completed by faculty regarding the student's
performance in the clinical areas.
U= Unstatisfactory performance
0 U's = A
1U=B
2 U's = C
3 or more U's = F
Anecdotal records record student performance on a daily basis.
Course VNSG 1263
professional.
0-1322-0871-0
8036-1912-8
2221-0
978-1-4160-4730-8
ISBN: 978-0-8036-1559-5
id b k S (2011) hi i l lh i ( h d) i i S 9 8 1 60 4
0 U's = A
1U=B
2 U's = C
3 or more U's = F
Course VNSG 1410
Title Nursing in Health and Illness III
Description Continuation of Nursing in Health and Illness II. Further study of common medical-surgical health
problems of the client including concepts of mental illness. Incorporates knowledge necessary to
make the transition from student to graduate vocational nurse.
0-1322-0871-0
8036-1912-8
2221-0
978-1-4160-4730-8
ISBN: 978-0-8036-1559-5
Vid b k S (2011) P hi t i M l H lth N i (5th d ) Li i tt ISBN 978 1 60547
Schedule Week 1-2 Mental Illness
Week 3-5 Endocrine Disorders
Week 6-10 Cardiovascular/ Hematological Disorders
Week 11-14 Neurological Disorders
Week 12- Unit IV Neurological Disorders
Week 15- Student Presentations
Week 16- Final Exam
Lab 5%
Final Exam 20%
Legal/Ethical Paper 5%
Course VNSG 2560
professional
0-1322-0871-0
8036-1912-8
2221-0
978-1-4160-4730-8
ISBN: 978-0-8036-1559-5
Vid b k S (2011) P hi i M l H l h N i (5 h d ) Li i ISBN 978 1 60547
0 U's = A
1U=B
2 U's = C
3 or more U's = F
Course VNSG 2560
professional.
0-1322-0871-0
8036-1912-8
2221-0
978-1-4160-4730-8
ISBN: 978-0-8036-1559-5

0 U's = A
1U=B
2 U's = C
3 or more U's = F
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Kevin Ward
Section 01 email kward@parisjc.edu
Course WLDG 1417
Title Introduction to Layout and Fabrication)
Description This is an introductory course in fitting and layout. Topics to be covered are blue print reading, use
of tools and procedures common to layout and use of the oxy-fuel torch.
Textbooks No Text book required, class hand outs will be given on an as needed basis
Schedule Week 1- 15
Students will use various types of layout and fabrication exercises to mirror real job
shop/construction site atmospheres, both on paper and hands on with emphasis being on all types of
pipe fitting and fabrication. Group projects as well as individual projects are required.
Evaluation methods All projects, tests (written/hands on), and daily attendance grades are averaged on an equal part
basis for the semester grade.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Clint Hutchins
Section 02 email CHutchins@parisjc.edu
Course WLDG 1417
Title Intro. To Layout and Fabrication
of tools and procedures common to layout and use of the oxygen-acetylene torch.
Textbooks Not Required
Schedule Week 12-14 Be able to lay out pipe fittings on the pipe.
Be able to do math related to pipe fitting.
Be able to make pipe templates for marking different cuts on different diameter pipe.
Be able to use the tools related to pipe fitting.
Be able to use the cutting torch to make pipe fittings.
Be able to weld pipe fittings.
Evaluation methods 1. PIPE FITTING ID ( MULTIPLE )

2. 3 PIECE 90 DEGREE TURN
3. TAKING FIELD MEASUREMENTS ( MULTIPLE )
4. 90 DEGREE SADDLE
5. PIPE FITTING TAKE OFF EXERCISES ( MULTIPLE )
6. ORANGE PEEL
7. PIPE FITTING/BLUE BOOK EXERCISES ( MULTIPLE )
Assignments & Tests:

Pipe Fitters Handbook
Projects = 90 % Test = 10 %
Course WLDG 1425
Title Introduction to Oxy-Fuel Cutting and Welding
Description An introduction to oxy-fuel cutting and welding. To include safety in the use of equipment and an
orientation to welding in general and related occupations. Identification of base metals and filler
metals.
Schedule Week 1- 15
The skills obtained in this course will be utilized daily in preparation for an AWS Structural Steel
Certification test scheduled for the last week of class.
Course WLDG 1425
Title Intro to Oxy-Fuel Welding and Cutting
Description An introduction to oxygen-acetylene welding. To include safety in the use of equipment and an
metals
Schedule Week 1-16. Setup, turn on, and adjust an oxygen and acetylene welding rig safely.
Be able to make quality welds in all positions using oxygen and acetylene.
Be able to cut steel plate using the oxygen and acetylene torch.
All projects throught out the semester will require oxy-fuel cuting
Evaluation methods 1. Oxy-Fuel cut plate to size

2. Oxy-Fuel Bead Test
3. Oxy-Fuel Lap Joint
4. Oxy-Fuel Corner Joint
5. Oxy-Fuel Fillet
Assignments & Test:

OXY-FUEL Welding and Cutting
Unit 1, 2, 3
Test Date: End of Session
Projects= 90% Test= 10%
Course WLDG 1428
Title Introduction to SMAW (Sheilded Metal Arc Welding)
Description A basic course in Shielded Metal Arc Welding theory and practice. The course includes metal
identification, electrode identification, current type, and the proper care and use of equipment. The
course includes practice in the various techniques for different welding positions. Electrodes used
will be in the 60XX and 70XX range. To include welding safety, equipment, the essentials of good
welding techniques, to include flat beads, weaving the electrode, flat fillet welds, flat butt joints,
Schedule Week 2-4 with subjects/topics to be revisited as needed throughout semester. Scheduled projects
will be fillet/butt weld projects utilizing the SMAW/GMAW/FCAW processes in the flat position.
Course WLDG 1428
Title Intro. To Shielded Metal Arc Welding
Description A basic course in shielded manual arc welding theory and practice. The course includes metal
weld inspection, and trouble shooting welding problems
Schedule
Week 2-5 Set up, turn on, and operate welding equipment safely.
Be able to select the correct equipment to weld with.
Be able to select the correct electrode.
Be able to solve welding problems.
Be able to make a quality fillet weld in the flat position.
Be able to set up and prepare test plates for AWS welding test.
Be able to pass the AWS flat welding test using a E6010 electrode.
Be able to pass the AWS flat welding test using a flux core welder.
Be able to tell the difference in a good and bad weld.
Evaluation methods 1. Flat Padded Plate E7018 ,E6010 ,Flux core

2. 1F Fillet 7018, Flux core
3. 1G Plate Test E7018 (Timed)
5. 1G Plate Test Flux core (Timed)

Shielded Metal Arc Welding
Unit 4.
Project = 90 % Test = 10%
Course WLDG 1430
Title Introduction to Gas Metal Arc (MIG) Welding
Description This course is a continuation of Welding 1428 in theory and practice. The course also includes
metallic inert gas welding and introduction to pipe welding. Emphasis is placed on vertical
welding. The student will be introduced to vertical fillet and butt joints. The student will learn
joint design and welding symbols.
Schedule Week 8-12 Skills obtained in this course will be revisited as needed during the remainder of the
semester. Scheduled projects will be fillet/butt weld projects utilizing the SMAW/GMAW/FCAW
processes in the vertical position.
Course WLDG 1430
Title Intro. Gas Metal Arc Welding
Description Course Description: This course is a continuation of Welding 1428 in theory and practice. The
course also includes metallic inert gas welding and introduction to TIG welding. Emphasis is
placed on vertical welding. The student will be introduced to vertical fillet and butt joints. The
student will learn joint design and welding symbols
Schedule Week 10-13 . Be able to setup and operate a semi-automatic wire feed machine.
Identify basic weld joints.
Be able to read and understand welding symbols.
Making quality welds in the vertical position.
Be able to set up and prepare test plates for an AWS welding test.
Be able to pass the AWS vertical welding test using a E6010 electrode.
Be able to pass the AWS vertical welding test using a Flux core welder.
Evaluation methods 1. Vertical Padded E7018, E6010 , Flux Core

2. 3F FILLET 7018, Flux Core
5. 3G Plate Test Flux Core (Timed)
6. 3G Plate Test open root E6010 x E7018(Timed)

Gas Metal Arc Welding & Flux Core Arc Welding Unit 5
Course WLDG 1434
Title Introduction to Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW)
Description Principles of gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW), including setup, GTAW equipment. Instruction in
various positions and joint designs
Schedule Week 4-15

Students will practice safe welding concepts while learning the GTAW process in the 1G, 2G,5G,
and 6G welding positions. Emphasis will be on the ER70S2 electrodes. Emphasis will be put on the
FCAW/SMAW process in these positions also.
Course WLDG 1434
Title Introduction to Gas Tungsten Arc Welding
Description Theory and practice of the TIG process in welding non ferrous metals to include stainless and
aluminum. Welding will be done in all positions. The study of gases and fillers to be included.
Schedule
Week 15-16 Setup and adjustment of a TIG welding outfit for different applications.
Selection of proper tungsten, filler rod, and shielding gas for different TIG welding applications.
Welding mild and carbon steel in all positions.
Welding stainless steel in all positions.
Welding aluminum in all positions.
Evaluation methods 1. 3/8 INCH STEEL PLATE TIG ROOT 7018 FILL & CAP (TIMED)
2. 6G FIVE INCH TIG ROOT 7018 FILL & CAP (TIMED)
3. 2G/5G TWO INCH STAINLESS BOILER TUBE TIG ALL THE WAY OUT (TIMED).
4. 6”x 6” ALUMINUM PAD
5. VARIOUS SOCKET WELDS USING MULTIPLE PROCESSES
6. 2G/5G TWO INCH BOILER TUBE TIG ROOT/HOT AND E7018 FILL/CAP (TIMED).
Assignments & Test:

Comprehensive Test
Course WLDG 1435
Title Introduction to Pipe Welding
Description An introduction to welding of pipe using the shielded metal arc welding process (SMAW),
including electrode selection, equipment setup, and safe shop practices. Emphasis on weld positions
1G and 2G using various electrodes.
Schedule Week 1- 3
Students will practice safe welding concepts while learning the SMAW process in the 1G & 2G
welding positions. Emphasis will be on the E6010 & E7018 electrodes. Some emphasis will be put
on the FCAW process in these positions also.
Course WLDG 1435
Title introduction to pipe welding
including electrode selection, equipment setup, and safe shop practices. Emphasis on welding
positions 1G position using E6010 & E7018 electrodes.
Schedule Week 1 Be able to translate API codes.
Be able to select the right rod for the job.
Be able to operate a pipe beveling machine.
Be able to weld pipe in the 2G position using E6010 electrodes.
Evaluation methods 1. 1G FIVE INCH E6010 x E7018 (TIMED)
Assignments and Tests:

Unit 12 Pipe Welding
Course WLDG 1453
Title INTERMEDIATE LAYOUT AND FABRICATION
Description A continuation of the introductory Layout and Fabrication course which covers design and
production of shop layout and fabrication. Emphasis placed on symbols, blueprints, and written
specifications
Schedule Week 1-15

Students will participate in layout and fabrication exercises to increase skill sets in various methods
of field measurement and field verification to include field sketching and interpretation. Emphasis
being placed on pipe fitting and fabrication. Group projects as well as individual projects will be
required. These skill sets will be utilized and revisited throughout the remainder of the semester.
Course WLDG 1453
Title Intermediate Layout and Fabrication
specifications
Schedule Week 6-9 . Identify auxiliary views and calculate steel and pipe dimensions using layout tools
and construction templates.
Identify fittings, weldments, templates, and tools
Identify and interpret orthographic and isometric drawings.
Evaluation methods 1. 2 PIECE 90 DEGREE TURN

3. TRUE Y
4. 90 DEGREE SADDLE
5. 45 DEGREE LATERAL
6. ORANGE PEEL CAP
7. CONCENTRIC REDUCER
8. ECCENTRIC RISER

Pipe Fitters Blue Book
Course WLDG 1457
Title Intermediate SMAW
Description Course Description: A continuation of WLDG 1428 with emphasis on various other positions used
in the welding industry. These positions focus mainly on flat, horizontal, and vertical up and down
positions. Electrodes used will be in the 60XX and 70XX range. The student will be introduced to
horizontal fillet and butt joints. The course will also include GMAW and FCAW processes.
Schedule Week 5-7 Skills obtained in this course will be revisited during the semester as needed. Scheduled
projects will be fillet/butt weld projects utilizing the SMAW/GMAW/FCAW processes in the
horizontal position.
Course WLDG 1457
Title Intermediate Shielded Metal Arc Welding
Schedule Week 6-9 Making quality welds in the horizontal position.
Be able to pass the AWS horizontal welding test using a E6010 electrode.
Be able to pass the AWS horizontal welding test using a Flux core welder.
Evaluation methods 1. Horizontal Padded Plate E7018, E6010 , Flux Core

2. 2F FILLET E7018, Flux Core
Assignment & Test:

Inspection Testing and Qualification
Unit .10
Course WLDG 1491
Title SPECIAL TOPICS IN WELDER/WELDING TECHNOLOGIST
Schedule Week 1-15

Students will use various scenarios of layout and fabrication exercises to mirror real job
shop/construction site atmospheres. Emphasis being on material/labor estimating processes as well
as job site safety during fabrication. Group projects as well as individual projects are required.
Course WLDG 1491
Title Special Topics in Welder/Welding Technologist
student. This course was designed to be repeated multiple times to improve student proficiency
Schedule Week 15-16 . Learning outcomes/objectives are determined by local occupational need and
business and industry trends.
Evaluation methods All shop projects will be provided by local industry and will vary from one semester to the next.
Unit 5 Test Date: End of Session
Assignments & Tests: None

100% on attendance and quality of welds
Course WLDG 2406
Title Intermediate Pipe Welding
Description A comprehensive course on the welding of pipe using the shielded metal arc welding (SMAW)
process. Position of welds will be 2G, 5G, and 6G using E6010 and E7018 electrodes. Topics
covered include electrode selection, equipment setup, and safe shop practices.
Schedule Week 4-6

Skill sets learned in this course will be revisited as needed in the remainder of the semester.
Scheduled projects will be S-O-Weld/Butt weld projects on the 2G/5G/6G positions utilizing the
GTAW/GMAW/FCAW/SMAW processes.
Course WLDG 2406
process. Position of welds will be 1G, 2G, 5G, and 6G using E6010 and E7018 electrodes. Topics
Schedule
Week 2- 4 Describe equipment and required pipe preparation.
Perform 2G welds using E6010 and E7018 electrodes.
Evaluation methods 1. 2G SIX INCH E6010 ROOT AND E7018 FILL AND CAP
2. 5G SIX INCH E6010 ROOT AND E7018 FILL AND CAP
Course WLDG 2413
Title INTERMEDIATE WELDING USING MULTIPLE PROCESSES
Schedule Week 1- 15
Students will use various welding processes during layout and fabrication exercises to mirror real
job shop/construction site atmospheres, emphasis being equally placed on safety, layout and
fabrication. Group projects as well as individual projects are required.
Course WLDG 2413
Title Intermediate Welding Using Multiple Processes
Description Instruction using layout tools and blueprint reading with demonstration and guided practices with
some of the following welding processes: oxy-fuel gas cutting and welding, shield metal arc
welding (SMAW), gas metal arc welding (GMAW), flux-cored arc welding (FCAW), gas tungsten
arc welding (GTAW), or any other approved welding process.
Schedule Week 13-14 Identify proper safety equipment and tools and identify and select the proper welding
process for a given application.
Demonstrate skills training using more than one approved welding process
Demonstrate ability to analyze situations and make decision using skills as taught
concerning safety and electrode selections.
Select the most economic and practical welding process for the given task.
Evaluation methods 1. Vertical Pad Using GMAW

2. Overhead Pad Using GMAW
3. Vertical Pad Using FCAW
4. Overhead Pad Using FCAW
5. Vertical Fillet Using GTAW
6. Overhead Fillet Using GTAW
7. Vertical Bend Test Using GMAW
8. Overhead Bend Test Using GMAW
9. Vertical Bend Test Using FCAW
10. Overhead Bend Test Using FCAW
11. Vertical Bend Test Using GTAW
12. Overhead Bend Test Using GTAW

Gas Metal Arc Welding & Flux Core Arc Welding
Course WLDG 2435
Title ADVANCED LAYOUT AND FABRICATION
Description A continuation of the Intermediate Layout and Fabrication course which covers production and
fabrication of layout tools and processes. Emphasis on application of fabrication and layout skills.
Schedule Week 1- 15
pipe fitting and fabrication. Group projects as well as individual projects are required and will
evaluated with safety being priority.
Course WLDG 2435
Title Advanced Layout Fabrication
Schedule Week 10-12 . Apply appropriate techniques of fabricat Design welding projects Prepare drawings
and produce templates. Apply layout offsets; take offs; bills of materials. Apply mathematical
concepts in the construction of projects.
Evaluation methods Required Projects:

1. PIPE FITTING PRACTICE
2. FLANGE ALIGNMENT
3. FITTING CUTBACKS
4. GROUP PIPE FITTING PROJECTS
5. WORKING FROM BLUE PRINT
Assignments: Pipe Fitters Blue Book

Course WLDG 2439
Title ADVANCED OXY-FUEL CUTTING & WELDING
Description A study of all position welding on ferrous and nonferrous metals using the oxy-fuel welding
process, including welding, cutting, brazing, and soldering operations.
Schedule Week 1- 3
Students will use various types of repair/fabrication exercises to mirror real job shop/construction
site atmospheres. Group and individual projects will be encountered with safety being a priority.
Course WLDG 2439
Title Advanced Oxy-Fuel Welding and Cutting
process, including welding and cutting, brazing, and soldering operations
Schedule Week 1-5 Identify and explain oxy-fuel welding procedures; and select proper tools,
equipment, and materials.
Setup, turn on, and adjust an oxygen and acetylene welding rig safely.
Be able to make quality welds in the flat positions using oxygen and acetylene.
Be able to make quality welds in the horizontal positions using oxygen and acetylene.
Be able to make quality welds in the vertical positions using oxygen and acetylene.
Be able to make quality welds in the overhead positions using oxygen and acetylene.

5. Oxy-Fuel Fillet
Assignments & Test:

Unit :Victor Oxy-Fuel Hand Book
Course WLDG 2443
Title Advanced SMAW
Description The advanced shielded manual arc welding class is designed to provide theory and practice in the
manual metal arc five positions: flat, horizontal, vertical up, vertical down, and overhead. Bend
test on root and face are made in compliance with AWS, API, and ASME codes. A continuation of
welding 1430 with emphasis on overhead welding. The student will be introduced to overhead
fillet and butt joints.
Schedule Week 12-15

Students in this course are utilizing all of the skills learned during the semester in preparation for
the AWS Certification test which is taken the following week. Scheduled projects will be fillet/butt
weld projects utilizing the SMAW/GMAW/FCAW processes in the overhead position.
Course WLDG 2443
Title Advanced Shielded Metal Arc Welding
Description Catalog Description: The advanced shielded manual arc welding class is designed to provide
theory and practice in the manual metal arc five positions: flat, horizontal, vertical up, vertical
down, and overhead. Bend test on root and face are made in compliance with AWS, API, and
ASME codes. A continuation of welding 1430 with emphasis on overhead welding. The student
will be introduced to overhead fillet and butt joints.
Schedule Week 14-16 Making quality welds in the overhead position using various welding techniques.
Be able to pass the AWS overhead welding test using a E6010 electrode.
Be able to pass the AWS overhead welding test using a Flux core welder.
Evaluation methods 1. Overhead Padded E7018, E6010 , Flux Core


Course WLDG 2453
Title Advanced Pipe Welding
Description To be a continuation of WLDG 2406 and also to include the GTAW process. Tests will be done in
a compliance with specifications and requirements of AWS and ASME codes. Major emphasis will
be put on pipe welding with the GTAW / SMAW processes in the 2G position and uphill in the 5G
and 6G positions. All testing will be done to American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)
and American Welding Society (AWS) Codes.
Schedule Week 7-9

Scheduled projects will be S-O-Weld/Butt weld projects on the 5G/6G positions utilizing the
Course WLDG 2453
Title Advance Pipe Welding
be put on pipe welding with the GTAW / SMAW processes in the 2G,5G, and 6G positions. All
testing will be done to American Society of Mechanical Engineers Code (ASME).
Schedule Week 5-11 Be able to translate ASME codes.
Be able to weld pipe in the 2G position using GTAW / SMAW processes.
Be able to weld pipe uphill in the 5G position using GTAW / SMAW processes.
Evaluation methods 1. 2G SIX INCH GTAW ROOT, SMAW FILL & CAP (TIMED)
2. 5G SIX INCH GTAW ROOT, SMAW FILL & CAP BELL HOLE (TIMED)
Unit 6 Gas Tungsten-Arc Welding (GTAW)
Course SRGT 1442
Title Surgical Procedures II
Description Introduction to surgical procedures and related pathologies. Emphasis on surgical procedures
related to thoracic, peripheral vascular, plastic/reconstructive , ophthalmology, cardiac, and
neurological surgical specialties incorporating instruments, equipment, and supplies required for
perioperative patient care.
9
Schedule Week 1- Unit I (Ch. 22) Cardiothoracic anatomy
Week 2- Unit I cont. Cardiothoracic procedures
Week 3- Unit I cont. Cardiothoracic procedures cont.
Week 4- Unit II Peripheral vascular anatomy
Week 5- Unit II cont. peripheral vascular procedures
Week 6- Unit III maxillofacial reconstruction anatomy/pathology
Week 7- Unit III cont. maxillofacial reconstruction procedures
Week 8- Unit IV Cosmetic/Plastic Reconstructive anatomy
Week 9- Unit IV cont. Cosmetic/ Plastic Reconstructive procedures
Week 10- Unit V Neurological anatomy/ pathology
Week 11- Unit V cont. Neurological procedures
Week 12- Unit V cont. Neurological procedures cont.
Week 13- Comprehensive Review
Week 14- PAE pre-professional predictor examination
Week 15- Research Reports; Student Presentations
Week 16: Comprehensive Final Examination
Evaluation methods 4-5 Unit Examinations (averaged) 50% of course grade

Daily Grades (avg.): workbook assignments, quizes, etc. 10% of course grade
Surgical Research report 10% of course grade
PAE score 10% of course grade
Comprehensive Final Examination 20% of course grade
Course SRGT 2462
Title Clinical - Surgical Technology/ Technologist
occupational theory, skills, and concepts. Direct supervision is provided by the clinical professional.
9
Schedule Week 1 No clinical attendance

Week 16 Final Evaluations
Evaluation methods Clinical grade computation is determined by over-all participation (number of cases scrubbed,
minimum 125), reported scrub-roles (observation, with-assistance, solo), observation-based skills-
evaluation (preceptor/instructor), and average of graded assignments (workbook, case reports, etc.).
Three (3) Surgical Case Reports (avg.) 20% of course grade
Instructor evaluation of skills 30% of course grade
Preceptor evaluation of skills 30% of course grade
Instructor assignments (avg.) 10% of course grade
Research Report (level III specialty) 10% of course grade
Course VNSG 1230
Title Maternal-Neonatal Nursing
Description Utilization of the nursing process in the assessment and management of the childbearing family.
Emphasis on the bio-psycho-socio-cultural needs of the family during the phases of pregnancy,
childbirth, and the neonatal period including abnormal contitions.
Textbooks Ball &Bindler, (2008), Pediatric Nursing, Caring for Children, (4th ed.), Prentice Hall. ISBN: 978-0-
1322-0871-0
8036-1912-8
2221-0
978-1-4160-4730-8
ISBN 978 0 8036 1559 5
Schedule Week 1- Oreintaiton
Week 2-3 Antepartum/IntraPartum
Week 4- 7 Postpartum/Neonatal
Week 8-9 High Risk Maternal/Neonatal
Week 10-13 Women's Health
Week 14-15 Student Presentaitons
Week 16- Final Exam

Final Exam 25%
Course VNSG 1263
1322-0871-0
8036-1912-8
2221-0
978-1-4160-4730-8

0 U's = A
1U=B
2 U's = C
3 or more U's = F
Course VNSG 1263
1322-0871-0
8036-1912-8
2221-0
978-1-4160-4730-8

0 U's = A
1U=B
2 U's = C
3 or more U's = F
Course VNSG 1410
Title Nursing in Health and Illness III
Description Continuation of Nursing in Health and Illness II. Further study of common medical-surgical health
problems of the client including concepts of mental illness. Incorporates knowledge necessary to
make the transition from student to graduate vocational nurse.
1322-0871-0
8036-1912-8
2221-0
978-1-4160-4730-8
ISBN 978 0 8036 1559 5
Schedule Week 1-2 Mental Illness
Week 3-5 Endocrine Disorders
Week 6-10 Cardiovascular/ Hematological Disorders
Week 11-14 Neurological Disorders
Week 15- Student Presentations
Week 16- Final Exam
Lab 5%
Final Exam 20%
Legal/Ethical Paper 5%
Course VNSG 2560
1322-0871-0
8036-1912-8
2221-0
978-1-4160-4730-8

0 U's = A
1U=B
2 U's = C
3 or more U's = F
Course VNSG 2560
1322-0871-0
8036-1912-8
2221-0
978-1-4160-4730-8

0 U's = A
1U=B
2 U's = C
3 or more U's = F
Course WLDG 1417
Title Introduction to Layout and Fabrication)
Schedule Week 1- 15
pipe fitting and fabrication. Group projects as well as individual projects are required.
Course WLDG 1417
Title Intro. To Layout and Fabrication
of tools and procedures common to layout and use of the oxygen-acetylene torch.
Schedule Week 12-14 Be able to lay out pipe fittings on the pipe.
Be able to do math related to pipe fitting.
Be able to make pipe templates for marking different cuts on different diameter pipe.
Be able to use the tools related to pipe fitting.
Be able to use the cutting torch to make pipe fittings.
Be able to weld pipe fittings.
Evaluation methods 1. PIPE FITTING ID ( MULTIPLE )

3. TAKING FIELD MEASUREMENTS ( MULTIPLE )
4. 90 DEGREE SADDLE
5. PIPE FITTING TAKE OFF EXERCISES ( MULTIPLE )
6. ORANGE PEEL
7. PIPE FITTING/BLUE BOOK EXERCISES ( MULTIPLE )

Pipe Fitters Handbook
Course WLDG 1425
Title Introduction to Oxy-Fuel Cutting and Welding
Description An introduction to oxy-fuel cutting and welding. To include safety in the use of equipment and an
metals.
Schedule Week 1- 15
The skills obtained in this course will be utilized daily in preparation for an AWS Structural Steel
Certification test scheduled for the last week of class.
Course WLDG 1425
Title Intro to Oxy-Fuel Welding and Cutting
Description An introduction to oxygen-acetylene welding. To include safety in the use of equipment and an
metals
Schedule Week 1-16. Setup, turn on, and adjust an oxygen and acetylene welding rig safely.
Be able to make quality welds in all positions using oxygen and acetylene.
All projects throught out the semester will require oxy-fuel cuting

5. Oxy-Fuel Fillet
Assignments & Test:

Unit 1, 2, 3
Projects= 90% Test= 10%
Course WLDG 1428
Title Introduction to SMAW (Sheilded Metal Arc Welding)
Description A basic course in Shielded Metal Arc Welding theory and practice. The course includes metal
Schedule Week 2-4 with subjects/topics to be revisited as needed throughout semester. Scheduled projects
will be fillet/butt weld projects utilizing the SMAW/GMAW/FCAW processes in the flat position.
Course WLDG 1428
Title Intro. To Shielded Metal Arc Welding
Description A basic course in shielded manual arc welding theory and practice. The course includes metal
weld inspection and trouble shooting welding problems
Schedule
Week 2-5 Set up, turn on, and operate welding equipment safely.
Be able to select the correct equipment to weld with.
Be able to select the correct electrode.
Be able to solve welding problems.
Be able to make a quality fillet weld in the flat position.
Be able to set up and prepare test plates for AWS welding test.
Be able to pass the AWS flat welding test using a flux core welder.
Be able to tell the difference in a good and bad weld.
Evaluation methods 1. Flat Padded Plate E7018 ,E6010 ,Flux core

2. 1F Fillet 7018, Flux core
5. 1G Plate Test Flux core (Timed)

Shielded Metal Arc Welding
Unit 4.
Course WLDG 1430
Title Introduction to Gas Metal Arc (MIG) Welding
Description This course is a continuation of Welding 1428 in theory and practice. The course also includes
metallic inert gas welding and introduction to pipe welding. Emphasis is placed on vertical
welding. The student will be introduced to vertical fillet and butt joints. The student will learn joint
design and welding symbols.
Schedule Week 8-12 Skills obtained in this course will be revisited as needed during the remainder of the
semester. Scheduled projects will be fillet/butt weld projects utilizing the SMAW/GMAW/FCAW
processes in the vertical position.
Course WLDG 1430
Title Intro. Gas Metal Arc Welding
Description Course Description: This course is a continuation of Welding 1428 in theory and practice. The
course also includes metallic inert gas welding and introduction to TIG welding. Emphasis is
placed on vertical welding. The student will be introduced to vertical fillet and butt joints. The
student will learn joint design and welding symbols
Schedule Week 10-13 . Be able to setup and operate a semi-automatic wire feed machine.
Identify basic weld joints.
Be able to read and understand welding symbols.
Making quality welds in the vertical position.
Be able to set up and prepare test plates for an AWS welding test.
Be able to pass the AWS vertical welding test using a Flux core welder.
Evaluation methods 1. Vertical Padded E7018, E6010 , Flux Core


Gas Metal Arc Welding & Flux Core Arc Welding Unit 5
Course WLDG 1434
Title Introduction to Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW)
Description Principles of gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW), including setup, GTAW equipment. Instruction in
various positions and joint designs
Schedule Week 4-15

Students will practice safe welding concepts while learning the GTAW process in the 1G, 2G,5G,
and 6G welding positions. Emphasis will be on the ER70S2 electrodes. Emphasis will be put on the
FCAW/SMAW process in these positions also.
Course WLDG 1434
Title Introduction to Gas Tungsten Arc Welding
Description Theory and practice of the TIG process in welding non ferrous metals to include stainless and
aluminum. Welding will be done in all positions. The study of gases and fillers to be included.
Schedule
Week 15-16 Setup and adjustment of a TIG welding outfit for different applications.
Selection of proper tungsten, filler rod, and shielding gas for different TIG welding applications.
Welding mild and carbon steel in all positions.
Welding stainless steel in all positions.
Welding aluminum in all positions.
Evaluation methods 1. 3/8 INCH STEEL PLATE TIG ROOT 7018 FILL & CAP (TIMED)
2. 6G FIVE INCH TIG ROOT 7018 FILL & CAP (TIMED)
3. 2G/5G TWO INCH STAINLESS BOILER TUBE TIG ALL THE WAY OUT (TIMED).
4. 6”x 6” ALUMINUM PAD
5. VARIOUS SOCKET WELDS USING MULTIPLE PROCESSES
6. 2G/5G TWO INCH BOILER TUBE TIG ROOT/HOT AND E7018 FILL/CAP (TIMED).
Assignments & Test:

Comprehensive Test
Course WLDG 1435
Title Introduction to Pipe Welding
including electrode selection, equipment setup, and safe shop practices. Emphasis on weld positions
1G and 2G using various electrodes.
Schedule Week 1- 3
Students will practice safe welding concepts while learning the SMAW process in the 1G & 2G
welding positions. Emphasis will be on the E6010 & E7018 electrodes. Some emphasis will be put
on the FCAW process in these positions also.
Course WLDG 1435
Title introduction to pipe welding
including electrode selection, equipment setup, and safe shop practices. Emphasis on welding
positions 1G position using E6010 & E7018 electrodes.
Schedule Week 1 Be able to translate API codes.
Be able to select the right rod for the job.
Be able to operate a pipe beveling machine.
Be able to weld pipe in the 2G position using E6010 electrodes.
Evaluation methods 1. 1G FIVE INCH E6010 x E7018 (TIMED)
Assignments and Tests:

Unit 12 Pipe Welding
Course WLDG 1453
Title INTERMEDIATE LAYOUT AND FABRICATION
specifications
Schedule Week 1-15

Students will participate in layout and fabrication exercises to increase skill sets in various methods
of field measurement and field verification to include field sketching and interpretation. Emphasis
being placed on pipe fitting and fabrication. Group projects as well as individual projects will be
required. These skill sets will be utilized and revisited throughout the remainder of the semester.
Course WLDG 1453
Title Intermediate Layout and Fabrication
specifications
Schedule Week 6-9 . Identify auxiliary views and calculate steel and pipe dimensions using layout tools
and construction templates.
Identify fittings, weldments, templates, and tools
Identify and interpret orthographic and isometric drawings.
Evaluation methods 1. 2 PIECE 90 DEGREE TURN

3. TRUE Y
4. 90 DEGREE SADDLE
5. 45 DEGREE LATERAL
6. ORANGE PEEL CAP
7. CONCENTRIC REDUCER
8. ECCENTRIC RISER

Pipe Fitters Blue Book
Course WLDG 1457
Title Intermediate SMAW
Schedule Week 5-7 Skills obtained in this course will be revisited during the semester as needed. Scheduled
projects will be fillet/butt weld projects utilizing the SMAW/GMAW/FCAW processes in the
horizontal position.
Course WLDG 1457
Title Intermediate Shielded Metal Arc Welding
Schedule Week 6-9 Making quality welds in the horizontal position.
Be able to pass the AWS horizontal welding test using a Flux core welder.
Evaluation methods 1. Horizontal Padded Plate E7018, E6010 , Flux Core

2. 2F FILLET E7018, Flux Core
Assignment & Test:

Inspection Testing and Qualification
Unit .10
Course WLDG 1491
Title SPECIAL TOPICS IN WELDER/WELDING TECHNOLOGIST
Schedule Week 1-15

Students will use various scenarios of layout and fabrication exercises to mirror real job
shop/construction site atmospheres. Emphasis being on material/labor estimating processes as well
as job site safety during fabrication. Group projects as well as individual projects are required.
Course WLDG 1491
Title Special Topics in Welder/Welding Technologist
student. This course was designed to be repeated multiple times to improve student proficiency
Schedule Week 15-16 . Learning outcomes/objectives are determined by local occupational need and business
and industry trends.
Evaluation methods All shop projects will be provided by local industry and will vary from one semester to the next.
Unit 5 Test Date: End of Session

100% on attendance and quality of welds
Course WLDG 2406
process. Position of welds will be 2G, 5G, and 6G using E6010 and E7018 electrodes. Topics
Schedule Week 4-6

Scheduled projects will be S-O-Weld/Butt weld projects on the 2G/5G/6G positions utilizing the
Course WLDG 2406
process. Position of welds will be 1G, 2G, 5G, and 6G using E6010 and E7018 electrodes. Topics
Schedule
Week 2- 4 Describe equipment and required pipe preparation.
Evaluation methods 1. 2G SIX INCH E6010 ROOT AND E7018 FILL AND CAP
2. 5G SIX INCH E6010 ROOT AND E7018 FILL AND CAP
Course WLDG 2413
Title INTERMEDIATE WELDING USING MULTIPLE PROCESSES
Schedule Week 1- 15
Students will use various welding processes during layout and fabrication exercises to mirror real
job shop/construction site atmospheres, emphasis being equally placed on safety, layout and
fabrication. Group projects as well as individual projects are required.
Course WLDG 2413
Title Intermediate Welding Using Multiple Processes
Description Instruction using layout tools and blueprint reading with demonstration and guided practices with
some of the following welding processes: oxy-fuel gas cutting and welding, shield metal arc welding
(SMAW), gas metal arc welding (GMAW), flux-cored arc welding (FCAW), gas tungsten arc
welding (GTAW), or any other approved welding process.
Schedule Week 13-14 Identify proper safety equipment and tools and identify and select the proper welding
process for a given application.
Demonstrate skills training using more than one approved welding process
Demonstrate ability to analyze situations and make decision using skills as taught
concerning safety and electrode selections.
Select the most economic and practical welding process for the given task.
Evaluation methods 1. Vertical Pad Using GMAW

2. Overhead Pad Using GMAW
3. Vertical Pad Using FCAW
4. Overhead Pad Using FCAW
5. Vertical Fillet Using GTAW
6. Overhead Fillet Using GTAW
7. Vertical Bend Test Using GMAW
8. Overhead Bend Test Using GMAW
9. Vertical Bend Test Using FCAW
10. Overhead Bend Test Using FCAW
11. Vertical Bend Test Using GTAW
12. Overhead Bend Test Using GTAW

Gas Metal Arc Welding & Flux Core Arc Welding
Course WLDG 2435
Title ADVANCED LAYOUT AND FABRICATION
Schedule Week 1- 15
pipe fitting and fabrication. Group projects as well as individual projects are required and will
evaluated with safety being priority.
Course WLDG 2435
Title Advanced Layout Fabrication
Schedule Week 10-12 . Apply appropriate techniques of fabricat Design welding projects Prepare drawings
and produce templates. Apply layout offsets; take offs; bills of materials. Apply mathematical
concepts in the construction of projects.
Evaluation methods Required Projects:

1. PIPE FITTING PRACTICE
2. FLANGE ALIGNMENT
3. FITTING CUTBACKS
4. GROUP PIPE FITTING PROJECTS
5. WORKING FROM BLUE PRINT
Assignments: Pipe Fitters Blue Book

Course WLDG 2439
Title ADVANCED OXY-FUEL CUTTING & WELDING
process, including welding, cutting, brazing, and soldering operations.
Schedule Week 1- 3
Students will use various types of repair/fabrication exercises to mirror real job shop/construction
site atmospheres. Group and individual projects will be encountered with safety being a priority.
Course WLDG 2439
Title Advanced Oxy-Fuel Welding and Cutting
process, including welding and cutting, brazing, and soldering operations
Schedule Week 1-5 Identify and explain oxy-fuel welding procedures; and select proper tools,
equipment, and materials.
Setup, turn on, and adjust an oxygen and acetylene welding rig safely.
Be able to make quality welds in the flat positions using oxygen and acetylene.
Be able to make quality welds in the horizontal positions using oxygen and acetylene.
Be able to make quality welds in the vertical positions using oxygen and acetylene.
Be able to make quality welds in the overhead positions using oxygen and acetylene.

5. Oxy-Fuel Fillet
Assignments & Test:

Unit :Victor Oxy-Fuel Hand Book
Course WLDG 2443
Title Advanced SMAW
Description The advanced shielded manual arc welding class is designed to provide theory and practice in the
manual metal arc five positions: flat, horizontal, vertical up, vertical down, and overhead. Bend
test on root and face are made in compliance with AWS, API, and ASME codes. A continuation of
welding 1430 with emphasis on overhead welding. The student will be introduced to overhead fillet
and butt joints.
Schedule Week 12-15

Students in this course are utilizing all of the skills learned during the semester in preparation for the
AWS Certification test which is taken the following week. Scheduled projects will be fillet/butt
weld projects utilizing the SMAW/GMAW/FCAW processes in the overhead position.
Course WLDG 2443
Title Advanced Shielded Metal Arc Welding
Description Catalog Description: The advanced shielded manual arc welding class is designed to provide theory
and practice in the manual metal arc five positions: flat, horizontal, vertical up, vertical down, and
overhead. Bend test on root and face are made in compliance with AWS, API, and ASME codes.
A continuation of welding 1430 with emphasis on overhead welding. The student will be
introduced to overhead fillet and butt joints.
Schedule Week 14-16 Making quality welds in the overhead position using various welding techniques.
Be able to pass the AWS overhead welding test using a Flux core welder.
Evaluation methods 1. Overhead Padded E7018, E6010 , Flux Core


Course WLDG 2453
Title Advanced Pipe Welding
be put on pipe welding with the GTAW / SMAW processes in the 2G position and uphill in the 5G
and 6G positions. All testing will be done to American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)
and American Welding Society (AWS) Codes.
Schedule Week 7-9

Scheduled projects will be S-O-Weld/Butt weld projects on the 5G/6G positions utilizing the
Course WLDG 2453
Title Advance Pipe Welding
be put on pipe welding with the GTAW / SMAW processes in the 2G,5G, and 6G positions. All
testing will be done to American Society of Mechanical Engineers Code (ASME).
Schedule Week 5-11 Be able to translate ASME codes.
Be able to weld pipe in the 2G position using GTAW / SMAW processes.
Evaluation methods 1. 2G SIX INCH GTAW ROOT, SMAW FILL & CAP (TIMED)
2. 5G SIX INCH GTAW ROOT, SMAW FILL & CAP BELL HOLE (TIMED)
Unit 6 Gas Tungsten-Arc Welding (GTAW)

Spring 2011 Syllabi

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Spring 2011 Syllabi

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Rankin

Year 2010-2011 Office AS 144

Course ACCT 2301

Title Principles of Accounting I- Financial

Schedule Week 1- Chapter 1- Accounting in Action

Evaluation methods 3 Unit Exams 40% A 89.5%- 100%

Course ACCT 2301

Title Principles of Accounting I- Financial

Schedule Week 1- Chapter 1- Accounting in Action

Evaluation methods 3 Unit Exams 40% A 89.5%- 100%

Course ACCT 2302

Title Principles of Accounting II- Managerial

Evaluation methods 3 Unit Exams 48% A 89.5%- 100%

Course ACCT 2302

Title Principles of Accounting II- Managerial

Evaluation methods 3 Unit Exams 48% A 89.5%- 100%

Course ACCT 2302

Title Principles of Accounting II- Managerial

Evaluation methods 3 Unit Exams 48% A 89.5%- 100%

Course ACCT 2302

Title Accounting Principles II

Schedule Week 1 Introduction

Course ACNT 1411

Title Introduction to Computerized Accounting

Schedule Week 1- Chapter 1- Introduction to Accounting

Evaluation methods 3 Unit Exams 40% A 89.5%- 100%

Course ACNT 1411

Title Introduction to Computerized Accounting

Schedule Week 1- Chapter 1- Introduction to Accounting

Evaluation methods 3 Unit Exams 40% A 89.5%- 100%

Course AGRI 1131

Title The Agriculture Industry

Textbooks None assigned.

Schedule Week 1-• Survey of Local Agriculture

A = 450 - 500 points

B = 400 - 449 points

C = 350 - 399 points

D = 300 - 349 points

Course AGRI 1131

Title The Agriculture Industry

Textbooks None assigned.

Schedule Week 1-• Survey of Local Agriculture

A = 450 - 500 points

B = 400 - 449 points

C = 350 - 399 points

D = 300 - 349 points

Course AGRI 1407

Schedule Week 1-• Environmental Factors that Influence Plant Growth

Course AGRI 1407

Schedule Week 1-• Environmental Factors that Influence Plant Growth

Course AGRI 1415

A = 450 - 500 points

B = 400 - 449 points

C = 350 - 399 points

Course AGRI 1415

A = 450 - 500 points

B = 400 - 449 points

C = 350 - 399 points

Course AGRI 2317

Title Introduction to Agricultural Economics

Schedule Week 1-• Introduction

Week 3-• Consumer Behavior and Demand

Week 4-• Producer Decision Making: Single-Variable Input Functions

A = 1350 - 1500 points